« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
the history and future of humanity
that looks like a pretty intractable problem you've got there have you tried throwing more leareths at it
Permalink Mark Unread

An adventuring party recruited from Osirion teleports into Azir on the 8th of Desnus. Rahadoum's recruiting contact in Osirion wrote ahead to note they were expected. Couple of guys he's known a long time - a wizard, a ranger - and a new guy, sorcerer, probably to replace the cleric they usually travel with. They spend two days in Azir getting oriented and head out to the front. The ranger wears an unusually high quality amulet of Nondetection; the sorcerer wears a headband for intelligence, which is a bit unusual as sorcerers usually don't need it to cast, but some variants do; they are otherwise unremarkable. Chaotic Good, Lawful Neutral, no reading, which could mean neutral or 'hiding it'. They work quickly and effectively, manage resources reasonably well, get recommended to higher-ups for a closer look on that account.

Permalink Mark Unread

Word reaches him and Malduoni is, in fact, interested in a closer look.

He would like to observe them under stress-test conditions. Get a closer look at how they reason during a fight. Hmm, particularly in a fraught situation; he has enough information already to pass them on his competence bar, it's their judgement that he wants a real assessment of. None of the current invading outsiders to be dealt with are particularly interesting, so he alerts his contact in Abaddon. Who, one assumes, think they work for someone Evil, because why would anyone else provide helpful supplies and intelligence to Abaddon. 

Some daemons show up. They have captive souls with them. They make it quite far during the night, before Malduoni directs the promising adventurers their way.

Malduoni is present, within range of Detect Thoughts (and quite a number of other senses that wizards usually do not have permanently.) He's also invisible, undetectable by any known kind of magic, and additionally hiding behind a rock. 

He observes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their wizard identifies the souls, notes this to the sorcerer who apparently has telepathy, draws his summoned creatures away because they might smash the remaining souls. Directing the summoned creatures requires nearly all of his attention, he notes to himself to think about later that it's very unusual, for daemons to have souls here -

Permalink Mark Unread

The ranger (Aroden is powerful enough to override the amulet) is likewise entirely absorbed in killing these things faster without smashing the souls - well, almost entirely absorbed, there's one thought that he might as well spend his fancy deadly magical ammunition now because it's not like he'll be using it in the war in Cheliax, where even with a Merciful weapon it'll be damned difficult not to kill anyone...

Permalink Mark Unread

What. 

Until this point he's been mulling on various other logistics in the back of his mind while watching, but the situation now has his complete attention. It's - not impossible for someone to have guessed - he chases down half a dozen possible observations and threads of inference someone could have followed. But he's surprised. 

The sorcerer's able to hedge out his permanent Detect Thoughts, though maybe he just got lucky. Normally he would leave it at that, two out of three, but it's suddenly a lot more critical than usual that he understand fully, that he be oriented

(It took him many, many years, but he eventually obtained enough permanent magical senses that he feels mostly oriented at baseline.)

The sorcerer is very distracted and Malduoni can cast more subtly than most, he doesn't think the man has any way of noticing a second attempt. He casts Detect Thoughts as a separate spell. It's one that he's optimized significantly, and his version is far more difficult to block out than the usual one.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sorcerer apparently ALSO has permanent Detect Thoughts and Detect Magic, somehow, because he's scanning the area, trying to check if he's currently being observed. He is under the impression that he isn't - he's thinking about some type of magic he calls a Gate, though the mental image of a glowing doorway doesn't look like the kind of Gate Malduoni knows, and how he's still not going to risk using it, not that it'd be useful anyway. 

He does, however, switch to using some sort of complex immobility spell, unfamiliar to Malduoni both as a sorcerer capability and as a spell at all, the shape of the magic is very odd. It makes it a lot easier for the ranger to shoot the daemons without damaging any more of their captive souls.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can head on over and get the souls. Mahdi and Leareth are talking about whether there 's a way to get them somewhere safe. Releasing them will just send them back where Pharasma thinks they belong - which is probably Abaddon, though sometimes daemons do grab souls they're not entitled to.

If Aroden made the daemons in this area more active just to train up his army to invade Cheliax then that's impressively fucked up, he thinks, as they make plans to leave the souls somewhere safe in Sothis.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

....What.

Malduoni does not do much speculating on the spot. It would be stupid to let himself be distracted, even if the adventurers show no sign of having noticed him, and should not be capable of it. (But how do they know - he's missing something huge...)

They know about Cheliax, fine. They also know about Aroden. Or have guessed. He's not at all sure what chain of inferences could possibly lead to that destination.

He watches and waits for them to finish up here and move on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard teleports to Sothis and back. The sorcerer offers to refill his spell slots, which is not at ALL a thing sorcerers can ordinarily do, but they agree it's probably not worth it. They walk back towards their camp instead, vaguely planning to take the souls to Nirvana once they have their party cleric back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni follows them back to camp, invisible (he is not especially limited on invisibility), at a distance but within range of all his permanent magic-senses.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's thinking that maybe they should have teleported, it's so much less annoying. And that he misses Fazil and hates having to carry water for the day. And wondering whether it's worth the money for a Ring of Wizardry like the one the wizard he was talking to here has, it'd be fun but he's going to retire after they save the world or whatever and how much added utility is it, really, when he's retired - honestly too much of his wealth is wrapped up in magic items useful to adventurers anyway, what if the Age of Glory obviates them or something, it'd be - objectively very good and all but quite a financial hit -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is thinking that Pharasma should die in a fire (this is not a new opinion of his) and wondering whether Mahdi took the souls to Mahdi's house or to the pharaoh's palace, the pharaoh will probably make some eerie guesses from that - actually the pharaoh is probably spying on them all the time now that he can target Hagan's companions and not just Hagan himself and also possibly now that he's gotten a look at the amulet and guessed who he needs to have scrying if they want to stand a chance. He is pretty sure the pharaoh will not ask Abadar for help finding Hagan, that'd be cheating, but cheating every other way would be completely within bounds, and he's got to be desperately curious. 

Well, maybe they'll have news for him as soon as tomorrow.

 

 

They get dinner. They bathe. They talk about what to tell the adventurers who are under geases and therefore probably read in about Cheliax. He thinks they should go with 'Leareth has an army' and claim that Leareth could use the army to seal the House of Oblivion. Which he probably could - the pharaoh said he didn't have the resources, not that it was impossible in principle...

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni's feeling about the fact that apparently the pharaoh of Osirion knows about this, what, secret undercover mission to find out if Rahadoum is invading Cheliax or if Aroden is in charge there, is DISPLEASURE. Also confusion. 

- the part where they noticed the adventurers under geas is clever. Someone is doing a very good job of guessing, from the outside, at his security precautions. Impressive. He is not particularly happy that they've guessed it but he is nonetheless impressed.

Also the bizarre alien not-sorcerer supposedly has an army, and he is pretty sure no one on the planet could conceal an army without his eventually finding out about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The army's from another world as is the sorcerer but he's honestly barely thinking about that, it's old news.

With the cover story they've agreed on, the sorcerer is saying, it will look much less as if they know an alarming number of probably-Aroden's secrets. 

:Yeah. And, like, at this point I am leaning that we want to work with this guy whether or not he is Aroden and whether or not he is you - though admittedly it looks likely - so may as well not have everything rest on the most bizarre and hard-to-prove part of the whole thing.:
 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is startling enough that Malduoni nearly loses concentration on the spell he's re-casting to read Leareth's mind again (which is his last of the modified and optimized ninth-level Detect Thoughts), that almost never happens. 

- whether or not - he is - you - 

He doesn't even know how to parse that. This is possibly the most confused he has been in the last century and he is not pleased about it at all. 

At this point he should probably break off soon and make actual plans, but he observes a little longer, they seem to be settling down for an uneventful night after a tiring fight, but he'd like to be more sure than he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks they don't have much reason to think Rahadoum is going to war with Cheliax if it's not secretly run by Aroden - right, it is Vanyel that Hagan explained his logic to, two weeks that feel like two lifetimes ago, and he's pleased with how well the prediction held up -

- I think Rahadoum's going to go to war with Cheliax, he'd said at the time, because they're recruiting under tighter conduct standards than make any sense for handling evil outsiders in the desert in Thuvia - you ask for that kind of thing when there are going to be civilians, and civilians you give a shit about, and Rahadoum will still think of their lost northern province as their own people...

 

He was (probably) right about the general picture but he will concede that he was wrong about one thing, Leareth and Aroden are in fact the kind of people who'd probably care about that just as much if they were invading Thuvia or - Valdemar - or some other place they'd never had a claim to. Lawful neutral, but not like Abadar, disinterested in the war of Good versus Evil - the opposite of that, really, doing a bazillion astoundingly Evil things for the side of Good, he wouldn't have guessed you could swing it but - maybe you can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They go to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni switches from invisible to his usual illusion-disguise; he prefers not to do most of the hands-on work as himself. He discreetly asks some people he trusts a reasonable amount to keep an eye on that tent and alert him if anyone inside moves. 

He teleports himself out, back to his usual base, already with the beginnings of a plan in mind. He gives some orders, collecting a few people who he'd like to assist him with this - it's not that he doesn't trust the random camp guards, they're recruited to a high standard, but there are levels of trust, and they can't cast the spell he needs anyway. Also he doesn't want to explain why a random group of adventurers requires kidnapping at all, much less with this many layers of contingency. 

He gets some sleep - he's had a Ring of Sustenance for a very long time, so two hours is plenty - and that gives him a lot of remaining night, to prepare spells, and go over what could go wrong so he can patch it. 

He teleports back to the camp an hour before dawn, invisible. The wizards who are helping him are arriving separately. He points Detect Thoughts and Detect Magic at the tent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is just waking up to prepare his spells for the day. He makes himself a magic light and begins. 

 

The amulet of nondetection is hedging out the one who wears it, and the other one is also blocking him, but to the wizard's eyes they're both sound asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now. 

He casts a quickened heightened mass Hold Person, it should hold all of them for a few seconds and then there's a high likelihood of at least one of them throwing it off, they're all powerful casters, and so he needs to move faster. He Plane Shifts Leareth, the not-sorcerer, out first, as planned - the unknown quantity here, the most baffling member of the party.

Leareth struggles against it but does not successfully throw it off, and he's gone. 

- he prepares for his second round of spells–

Permalink Mark Unread

He identifies the spell and can guess, from that, at what's being brought to bear against them, and he's unsure whether it's in fact wise to fight but this doesn't stop him from throwing off the Plane Shift and then the paralysis - he's thinking he can jump a short distance without any spells prepared, and then if he can get a Teleport prepared he can get to Sothis -

Permalink Mark Unread

Their wizard is very impressive, honestly, but also there is no way he's going to throw off all of the wizards he brought casting Hold Person at him, even if theirs aren't as powerful, so he signals to them, and uses his second Plane Shift to grab the ranger next in case he's about to pull anything unexpected. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he does not get the chance to do that. He does think angrily in probably-Aroden's probable-direction that if anyone hurts his snake he will murder them about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels a little apologetic but not very; he's not intending to harm the snake, why would that help anything. 

He Plane Shifts the wizard, who is very Hold Person'd. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He appears in the library and the Hold Persons stop working, though not before he collapses to the ground. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mindspeech doesn't work, which is deeply frustrating, but at least he seems unhurt, having fallen on one of the rugs and not headfirst into a bookshelf. 

There are additional thuds. 

Leareth rises in a crouch, he's settle for using just his eyes to look around. "Mahdi, Hagan?" It does appear to be both of them, and no one else yet. Not that he'd know if there were someone hiding in a bookshelf, since he doesn't have Thoughtsensing. 

(He is somewhat ticked off about being thrown in an anti-magic demiplane for the second time this week.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mahdi, Hagan," agrees Mahdi - they're no longer going to have a language in common. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan does not seem to have a good angle on throwing the paralysis off and is going to fling his head at it to little avail for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would help, except for the fact that he definitely cannot help because he currently lacks magic. He says something apologetic which of course Hagan can't understand, but hopefully the tone comes across. At least it looks like Fy was, as usual, snuggled up with Hagan and was hauled along. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you just let it expire of its own accord that'll give us some information about his capabilities," Mahdi says. "Not that it matters very much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah," he says when it finally wears off, "I think we can characterize them as 'sufficient'. How long was that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two minutes and ten, twelve seconds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clepati couldn't do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All of those were seventh-circle spells prepared in ninth circle slots. I've seen the concept before, though not with ninth circle slots obviously. A ninth circle caster specializing in enchantment -" he glances at Leareth, then remembers Leareth can't understand him. "Also he had a rod of greater quicken spell, he must have, or it would've taken him longer. And at least four other casters."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I guess turnabout is fair play."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess.

 

 

Wish he'd - hurry up - but I guess there's no need, now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We might have to wait a day. I'm not gonna attack him but he doesn't know that, and I am armed, sort of -" he sleeps with two daggers and with Fy - "...if I were him I'd want all my spells."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe put the daggers conspicuously far away from you." He sighs.

 

Checks out the books.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're real books. The ones he pulls out mostly seem to be histories, and treatises on subjects like mathematics and economics. 

There are also other bookshelves protected by something like frosted glass, except definitely unbreakable, that seemed to be locked with magic. (And cannot be unlocked by magic, at least not by any of them.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He gestures at the whole setup. Asks Leareth, "Leareth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very irritating not having the translation working, but some questions don't need additional words to communicate. It's been the main thing Leareth has been thinking about over the past several minutes. 

He can't communicate the intricacies of his reasoning, of course. Or how incredibly jealous he is that this kind of thing works in Golarion's magic and not in Velgarth's. 

He nods, emphatically. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls out his daggers, moving very slowly and nonthreateningly, and sets them down on the ground on the other end of the room, and retreats over to where Mahdi is looking at a book about economics. "Does he have good taste?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hate reading economics with my headband off, I don't really know. It's a pleasanter distraction than thinking how long it'd be until anyone missed us -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet my darling brother checks on me every day. But - it's gonna be fine. The person who did this is gonna invade Cheliax. So the more ridiculous stuff he can do, the better, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "I guess," he says, again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Malduoni stands only a few yards away, invisibly. His rod of security lets him hop to an extradimensional space where the outside world is paused. For twenty-four hours, and only once a week, but this is a place where it's clearly worth it. He's slept, he has all of his spells again, and he hasn't exactly resolved his deep pit of confusion, it's going to take asking questions to do that, but he's - clarified it, yes. 

He can read Leareth's thoughts more easily, here, which is interesting; the not-sorcerer seems to have been supplementing with some sort of magic item, now disabled. He's thinking about how - all of this - is very much his own style, very - in character for himself - and this is in the abstract a baffling line of reasoning, but it accords with the other baffling piece, so there's no additional confusion it adds. And the structure of Leareth's thoughts are - it's not exactly how Malduoni thinks, it's the product of an entirely different life history, but - the resemblance is still clear. Leareth is also coping very calmly with being imprisoned here - they all are - but Leareth's particular flavour of frustration at lacking his magic is a very familiar one. 

(Malduoni had considered at first whether it could have been the case that, when Aroden died, his memories returned to more than one person - a god is a very big thing and His death involved fragmentation, after all. But it doesn't fit, because 'Leareth' plainly isn't from their same world at all, he had already pieced this together from sideways references and now Leareth is thinking about it much more directly.) 

They know his identity as Aroden. They knew to seek him in Rahadoum. They have a man with them - a man with powerful alien magic carried from another world, and apparently an army waiting somewhere - who claims to be, clearly in some more abstract than literal sense, the same person as Aroden/Malduoni. He must have the relevant pieces, now, but he's not yet succeeding at piecing them together. 

...

A few seconds later, a figure suddenly appears. He's - very old, white-haired, his face lined. 

"I apologize for my rudeness," he says. "I wished to speak with you. Since none of you are stupid, I assume you can guess why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is the first to say -

"Hi. Did you do something so Leareth can understand us -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, yes, I will take care of that now." Casting Tongues before he appeared would have made his presence very apparent, but he does so now. Nods to Leareth and repeats what he said. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks him in the eye, levelly. "I am not surprised at all, and it would be unhelpful to be offended." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seemed more likely to work out like this if we were right than if we were wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have to congratulate you on your subtlety in spying on us," Leareth says. "I assume you had someone watching us after all during the fight - or were there yourself, perhaps. And were - eavesdropping on my Mindspeech? You would not have used this much overkill if it were only that I have abilities a Golarion sorcerer ought not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The man smiles. "Also I was reading your thoughts. You in particular made it very difficult, so, I must offer congratulations as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Doesn't return the smile. "I assume this place is an absurd level of secure, but - may we speak openly here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden. You survived, right? And - rebuilt, it must have been from nothing..." Leareth shakes his head. "If you were reading my mind," (he would one hundred percent be offended and scared if it were anyone else but he can't really be, here), "then - you must be very confused about who I am." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"One might say that. I have gathered that you come from another world and have an army at your beck and call - presumably you left them behind in said other world, or I would have heard something. Also you and your friends seem to believe that you are the same person as me, which does not make very much sense." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does not. We - lived the same story, I think. In two different worlds, which I am sure left corresponding differences in us." He glances at Mahdi and Hagan. "They can help explain better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three weeks ago an acquaintance of Leareth's from his world, called Velgarth, landed in ours by a magical accident, we don't have more details though we think it was an accident on our end not Velgarth's. He was aware Leareth was working on a large-scale plan that as one of its steps involved conquering his country, but he didn't have more details. Eight days ago we hired the High Priestess of Nethys in Sothis, Nefreti Clepati, to kidnap Leareth from his world so we could ask about them. She did. Before she did, she said - my notes are in my Bag of Holding and my headband is disabled so this may be off - 'the same stories repeat themselves across worlds. Young men who think they're immortal, because they are, because they were, but everything else was not, everything else was lost, a price they did not know they'd need to pay, and time erodes even the mountains.'"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still, not answering, for a period of about five seconds. 

(The centrepiece of the puzzle is falling into place and quite a lot of the confusion is resolving with it. Although not in a direction that he is exactly pleased with.) 

"You are telling me," he says slowly, "that Abadar knows everything you were thinking, when you came here to investigate, and so does Nethys?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not everything. On my part, I told the pharaoh - who is not, in fact, personally Abadar, though I am sure you knew that already - that I suspected Rahadoum was preparing to fight Cheliax, and that I could make inferences about the person leading because they were an alternate version of someone I knew in my own world. I suspect he guessed I meant myself. He - may have been pressing me for information later, no, almost certainly was. I do not think there is any possible way he could have made the leap to your being Aroden because it is, from an outside view, absurd." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet you believed it, on a hunch, enough to travel here undercover and learn more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...The entire history of my life is from an outside view absurd, so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You haven't actually told us your history, beyond that it matches," he says to Leareth. "- and that he was, uh, trying to build a god who'd fix everything wrong with Velgarth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Malduoni does not look surprised at all

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I ought to tell you, to - make the case better." Glance at Hagan and Mahdi. "And, at this point, I see little reason to hold it back from either of you. My world had a Cataclysm about two thousand years ago. Two powerful mages fought. One of them was myself, the other my teacher and mentor. I lost most of my memories and do not have surviving records, so I am unsure of the details, but - I did not want to fight him and I certainly did not want to kill him. I was winning the war, and then - things went very badly out of control, he destroyed his own stronghold to prevent my reaching it, and handed a weapon I had not known existed to some of his allies, who used it to murder me. In the process setting off said Cataclysm, which left the world badly damaged for millennia. I had already arranged immortality, and so I - came back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes. I see certain similarities." A piercing look. "Are you still planning to solve your Velgarth's problems with a god." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do the obvious thing for when one has discovered an entire new world, which is stop and orient and reassess all of my plans in light of this." Sigh. "And - in light of the knowledge that, here, it did not even work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know what went wrong? We figured you didn't. Because - banning all the gods from a country - is what you do when you don't know what you actually need to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

He says nothing. Which is an answer by itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"For what it is worth, I do not think that it was Abadar. Though perhaps I am over-updating on the fact that he - offered? requested? - to make me his cleric. I assume he would not, perhaps could not, do that if he were against the sorts of goals that someone like me - like us - would hold." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really. I assume you did not accept." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We had a mission to Rahadoum scheduled first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet He knows."

Permalink Mark Unread

"About Aroden– Oh. I suppose He might have all of the requisite pieces. From what I told the pharaoh, and - if He spoke to the gods in Velgarth, and asked about my history, He might learn a great deal... And I am not sure if He thinks in the right way to - put it together that way, a mix of human stories and the way gods think, but the pharaoh is brilliant." He ducks his head. "I am sorry. I did not think of that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems the pharaoh of Osirion has been offering you substantial help. What is his goal here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To help conquer Cheliax? He has his doubts that it is possible even given the resources you have - I assume you have copious additional secret plans, I would, but I did not tell him that. I suspect he also hoped to benefit from being on friendly terms with the mage from another world, which he did." Glance at Hagan. "You might be able to guess more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - he's my brother," he says to Aroden. "I think that's probably pretty much it? Leareth can do reasonably cheap permanent teleportation circles - well, an equivalent thing - and they've got the Healers - he wants to build Axis in Sothis, now he's closer. I don't think he'd guessed when we left but it wouldn't surprise me if he's pieced it together before we get back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also Nefreti said to Hagan 'your brother would love him, if not for the burdens they have both taken up and cannot put down'. And said that Abadar loved you, and that Leareth would be safe here even if he recognized him."

Permalink Mark Unread

(He had finally started to be less confused and now he is more confused again and still does not especially like it.)

"So that is why you came here," he says, heavily. "To offer your help. I can tell that you are not lying, but it nonetheless seems - rather too convenient." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I know. The existence of other worlds - the fact that the first person to come to this one had a very specific relationship with me, but also made a much better first impression than I would have... I am not sure what it means. Only of the facts I observe. I do not think my existence was engineered by the gods of your world, much less whichever one betrayed you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Buncha things were convenient. Vanyel has to fight a dragon, the day he arrives here. The adventuring party that gets sent to help includes, uh, me. We find the buried palace of the pharaohs of ascension, which gave us the crystal ball and the way to kidnap Leareth. But it really kinda looks like if anyone was steering here they were steering at - you succeeding. If Abadar knew enough to do all that and wanted to fuck with you he could just, uh, sell the information to Asmodeus."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does look that way. Though, sometimes the gods' plans can be very indirect - less so since prophecy was lost." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not lost in my world. The gods use it quite effectively." He frowns. "Nethys, we think, sees all worlds. Thus recognizing the similarities in our stories. If any of your gods could have engineered this, it would be Him, but - my impression is that He is not so much one for engineering things at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes still for a moment. "I see." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose you could fix our headbands."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot re-enable yours while you are here - and I hope you will understand why I wish you to stay here awhile so I can think. I can lend you some of my own spares, if lacking them is distressing to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have only had mine for a week, it was a bribe from the pharaoh, but - all else being equal, yes, I would like that." He is incredibly not surprised and can't muster any offence that Aroden is intending to leave them here for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would too." He is only slightly more surprised.

Permalink Mark Unread

Surprised is the wrong word but he likes it when people who are imprisoning you put bars and say 'because I can', instead of putting libraries and saying 'I hope you will understand'. He doesn't say this; it won't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to one of the locked cabinets beside the locked bookshelves, unlocks it presumably with some sort of magic, and takes out a couple of headbands, which he offers to Mahdi and Leareth. "Hagan, did you want one as well? I should not be too long. An hour or two." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, sure, why not."

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have one too, then. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices right away that the headband is definitely better than the one the pharaoh gave him. Interesting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will return shortly." And he Plane Shifts out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Could've gone worse. I guess. Presumably you have a better read on how likely he is to panic and turn us into stone statues until his war is over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think unlikely. He was definitely reading all of our minds while he was here, and I default less to massive overkill the more information I have about what exactly is going on. I suspect a great deal hinges on whether he believes my claim that we are alternate version - I could say alts - of the same person. believe it, though, and he would have seen that."

Leareth's eyes narrow slightly. "I suspect he is uneasy about Nethys - and Abadar though less so. I do not think he is so spooked by this that he would refuse our help. He might want to place us under a geas, I suppose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"'s just - trimming," he says to Hagan.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And there's a kinda trimming I'm allergic to and my life has been nonstop that, lately."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I think you did the right thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know I did the right thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is confused what Hagan is upset by and would usually read his mind about it, except he can't due to not having Thoughtsensing, which is maybe a good thing. 

"Hagan, what is bothering you? The geas?" Slight shrug. "I - apologize for being like that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't care about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth narrows his eyes. "...I suppose you do not have to tell me. If it is not important. I - I feel that Aroden is being very reasonable here, since I would be a similar level of very alarmed if I stumbled on some people infiltrating my organization with the level of secret knowledge we have of his, and we did - come here knowing what we were up against. Still, it is objectively a hostile act, keeping us here, and would not be bothered if someone were angry about that so I assume he will not be either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have to - I'm not going to do anything stupid."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not worried about that I am just rather confused." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I spent - twelve years - a prisoner in the palace and I hate it there and I also hate places that are - nice, and pretty, and important, more important than you'll ever be and so obviously it makes perfect sense for them to - the more sense it makes the more I hate it, since I can't even be upset for a reason like that something is bad. And I'm not going to fuck anything up and so it does not actually matter.

Okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Yes, that makes sense." 

He falls silent. Starts poking around at the books. "I wish I had a place like this just to keep my records in. These are presumably not the highly sensitive ones, but - this entire place is more secure than anything I could build in Velgarth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could pick up wizardry. It'd take a while but it sounds like lots of things you do take a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is true." He has to assume he would lose at least much of it with each new incarnation, but Mahdi and Hagan won't know more on that (Aroden presumably will), and as a general rule he doesn't talk about his immortality setup with, well, anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clerics also get Create Demiplane," he says. "And Plane Shift to get there, though weren't you figuring you could do that with a Gate? Or you guys could share. I feel like once he's warmed up to the idea he's got to see the appeal of having two of you. He can throw off an occasional permanent demiplane for you and you can move his armies all around the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be a fruitful collaboration," Leareth agrees. "Also, he must think quickly. I would wish for much longer than two hours to consider this situation! I have had over a week and that is still not long enough to be adjusted to it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He probably has time dilation. Or could've put us in it, conceivably. Demiplanes don't have to track time on the Material Plane."

Permalink Mark Unread

That has so many implications, he's not even going to bother going through them now. He keeps looking at books. 

...Unsurprisingly, he decides that he likes Aroden's taste in books. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shocking. He will read about math while he has a classier headband than he could ordinarily afford.

Permalink Mark Unread

He checks whether the fanciest headband fixes his reading problem but he already knew it wouldn't. He takes off his shirt and stitches up the spear-related hole, instead. Fy gives him hugs so he stops having stupid breathing problems related to the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni (who was once Aroden, but for the most part no longer thinks of himself by that name at all, not now, not yet), sits in his private office in a different place, and thinks. 

...He believes them. Specifically, he believes Leareth. On too little evidence, perhaps, but - he's seen enough pieces, and none of them fit before but the tale Leareth gave does, in fact, hold it all together. Leareth originating from an entire other world is the simplest explanation for his bizarre, un-sorcerer-like powers. Leareth being, somehow, an alt of himself is the simplest explanation for his entire mind being the way it is. And for how he and his allies could have made an impossible inference. 

He's going to take precautions and seek additional evidence anyway, of course, but - he leans toward putting some qualified, caveated trust in Leareth, and extending that trust to Leareth's allies to the extent Leareth does. There's a huge upside here, if Leareth is telling the truth about his army - which, as far as Malduoni can tell from his thoughts, he absolutely is. It's not an upside he can really afford to ignore, because victory isn't overdetermined, here, not as thoroughly as he would prefer, and some of the paths to victory would bear a cost far higher than he wishes to pay. 

He's not at all happy, though, about Abadar's obvious involvement, or the pharaoh of Osirion's knowledge of this. It could prove to also be an upside, and - if this is all some elaborate plot against him, it's not Abadar's work. His god-translated memories of Abadar are set on that; it's not his style, it's not a kind of scheme he's really capable of at all. Mainly he feels unhappy because there's a mystery, there's a player on his gameboard that he can't see and doesn't understand, and he isn't keen on mysteries at this stage of his planning. 

He's even less happy about Nethys' role. If all of this is a scheme against him, it would be Nethys' work. Nefreti is involved. A significant chunk of the information that Leareth and his allies are reasoning from comes from Nethys directly. Nethys...might actually have the foreknowledge, stolen from other worlds, to interfere in a subtler way than the other gods are capable of in this era. He doesn't understand what Nethys is working toward. 

Two gods know about his survival and his plans, and this is a deeply concerning thought, because - if it's two, it could soon be a lot more.

He doesn't think any of that changes the bottom line with Leareth.

If anything, it nudges toward moving faster. For a decade, now, he's had his pieces in positions where he can move on a week's notice. The question is whether Leareth also can, but - well, if they're the same person, or same template, then Leareth may have made similar plans.

So. One decision that he has the information and cached reasoning to make now. The question of what to do about Abadar and Nethys is still unresolved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His prisoners know who he is; for the next part, he doesn't need to hide it deep within a corner of himself. 

Just over an hour later, Aroden Plane Shifts back into his demiplane. "I apologize for the wait." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sets his book down, nods. He is thinking that this whole situation involves far more risk than he feels comfortable but at least if they don't all die of it they'll learn some fascinating things about magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is thinking that libraries are terrible. This is a very unreasonable way to feel but it is how he feels. Probably libraries are much less terrible if one can read.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish to accept your offer to help with Cheliax," Aroden says, levelly. "I will shortly transport all of you out of this place. However, you have already inferred that everyone in my organization who is aware of the true mission is under geas. I will place a geas on all of you before I Plane Shift you out of here. This is not an indication of mistrust; it is based on my outside-view observation that if I do not take this precaution, secrets inevitably leak." 

Slight sigh. "This is not the order I prefer. Usually I would explain the full conditions of the geas before I consider bringing someone in - from a pragmatic perspective, a geas is not a good strategy for obtaining someone's cooperation when they did not give it voluntarily. Unfortunately, you already know everything. I am aware that this means the geas is no longer voluntary, and this is not ideal. I do consider it fair play, given that you came here as spies, and knew the possible consequences of spying on someone like myself." 

He lays out the conditions of his geas before actually casting it, though it'll be spoken out loud then as well. They must not reveal the secrets to anyone not similarly geased or explicitly whitelisted by Aroden. (The pharaoh is approved; Aroden feels unsure of this and spent a solid chunk of his hour of thought on it, but at this point it would be an adversarial move not to, and it's not really going to give Khemet information he doesn't already have.) They must not betray him, directly or indirectly; there's an additional paragraph of conditions fleshing out this clause. They must not resist spells he casts on them - this is there for Aroden's convenience, to reduce his spell-preparation overhead.

In public Aroden goes by Malduoni. They will refer to him and think of him by that name only, unless he specifies otherwise. (He does not assume that he's the only one who can read their minds.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither of the Osirians seem very upset; it is an improvement on being turned into a statue for the duration of the war and maybe forever. Mahdi spends a while trying to think of loopholes, not particularly expecting to find any and not particularly expecting to use them if he does, but it's good to check; Hagan is mostly thinking that letting them talk to the pharaoh makes it much less likely the pharaoh has it taken off the minute they get home, which is too bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is nodding along and smiling very slightly. He is so unsurprised. He's considering the pros and cons of geases versus standard Velgarth compulsions. He's also trying to predict the pharaoh's reaction, and modelling what Aroden must be thinking there. Wondering how annoyed he is about Nefreti. Leareth himself is mostly intrigued by her, but he has a lot less personal baggage with the Golarion gods, Nethys included. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be very wasteful to turn people who came here hoping to help into statues. (Though he might do it anyway he were any more in doubt that their goals are aligned with his.) Aroden is also aware of the pharaoh's incentives here. And of the fact that Leareth's main feelings toward the pharaoh are of respect, even warmth.

"Before that," he says, "who else knows? I imagine that others in the pharaoh's court are aware of the Cheliax aspect, at this point. And you had others in your party. The cleric you did not bring with you, and - Vanyel? Leareth's acquaintance from Velgarth. Where are they now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Right. 

"If all went well, they are in Velgarth now. Vanyel's kingdom was expecting an invasion from my army; they misattributed his disappearance as my doing, and were then very suspicious of communications from him to the contrary. We expected that sending him back in person would be the best way of resolving this. There were delays there," he probably doesn't need to explain the whole difficulty with Yfandes, though he does expect Aroden is right now reading his thoughts about it, "but they planned to leave at the same time we departed Sothis. Fazil and Vanyel both know the Aroden aspect and also that we suspected you were my alt. This was - fairly relevant information, in their decision to trust me as well as consider helping you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." He waits a few beats. Glances expectantly at Mahdi and Hagan. "Is there anything else in this vein that I ought to know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We haven't involved anyone else." He's not feeling so cooperative as to try to think through all of the things that might have happened that'd be useful to Aroden, probably if you want to be a god you can do that yourself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is thinking that hopefully Aroden won't see fit to kidnap Vanyel, who has really been through enough recently, as has his whole country. "Van did not expect Valdemar would help you with Cheliax but he thought they'd help with the Worldwound. If it needed it. I'm now assuming that you have a plan there."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does but not to the point that he would turn down help. "I see. I am not sure of the best way to handle that; this is all a very unexpected complication. I imagine it is likely that Vanyel told his government of your speculations about me, as part of his attempt to defuse tensions with Leareth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is plausible. I - would not have felt that I had the standing to order him not to, and also his - our - recent decisions make very little sense without that context, and providing a sensical explanation to Valdemar's leadership would have been critical." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden lets out his breath, slowly. So it's too late to quarantine the secret from Velgarth. That pushes even harder toward moving fast, he thinks. 

"Leareth. I imagine some of your subordinates also know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They know some of it, yes. A small number, all of them under a voluntary geas-like spell of loyalty to my mission. Not dissimilar to yours, actually." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How unsurprising." Aroden is quiet for a moment. "All right. Leareth, I will consider your subordinates already geased for this purpose. Ideally I would like to meet Vanyel and Fazil and request it of them as well, but that seems logistically difficult, and I hardly think I can impose it on Vanyel's superiors in Valdemar. What is the current state of communication between Velgarth and Osirion?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar is in communication with the local gods. It is possible to scry in Velgarth with a crystal ball and the pharaoh may be doing so. I believe Fazil was the only human approved to Plane Shift there." Leareth glances at the others for confirmation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wouldn't surprise me if the pharaoh has another attuned focus for his own people but Fazil is the only one I know of."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods. Thinks, briefly. 

"Well. A number of elements of this situation are not ideal, but it also includes unexpected resources and help, so on the whole I suppose I cannot complain. I will place the geases now, and then we can go elsewhere and discuss further."

He does so, starting with Leareth. Each geas takes ten minutes to cast, so it's going to take a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's one of the few spells there's no defense against, and he'd really like to watch, but without Detect Magic up he won't actually learn anything, so he reads instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is also a little irritated that he can't watch with his Othersenses, but Aroden is being sufficiently reasonable here that he can't be annoyed with him about it, so the annoyance isn't directed anywhere in particular and is just sort of floating there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden finishes. 

"As soon as we leave this place," he says calmly, "I am Malduoni again. I am going to Plane Shift you to a small demiplane that is linked to my office in Azir by a permanent portal. Your possessions are already there. I would like to speak further, of course, but I am sure you would all like breakfast and a chance to regroup, and - I will not stop you from preparing spells and teleporting back to Sothis immediately if you wish. If you decide to stay and discuss more, I will be available all day and you can return to my office when you are ready." 

Permalink Mark Unread

How many permanent demiplanes can a person have. 

(The geas on which name to think of him by is very intrusive; the rest isn't.)

He takes Hagan and Leareth's hands for the Plane Shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes Leareth's hand -

- and Malduoni arrives in the other demiplane, the three of them in tow. This one is a lot more boring; it resembles an ordinary hallway, with an ordinary door at the end. There's a nice carpet, a couple of tasteful paintings of nature scenes on the walls, and no other decor. 

Malduoni releases Leareth's hand, gestures at the door. "Go on." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances over his shoulder. Notices that there's also a door at the other end of the hallway. He wonders vaguely where it goes. It seems very rude to run and try to check while they're here with Malduoni, so he doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can walk out through the indicated door instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

It goes to a sort of lobby area with a few armchairs arranged in it, and two doors. Their things from the camp are neatly packed up and waiting on said chairs. 

Malduoni strolls past them and opens one of them. "This is the way out. Not the way back in when you rejoin me - you will want to go in the front door and ask the guard. 

Once they've gone through, he'll re-lock the door with magic - it's not completely proof against wizards getting in, of course, but it's at least very inconvenient - and then take the other door himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He inventories all his belongings before speaking. 

 

"Well. I guess that went well."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, for his part, checks that his Gifts and Othersenses are back in working order, as well as the artifacts he's wearing and his intelligence headband. It is disappointingly not as good as the one he left behind in Malduoni's demiplane-library. (The geas is quite obtrusive here for him too, but hopefully he'll get used to it.)

"I think so, yes." He finds himself smiling, involuntarily. He's feeling sort of exhilarated, almost giddy with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to prepare spells before we go meet him, but I don't think it makes any sense to run back to Sothis at this point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really doesn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods.

:Well, I am pleased that I was right on all of my inferences: he sends in Mindspeech. The geas seems fine with that level of indirectly-thinking-about-it. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You sure were. Also Vanyel really hit it on the head when he said he figured you'd do the same thing in his shoes.: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I do not think I have any particular preparations to make, so - I am ready to go back when both of you are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can just prepare half a dozen now, if we're likely to spend the day in meetings anyway." He has already started doing this; it feels good to have magic in his hands again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not mind at all if you wished to take longer to prepare and neither would he. Up to you, I suppose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, leaving some slots open is also added flexibility later. - you should ask if you can watch him prepare spells sometime, I bet it'd be fascinating. I've never seen anyone stabilize a ninth circle spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's face lights up, albeit in a very muted way. "I am definitely going to ask him. Flexibility makes sense." He waits for Mahdi's half-dozen spells to be prepared, while absentmindedly digging out and consuming some breakfast from his pack. Leareth isn't especially fussy about what he eats. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He prepares a quarter of his spells. And then they can go get directed to wherever Malduoni is when he's not skulking around invisibly kidnapping people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni's public office is a spacious, comfortable room with lots of natural light from a skylight and windows. It has plants in pots. He's reading something at his desk; when they're ushered in, he slips it into a drawer and stands. "I am glad to see you back. Have a seat."

There's a small table set out for them, with comfortable chairs around it. Malduoni ducks out from behind his desk and shuts the door before sitting at the table as well.  

Permalink Mark Unread

To Leareth's Othersenses, it's obvious that the room is thoroughly shielded. He has more experiencing in parsing the very weird appearance of Golarion arcane magic; he would guess that this spell is permanent rather than cast for the occasion, it has that extra-stabilized look to it, and it blocks Thoughtsensing and mage-sight thoroughly; he would guess that it also blocks scrying (and incidentally Farsight) and prevents sound from escaping. Where he would use multiple layers of different shield techniques for the same purpose, this is a single, very complex spell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi knows the spell, can cast it himself, and is slightly pleased to learn that it's in fact the gold standard for this and you don't need anything more complicated. There has been enough feeling completely outclassed for today. (There is definitely going to be a lot more, realistically, but.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni hasn't negated the clause in their geas about what name to call him and think of him by, which hints that he doesn't feel quite as secure here as in his personal demiplane where magic only works for him, but it's hard to imagine many things as secure as that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So. Leareth, if I wished to advance the timeline on the invasion and also to take you up on your offer, how quickly could you have your army ready to move?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

...Wow that is diving right into things and also why is he surprised. 

"My official contingency-plan is for four days. That is assuming nothing goes wrong, which is a dubious assumption, and also does not take into account the existence of other worlds or the fact that I do not think we have yet mastered inter-world Gates. So, a week." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni nods. "I imagine this draws on your easily available forces, not all of them. How many." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could give you twenty thousand soldiers on that much notice. Assuming it becomes feasible to transport them. Three hundred mages."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you think Valdemar would lend their forces for the Worldwound, if not the invasion itself. How many?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am guessing there. Both at their willingness and their available numbers. My not particularly justified estimate would be five thousand troops and - perhaps thirty to fifty Heralds with combat experience? Not all mages but they have Gifts of various types." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can get them back if they die here, right, this is probably relevant both to commitments of forces and to whether Van will do that thing where he can die and kill everything around for half a mile -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Did he volunteer to do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think," Malduoni says slowly, "that I am going to need a much more thorough explanation of your world's magic, Leareth. I assume you have already put some thought into clever ways it might be combined with ours." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Really that should go without saying, so Leareth just nods. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni turns to Hagan. "And do you have a prediction of what the pharaoh will do? In general, and also in the scenario where I decide to move a week from now and with Leareth's aid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Osirion doesn't fight wars. I think he'd probably raise people for you, though someone will have to supply him if you needed more than a few of them, and I think he said he'd be willing to do infrastructure in Cheliax afterwards. Abadar could probably coopt a bunch of the Asmodean church unless - are you planning to be a -" he runs into the geas and makes a face. "I think you should talk to him. I'm not clear on Abadar's constraints." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Noted." Malduoni frowns. "I am not sure whether Velgarth natives can be raised if they die here. And I am not sure of, well, a way to test that less costly than the most direct test." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is also something that Abadar might know." Leareth drops his gaze. "I was expecting to end up speaking with him anyway, after this mission. If we are going to be coordinating on this anyway, then I suppose I could ask ask him some questions on your behalf." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thoughtful nod. 

"What is the state of secrecy on the capabilities of Velgarth magic?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A number of the pharaoh's researchers know of it. Not everything, but a great deal. They have been asked to keep it to themselves, but are not under geas, so - my guess is that it is secret now and will not remain so indefinitely. Velgarth's existence is less closely held but is certainly not widely known at this point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Another reason to move quickly." Malduoni lays his hands on the table, briskly. "All right. I think we had best cover the intricacies of Velgarth magic now. Hagan and Mahdi are already quite well-informed of this, I imagine, and so might as well be present to help generate ideas here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They worked closely with Vanyel for a time, so I imagine so." Leareth looks over at them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To a first approximation they can do most arcane magic that's not transmutation or conjuration, where they're limited because they have to do all the work themselves, they don't have access to any scaffolding that enables things like polymorph effects. I've wondered whether they could be taught to use the thing we use for scaffolding but I haven't given it a serious try. Instead of teleportation they can open a portal to somewhere else on the same plane, they call that a Gate. And all of it's much more flexible since it doesn't have to stabilize but maybe sorcerers here are like that too, I've never watched one closely and I think mages in Velgarth get a lot more specialized training in the use of their magic than sorcerers here. They can imitate a Pearl of Power for wizards, not for clerics. They can dispel magic in a clever way that looks like a very minimal power expenditure and they can do very very low-power enchantments. They are bottlenecked on how much they can do in a day mostly by exhaustion, which responds normally to Lesser Restoration if you have any way to get that here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We also have magic-specific senses, similar to Detect Magic but present in the background unless we are shielding them - they do take a minimal amount of effort to use, but comparable to, say, standing up, it is not something one will ever be too tired for except in very unusual circumstances. I can directly observe magic as I cast it, and as your casters work. This is how we can disrupt your spells with less power expenditure, by seeing the most brittle part and aiming there. We have many varieties of shields and wards, many of which are lower power than yours - thus perhaps easier to dispel with your Dispel Magic - but correspondingly cheaper to place, and also quite flexible." 

(He is perhaps going to wait until he's alone with Malduoni to discuss blood-magic and the implications there.) 

"There are also a number of other, more specialized Gifts in Velgarth. I have Mindspeech, which is a form of permanent telepathy, receptive and projective. We have our own variant of Healing - actually, this might be of great use to you, since you do not have clerics. It is not as good for injuries, but is in many ways more flexible, and also comes with a type of Sight useful for diagnosis and triage..." 

He goes through a list of all the commonly-known Velgarth Gifts.

"–and Mindhealing can also work similarly to compulsions, though that is not its main use in Velgarth," he finishes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni's expression goes still again. 

"Is it also visible to our spells for detecting enchantments." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am not sure, I do not have it myself and have not tested it. I suspect not. It is not visible to mage-sight. I do think that enchantments would be clearly visible to the specialized Mindhealing Sight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting." A long pause. "I wish to politely request that you keep this between us, unless the pharaoh asks directly. Though I suppose Abadar may know of the Gift's existence via the Velgarth gods." It's not necessarily going to be salient, though, or packaged in a form useful to humans anticipating his moves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....he is increasingly suspecting that, like, a significant fraction of important people in Cheliax are already mind-controlled which is terrifying and kind of brilliant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni hears that, of course. He doesn't smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth has been assuming this for a while, mostly on the grounds that it's what he would do.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have at least several more hours of catching one another up to do," Malduoni says; it's directly mainly at Leareth. "I do want to briefly touch on what your plans will be after that, in case that needs coordination." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth mulls on that for thirty seconds or so. 

"...I think I must return to Sothis. My mage-scholars are there, and in the absence of a workable interworld Gate-technique, the only way I can actually return to Velgarth is with Fazil, or," his lips twitch, "by asking Abadar nicely." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you think you can invent an interworld Gate in a week. It seems that bringing your army over is not feasible without that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks in silence for even longer, this time. 

"I would place nine out of ten odds that I can, if I throw enough of my own and my mage-scholars' time at the problem." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Nod. 

"I can work with that." Glance at Hagan and Mahdi. "And what would your plans be, by default?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, pick up consumables and study the geography of Cheliax. We could do that more usefully with more knowledge of the invasion plans but obviously often work with less."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can give you some amount of context."

Malduoni intends to give them exactly the level of context he feels comfortable with Abadar knowing. He will probably give Leareth more, because - well, he's at this point placing a lot of trust in Leareth's judgement. Not with the most rock-solid justification he can imagine having, but...for this, he thinks it's enough.

They have invasion plans to discuss (he doesn't know exactly where he would put Mahdi and Hagan, yet, but can at least describe the general shape of what he'd want them to do), and magic theory to discuss, and this will easily eat the rest of the day. After lunch, which is a not-very-fancy meal brought in for them, Malduoni very politely shoos Mahdi and Hagan elsewhere so he can talk to Leareth privately. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will head back out into Azir. It feels a little surreal, to be back in a normal city where people are going about normal lives. They don't talk to each other. There's not much that wouldn't be dumb to say, out loud, out here.  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I miss Fazil," he says eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Maybe soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth extricates himself around sundown. He's equipped with half of a set of paired magic mirrors, a communication method that's apparently very secure - this is obnoxious to pull off with Velgarth magic - though of course only insofar as the two ends are. Given who's in possession of the two ends, though, he is kind of less worried about that. 

(Well, Nefreti Clepati demonstrably can rob him of all his possessions, but he doesn't actually think she has a motive to do it again, and also it wouldn't help her or Nethys that much, neither of them are going to be able to impersonate him even as far as the proving-his-identity questions.) 

After a really extensive amount of back and forth, he has Malduoni's tentative agreement to trust his judgement on Abadar. Which is, currently, that Abadar is probably worth allying with, if allying is what Abadar wants to do here. There are quite a lot of pieces there, and caveats, but - ultimately it's not favourable to Abadar's goals to have Cheliax in the hands of Asmodeus, and that seems like the strongest driver here. 

He goes to find Mahdi and Hagan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't wandered too far. "Back to where we left from?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he takes their hands and then they're back in the winter palace. Not literally right where they left; the palace has an effect that redirects teleportation to a specific spot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. Leareth would really like to know how that magic works; he can't tell just by attempting to watch their landing. 

They should let the pharaoh know that they're back. Not only is Leareth disinclined to trust anyone else in the Palace with their news, he's literally geased against doing so.

(Malduoni did not explicitly whitelist Vanyel or Fazil. If they decide to trust Khemet fully then this isn't going to be more than inconvenient, but Leareth still wonders if it's intended as an incentive for Vanyel and Fazil to themselves accept the geas, or just as an additional preventative against more information spreading to Velgarth. Whatever it is, he's sure it's not by accident.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh comes over about twenty minutes later. "Sit comfortably," he says. "How was it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Educational." Leareth isn't sure of the most graceful way to ask 'well, did you guess it while we were gone'.

"If I am right, you have already made some inferences about what we found there." His intonation is almost but not quite a question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The history of Velgarth is suggestive. As are the gods' complaints about you these days. They resent what a mess you make of their Foresight.

 

 

 

Here, of course, it was worse than that."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh's face is unreadable and his mind is a blind spot to Leareth's senses, and Leareth is seized by a brief, absurd temptation to attempt to remove the top of his head or something - he desperately, screamingly wants to know what he's thinking. 

"Yes, some events went very badly here." He sighs. Leans forward a little. "I was right in all of my guesses. I offered my help and it was accepted. - I am not sure if that is information Abadar has already, but for better or worse, at this point He is welcome to it. We plan to move a week from now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - a week. All right. There will be no more Plane Shifts to Velgarth; I can hold a Gate for two minutes a day and would not be astonished if your acquaintance can do even better. I don't know how many people you would want to bring over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I do not crack inter-world Gates - of my variety - inside the next week, I wish to bring about three hundred mages, and ideally their support personnel, but if three hundred is pushing it that would suffice. If Valdemar agrees to help with the Worldwound, I am estimating they could spare about fifty Gifted Heralds." Pause. "If I do, which I think I can, then I am bringing twenty thousand troops across. Whatever the Velgarth deities have to say about it, they will not be able to interfere." 

He looks down. "Did the Velgarth gods simply change their mind about Plane Shifts, or did something - go wrong?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel and Fazil landed in Iftel, and after a brief and unproductive interaction with the locals, Vykandaes set them on fire. They are fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are in Haven now, where everything is thankfully going much more smoothly. We would predict that Vanyel will be in a position to return, if you have an account of what you want them to do that's sufficiently in line with their sacred national mission."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should have warned them– sorry." Leareth lifts a hand. "About Iftel. And the fact that Vkandis likes to set people on fire. He has tried to kill me that way twice. I - Iftel, as well as its impassible shield-barrier, has a magical effect that causes people to find it very boring and forget its existence. It is less effective on me but - still effective." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. - one second." He goes to the door, says something to someone, comes back. "Until we know that's not in effect here I want to be told it every hour," he says in explanation. "It would have been useful for them to have been warned in the sense that Fazil could have made them immune to fire, but it's not obvious to me that Vkandis wouldn't have escalated. I guess ideally they would've Plane Shifted back out immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure even I would have predicted that Vkandis would escalate so quickly with a Herald present. I suppose He must have been very alarmed by the otherworld magic." Leareth frowns. "We would appreciate their help by the Worldwound. A plan exists already that should make it somewhat less risky for them to engage. Though - it is relevant whether your Raise Dead and Resurrection will work on Velgarth natives if they die here."

(He is not even going to suggest the idea he had unless the answer is yes.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It will work fine if your people die here. Though you will have to supply the diamonds; I have very few of them and would not want to have none left over in the event that this fight has as much collateral damage as the last one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will check back with my organization about diamond procurement, but we should be able to do so. Raise Dead takes a smaller diamond, no? So if some Heralds are killed in action they would be cheaper to raise immediately." His eyes narrow. "Does the diamond need to be mined? It is not a standard use of Velgarth magic to artificially make diamonds but I would not be surprised if Vanyel in particular could do it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Making them with our conjuration doesn't work but our conjuration is temporary. If you are proposing, uh, putting the right kinds of rock under the right kind of pressure... we should try that right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was my idea. I know our magic can be used to smelt metals and such - it is not very scalable except in places such as the Eastern Empire with a high rate of mages. For this - there is an adapted force-net spell for crushing things; I am not sure that I could overpower it hard enough, though I do not mind trying, but this is exactly the area where the strength of Vanyel's Gift would be key. He can channel...five times, maybe ten times as much power as I can."

(Well, this, and the size of fireball left by his suicide.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we had access to as many diamonds as we needed we can commit to raising anyone critically necessary same-day and everyone you lose within two months. If you manage to leave the continent in one piece. I don't know how much he told you about the events of a hundred years ago, but they were very very bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He told me enough." Leareth looks down at his hands. "That is - certainly not the plan, but all of us are aware that plans do not always stay on track." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Especially these days.

 

 

Is he going to take up the Starstone afterwards? Much of the support we can offer is in replacing the infrastructure of the church of Asmodeus in Cheliax and that looks substantially different, depending. Also Abadar implied it would change His plans in other ways."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He has not made a final decision on that. - I apologize, I know it would be helpful to know now for planning. In - the best case scenario, yes. I think not otherwise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So then we should expect to need to provide clean water and healing. And to redo the whole currency situation immediately, I learned what Asmodeus is doing to make sure that almost every person in Cheliax is Evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no, did he do something very clever and also horrifying with their currency? That - makes interacting with it at all an Evil act in a nonobvious way?"

(The fact that this is possible is making him feel like the whole alignment-assessment situation is deeply unfair. He thinks it's pretty fair of it to assess him as Evil, but - an entire country of mostly very normal people...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is possible to take a dead soul captive and confine it, magically, in some fashion. It is then possible to trade, steal, or sell it, and to use it for magical power. The trade in souls is Evil, fairly enough. 

 

Does your world have the concept of currency that is not worth the face value of its metal but backed by a promise from a nation to redeem it for metal at any time?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, though not implemented in most places." The Eastern Empire has that setup. Valdemar doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The currency of Cheliax is backed by souls. 

They do know this. It is mentioned in schools, it is scribed on bills: backed by House Thrune, by our Patrons, by the Souls of the Damned, for the Greatness of The Chelish Nation. It wouldn't work if they had no way to know. Abadar didn't - see why it was unfair - when gods know things they know the things, the thing is everywhere it needs to be in their model of the world -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I..." For once, Leareth is lost for words. He's angry. This is not an emotion Leareth feels often and he has to ride it out for a moment, let it run its course before he can speak. 

"I - see why Abadar thinks that. I think that my mind - works that way, most of the time, because I wish it to and have had centuries of practice. But. Also. From the perspective of humans, I do not feel it is particularly fair." He lets his fingers tighten together in his lap. "We will win this war and we will fix it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there is anyone I could believe that from, I suppose it would have to be you.

 

 

He and I probably should not speak; I can't think of conditions acceptable to both of us and even if there are some we'd waste time coming up with them. But if he needs anything -

- I want to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I told him so. I - persuaded him, and it took some doing, that it is worth trusting you to the extent that you want to help."

(It's a complicated case, right, because he isn't entirely sure that Khemet and Abadar are on their side. He would bet nine out of ten odds on it, higher even, but - for a more normal scenario, the downside risk of being wrong would be too high to risk. And yet. This is a case of a sufficiently terrifying potential - probable - ally, where if he's right of Abadar's alignment with their cause, not cooperating with him has a downside risk as well - of stepping on each other's plans, or of whatever updates Khemet and Abadar might make from said distrust. And it would be different if their victory were more assured, but - it isn't, there's a lot of overkill in store but not nearly as much as either of them would feel really comfortable with.)

"I am not expecting you to know but I figured I might as well ask. Do you know which of Them betrayed him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...several former allies helped kill him in the end. After three weeks, when he had clearly and thoroughly lost but he kept - trying to pull the pieces back together - he didn't have enough left to know what effects it was having on the world but there wasn't going to be any mortal civilization left if it didn't end. Honestly they should have done it sooner. Is that what you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh."

 

 

 

 

"...I am not sure. He is certain he was betrayed, but unsure by whom; that is why he drove all the gods out of Rahadoum." 

Leareth is thinking, almost plaintively, that - he would, he would unwittingly tear apart the world just out of desperately unwillingness to die, to have it be over - and Leareth thinks that he would have wished it, too, for his allies to end it sooner, to stop letting him destroy everything around him...

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can ask Abadar if He knows more." He has been talking to Abadar too much lately, it gives him a headache under the best of circumstances and when done repeatedly it makes the Material World feel blurry and sharp at the same time, and very very distant. The pain is worse if he puts it off but he's been using Delay Pain every day to at least schedule it for the point where everyone not possessed of a Ring of Sustenence is, unlike him, sleeping; then he can lie there in the dark and quiet until the pain ebbs and he sleeps and wakes up with a mind that remembers human things. 

 

- obviously worth it, if this is all going to be over in a couple of weeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate it, if it is not too much trouble." He lets out his breath. "Also transport to Velgarth in a day or two, if we have not figured out our Gates by then. I will try to synchronize it with Vanyel's movements if possible to minimize the overhead for you." 

He takes a deep breath, slowly lets it out. "And - I am considering Abadar's offer to me. We had a very long discussion and then he said he would leave it to my judgement, whether it is a good idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your caution has been - warranted many times over, in Velgarth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. You have learned some things about my past." He wrinkles his nose slightly. "Well, translated via two sets of gods, which must be quite something to absorb as a human, even an extremely clever one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

For a second he looks tired, more tired than most people who are thirty or for that matter on their first lifetime can look. 


"Your set has even less to work with, I think. Abadar can usually understand and answer my questions fine, even if I don't always understand Him."

He hesitates. 

"No one told me in advance that, uh, you do not actually become an aspect of a god. I hadn't met my grandfather before he became pharaoh, and he was very smart, and it made sense, that Abadar would want to shape someone in such a way He could easily communicate with them. I believed it. I think Abadar does want that but He doesn't know how to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - makes sense. It sounds very difficult." He would definitely not want Khemet's job, for multiple layers of reasons.

Leareth hesitates, but only a little. "- If it would help, to have a history of Velgarth, and my life specifically, in easier to understand terms, I - would not mind telling you, at this point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would certainly be very interested."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits back. 

"I should start at the beginning. About eighteen hundred years ago, by Velgarth's calendar, there was a powerful mage named Urtho, who was called the Mage of Silence - and a boy, Ma'ar, who was his student..."

He doesn't give a very detailed summary. If only because it would take too long otherwise. He mostly includes things that he's pretty sure the gods of Velgarth know, and so Khemet could know them via Abadar but it's only polite to not make him work so hard for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is a good listener; he looks emotionally invested, and sad and angry at the right parts, which are most of them. He moves his chair a little closer, a couple times, though they're still at well more than arm's length apart. 

 


Two thousand years is too long for magic to bring anyone back to life. 

"The gods of Velgarth," he says wearily, "are not totally sure what caused the Cataclysm but technological and magical progress was definitely some kind of element in some way. So they're trying to make them not happen again so the world can't get destroyed again. Also, and of at least equal significance to them, because it's noisy in its own right. Probably if they weren't so upset about the noise they'd put more effort into figuring out what specifically and precisely needs to be banned from now on, because it's not sanitation. - Abadar has tried to argue this and not gotten anywhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is - complicated, I think, what needs to change. What underlying process, I mean - the decisions of individuals are always a random factor. I made a mistake in not de-escalating the war. Urtho made a mistake in - building whatever weapon it is that he used, I still know little of the details there, all the records were lost. But that is not really the level at which I would want to remove the cause, if I were a god. Still, I think our gods are using a rather broad, blunt-force strategy, here, and if They could talk to humans, They could do better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar does not have your records. I'm sorry; I asked. He's saving everything from Velgarth now but he can't step back in time to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. ...I understand. I was not expecting him to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He had all of Aroden's. It would've - helped, a lot, right - with - 

- you're afraid -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks at him, his expression very still. He's pretty unclear on what Khemet is trying to communicate, so he just waits, expectantly, to see if it'll be clarified. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I care about what you're trying to do. I want to help you succeed at it. I know that part of what you're trying to do, right now, is assess whether we are on your side. Whether Abadar could reach your records or not would not, actually, be informative on that front, I don't think. But you're also - even if you think you should try to be his cleric, it's a very difficult thing to do if you desperately don't want to. I wish I could help with that part. ...also with the trust part, but that seems harder. I'm a very good liar. In your position I would be less sure than I'd like."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I think the best way you can help with - trust - is by answering my questions, and not otherwise trying too hard in a given direction. I...also would like it if I could - reason more neutrally about it. I am not sure if my experiences with Velgarth gods are applicable here, even, it is just - hard to disregard centuries of habit. I suppose you could tell me more of what it is like, what he is like, since you are also his cleric? Also of the upsides. I currently have a vague understanding that it would grant some powers but not how much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When humans started out, at least in Golarion, more or less all of them travelled in small groups, gathering enough food to survive, and when sufficiently bad things happened they died, and - they had other skills, some were better at them than others, but the world didn't have the thing Abadar valued in it, yet. And then, in the places where food was plentiful enough, grew easily enough, it made sense for people to start to specialize, and then it did, and then he tried very clumsily to nudge it down that route, for a long time. He is credited with having brought about civilization but I think really he didn't have many of the right places to intervene on, not back then. - the power of gods is related to their age and experience, and their number of worshippers, and the strength in this world of the underlying concepts they stand for, and He wasn't weak but he couldn't possibly have done something like Osirion...and even less of the gap had been bridged, between how we understand the world and how gods do. 

People say that Abadar is the god of cities and commerce. Cities - specialization. The thing that matters is specialization, gains from trade - there's a concept, I don't know if your world has it, that even if one person is the best in a whole city at every trade he's still better off trading with all of the other incompetents, because there's something where his advantage is largest and he can maximize how much stuff he has if he focuses there and buys everything else -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have that concept." Or, at least, he does, and some books written under names that were his once, and the scholars of the Eastern Empire. "'Comparative advantage'?" He had wondered about Abadar's goals; from the start, Abadar has seemed - if not aligned with him, exactly, at least much closer to a god he could work with, have a productive alliance on shared goals. Maybe. Unclear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar wants that. With us. He wants to trade with people. And - in the theoretical case it just works, right, but in practice it's hard to have positive sum trades with toddlers, and in related ways hard to with gods, and He saw that He needed a lot of other things to be in place first. He made the vault of all human creations. He made it safe to Plane Shift to his domain in Axis - one of very few places in the Outer Planes that are safe for any mortal to visit, any time - so we could see His city and learn from it and take things home to copy if we wanted to. He played a significant role - it's hard for me to wrap my head around their negotiations but it was a major driving force - in the setup for clerics, in the gods coming to an agreement on intervention taking a form that people request deliberately because it'll advance their goals, and that the gods offer because it'll achieve Theirs. That's - what it is, to follow a god, or at least what He sees it as, to expect that working with Them will make both of you stronger."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - makes sense. Your clerics are a good system, I think. Certainly better than anything our gods have set up." 

It's a kind of alliance Leareth knows how to have, even when he doesn't trust someone entirely (and he almost never trusts someone entirely, that's an absurdly high bar), but - qualified trust, an expectation that someone will at least behave predictably according to their goals and incentives - knowing that given the right situation and context, their goals play nicely with Leareth's.

He knows how to do that with people. It still feels - terrifying, to attempt it with a god. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you want from Him? What would you be trading for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My goal is to fix the many issues I have with Velgarth's current management. I - have evidence now, albeit a very odd kind of evidence, that my initial plan might not go as smoothly as hoped. Also it is very costly and I would prefer a world where I avoid that cost. I am not sure what kinds of trade I might make with Abadar, on this, but - it does seem he is already trying to help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It it less straightforward than we would like for Abadar to operate there. But He is certainly trying. And it seems like more resources will make your plans less costly and more likely to succeed, which would be very definitely a good thing. Powerful users of divine magic can imitate most of arcane magic, which as I am sure you would have noticed by now is very useful; you can summon and command outsiders as allies; you can heal very serious injuries and treat magical exhaustion from your kind of magic; and while Abadar does not exactly approve of your immortality system He thinks your cleric powers would carry over through it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. I also do not approve of my immortality system. It was always a backup - I think it was my fourth layer of contingencies that I set up during my first lifetime, and at least one of the others might have worked if not for the Cataclysm destroying nearly all permanent spells in multiple different planes. I was - mostly very reluctant to modify it with all of the gods of Velgarth watching me as closely as They do now, and...I am hopeful, actually, that having access to Golarion will give me more options, after we have finished dealing with Cheliax and I can spare months for research." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden was unaging, before He ascended, though I think it took him hundreds of years of research to accomplish that, and our world has lots of contingent healing and contingent-breath-of-life spells that can be used to ensure the body survives injuries that should kill it. Apparently his - ultimate backup plan - was not much different, but I think it was much, much less frequently employed. There are certainly grounds for optimism."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hadn't actually known that; the conversation with Ar with Malduoni was mostly on the topic of the current war and Leareth's magic. (The geas is kind of irritating right now). He nods, though, keeps all signs of surprise from his face. "Yes."

Pause. "Something else that it might help to know is–" he's not exactly sure how to put his question "–what is the experience like, when He interacts with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Asking for spells doesn't feel like anything. There's an aspect specifically for that, it doesn't - contain very much of Him. You get what you ask for. Like picking things off a shelf, kind of, with a sense you didn't have before but not interactively. If you really really need something else you can concentrate on trying to get more attention than that to explain why you need something unusual but my understanding is that if you're not running His country for Him this doesn't even usually work. 

Talking to Him feels like something. I do not particularly know how to describe it; I remember thinking, the first time, it felt kind of like sticking your head underwater if you'd never encountered water before. It usually gives me a headache, particularly if I do it too often, because god-thoughts aren't very shaped for human heads. He has never done it to me, I have to - reach for him - though occasionally He'll make me aware that He has something I need to know. I do not think He particularly expects that you would want to talk to Him."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth nods. 

”I think that is all the questions I have, and - I need to think on the answers.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. There are some things I should do too, in light of the timeline you've proposed. We can speak more later."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, stands up. “Thank you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Good luck." And he heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes back to his room and thinks in silence for a little while.

It’s getting pretty late, but he goes off in search of Nayoki anyway; she often works long days. Irritatingly he is geased not to speak to her about any details, but at least she knows the broad strokes of his guesses before, and he can give her the timeline and leave the reasoning behind it implied. His troops don’t actually need to be told why they’re preparing for a mass transit by Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is with the magic researchers; they are comparing various forms of mind-affecting magic between their worlds.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth!" She looks relieved and pleased to see him. "How was the mission to Rahadoum." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fruitful. We have a deadline. I wish you and Narva to redirect all of your research time toward inter-world Gates, with the goal of having a working method inside the next five days. I will of course work with you when I am available. You can communicate with others in Velgarth using the crystal ball if this will speed your work, though please try to be somewhat cryptic in your communications. I will obtain some of the one time use code-books at whatever point it next makes sense to visit Velgarth in person." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki absorbs that for a few seconds. Glances over at the magic researchers. "I apologize, we will have to postpone this line of study." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course," they say, glancing at one another. They head out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki casts a privacy-barrier. Glances expectantly at Leareth. Waits.

”Are you planning to give me any more context.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Unfortunately I have - constraints. I think this outcome is not unexpected. You should have all the context you need for your current assignment.”

Permalink Mark Unread

She studies him thoughtfully for a moment before nodding. “I understand. Are you also going to require my particular expertise when the deadline is passed?”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Very possibly. I will discuss that with you when it becomes relevant.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

”All right. Gates.” She reaches for paper. “What ideas have you had so far...”

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil reads to Vanyel from The History And Future of Humanity. Aroden's personal history is in his other holy text, Tomes of Memory; this one is broader and starts earlier - the history of domestication and agriculture, the invention of magic. The reasons that empires have collapsed or destroyed themselves, over the Ages. What some of the better ones were like, before they were lost, and what they would have needed to be like, to have survived. What can be achieved in the Age of Glory.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not all of it makes Vanyel nod along - the writing style isn't that similar, for one, for one - but a number of passages do. Yes, this part reminds him of Leareth; yes, that passage does. In particular, the reasoning behind his claims, the why of it, is very reminiscent. His vision for the future isn't identical, but that could be explainable just by the fact that the two worlds have different conditions, a different set of gods - completely different setups after people die...

It's hardly conclusive. Maybe people with similar goals would write similar things either way. But it still feels like evidence, that points in one direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not even sure exactly what question I'm trying to answer! What does it mean, for people to be the same person... but it does seem like something." Sigh. "When should we bring up to your king that we can see whether Golarion's magic heals him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Not sure if I want to do it before or after I bring up the, er, thing with Yfandes. Which I should do soon. I think Melody's right and they aren't going to get upset and trust your people less, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really know anything about how to interact with royalty but I will take your word for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not really like–" Vanyel isn't sure how to explain it so he just shrugs. "Anyway, I'll wait to talk to them at all until they're done discussing and ask for me, but Yfandes thinks they'll probably plan a meeting for tomorrow morning. I can try to figure out then what's a good order to mention things in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Senior Circle does, in fact, call for Vanyel the next morning, without Fazil. 

He's fairly stressed about the meeting. This seems merited when the first thing Randi brings up is the blood-magic use. The verdict, though, is that nobody has time to worry about this right now. Savil has already provided all the context, Randi thinks it was a not-unreasonable response to an unfair situation that he feels terrible about putting Vanyel in, and also can Vanyel please never ever do it again thank you. 

(Vanyel can reassure him, honestly, that he intends to never ever do it again, it was dreadful).

...He tells Randi he has some maybe-good news and some worrying news, which would he like to hear first? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Let's get the worrying one out of the way first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Vanyel recounts his troubles with Yfandes, in the order they rehearsed together multiple times. He hopes it was a weird fluke to do with Leareth's sudden revelations to them on top of all the other stressors of the moment - in which case it's hopefully moot now, since Leareth is busy doing other things - but it seems like the core thing was discomfort with disrupting the gods' current systems, and that could come up again given that Abadar is in negotiations with Them now, and - well, given their bad experience in Iftel, it seems like there's some potential conflict. Whatever the problem is, it's fixable, as evidenced by Yfandes being fine now, but it would be very inconvenient if it were badly timed, so he and Yfandes have tried to figure out what the Heralds can do to steer around it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This goes smoothly enough. Randi looks worried, and very tired, but he doesn't seem at all inclined to anger or blame toward Vanyel. He looks like someone who has heard enough ridiculous complications and would like it to stop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A while later, Yfandes Mindspeaks Fazil. :Everything went reasonably well. They’re sending someone to get you now, want to ask questions about your Healing:

Permalink Mark Unread

He is nervous but waits patiently for them to do this!

Permalink Mark Unread

A servant comes and gets him maybe three minutes later, and walks him back over to the same central wing, but a different, smaller meeting-room this time; only a subset of the Heralds are there.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Thank you for coming.” King Randale is as neatly dressed as the day before, but looks more visibly stressed and weary. “You can have a seat. Van mentioned you have healing magic from your world that might be able to help with, er, my problem.”

His expression is quietly unhappy, and like he’s trying not to show it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri, eyes downcast, places her hand over his.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be delighted to help if I can. I can't guarantee anything. There are some illnesses that would require more powerful magic than I have, and very rarely some our magic cannot address at all. But - if someone in our world were sick there are a lot of things we could try. None of them could make you any worse, though of course some percentage of the time people get worse after they are cast anyway. Your Healers could observe, if they wanted, to see what the spells did, and if any of it helped maybe to imitate it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We deeply appreciate the offer. Seems worth trying, at least." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri leans forward a little. "Could you explain a little of how it works? It's - from your god, no? Do all clerics of all different gods get the same kind of healing magic?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All clerics of Good gods, and Good clerics of neutral gods, and most neutral clerics of neutral gods - they get to pick - can convert the divine power we get from our god, whatever spells we currently have it packaged in, into healing magic. It's very good for injuries, or anything else where our magic can find a healed state to restore someone to. It's worse for diseases, we have a separate spell instead, for that. And for - slow problems with the body that don't seem to be caused by a disease - we have Lesser Restoration, and Restoration, which take many of the effects away but do not usually fix the problem. ...my father, for example, drank for too many years and would have died of it years ago and if I cast Lesser Restoration every month he'll live to ninety but there's no spell that'd actually fix it. Restoration is the most powerful healing spell I can cast; I can also raise the dead, but that doesn't help here at all. If Restoration isn't enough, there are even more powerful healing spells we could arrange back in Golarion. At the upper end, the most powerful clerics can just - use all their power to directly request the intervention of their deity to fix the problem. That usually works. I am not anywhere near that powerful, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri nods along. Halfway through she looks like she wants to speak, but holds off until he's finished. 

"That makes sense. I would be very interested to watch your spells. Randi's illness - we don't know what it is," an apologetic, almost ashamed glance his way, as though this is personally her fault, "it's - slow cumulative damage, from some source I can't See. My Healing can slow it but not reverse it. It's not bad, yet, it's only affecting him a little - and there are still more things we can try, I've only known for six months." Her lips don't smile but her eyes light up a little. "I could probably fix your father's problem, though. Not fully, not back to a healthy person's state, but we can repair it enough that people live decades with it if they're careful with their diet and such." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's very kind of you, and I'd be very grateful." He looks very awkward about it, though. "Uh, from that description, I would expect Restoration - maybe even Lesser Restoration, if we're lucky - can reverse it a little bit but cannot make it permanently stop happening. But I don't have nearly as much expertise here as your people do. Would you like me to try now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! If you don't need anything special for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Like a lot of powerful magic in my world it uses a diamond as a focus, and destroys it. But a small diamond in this case; Sothis will reimburse me. I will need to touch the person I'm trying to treat," he says to Randi.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Randi gets up and shifts his chair to Shavri's other side, so he's close enough for Fazil to reach out and touch his arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri watches, rapt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel watches too, though his Healing-Sight isn't nearly as well trained as Shavri's; he can use mage-sight as well, though, he's curious about the spell-structure itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He touches him, and pinches a very small diamond in the other hand, and then she can see energy flowing into Randi and Van can see the whole fourth-circle spell structure directing it. The diamond crumbles.

The energy flows for about twenty seconds, then stops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi sits up straighter, looking amazed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri watches intently for a little while longer, and then turns and beams at Fazil. "That definitely did something! It was very marked. He's - I should take longer to look properly, after - I don't think it's gone, whatever's causing it, I think you were right, but if I didn't know exactly what to look for I'd call him totally healthy. Randi, love, how do you feel?"  

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not realize until now that I've been tired all the time for the entire last year." Randi leans back in his chair. "I don't know how long it'll last but I feel great." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" Shavri looks relieved and giddy and also like some small part of her maybe wants to pin Fazil to a board and study him like an insect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is relieved and happy as well, but more quietly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is also super relieved and happy! He can maybe offer to do more healing which Shavri can watch later. "I'm glad I could help a little," he says, and leaves off the 'your majesty'.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds glance around at each other. 

"This seems like a reasonable time to take a break," Randi says (even though he currently feels like he could keep going all afternoon, the lack of background inexplicable fatigue is amazing.)

"Later today, though, I think we ought to discuss whether there's anything Valdemar can do to help your world." Sigh. "I am not generally in favour of wars, especially wars of conquest, but - I just learned about the existence of your Hell and it is horrible and I think all of us Heralds would very badly like to - do whatever we can, here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good for you. I will - think about that, and maybe have some ideas I can suggest when we reconvene."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil slides her chair back and stands. "Van, ke'chara, you and Fazil are welcome to join me for lunch if you'd like...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, but I think I'm going to take a nap or something." :Not sure if I literally need a nap: he tells Fazil, :but - it was really stressful, earlier, even if it went totally fine. I can catch you up on it if you want?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel walks back with him to the guest wing - wondering privately if it makes sense for him to stay there or if he should go back to his room, but he doesn't really expect them to be in Haven that much longer - and he explains Randi's reaction to the Yfandes issue in Mindspeech. :'Fandes was right, I think, it's sufficiently not the weirdest or most concerning thing he's learned about recently that he couldn't be bothered being upset with me over it: 

Aaaaand he should probably explain the blood-magic incident, too, which Yfandes thinks he also got off on very lightly due to everyone having bigger fish to fry. So he does. Along with a little of the background on his conversations with Leareth and previous soul-searching on whether using blood-magic could ever be justifiable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

: - wow. We don't ...have anyone who can do that. I think it might be bad if it were advertised that it's possible, lest it's also possible with our magic and not widely known...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm-hmm. I'm guessing that Leareth didn't mention it and that's probably part of why: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He did not mention it. Which, yes, seems very sensible, though he also may have been trying to give us less reminders about what he's done. Probably if it could be done at all with our magic Evil would have advertised how but not necessarily.... for what it's worth I'd expect it to not be Evil, or not very, in the circumstances you described. Kick you right out of Law, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are all the other Heralds Lawful? Yfandes wondered if I was right up until that. Though - in hindsight something like that had been brewing for a while, she thinks: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost all of them. All the other Companions are. You - reason about the world more like neutral good. But it's possible that you were Lawful, before that; I would think being part of something like the Heralds is a strong push towards Law even if it's not exactly the same thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. :And - I reasoned like this less before, I think. I got a lot of it from Leareth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Who is himself Lawful! But I guess distinctly not using the Heralds' system, and probably with a long list of objections to it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:And I'm not sure I can do the thing he does. I'm - not careful enough. Possibly I'm just not smart enough. And Yfandes thinks it might be important, here, that he's millennia old. He's had a lot of time to develop his personal code and flesh it out for all contingencies, right? Whereas I keep - ending up in situation where I really should have thought through what decision process I'd use, and I didn't because it never felt like there was time. Sunhame...isn't the first time that happened and I was unhappy with what Heraldic ethics said to do. It's just the first time I acted on that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Adventuring is bad for Law for the same reason. The world is complicated, it can be really hard to - figure out how the rules even apply, let alone whether you really believe in them.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yfandes keeps complaining about that. The world being complicated, I mean, and it not being clear how any given standard would even apply. I - guess she always really believed in our rules, before this, she was made that way. It's pretty confusing for her to have that suddenly stop being true: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...yeah. I can imagine.:

Permalink Mark Unread

They reach their rooms. Vanyel rings for a servant and asks for lunch to be brought.

"I don't know what makes sense to do next," he says, leaning on his doorframe. "I wish we could expect to hear back from Leareth and the others soon, but they're probably going to take ages." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's probably worth talking with Valdemar about plans for the Worldwound in the case where Leareth's right and there'll be a simultaneous invasion of Cheliax and also the case where he's not and we're just joining the existing forces trying to do things about the Worldwound. It seems like maybe Velgarth magic would still let us do something about the situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. The Worldwound is the one where there's a lot of Abyssal-related damage to the land, right? It - occurs to me that we should maybe contact the Tayledras, since they have techniques for fixing magic-damaged land here." He rubs his chin, thoughtful. "I'm also still curious if your Abyss is the same as our Abyssal Plane. And if so, why we can access that from Velgarth but not any of the other afterlives." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a lot of damage to the land, yeah. And whether they're the same thing - and whether the other Outer Planes can be reached from here - seems worth looking into, though I don't know how you go about checking, exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you, er, tell by watching if someone is accessing your Abyss? We - have a technique for summoning Abyssal demons here in Velgarth. I am not technically trained on it but I could derive it from other Elemental summonings. Unfortunately then I would have an Abyssal demon on my hands and they're terrible, so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well if the Abyssal demon were not chaotic evil that would be decisive. If they were, I'm not sure how I could tell whether they were from our Abyss or a different one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. I don't think that's a high priority for right now or anything, I'm just curious." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am too! It would be nice to be able to - situate Velgarth in our model of the universe a little better, even though with planes that kind of thing is almost always very confusing. And if you are near enough to summon from the other Outer Planes once you know about them, Good outsiders're very useful and can often be paid in things like - a promise to dedicate a month to helping the poor, or the time and attention of an evil person who wants to repent or a detailed tactics-focused summary of a war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Why do they wanted detailed summaries of wars?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, Heaven fights lots of wars, and there are tactician-archons who mostly want to learn how to get better at fighting wars, and would be interested in another world mostly for the details of how it fights wars. It would be sort of a disturbing thing to be obsessed with if Hell weren't, well, what it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense, though. Is evil people repenting a thing that happens much?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it not happen in your world? Lots of people do evil things but regret them, in ours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We might have less infrastructure for 'repenting about it' to be a very productive thing to do. And I guess I've always...personally defined what 'evil' means, as doing bad things and not regretting it." He looks down. "I've done a lot of things that harmed people. I think most of the Heralds have things we regret, after the war." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. I've done things that hurt people because I didn't see a better option. I would like to have had better options but, well, I didn't. I've done things that hurt people and had a better option I was too young or inexperienced or overwhelmed to think of, and I regret that. That doesn't usually make you evil, assuming it's more like 'we were attacked by bandits and killed them even though in hindsight we could've taken then alive with more experience fighting' than 'we murdered some people in a botched robbery.' But, like, lots of people murdered some people in a botched robbery, and they kind of wish they hadn't done it, or they try not to think about it, and they're still going to be Evil until they actually spend a long time - changing as a person, and making the world better, and trying to make it up to the people affected. And it's mostly that group of people you're trying to convince to repent instead of doubling down and deciding they're fine with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. That makes sense." 

Food arrives. Vanyel takes his with a smile for the page bringing it. The young man looks kind of scared of him. When his back is turned, Vanyel grimaces slightly about it. 

"Anyway. I think I should Gate to k'Treva and ask them that. And - if I'm doing that anyway, I might as well find out what they know about the history before the Cataclysm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." He casts Delay Pain for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...At some point I guess I should test if Nefreti is right and Gates don't hurt unless I'm expecting them to. The problem is that if I try without Delay Pain I will be expecting them to even if that's circular..." He makes a face. "And I'd better eat, and ask Savil if there's anything she wants me to pass on to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could do it where I secretly flip three coins and cast Delay Pain unless they all come up heads, in which case I cast something else that doesn't do anything? I'm not sure that's the right approach, though." He takes his lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe? I'd have to not watch with mage-sight or else I could tell it wasn't that." 

Vanyel takes his own food and goes to eat quietly in his room. After a while he Mindspeaks Savil. She agrees that the Tayledras definitely deserve to know everything and that's a much better use of his afternoon than sitting around in meetings, especially since Fazil is the one who knows the answers to any questions the Senior Circle is likely to have.

He has Yfandes pass this on and then Gates to k'Treva. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil does, in fact, turn up to collect Fazil a candlemark later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is happy to head over with her. Well, 'happy to' in the polite sense not the emotional sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

King Randale seems genuinely happy to see him! (Shavri still kind of looks like she wants to pin him down and study him all day.)

They can occupy the afternoon asking a lot of questions about his world, mostly more background detail on its different kinds of magic and its gods and its geopolitics, in both the material plane and the various afterlife planes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His world has lots and lots and lots of kinds of magic users, it's quick enough to explain the things that ninety percent of them are doing and hopeless to get to all of the other ones.

There are five continents, but travelling between them is hard even with teleportation (you need a seventh-circle Greater Teleport and to know where you're headed), so people know only vague things about the distant ones, called Arcadia and Tian Xia. Some of the same gods are worshipped there, and some different ones.  He knows Gerund, where Osirion is, quite well; it has various neighboring countries and the Mwangi Expanse of dense jungle and the Mana Wastes, scarred by a war between powerful wizards four thousand years ago. North of Gerund is Avistan, dominated by Cheliax, its colonies, and its former provinces which have broken loose at varyingly terrible costs. North of that there's the Worldwound.

East of Gerund is Casmaron, dominated by the Kelesh Empire of which Osirion was a tributary until Khemet the 1st took it back in a nearly bloodless coup three years after Aroden's death. 

Their world has a lot of gods; he mostly only knows the ones who are worshipped in the Inner Sea region. Asmodeus rules Hell. Axis has lots of different cities, some of them claimed by gods and some not, each of them with a well-defined legal code but not all with the same ones. Abadar's is the biggest, and the face of Axis to the rest of the multiverse because he's made it safe to travel to. The many districts of Axis are connected with portals, so even though it's a massive sprawling city of unfathomable size no two parts are actually far away once you learn your way around, which reportedly takes centuries. 

Heaven is the Lawful Good afterlife, and dedicated to the study of magic and tactics so Evil can be defeated and moral philosophy so that people can figure out parts of the pursuit of the Good that are more complicated than whether Hell needs to be fought. Nirvana is neutral good, and a significant portion of it is dedicated to healing and recovery, and to the redemption of evildoers - Nirvana attends every trial for every soul, and argues that they belong in Nirvana, and sometimes they win and get lots of people who are not neutral good by any conventional definition. Elysium (chaotic good) is an infinite wilderness, dotted with magical cities and settlements and academies and so on. Both Elysium and Nirvana intervene in the Material World as much as they can, not in armies like Heaven but individually as advisors or assistants or rescuers or teachers. 

The neutral afterlife is called the Boneyard. It is mostly full of babies, because lots of people die as babies and in lots of countries it's legal to kill them, especially before they're born. There are also people who lived a long life but didn't acquire an alignment at any point during it, but those are rare; Pharasma prefers to send someone on even if they're only loosely a fit for one of the afterlives. The chaotic neutral afterlife is called the Maelstrom, and its reality is so fluid it's hard to describe it as having any particular traits. Over time the dead there mutate into things called chaos beasts, which are terrifying and confusing but not intrinsically unpleasant to become, necessarily. 

Hell is lawful evil, organized into nine layers, ruled by Asmodeus. Mortals are mostly enslaved to advance the aims of Hell. Abaddon is neutral evil. They just hunt and eat all the petitioners sent there. The Abyss is - it might be the Abyssal Plane, they're not sure, but it's at least similar enough that they're not sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds listen attentively, and take notes, and look thoughtful about Nirvana, and seem deeply incredibly horrified about all of the evil afterlives. They're fascinated by the concept of afterlives that actually intervene in systematic ways in the mortal world (and the appropriate amount of disturbed about Asmodeus' interventions in particular.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is gone all afternoon. When he Gates back, after dark, it's with Starwind and Moondance k'Treva both in tow.

Permalink Mark Unread

:We're back: Yfandes relays to Fazil. :They have a lot of questions. Enough that Van brought some of his friends from there over to talk to you directly: Pause. :Well, probably tomorrow. It's late: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't actually know very much about the Worldwound but I'd be happy to try to answer them.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is honestly shocked that the Tayledras couple were willing to leave their land (and also their eight-year-old son), but she goes to catch up with them, and gets them set up with a guest room.

The next morning, they have a meeting to discuss the Worldwound, at least what Fazil knows of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It opened up shortly after Aroden died, in a country he thinks was called Sarkoris at the time. It was a tear that opened into the Abyss, rimmed by black flames. Creatures poured out of the Abyss and quickly overwhelmed Sarkoris's defenses; the whole country was lost by the end of the decade. Eventually some powerful casters put down four wardstones of nearly unimaginable power that maintain a magical barrier over the whole area. Demons frequently try to destroy the wardstones, but they're defended by armies from the surrounding countries. Some demons are powerful enough to cut, fly, or teleport through the magical barrier, but they're usually quickly brought down on the other side. Occasionally a crusade is called and the armies fighting the Worldwound try to gain ground; if the wardstones could be moved in to cover a smaller area the magical barrier would be correspondingly more powerful and fewer demons would have a way to cut through it. But gaining ground is difficult because the land has been defiled and is now magically distorted, full of rifts and cliffs and hard to advance through. Also full of demons, of course. The fourth crusade wound down a few years ago basically a failure.

 

Cheliax has committed substantial forces to guarding the Worldwound, which means that if there's a war with Cheliax - and they think there probably will be - then it'll abruptly lose about half of its defenses, which has the potential to be disastrous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a terrible situation and they're sorry to hear his world has a such a predicament! Their own magically-defiled lands are difficult and dangerous to clear but they've at least been able to make slow progress on it over the centuries.

The Tayledras don't have armies to offer. They do have scouts and powerful mages who are experienced with work in magically-distorted, treacherous land. They also have a small number of specialized magic users called Healing-Adepts; his partner Moondance is one. Healing-Adepts have a sense for the magic inherent in a patch of land, called 'earthsense', and can use a number of secret techniques to cleanse it. 

k'Treva would consider lending Moondance to help with the Worldwound, under the condition that the rest of a plan is in place to make it not unduly dangerous for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also, (and Moondance half-glances in Vanyel's direction, apologetically), they've heard from Savil that Golarion has magic to raise the dead? If that would work for non-natives killed there, it would make this considerably less risky an offer for k'Treva to make. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, Golarion has magic for that, and has confirmed that it works for people from Velgarth who die in Golarion. He can do it personally as long as there's a body and Osirion would likely be willing to commit to doing it for everybody who comes from Velgarth if Velgarth can supply the diamonds though that's not actually a guarantee he can make himself. Probably they should wait for an update via Mindspeech-through-a-scry from their allies in Golarion, and can ask for that at that time.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. They can wait to hear. 

Meanwhile: Moondance has been trying to answer Vanyel's questions about the Cataclysm? (Starwind and Moondance also just learned today that Vanyel has been TALKING TO LEARETH, his destined enemy, for TEN YEARS, and they are kind of in shock about this, but the Heralds seem to be taking it in stride.)

If Leareth is claiming to have been around at the time of the Cataclysm and even been involved in it, he was probably the mage who fought Urtho, a hero and forefather of the Tayledras people, which cannot say good things about his character and they're pretty worried. Their purely oral histories are incomplete, though. The Shin'a'in keep written histories and probably do know more of that awful time in their past. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is indeed what Leareth was claiming. They would love to talk to people who might know more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance has had a feeling that it would be good, if they knew more. Unfortunately the Plains are about eight hundred miles south of Haven, and none of them have been there before in order to Gate there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Golarion's magic allows Teleporting off a map but there's substantial chance of landing in the wrong place and they really cannot risk landing in Iftel again, probably Vkandis will escalate from setting them on fire if setting them on fire didn't work to keep them away. ...the pharaoh could get them to a location on a map with perfect precision from his palace in Golarion, and then they could Teleport home when done, and might agree to this, he too has an interest in learning more about Leareth...

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like a big outlay of resources on the pharaoh's part, and like it'd be time-consuming - and maybe dangerous, he isn't sure - but Vanyel does think it's a good idea to do some discreet research into Leareth's background if they can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If they can arrange transport, Starwind is happy to accompany them with Moondance and provide an introduction to the high shaman in Kata'shin'a'in; they haven't actually met, but the Shin'a'in and Tayledras peoples do maintain some level of relationship. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It would indeed be a substantial expenditure of resources but he can at least mention that it's an option as soon as Mahdi and Hagan return from Rahadoum.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long is that likely to take? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel looks over at Fazil. "We really don't know. I think they signed on for a month, we're hoping they get word back to us of what they've found sooner than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can do a Sending any time they're not being closely observed and I suspect they will once they have a good guess one way or the other. And if anything happens to them I expect Sothis to contact me."

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Starwind and Moondance will stay in Haven and wait, unless it ends up being weeks in which case they'll have to go back to k'Treva and have Vanyel or Savil fetch them again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they've covered most of the strategy stuff for right now, so, pending hearing from the pharaoh or from Mahdi or Leareth, would Fazil be up for healing some other patients at their House of Healing and in the process letting Shavri study his healing magic more? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He’d be delighted to! He can tell her a little about how healing works in his world, too, though he’s a combat healer which is a really different specialization and he doesn’t know all that much about treating normal peoples’ normal illnesses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is so much more engaged and animated in this conversation than in any of the previous meetings! Except for the one where he healed Randi. She would love to hear everything he knows about how healing works in his world, whether for combat or not. They don't tend to have as much specialization like that, here, although of course the Healers who volunteered on the border for the years-long war with Karse have relatively more experience with severe wounds than with treating elderly people's pneumonias and heart ailments, for example. Shavri wasn't one of the volunteers, of course, because of the lifebond with Randi; in fact, she's spent far less of her time on Healing at all than she would prefer in recent years, and especially in the last few months, since Tran is unwell and Vanyel was recovering from Sunhame and then vanished and so she's been taking on all the usual work of the King's Own. 

...Speaking of that, it's possible they should see if he can heal Herald Tantras, their actual King's Own, although it's a bit confusing since the Groveborn Companion was killed in the battle and Tran was re-Chosen by his old Companion from before. (They don't currently have a Groveborn at all and this is kind of awful, especially given the recent stressors.) Fazil is probably aware at this point that it's very bad for Heralds to lose their Companion? Anyway, Tran is currently mostly unable to get out of bed; it's not a physical ailment per se, but she wonders if Lesser Restoration could help with his constant exhaustion anyway, it'd make such a difference for him if it did. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly for that he would try Break Enchantment in case it makes the magical soul bond breakage effect stop, though he can also throw Lesser Restoration at the tiredness. (It might be more powerful than Break Enchantment can handle and want a limited Wish but might be worth pursuing either way because whatever does work might also work for Van’s magical soul bond breakage effect. (His world doesn’t have this; losing a familiar is bad for you both magically and emotionally but not permanently so.)

Healing in combat is different because firstly you have to be quite close so it’s dangerous and you need decent personal shields and the ability to throw off spells yourself, and secondly because everyone is much much tougher; it takes a lot more channeled energy to put Hagan back together than a commoner though it’s also much harder to hurt him that badly in the first place. Almost all adventurers in Golarion travel with a priest, for the healing and also for the moral guidance; the profession is bad for your Good and disastrous for your Law if you aren’t careful. Also he can do useful things like heighten peoples’ reflexes and shield them from evil and take curses off them and make them immune to fire or electricity and so on. Clerics can’t do as much as a wizard but they’re otherwise hard to surpass.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow! Healers in Valdemar can't do anything but Healing, unless they have other Gifts - though, she confesses in a lowered voice, Healing-Gift is a very general way of affecting a person's body and it's possible to harm people with it instead. Even stop their hearts. It's what Vanyel used to assassinate an extremely skilled Adept mage who had been helping the Karsites win a lot of battles and killing large numbers of Valdemaran soldiers for years; it was a better plan than a more conventional attack because the man was so well shielded but almost no one shields against Healing.

It would mean a lot to the Heralds if they could do something for Tran. Not just because it'd be so incredibly helpful for their staffing to have him back and functional, but - he's so miserable and she's been trying to visit him every day and it hurts to see him like this. (And, of course, it would be incredible if, after all these years, they could do something to make it easier for Van.) 

Also! She's really curious how it works that adventurers are so much tougher! If Fazil has some of the same effect himself, can she look at him with Healing-Sight? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does, and she's welcome to! They don't know themselves; one theory that seems more likely in light of Valdemar's mages not working similarly is that constant magical healing makes the body tougher the same way exercise does but more comprehensively.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be so fascinating! Shavri, someday, would really like it if Valdemar's Healers could help study this phenomenon, figure out what implications it has.

She has a peek at Fazil with her Sight, first broadly and then diving in much closer to the very fine structure of his body's processes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is, indeed, something comprehensively different even at a glance, more about the bodies's energies than any of its specific components, all of which are still there and apparently in perfect health.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's really interesting! Your life-force is - brighter? Or - that's not even quite it, it's partly that and partly something else I can't describe, but the something else is a lot." She makes a face. "I'm tempted to ask you if you wouldn't mind both of us, er, giving ourselves minor injuries so I can see if that looks different, but I probably shouldn't ask that of you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems fine. I'm trying to be more cautious here since your gods don't know what to do with their dead but I wouldn't mind, say, a minor cut or burn or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can try getting identical minor cuts while Shavri watches! (She can then immediately Heal them both, it's not even hard for this level of injury.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, for one thing cutting him an identical amount is harder, his skin is more elastic and takes more force to actually cut at all, and then the cut is shallower, but if you're willing to put in a lot more force you can get an identical minor cut.

Permalink Mark Unread

That in itself is incredibly interesting! Shavri supposes that 'harder to injure' would need to have a mechanism of some sort which would be physically noticeable.

Once it's identical to her normal eyes, is it also identical to Healing-Sight or are there differences there too? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's starting to heal already even though she hasn't done anything about it; this healing looks perfectly ordinary for a healthy person aside from happening too fast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri will watch that for a minute, then, if Fazil doesn't mind, trying to judge how much faster it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe two, three times faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! She goes ahead and Heals it before doing her own. "That's really neat. Thank you for letting me test that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." And he's happy to compare notes on Healing for the rest of the day though he will be inexplicably on edge whenever there's no one else around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri isn't sure what's going on with him but she does notice, and asks Andrel in private Mindspeech if he can hang out nearby and work on his own things whenever possible, and then says the same to Gemma when her shift starts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he would be delighted to spend the whole day on Healing experiments! The Valdemaran Healers have so much information, it's incredible.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's one of the best things about Healing-Sight! There are quite a lot of textbooks and treatises on Healing, with carefully-drawn pictures of what their Sight (and, sometimes, animal or cadaver dissections) have shown about various disease and natural healing processes. Maybe Healers' should have all of them copied so that some can be sent over to Golarion whenever there's a chance? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They would certainly sell really well!

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil has dinner in her quarters with Vanyel and the Tayledras visitors that night; Fazil is welcome to come if he'd like. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Vanyel says you should feel free not to if you've had enough of people for today and just want a quiet evening: Yfandes informs him privately. :He spent the afternoon catching up on all the heavy lifting mage-work they saved up for him so he wants company but you don't have to join unless you actually want to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Vanyel, an introvert, is particularly alert to when someone might feel Obligated to attend a social occasion they would prefer to skip.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't mind people.: He minds being left alone with the King's concubine and he minds having no idea what the rules are but the people all seem lovely.

 

He will come to dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is reminiscing with Starwind about all the dangerous and entertaining adventures she had as a young woman - at the time, she was the strongest mage in the entire Kingdom and corresponding thrown at all of its worst emergencies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can appreciate stories about dangerous and entertaining adventures! Heralds are really a lot like a paladin order except for the utter bizarreness of them not knowing who their god is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil has a really good story about how she met Starwind! It was when she was pursuing an obnoxious criminal mage, er, technically outside of Valdemar's borders, and Starwind, age eighteen, had also been on said mage's trail and had - perhaps - been overconfident about what he could handle alone. And had gotten himself badly burned by mage-lightning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind actually looks a little sheepish! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, happens to everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil moves on to embarrassing stories about Vanyel's various escapades early on in his Herald-hood, including his first mission where he 1) fought twenty bandits singlehanded and rescued a lot of kidnapped children, and 2) managed to make his focus-stone explode by channeling too much power through it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has no trouble believing either of these and can supplement by telling the story of how when Vanyel showed up in Golarion he fought a dragon without even knowing what dragons were, and then when he realized they were intelligent decided to negotiate a peaceful resolution with the dragon instead. And then a couple days later did the same thing with an enraged elder water elemental.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww, that sounds exactly like Vanyel! Savil gives him a one-armed hug and smiles fondly at him. 

Glasses of wine are refilled after dinner and the conversation turns to darker topics. Neither Savil nor Vanyel has had a chance to catch up with Starwind and Moondance since Sunhame. Nor for the last three years of the war, not properly, there was just a brief conversation by a Gate once.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a lot of songs about Vanyel's heroic exploits from the war that Vanyel hates because the memories he attaches to them are awful, but he can be coaxed to tell Starwind and Moondance and Fazil about the Demonsbane incident. The battle where Mardic lost his Companion - hours after he Gated back from k'Treva the previous visit, actually, and he'd gotten himself stupidly stabbed by an assassin with energy-sucking magic blades and so couldn't intervene. He mentions, because he might as well, that this is the first time he considered and decided against using blood-magic. He talks about the battle in Highjorune where Mardic and Donni died, although not the events of the night before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

War is fascinatingly different when many people have the powers of Velgarth mages and none have Golarion magic but this would be insensitive to say much about; he just listens quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Savil shoos a subdued Vanyel to bed. "Sorry to be so morose," she says to Fazil. "We - I guess we get like that, sometimes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"War is very terrible. I cannot possibly imagine it your duty to pretend otherwise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is. Even when it needs to happen, one way or another." She lets out her breath. "I could really wish we didn't need to send Vanyel right into another war. The last war's barely over and it was really, really bad for him. But - if there's a way he can help your world too, he's not going to walk away from it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I'm grateful. Hopefully -" 

Sigh. "Hopefully it won't be for nothing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so too." 

And they can all go to bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning, Leareth Mindspeaks Vanyel via the crystal ball. :We are back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That was really fast: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not going to say too much via this communication method, but - we learned some things. We are concerned about interference and so wish to move quickly - the current timeline is one week. We are researching transport option on this side. For your part, it would be helpful if you could ask the Valdemaran leadership about the earlier proposal for their aid, here, and determine what numbers they can have available on that deadline: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, for a moment, is speechless. 

:Um. Sure: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you. There are further items we ought to discuss, but - better to do so face to face, if possible. If I contact you again at noon, does that allow time to speak to the others?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I, er, it should, I think: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Good. Then we shall speak again soon: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits down on his bed and puts his head in his hands. He's not upset, exactly, just - very, very startled. 

After a few minutes, he gets up, sticks his feet into slippers, and goes to knock on Fazil's door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets the door. "Morning -" :Is something wrong?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Heard from Leareth. They're back from Rahadoum: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Wow, already?: He lets Vanyel in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel raises a privacy-barrier and switches to less-tiring spoken words. "He was being kind of vague, I think he doesn't trust the security of the crystal ball Mindspeech thing as a communication method, but - pretty sure they confirmed what we were guessing. Also, apparently they've moved the invasion up to one week from now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. Okay. Should we...go back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe? He said he would check back in with me at noon. Wants me to talk to the Heralds and see what they can have ready in a week, I assume for the Worldwound. Says they're sorting out transport, which I assume means they're working flat-out to crack inter-world Gates in time to move an army around. And - right, I think if we want to talk about details with him, it'll have to be from there." He frowns. "You can safely Plane Shift us back, right? It'll just be a burden on the pharaoh if we then decide we need to come back here to talk to the Heralds some more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's right, yeah." He has been preparing Plane Shift and Word of Recall every day so he can vanish from here on five seconds' notice if he needs to.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How many people can you Plane Shift today? We should maybe check if it makes sense to bring others. For one it'd be good to know if Moondance can do his thing to the Worldwound land before they fire off the invasion. Though I don't know how easy it'd be to get him close enough safely - unless there are other places that are similar where he could try..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He could try in the Mana Wastes though I don't really know how similar it is. I can take total eight people but Yfandes counts as two."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "All right. We should go talk to the Heralds and get on the same page about this, and then - probably sometime today we should Plane Shift back. Maybe bring Keiran and Savil too, if that doesn't put us over the total, they can talk with whoever about our Heraldic and military resources and about our magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I've passed on that we need to have a meeting right away: Yfandes adds to both of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do the three of us, Starwind and Moondance, Keiran and Savil. That'd be all, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mmm. Well, I guess we'll need to figure out if that's the best allocation of people: Pause. :Meeting in half a candlemark, you've got time to grab breakfast first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can grab breakfast. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After breakfast they trek back to the smaller meeting room - not everyone is coming to this one - and Vanyel repeats the gist of what he heard from Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are speechless looks around the room. 

"I...guess...we could gather some Heralds and some of the Guard to be ready to go in a week?" Savil says finally. She sounds pretty dubious of this, actually. "Any idea why it's such short notice, though?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think probably worries that enough people know 'Rahadoum is going to invade Cheliax' that it won't stay a secret for that much longer. Also maybe that the gods will start scheming to interfere. Leareth was being pretty cagey over the crystal ball, though." He looks over at Fazil. "We were thinking we should go back, to talk properly with them. And - possibly bring you and Keiran, and maybe Starwind and Moondance too if they're willing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil turns to look at Fazil too. "Are we going to be welcome in Osirion too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. If we're going to war in a week I think that our government too will be eager to meet face to face."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." Savil stares ahead for a bit, and then her shoulders droop slightly. "...Do you think this is the right choice? It's - a big deal. It could go really badly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. But I think Leareth has more information than we do, right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar hates war. I think if He endorses this....it could still go very very badly but it's at the very least the best shot we'll have for a long time, and a good one."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel's lips twitch, without much humour. "Abadar is very sensible. Anyway, I - guess we should figure out what needs discussing and do all of that before noon - ugh, we probably need a vote with the Council to steal Guard troops, don't we." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil rolls her eyes. "I'm going to make that Joshel's problem. Let's talk about Herald deployments first - it sounds like we won't even be able to move the Guard unless they invent a new technique of Gate on a week's notice, right? But we could get a decent number of Heralds across with Plane Shifts or that portal spell the pharaoh has." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The pharaoh can hold a portal for a little less than two minutes, once a day. Trades off against some other things, though. My advice would be that we do whatever coordination can be done on this end, and then I Plane Shift up to seven people with me - Yfandes counts as two - and we do coordination on the other end, and then we arrange a portal once to bring people through."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "We could get a good number of people through that size portal in two minutes, if they were well-organized enough." 

And they can get to work on whatever coordination can be done on this end, which isn't all of it since they don't yet know for sure which Heralds in Karse can reasonably be spared, but Savil thinks it's not even hard to get fifty people through a portal of that size in two minutes, they were bringing the Guard through at nearly seventy people a minute for the Sunhame Gate, and realistically that's the maximum number of Heralds they can spare anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If they want to use a bunch of lantern archons for communications that don't need to be particularly secure, that's what Heaven uses them for and they can teleport even to places they've only seen a Mindspeech picture of and this might make it less of a strain on Valdemar to have many of their Gifted heralds absent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Long-range Mindspeech isn’t guaranteed secure either. Savil thinks that would be a really good idea.

They should probably ask for volunteers from Healers’ too. And does Fazil have any sense for which of the more common Heraldic Gifts would be most useful for the Worldwound? In particular they have a surprising number of Heralds available with short range Foresight, generally very useful in battle, but of course it might not work in Golarion where prophecy is broken.

Permalink Mark Unread

But if it does work somehow it'd be an enormous advantage. It seems maybe worth sending someone over with the first group and checking, if it can be checked? What's most useful kind of depends on what the existing plan is, and no one's going to tell them that until they're in Sothis, but Mindspeech for coordination is really hard to replicate with Golarion magic and they have speculated that you can disable enemy spellcasters fairly effectively with Fetching (this is more relevant if they might be doing anything in Cheliax than if they're operating entirely at the Worldwound.)

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Maybe they should swap out either herself or Keiran for a Herald who has both Fetching and short-range Foresight - Callia does and she's in Horn, it's feasible to Gate her over today especially if Van can do it with Delay Pain again. Nearly all Heralds have at least weak Mindspeech, and all Companion have very strong Mindspeech plus their attention is better set up for simultaneous conversations, usually they relay messages between Heralds who are in a fight together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do Delay Pain for Van and probably they can save their experiments with whether it's necessary for after the war, wars not being a great time for experiments like that. Are they planning to head out today? They can do that but he can only summon one archon if they're going to leave today. They can always send more over through the portal in a couple of days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel should probably find out from Leareth in a bit what they think makes sense, how valuable it is to have them there one day sooner. Sending more archons through the portal seems fine, though, that's when they'll actually be pulling most of the Heralds. Savil, on reflection, thinks she should stay back and let Keiran and Callia though, since Vanyel is nearly as much an expert on magic as she is and one of them should stay back in order to do Gates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. Their Companions will come through with the larger batch later?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, right. She'll have to check with both of them that they're fine with being separated, but it seems like the only option here, really, they need more Heralds over there to coordinate and don't have the capacity to bring more Companions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Keiran can immediately confirm that she's fine with it, but Callia needs to be contacted via Mindspeech relay, and also informed that she's being Gated back to Haven for a surprise undisclosed mission.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do the Plane Shift any time before dawn and can be available for questions while they coordinate until then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth checks in with Vanyel at noon, confirms that they think it'd be helpful to have people come across today, although later in the afternoon or evening is fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Callia confirms that she's willing to be separated from her Companion for a high stakes mission of unspecified nature, and so Vanyel raises a Gate to Horn and collects her. Along with about half of the Heralds deployed there; they don't really need to be there for border security at this point and were mostly just waiting on a cue to be moved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will check in at Healers' and let them know he's leaving this afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll be sad to see him go but that makes sense. Unfortunately the scribes aren't done copying books so those will have to be sent over at some later point. Also they think they can rustle up a dozen or so Healers as volunteers, Savil passed on that this was requested although they don't know why and seem to think it's just for general research and aid to his world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be great. Maybe the church can spare one in return, they know a lot less but can enable study of their magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

They would appreciate that! 

Keiran and Callia meet with the rest of the Senior Circle, discuss staffing, take a lot of notes to bring with them, and then pack. They're ready to go by midafternoon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and Moondance are also happy to go. Even if they can't help with the Worldwound, they can contribute general magic research - the Tayledras have a number of mage-techniques unique to their people.  

Permalink Mark Unread

(And, based on Moondance's strong feeling that they ought to go with Vanyel, the Star-Eyed wants them to have eyes on the situation.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel packs up as well. Hugs Savil. He's a little disappointed that she won't be coming with him after all, but hopefully he'll see her again in not too long. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can gather around, instruct them to hold hands, explain that they'll land somewhere in Golarion and then hopefully Van can Gate them to the pharaoh's palace. Osirion is at peace with everywhere within five hundred miles (at least for one more week) and they usually don't land in the ocean leaving from land but it's a possibility.

 

He Plane Shifts them.

 

 

They land on the street in Absalom; traffic parts ways for them without any surprise and with just the slightest whiff of annoyance. The buildings around here are six to eight stories; a window displays brightly-colored dresses and an opposing window displays clocks. :...probably we should get out of sight before we Gate:, he says to Van.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, of course?: He looks around for an alley or something to duck out of view of all the passerby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran and Callia and the Tayledras are staring in amazement at everything around them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Absalom's streets have alleys; they contain garbage and a sleeping beggar and a suspicious cat.

Permalink Mark Unread

The beggar isn't watching and the cat presumably isn't going to tell anyone what it saw. Vanyel raises a Gate using a square-ish pattern in the bricks of one building's wall, dropping the other end of it back in the winter palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can walk on through. "Welcome to Osirion. This is the winter palace of our pharaoh, who is appointed by Abadar as his proxy in this world. We've been using it to, um, plan the war." And he starts looking around for Mahdi and Hagan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes can help out by trying to Mindspeak them. :Mahdi, Hagan? We're back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, having sensed the Gate, finds them first. "Vanyel. I am glad you made it back safely - I am very sorry for not thinking to warn you about Iftel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?" Vanyel gives him a blank look. "I don't know how you could've predicted it either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vkandis has tried to set me on fire several times." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi and Hagan come in, looking relieved; Mahdi gives Fazil a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Remember that everyone in Velgarth is obsessed with whether men are intimate," he whispers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, they're not in Velgarth anymore. How was your mission when you weren't being set on fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine. Yours?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi does not answer that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't say much more than we have. The pharaoh can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect the pharaoh will wish to speak with you soon." Leareth turns and nods to the Heralds and the Tayledras. "Welcome. I am Leareth; I am sure Vanyel must have spoken of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Callia has no idea who Leareth is, actually! She is getting a very hurried Mindspeech briefing from Keiran and making various faces about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Starwind k'Treva. This is my partner Moondance." Starwind looks kind of uneasy about Leareth's presence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When everyone has introduced themselves the pharaoh's security people would like to talk to them briefly and confirm that none of them intend to harm the pharaoh or anyone in the palace, and explain protocols for meeting him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, no, they have no intentions to harm anyone at all! The Heralds seem pretty nonplussed by the protocols and the Tayledras even more so, but they listen attentively. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So does Vanyel, since he was mostly unable to focus on anything when he first arrived at the Palace and feels embarrassingly unsure of what the protocols are. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can meet the pharaoh, who seems to also be a bit tired of the protocols, going off his tone as he invites them to sit down.

 

"Welcome to Golarion. This is far from a traditional welcoming committee, for which we apologize, but we're trying to keep this news very quiet for now. We have learned that forces in Rahadoum are preparing for an invasion of Cheliax. We are interested in helping."

And he has had nice maps made so that everyone can get oriented about where Rahadoum, Cheliax, Osirion and the Worldwound all are, and he can summarize the current state of forces at the Worldwound. "We don't know what plans our allies in Rahadoum have to manage the Worldwound during the war; they have some, but thought that they could use more help, and that's all we know now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran takes a map right away and peers at it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have come to see if we can help with the Worldwound," Moondance says, and briefly describes the Tayledras Healing-Adept magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like it could be extraordinarily valuable as soon as the area is clear of demons. It seems likely to us that our acquaintance in Rahadoum has a way to achieve that, and that if we're prepared we can move the ward-stones in at least a few miles and take some land back from the demons. What would you need, in order to work on the land, there..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not need special equipment. Ideally we would bring in other scouts and Adept mages from k'Treva who are used to working with me, but if that were too difficult, Starwind and I could make progress alone. I do need a source of magical energy - Vanyel says that there are nodes, here, but I am not sure if the damaged lands would have usable local magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't know much about that at this time but could send some people ahead to check - and should send some people ahead anyway, so that we can Gate people in when the time comes." He glances at Hagan. "If you and your friends wanted to head up there discreetly -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can do that, your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there interest from any of you in participating in the offensive in Cheliax? We know even less of that, but they can certainly make use of soldiers."

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran looks thoughtful. 

"This isn't something Valdemar would normally get involved with, but - it sounds like the situation in Cheliax is much better grounds for an invasion than has ever been the case in Velgarth. Maybe. Though we can't spare that many soldiers, especially on short notice - the situation in Karse is still kind of unstable and it's worsened after we pulled so many people to the northern border, though fortunately we've been able to reverse that now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Osirion is committed to attempting to raise anyone committed from Velgarth who is lost in the course of the war. This is much, much easier if we have a body, so please prioritize retrieving those, if you can. Resurrection uses, and destroys, a diamond as a focus." He looks at Vanyel. "We thought it was possible you might be able to make those. Conjuring them doesn't work but we think imitating the conditions under which they form in the earth...might."

Permalink Mark Unread

Slightly awed looks are exchanged by the Heralds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Hmm. I don't recall how diamonds form in the earth but I'd be happy to try. Was that Leareth's idea?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I think he had an idea of a specific spell to try, too. Also, we are aware that when Heralds die their Companions usually do, too - is there anything that can be done to hold onto them for a day so we don't need to do two perfectly timed resurrections?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes, listening through Vanyel's ears, jumps in to answer. :I think probably? Assuming that whatever killed the Herald didn't get us at the same time, we - it's not usually instant when a Herald dies of old age or something, we get time to say our goodbyes, so I think if we knew they were coming back we could probably hang on. Might be a good idea to keep us asleep or something for that day: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I think it's plausible that Leareth has more ideas about what can be done with additional help from Velgarth. However, he's very busy on the interworld Gate and also under a spell placed by his acquaintance that restricts how much he can tell you about the plans for the war. I could remove it, but it would be a substantial resource expenditure and potentially taken as hostile by the acquaintance; if Abadar tells me to do so anyway I will, of course. 

You must have a lot of questions, both about the war and more broadly - may I answer them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran is still looking at the map and Callia (a newly-graduated Herald as of a year ago) is kind of overawed by being in the presence of another kingdom's royalty and with all those fancy protocols too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Tayledras visitors have questions, though. Mainly they want to know what the pharaoh and Abadar have learned of Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In this world, there was an immortal survivor of the Azlantl empire named Aroden, who somehow returned from the devastation of Earthfall when no one else did (they think now that he did not return in the same body, but his histories elide this, probably so as not to inspire imitators.) He founded another empire and worked to prevent the magical knowledge of ancient Azlantl from being forgotten forever, and he led an army into the Abyss and fought a demon lord, and he became a master of magic unparalleled in his world, and then he dragged the Starstone out of the sea. It was a remnant of the moon that hit Golarion during Earthfall. It's said that it contained the essence of two gods, the ones killed when Earthfall happened. Abadar implies it is more complicated that that but that that's close enough for humans. Aroden set a series of elaborate precautions around it, and then ascended, and became a god. He was destined to return and usher in the prophecied Age of Glory, but instead he was murdered and prophecy broke and his ancient immortality method caught him again, or at least one tiny piece of him.


Leareth thinks - and Abadar agrees - that Leareth is the same person, in many important ways. He has the same motivations and a strikingly similar history. There are differences. Leareth is Evil, when Aroden wasn't. This is probably partially because Aroden, being aware of the alignment system, would have tried harder to mostly avoid being labelled by it as a servant of Hell, and partially because with Evil magic like blood magic in their world, ruthless mages are incentivized to commit mass murder in a fashion that, in Golarion, they largely are not.

But Abadar thinks there is the same core. And - this makes the people of Golarion want to work with him. Because Aroden was the god of humanity, the god who died trying to end the small horrors of ordinary mortal lives, and Abadar knew him, and trusted him, and because Asmodeus is the god who obviously benefitted the most from his destruction and being on the opposite side from Asmodeus is often a pretty good plan. Leareth says that he will learn from Aroden's mistakes, and not attempt any plans like the ones that failed here, and he wants to fight Hell, and Abadar would like to keep a close eye on him - has offered, in fact, to make him a cleric - but thinks that this alliance is advisable. 

"Though the gods can't see farther than us, not anymore. More, but not farther."

Permalink Mark Unread

There are nods, and then Starwind glances at Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel lowers his voice. "I don't know how much you still feel it'd be useful to know more of Leareth's past, but - we think we know a place in Velgarth that has written histories of the Mage Wars period. It would be with the Shin'a'in people, who are in a pact with the Star-Eyed Goddess, but it might be - easier to interpret as a human, than whatever she's given you." He looks over at Moondance. "The Tayledras are a sister people, they're on good terms, and Starwind and Moondance would be willing to accompany whoever wants to go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have Foresight hunches, sometimes," Moondance said. "And - I have a feeling this would be a good idea, if we can spare the time and resources." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds worth it to me. Since we are betting a great deal on Leareth and his counterpart being capable of pulling this off and, well, better than Asmodeus is a low bar and 'as bad but more tractably toppled' seems extremely likely because Asmodeus is one of the most powerful of our gods but...still, if we could learn more of him, I think we ought to. You'd need a Gate, for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It's a long way south - we can give you the location on a map, but none of us have ever been. We could Plane Shift back afterward, though, or I could just do my kind of Gate to Haven and join the other Heralds. ...We really could use better disambiguation between those spells." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We do. My spell can target from a map, and I could do it tomorrow for this purpose."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we should go. We ought know more of this man, if we are to trust him with so much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. "We'll be in kind of a hurry, but hopefully we can make it work. - oh, and I should try the diamond thing before we go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please. If you can do that - well, we can get lots of people back, for one thing, including everyone dead in the last century who'd want to be in on this, and also I'd expect it to give us a lot of negotiating power with Aroden."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Do you know if Leareth minds being interrupted right now? I can ask him what spell he was imagining using for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He said you could interrupt him, yes. I can have someone show you there."

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate that, thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So someone can show Vanyel there while he remains to answer questions for everyone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, who is kind of stuck right now and glad of a break, greets Vanyel with surprising warmth and explains the spell. He asks Khemet's researchers if they can supply black carbon or coal or something for Vanyel to try compressing, and also do they have any shielded rooms for practicing magic in? This seems like the type of test where if it goes badly something might explode, and Leareth can provide shielding too but Vanyel is five to ten times as powerful as he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can absolutely supply black carbon and coal, and they do have shielded practice rooms, this being a hazard of their kind of magical experimentation too. Nefreti Clepati infamously levelled the temple of Nethys once. (Nethys infamously rewarded her with several more cleric levels for it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel takes a pile of black carbon and coal into a practice room, and shoves it into an approximate sphere with the barrier-spell, and then tightens the force-net as instructed - and pushes power into it - and more power - there's a node within reach and he reaches for it and feeds more and more power– 

Permalink Mark Unread

The ball shrinks and compresses and glows - 

- and then the spell, strained past its limits, violently explodes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth only has to shield both of them from one angle, since Vanyel is standing close to the door, and he does so while also using magic to yank Vanyel back and slam the door shut. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oops." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Healing?" asks one of the magic researchers with cleric levels who is standing nearby.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'm fine - except for the part where I have a horrid backlash headache, ow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that Lesser Restoration would probably address that." Leareth frowns slightly. "I suppose I had better invent you a spell that can take more power. I think you were getting there but you need a technique that can handle more power input." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope it doesn't inconvenience anyone that I drained that entire node– ow. I hate having magic explode in my face." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric casts Lesser Restoration. If anyone is annoyed by the node being drained they don't say so. 

"By rights the possibility ought to make diamond prices considerably lower," someone is murmuring to someone else. 

"Only if people with the information are allowed to trade on it. I don't think it's a way to get us cheap diamonds quickly enough for the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a lot anyway, even if Leareth gets this tomorrow, it's really tiring. Also I have further coordinating to do in Velgarth so I'll be leaving in the morning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks like he poooossibly wants to object to this, but instead just nods. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once the other group has asked all their questions he tells them that he'll be ready to Gate them to the requested location tomorrow morning, and heads back out. Servants can show them to guest rooms and shielded meeting rooms for any further planning they want to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran and Callia want to look at maps and go through their list of Heralds and numbers for the Guard, and draft messages from the code-book Katha gave them to send back to Valdemar by crystal ball in the morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel figures he's done enough meeting and discussing. He goes to bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, back with Nayoki, has what he thinks is their first breakthrough on Velgarth Gates - which is that they can route the search part of the spell through one or more of the elemental planes, without actually having the Gate land there. If they're right and Velgarth shares the same elemental planes with Golarion, then if they go 'through' the spell ought at some point be able to find it. 

He demonstrates a tiny test Gate on two hand-sized practice thresholds across a table from each other. Notes that it has the surprise plus of, he suspects, also being untraceable - even if a mage is directly watching one terminus, they won't be able to follow the threads of magic to where the other one is.

Leareth is delighted! He's tempted to go find Khemet and tell him right away, but 'go find the pharaoh' is probably a huge breach of protocol, so instead he just asks one of the servants if Khemet is still available. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The servant goes off to check. The pharaoh comes by a few minutes later.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have the first step toward an inter-world Gate." Leareth casts it again, quickly explains the magic, all while looking very pleased about it. "I am much more confident we will have this working in time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, excellent!"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth really appreciates talking about Velgarth magic - or anything really - with Khemet, who has zero context on it and is nonetheless smart enough to follow easily.)

He takes the Gate down. "Unfortunately it is more tiring than an ordinary Gate, which will present a greater difficulty if we wish to move thousands of people, but - once the spell exists I can teach it to others. I think we can make it work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have we tried having someone stand by and cast fatigue-combatting spells on you while you do tiring things? I would be curious if they can keep up with the tiredness that way or if eventually you run out of something the spell isn't quite addressing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lesser Restoration is quite effective on backlash but I have not tested continuing to do tiring work for a long time while having it cast repeatedly. It does seem worth trying. If someone is available to cast fatigue-combating spells now, it will not matter much if I do end up exhausted since I am going to bed after that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves someone over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm, what's the most tiring but still non-destructive magic he can do...? Leareth settles on repeatedly raising a very big un-scaffolded Gate from where he is to his bedroom and taking it down again; holding a Gate is easier than raising one, and un-scaffolded uses a bit more power than putting a Gate on a doorway, not normally enough to be that significant but if he's going to do it twenty times in a row it'll add up. 

...He's going into it kind of tired already, after working all day, and despite the short range, he's tired enough after the third one that he kind of wants to sit down. He nods to the cleric who's going to cast the spell for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric does that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's now less tired! He casts another three Gates and then is tired again, and the second iteration of the spell - doesn't seem to quite do as much, or something, he feels physically fine and has the reserves for another Gate but it still feels like something, somewhere, is emptying and not getting refilled. 

He does another two and then is tired again, and the next iteration of the spell only ekes out one more Gate. That's interesting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is watching fascinated. "There is a cleric spell - not a healing spell - called Recharge Innate Reserves, that creatures with innate magic use can cast - but only on themselves, there're a lot of spells like that... I wonder if it works better than Restoration for something like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting." Aaaaand he's going to find somewhere to sit down now, that was enough Gates. "What defines innate magic use, in your system?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some species are - I guess you could think of them as all sorcerers but usually there's just one or two limited magical abilities that are common among them. Invisibility, or magical flight, or teleportation, or a electricity attack... Sometimes we've been able to design a spell that imitates the ability, sometimes we haven't. Dragons have lots of them, which is one of the things that makes them terrifying. Outsiders usually have some."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little similar to Velgarth's specialized Gifts, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems quite possible that that spell would do something for you. If we were lucky enough, something complementary with Restoration."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is something I would only be able to test if I accepted Abadar's offer to become His cleric." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I will confess that I did not neglect to think of that at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth's eyes narrow. "What level is it? I am aware that ordinarily, clerics start out at a low level and gain levels with experience." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"First."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How convenient." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think conceptually it's a very simple spell - just converting one kind of energy to another, kind of." Shrug. "I heard the diamond trick does not work quite as easily as may have been hoped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It calls for a spell that can sustain higher power without breaking; the one I use has never had Vanyel thrown at it. It is not a complicated redesign but it will still take some work, and I hear Vanyel must return to Valdemar to help coordinate things there, so he will not be around to test it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well, we can still resurrect particularly critical people. - I assume we shouldn't bother trying for either you or Aroden?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My method is not particularly fast and will land me somewhere in Velgarth without most of my memories at first, so it depends whether you want me for the rest of the war effort. I will be fine either way, though, so - ought certainly not be the highest priority. I think his method is faster but we did not discuss it in detail." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, if it might get you back we'll definitely try for you. I was worried we might get the wrong person or something. It would really surprise me if he needed our help and if he does he'll just want me to do it in advance for him with a Contingency spell to set it for when it's needed, but if he wants that he is welcome to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it works on souls, it should definitely not get the wrong person. I will keep that in mind. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

 

 

And if there's nothing else he'll wish him good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wishes him goodnight in return and meanders back to his room.

He is, in fact, very tired, and sleeps in late enough that he's still in bed when Vanyel gets up and packs for their return to Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is very quiet this morning, deep in thought. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Are Mahdi and Hagan coming with us?: Yfandes asks Fazil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil can Plane Shift himself, Vanyel and Yfandes, Mahdi and Hagan, and Moondance and Starwind, so they may as well all go, if Vanyel and his friends are all right with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll feel a lot more comfortable with backup. Not that I expect it to be dangerous, necessarily, but - things always happen to Van: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind thinks this is quite reasonable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they'll all come. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh, as last time, does the spell from a great distance. Where on the map do they want him to be targetting?

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a perfectly round area marked as the Dhorisha Plains, and a dot on the eastern edge labeled Kata'shin'a'in; they'd like to go there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he opens a dimensional portal to just outside the dot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

With some amount of trepidation, Vanyel goes through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's winter just shading into early spring and Kata'shin'a'in, a bustling temporary trade city in the summertime, is almost deserted. The plains look kind of soggy and sad. 

There's a cluster of permanent stone buildings quite a ways ahead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We wish to go there, I think," Starwind says, and starts walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Osirians follow, looking around (with Detect Magic, in Fazil and Mahdi's case, and alignment sight in Fazil's.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The place isn't very magical, actually! The only magic to be sensed is somewhere ahead in the cluster of buildings. 

As they draw near, a couple of people come out to meet them. One of them is a vigorous-looking man in his fifties or so, iron-grey hair swept back into a long brain, wearing loose, light-coloured garments with copious embroidery and some sort of simple headdress, and reads as True Neutral. The other is younger with jet-black hair and sparkling black eyes, dressed in plain brown, and reads as Chaotic Evil. 

"I am Tre’haren shena Vuy she'edras," the older man says. "Senior shaman to Kata’shin’a’in. This is Ke’valen shena Pretera'sedrin, Swordsworn. Wingbrothers, what brings you here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have an urgent request that we be allowed to see your people's histories," Starwind says. "Of the time before the Cataclysm, specifically." Then his expression flattens in the characteristic way that suggests he's Mindspeaking to the shaman. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I see. Well, come on this way and we can talk." The shaman beckons for them to follow him into the cluster of stone buildings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. Pretty cooperative of them so far: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil will pass along a translation and everybody's alignments to Hagan and Mahdi and Vanyel through Yfandes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is so startled by the Swordsworn's alignment! He looks so friendly. Then again, the entire definition of someone being a Shin'a'in Swordsworn is that they swore an oath to serve the Goddess so that they could be permitted to go on blood feud; this seems like maybe-useful cultural context so he passes it on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're led into a cozy stone room in one of the very ancient-looking stone buildings, and offered tea, and then left alone. For quite a while. The low voices of a discussion are not-quite-distinguishable in the distance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Given the oath of vengeance thing it's maybe actually weirder that he's Chaotic than that he's Evil! Fazil is still a bit on edge and trying to be in range to grab everyone if they're lit on fire suddenly but mostly they can wait patiently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Finally the shaman returns. This time he has a different person with him - a woman, short and slim, dressed in blue robes. She also reads as True Neutral. 

- and, to Vanyel's Sight, is noticeable a weak mage. So is the shaman, actually. 

"This is Karna shena Tale'sedrin," the shaman introduces her. "She is Scrollsworn - a priestess-historian of our people. You wish to learn of the mage who killed our forefather Urtho." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho. 

:He mentioned the name to me once, in one of our dreams: Vanyel tells the others. :It was on Sovvan - our harvest festival, also the day of remembrance for the dead. Leareth burned a candle for Urtho to remember him. I didn't know who he was at the time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh.:

"He wants to lead a war in our world. The enemy he would fight is very horrifying, but we want to know - whether it would be a mistake all the same, to let him fight for us."

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman gives them a flat stare. 

"We believed him to have died eighteen centuries ago. Starwind k'Treva has just told me that this is not the case." The man seems quietly horrified about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's immortal. He proved that to me early on in our, er, acquaintance. I don't know if he's the same now as he was then, but - it could give us some insight into his present, knowing his past." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." The shaman turns to Karna. "Our memory tapestries can only be viewed under the full moon, so that will needs wait for tonight, but in the meantime, I suppose she can tell you some of our oral histories." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind nods solemnly. "We deeply appreciate your time and your aid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls out a pad of paper and a pencil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho was a powerful and brilliant Adept mage, a scholar and teacher, who became Archmage to the kingdom of Tantara, a large and prosperous country before the Cataclysm. He built his Tower there, and made it one of the foremost mage-academies in the world, and the kingdom flourished with him. Young mages came from all over the known world to study with him. 

One of these young men was Ma'ar, from the neighbouring kingdom of Predain. He studied with Urtho, and was known for his sharp mind and also his ruthlessness and ambition. He went back to Predain and rose rapidly in the ranks of the kingdom's government, ending up advisor to their King at a very young age and enacting many reforms. Predain was expanding, not trying to conquer Tantara yet but absorbing territories on its other borders. Urtho was concerned. 

Urtho and Ma'ar ended up at war. Urtho had his gryphons, but Ma'ar had created his own species, the makaar. The war was bloody and Ma'ar waged it brutally. He used an evil artifact called a dyrstaff to spread fear and panic in the Palace, so that everyone fled overnight and he could take over from the inside without even having to fight.

Urtho's armies fought valiantly, but they were losing ground, and then there was a terrible betrayal from one of the generals who Ma'ar had suborned, and Ma'ar's armies were rapidly approaching Urtho's Tower. 

Urtho ordered his people to evacuate. He said he would make a last stand. He told Ravenwing, one of the first historians of the Kaled'a'in tribes who remained in the Plains where Urtho's Tower once was and became the Shin'a'in, that he had a plan and all might not be lost. 

Urtho called a Final Strike down on his own tower and set off magical safeguards, to destroy it entirely and prevent any of his possessions from falling into Ma'ar's hands.

And then - something else happened. The Cataclysm. Their histories aren't clear on it, but the land was devastated. Many of their people died. It took them years to walk, on foot, back to where Urtho's Tower had once been, and to find only a vast crater. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow.

 

 

It would be really nice to guess how the Cataclysm happened. He has a hard time believing it was intentional. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Swordsworn who reads as chaotic evil returns and cheerfully offers them lunch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will gratefully accept lunch! (He'll cast Purify Food and Drink on it just to be safe.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They have lunch and then the afternoon is spent with Karna recounting some of the history after the Mage Wars and ensuing Cataclysm.

After reaching the crater left of their homeland, there are arguments between the remaining clans. Five of them end up leaving, seeking better lands (these are the ones that became the Tayledras). The remaining clans are the ones who, in the days of arguments, advocated foreswearing magic forever, since magic was the cause of all the destruction.

The remaining clans perform a ritual to summon their Goddess; the ritual includes the blood-sacrifice of a senior shaman from each remaining clan. The Star-Eyed personally manifests. She tells them a little more of the Cataclysm, claiming three things were involved - a weapon of Urtho's design, his Final Strike, and the self-destruction of the Gate they fled through, one node in a vast network of interconnected permanent Gates that Urtho had built. Also, She warns them of some poorly-specified danger, buried deep beneath the Plains; this was interpreted to mean further magic of Urtho's, sealed into the earth forever but not entirely destroyed. 

She agrees to make their former homeland habitable again, in what must have been a very costly miracle, in exchange for a pact binding them and all of their descendants to remain here and guard what will now be called the Dhorisha Plains, the Plains of Sacrifice. They must not let outsiders enter the Plains except with Her blessing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They nod respectfully; they can speculate later.

(Golarion gods cannot bind a people forever to remain somewhere and serve a specific god. At least, he doesn't think so. But it's possible that Velgarth gods are different or that the Star-Eyed misrepresented to the people what she was capable of or that they induct all their children into the pact, which probably would work.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Midway through the afternoon, more tea is delivered and then they're left alone and can speculate if they want. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Vanyel can give them a privacy-barrier just in case.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the Cataclysm was at least directly caused by - Urtho's weapon, Urtho's Gate network, and Urtho's Final Strike?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like a genius wizard to me. Just a little world-destroying collateral damage, why not -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I have trouble seeing which part if any was Ma'ar's fault. Fighting a war with the most powerful mage in the world and cornering him, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance does not say anything. He looks pensive. A little uneasy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wars between wizards are usually that destructive and it was stupid to start one, if that's what Ma'ar did. Of course, they didn't actually say that, just that they ended up at war..."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"The war that started Earthfall wasn't Aroden's fault. The emperor was dissatisfied with his successors, and told Aroden to pick, and he picked himself, and people say that might've been what provoked the alghollthus. But they started it. I don't know how far we can reason from that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They started it and they finished it, Earthfall was their doing too, though worse than they predicted because they'd miscalculated. ...it's some information, at least, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is not saying anything either. He seems maybe a little shaken. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It must've been worse than Urtho predicted - surely no one would use a weapon or blow up their own fortress if they knew that would happen..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think perhaps there is a way to learn more," Moondance says, distantly. "I - do not see it, yet, but there is something..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The danger remaining beneath the earth sounds like a hook. A hook for a stupid adventure that might get us killed, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When you say you get a feeling is that your god, usually -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We believe so, yes. Perhaps indirectly - Moondance is a Healing-Adept, he has deep rapport with the land, and this is Her land as well..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance shifts his weight. "It feels right. The - deep beneath the earth..." His voice is toneless, strange. "A forgotten story - master and student - a young man who acts as one immortal, because he is - who turns to evil, not for lack of caring, but because he cares too much–" He breaks off. Blinks. "Mmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You saw something, ashke." Starwind reaches for his shoulder. "What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I am not sure. It is still unclear." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what Nefreti said. Almost identical. Young men who think they are immortal, because they are, because they were, but everything else was lost, a price they did not know they might need to pay..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'The same story tells itself again and again across worlds'," Vanyel murmurs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind still looks like he's not at all sure how he feels about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I think we should probably try to learn more. Even if it's dangerous." He glances around. "We've got a lot of powerful people here, I don't think we're easy to kill." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's considered bad luck, to say that," Mahdi says wryly. "Do you have Lay of the Land, Hagan -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Uh, I can meditate and know an area like I'd spent my whole life there, including underground, radius of like two miles. If we had any guesses about where the buried danger is I'd be able to confirm them, probably. I wouldn't want to do it without your god but it sounds like she wants us to check this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems so. It would be where his Tower was, I think. Ka'venusho. The name his city once bore, though there is nothing left. At least not aboveground." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shortly later, the cheerful friendly Swordsworn is back with supper for them, and then announces that the moon is rising soon and Karna can show them the tapestries if they wish. It is much of the same story they saw already, but in more detail. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance looks over at Starwind. 

"We would like to see them," Starwind says, "but - also, if possible, we wish to see the remains of Urtho's Tower, at Ka'venusho. Moondance sees things from Her, sometimes, and - he has a feeling it is important." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ke'valen looks startled and kind of flustered. "Oh. Er, I will - tell the shaman..." He leaves their food and flees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What convinced Aroden. That they were - the same person -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't either.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That's really inconvenient." Frown. "I could - try to read your thoughts about it? But you're probably not allowed to agree to that and also it - seems hostile to him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm wondering if he wasn't convinced, because why would you do that to your self from another universe who's sending an army."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people are just very very very paranoid."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth would absolutely do that if their positions were reversed. He is very - cautious, that way. And, Aroden's situation is almost worse, right, he was betrayed by the other gods - well, at least one of them - he's got to be feeling awfully paranoid about making waves now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is making a little bit of a face whenever anyone says 'Aroden'.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels bad about this but kind of needs to do it anyway. "...at the site of Earthfall there was the Starstone."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has noticed the face. "Does he want us to be calling him something else for, er, information-security reasons? That'd be pretty reasonable, honestly, I just don't know what else he goes by." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...the man in charge of Rahadoum is named Malduoni. I don't... actually know that it improves information security... to claim that Malduoni found the Starstone at the site of Earthfall...but apparently I can think it, so there's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good point. My plan here is to just try really hard not to think about it if I'm somewhere my mind might be read by some hostile telepathic person in your world - that's not a worry in Velgarth because Thoughtsensers can't get past a stronger Thoughtsenser's shields and definitely not without it being very obvious, and I'm very strongly Gifted. Anyway. Are we - worried we might find something that level of, er, dangerous and fraught. Given the other resemblances here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure how to reason about this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am worried about that, yes. We know there's something dangerous here, the analogies seem to ...hold, even when there's no logical reason why they would..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urtho doesn't sound at all like the kind of person who would make an artifact you could use to become a god. Though I suppose the Starstone wasn't deliberately built with that in mind, it was a - byproduct, sort of." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was accidental, yeah. I've seen it speculated that it the remnants of the gods who died trying to prevent Earthfall from being so destructive, I don't know if that's right.

An artifact ....meant for something else but which Leareth could use for his preexisting plan to make a god?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. That's - more plausible, I guess, at least to the extent that all Leareth really needs is an unimaginable amount of power, and I don't know anything else about the Cataclysm-causing weapon but it threw a lot of power around. Not in a very, er, usable-sounding way, but maybe one of the other weapons is better for that. Still not very reassuring to go near where they are, but... Probably they can't be set off by accident, that'd be even stupider than building them in the first place, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urtho doesn't sound stupid so much as - cornered, and very dangerous when cornered."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes, too big to fit in the room with them but listening through Vanyel's ears, jumps in. :He sounds brilliant. But - well, you know how in your world you distinguish cleverness and wisdom? He sounds like someone with all the cleverness in the world and, er, perhaps a deficit of wisdom about how to use it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He really does. 

I'm curious whether Ma'ar did any particularly Evil things in the war aside from being very ruthless about winning it. Because we don't...mind if Malduoni is very ruthless about winning it but if he, say, used captured civilian population centers for blood magic or something that does seem like the kind of thing we care about in thinking about what he's planning in our world. Not that he's - necessarily the same now, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. "They seemed the most upset about him using the - whatever-it's-called, the artifact that generated fear and made everyone flee the city in a panic. And that reduced bloodshed. Maybe the memory tapestries they want to show us have more detail on the war?" He's not that hopeful, though, two thousand years is a long time to maintain a detailed history. "I...get the feeling Leareth might not know, anymore, he's admitted he loses memories between lives and he wouldn't've had any surviving written records from the first one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what Leareth said to Malduoni. That he lost most of his memories and didn't have surviving records but - didn't want to fight Urtho and didn't want to kill him, but things got out of control."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Poor Leareth. He must've wished so badly that he had done literally anything else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "It feels like an - obvious mistake to me - but probably it wasn't at the beginning of history."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, if that was the first time that two mages that powerful had fought in earnest... They wouldn't have past examples to use as lessons." Vanyel grimaces. "And our world barely remembers the Cataclysm. The Shin'a'in and Tayledras do but I knew almost nothing about its circumstances. I'm not sure how easily it could happen again, but - a lot of people don't know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Leareth, who did know, was planning another war."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. Looks unhappy about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The blue-clad woman introduced earlier as Karna returns. "The moon is rising. Are you ready to come view the tapestries?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gets up and follows the woman, still frowning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance walks like he isn't really seeing the world around them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The tapestry is in a stone room with a glass roof and windows, already letting in a sliver of moonlight. It looks very, very old; the colours are faded, the picture no longer discernible by ordinary eyes. 

It is, to mage-sight and Detect Magic, very magical, though in a strange way, different from any other Velgarth magic they've seen to date. 

"I will show you several pieces," Karna says. "The most important, since I am told you wish to depart soon." 

She starts to narrate - a similar beginning to the story she told before, but in rote, verse-like sentences. 

- And suddenly they're somewhere else. 

Shaman Ravenwing shena Taylesederin, of the Hawk Clan, stood at the rim of the world, staring out onto what they had come so far to see. Which was…nothing. 

(The clans grieve. They discuss. Argue. The future Tayledras leave. Shift to another scene.) 

"I have done a Seeking and a Calling," she says to Silverhorse, the too-young Elder of her clan, "and I have been answered. But the price of their aid will be in blood.”

“Whose?”

“The Elders of each Clan that is left.”

... 

“I will leave you to think on this. Come to me by moonrise with your decision.” 

“I do not need until moonrise. It is not all that difficult a choice to make, after all.” A smile, sweet and without fear. “When will you require me?" 

...

Silverhorse stepped off the top of the ridge, without a sound. Without hesitation. Falling into darkness, and then he was gone. 

And with the rising moon, She came.

The face of her Goddess shifted from moment the moment, Maid to Crone, Warrior to Mother, filling the sky – and yet She stood directly before Ravenwing, a woman in black, her features were those of the Kaled’a’in people but her eyes weren’t. 

Eyes that held the whole night sky.

(The Star-Eyed speaks to Her people. The three causes of the Cataclysm are mentioned. The pact is agreed upon.) 

And the Goddess stepped down from the sky, stepped down from the ridge into the crater, and began to walk. She spread her hands, and wherever her feet touched, a carpet of flowers grew. Grass, trees, springing up to hide the ruined scars. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The magically-recorded fragments of memory, as vivid as life, finally comes to an end and release them. 

...Vanyel is not at all going to be able to hide the fact that he's shaking like a leaf and sobbing uncontrollably, is he. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan is of the opinion that Starwind and Moondance's goddess sucks but he's gonna try to not say so.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is very upsetting and barely clarifying at all about Leareth!

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance gives Vanyel a hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Karna looks apologetic. "That is the central piece of our history that we show to everyone. There is a little from before the Mage Wars, with Urtho. Since you are rushed, I am guessing you wish to see those now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind looks over at the Golarion visitors. "I think so. Moondance, is our Wingbrother–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is maybe less personal for the adventurers, who are calmly taking notes and exchanging glances.

Permalink Mark Unread

They watch Ravenwing as a child, meeting Urtho for the first time, declining to study at his academy because she instead wants to become a shaman to the Kaled'a'in people. Urtho looks exactly like the stereotype of a wise old man. Tall, thin, curly silver hair falling to his waist, his face more weathered than wrinkled, with a prominent beak-like nose, a deep gentle voice and kind blue eyes.  

...

There isn't anything on the start of the war or really on the reasons for it at all. The next vision is twenty years later, a meeting with the Kaled'a'in tribes after the loss of the Palace and capital city. Urtho, sick horror in his voice, explains Ma'ar's use of a dark magical artifact to sow fear in the Palace and empty it overnight, allowing his troops and mages to Gate in and take over with almost no resistance. The King was rescued, but is in a bad way and unable to lead. Urtho is visibly flustered by having to lead the war effort and give a speech in front of hundreds of people, but he tries very earnestly.

They discuss the Gate-terminus in the Palace; it's only keyed to approved mages, so Ma'ar shouldn't be able to use it, but he might discover how with study. The idea is floated that Urtho could shut it down destructively from a distance, releasing the energies bound in its stored power source and flattening the Palace, maybe killing Ma'ar. Urtho refuses. He can shut it down non-destructively. 

He attempts a rousing speech about how they have gryphons and courageous people and can still win. 

“Ma’ar must not win,” Urtho said, and his voice was hard, his blue eyes like ice. “No matter what, above all else, he must never take this tower. I fear he has become a scourge on the world, and we are the last chance to stop him.” He took a deep breath, shoulders straightening. “And so we will. We can find a way. You are my allies, and my friends, and I trust you with all my heart.” 

...

The next memory is unspecified weeks or months later, the war a blur to Ravenwing. Ma'ar's army is approaching and cannot be held back for long. Urtho orders the evacuation through the permanent Gates. His people take as many of his precious books as they can, but a great deal is left behind, and no one but Urtho is allowed in the lowest levels of the Tower anyway. 

Ravenwing goes to say goodbye to him. 

“All is not lost,” Urtho said. “There is a plan, though I cannot tell you more now.”

“Why?” It was a cracked, broken, pointless word.

“You want to know why Ma’ar is doing this?” A breath. “I cannot tell you. I have only guesses.” For the first time, she heard doubt in his voice. Confusion. “I knew him in his youth, and he was arrogant then – but such things are natural, when one is young and brilliant, brimming over with ideas and plans to change the world. I never thought…” His voice faltered. “I fear perhaps I left him with no better options. Yet he seeks power, and he cannot be allowed to succeed. And so this is how it must end, now, even if I wish it could have been otherwise.” 

And then he released her face, and pulled her in close to hug her.

It ends there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did Urtho at any point try offering terms?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Karna looks thoughtful. "I am not sure that any of our histories say one way or another. The group that survived either did not have anyone in a position of command who would have known, or did not record it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Karna ushers them out. Ke'valen can lead them to an indoor room with mats to sleep on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel makes it as far as the room and then starts crying again. :I'm sorry - don't know what's wrong with me - I think I'm just really tired, it's fine–:

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, that was pretty horrible."

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance hugs Vanyel again. "It was quite upsetting for all of us, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, well, no one else is having a breakdown over it so that doesn't really make him feel better.

Vanyel is, however, persuaded that the best thing to do about it is get some sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman is back the next morning, shortly after Ke'valen brings them breakfast and, in addition to tea, a beverage he calls chava and says is good for waking up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(That sounds perfect and Vanyel will take some, he slept terribly, it's fortunate he managed not to project hard enough to wake everyone else with his nightmares.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're going to prepare spells for going to Urtho's Tower, in case they get permission to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman explains that he isn't sure they'll find anything useful by Urtho's Tower, there's nothing left but slagged rock, but - he's spoken to one of the spirit warriors and guides, and if Moondance has a feeling this is important, they will honour that. 

It's also a four-day ride into the Plains. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which means two days on Yfandes, but she's the only Companion here. 

"Mahdi, could you Teleport there if you had a memory shared by Mindspeech?" he asks. "I assume you have been there," he adds to the shaman. "I guess I could try to do that and Gate, if you want to save your teleports." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman confirms that he's been there. He seems uneasy at their using magic to travel straight there, but doesn't disallow it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can teleport everyone. Two trips, but you can refill me, yeah?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I can do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

If the locals want to come it will actually be more than two trips, do they?

Permalink Mark Unread

The shaman will stay behind but he wants Karna to come. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess 'Fandes could stay back," Vanyel offers, with some reluctance. "It'll be a bit uncomfortable, but she's a lot of weight and I don't think Mahdi should exhaust himself with teleports. Or I could try to Gate first and see if that works, that isn't per-person." 

Permalink Mark Unread


"Or I could Teleport you there and then you can open a Gate for everyone else, if that's easier."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! That's a good idea, I can definitely do that. I've just never tried Gating from someone else's memories I got via Mindspeech, I bet Leareth could do it but I'm a lot worse at Gates than he is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Mahdi can Teleport Vanyel and Fazil and Hagan there and then Vanyel can open a Gate for everyone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does so; conveniently, there's a well and small hut over it nearish to where they've teleported, which he can use as a doorway and avoid the need to strain his Gating abilities by doing it Leareth's way and casting it on thin air. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan casts Lay of the Land, focusing on what's underground. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Above ground is a silvery, melted-looking stub of what must have once been Urtho's Tower. It's enormous. 

Belowground is lots of melted rock, some of it with remaining crushed structures, fragments of stone walls and doorways and marble floor - and then, below that, many hundreds of feet but well under a mile deep, is a staircase which seems intact, at least past the point where the stone itself melted and sagged onto itself, sealing it utterly from the surface. The stairs lead down, deeper into the bedrock. There's a door.

He can't seem to get further than that, though. There's a blind spot around the whole area. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- yep, there's something down there. Might be out of Dimension Door range but it's close, if so."

Permalink Mark Unread

If Hagan can point the exact bearing, Vanyel can try to Farsee it too and get a sense of distance. "...Hmm. Maybe seven hundred feet down? From over directly above it, though, not here, I assume we want to be as close as possible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can Dimension Door that. And I assume you can Gate everyone else, again -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should be able to, sure. From the door over there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll head down with just Vanyel and Hagan and Fazil, aiming for just above the spot where Hagan can't sense more.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they're in an utterly pitch black, narrow, low-ceilinged stone staircase! A dozen steps below the part where the ceiling has melted and sagged into the floor! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel give them a mage-light. "Well. Nothing exploded. Area ahead has magical shielding that's damaged but partly intact, that must be what blocked you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He studies the shielding, double-checking that it is in fact just that and not some sort of trap that will explode when they open the door. And then shields both of them and opens the door, just in case he's wrong.

Nothing explodes. There's also no fragile explode-y magic on the other side, so he uses the doorway for a Gate to bring the others down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance looks around, quietly awed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

On the other side of the door is a large square room in unfinished grey-brown stone - or almost square, it seems slightly off in a dizzying way - with a sort of ledge around it and a knee-high railing, like a narrow balcony. One corner has a very rusty steel gate. The floor is recessed, with a circular stone hatch or trap-door made of a number of crescent-shaped 'leaves' filling nearly all of it, wide enough to fit a small house through. One of the leaves is still cracked open, showing a wedge of inky blackness. 

...The ceiling proves to contain a similar hatch, or did once. It's bulging, half-buckling, like the stone once melted, sagged, and almost but not quite started to run. Which is probably exactly what happened. The walls are also slightly distorted, not quite in line. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan and Mahdi and Fazil don't look appropriately awed at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's stable so long as we don't blow things up, so let's not do that," he says, touching the wall carefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's frowning. "Van, do you have a spell to check if the air in here is vital -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's fine but - yes, just a moment..." 

He can't reach Yfandes anymore after entering the bigger room, which is sort of disconcerting although not surprising. (She is not really abled for stairs and was left behind at the surface.) 

"Air's fine. Weirdly. I think there's some sort of ventilation but I have no idea how it's still working and I can't even see the spell for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Incredible," Mahdi says. "Can you sense what's down there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries. "No. Not at all. The shields on this room are only partly still in place but that one is really well shielded. - We could try to open the hatch and see what's down there? It's not magical in itself, it shouldn't explode or anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He squints at it. "All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel uses Fetching instead of mage-gift, on the thought that it's less likely to interact with any aged and maybe-fragile set-spells, to cautiously lift each leaf. They're hinged, with a mechanism that has some resistance in it so they stay put once they're folded back most of the way. They have eyelets at the corners which were presumably once home to ropes for reeling them back by hand. 

A pool of darkness opens below. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do light easily enough but I don't know if there's reason to be more careful than we'd be at home..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'll do a mage-light. There could be wards against unfamiliar magic, but mage-lights are one of the most commonly used spells, it won't be warded against that."

He sends a light down into the darkness.  

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a big spacious room below with a marble floor. And some sort of circular platform in the centre, a little bit smaller than the hatch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are we going down there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll have a look." Vanyel uses Farsight and mage-sight - the shields have a gap now that the hatch is open, he can sense through it.

"Big round room - lots of doors, I think sixteen - they're really shielded too, looks like Work Rooms for magic. But there aren't any defensive spells. I think we can risk going down." He frowns. "Maybe one of you who's, er, physically tougher than me should go first, and I'll put shields on you too. I'm pretty sure it's safe, but - Leareth would be paranoid anyway and I think that's reasonable here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel puts lots of magical shielding on him. 

"...Does someone have a rope?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Six hundred feet," the three of them say in unison. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course you three are prepared. I don't think we need six hundred feet, it looks like maaaybe thirty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," says Mahdi, tossing the rope to Hagan, "but once, you see, we didn't have enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd love to hear that story. Maybe once we're not exploring a potentially dangerous buried mage-fortress though."  

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, indeed, about a thirty foot drop to the platform. 

When Hagan lands on it, it bobbles under his feet, like a boat on water. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not the stablest ground," he reports, and looks around - what else is down here.

Permalink Mark Unread

A huge, roughly circular room, panelled in pink-veined marble, almost empty. Four large crystal globes dangling from silver chains, evenly spaced around the ceiling-hatch. Sixteen very large, heavy-looking doors. Fifteen closed, one ajar. 

The platform, when dismounted from and investigated, proves to be floating a couple of feet in the air. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think this is some kind of magical lift, though I don't know if it still works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! Figure it's safe to come down?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is still looking around with solemn awe, as though standing in a grand temple. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind's expression is very neutral. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing tried to bite me. I guess it might look for Gifts? But I'd bet not."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, as the person best able to shield himself, makes a case that he should go down next, and then does so. 

"...No offensive spells, still. Just a really ridiculously thorough amount of shielding–" He stops. 

A floating magic lift, clearly once meant to transport objects up, maybe all the way to the surface. A number of doors. One open door with an empty room behind it. 

"I - think - that these might be the rooms where the rest of Urtho's weapons are kept," he says, hesitantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wow. Yeah, that seems plausible.

 


Super expecting now that one of them is metaphorically the Starstone. Somehow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems possible and also I'm really dubious it's a good idea to go poking our heads in rooms with potentially world-destroying weapons in them. I don't think they'll be trapped or anything, that seems stupid when there's a weapon in them, but - I don't know, they might be fragile or unstable after so long." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agreed, let's not. But - is this the bottom floor of the Tower?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. I definitely don't see any way down from here, but - there were some other doors around the room up there, maybe some of them still go places." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do we figure it's safe for me to sweep for secret doors, knock on things to see if they're hollow, etcetera..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Er, maybe don't knock on the doors or near them, but," quick mage-sight scan, "floor should be safe. Honestly Urtho sounds like the sort of person who might make his fortress full of secret passages, so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could split up and explore the other doors," Starwind offers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess if half of us have telepathy that's all right," he says doubtfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can go in two groups. Moondance and I will go with Karna, then we will have two mages and both of us are Mindspeakers. If your group stays with Vanyel, he is a Mindspeaker and also several of you have magic. I think we ought be reasonably safe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually I'd want healing in both groups but we can get to you pretty fast, probably, if we need to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am Healing-Gifted," Moondance points out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - right, sorry. Those seem like good groups, then." They're also the people who serve this goddess and people who don't, but he is not going to make a fuss about that, it's their territory.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can try to help Hagan look for secret doors? If there are any, they're totally non-magical, so mage-sight doesn't help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, you usually search for secret doors by pouring water on the ground and seeing whether there are seams it runs in, and running your hands along the walls and floor searching for cracks, and tapping everything for the sound of hollowed spaces or hidden mechanisms, and using Goggles of Minute Seeing to look closer at anything that looks off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are, in fact, some minute cracks in the floor! An octagonal section big enough to fit a person through, and arranged around it, four round coin-sized pieces of stone, all the exact same colour as the surrounding white marble and exactly flush with the floor. The octagonal bit sounds maybe hollow underneath. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 "Trapdoor's here," he announces. "Maybe you enter a code here, not sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we press down on these little ones? If I had to guess it'd be an order with some sort of significance, hmm... Could be East, South, West, and North, I remember that being a ritual thing for the Shin'a'in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he'll try that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The stones are too far apart for a single person to reach, but Vanyel can move to crouch by one of them, and they've got four people in total here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, they can get stones too.

Permalink Mark Unread

If pushed in that order, the stones do allow themselves to be depressed into the floor. There's a loud creak from somewhere but the octagonal bit of rock doesn't actually move. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Could be stuck? It's really old." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could Dimension Door down but we're trying to be really careful of strange magic..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could give it a shove." He does so with Fetching instead of his hands, in case it tries to bite back or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

With another groan, the section of stone drops lower into the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's just really old. Maybe if we pour water here again it'll lubricate it a bit..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or rust it." He tries to see if he can get a view of the mechanism. "I guess if it does rust it'll be after we leave, so worth a try."

Permalink Mark Unread

One side of the shape has sunk deeper than the other, and has maybe slid a bit sideways into some sort of slot under the floor; the crack on the opposite side is a few millimetres wider. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe they can try grease instead of water?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, if their party is sufficiently prepared that they have grease on them too, that does seem like a better idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course they have grease on them. They can try to get it into the door mechanism.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can help shove it in there with some detailed Fetching pushes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Greased, the stone slides neatly out of the way. 

There are more stairs. Very narrow ones. They appear to go quite far down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mind if I put a spot of paint in this place so if we come back to it later we know it's the same place?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Wait, what? Why wouldn't it be? Er, sure, if you want to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In case it's the kind of dungeon that changes around as you move through it," he says, adding a red dot on the ground. "Most aren't, but it takes a minute and saves you ten hours sometimes."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that a thing in your world? It sounds really hard with our kind of magic, although," brief exhalation, "I'm hesitant to put anything past Urtho, I don't have the faintest idea how the floating spell works or how it's still active at all." 

Vanyel sends a mage-light down the stairs ahead of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The sort of wizard who'd built sixteen superweapons for fun would in our world absolutely build a tower that changes around behind you but it does seem like the kind of thing that's easier with our magic." And they can descend the stairs.

Permalink Mark Unread

At the bottom of the stairs is another big, round room, only slightly narrower smaller than the vault above though with a much lower ceiling, but this one, rather than being bare and minimalist, feels downright crowded, workbenches and shelves everywhere, all of them absolutely covered with stuff. Glassware and jars, still intact, showing dust and residue where chemicals had once been. A table dedicated to wood-working, with a lathe, clamps, vice, and assorted tools. Another station for metalworking, and one for glassblowing, with several beakers and more complex apparatuses in various states of completion.

The shelves are loaded with incomplete projects, scattered with notes and diagrams. A fine sheen of dust covers everything, but surprisingly little. (There haven't been any humans around to shed dead skin cells in millennia, after all.) 

Here too, the air is perfectly fresh and breathable when Vanyel checks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." Anything magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of it is! Almost none of it is recognizable, even to Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This looks kind of dangerous to touch. Not that I'm not tempted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we go slowly I can at least tell you if things are going to explode. ...You can touch that brooch, if you want, it's not magical at all." 

It's a beautiful piece, half-completed, in the shape of a hummingbird; the inlaid mosaic of tiny agate-pieces as feathers is mostly unfinished. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did he have the time," Mahdi marvels.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe he was one of those bizarre people who only need four hours of sleep a night, I know a Herald like that. And - I figure he didn't have time, after the war."

He leans in to try to read Urtho's notes, and is stymied by the fact that it's both in an extremely archaic form of a language he barely knows how to read in the first place (Shin'a'in and Tayledras use a different script from the Valdemaran one, ideographic rather than a phonetic alphabet), and also that Urtho, apparently, had the worst handwriting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has permanent Tongues which solves one but not both of those problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he can puzzle out the handwriting then Vanyel can try to interpret what the magical terms mean; Urtho also apparently wrote in a frequently-abbreviated shorthand that's pretty obscure to someone who never even met him. 

"Should we copy it or something? I have a feeling some of this could be really valuable but I don't think we have time to read all of it and it feels weird to just take it." Shrug. "Though I guess I'm not sure why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are we okay with using our magic here, there's a cantrip for quickly copying books."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's fine, if it's going to be lower-energy than my light anyway - there aren't any wards in here, I guess all his defences were further out. Some of the magic projects might be a little unstable, since they're incomplete, but at a glance, I'd have to raise a Gate next to one for that to actually be a problem, and also most of them aren't powered anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a cantrip so it's very little energy." And he can pull some blank notebooks out of his bag and copy things, one page at a time.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are maybe a hundred total looseleaf sheets scattered around the room (they're individually very dense.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then it will take him about fifteen minutes. He hands Hagan the map to mark the latest rooms while he does it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't label anything but his mapping is very neat and precise.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you always draw maps of everywhere you explore? That's a good idea."

Vanyel is poking around looking at things with mage-sight. "...Ooh. I think this is a focus for a paired scrying-spell, I didn't know that was possible." He points at two hand-sized wooden boxes, the lids flipped up to reveal matching mirrors on the inner surface. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooooh, cool. We have that but I don't know anything about how it works. A lot of places, not mapping neatly will come back to bite you. It's also a good way to catch missing rooms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Though that's less true in a wizard's tower, unbounded as we are by petty mortal concepts of space and time," he says, still copying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel chuckles a little to himself. Keeps looking around. Most of the other magic artifacts are a lot less scrutable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Secret doors or trapdoors?

Permalink Mark Unread

There do not appear to be any further secret doors or trapdoors from the secret room, at least not any findable ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, well, can't have a secret room in every room. He'll also check the staircase carefully, on their way back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are totally THREE different hollow steps, which can with some grease and Fetching be opened to reveal tiny compartments with very old notebooks in them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan likes this guy. Aside from his decision to destroy the world trying to kill Leareth, that seems a bit iffy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi can copy those too, if they're still in readable condition.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the handwriting is not any more legible, but the ink is only somewhat faded and the paper itself seems perfectly preserved - it actually looks like it's not precisely paper, it has the strength of cloth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He only brought ordinary paper notebooks to copy them into, but they'll do for now. "Do you suppose the pharaoh will pay us," he says while he does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would assume so! He is a pharaoh of Abadar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, is he going to buy copies of this off us? I don't think it'd even be useful for your world's kind of magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He wanted information on Leareth. I guess if this is all just notes on magic it's pretty useless to us, but presumably he had a diary or something somewhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm, probably." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can head back up to the room with the lift and the presumed-superweapons. Are they labelled or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're numbered on the outside, in ancient Kaled'a'in, but totally are not labeled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When they reach the superweapon storage room, Starwind is waving to them from the balcony. "We found a number of boxes of records. We have carried them out for now but ought probably make copies rather than take the originals." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do copies. Uh, I can do forty notebooks worth of copies, that's all the blank notebooks I brought. I guess we can come back later and get the rest?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are more of his notebooks than that, he wrote a great deal, but I am skimming to prioritize," Karna says. "They are dated, I think we want the ones from Ma'ar's time as a student and from the war, and I will go through to look for other mentions of his name. Also I brought paper, although still not enough for all of this, we have several crates full." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should we bring them down to you? It might be easier than doing it on this balcony." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be good, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can prepare the spell tomorrow morning too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Speaking of that, what's our plan here - are we camping out down here tonight? I'm not delighted about camping in the room with all the superweapons but they are behind doors and I'd also prefer not to do a ton of extra Gates. - wait." He stops dead. "Fazil, did you cast Delay Pain before I did the Gates today?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It didn't hurt." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well. One more ...point to Nefreti, I guess? Congratulations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case I don't mind Gating us to the surface, it's really short range - I was just worried Delay Pain would've worn off, but if I didn't have it before anyway..." He seems sort of awed. "Anyway we've still got some day, I think. Don't actually know what time it is but we got here in the morning - I guess if I go up the stairs again I can Mindspeak Yfandes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good. We can get a bit more copying in, sleep outside, come back tomorrow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." 

Yfandes confirms that it's only midafternoon, and then Vanyel helps lower crates of records to the nice spacious room to work on copying them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can help with skimming them for mentions of Ma'ar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and Moondance and Vanyel can all do that too, and with teamwork they're able to get through all the notebooks and catch a couple dozen mentions of Ma'ar in between the student years and the war year, which Karna then reads more thoroughly so she can bookmark where Mahdi ought to start and end the copying. It'll fit in less than forty notebooks but it's still quite a large number of pages to copy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sadly cannot keep more than one of the cantrip up at the same time.

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't finish it all today, then, but they've made solid progress and they still have tomorrow morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should I Gate us back up?" Vanyel says once he notices himself yawning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does so. 

(It doesn't hurt.) 

They start setting up camp for the night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi actually is going to show off a little bit and put up both an opaque, lit-on-the-inside bubble of force that maintains a comfortable internal temperature, and, inside it, a sturdy wood cottage with a door, two shuttered windows, eight beds, a table with eight chairs, and a fireplace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay that's just ridiculous.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are appropriate oohs and aahs from the Tayledras, though Moondance has otherwise been very quiet and subdued. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Day four, midmorning. 

Leareth sets down his half of the two-way mirror and sighs, letting his head fall forward into his hands and keeping it there for a moment. Malduoni...isn't entirely convinced, he can tell, but in the end, he agrees that it's Leareth's decision. 

They have the interworld Gate. He and Nayoki, with the help of an entire team of scholars back in Velgarth and copious reference to his books and notes in his various libraries, finally cast a miniature demonstration Gate a few minutes ago, after which he immediately excused himself to go contact Malduoni and give him the news. 

(Malduoni is a little displeased that Vanyel and the others immediately went back to Velgarth for some sort of Herald coordination there, and still aren't under geas, but at least the travel between Velgarth and Golarion is very tightly restricted now, the communications almost as tightly, and no one in Cheliax should even know Velgarth exists much less know enough about the Heralds to try to scry them.) 

Leareth stands, puts away the mirror in a pocket of his tunic, and goes to the door to ring for a servant. 

"Is the pharaoh available?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The servants will go and check. (The servants are thinking that one is not really supposed to just ask if the pharaoh is available but also the pharaoh has put off almost all his meetings this week, citing the birth of his daughter though he's never taken a day off for that before, and will definitely be available.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh is available. He smiles at Leareth and gives him permission to sit.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth is still managing to remember to prostrate himself first but he's almost forgotten a couple of times now, he has kind of a lot on his mind.) 

"One. We successfully demonstrated a Gate to Velgarth this morning. It is a more challenging spell than the standard Gate technique, but we have three and a half days remaining to teach it to my other mages. I would like to send Nayoki and Narva back to Velgarth to hold those trainings."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations. I can arrange that; when will they want to leave?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"After lunch today, I think. If you would prefer to reserve your spells, I can Gate them over, it will be tiring but Lesser Restoration seems to work on that at least initially." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you can do that, it leaves open the option of fetching people from Valdemar should they be ready, though I don't expect they will be."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I do not mind doing it, I simply thought it fair to warn you." 

He pauses. Takes a slow breath, lets it out through his nose.  

"I wish to accept Abadar's offer. Given that I have decided, and the Gate research is complete, I might as well do so now in case it helps to have three days of practice. I - do not actually know how to tell Him, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad. Trust isn't - an easy thing. But I think it will serve you both. 

Why don't you look at a listing of spells, and also at the options for domains - you get spells and some special powers from your domains, you should definitely take Travel because it's the only way to get flight and teleportation, but you get one other and it's less obvious what's next best - did you know that Hubris is a domain, it doesn't have the best powers necessarily but it would privately entertain me which is definitely a very good reason...and we can get you a holy symbol, and then once you know exactly what you want you pray for it. You can pray for it without knowing exactly what you want but it's very difficult to consult reference books in the middle."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's lips twitch slightly at his comment about Hubris. "All right, I will look at spells then. Is there a special technique for praying? I have - not exactly ever done that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would imagine not. Uh, you hold your holy symbol, and you clear your head, and you think about - the things that you and your god both care about, the things you're aligned on, the space where something like this exists, the chance to work together - and then there's something there? Not very much of it, and it feels very mechanical, and you can request and get your spells from it. 

And if you ever want to actually talk to Him, when you get the thing that's very mechanical you reach past it, and try to find the rest."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "That seems straightforward enough. What does the holy symbol do?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It uniquely identifies your god, you need it as a focus for many though not all of the spells and they stabilize around it when you pray for them. People who don't like relying on objects that could conceivably stop being in their possession get it tattooed, sometimes. You need it to channel energy, though you're not going to be able to do that very usefully until after the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh - why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Evil clerics channel negative energy, which harms or kills everyone around them. It's easy enough to learn how to exclude your allies but this is still kind of stupid since if people are within thirty feet of you you probably have a lot of ways to kill them. Neutral clerics get to choose, and almost all of them choose to channel positive energy. I asked Abadar if he could make an exception but it's one of their godagreements and he can't. He did confirm you can retrain it once you're not evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How inconvenient. Do - you have reason to think I will not read as Evil after the war?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well I don't know for sure but Abadar says it is mostly the killing children to wear as a skin and that's - the kind of thing that doing a lot of Good can, in principle, pull more than enough in the other direction, but it has to be a lot of good, and if the next week doesn't count I don't know what would but I would bet - have bet - that it will."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes a bit of a face, but he nods. "Is it very unusual for Abadar to choose a cleric who is Evil?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not especially. Less than five percent but not less than two percent, I'd guess? He's planning to do a bunch of it in Cheliax after the war so there's not a whole country with no clerics. And He's not, Himself, Good, right, there are plenty of ways to be Evil which don't touch on anything He cares about... murder isn't one of those, He disapproves of murder."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sort of wants to say that he also disapproves of murder, but, as someone who has done rather a lot of murder, it feels questionable that he personally has the right to claim that.

(Also, more generally, he disapproves of people dying - there are reasons murder is worse than death by natural causes but they're all indirect ones, the harm to the dead person is the same. In Velgarth at least, where people are to a first approximation just gone when they die, in a maybe-retrievable way but one the gods don't bother implementing. And he remembers trading the lives of bandits exploiting the chaos after the Cataclysm, for ten times as many lives of starving children, or so he hoped when he added it up in his ledgers, blood-sacrifice to power weather magic so there would be a harvest at all... He wonders what Abadar would think of that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can get him the book of cleric spells. There are hundreds at each level. And he can talk him through the domains, there's a handy chart so he can compare all his options. The most sensible thing to optimize for with domains is getting spells that aren't otherwise available to clerics at all. Thus Travel, which grants him flight and teleportation. Protection eventually gets you Mind Blank, the spell he uses to be impossible to read magically, otherwise only on the wizard list; he chose it for that reason. Abadar is planning to eventually work out a suite of spells related to cities but hasn't yet. And so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a lot of spells! 

Leareth, after a lot of thought, decides to go with Travel and then Protection as the second domain; it's duplicating a lot of the shielding he can already do, but extra shielding is hardly a bad thing, and - well, he knows Malduoni can read him right through his shields even when he has a talisman for additional coverage, Golarion's magic is in some ways stronger than his own. 

Picking spells is harder because there are so many and also they are so, incredibly, obnoxiously specific. For cantrips he eventually goes with Stabilize, Guidance and Resistance, mostly on the grounds that they seem different from the kind of magic he already has easily. He - should definitely ask for Recharge Innate Magic, to see if that works, and then maybe he'll test Sure Casting and Divine Favour, again on the grounds that they seem different from what Velgarth magic can do.

All right, is the next step getting a holy symbol? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh has some of those! Some people like a golden key but among Osirians who want to show how clever they are the more popular holy symbol is the crisscrossing lines he must have seen. It's from a concept about how prices work under certain common conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth likes that concept quite a lot, more than the key. (He is mildly against people just thinking he's trying to look clever, but it doesn't actually matter that much.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What people are going to think is what kind of cleric wears an intelligence headband, you must care about actually being smart far more than almost anyone in the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is intelligence not helpful for clerics' casting, the way it is for wizards? Interesting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clerics wear Wisdom, usually, and you can't just put both on or they interfere oddly with each other. - you can enchant something to have both and not interfere but it's much more expensive. Mine does all three and is, accordingly, worth a significant fraction of the total wealth of this kingdom."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am so curious how they interfere with each other. I am still trying to understand why your world's magic - divides mental phenomena into such oddly discrete categories." 

Also he's musing to himself how wise Golarion magic thinks he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magic items that have permanent ongoing effects for the caster generally interfere with each other a lot, which is the only thing that stops people going around draped in forty of them. There are known techniques to avoid that problem but they take more time and more talent."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. It is true for permanent magic items in my world as well, although - I have centuries of work on this and can combine multiple spells into a single talisman and wear a number of them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be deeply unsurprised to learn that the local you can do the same.....for that matter somewhat unsurprised to find he made my crown."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth chuckles. 

"...All right. I think I might as well go do this now." 

(He's scared. But he's not going to stop being scared by thinking about it more.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks like he is tempted to lean forward, or something, but he just nods. "Good luck." And he heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes back to his room with the holy symbol and his list of spells. He sits down on his bed and puts up shields, absently. 

He clears his mind. He thinks about...trying to be the kind of entity that other people can have positive-sum interactions with. About trying, over and over and over, to make Velgarth the kind of place where people can trade and flourish from it, and he thinks about how Abadar is that - how Osirion, despite its flaws, is in other ways exactly what he was trying to build all this time. He thinks about how his plans, which he's pretty sure are making more of the things Abadar cares about exist in the world, will benefit from this agreement between them - how it will further Abadar's plans, though he's not sure how and that in itself is an uneasy thought - but this is worth it, he thinks, to make that leap of faith, to try to cooperate even when so many forces push against that trust...

He waits for the presence of a god. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's something there. It's - slightly more intimate than Khemet's description might have led one to think, it's projecting not just presence but warmth, recognition. Reassuringness. You are the right person, it seems to want to say, you are valued, you are trusted and worthy of that trust, you will do things and they will matter a great deal to me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

–aaaaaaaaaaaaaah -

Leareth does not flinch away from the presence even though he really wants to. He fights to take in a breath and let it out, to relax his shoulders and unclench his face; he waits for his racing heart to slow, for the extremely pointless panic to subside so that he can think properly and figure out how to ask the (terrifying) warm, reassuring, presence of a god for magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It waits for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He calms down enough for his brain to work again, and he asks it for the spells on his list. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can feel them flow from the tiny-fragment-of-a-god to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Well. All right. That's done. He can feel the spells there, ready. It's very odd. 

He considers going back to his work area to try out some of the spells with Khemet's researchers and Nayoki before she leaves, but - there's one more thing he has to do first. Part of the mandatory due diligence of taking this risk at all, even though it feels in itself like an unacceptable, terrifying leap into danger.  

He reaches further, past that single surface of god-presence neatly designed for handing out spells, toward - whatever's on the other side. 

Abadar? 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

And then -

- it's like tilting and falling into something, something fast-moving and complicated and very very magic, something that pulls away as you fall into it - by comparison the single surface was indeed mechanical and impersonal -

:Leareth:, it sends, and it comes packed with godemotions that are far harder to parse than reassurance and recognition, though those are there - or meant to be - the predominant one is a kind of identification. Leareth is a pattern, a way-an-agent-can-be, and a pattern He values, a pattern that moves the world towards all of the things that matter, a pattern He can trade with though He is very big and it is very small. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's overwhelming and terrifying - and presumably Abadar can tell that he's scared which is even worse - but that won't help, fear is only a message his mind is sending him that what he's doing is dangerous and he's already decided to do it anyway, so Leareth waits for the fear to settle and then folds it away. 

:Abadar. I wish to know what your plan is: His answer is not quite in words, the words wouldn't be the right ones - he suspects the raw concepts are the wrong ones too, Abadar is too big for the human idea of plans or goals or strategies to quite apply. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a pause at the edge of his senses where Abadar - reaches for concepts, discards them as too far away to be usable for translation -

- a prediction: Asmodeus will not directly intervene, will grant advice and resources through the ordinary channels - if the prediction is correct, then Abadar will not directly intervene, this fact about Abadar makes the prediction more likely, the prediction being likelier means more worlds where Golarion is not torn apart by another war among the gods -

- a prediction: if Asmodeus does directly intervene, then Abadar will, the outcome in this case is Golarion torn apart by a war among the gods but the consequence of this prediction is less war, He thinks Leareth can see why -

- a prediction: Sothis a city of portals, interconnected with Absalom and Almas and Quantium and Azir and Westcrown and Egorian, sprawling and tall and prosperous and full of people - the thing He is steering towards, or one of them -

Permalink Mark Unread

:I understand: Or Leareth thinks so, anyway, hopes so, it's just as hard to wrap his mind around the godconcepts as he'd expected - even with the translation, even with Abadar clearly trying as hard as He can.

It's beautiful, the sprawling flourishing city. It's - there's a blazing bright feeling, Leareth wants that, he's been trying to build it in Velgarth for so goddamned long, centuries and centuries and the gods aren't having it and here is a god who, however alien His true goals and values, wants that too. He feels recognition there too, and it feels precious, and he holds that part of himself up, wordlessly, like tilting one face of a gem toward the light. There are darker facets to a Leareth's pattern and he knows that Abadar sees that too - and still recognizes him as an ally, still wants to grant him power, and that in itself is dizzying and...he doesn't really know what to do with it, doesn't know how to fit it into the rest of his conception of the world...

(The pattern that is a Leareth is not one that finds trust particularly comfortable, even if he, too, is often steering toward cooperation...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Flickering through concepts looking for -

- Khemet III, speaking to Abadar of Leareth. I think he has never had anything go right - advance his goals in any lasting way - that he wasn't steering. There are - still trades that you can make, like that - but I think he is alone in Velgarth like you were alone, before we built our first cities -

and another one - Khemet III trying to relate a conversation they'd had, about Abaddon - Khemet trying to guess - what must a man who feels such deep anguish at the death of anyone have done, to count as Evil -  Abadar trying to show him - piecing it together, between the two of them, a whole picture, of a person who can make the world better with the right tools, and so so much worse, with the wrong ones...

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not even sure why that hurts. It's true, right, he is and always has been someone who will use the tools at his disposal, however awful they are - and he's someone shaped by circumstances where everything was so broken, where he had so little to work with, so few true allies - almost none, really, not in a lasting way, and that doesn't normally ache like this but for some reason, right now, it does.

Leareth isn't a good person, in a conventional sense. He never has been and he told Vanyel that upfront, he - prefers not to hide it, people who want to make trades with him should know what's on the other side of the bargain. But, from the very beginning, he's been trying to fix Velgarth - and it seems more and more true, over the millennia, that the people who are good don't succeed in this task, not in any lasting way, and that if anything was ever going to change it would have to be done by someone like him - 

- and that doesn't change the costs he's been willing to pay, for a victory that isn't even assured. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Abadar would like him to have more resources. It will make things go better. It's - it's almost exactly what Abadar is for, people who will get better results with more resources. It costs more, to offer them in Velgarth, He's probably not going to do it very often, but here it was so startlingly clear - there are more bright rich sparkling cities, in a world where Leareth has more from the world.

Abadar doesn't do - forgiveness, redemption, that's the domain of the Good gods, it's something that doesn't really apply to any of the things that He understands or values, but - the Good god concept here is that every pattern at every moment has a Good future ahead, if it chooses to walk it, that there has never been a pattern or a moment that cannot turn upwards with the right reasons or the right resources or the right thoughts (that a mind might be too panicked and young and weak and threatened to ever successfully think) -

- and Leareth's paths are so clean, the only thing that has to be there is a way to fix everything, and he will think of it and he will walk there, and Abadar is - proud -

- and would forgive him all the things along his path so far, if that were the kind of thing it made any sense to do, which it isn't, but certainly He does not need them defended, and if great evils someday stand again on all the paths Leareth can see to victory Abadar will not withhold Himself on that account -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is experiencing a surprising level of emotions about this, enough that it's hard to pick apart what they all are - also it's continually effortful to parse and deconstruct Abadar's thoughts, even though Abadar is clearly trying very very hard to convey them in simplified form.

He - glad. Grateful. Touched. He's hopeful, that - Abadar predicts he will, successfully, fix everything if there is a way to do so, that's the kind of entity he's been trying to shape himself into for millennia but it's not like he's ever had an opportunity, before now, to - have that checked, by something so much bigger than himself... 

He wants to have allies, wants to no longer have to walk this path alone, and - for some reason there's a lot of pain in that desire. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not alone. Aroden -

- Abadar pulls the geas away from the surface of Leareth's mind, temporarily, because it'll make it even harder to communicate -

- Aroden is alive (Abadar is satisfied, about this, He did not predict it and it is better than any of the things He did predict), and Aroden has allies - will take them up again, once he knows which ones he can trust -

- and Abadar tried, when Aroden died, to do the thing Aroden had been doing, to build through humans, even though it's very hard, and Abadar's church has people Leareth can rely on, in the ways Leareth finds it hard to rely on people as well as the bounded self-interested ways Leareth finds it easy -

- this is important, that Abadar's church has people Leareth can count on, but Abadar does not know how to communicate His reasons for believing it and does not expect it to otherwise be believed and - frustrated shuffling -

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth is concerned that Aroden won't be happy at all that Abadar can and did meddle with his geas, even if it's not at all surprising a god can do that, but this is a distant worry, for the future.) 

It's not that it's hard to believe on an explicit level, so much, but it's hard to feel it - hard to even see how he could have enough certainty in that to put real weight on it. 

Leareth waits, patiently, even though his head is now hurting; he can fold the pain away into a corner too, along with the gibbering pointless fear that his mind is bare before a god like an insect pinned to a board, neither of them is adaptive to dwell on right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is reaching for the concept of Khemet again. Abadar likes him, the godsense He has is - fond, admiring - maybe Leareth and Khemet can figure this out, if Abadar cannot, because He does think it's important - 

- Leareth can trust Khemet and he does not have enough information to conclude that and that's maddening. If they were gods they would trust enough other because gods can be legible in the right way and it would be great and Abadar is so annoyed that humans do not work this way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds that pretty frustrating too! More than most people, probably a lot more, he hates having missing information - not being able to feel oriented to a situation... Honestly a lot of the time he addresses this by reading people's minds, but the pharaoh is understandably leery about that and always impenetrably shielded in Leareth's presence.

(Leareth would normally not make this a two-way process, which is arguably kind of hypocritical of him, to be protective of his own thoughts while invading the minds of others, but - there's a sort of fundamental asymmetry, in a lot of those cases, he doesn't think of almost anyone in Velgarth as a value-aligned equal. Rare exceptions: he's let Nayoki read his surface thoughts before, when words were insufficient to convey some technical explanation to her, he's had the thought before that he would consider doing that for Vanyel if they were ever in a situation where it were safe and might give Vanyel a way to trust him, that's kind of been obviated now...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar could give him that. Or - advise the pharaoh to agree, but that's worse, he thinks, things that are known to be observed change - but He doesn't need to ask the pharaoh to agree, the pharaoh is His and He could just show Leareth. It might help. The pharaoh would not even particularly want the reciprocal capacity because - because of something Leareth will be able to understand if Abadar shows him, maybe understand better than Abadar does Himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

–Leareth is genuinely startled, enough that somewhere off in the distance where his body is, he can feel his heart rate speeding again. That - well, it would help, maybe a lot, this is basically why he trusts Nayoki as much as he does, and the point about thoughts under observation is valid, but also it seems kind of hostile, doing it without the permission of Osirion's godking, he's not sure it would count as breaking their laws - and maybe he's thinking of it wrong, if Khemet also thinks of himself as Abadar's then maybe he would on reflection endorse it, if he knew... Still, it feels fraught. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Osirion's laws are an approximation of something, because humans need approximations. Whether Khemet would endorse it on reflection is also an approximation, though a much closer one because if Khemet were reflecting about this then Abadar would be able to explain it to him. The actual thing is - frustrated shuffling - if it is an aim towards which Abadar and Khemet are entirely aligned, then it's all right, for Abadar to use the connection that they have to advance those aims; the same applies if it is an aim which Khemet has more strongly than Abadar, which this might be, Khemet has all his human reasons for wanting Cheliax to be destroyed, human reasons he's tried hopelessly to hold up to Abadar, unsure whether they have a stronger and more sensible form -

- peoples' values are not, themselves, things that they trade; not all of the things Khemet wants translate at all and they don't get weighed less highly for that, though Abadar usually cannot make enough sense of them to advance them - 

- if it were an aim which Abadar had and Khemet didn't, then even though Khemet took power from Abadar willingly, knowing of the connection that this made between them, knowing insofar as humans know things that this was a power Abadar might bend towards His ends even when they were not shared ones - 

- then it wouldn't be all right, in this case, because it would make being a cleric of Abadar's invisibly worse, it would make it a thing you might not want to do unless you were entirely aligned and confident of remaining so, which humans cannot do - so if it were like that then Abadar would not be able to do it, He can't do things that make Him less possible to cooperate with -

- it occurs to Him in a manner of speaking once He has pushed all this through that maybe Leareth actually means he has practical concerns about offending Khemet in which case he shouldn't, Abadar shouldn't tell Khemet beforehand but He should and will afterwards and Khemet will - humans have so many incoherent preferences - not be upset with Leareth though -

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. To the extent that it can, concepts stretching and shifting like cubes of jelly to fit into his too-limited human mind, Leareth has never been more frustrated than he is now not to be smarter and that's with the intelligence headband. 

The core thing Leareth was worried about, he thinks, is covered by Abadar's middle point. He was concerned this might feel to Khemet like a betrayal, disturb what is clearly a functional, healthy working relationship between the pharaoh and his god, and he now believes that Abadar can understand that shape of concern - better than Leareth can, maybe - and if He's confident in his assessment that this isn't a risk here, that this is not damaging cooperation between any of the parties involved, then Leareth is reasonably comfortable with that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Rather than respond to this Abadar recedes almost entirely from his head to show him the pharaoh.

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh is trying to figure out what the plan for the Worldwound is such that it'll be useful to add the Heralds and non-disastrous to lose Cheliax's forces. No one's going to tell him, for obvious reasons, but if he can derive it he suspects they won't complain. He has a map out, he has a list of known ninth-level wizard spells just so he doesn't have to hold that piece in memory -

- and he is thinking of Leareth, imagining Leareth sitting here across the table from him considering these plans, imagining him in fairly extraordinary detail -

- what could you do about the Worldwound? You could bring in a powerful artifact with a dimensional anchor spell with a range a thousand times the ordinary one, so that none of Cheliax's forces could get down south to begin with -

- his imaginary Leareth doesn't like the plan. Why not. One point of failure - Asmodeus, if he's responding, can just destroy the artifact. Fine. Same hypothetical but the spell uses every person in it as a focus, somehow - he doesn't know this to be possible but he's not going to derive the correct magic with this method just the correct shape of a solution - 

- his imaginary Leareth still doesn't like it. Why not. Dimensional anchor is - probably too narrow - he doesn't know another way to move large groups of people but maybe Asmodeus does - maybe the war lasts a long enough time they can travel a hundred miles on horseback - maybe they walk right into the Abyss and then Asmodeus can open a Gate home from there - maybe you can bar those specific things but there are too many things -

- how do you come up with a plan that doesn't have that trait though? 

Discard the list of known spells, what outcome, if it happened, would make Leareth relax. 

Everything within a thousand miles of the Worldwound dead. (Horrifying, but that's a separate dimension of interest, he's trying to look at the other side of the problem right now). Yes. This is satisfactory. There's a known way to bring people back to life, but one at a time, it'd be an unfathomable expenditure of power even for Asmodeus to bring them all back, and not really worth it in the vast majority of cases - they're only soldiers - his model of Leareth does like this plan better, even if he's grimacing about it, even if he wants to object that he'd find a better way if there possibly was one -

- no spell to undo, the effect has to be immediate and then require reverting one by one, if it's possible to revert at all. A known way to do it is fine, as long as that known way is expensive, as long as it would break the rules of the gods for Asmodeus to do it directly even once and he'd have to do it ten thousand times. That's the correct shape of a solution. 

Hopefully the actual solution is less horrifying but he's not going to guess it, it'd be too detailed, depend too much on things he doesn't even know about magic. For a placeholder in his head he comes up with "kick everyone at the Worldwound five years forward in time". Probably Aroden can't do that but from a strategic standpoint it's nearly isomorphic to 'kill them all', and the real solution probably falls somewhere on that spectrum. And that means you need the Heralds to hold the Worldwound itself but only the Worldwound itself, the surrounding area won't be swarmed with demons, they'll be dead or gone, the thing you want is a plan to move the wardstones inward as fast as possible and then a plan to keep the demons from flooding through the crack from the Abyss.

(He thinks he is only about fifty percent likely to have a good enough picture, here, but it's worth drawing up a plan for this, and then he'll try from a different angle...)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is impressed, that's his first response. 

He - would normally be scared, that someone is skilled enough at understanding him and the patterns of how he thinks to reverse-engineer a plan he would design - not even his plan, Aroden's plan, who the pharaoh has never even met. But he isn't, now, he can't be, not when he can feel implicitly in every thought that Khemet wants the same things he does, here. Maybe not the exact same in details but derived from the same underlying map, steering in the same direction. 

And the response to an ally understanding you that well isn't fear, it's - pride, something like fondness, and relief, gratitude, if someone else is picking up that piece then he's carrying less of it alone. He's surprised to be feeling that way. It's not an emotion-blend he recalls ever quite feeling before. 

(Aroden also didn't tell Leareth his exact plan, it wasn't necessary for Leareth's planning and he, like Leareth would in his place, is sharing information only when absolutely necessary for strategic reasons - but he's already, himself, guessed that it's something like that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh runs out of ideas on that and writes some incredibly cryptic notes he can pick it back up from in a language no one in the palace even speaks - he has permanent Tongues - and then picks up something else. How much coin should Cheliax have in circulation, he had asked Merenre yesterday, and of course this turned out to be an unsolved question in economics - you would think Abadar would know that sort of thing but apparently He doesn't, He can recognize when a solution is missing pieces but not translate the pieces and not just give them a number -

- the obvious next question is 'how much coin does Cheliax have in circulation and is it exhibiting any of the signs of being too much or too little', which will be inconvenient to research without anyone outside the palace having any sense that anyone inside the palace is remotely interested in Cheliax but Merenre thought it might be derivable from publicly available exchange-rate numbers, which there are lots of reasons to ask about. He'd thought at first that Asmodeus would probably whatever else His deficiencies have given Cheliax the right amount of money, but Merenre had pointed out that there are lots of ways having too much money printed can be damaging to peoples' character - the price of goods keeps on going up, there's no point in saving for the future - not necessarily things Asmodeus would want but definitely things He would have considered whether He wanted, which means Cheliax might or might not have the right amount of money right now. 

(To do next year, if the world is still around: figure out whether Osirion has the right amount of money in circulation.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And Abadar tugs them back out of the pharaoh's head. Sends - fondness, familiarity -

- awareness that they should probably stop talking, it's bad for humans to talk to gods for too long -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, as someone with several different ciphers he personally invented and has never taught to anyone but are intuitive enough for him to partially re-derive on each new incarnation, can't help feeling warmth and amusement at the pharaoh's note-taking habits. He wonders if any of his own economics studies would be useful, here, though probably it's all standard knowledge in Osirion...

He should probably stop talking to Abadar, though, he's mostly not in his body but the headache is increasingly insistent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar sends affection, warmth, hope, or something as close to those as gods can manage, and then Leareth is alone in his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth spends thirty catching his breath, that was helpful but it was also really stressful and his pulse is taking a while to return to normal. The headache isn't helping. 

He opens his eyes and sits up - or rather, tries, ow ow ow ow, this is - possibly the most pain he's ever experienced in this body, it's at least tied with the time he got stabbed and it's hitting his ability to think a lot harder, it feels like an icepick is being driven in just above his eyes and directly into his brain. Khemet sort of warned him, he remembers blearily, but he'd been imagining a standard backlash headache, not whatever this is. 

It's a little better when he's lying down again with his eyes closed and his arm over them; the curtains are open and letting in light, which is terribly rude of them, but doing anything about it would require either moving again or doing magic and he's inclined toward neither right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while a servant knocks with lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

He mumbles out something about how they can leave it by the door also PLEASE be quiet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they will leave it by the door very quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki packs her things and eats lunch with Narva and Leareth still isn't back - he said he was going to send a message and then probably speak with the pharaoh but it's been hours, he can't possibly still be there. 

She asks a servant if they know where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few of them consult they can inform her that he is in his room, and seemed to have a headache, but he can talk and hasn't asked for anybody.

Permalink Mark Unread

That doesn't sound promising for 'can Gate her back to Velgarth', she had better go check on him and find out if he wants her to attempt a Gate back herself - she can do the spell but she's not as strong a mage nor as efficient as he is and it'll wear her out for the rest of the day - or ask the pharaoh, who then maybe won't be able to transport the Valdemaran contingent. Also she's a little worried. 

She goes to his door. Doesn't knock, just calls out quietly. "Leareth? You all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a good time!" Leareth mutters back, frustratedly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were planning to Gate us this afternoon. Are you unwell or something?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels too complicated to explain, and searching for words makes the headache worsen again, as does the noise, and after it had only just settled to a sort-of-bearable level. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am coming in to check on you." She tries the door. "Leareth, your door is locked. Can you please unlock it for me so I can make sure you are all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, see, the door is over there and he's here and he would prefer not to attempt to be there instead. "I'm fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You do not sound very fine. Also you did not eat lunch." She nearly stepped on it. "If you cannot make it to your own door you are definitely not fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay fine he can do this, if he doesn't let her in she's going to keep talking at him. Leareth sits up carefully, eases himself to the edge of his bed, stands and marches to the door and unlocks it and then turns around and heads right back to the bedroom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki doesn't have standard Healing-Gift but this doesn't look like ordinary backlash to her, and besides Leareth is very good about not pushing his magic too hard, he's had lots of experience to calibrate. 

She Mindspeaks one of the researchers with cleric levels and asks if they can come have a look at Leareth, he seems to be ill or something, and maybe bring along one of the Velgarth Healers, who she can't find right now, maybe they're testing something in one of the Work Rooms. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can absolutely do this! Where is the nearest Velgarth Healer.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're both in one of the Work Rooms looking at how Symbols of Healing show up to Healing-Sight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a concern about Leareth, can one of them come?

Permalink Mark Unread

- oh, damn, of course, Tallad will come. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then two worlds' healing can show up at Leareth's a few minutes later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is faintly embarrassed to apparently be causing so much fuss, and also about forgetting the Gate; the normal human world of things like 'schedules' and 'travel' feels very distant and blurry right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is sitting on the bed beside him. "He said he talked to Abadar and now he has a very bad headache," she tells them, keeping her voice soft. "Is that normal?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, I think so," says the cleric. "It's mostly inadvisable to just...do directly...you're supposed to use a specific spell that gives Him an interface..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he didn't know that, now what is he supposed to do? (Presumably he has to actually say words out loud to get an answer to this question, but that's too much hassle right now.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can your healing help with it?" Tallad says. "It looks a little like magical backlash, which we already can't treat very effectively." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do Delay Pain but he'll still feel it when the spell wears off - and should be careful not to do injurious things in the meantime -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do - things that hurt now - count as injurious. Like thinking. Or standing up." Leareth supposes being in bed doing nothing all day and not in pain is better than being in pain, but still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think thinking or standing up are fine." He casts Delay Pain.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Leareth sits up, cautiously, still sort of expecting it to start hurting again at any moment. "Nayoki, I am sorry, I think I ought not do your Gate home." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would say not! We will figure something out. I should have the power to do it if the pharaoh is not available to use his spell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should maybe avoid magic entirely for today," Tallad says. "Since you won't be able to tell if it's making it worse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is true and also so inconvenient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric is looking oddly at him. "...congratulations?" he says tentatively.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hadn't really thought through whether or not to keep this secret, but it's a bit late at this point and besides the researchers here aren't supposed to talk to anyone outside. "Abadar wished to make me His cleric and I decided to accept. I have spells that I wanted to cast today. Maybe that would be fine since it is a different kind of magic that does not cause backlash..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want to push it I suppose that is your purview," Nayoki says dubiously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"May I ask around and see if anyone else has, uh, talked to Abadar without Commune up and whether they have advice?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you."

If the pharaoh just didn't tell him about the spell he was supposed to use then Leareth is going to be mildly ticked off about it, although he can't be too annoyed because it's not like he gave any indication of wanting to talk to Abadar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He heads off to do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe you should take a nap. I will figure out transport back to Velgarth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not–" There really isn't much point in arguing with Nayoki. "Keep me updated. You have your copy of the code-book?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." Sigh. "Please do not attempt this again when we are about to go into battle or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not actually stupid, you know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually not! But sometimes I wonder." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have an intelligence headband and everything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki just smiles to herself. "I will see you again soon, Leareth." 

She leaves, alerts Narva of the situation and that he can probably go back to poking things with the researchers because it'll be a bit, and then tries to find out if the pharaoh is available. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh can be available once he's made aware she's looking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She prostrates herself and waits for his acknowledgement. (Nayoki is, in general, better at remembering the protocols here and following them in spirit as well as in letter than Leareth is.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can sit. I hear you succeeded at the interworld spell, congratulations!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We did! Also we have a difficulty. I had been planning to leave nowish, but Leareth decided to talk to Abadar and then suffered what appeared to be a very awful headache, and should probably not do a Gate even though one of the clerics cast Delay Pain for him. I can probably do it but I will be very tired. I am trying to gauge which option is least costly, out of doing it myself, asking you for your transport spell, or waiting until tomorrow morning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think Valdemar isn't ready for transit yet and can wait until dawn; I can Gate you both back if you'd like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you very much. I am sorry for the inconvenience." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope Leareth learned something useful."



And he can make arrangements to Gate them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki extracts her colleague from the researchers' grasp again and collects her bag. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And if she can provide a location he can drop them there.

Permalink Mark Unread

They head back to the same facility in the north to continue their preparations. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes in to see Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still in his room, trying to get down notes from his conversation with Abadar. It's not easy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice aura of Law, it suits you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks. "Oh. Is there something visible to you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Tomorrow you should pick up the spell and try it yourself, actually; I'm curious if it's something you can detect with your Othersenses once you know what you're looking for. Did you have a productive conversation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I did. It was probably worth the headache, even, though if I had known it would be this bad I would have scheduled it for after Nayoki's Gate." Aaaand now he feels very awkward, because Abadar had said He would tell Khemet about the mindreading but Leareth has no idea whether or not He has, yet, and it seems even more fraught to be the one to bring it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"He gave me a summary. Said He liked you. Said he can ignore all the spells He lets me cast, which is in hindsight unsurprising." He is as usual hard to read but definitely not annoyed. "The headache is pretty frustrating; I use Delay Pain to schedule it for the six hours when other people have to sleep and I don't. I tried the obvious thing of just going around with Delay Pain all the time - you constantly give yourself minor injuries from biting your tongue or not tossing in your sleep, but you can heal those - but over time it worked less well and if anyone ever dispels it you'd fall apart right there, so I don't recommend that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I do not intend to do that, it sounds ill-advised. I am slightly worried that I will be in pain again at bedtime and it will keep me up all night - I do need a usual amount of sleep. I suppose I will find out." He grimaces slightly. "I cannot say you failed to warn me, but you were very - casual, about it, so I was expecting an ordinary level of backlash headache, and not 'literally worse than being stabbed.'" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have much to calibrate against, I have never been stabbed. Or otherwise injured. Or ...done physical labor, or had a sunburn... worse than being stabbed? Really?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I suppose it depends where one is stabbed. It is more painful - more disabling definitely - than a time I was stabbed in the gut but it missed hitting anything important. Perhaps being stabbed in the - lung, or something, would be worse, that has not happened to me in this body. It is probably not as bad as being set on fire by Vkandis." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks thoughtful. "Unfortunately I don't think there's any way around it. He's trying. The formerly human gods are reportedly better at it, they can maintain an aspect that's humanlike and can talk to their followers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I could tell how hard He was trying. That is something I wished to - do better, with the god I was going to build. Anyway. I - liked him too." He still has a lot of yet-to-unpack emotions about the entire interaction; he'll mull on that before the war, of course, it seems important, but he's also slightly procrastinating on it. "I hoped to feel more oriented and - I am not sure I do, exactly, it is very different to be oriented to a god's thoughts and plans, but..."

He looks down. "I think there is a shape of trust here that does not require it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He wants to be trustworthy to us and in some ways He is really, really good at it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is probably a very weird thing to say, and I am not sure it is exactly true, but - it feels as though He speaks my language better than most humans in Velgarth do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense to me. We must all - seem very young to you. And being careful for thousands of years probably trains all of the god habits that are actually just - good for being correct about the world, which is at least a lot of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps." 

It feels like he should have something else to say, but he isn't sure what. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I, ah, haven't mentioned the headaches to many people. Because the thing I am supposed to be is - the thing that the human ascended gods have by default, a part of them capable of understanding people. So it would be confusing, if it were hard for me to talk to the rest of Him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense - I had wondered if there were something like that." Leareth makes a slight face. "That - must only make a heavy burden even heavier." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This life isn't easy for anyone. And, well, there's very few of them I'd trade with. Though I look forward to retirement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is 'retirement', in this case, just when you die and go to Axis." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Your world is so different from mine." Leareth lifts his head, looks Khemet in the eye. "I - am glad, that you are the pharaoh now. You are someone I can work well with." A shape of person he knows how to cooperate with, even have calibrated and actually-quite-extensive trust in maybe, but he doesn't say that out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad I am the pharaoh now too. I would be so annoyed to have missed this." 

 

And he heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes notes for a while longer and then, when he seems to feel fine, risks practicing his new cantrips a bit, and then does in fact nap until someone knocks with supper, at which point he blearily eats it and decides he might as well go to bed properly, apparently god-backlash is tiring as well as painful and he might not get much sleep after the point when Delay Pain wears off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He in fact does not get much sleep after the point when Delay Pain wears off.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second day in the Tower, they can finish copying all of the relevant passages and some additional ones Karna found in the meantime (she also obtained more paper).

There are a couple more hidden rooms behind secret doors or trapdoors, in the other hallways. Vanyel asks them, again, to not touch anything unless a Velgarth mage says it's non-magical. Mostly they don't touch anything. Vanyel draws out diagrams of magical constructs, working from his mage-sight, to potentially remake later (he's sure Leareth has the skills to do it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

At the end of a long day, Vanyel Gates them back to the surface. "...Hmm, so we could camp another night or we could just head out. Er, Fazil can Plane Shift us home, right? Or do we have to get a message to the pharaoh asking for a lift - I could also Gate us back to Haven but I don't think they'd be ready to leave yet..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can take us back. Well, I can take myself and six other people back if one of them is Yfandes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Karna is staying here," Starwind points out. "If you have capacity to bring Moondance and I, we will come, otherwise we can Gate ourselves back to Haven and rejoin our Wingsister there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, I can make that work. Do we have two copies of everything we want to bring the pharaoh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Think so. We were doing supplementary material that Karna wants just for their histories and those we only have one copy of." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can make sure everything is appropriately divvied up and hold hands for a Plane Shift home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is really glad to get out of the Plains, honestly.

Permalink Mark Unread

They land on a sharp slope in some mountains; there are peaks towering above them in three directions, and a hazy yellow horizon in the fourth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do we know where we are? Should I just Gate us right back now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes scrabbles a bit to keep her footing on the slope. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably in the Barrier Mountains somewhere and yeah - if it's too far that doesn't fail in some incredibly deadly way, right -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I'll just notice the spell is too hard and abort it, and I should have a lot of Gate-range now that I'm, er, it turns out I don't have a stupid Gate problem anymore."

He finds a rock-arrangement that is sort of vaguely doorway like and convinces his mind it's good enough to stick a Gate on, and puts the other end back in the winter Palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can all head back. It's late at night by this point, but maybe the pharaoh wants to be made aware that they have all these journals on Ma'ar - "did anyone notice anything particularly incriminating or illuminating, I didn't have Tongues up for most of the copying -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can maybe put the entries from the war on top."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I skimmed some from the student time period and they were interesting too, he - seemed pretty fond of Ma'ar at the start." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I cannot fathom what he was thinking, with the war. 

 

I guess we're starting a war unprovoked, now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "We should read through more of this. I still feel like I'm missing a lot of context." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Same. But - tomorrow, maybe."


Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh does not come out to get the stack of notebooks but sends a representative, one of the magic researchers, who has the news that interworld Gates have been developed and that  Leareth is a cleric of Abadar now.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wow. All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's - I mean, I did keep having the thought that if there was any god he could get along with it'd be Abadar, but that's still surprising! I think probably good? It'll mean - more resources for the war..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance glances over at Starwind. He seems very unsure what to think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It means Abadar's sure of him and I don't think He can be wrong, about that. Not about Leareth's present intentions, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. "That makes sense. And is pretty good to know." He must have already been more sure than he'd realized of Leareth present intentions, that part doesn't feel like news. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Valuable information to have, I suppose." Starwind's expression is unreadable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He looks much more at ease. "Are we in the same guest rooms?" he asks a servant, and gets a nod, and then they can go get some sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is kind of miserably sleep-deprived in the morning - he should have just napped all afternoon, or not let them use Delay Pain in the first place, it helps Khemet out but it's much less helpful for anyone not in possession of a Ring of Sustenance. Also he still has the lingering ghost of a headache. He can at least use magic without making it worse, though.

He drags himself out of bed at dawn and requests his spells from Abadar; he's very careful to request absolutely nothing else from Abadar. As suggested, he asks for the one for detecting alignment auras this time. 

Day five. Highly inconvenient timing to be fatigue-impaired. Maybe the local magic can do something about it. 

First, though, he somewhat muzzily goes through his notes and then contacts Malduoni with the mirror. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am now a cleric of Abadar. He also answered some questions I posed to Him. He - allowed me to read Khemet's mind, for additional verification, He thought that it would help us to cooperate and so He was in favour." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni, a little like Leareth himself, has a tendency to be still and silent for a moment when startled. Of course, he also does this when he's just thinking, so it's not a perfect tell. 

"I see. And?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar can cooperate. With me. With us. He is - not exactly the god I would choose, could I do so afresh," even in their secure communications he avoids talking about building or becoming gods, "but he is a sufficiently compatible shape. He is not skilled at communicating with humans and so I ought avoid asking him more questions, but I saw enough."

He can provide a very condensed summary of his notes. The prediction about Asmodeus. The shining, portal-filled city. Abadar pinning him down and recognizing him, as a pattern that will walk the paths Abadar prefers, and better paths with more information and resources...

He doesn't especially try to convey the alien godemotions, the pride and affection and reassurance that still hang vividly in his memory, the sacredness in feeling - seen, recognized, understood. That this is a general phenomenon of clerichood is presumably information Malduoni has. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Khemet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is someone I can work with. Who we can work with. Very well. He...understands us. I would mislike it if I had not seen, myself, that he can be trusted - that he wishes for the same outcomes here..."

Leareth tamps down a fresh welling of confusing emotions. He should really try to figure out what's going on, there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is silent for a long time. Rebalancing, recalculating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you trust my assessment here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know I do. As though it were my own." A brief, thin smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles as well, just as briefly. 

"I think this will bear weight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And what further weight would you place on it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He would help you cast Contingent Resurrection. If you wished." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is silent for a long time. 

"I will think on it," he says finally. "News of Valdemar?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You seem very tired." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will manage." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. But - make sure you are rested, all right. We must both be at our best." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I am aware." Is he being mother-henned by an alternate-world version of himself. He is, isn't he. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tell me when there is news of your world." 

And Malduoni drops the contact between them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits on the side of his bed with his head in his hands for a few minutes before jarring himself into motion. Work to be done. Also no more Mindspeaking with gods, his curiosity can wait.

(He is now kind of worried about Khemet, who's apparently talking to Abadar rather a lot these days.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet is at this moment reading through diaries of Leareth's first life. The people who retrieved them from Velgarth are welcome to join, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel will definitely join.

Permalink Mark Unread

So will the Tayledras. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Autumn, circa 25 years before the Cataclysm 

It is not often that I meet a student who leaves me both awed and frightened. 

This time, his name is Kiyamvir Ma’ar. ... He is of Predain, to the north, born to one of their nomadic tribes. They are not much like my peaceful Kaled’a’in; his are a violent people, and I fear he has seen much horror and heartbreak in his short life. 

...I have not yet earned his trust. I am not sure that anyone has his trust, and it is a sad thing to observe. He seems the most entirely self-reliant child I have ever encountered, and I am not sure that he calls anybody friend. ... He is intelligent, that much is clear, and I have rarely seen such drive. I think he will catch up with his classmates with no trouble, and perhaps far exceed them. There is a spark in him, a strength of ambition I have missed in so many others. He will let nothing hold him back. 

Perhaps there is a desperation in it. A thirst, not only for knowledge, but for power. Control. This is what frightens me. We know from our past that this thirst for power is what leads so inexorably down the path of darkness. 

He seeks to protect others who are vulnerable, and this does assuage my worry somewhat, though I hope he will learn to do it in a way that does not violate our customs so. I will not tolerate fights amongst my students. 

He does not feel safe here, and it pains me. No one need sleep with a weapon under their pillow, here in Ka’venusho, and yet I suppose he is not yet ready to believe that. 

Yet he did seek me out, and ask if I would be his teacher. I will not turn any student away, and I will do my best to guide him down the path of light. 


Winter, circa 22 years before the Cataclysm

Young Ma’ar is my pride and joy, and yet I swear that he will be the death of me. 

He considers nothing sacred. One might think this uncharitable of me, but I asked him and he agreed! He will say it is a concept that does not make sense, that there is only the world, the cold logic and laws on which it turns, and the lives of the people in it. He has no respect for the gods. I do not know what to say to him on this; I am no shaman, to counsel youngsters in theology. Perhaps I ought send him to one of the shamans, that they might offer the advice I cannot, but I fear he might offend them deeply. 

...Ma’ar, as always, is of the opinion that ‘dark’ and ‘light’ are not coherent concepts, and that we must look only to results. He listed twenty ways that one might use a compulsion, in and off the battlefield, to save lives and improve the situation of people. As usual, his fellow students struggle to find the flaws in his logic, though the conclusions are monstrous, and so it devolves into name-calling from which I must rescue him.

And then, of course, there is the search for immortality. Ma’ar is hardly the first youngster to seek out a fountain of youth, and perhaps his naivety will fade with the years – and yet, there is something different in his approach. Death is a part of the natural order, and yet he would defy it, and I know him well; he would call that defiance good and right. 

...I hope also that he will learn to make friends. ... There is a wound in him still, I think. I look at him, and I see a young man who is desperately lonely, and yet does not know there is any other way to live. 


Spring, circa 17 years before the Cataclysm

I will not ask any to stay in my Tower who is not willing, and so young Adept Kiyamvir Ma’ar has left us today, and returned to his homeland.

...Learning is not enough for him; he wishes to take it out into the world, and transform it. An admirable desire, and a dangerous one. I worry less for him now than I did once; there is a darkness in him, but there is great light as well... The desire for power and control over so much more than just magic is a weakness in his spirit, and one that I was never able to convince him was a flaw. 

...I reminded him of all we have to offer here in Ka’venusho, and he said that is why he must leave. Because Tantara flourishes, and so that is not where he is needed. 

He tells me that these are dark times outside of my Kingdom... I know this, and yet, I am Archmage to Tantara, not to the world. I would not wish it to be otherwise; it would be entirely too much power to risk placing in the hands of one man. 

I think that Ma’ar looks down on me for this, and I cannot yet explain why that is a mistake; he is still too young, too full of fire, he is not yet tempered by failure and defeat. Some things cannot be taught, only learned for oneself. Someday, perhaps, we will sit down for a drink together, as equals, and he will tell me he understands what I have tried to say to him all along. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cruel of your world, that that cannot be so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is not saying anything because if he does, he's probably going to cry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Summer, circa 7 years before the Cataclysm

...Ma’ar has done well for himself, that is certain; he is first advisor to a King, at the tender age of thirty-three, when I myself did not become Archmage until eighty. 

It is not announced which policies are his, of course, yet I would recognize his touch anywhere. The use of compulsion-spells within the armies of Predain is now standard. They say it is for purposes of coordination, that men might work smoothly together with less need of drilling, but I see a darker purpose there. 

...They have declared blood-magic to be legal, taking the lives of convicts to fuel their public workings...they are promised a painless death and posthumous recognition for their service, a hero’s funeral... Ma’ar would say that these are men who would have been hanged anyway, and that the power bound in their blood might as well not go to waste. It is exactly his cold logic, and I do not like it any better now than I did before, but he is no longer my young pupil, that I might lecture on such matters. The time that Ma’ar might have listened is long past.

Perhaps he is too far lost to the darkness. Perhaps he was from the very beginning. 

And yet, he writes to me still, and in the words he pens, I see the light he carries as well. It is with pride that he offers the census-tallies on his Kingdom, year by year – and so like him, to share his tale in tables of dry figures, but he is right that they tell a story. Fewer soldiers have died in border defence since his policies were enacted. Three new Healers’ compounds were built by mages using the death-energy of sentenced murderers, their names marked on plaques by the doors, and he offers a calculation of how many lives might have been saved as a result. Fewer infants die each year; fewer mothers perish in childbirth...


Spring, 18 months before the Cataclysm

Ma’ar is building an empire. 

I might have seen the signs of this a decade ago, had I been looking. His meteoric rise to power and influence with the King of Predain, who they say now only listens to him. 

He has built their army into a fighting machine, well-oiled by the darkest of compulsions. ...His combat mages are trained in the use of blood-power. They say it is for use in exceptional circumstances only, but that is a thin excuse. 

Kingdoms fall on either side, to be absorbed and taken into this monstrosity of his making, and I fear the day that he might see nothing left to the east or west or north, and will march south on Tantara. 

In his last letter to me, he told me that he would not. Tantara is a Kingdom more prosperous and well-run than most, he wrote, and he does not wish for us to be enemies. In his private letters to me, he has floated the prospect of a formal alliance. 

King Leodhan will not stand for it. He is afraid, and seeks my reassurance, which I cannot give. Ma’ar knows no limits, no scruples; he would not hesitate to march on us and tear down everything I have built in seventy years. The fact that I once took him in and taught him would not stay his hand. He claims to have great respect for me, and yet he does not heed my advice, and I am not sure what paths he leaves but for us to be enemies. 

I do not feel as though Ma’ar is my enemy. And yet, perhaps by remembering the boy with fondness, I have blinded myself to the man he has become. Or it could be that all along, I saw only what I wished to see. His clever mind. His noble words. 

Words are cheap. Actions speak louder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

"Stupid of Urtho, but also of Ma'ar. A - mistake I think he's outgrown, though. He is trying harder, here, not to make it again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agreeing to be Your cleric, you mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Recognizing that it's not enough not to start things, you also have to actively build peace to get peace. Wars happen halfway by accident. I think these people were all owed better counsel by their gods, though I suppose they may not have listened."

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance's eyes are distant. "Ma'ar, certainly, would not have listened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not sure the gods of Velgarth give good advice. Vanyel thinks but doesn't say it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

6 months before the Cataclysm

I have spoken to King Leodhan, and his decision is made. We will not wait for Ma’ar’s armies to move in on us. The day he is crowned King, as we suspect that he will be, we attack. 

...The advantage is always to the first mover, and we cannot afford to wait. The risk is too high. Ma’ar’s empire is growing too quickly, and I shudder to think what he will do with more power. 

It is my advice that led Leodhan to this conclusion. I have spoken to him of my once-student’s ambition, of the callousness I saw in him, the cold disregard for all that is sacred – and also of his warmth, and how once he risked punishment, fighting to defend another child. I tell Leodhan that perhaps Ma’ar cares too much, and it blinds him. ...I feared for his path twenty-five years ago, and I was unable to guide him to the light, and so now there is no choice but to stop him. 

And yet, I wonder if it something I will come to regret. I am not sure. 

In his heart, does Ma’ar still call me friend? If I betray him, it will surely be too late for that.


There are more journal entries during the war, though only a few. King Leodhan is incapacitated early on and Urtho is in charge, and evidently very busy. Ma'ar sends repeated messages to Urtho, trying to broker peace talks. These are ignored, with some fretting about it on Urtho's part. Various atrocities are described, though to Vanyel at least they seem less bad than what he, himself, did during the Karsite wars. 

The last couple of entries aren't even dated. 


I wish there were magics that might let one take back the past, and do it over. There is no such spell; this is my bed, I have made it and I must lie in it. 

I think now it was a mistake to let Leodhan push for war. Perhaps it would have ended so all the same, and with Tantara in a weaker position as the unprepared defender – and yet, I sometimes think that if it had, it might have been over more quickly, mercifully, and with less bloodshed on either side. 

What is wrong with me? War has left me so weary, I catch myself wishing that my worst enemy might have won sooner. 

I never wished to call Ma’ar my enemy. 

Perhaps I made a wrong turn sooner, and in some other world I might have salvaged my young student, and guided him to a kinder and less destructive path. Perhaps in some other world, we work together now, as allies and friends. 

...Even now, he sends letters, and tries to broker an alliance that I can no longer offer him. He has strayed too far. The atrocities of this war are unforgivable. 

No matter what comes, he must not take the Tower, and the powers that lie within my sanctum. ...And so it will end as it ends, as we tear apart each other’s armies in fiery destruction, and perhaps history will remember a foolish old man who misjudged his greatest enemy. 

I wish it were otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know anything of the laws of war, among your people, in this time..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Starwind?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We do not have records of that. The Shin'a'in do have records of many things, so perhaps it was not codified and written down." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There may not have been any real agreement between countries. I'm not sure there is now. Valdemar has our internal Laws, but in the war with Karse they were using blood-magic and summoning Abyssal demons all up and down the border. And I - technically broke our Laws a couple of times. I crossed pretty far into Karsite territory to assassinate one of their mages without even having formal permission from our command, once. I used blood-magic in Sunhame. This...isn't really worse than what I did, not in terms of harm done to actual people, maybe worse in terms of precedents set I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thing I am trying to figure out is...Urtho considered some line to have been crossed that made negotiating terms unthinkable. And...I can't actually think of a line an enemy could cross that would drive me to that conclusion. ...mass executions of captured populations with that spell that sends people to Hell regardless of their alignment, maybe. And I am unsure whether - Urtho, who never sought political power in his own right, was very naive about the necessity of peace agreements with people who did awful things while at war with you, or whether something happened that didn't make it into his journals."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t know.” Vanyel makes a face. “Ma’ar wasn’t even the one who started the war. It...doesn’t sound like Urtho gave him much indication they were headed that way, there was no warning... Maybe he felt like it was par for the course, who knows, but if I were in his shoes, that - would’ve hurt a lot.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't want people to commit atrocities in a war with you you shouldn't invade them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or you should be very sure to win on the first day," he says very mildly. "I'm just not entirely satisfied that we're not missing something. Because based on what we know - Urtho started a war, immediately lost it, and then blew up the world rather than surrender - expecting to blow up the world at least somewhat less than he did, admittedly..."

Permalink Mark Unread

“It does seem foolish. But - perhaps not implausibly so, for a scholar who had interacted little with politics and war before he wound up unexpectedly in command.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“He seemed to almost consider wanting power to be what Ma’ar had done that was - beyond the pale, made him impossible to trust... I’m frustrated by how much he seemed to think the fear-artifact thing was an unforgivable atrocity, when it let Ma’ar win a battle without killing almost anyone.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods slowly. 

"None of this worries me about Leareth's plans for the war with Cheliax, even if we are to take it as directly applicable."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I mean: Yfandes, listening through Vanyel's ears, jumps in, :if someone's problem is fighting wars ruthlessly when they probably shouldn't, once you already know a war SHOULD be fought ruthlessly because it's literally against Hell...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. And when Hell is defeated...Aroden is frankly probably going to be inclined more expansionist than I'd prefer Cheliax's government to be - not just reasoning from this, Cheliax under his patronage was very expansionist before - I suspect this is why Abadar is arranging to be owed a bunch of favors -

- but it's still really unambiguously good if they win."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"...Are we going to tell him? I don't think he has any records of this that survived, if I were him it'd - mean a lot, to know more about what actually happened. I'm not sure he even remembers that he isn't the one who started the war, or he would've said." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Do you want to bring these to him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and Moondance stay behind a moment after Vanyel goes. They glance at each other.

"Is there any progress on figuring out plans for the Worldwound?" Starwind asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We're expecting magic to be used to takes out most of the existing entities in the area, and we want to move the wardstones in, at which point there'll be a lot of distorted land on our side of it..." and he can pull out a map and discuss this in more depth.

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems almost like the ideal case for their help! Starwind is making a list of people they should request from k'Treva to assist Moondance's work, Savil can Velgarth-Gate them over before the Valdemaran contingent comes across via the pharaoh's kind of Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The interworld Gate may instead be cast by Vanyel, who Leareth can probably teach it, but they can work out those minor details later.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Vanyel goes to find Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is talking to some of Khemet's researchers and looking at magic items. He also looks very tired for some reason; there are dark circles under his eyes. Other than that his manner is normal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth? I - have something to show you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth turns, blinks a couple of times. "I did not realize you had returned from Valdemar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't– It's complicated. May we speak privately? Er, whenever's a good time for you to take a break here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now is fine." Leareth excuses himself and they can go back to his room, if Vanyel wants, or Vanyel's room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's room is fine, it probably has better privacy-wards on it. When they've arrived, Vanyel takes out the pile of roughly-organized copied pages of Urtho's journals. 

"We didn't go to Valdemar. We went to Kata'shin'a'in. To - learn more about your past. And then, it's complicated, we - thought we'd check if there was anything left to study around the remains of Urtho's Tower, Hagan has a spell or something for finding things underground. And there's a lower level that survived the Cataclysm. We found these there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel hands them to him in silence. Waits. When it looks like Leareth isn't going to read them right this second, he goes on. 

"Urtho cared about you. You were one of his favourite pupils. He - regretted starting the war, in the end, I think. And he's the one who started it. Not you. He wrote that you were trying to open peace talks with him right until the end. And - the Cataclysm itself was almost entirely not your fault. It was Urtho's weapon, Urtho's Final Strike, and something to do with Urtho's Gate-network." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks a few times and then sits down, heavily, his fingers loose on the papers. His expression holds the closest Vanyel has ever seen to grief. 

"I had not thought to ever know what happened," he says, his voice distant, weighted. "I - do not even recall his face, anymore."  

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. "We're not sure if there are - mitigating factors, that didn't make it into his personal journal, for why he made the choices he did. But I'm guessing even if you did - do something worse, in the war, than anything he wrote down, you probably don't remember. So we might never know."

He lets his breath sigh out. "Leareth, there were images of him, in the Kata'shin'a'in records. Do - you want me to show you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

"- Yes. That would mean a great deal to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel carefully weaves an illusion, of Urtho's face as he appeared in Ravenwing's memories, a little hazy, but his hawk-like nose and long silver hair and twinkling blue eyes are clear enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth looks at it for a long time. His face is still hard to read, but his eyes seem a little wet and shiny.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel keeps the illusion up for a few minutes, and then maybe he'll leave Leareth to absorb that for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does that. He puts away the journal entries long before he wants to, resists the temptation to grab a nap, and goes back to researching modifications on the crushing-force spell for potential diamond production. 

Aroden contacts him just before lunch, and he goes back to his room and spends a few minutes talking, and another few minutes sitting and thinking, and then goes in search of Mahdi and Hagan, as the only people aside from Khemet who he can actually speak freely to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi is looking carefully through a book Khemet has which is just large extraordinarily realistic color drawings of alleyways, forests and abandoned buildings in Cheliax.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan is with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Interesting. Is that for teleporting to places in Cheliax? I imagine it would work for my Gates as well: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. You can take a look, if you'd like. It might be safer for Gates than Teleports, actually, because these are years old and Teleport fails worse when the target no longer exists. ...why are we Mindspeaking.:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, I think just habit." He sits down. "Did he have that entire book made for - this sort of contingency?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are also portfolios for Taldor, Qadira, Kelesh, Katapesh, Geb, Nex, Thuvia, Rahadoum, Galt, Andoran, and the Mwangi Expanse." He shakes his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How prepared." Leareth smiles. "I approve. Anyway. I spoke to Malduoni again, and - it is very frustrating that I cannot speak freely with Vanyel about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't expect you can get him to agree to it, it'd mess him up not to be able to talk with his people in Valdemar."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Which is fair enough, I suppose. I do not prefer being limited in my ability to speak with my people. Anyway. I suppose we can come up with a plan, discuss it with Khemet at least, and then figure out what we can say to Vanyel, or perhaps I can specifically obtain permission from Malduoni." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi nods. "Valdemar's only helping out with the Worldwound half of this, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, and Khemet cleverly re-derived the likely overall shape of Malduoni's plan without needing to ask, which means he can brief them on that requirement. The specific request that Malduoni made today, which is potentially relevant to the Valdemarans, is that it would be helpful to have strong Mindspeakers who could Broadsend to a large number of people at range. To - announce his presence." And identity and return from the dead, that part can go unsaid.

"I have some Mindspeakers among my people, of course, but on average Valdemaran Heralds with Mindspeech tend to be much stronger and have greater range, it is unclear why but likely their Companions are helping. So it would be of particular value to have some of them. Vanyel would be particularly helpful, there, but it would be kind of underusing him, and I have a thought on how he could be even more valuable at the Worldwound." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fazil said they seemed open to helping in Cheliax. It'd be unprecedented but, well, their world doesn't have a Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I will probably still need to ask Khemet to relay to Vanyel and request he find out if any of their strong Mindspeakers are willing to do this. And - I could use advice on how to propose the other idea to Vanyel, which I intend to do if my redesigned diamond-making spell works for him this afternoon. I think I can speak of it, since it is about the Worldwound and not even contingent on specific information Malduoni has told us about his plans, but - I would like a way to say it that is minimally awful. It occurred to me that if we have resurrection-grade diamonds, he can call Final Strike more than once. This would be fairly useless in Cheliax since we do not want excess civilian casualties - or military casualties, even - but it would be very effective against demons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - huh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it, uh, awful - I guess no one has any way to know that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My immortality method is based around surviving the 'death' of my body. Which means I have died, and several times it was by Final Strike. It does not hurt." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- damn. 

Uh. 

 

Does seem like the kind of thing that'd maybe let you clear your way all the way to the Worldwound and have breathing room to close it. Which would be a very big deal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect he ought have enough control to at least point it in one direction, too - this is moderately but not absurdly difficult. Meaning that as long as he was in the front, the rest of the forces would not need to vacate the entire area in order to avoid the blast, and it would be even more effective at demon-destruction. ...They would die permanently, I suppose, since they are coming through an interplanar opening rather than being summoned. I am not sure whether or not I ought be bothered by that. If they are intelligent beings, even evil ones..." Sigh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unless Malduoni has a lot of tricks up his sleeve that he didn't have a couple hundred years ago we don't have a way to close the Worldwound without killing demons. I think you oughta be a little bit bothered about that. Lotsa them have probably been living there for eighty years, lotsa them might not be there willingly.

I don't see another way, though. And as long as the Worldwound is open there'll be tons of people dying every day on both sides."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I agree, we do not really have a choice here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we have a way to clear it does Malduoni have a way to close it. He might not have expected to have it clear, so it might not be in the plans, but if he would have worked out the wording for a Wish -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He did not brief me on plans but I am almost certain he would have some contingency, just in case, even if it seemed nearly impossible it would be relevant. would." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, maybe tell him it'll be relevant. If Vanyel agrees. - maybe ask Yfandes how to ask Vanyel."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a good idea." Leareth look thoughtful. "Anyway, the last piece is not one where I need to consult Vanyel, but I do need to think. And I suppose figure out if Vanyel ought be inconveniently elsewhere. The context is that Khemet - offered to help Malduoni with casting a contingent resurrection, and Malduoni is potentially interested, but of course he would need to travel. I am not sure where is reasonable for them to meet, possibly it ought be here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be pretty surprised if the pharaoh's willing to leave Osirion. Especially when Malduoni totally kidnapped us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Reasonable of him. In Velgarth I am generally reluctant to travel to places not under my control, even to meet allies, but Malduoni may feel more secure about his ability to defend himself against almost-arbitrary threats. High level wizards in your world are absurdly powerful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are. And - they're both lawful heads of state, I assume there is some - set of procedures or guarantees that is standard here -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Also he is not in a position where the gods have Foresight and wish him dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't even know you could do a contingent resurrection but I guess if anyone would've figured out how to make Contingency more powerful and flexible it'd be him probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose he would not have expected to have access to divine magic for it, but it does seem like him to prepare for the option anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Contingency is useful for lots of other things. If I'm knocked unconscious, Teleport me back to my base - if I am under the effect of a mind-affecting spell, cast Protection from Evil -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does sound very useful. You can sometimes set up that kind of thing with artifacts in Velgarth, but not with very complex spells." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm a bit surprised he doesn't have some way to access divine magic anyway - no, I guess I'm not. If you kidnap a cleric and use mind control to make them raise your dead, that maybe works once, but then their god stops giving them spells and you have Their attention.

 

Do we know yet who - betrayed him -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. I asked Khemet and he answered a different question; he thought he might be able to learn more from Abadar, but it seems he has not succeeded in that yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. 

"I assume, if you're moving your whole army through, then the plan for us mostly involves travelling with them as people who know the local magic and geography?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would seem to make sense. Malduoni may have his own plan for logistics there, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I think we're ready whenever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My current plan is to transport my army tomorrow, with overflow the next day if necessary. It is quite a number of people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Presumably we're not supposed to stage them here...I guess I should make sure I've gotten everything I want out of the pharaoh's library."

Permalink Mark Unread

“No, definitely not! I am coordinating with Malduoni on location.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should copy some sixth level spells. Just in case."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have done that. Though - I really hope the war isn't long. Seems like the ideal situation this lasts about three days."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "But even if it's decided that fast there'll be stuff to do for a lot longer, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There generally is. And, I also hope it was short, but - additional resources will matter especially in those scenarios where it is not."

Leareth stands up. Wrangling the order of conversations feels harder than usual when he's running this short on sleep and still has the last echoes of a headache. "I think - I will speak to Khemet first about meeting Malduoni, and then I will coordinate with Malduoni and ask him about Mindspeakers, and after that I will grab Vanyel for the diamond spell and other conversations." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did his pharaohiness say to call him his name, I wasn't even sure he let his husband do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, are you not supposed to? I honestly have a difficult time keeping track... I do not think that one was specified upfront? I have definitely broken the protocol at least once because I had other things on my mind and he did not seem upset about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he actually cares about it at all he just follows it anyway because -" Shrug. "Anyway you can say Ruby Prince Khemet III when you need to distinguish but you're not supposed to shorten it, technically."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good to know, thank you." He adds it to his mental list of things he needs to remember in order to keep up appearances, there probably is some sort of fallout with the servants and researchers if he doesn't and he at least shouldn't be doing that by accident.

Permalink Mark Unread

"'His pharaohiness' is also out," Mahdi says dryly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hagan pretends to roll his eyes at him but his underlying expression is - overwhelmingly relieved. "Once I figured out how to say something in Vudrani that translated to 'his pharaohiness' under Tongues - which he has - but which I could credibly claim to anyone else was just a nice respectful title. However I have never actually had the nerve to try using it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, continue not doing that, I want a peaceful quiet retirement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a duchy in Cheliax?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a form of peaceful quiet retirement."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles to himself a little as he heads out and mentions to some servants that he's hoping to meet with the pharaoh again, whenever is most convenient for the pharaoh of course.  

Permalink Mark Unread

He can see him shortly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're both busy, so once the pharaoh acknowledges him and tells him he can sit, Leareth doesn't waste time on pleasantries. "I have convinced him to accept your offer of help casting Contingent Resurrection." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "All right. Will he agree to come here, I don't leave Osirion and he can inconvenience me more trivially than vice versa, even in my territory."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am quite sure he will understand that and agree, since I am vouching for you. We did not finalize exact logistics though. Where would be convenient for you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you Gate him here? We redirect Teleports and Plane Shifts in, but not out so it's fine if he wants the option to leave abruptly under his own power, and I can be very sure there's no one else around who could inconvenience us. I can send standard terms, if he'll prefer that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it would be acceptable to you for me to Gate him here, I think he would be fine with that. What would 'standard terms' be?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"For, you know, a diplomatic visit. We would commit to not slipping any magic past each other in various ways or having our entourage do that or knowing of likely routes by which this will be disastrous or making them likelier - I'm not actually very worried, not now that you and Abadar chose each other, but it's what we'd do if he had decided to stop by to negotiate a trade deal." He flips through a folder on his desk, finds a sheet of paper with terms to this effect, hands it over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reads through it, curiously. "This is very detailed. More countries in my world should have agreements like this. I am also not actually very worried." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do countries in your world do, they don't even have Law as a credible signal that one is trying."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Ad-hoc agreements, mostly. A number of alliance marriages. Also depressingly frequent wars.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Avistan does a lot of alliance marriages. Garund and Casmaron do not have marriage customs as conducive to it, powerful men here take more wives. And relatedly have far more children and rarely a confident prediction of who their heir will be, until they're seventy and their older children likely already married."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. Feel welcome to extend Malduoni an invitation on Our behalf; we'll sign things if he finds that reassuring, and consider ourselves reassured on more nebulous grounds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he is also like me on this, I doubt he will find the signing-things part to be what is reassuring, but I will convey the offer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth heads out with the pharaoh's sheet of terms, and decides to make an actual list this time of things to cover. One: permission to ask Valdemar about Mindspeakers. Two: mention Vanyel's hypothetical Final Strike plan, if they can both get diamonds and Vanyel's (and Yfandes') agreement, and its applicability for the Worldwound, see if he wants to hint about his contingency plans. Three: visit to Osirion. 

He gets out a mirror. They exchange their usual brief acknowledgements, no reason for a lot of pleasantries here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When will you be ready to move." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had planned to start relocating them tomorrow, since it make take some time. I assume I ought do so to your staging-area, not here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Meet at my office when you are ready. What else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you wish to have Velgarth Mindspeakers for Broadsending, Valdemar will be the best source. It will be much easier to ask Vanyel if I can speak freely on the matter." 

Permalink Mark Unread

A frown in his voice. "Fine. Vanyel is whitelisted only for the purpose of asking after Mindspeakers who can Broadsend, in the main arm of the plan. I assume you need not say for what end." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No." Vanyel will guess anyway. "Also, there is Velgarth magic that Vanyel might use very effectively on the Worldwound, if other factors line up, I am not sure of that yet. If our efforts there do prove more successful than you had projected..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do have a plan even for implausible success." Malduoni seems a little impatient with the question. "It would be mildly logistically inconvenient to arrange on the fly during the main part of our work, but - feasible, if it somehow arises." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles a little, to convey that he hadn't doubted it for an instant. "I spoke with the pharaoh. He unsurprisingly prefers not to leave Osirion. I thought you would be willing to come here - if it suits you, I can do a Gate from the winter palace to a location of your choosing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He gave me their usual terms, if you wish to hear them - the pharaoh is willing to sign something if you find that reassuring. Said his reassurance here comes from elsewhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Sensible man. Well, do read it to me - it is a little informative what was offered at all, even if actually doing it the diplomatic way seems likely to add hassle without much returns in safety." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni thinks in silence for a minute or so. 

"I will come. Tonight or early tomorrow morning are both convenient enough. Though I do have a request to make, first." And he hesitates; whatever it is, it seems to take noticeable effort to say. "I know that Abadar must know who - was responsible. I would like the pharaoh - or you, but if one of you is going to be debilitated afterward I would honestly prefer it be him - to ask Him, and tell me." A barely noticeable sigh. "His refusal to answer a direct question would also be informative, though I am not sure of what." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand. I will ask him. Gate to your office when we are ready here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That will do. I would appreciate five minutes' warning, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth has no intention of doing unexpected magic in Malduoni's vicinity. He knows how he would react. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that all for now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe so. I will be in touch." 

Sigh. Now he needs to go bother Khemet his pharaohiness "Ruby Prince Khemet III" again before he can move on to the conversation with Vanyel. He feels bad about contributing to the pharaoh's headaches, knowing what it's like now, but at least the pharaoh won't be sleep-deprived over it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh can see him again, and tell him to sit comfortably. "You spoke with Malduoni?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did. He is content to have me Gate him here; he said tonight or tomorrow morning would suit him equally well, so whichever is most convenient for you. He does not feel it is necessary to use the standard diplomatic process here though he appreciated your bringing it up. He also has a request." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand this is an inconvenient ask, but - he wishes you to speak to Abadar again and do your best to find out who betrayed him. Not what you already told me - he means earlier. Who caused his plan to fail in the first place." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"In that case it'll be tomorrow morning. For the resurrection."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. And, thank you. Perhaps he does not understand the cost of this request to you, but - I do," as of very recently, "and I appreciate your willingness." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet he tried to talk to the gods sometimes, way back when. I guess maybe he doesn't remember that." Shrug. "I'll do that. And I'll have someone show you a good room for it, tomorrow morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I suppose that means I am free to spend the rest of today finding out if Vanyel can make diamonds." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Best of luck to both of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, and this time does not forget to wait until the pharaoh actually dismisses him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh dismisses him!

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably it'll stop being so much mental overhead to follow the protocols when he's practiced it more and also isn't sleep deprived. (He's even more impaired from it than he would expect; maybe lying awake most of the night with a headache is worse than sitting up hugging Vanyel.) 

He finds Vanyel and mentions that he has the new spell. They should do it in one of the Work Rooms again and have a cleric standing by just in case this one just makes a bigger explosion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A cleric can be found to stand by in case of explosions. One with an adventuring background so the explosions are unlikely to inconvenience him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gamely tries it again, this time wearing one of Leareth's extra shield-talismans as well. 

...This spell is a lot more power-drain. He can sustain it, grabbing node-energy, but he's for sure going to have mild backlash if this keeps up.

It doesn't explode, though, just keeps crushing and pressurizing his black carbon until surely something has to have happened in there...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches. "Keep going - a little more..." 

 

 

"...All right, that is probably enough. If it has not worked by now it is not going to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel releases it with a sigh of relief and rubs his forehead. "Gods. That's tiring." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth uses a carefully controlled reverse-weather-barrier to cool their result so he can go examine it. 

"Good work, Vanyel. It is a funny shaped diamond but I think it is one. I suppose we ought have someone who specializes in - rocks, and such, examine it for us and make sure it is in fact diamond and of the desired quality."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um." Vanyel glances hopefully at the cleric. "- Also can you cast Lesser Restoration, if you don't mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric steps forward to cast Lesser Restoration and take a look. Creates a magic light to shine behind it, scrapes it with a knife, squints at it. "The only way to check whether it works as a focus is to try it, probably, but it certainly looks and feels right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems silly to use it for a major spell just as a test, but also we ought test the process before having you make many more, since it is so exhausting. Vanyel, maybe you could try making one of the much smaller ones? If it works at a larger scale it ought still work smaller." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"For Restoration I'd use one like this," the cleric offers, fishing out a very tiny diamond.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gauges the size of their first diamond compared to the amount of coal and black carbon he carted in, and measures out a smaller amount. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Freshly full of energy again, Vanyel casts the spell again and smooshes the smaller pile. This at least takes less total energy although a similar length of time, about five minutes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth cools it, retrieves and examines it, and offers it to the cleric. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the cleric can try to Restoration Vanyel.

 

It works. 

"Amazing!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You invented the spell. And came up with the idea." Vanyel is smiling too though. He bounces on his heels. "I have lots of energy now. I can try it again - maybe I can go all evening with Lesser Restoration..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You cannot. Unfortunately there is some component of magical reserves that it does not help with, I discovered this earlier." He looks thoughtful for a moment. "I still need to test if my cleric spell addresses it, though - if I power-share with you, I ought to become drained enough for the difference to be noticeable, and it may be a little easier for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!" Vanyel throws out a Mindspeech link to Leareth, slipping into rapport - amazing how casual he feels about doing that, just a month ago he couldn't have imagined trusting Leareth this much. 

They smoosh another diamond. It is easier in a sense, but he's also starting to feel a sort of hollowness that isn't quite fatigue but does make it more effortful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric can cast Lesser Restoration again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel closes his eyes, checking how he feels. The physical tiredness and slight unsteadiness on his feet are gone, but some part of him still feels drained. "I don't think I can do another one. Er, not a big one, I could do intermediate-sized." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I think you are better off stopping before you hit complete exhaustion. If you feel recovered later tonight you can try again. Besides, I wanted to discuss some things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Um, sure, we could go to your room." Vanyel politely thanks the cleric for helping them while Leareth collects the two large diamonds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric is delighted to have helped.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth mulls on making the spell more efficient while they walk. He won't be able to do it in two days, but after the war...

Oh also he should ask. :Yfandes?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's amusing herself by the beach, where there's actually room for her to move around. :Leareth?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Vanyel can make True Resurrection-grade diamonds: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: Pause. :Imagine he could make quite a lot of gold that way, but I suppose the war comes first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, I think his earning potential is not one of our top worries. Anyway. I - wished to propose...: And he describes his idea, briefly and neutrally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is silent, clearly taken aback. 

:...Hmm. Normally I would say the last thing Vanyel needs is any encouragement to solve his problems by exploding at them, but - this is a rather significant problem, and - a neater solution than most of the others. And it'd be temporary...: She still feels deeply reluctant. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Could you cope with it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:For a time. How long does the spell take: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not long. Roughly ten minutes: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I could cope. If this much is at stake...: The steel-bright ringing quality in her mindvoice intensifies. :I'm willing to do it. Er, maybe let me tell him, it's a slightly touchy topic: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, of course: He's very relieved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They get back to Leareth's room, and Vanyel makes a number of faces for a minute or two.

"You know," he says to Leareth finally, lightly, "I wouldn't have ever thought killing myself would be the actual best solution to a problem, and if someone had told me you would be the person to suggest it, I'd've thought they were crazy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a somewhat absurd plan, but - I genuinely think it makes sense, here." Pause. "In case you are worried, I have called a Final Strike, before, it does not–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't hurt. I know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not going to ask how he knows that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If everyone else is on board then I'll do it." Honestly it sounds easier, in some ways, than a normal fight. Less thinking required. Point at enemies, explosion, repeat. He doesn't like the fact that his greatest strength is killing things with fire, but it is what it is, and it seems more justified than usual for Evil beings. And - fewer deaths in the long run, probably, if they can win here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I appreciate it. Our allies here are willing to help, I think, if we can supply the diamonds. Anyway, there is another thing I wished to ask." 

He gives a brief, neutral description of the call for Mindspeakers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. He can fill in enough of the gaps, there. "I can certainly ask. Probably we'll get some volunteers." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes, listening via Vanyel, jumps in again. :Honestly, Companions are pretty good at this. We can all Mindspeak the non-Gifted, which only very strong human Mindspeakers can do, there are a few other than Van but - gods, Tran isn't in any shape for a war: Mental sigh. :Hellfires. I wish Taver were alive. He can Mindspeak any Companion in Valdemar, his range is incredible, and he can Broadsend more easily, his attention is set up that way...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Taver is the Groveborn. Do you think he would even agree to help - if it meant cooperating with me, and fighting gods..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He knew about you - about our conversations, I mean. Not that it matters, at this point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. We do have the capacity to make Resurrection-grade diamonds." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel just stares blankly at him for a moment. 

 

 

"- You think...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure. Abadar was negotiating with the Velgarth deities on matters such as whether Golarion's resurrection would work on Velgarth natives, in Velgarth. But it seems at least worth asking the pharaoh, since Taver's presence might be such a game-changer. If you think he would agree." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes a face. "I doubt he'd agree to fight the gods in Velgarth. But - these ones aren't his gods, and Asmodeus seems pretty unambiguously evil, I don't think it's all that complicated." Valdemar protects innocents. "If the King is on board with this, I think he'd find that compelling." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure. But - seems plausible, anyway: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I think it is worth asking the pharaoh. We ought tell him of our success with the diamonds anyway. Come with me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not until halfway down the hall that it occurs to Vanyel how horrifically awkward this is probably going to be for Tran. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh tells them to sit. It's very hard to catch, you'd have to be looking very closely, but he's paler than when Leareth talked to him a couple hours ago, and tireder looking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices. He sort of wants to say something sympathetic, or apologetic, but he can't Mindspeak the pharaoh with that impenetrable shield up and he's literally mind-controlled against saying anything in front of Vanyel.

His expression is less delighted than it would be otherwise, when he shows Khemet their two large diamonds. "We tested a small one, for Restoration. It worked." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations! That's amazing!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am quite pleased. It is tiring even for Vanyel, which limits how many he can do even with Lesser Restoration, but - perhaps five in a day, if spread out? I can make the spell more efficient but only with ten times as much research, so that is not going to help us before the war." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"But someday the war will be over and we could - we could offer life insurance - to everybody - price it like trips to Axis -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is also pretty pleased about it, but mostly it's surprising and weirdly adorable to see Leareth this happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Speaking of resurrection, we - thought of something, earlier, when discussing strong Mindspeakers and their uses here. Companions like Yfandes are better Mindspeakers than humans. The leader of their herd is apparently even better than that. He was quite recently killed. A few months ago, I believe. We were wondering if the negotiations on this matter with Abadar were at a position where we could, well, attempt to resurrect him for the war effort. Yfandes thinks that he would agree to help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Groveborn, er, the Companions who lead the others, are - kind of complicated. They're immortal, they don't age; they can die by violence, but they also - come back, I think they rotate with each other. Er, and we do have his body." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are expecting our resurrection spells to work differently in Velgarth - not at all if the person has been resurrected and not with the cheapest spells even if you try to raise them right away, because your souls go wherever they're going quickly. But then they just - stay there -

- we do have permission to try, if this is the person you'd like us to try on. And if you have the diamonds we could potentially do a lot of Heralds who've died in past wars, so long as they haven't been reincarnated..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I hadn't - that..." Vanyel blinks hard. "Has a lot of implications. Er, are the gods going to tell us if someone was reincarnated?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so. They confirmed that it's usually centuries - Tylendel's case was a special one, I am unclear on why - and that they don't do it at all, if they were displeased with the results of a soul's first life - they were not going to ever send you back," he says to Leareth, "they never gave Urtho another life..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, to Vanyel's eyes, looks genuinely upset about this! 

"I'm - sorry...?" It comes out sounding very uncertain. He can see why the gods would've made that choice, but still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. I don't want to introduce too many - deep complications of any kind - but if there are Heralds and Companions lost in the war with Karse who'd be particularly useful at the Worldwound, I ought to be able to get them for you. And I can start with the Groveborn if you would like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I - think we should do Taver first, it's more complicated in some ways but he's also unique, right, there aren't any humans who can Broadsend Mindspeech to everyone within fifty miles, Gifted or not, and 'Fandes is pretty sure he can do that."

He frowns. "And - if Leareth's right about my diamond-making capacity," he's hoping he can get it higher by pushing, he shouldn't go into the war exhausted but at least it matters less if all he's doing is exploding, "we can't do many but - a few. Should save some for my 'Final Strike the Worldwound a few times in a row' plan, if we want to do that - er, if your people are up for helping, I'm not sure if Leareth discussed that...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not - directly. I guess -

- I guess that makes a lot of sense.

We would benefit enormously from Nefreti. I can do one True Resurrection a day, she can do two, we own one scroll of it and could pick up one or two scrolls of it in Absalom without this attracting much particular notice, I bet she owns more. I expect Aroden to absolutely refuse to tell her anything but once the war's started maybe he'd be all right with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so! Especially if it's just to help at the Worldwound at first - it seems like it'd be really, really valuable if I could do it a few times in a row as fast as the spell goes, instead of waiting longer." Frown. "Also, I mean, she'll know. Nethys seems to know everything that's happening in the present, even if He doesn't have Foresight for this world anymore." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I strongly suspect Nethys already knows all of Aroden's plans but there's a question of how salient it is to him, at least. And I think Aroden is already in considerable distress that there are any people who don't answer to him involved in this, let alone one who could give him a fight in her own right, if she wanted...probably we should plan on not having her, which means no pre-war resurrections except Taver, but you can give me a list of the next ten people it'd be good to have in case she sends me a letter the morning of the invasion saying 'I prepared True Resurrection twice since it looked like you'd want it, and I have eight scrolls, I'll charge you double the normal price..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Heh. That'd feel like pretty good news to me, although it'd probably make Aroden uneasy. Aroden will have plenty else on his mind by then, though." He looks thoughtful. "Is there still a cost difference, here, between regular and True Resurrection? Some Heralds we do have bodies for. Unfortunately, two of the people I'm thinking of died by Final Strike, so - no bodies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Also it seems worth noting that Heralds are going to take two per, for their Companions:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes - we can never use Raise Dead in Velgarth but we can use Resurrection if there's a body, and that's cheaper - a smaller diamond - plus I can do it four times a day, plus there are a couple other clerics of Abadar who can do it and could be less complicatedly brought in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I'll try to draw up two lists, then, Heralds whose bodies we were able to retrieve and not. I'm not sure where Taver's body is, Heralds we bring back to Haven to bury them if we can but they might've done that in Horn." He grimaces. "I'm going to get such a weird look from Savil when I ask her that. Er, does Resurrection still work if someone was cremated, or does that not count as remains anymore?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That counts. You don't need very much remains."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A Final Strike leaves some ashes. Like a very, very thorough cremation. I wonder if that would count." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'd presumably be all mixed in with demon bits though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Van, did you have to give me that mental image: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you at some point get a demonstration of the spell Disintegrate. You can do a Resurrection off that, but it's not - mixed, and I think that might make it impossible."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. It seemed worth checking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If, er, pure cremated remains work, though, I can get a list of Heralds for Resurrection. And add some for True Resurrection in case that - ends up making sense. Mardic and Donni would be really good to have back, but that's four True Resurrections, for them and their Companions. Um, they were two lifebonded mages I trained with, they're both much less powerful than me individually but they were incredibly effective as a unit. And they have years of combat experience, and retrained as spies afterward." 

(Also he misses them almost more than words can convey. He can't have Tylendel back - that's a hedge of thorns he's going to stop poking at NOW - but maybe...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I can only do one per day it's going to be very inconvenient for the Companion/Herald thing but - if we win the war we can get your friends eventually." Sigh. "I asked Abadar if he could just give me more power but - they have all these balancing agreements, right, if He makes a bunch of powerful clerics Asmodeus does the same thing and wars are actually much worse with lots of powerful casters on both sides -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also they're lifebonded so that's tricky, but - Mardic and Donni might be the best equipped to handle that, actually, Mardic lost his Companion years before he died, he's one of the only people who ever survived it. And Donni outlived him, too, not by long but - as long as she needed to, if it'd been a day I think she'd have managed. It's - not intolerable, the broken soulbond thing, and I think it'd have to be more bearable if you knew it was temporary."

It's getting hard to speak so he should probably stop poking at the entire subject now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you bring me Taver's body tomorrow I will see what I can do. In order to do that I should now get some sleep, though." His smile is convincing but the Ring of Sustenance undermines it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth waits for the formal dismissal, giving Vanyel a look when he seems like he might be about to say more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He dismisses them. Heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to try a medium size diamond," Vanyel says as they're walking back. "Think I've got the energy for that now. After I contact Savil - we should ask them to, um, retrieve his remains and bring them somewhere convenient. And I guess you could teach me the inter-world Gate?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do that, but given that you are the only diamond-maker we have, I think you ought save your energy. I can Gate somewhere if you share a memory of it by Mindspeech." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guess that makes sense. Don't you have a lot to do too...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I am going to be extremely busy." Probably it'll make sense for Leareth to just leave with Malduoni after that meeting. "But one Gate will not take too long, and if I am right that the cleric spell I have restores what Lesser Restoration does not, then I ought have quite a number of Gates in me. It would be convenient if they could have it ready very early in the morning." He's going to be headed to bed pretty early anyway, he suspects, his ability to focus is definitely flagging. 

(He feels a lot of sympathy right now for Khemet's inevitable many hours of awful headache.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel learns the Gate-technique from Leareth - he practices it once, very briefly, with a very tiny Gate, just to make sure he can do it without tiring himself any more than necessary - and he contacts Savil with the crystal ball to leave a very odd request, and makes sure she can be ready to hand over what's left of Taver early the next morning. They cremated him in Horn rather than cart a dead horse all that way, but he's in an urn in the Heralds' cemetery somewhere. They might as well try to drag a cohort of Heralds across too, if Leareth is Gating to Haven. 

(Giving Leareth a Gate-location in Haven would have seemed so unthinkable until so recently, and now it's hardly worth noting.) 

He manages to crank out two intermediate sized, Resurrection-grade diamonds, and then goes to bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning Khemet sends someone to tell Leareth that he's ready to do Aroden's contingent spell. There's a work room they can use; he has temporarily changed the anti-Teleportation and anti-Plane Shift protections on the palace to let people out, though not in; he's made it clear to his people not to interrupt him and Leareth (unless spells which would warn them if he's under attack are triggered). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants to get his Gate to Velgarth for Vanyel out of the way first, since it may be logistically simplest for him to just leave with Malduoni afterward. (His brain still does a very weird thing every time someone says 'Aroden'.) It shouldn't take long. If it's all right with the pharaoh, he wants to bring some of the assembled Heralds over at the same time, it won't require holding the Gate much longer and the highest energy cost is in casting a threshold of a given size at all. He thinks it makes sense for them to stage here, with Vanyel, and leave with him, rather than setting up in Rahadoum which isn't even close to the Worldwound. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A servant relays that this is fine with the pharaoh and he'll expect Leareth in an hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then a bunch of Heralds can make a very, very fast rush across a Gate anchored on the Heralds' Temple in Haven. 

Savil comes through first. She's carrying an urn wrapped in a blanket. "Leareth. We're very grateful for your help. - Van, gods, I missed you. Sorry, I would hug you, but..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I missed you too." He gives her an awkward one-armed hug around the urn and then hauls her out of the way so the others can come through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets thirty Heralds across in less than ten minutes, and dismantles the Gate, and hangs around a bit longer to make sure they're getting oriented all right, but Vanyel seems to have that under control, so he takes a brief rest in his room, contacts Malduoni with a warning of an imminent Gate appearing in his shielded office, and then heads over to join the pharaoh in the shielded work room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you going to head out with him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Afterward? I suspect so. We had not decided for sure since when we spoke the timing of his visit was not finalized." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "How will it be communicated when they should get up to the Worldwound?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can use a Velgarth communication spell with Vanyel. It is theoretically not secure but - it will hardly matter at that point, and it will be a very brief message. I think he ought to be able to Gate there from someone's memory, if you have someone who has been there before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can arrange that. It's more than fifteen hundred miles from here, does he have a range limit?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Theoretically, but that ought be well within it now that his difficulty with Gates is resolved. He is very powerful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Whenever you're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods and raises a Gate to Malduoni's office. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni is waiting on the other side of the glowing threshold. 

He's an old man. Not frail, exactly, but very, very old. White hair, creased skin. His eyes are sharp and piercing. 

"Your Majesty." He bows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Keeper of the First Law." He bows, too - less - and gestures for Malduoni to walk through. "Welcome to Osirion."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni walks through. Glances around at the room, nods in apparent satisfaction. "Thank you for your hospitality." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes down the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits, gestures for them to do so as well. "Did you want to discuss your question first, or do the spell first."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni considers it for a moment. "The spell first, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Pulls out an appropriate diamond. Waits for Malduoni to start.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni nods and starts casting the Contingency scaffold that will describe when the Resurrection part should trigger. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches intently with mage-sight. He's seen Contingent spells cast before, with Khemet's researchers, the complex weaving of two spells into each other, but not one that mixes divine and arcane magic. It's fascinating to watch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes about ten minutes. The diamond is consumed - wasted, if Malduoni does not happen to die before the spell reaches the end of its duration, but that's much less of a worry now that they can be manufactured, and would be a reasonable expenditure of resources anyway.

Malduoni is very competent with his magic, which, well, that's what you would expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very awe-inspiring, honestly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then the spell is cast, and Malduoni thanks the pharaoh courteously for his help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very welcome.

Do you feel comfortable with speaking directly of your question, here. I do not know of any way we could be observed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Though if Leareth wished to cast some additional privacy-precautions from Velgarth, I would not mind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in fact already doing this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll wait for him to finish. 

"I am confident in the broad strokes of this," he says when he's done. "The details were hard to interpret, and in particular there is, apparently, a secret mortals are not allowed to know and Abadar had a hard time figuring out how to give you information relevant to it without me having enough information to derive it.

In the moments before you manifested in Cheliax it ...became possible to derive, somehow, that your destruction would break Foresight in Golarion. A number of attempts were made at telling me how that was the case and I'm pretty confident at this point I just cannot understand it, but - many powers had attached a great deal of powerful magic to various foreseen future events, under unusual conditions for Foresight - it was fraying from interference - and anyhow the gods suddenly knew that if you were destroyed then there'd be no more Foresight, ever again. 

There are a number of gods who, when presented with this, thought it was good. Important. Worth it. That - a world where the gods could not steer, a world with a chance of going places no god would ever steer it towards, was worth more than the thing you were trying to do. They had specific things in mind, about the space of worlds that gods wouldn't steer for, but I don't understand them.

Abadar knows who was in the coalition that decided this. It was most of the chaotic good gods, in the end, I think. He doesn't know which of them you were counting on, but he had a guess. There's a chaotic good god of revolution, of the fight against unjust rule. You made her. Milani. She has a domain in Axis, in your city, for people who - worked very hard all their life to make it there and then realized they were in the wrong place, I guess. I don't think - can gods make a mistake given the information available to them? It seems like the kind of thing Abadar couldn't do but I don't know whether that's just him. Anyway I don't think she thinks she made a mistake, but she has spent all her resources for the last hundred years trying to get Cheliax free - intervened in Andoran's independence movement and in Galt's, uh, first two revolutions, supplies the internal resistance in Cheliax, has something afoot in Kintargo...and Abadar thinks that if she knew you were alive she would be very very happy.

And that - this is the part that touches on secrets mortals aren't allowed to know - all of them would back you, if you came back. Because they didn't prefer you dead in the first place, just considered it worth it. Though Abadar says that Pharasma's mad at you, for making the river of souls overflow, when you died, and that if you do it again with this war you had better not come back right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni listens in silence. His expression is impossible to read. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth listens as well, and despite himself, most of his mind is churning over - what is he thinking? What is he feeling? Leareth's alt, the version of him from another world with a longer and deeper history, who succeeded in what Leareth's worked toward his entire life - and it still wasn't enough - and four thousand years later (twice again the time Leareth has worked, it's almost hard to imagine) he lost. And now he knows why. 

...What price would he pay, if he could destroy Foresight in Velgarth forever? It gives the gods power at the expense of mortals, and - something that nudges the gods toward being less comprehensible to mortals as well, less transparent, because their plans are based on a sensory modality that they literally cannot share. And if Foresight here was anything like his theories of it in Velgarth, the gods see it from a distant, alien angle, as though looking down on the world from the void of space, they don't see individual humans lives... Without Foresight, here, their interventions are clumsier, more blatant, but - also more transparent, right, it's much easier to infer the motives of the gods in Golarion now. They try harder to communicate their plans to mortals, even if they're not very good at it. And this world is certainly - more the kind he wants to live in, than Velgarth is. Abadar is a kind of entity he can cooperate with. Maybe that was true before, too, he isn't sure...

Either way, what a price to pay.

He can't tell, looking at it from the outside, whether Malduoni would endorse it as having been worthwhile.

The secret mortals cannot know... He's burningly curious, and it feels like he should be able to derive it. It's related to the process of ascension, obviously. The Starstone... Maybe he should have officially taken notice of his slight confusion sooner, dived into it, but he's been busy. Anyway. It was found and set up by Aroden in the distant past. (The geas lets him think Aroden's name in that context, just not link it to Malduoni now in the room with him.) Four gods have ascended. Varying alignments. The three others, after Aroden, certainly don't seem like what Leareth himself would have chosen... The Starstone guarded by absurd magical protections, that kill most people who attempt. Also seems suboptimal. You'd want that resource gated, but 'power' isn't what he would choose to filter on... 

All the gods would back Malduoni (gods, his brain is so confused with the stupid geas, well-done compulsions are much less irritating than this). That matters.

Coalitions of power, implicit contracts between the gods. Abadar said earlier that he can't just give the pharaoh more power, or else Asmodeus would take it. Why does that feel related?

...His own cautiously-laid plans, balance of power in Velgarth, his god needs to be able to negotiate with the others - negotiate in a similar implicit, outside-of-time sense, of course, the kind of agreements you can have between minds that see past and future sprawled out, that see the patterns of each other inherent in it. He needs the final stage of power-increase to be fast, that's why he needed ten million lives as fuel, he couldn't do it over a hundred years with node-energy. But even then, he needed it not to be the case that the other gods would all unite to crush his. 

Malduoni was only going to try for the Starstone in the best-case scenario. What's different there. More living worshippers is one. Maybe a prediction that the other non-Evil gods would be pleased with him rather than angry.

Malduoni must not have any doubts at all that he can reach the Starstone and ascend, but - he still needs something else. And the very slight expression of relief, at the end, is telling.

A newly-ascended god comes into the world fragile. Balance of power; the other gods need to approve of letting them in. If they don't, then... Why would Aroden have preferred to kill those not strong enough? A key difference between Leareth's world and this one: dead mortals live on in the afterlives, many of them nice. Murdered gods - maybe don't. Maybe are gone forever. (Except for one, who had already taken precautions.)

He's not exactly clear on why mortals aren't supposed to know this, but he certainly isn't going to ask right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was all. That and - he wishes you success." Tight smile. "Obviously."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Malduoni ducks his head. "That - I suppose it is really the best news I could receive, given - everything. I deeply appreciate your efforts to seek the answer and interpret it. I know it is not easy on mortals, speaking to gods." His breath lets out, a very slight sigh. "I cannot make any additional promises that, should we fail, Osirion will not suffer for it. I can say that I had made every effort to overdetermine success, or at least not abject failure, and that was before Leareth's arrival." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we have a lot of diamonds. If I am not satisfied with how things turned out I will keep dragging the two of you back to life to fix it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni's eyes flicker briefly to Leareth's quietly fond expression. "I see. I appreciate your vote of confidence. And Abadar's."

He looks thoughtful. "...I imagine you would like it if you could bring Nefreti Clepati into this, given limited capacity for True Resurrection. I - had already decided that if you learned the answer here and Nethys was not one of the deities involved, I would no longer endorse my unease with involving His cleric. Based on recent occurrences, Nethys cannot be entirely unaware of what I am doing. I very much do not wish Asmodeus to obtain more information, even at this late date, but - if Abadar is comfortable that involving Nefreti will not increase the likelihood of this, I am comfortable with you doing so today. Otherwise, tomorrow is fine, since we will be moving very shortly afterward anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Nethys was not involved, it's not clear he has an opinion about Foresight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do see why He might have less of an opinion than the others." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni exchanges a long, meaningful look with Leareth. 

"Agreed. Your incentive here is toward the war going better rather than worse, I think, and you are not stupid. I will," with a flicker of reluctance, "trust your judgement on this matter." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is maddening to be unable to guess what they're thinking when they glance at each other, he usually never has that problem. "Thank you. - do you want a similar resurrection arrangement for Leareth."

Permalink Mark Unread

- Leareth had somehow not thought of that, which on reflection indicates he must have been incredibly tired yesterday. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni, however, evidently has thought of it. "If you are willing, and it does not trade off too steeply against some other need, then certainly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It trades off against an additional Herald or Companion for the Worldwound, I suppose. But the difference is more than made up if you are able to bring in Nefreti a day or two sooner and she is willing to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she will be. She was being very helpful earlier, it sounds like - if in an obscure fashion." He pulls out another diamond.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, she made it much easier for Vanyel to kidnap me and block my magic to question me, and she made off with my shield-talismans as payment. Though, given that it advanced my goals," glance at his alt, "and that I would do the exact same in his place, I endorse that help entirely."

Again, he watches with all his Othersenses, even more curious how the spell will look as it settles onto him, whether he'll be able to feel it on an ongoing basis...

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni smiles, and starts casting again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He hadn't in fact been sure Malduoni knew how to do the spell on someone else, none of his researchers had heard of that. His part is the same as before. He is putting a lot of effort into not looking overawed. Yes, these people are thousands of years old and in the business of making and or being gods, but he's supposed to be a bit of a god too. 

It takes about as long as the last one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks him quite warmly when they're done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there anything else we ought discuss now? Leareth and I intend to move his troops today and tomorrow, and some other final preparations. We will likely move in the morning two days from now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth may have already mentioned this but we think Vanyel can Final Strike repeatedly at the Worldwound, and some other Velgarth magic can be used to clean the land around it, which would make it very convenient to be able to actually close it. We are also resurrecting Valdemar's Groveborn, who can Broadsend with better range than any human. Vanyel can make diamonds, though not very efficiently, I assume you're not short on those but if you were we could address that.

If I'm involving Nefreti do you mind if I also ask her to close the House of Oblivion? I'm worried about ending up with two sets of evil outsiders pointed at us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks. That hadn't occurred to him as an option here either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, as long as it does not risk tipping our hand. And, I think likely you are shorter of diamonds than we are, if you would like Vanyel to die repeatedly. I do have a contingency for that unlikely success; probably your best option, logistically, is for Vanyel to contact Leareth using their magic if it arises - or, hmm, Leareth could leave his end of our mirror here and I can provide him with a replacement." Thin smile. "Leareth, was that his idea or yours." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mine. I think perhaps his Companion would have disallowed it if it had been his idea, but - for the right reasons...and he will come back immediately..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he'll hold up all right. Especially if it means the Heralds have few casualties and we are able to resurrect his friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, I think he considers this plan a very good deal. Less stressful and mentally demanding than ordinary fighting, built-in breaks, and one assumes he will not be dealing with a broken soulbond during the periods where he is dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I really bet you can Wish broken soulbonds off but I haven't mentioned this because if it went wrong somehow it'd be such awful timing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We ought do it as soon as possible afterward, though. Vanyel can even make his own diamond for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, hurry up and win your war."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes eye contact with Malduoni for another long, inscrutable moment. "We are working on it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. May your journey home be safe, and may we be fondly remembered in Azir." His lips quirk slightly; it makes more sense as a formal goodbye when the person is not going to instantaneously teleport out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni bows to him, replies courteously with his own formal goodbye. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has no idea if there's a protocol on what he should say, here, and cannot bring himself to care, so he just nods to Khemet, unsmiling. "I look forward to speaking again after the war." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni takes his arm and teleports him out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Right. Okay. Next thing is - Taver.

 

 

He heads out to do that with some Heralds around so Taver won't be horribly confused when he wakes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is happy to be one of those standing by. (Vanyel has gone off to make more enormous diamonds, he thinks he can do two at a time with Lesser Restoration and then have a snack and a nap to speed up recovery on whatever Restoration doesn't fix, and then repeat all day and hopefully get a lot of diamonds that way.) 

Taver is maybe going to be confused because his Herald isn't here, having been Chosen by another Companion - his previous Companion, actually - after Taver's death in battle, and now back in Haven and too unwell to join the war effort, it's an awkward complicated situation all round that won't be less complicated after Taver's return but it's clearly worth it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will take their word for it and do a resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there is a large, snow-white, blue-eyed stallion looking around at the room. He seems calm. 

:Am I correct that something very bizarre has happened in the time since I died: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil stifles a not-very-appropriate chuckle. "Er, yes, rather. You died - coming on two months ago now. Roughly a month ago, Vanyel was accidentally summoned to another world with different magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver nods, ponderously, as though this answers an unasked question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"After which point he made use of their local magic to kidnap and interrogate Leareth. Leareth is - definitely on our side, he's trying very hard to cooperate, and–" she glances around at the number of other Heralds nearby, "–it's complicated. You should ask Yfandes for a full debrief on her time here. Anyway, they're about to have a war with a country currently under the control of an evil god, led by that country's former ruler. They also have resurrection magic. We need a very strong Mindspeaker, to - communicate what's happening to the civilian populace, who we think will not resist the invasion if they know the circumstances. All of us thought you'd be best placed to do that, given your Mindspeech range, and we hoped you'd be willing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see: 

Taver thinks, but he does it fast. Then he turns a piercing eye on the pharaoh, who he has obviously picked out as the native in the room. 

:You are the ruler here? Can you please tell me more of this evil god and what He is doing in this country: 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - my shields block Mindspeech," he says apologetically to Savil. "We were going to fix that but haven't had the chance yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil relays Taver's question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will explain to Taver how his world has afterlives, some of which are Evil, and that Osirion doesn't personally lose too many people to Hell though more than you'd like but Cheliax, ruled by Asmodeus, damns nearly all of them, in varyingly insidious ways. And he explains about Aroden, and doesn't get into the part where Aroden is Leareth, and explains that Aroden has been working for a century on a plan to take Cheliax back but it would be nice to have as few casualties as possible because of the thing where they will all go to Hell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver listens attentively.

:This is - rather irregular: he sends to Savil after the pharaoh is finished and he's thought in silence for a few seconds. :Still, the situation sounds dire, and the stakes are high. I - need to think about it for a time: 

He turns back to look at Savil. :Is Tantras...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alive. Delian re-Chose him." Sigh. "I - can't tell you what to do, obviously, but...it shouldn't surprise you that he's a mess, and I don't think pulling him into a war will be good for him. He's barely just starting to recover." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Another slow nod. :I will keep that in mind: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil relays Taver's earlier comment to the pharaoh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course," he says. "They plan to move in two days, in the morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will not need that long to decide. If I do wish to help - where is it, how would I actually travel there...?: 

     (Savil relays) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cheliax is across the sea from here. I think probably someone would teleport you around but I don't know the details of Aroden's invasion plans, I'd notify him you were helping and he'd communicate more from there."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Noted. And - my gratitude goes to you, for aiding the Heralds and bringing me back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is privately thinking that the pharaoh is not exactly helping them out of pure altruism, but she relays his words again without comment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are very grateful for Valdemar's aid in this undertaking and will of course offer you whatever support we can in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is there a place I could go to walk around outside?: 

     (Savil passes this on.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, definitely." And he can direct him out to the beach where Yfandes prefers to hang out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Taver will spend the next hour or so walking around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is now holding a couple more True Resurrection-appropriate diamonds and even with Lesser Restoration he needs a break, he's not sure who he should be giving them to for safekeeping? Building up a stash of diamonds worth 25,000 gold each in his bedroom seems suboptimal, not that theft is likely to be a problem here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh's staff would be ...happy to hold onto those for him, though they are working quite hard not to stare in slack-jawed astonishment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Vanyel will take a nap for a couple of hours, ask for an early lunch that's really more like brunch, and then attempt some more diamonds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver comes back in. Tells Savil to relay to the pharaoh, whenever is convenient, that he has decided he's willing to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he becomes aware of this the pharaoh will check, using the mirror, if it's a good time for Leareth to talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is available if it's quick. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where do you want Taver."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our staging area would be simplest. Is he ready to come now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. You can drop by to get him when convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do that. Thank you for the update." He's weirdly tempted to ask after Vanyel, but doesn't. Vanyel is fine. Leareth last saw him literally hours ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do the Heralds have anyone else they want resurrected today. Pairs should wait until tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have, er, ashes from some Heralds who died on the Border and whose bodies were retrieved but cremated rather than carted back to Haven (this seemed logistically easier and more pleasant for transport than the ones whose coffins need to be dug up), but all of them would have a miserable time of it if they have to wait a day for their Companion. Is the spell going to be wasted if they don't use it today, though? 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the sense that he has four tomorrow no matter how many he uses today, yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, she's going to nominate Herald Umbria as probably the most emotionally stable and able to cope with a day's wait for her Companion, but it would be kind to her if he can do it as late as possible in the day, if that's not too inconvenient. Also is there magic here that could keep her asleep until the next day? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is, and also he could do it right before dawn so she only had to wait an hour, if that's better.

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks that would be much better! As long as it doesn't cost him sleep he needs or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he can do that. (As long as he doesn't talk to Abadar again but he's not planning to.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they would really appreciate it! She supposes they'll run into the same problem again with an odd number of resurrectees tomorrow, but maybe could do the dawn thing again the next day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He could also prepare a resurrection in an eighth level slot tomorrow to even them back out; he'll plan to do that. 

 

 

(He spends an hour designing a proposal for a national life insurance system just because it will fill him with joy. Then he goes back to planning for the war.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel ekes out two more big diamonds around lunchtime but he's really tired after the second and should probably take a longer break next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two countries away, Leareth coordinates Gates. His mages and armies are well-organized at this point. It goes smoothly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil coordinates Heralds. If Vanyel can teach her the inter-world Gate spell, she can maybe transport more people so it's not trading off against his brief remaining time to make diamonds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once Leareth has six other mages holding a couple of concert-Gates, and things seem to be going well, he alerts the pharaoh via mirror that if it's a good time, he can do a Gate now to collect Taver. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can check with Taver whether it's a good time for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver does not have any particular business to wrap up here, so he can go anytime. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can raise a Gate to wherever is convenient in the Palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can suggest somewhere with good enough clearance for Taver.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a very straightforward transfer. The other side of the Gate is in a nondescript field next to an equally nondescript building. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How unsurprising.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel manages seven large diamonds that day, but this is proooobably pushing himself unsustainably hard and Savil thinks he should slow down tomorrow, he needs to not be going into a war exhausted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are logistics. They go smoothly. Really this should not be surprising at all, though both Malduoni and Leareth are on guard for them to stop going smoothly at any moment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is up very early with some cremated Herald Umbria ashes in an urn. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can do a resurrection. It takes ten minutes. He's getting a little smoother at it, with all this practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Umbria is so confused! And distressed! The last thing she remembers is a battle they were about to lose! Also where is her Companion? Why can't she feel her? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is trying really hard to be soothing and explain, but 'soothing' is not her forté. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Umbria eventually manages to follow that she died and was brought back and now there's a different war in another world and she just needs to hang on for an hour or two for her Companion to be brought back too. That's fine. She can do it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil gives her a hug. She can be asleep for the wait, if that's better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh please, she thinks she can handle it but asleep would be so much better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do asleep, and he can leave to go and pray, and then an hour later he can come back and do her Companion.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so much better! Umbria is gently woken, and hugs her Companion and cries for a couple of minutes, and then finally manages to look at her surroundings.

"You brought us back? Thank you. I don't know how to convey..."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're going to do it for everyone, if we win this war. No dying except of old age." Once Vanyel dies of that they'll have a problem, but - Aroden knew the secret of immortality once...

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. That's - kind of a lot of absorb. Umbria swallows and nods briskly, though. "Then I guess we'd better win. What do you need me for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll fill you in on our planning." 

Whenever the pharaoh is ready to cast the spell again, Savil has an urn of Herald Jaysen and a separate urn of his Companion too?

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do those.

 

 

This is done with much more ceremony when it's Osirians who've been chosen for the Risen Guard. It feels slightly ridiculous, without all that, with most of his staff out of the way because they don't know the details of what's going on. These people wake up and have no idea who he is. He finds it kind of soothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil advises him that it's a good idea to do the Herald first even with only minutes in between. Heralds can survive this sometimes, and if they try to kill themselves Savil can tackle them or something, whereas Companions just - die - and no one knows the exact mechanism or how long it takes to kick in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jaysen wakes up initially even more panicked than Umbria did, but calms down more quickly when Savil pulls him into a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's maybe, perhaps, crying a little bit. "Shh. It's all right. Felar will be back really soon, just a few minutes, and I'm here... You did it. You did everything you had to - they're fine, Shavri and Jisa are safe - we won the war, Jay. We won. Finally. It's over. ...In Valdemar."

She steps back from him, hands still on his shoulders. "I'm sorry to drag you in like - like this, but we're somewhere else now. Another world, Van found it. We've got a different war to fight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome to Osirion," he says. "Felar will be back in ten minutes. We're very glad to have both of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Jaysen waits out the ten minutes very impatiently but does not ask to be put to sleep for it. He hugs Felar with enthusiasm though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you've got enough spells left, we could do Efrem and his Companion, that's the last I grabbed, and then I need to go Gate the rest of our people over." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have two more," he confirms. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well here are some more urns.

(Handing over urns of dead people to be turned back into living people is starting to feel bizarrely normal.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's tired, which is interesting. It's probably one of those things where he's not actually all that good with his magic because he didn't get it one level at a time over the course of years. 

Or maybe it's just all the conversations with Abadar catching up with him.

He can still do two more resurrections.

Permalink Mark Unread

Efrem handles the ten-minute wait, and the explanation, and Savil attaches him to one of the other Heralds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil lingers a moment to thank him again. "And - you look like you should get some rest. That was an awful lot of the most impressive magic I've ever seen. It's beautiful to watch." 

(Savil, of course, hasn't seen Aroden casting to compare.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. And good luck to all of you."

 And he'll -

 - go lie down for ten minutes -

- and then send for Nefreti.
 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sleeps in late, which according to Yfandes is NO SURPRISE, and he still feels not quite as rested as he should, but he gets up and goes and cranks out a diamond in one of the Work Rooms. The slight hollowness even after Lesser Restoration hints that he maybe shouldn't go for two this time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti Clepati comes when summoned, which she doesn't always. She does a pitch-perfect illusion of herself prostrating herself on the floor, which he can see right through because she always does that but which leaves the guards none the wiser. 

"Sit comfortably," he says tiredly, and illusion-Clepati joins real Clepati in one of the chairs in his throne room for this purpose. "I imagine you have a guess what I'm here to ask you about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cheliax teaches every child with a spark of talent arcane magic, you know. Every little boy and girl. The best schools of arcane magic in the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect Cheliax is gonna keep doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's hard to see in the fog. He's very sure of himself, but he was very sure of himself last time, too. And he owes me an apology. I won't help without one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why does he owe you an apology?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He knows."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We had hoped that you might be willing to aid Vanyel in his plan to - explode a lot and take back the Worldwound."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would love to! But I want my apology first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll...pass that along."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good boy! I'll wait."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

He takes out his mirror and looks for Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have Nefreti Clepati here. She says she would love to help but wants an apology first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- From me? I would not have said the apologies owed went in that direction." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she means your acquaintance in Rahadoum. I have no idea why he would owe her one either but she says he does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I will ask, if you pardon my taking five minutes to do so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a problem." He puts the mirror away. "I heard you kidnapped Leareth," he says, mostly so there's not five minutes of awkward silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmmm?

I think you can actually see the whole shape of it and are just pretending you cannot, as a game."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mostly cannot see the whole shapes of things, only what actually happens, in the same plane as reality as me, in front of my face."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you call yourself a godking! It's very silly. You should stop it. But enough of the shape of things has played out in front of your very face that I think you are playing games, calling it kidnapping. Putting people on a path they want to be on is a favor to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You kidnapped Leareth knowing that he and Vanyel would reconcile, and discover the plan in Rahadoum, and be able to help with it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All of those are indeed bits that happened right in front of your face."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I heard you said that I would love him. If not for - things we have taken up and cannot put down."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You heard it! Even though it did not happen right in front of your face. There is hope for you yet. Sometimes you love him. Sometimes you love him even though you really shouldn't, and sometimes you love him and absolutely should. Have you not noticed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't say I did. I've been trying to plan a war, here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you win the war, you could kiss the boy, what do you think about that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He desperately wishes Aroden would get back to them and this conversation would be over, that's what he thinks about that. "I am not expanding my harem for men because then I would neglect my wives even more," he says instead, which isn't what he meant to say at all but whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are a ridiculous little boy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I always take romantic advice from people with that opinion of me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes to find Malduoni. Waits briefly until he's finished his current task. Gets his attention, signals that it's important. 

"Nefreti will help with the Worldwound. But she wishes for an - apology? From you. She said that you would know what you did." He's very curious but is not going to ask, if his alt doesn't want to say it's up to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

To his surprise, Malduoni breaks into a smile. Not a very wide one, but - gentle, fond. 

He's silent for a long moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits. He's very confused, which is not usually how he feels around Malduoni. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Well. She is not wrong. And - I had hoped we might speak again, someday, when I knew enough to judge it safe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he going to say what he could possibly have done

"So you will go to her and apologize, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If she is willing to come to Azir, that is of course ideal, but if not, I suppose another Gate to the winter palace is not too hard on you." He lets out his breath. "And - I could use a few moments to gather my thoughts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, waits respectfully. When Malduoni acknowledges that he's ready, he contacts the pharaoh again to ask if Nefreti Clepati is willing to transport herself to Azir or if she would prefer that Malduoni Gate over to the shielded room in the palace they used before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - a minute before you contacted me she walked right out so I think probably she is willing to transport herself to Azir. Even she will have to leave the Dome first, so you'll have a little time, probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. Thank you. She is - disconcerting, that way." He's relieved not to have to do a Gate; he's very efficient, and he's got a lot of mages across now who are trained in Gates and doing the brunt of the troop transport, but he's still using magic a lot and it adds up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could say that, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. Should I contact you to confirm once she has been and gone, here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are welcome." And he goes to alert Malduoni of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I suppose there is no point in going back to our work when we will be interrupted again shortly, so." He sits down. Doesn't make any offer to invite that Leareth do the same, but he doesn't have to. "Tell me. Have you ever had a student of whom you were very proud, and who also frustrated you greatly, and - the tides of events in the worlds pulled you apart..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Vanyel. A little. Then we - made our own tides, I suppose. Or were doing our best." He can't help but smile. "Though if reality is trying to hint that Vanyel will grow up like Nefreti, I am rather dubious." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, I think theirs are still different stories, as it seems Nethys would put it. But - I did miss her. And wondered, sometimes, if I were being very foolish, afraid of my own shadow. I - could not afford to take the risk and be wrong, given the circumstances, and by the time I was strong enough to be difficult to threaten, it had been such a very long time..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Leareth understands what he's pointing at, even if not the exact analogue. 

They wait in comfortable silence, occasionally making asides to each other that would sound very non-sequitur to anyone listening, which no one is because Malduoni's office is EXTREMELY SHIELDED. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's a knock on the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni rises to let her in. "Nefreti." He does not say 'you've grown' even though this is very tempting.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden. You know, there is a world, not this one, where I went to Heaven every Fireday to have tea with Iomedae, and Arazni, and Milani, and complain about you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes the door behind her. "No, I did not know that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What were your complaints?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pays Leareth no attention. "In this world I never told anybody. I figured it out when I was twenty-three and I never told anybody. I don't know why. Sometimes it was because it seemed like it'd be such a shame, if they killed you before you got to do anything, if your grand denouement came in some other lifetime, after I die - I'm not old, not yet, but with them forewarned it'd have taken you ages...sometimes it was because you would have been right to fear me, if I told anybody, and were only definitely and decidedly wrong as long as I didn't. Sometimes it was because I loved you, maybe. There are a lot of stories that always take the same route, for different reasons. It feels cheap to me. But I never said a word." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He ducks his head. 

"- I had hoped I was wrong to fear you. That is by far the better world to be in. I am very grateful that you kept my secret. And - I am sorry. For being wrong. For hurting you when it accomplished nothing. I...could not have taken the risk before I knew for sure. You must know that." A crooked smile. "Of course you know that. It does not exactly seem to have held you back, that I left when I did. I know it means little now, but - I am very proud of you. And you figured it out, too, I am so curious what clued you in. Though of course it would serve me right if you never told me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know everything. I am a cleric of Nethys. - he chose me for me. It had absolutely nothing at all to do with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. You deserve each other. I hear you levelled the temple once." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I invented a new ninth-level spell! The way you do it - I wish you'd told me you were cheating, I wouldn't have been so angry with myself for needing so many tries to get them all to work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry." He looks down at the plush carpet, for a moment, then back to her. "I doubt it would have mattered at all if I had ever met you, in terms of Nethys finding you. You were always going to find a road for yourself. But - it was a very happy time, for me, when the world around seemed so dark, and I will always be grateful for that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could have done it together. Sooner. Thirty years ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyebrows lift a little. "Is there a world where that happened?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. You are very yourself, everywhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I cannot help being myself, by definition. I do believe it. And - I am sorry for costing us thirty years, by being so very myself. And I am deeply grateful for your aid now." His smile broadens a little. "Do you have a plan for the House of Oblivion? The pharaoh of Osirion seems to think you may have one squirrelled away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make it open to somewhere else!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Impressive!" His eyes narrow a little. "Somewhere else in the material plane, or elsewhere?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are more places than that, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel that 'elsewhere' is a very inclusive word, really. Well, please do not dump a portal to Abaddon on Velgarth, they have enough problems. I am sure you will do something sensible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you. I'm not going to hurt Velgarth, Velgarth is lovely. I might drop in and steal one of their superweapons but I promise only if I need it for something important."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps 'sensible' is not the appropriate word for a ninth-level cleric of Nethys. Brilliant and insane, does that suit you better?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sanity is what protects people from noticing reality."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am nonetheless rather fond of mine, so you will have to do the noticing for both of us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, all right." She shakes her head, sighs. "If I'm moving the House of Oblivion I should get started on that. Give my regards to your wife, and the children."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course. I would tell you to be careful, but that would be silly. But - do take care. I hope we will speak again after the war." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is going to ask about that after. He's also wondering if Nefreti chose to say it just to see the look on his face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we don't speak again after the war, your incaution, not mine, will be at fault," she says, and leaves, and vanishes as soon as she's outside the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni shuts the door. He's smiling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have a wife and children?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, do you not?" He shakes his head a little. "You ought meet them. After the war, when there is time to spare. Parmida and I married very soon after the - events of my death. When I finally told her the truth about myself and she believed it, she wished to go into stasis so that she would be here for me when the time came. I could not keep her alive as long as I could myself, the magic is harder... I missed her very much but it is what she wanted. My adopted son Saba is in Axis. I would like to introduce you, someday, when it makes sense to visit. You would like Axis. I had a city there once, it was beautiful. My daughter Zahra is retired and has a lovely little house - she knits in her rocking chair and she makes magic items for the war twelve hours a day. I love them dearly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Blinks, absorbs that. "I - think our recent lives have been very different." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I have been there too. The thing we do is always what makes sense - the shape we need to be, to win. I needed them." A smile flickers. "I hope you have the chance to need people, Leareth. I know it is frightening for people like us. Nonetheless, I recommend it."  

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. He isn't sure what to say. Well, it can wait. 

"I told the pharaoh I would contact him when she had come and gone, so I will do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Rejoin me after." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he checks on Khemet with the mirror. "Nefreti came and they spoke. She agreed to move the House of Oblivion so it opened elsewhere; she did not specify her plan much more than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What did she want an apology for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was her - teacher, I think? Their conversation was very high-context. He left town when she was chosen as a cleric by Nethys, I think out of fear that Nethys would notice he was not dead. Her feelings were understandably hurt." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. All right. Well, I don't see how you lose a war with two casters like them on your side."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We will see. Is Vanyel well?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should perhaps go and check that he isn't making too many diamonds. He has a bunch of his friends back, though, that has to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It must. I am, as always, grateful for your help." Pause. "If Mahdi and Hagan are still interested in joining us, we will have directions for them first thing in the morning. Fazil would be welcome, I suppose, once my troops are out of Rahadoum anyway - though I expect Vanyel might appreciate his company at the Worldwound." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "There are a lot of useful things a Good cleric can do in a war effort that manages to have none of them while fighting devils, but I'd rather have Vanyel have lots of backup. I suppose his role should only last...a maximum of an hour anyway...after which maybe Fazil can drop by."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does an instant mental calculation of number of Final Strikes and resurrections fit into an hour. "Ah. Thank you. I - suppose I will be in touch if anything changes in the interim, and if not, tomorrow morning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good."


He goes to see whether Vanyel needs to be stopped from making diamonds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is currently sitting in an informal meeting with Savil and the newly-resurrected Heralds, after squeezing out two more diamonds at hourlong intervals. He looks like he could perhaps use a nap. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tells his staff clerics to tell Vanyel that he is not allowed to make any more diamonds, rather than interrupt their meeting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Vanyel will find this out an hour later when he asks a cleric to help him again, and be confused and annoyed about it! "Why not? We've only got today left to prepare." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't you not fully recover all your magic even overnight, if you work too hard?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess not entirely, but all I'm doing is repeatedly becoming a giant fireball, it doesn't matter that much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That relies on some assumptions about the strategic situation that might not hold, I think. There might be a lot of fighting before we get to the point where that plan makes sense. Or everything could go catastrophically badly and actually tomorrow morning we're fending off a Chelish invasion of Osirion because they caught on, with wars you never really know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- All right, fine, I'll rest." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile Khemet is negotiating with a trumpet archon of the hosts of Heaven. It is enormous and birdlike in proportions, and seems to be made of marble that flows naturally, allowing the same movements as flesh but not quite moving in the same way, as its wings beat and it tilts its head to look at him. 

"...so we'd like you to accompany the Heralds to the Worldwound, heal them, provide information on the weaknesses of demons where relevant, and retrieve their bodies for us when necessary. I think that if we have enough support up there tomorrow, we can close the Worldwound forever. We are grateful for your consideration."

        "You're not Good," the trumpet archon says, wings beating far too slowly to be suspending it in the air like that.

"I know I still have a lot to learn, but I think I serve Good in the world, in this. And the Heralds are, all of them I've seen so far. They volunteered to help our world as soon as they learned of it. We are - put to shame, really, for a nation which is not threatened at all by the Worldwound to see its gravity immediately, to commit themselves at once to helping to solve it. If we win this, it will be because they are Good."

         "But you aren't."

"I'm sorry."

          "I don't want an apology but I do want to know more."

"About my...not being Good? I think it is because my motives are mostly self-serving and I only fight Evil when I'm really sure I can win."

           "Hmmm. Say more about that?"

"With all due respect, is this - important -"

         "It is important to me."

"I don't think I can change it."

         "It's not important to me that you change it. It's important to me that you tell me about this. You spend your nation's treasure to fight the Worldwound, to do more than that - I know there is              more than that, though I will not ask you what. I understand that armies keep secrets for many reasons. But -"

"...the pharaohs are always lawful neutral. Aside from the ancient ones who were evil. Guess you could say it's traditional."

         "I disapprove of this tradition."

"I understand. I - a lot of traditions are very hard on people, and it might be good, someday, if there were less of them. But I don't want to wait to do any good until I'm - ready for that. I guess. And it means - everyone I know is in Axis."

         "You don't want to go to Heaven."

"No. I don't."

           "Not just because everyone you know is in Axis."

Khemet is having such a bad day and he hates it very much. "I guess I have a lot of reasons. I think - I think it is still better to fix the Worldwound than not do that."

           "You keep doing that. Framing it around a question I'm not asking."

"I don't want to go to Heaven because I want to go to Axis and retire. I am very very tired and if I had to do this forever I am not sure I could see my way through to doing it at all. All right?"

 

 

The trumpet archon is crying. 

 

Khemet knew that war was very terrible but he thought the terrible part would be giving orders for people to go off to die, not having his first conversations in six years with people who have no reason to respect his office and immediately discovering he's incompetent at it. This is SO MUCH WORSE. Leareth says that Abadar-headache is worse than being stabbed and he would take a WEEK of Abadar-headache over today. 

"Do you still want to help."

          "Of course I will help. You poor child."

"Thank you," says Khemet through gritted teeth. 

        

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valdemarans meet and plan. Savil does a second Gate to bring over more Heralds. Depending on how things go, hopefully tomorrow she'll be able to do a Gate once they're on-site and bring over some of the Guard troops, who are still getting into position. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel goes to bed early. (Which, inconveniently, is going to have him waking up stupidly early, his Ring of Sustenance is working better after a week of higher-quality data.)

He should arguably be nervous, about tomorrow, but he mostly feels relieved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Rahadoum, armies are in place. Two hundred of Leareth's mages, everyone strong enough for a long-range Gate, have acquired locations they can Gate to in Cheliax, from carefully-drawn pictures and from memory.

Malduoni, in possession of a Ring of Sustenance, does not need much sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in possession of a Ring of Sustenance now, because per Malduoni this is trivially worth it, but it's not quite in effect yet. He's not a wizard who needs a solid night's sleep in order to prepare spells, though; he can catnap and push through on stimulants and they have an option lined up for a break before the fighting starts in earnest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki handed off her Gate-duties at noon and spent the afternoon sleeping, so she's ready to go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni takes both of their hands and teleports them to a pre-planned location in a major city in Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Velgarth compulsions are detectable as enchantment, albeit very low-powered ones. So Leareth doesn't cast any on the Cheliax nobles they're here to sneak up on, invisibly. He does, however, have range, and Thoughtsensing, and he can find quite a few minds and lay some delicate contingencies, unnoticeable until the right events occur.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Velgarth Mindhealing is not detectable as enchantment. 

Most Mindhealers don't use it as that, of course, but Nayoki works for Leareth. And she's been studying Golarion magic for a while, now, and most recently with Malduoni's people. 

She can lay a cautious Mindhealing set-command on the leadership in question, designed to imitate almost exactly the same geas that Malduoni's original plan called for. Quite a few less important nobles are under geas already, people who don't matter enough to be regularly checked for enchantments, but Malduoni left this part until right before the final move.

It's not instantaneous, it's a complicated set-command, but they've got time, and Nayoki isn't limited on spell slots. Surrender, she tells the nobles. When this and such and such happen, the obvious thing to do is to surrender. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Malduoni isn't going to not use his prepared spells, so he hits some other people, and double-covers some, they've tested that this won't cause interference. 

And then, invisibly, they teleport to the next place on the map. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cities are dark and quiet and peaceful. It doesn't look like a country under the command of Hell and Asmodeus. It also doesn't look like a country that, just hours from now, will be at war. Appearances can be misleading, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is quite a lot better than his original plan, though his original plan should already have been overkill, because of course you want to - have to - have overkill, in a case like this. Malduoni's mind holds the various implications, traces out the paths and ripples of this change.

It takes them only a few hours to hit everyone on the list. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shaphe wakes up at the right time every day even though at this time of year, at the Worldwound, the sun rises late and stays in the sky only a couple of hours. Her first few years here she didn't, and felt constantly off-balance, waiting for some signal of morning that the sky was not going to offer her. But she got used to it. 

She steps outside her hut, for a moment, to feel the wind on her cheeks, before she goes back in to pray. The barrier is visible from their camp, in the middle distance, a haze stretched across the horizon. Sometimes demons burst through it. There's no way to make a spell as big and permanent as the wards holding back the Worldwound also strong enough nothing can punch its way through. But the demons who manage to do that are rare, and easily tracked down on the other side. Except when they aren't, and zip or burrow or fly off to wreak horrors on the rest of the world, and -

- nothing they can do about that. 

No.

She has been trying to develop the habit of not saying that to herself, even though it's tempting, even though they are in fact surrounded mostly by things they can do nothing about. Iomedae wouldn't say it. She's not quite sure what Iomedae would say instead - grapples, often, with the nagging sense that Iomedae would chase down the demon and say 'see, it wasn't that hard', which is not an example that's easily followed - but it wouldn't be 'there's nothing we can do'. Maybe 'there are higher priorities, today'. 

It is also not clear what Iomedae would say about the legions of Hellknights who hold the Abyss alongside them. Or maybe she's just flattering herself that it's unclear, because the holy texts really aren't. If you find that your work serves Hell, you're doing the wrong thing, no matter how elaborate your rationalizations. 

The Good gods allied with the Evil ones, once, before the beginnings of time, to stop Rovagug from eating the world. Before Iomedae was a god, but presumably she wouldn't have been the lone holdout if she had been. Or maybe if there'd been enough Good gods they wouldn't have needed to ally with the Evil ones, for that, at whatever price was paid that the histories don't speak of. 

She tries not to go back inside in the morning to pray until she has ten questions she badly wants to ask. Not that prayers are answered that directly, not for ordinary soldiers, but - it seems to go better, somehow, when she's leaning in to the questions, hurting with them. This isn't ten questions but they're unusually weighty ones. She turns to go inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden teleports into place. 

He's wearing his old face now, with Alter Self. Or at least what the histories and sculptures and paintings claim he looked like, how would he know, it's too many thousands of years in the past and a god's mind doesn't think in terms of human features anyway. In any case, he no longer looks like an old man, and he mostly doesn't move like one either. 

He is, however, at the moment still invisible.

He lands with his feet apart and Taver, the Groveborn Companion of Valdemar, at his side.

He takes out a diamond. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's done a lot of setup. He's laid out the wording very, very carefully. This plan was conceived of decades ago and ready to move years ago. 

The first Wish that he casts does nothing visible to the eye, yet, though it'll be very obvious to anyone with Detect Magic up - the beginnings of some sort of vast scaffolding, stretching over a hundred-mile radius around the Worldwound. He feels the magic falling into place.

The diamond is consumed. The first Wish takes exactly six seconds, and he's instantly drawing out another diamond and onto the second. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- she notices. She's not sure what prompted her to put up Detect Magic, but it felt right and she did it and -

She's not armored, not now, but she calls a magical greatsword to her hand out of nowhere and turns around, trying to figure out where it could be coming from -

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is still invisible. The magic is centred on the Worldwound, not on him. 

The second Wish adds to the scaffolding, tightening, shaping. The third completes it. As far as Aroden knows, no one has ever done this exact spell, in the entire history of the world.

He takes out his last diamond. He says the words that he planned, so carefully, years ago. 

And for a moment it almost, almost feels like wielding magic the way the gods do. The way his mind still remembers, strains toward, though it gives him headaches even to remember it too clearly. 

...

Across a vast hundred-mile radius all around the Worldwound, every Evil creature - and only Evil creatures - is the target of the spell Flesh to Stone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- she watches and she doesn't understand and -

- that doesn't matter right now -

- she backs very silently into her hut and wakes everybody -

Permalink Mark Unread

He drops the invisibility over both of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Aroden is here. Aroden is alive: 

A voice speaks into the mind of every non-Evil creature within that circle; Taver was able to learn to discriminate straightforwardly enough. The voice is male, but clearly not human; it feels like ringing steel, like the blue-white light of an ancient star. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People are pouring out of their encampments to see what the fuck is going on!! This includes all of the paladins of Iomedae and most of the forces of Mendev and most of the clusters of random adventurers and approximately the quarter of the Hellknights who managed to resist petrification, the latter category very very angry -

 

At the voice they all stop. Stare at each other in confusion. 

 

"Someone ask," someone snaps, and Shaphe doesn't have the spell Commune but you don't actually need the spell, and she sinks to her knees and lays the sword across her lap and reaches out with all of her mind -

- is it true -

Permalink Mark Unread

- it's like something is ripped away from in front of her eyes, from in front of all of her senses, and she can seehearfeel clearly for the first time and it's blinding - it hurts - whatever she's found here is vast and fast-moving and uninterpretable but she would swear it's mostly confused -

- something takes hold of her and she stands up, walks back outside - the sword clatters to the ground - her eyes are unfocused -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's true," Shaphe says, and collapses to the ground, and then mumbles something else that no one can catch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden stands where people can see him for a long moment, the wind in his hair, dressed in the clothing that everyone will recognize. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Aroden has returned to take back Cheliax: the alien, ringing-steel voice announces. :His allies will be here shortly to attempt to close the Worldwound. You may stay and aid them, or join his efforts at...: 

Taver goes on, instructing all the non-Evil creatures within a hundred miles of the Worldwound of approximately what's going to happen next, and where they can join up with Aroden's forces and allies to make themselves useful. 

(The placement was carefully selected so that non-helpful forces showing up, such as the surviving Hellknights if they tag along, can be prevented from causing trouble, though none of the Hellknights should have heard Taver's instructions.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden waits for Taver to repeat the message through a couple times, interspersed with the announcement of his survival and return. 

Then he teleports both of them out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The surviving Hellknights were heading over to the paladins to ask for help undoing the petrification, some paladins can do that, but at this news they instead fall back around their camp, armed and anxious. A lot of people are praying. 

 

Shaphe wakes up to someone dumping water on her face; someone else is attempting Restoration but she doesn't think it's doing anything. They all look a bit awed. "Should we fight in Cheliax or stay here?" someone asks breathlessly as soon as her eyes open.

Shaphe blinks several times to clear some of the blurriness out of her vision. Her mouth is very dry. "Why...would I know that."

        "The Inheritor spoke to you!"

"I...don't remember that at all."

        "What's the last thing you remember?"

"Uh. Dinner?"

        There's blurred movement. They're exchanging glances, maybe, shaking heads. Armoring up. "That's all right, that's not your fault," someone says. She can't make out faces and all their voices sound funny. "Uh. Do you want the good news or the really good news?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is waiting. He's tired but that's all right, this is nearly the end of this part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden hasn't been gone long at all, minutes maybe, when he reappears with Taver. 

"Tell Vanyel to go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does it twice, for redundancy. 

<Go> he tells Vanyel, with the spell, a one-word message with no ambiguity at all. 

And he reaches for the mirror, and the pharaoh. "The Worldwound is ready. I wish you all good luck." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. 

 

 

He is not going to go up to the Worldwound, it introduces lots of security complications and makes Osirion's role in this more conspicuous. He'll watch through a crystal ball. He has some diamonds here. Nefreti will hopefully also be doing her part, though he hasn't heard from her yet this morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes Leareth's hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reaches the other way to take Nayoki's hand. Nearly two hundred of his mages, everyone who's tired from Gating twenty thousand troops over from Velgarth or from the frantic last-minute making set-spells and shield-artifacts and such, are already holding hands in a chain, ready. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes out his Rod of Security, and pulls them into a pocket outside of space and time. 

It's nice. There are plants. Water. Fruits and vegetables to eat. And, most importantly, space to rest

Permalink Mark Unread

And he dispels Alter Self. He doesn't mind wearing that face, exactly, not when it achieves his goals so well, but it - doesn't really, quite, feel like his.

"One day," he tells them, gruffly. "Get some sleep, all of you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's still pretty goddamned early in the morning, according to Vanyel, when Leareth's communication-spell taps at his mind. 

The Heralds are assembled and ready, though, fifty-seven of them, riding their saddled Companions, plus a dozen Healers and one Melody. She's headed to the Worldwound first, in case she can be useful there, but if Fazil does peel off Cheliax-ward afterward then she might join him. Also Starwind and Moondance, half a dozen other Adepts, and a dozen scouts with Mindspeech. The trumpet archon is with them.

Vanyel raises a Gate to the memory of a place that should be just outside the shield-barrier - no one has a new enough Gate-location inside, even though it should be safe enough now if Aroden's plan worked. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just outside the shield-barrier there's an encampment of Hellknights; most of them are turned to stone but the ones who aren't are terrified and angry and have closed in tightly around their camp, wielding pikes. 

 

There's a host of warriors from Mendev, circled around to sort of glare them down but not actually approaching. 

There are some paladins of Iomedae. 

Everyone turns to stare at the Gate. Magic...shouldn't be able to do that...

 

The Hellknights share anxious hopeful looks until a paladin order on horses rides through with a trumpet archon flying above them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have Taver but they do have a lot of other Companions, who can coordinate amongst each other and explain their plan to the non-Hellknight forces, while their Heralds focus on spreading out a bit, orienting to the surroundings - how many demons are both visible and moving on the other side of that barrier...

Permalink Mark Unread

If the answer is 'very few' then he's going to do another Gate, he's trained enough to do it un-scaffolded now, and get a LOT closer so his Final Strike is actually pulling its weight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems pretty under control so she's going to start Gating in the Valdemaran Guard from Velgarth, holding the Gate as long as she can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance closes his eyes, extends his senses to the land. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The land is super fucked up! Horrifying forces have twisted the magic in the area and the magic has twisted them in return. It has some things in common with the Pelagirs but there's more intent to it, and it's been in the process of being warped worse and worse for fifty years now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh. This is going to be a lot of work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Plan! Vanyel can Farsee where all the four ward-stones are and share that vivid mental image with the others, that plus line-of-sight plus some practice of techniques Leareth showed him should be enough to Gate themselves right there rather than taking the long way. They're heavy, so the easiest way to move them is going to be by opening a Gate under them, the other end of it placed very close to the site of the Worldwound itself, which he can also Farsee and share with Mindspeech.

Vanyel takes one himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and two other Tayledras Adepts will spread out around the other three. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:'Fandes, pass it on, we're moving it. Surviving demons incoming. Are they ready: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Are the paladins ready to fight their way through some much-reduced demons? They're about to move the stones a lot closer before more can come through. Vanyel will clear some of the way in a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The locals are incredibly confused but they think the forces here are sufficient to handle the ones not turned to stone? Or at least, they definitely would be if they were fighting them, but at this moment the forces here are still tensely glaring at each other, trying to figure out whether they are obliged to go to war or obliged not to or anything.

Probably if demons show up it'll settle the impasse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, some demons are sure about to show up. 

:On my count: 

Vanyel takes a deep breath. 

:Three, two, one–:

Permalink Mark Unread

And the four ward stones drop to form a wavy circle just a half-mile out from the site of the Worldwound. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The barrier vanishes from the place where it's stood for decades. 

Its defenders exchange nervous glances. 

"Maybe Aroden spared you so you can redeem yourselves," someone says cautiously, which gets them angrily glared at. 



" - we came here to fight demons," one of the paladins says, after a while. "So - we're going to do that. Unless we are stabbed in the back, in which case we will destroy every last one of you."

And they spread out to stop any demons that make their way out with the barrier gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is barking orders to the several thousand blue-uniformed Guards still streaming through her Gate. She's getting tired, she had better take it down, but this is already better than she'd expected. 

The other Heralds are spreading out, staying in Mindspeech contact with each other. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't wait. 

The moment his Gate is done, Yfandes breaks into a gallop toward the distant Worldwound. 

Vanyel flings fireballs and levinbolts and blunt force attacks and daggers of mage-force at every demon within a hundred feet of him, an extravagant, almost careless display of magic. He's clearing a path for himself, of course, but his main goal here is actually to attract a LOT of attention. He wants them coordinating against him as their biggest threat. It'll get more of them into range. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The demons have no trouble concluding that this person is a big threat! As he and Yfandes head in they swarm him. There are fire demons with long-reaching whips that reach out to rip at him with something like Fetching, there are towering demons wielding trees as clubs, there are demons flinging their own spells back at him -

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel switches to focusing completely on shielding himself, which he can't do forever against this but can do for a few seconds, and he leaps off from Yfandes back and catches himself, holding a bubble of space around him–

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes runs like hell, it'll be inconvenient if they have to raise her too

Permalink Mark Unread

And he drops the shield and closes his eyes and - lets go - as promised, it doesn't hurt, there's only a single poised moment, everything he is and ever was flung out at a half-circle on one side of an imaginary line -

Permalink Mark Unread

There is fire and magic and destruction and no more Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

From the edges of where the line used to be held against the Worldwound its defenders are alarmed! The demons have never done that before! Balors do it when killed but not, uh, anywhere near that hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that wasn't the demons, that was Vanyel from their side, he'll be back in a bit to do it some more, but they should take advantage of the demons' presumed confusion and move in. 

(Savil really hopes Nefreti is about to resurrect Van, anyway.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

...wow, all right then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes makes it back in one piece, with some very angry demons chasing her, but Companions are fast and even here she has a bit of a Foresight sense for when to zig and zag. 

:I'm - all right. I hope it won't be long: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually the pharaoh is about to resurrect Vanyel, in the Dome but right at the edge of it. True Resurrection is an astoundingly powerful spell; it builds the body out of nothingness in the air as he works, and the scaffolding for it is astonishing. 

 

The diamond crumbles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I guess that worked?" Vanyel blinks. Looks around. "I, um, thank you, I'd better get back there..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep. I can do it twice more from scrolls. Do you need a Teleport north?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can Gate fine, but if you're not using it for anything else, it'd save me the effort." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he nods to someone who can Teleport Vanyel north, in two hops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes felt Vanyel's return to life, and she's even happier about his return in person! She frisks about and blows at his hair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, hey." He pats her. "Did that work as spectacularly as we'd hoped? What's going on now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the surviving demons have attacked across the borders where the wardstones used to hold them; they've been engaged by the Guard and the Heralds and the paladins and some Hellknights, and so far they haven't made it too far. 

More demons are swarming out of the Abyss to try to attack the wardstones in their new position, which is really close in - the locals are concerned that it's indefensible and the wardstones are gonna get destroyed?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, he's got an excellent plan to discourage that decision. 

Vanyel reaches out with Farsight, checking for the exact centre of the new ward-circle. He starts preparing a Gate, aiming to stick the other end a good distance up in the air, right above the crack in reality. It's not a smart place to land but he won't be there for long. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The exact center is above the cracks in the fabric of reality through which a river of demons are swarming!

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel shields himself as hard as he can and flings himself through the Gate and snaps it down behind him - 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then almost the entire space inside the ward-stones is filled with blue-white fire. It ends just short of the barrier, not damaging it at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks up from his crystal ball and reads off a scroll of True Resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back again?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'll probably be back again in a bit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you sure you do not wish to talk." The Shadow-Lover is smiling, though, somewhere in that hooded face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah. I'd better get back to where all the fun is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Vanyel blinks at the pharaoh. "- That's number two, right? Or have I lost count?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have not lost count. I can do one more from a scroll and then I will need to track down Nefreti and see where she's gotten to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I, er, won't do a fourth run without checking that that's sorted, then. Can I get a teleport back there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods to another wizard on his staff who, like the last one, can get him there in two hops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel thanks the wizard, and then he's back again, reuniting with Yfandes. What's been happening in the intervening time? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Demons are in fact still charging out of the Worldwound even though this mostly hasn't worked for them so far. Other demons are trying to attack the wardstones from the outside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He informs Savil, relaying via Yfandes, that he thinks she should take some of the mages in close and tackle the demons on the outside for a while. He sighs and checks with Farsight whether it's back to the same density of demons as before or whether he should perhaps wait a little and let them get really packed in there so he can get all of them at once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind can Gate in the other Tayledras Adepts along with a number of Gifted Heralds, though he himself stays back with Moondance where it's a little less dangerous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Demons are not that densely packed inside the warded area yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Vanyel will take a breather and give Savil and the others nearby helpful Farsight-coverage advice about what the demons are up to, and wait until the numbers inside the barrier are nice and densely packed and/or look like they're dangerously close to destroying the ward-stones before he Gates himself back into midair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes much longer than it did last time. Maybe demons are unsure what the fuck happened last time and hesitating to go through. However, eventually many of them do.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good sign, Vanyel thinks, hopefully they'll be EVEN MORE hesitant after the NEXT go, maybe he won't even have to do another round. 

He raises a Gate -

Permalink Mark Unread

- and jumps through and then there is SO MUCH FIRE.

Permalink Mark Unread

Last scroll.

 

He tells someone to send for Nefreti so he can ask whether she'll be helping.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti is in Thuvia. Thousands and thousands of years ago, a pharaoh built a house half in Thuvia and half in Abaddon, in exchange for the aid of a powerful div lord in securing power. It is a beautiful piece of magic and she doesn't want to destroy it but she could move it. 

 

She goes looking for a universe that is extremely magic and can handle having a portal to Abaddon. 

 

She casts Miracle and asks Nethys to make her powerful enough to pull this off (this is the only kind of Miracle Nethys ever consents to grant). 

 

 

The air swirls into a haze of magic around her. 

 

Are you going to help with Resurrections today, someone Sendings her, and the response is supposed to be spoken words but she can reach back through the response-thread for the spell and slap whoever it is in the face, for being annoying, and -

The air swirls back into a haze of magic around her and when it settles the House of Oblivion is gone from the deserts of Thuvia, leaving only a gaping hole. Also she's standing in a crater, which, huh, there must have been backsplash. 

She Teleports on over to Sothis to help the stupid little boyking out with True Resurrections.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is just finishing the third True Resurrection of the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Vanyel is back! He's in a good mood, this is pretty satisfying work. He smiles and waves. "Heya, Nefreti!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, Vanyel!" And she takes his arm and Teleports them right back to near where demons are ripping through the defenders of one of the wardstones. Shrugs her shoulders and blasts all the demons away with a dozen simultaneous bolts of force.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" She seems to have this one handled so he checks the area with Farsight, to see if any of the other ward-stones could use some additional firepower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes checks in with the other Companions, both the nearby force attempting to defend the barrier from the outside and the outer ring, to see what the overall situation is looking like.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the groups defending the wardstones is fighting a Balor and having a bad time; the other ones are holding on fine. The outer ring is holding fine, there aren't that many demons left and they have more defenders than they did this morning, what with the Guard.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Apparently Balor sometimes explode when they die so you'd better shield them if you kill it: Yfandes warns him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They gallop around, it's no longer far enough to be worth a Gate, and Vanyel wards Sandra and Kilchas, the Herald-Mages in charge here, and flings a shield in front of them and then hits the Balor with the most hideously overpowered levinbolt even he can manage. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It makes a pretty big explosion when it dies but not as big as his.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's going on inside the barrier? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Demons are coming through even more slowly than before. 

 


Nefreti turns into a large red dragon and starts breathing fire on the remaining demons while she - begins to cast True Resurrection, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

What is she up to - (it's such a beautiful, captivating spell to watch) - also she turned into a dragon, this world's magic is insane and he's never going to get tired of it - he's not even dead, though, and there's nothing worth Final Striking for right now. Oh well, surely if she needs him to do something, she'll know whether or not she has to inform him of it. He'll keep helping the defenders here. this

He's not sure how clear Aroden needs the area in order to close the gap, but - the demons are looking pretty dissuaded, he bets that if he does it one more time they'll be a while emerging. So maybe his best bet is to wait a bit, contact someone - probably Leareth with the communications spell, it's the fewest steps - and tell Aroden or whoever he's sending to deal to be on standby while he does one final round. After checking that Nefreti is saving a True Resurrection for him. He'll wait to see what she's doing now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Still working on the True Resurrection she's in the middle of. 

:Nine minutes from now will be a good time for the last Final Strike: she tells him. :And then I'll have you back when Aroden arrives. You don't need to wait to start casting True Resurrection until the person is dead.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, er, all right, of course. Um, does he - know - to come here, or should I pass a message?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He has no idea, you will have to tell him. Ideally right now.:

Permalink Mark Unread

A long way away and almost an hour earlier, shortly after dawn, a Velgarth-style Gate opens on the outskirts of Egorian, now the capital city of Cheliax. 

Then ten more, in the space of seconds. 

An army begins to pour through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And a man with a face out of legend. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A snow-white stallion with silvery hooves that ring like bells on the street, and piercing blue eyes, is at his side. 

:Aroden is alive. Aroden is here to reclaim his land and his people: 

The voice is strange and alien, cold-blue-steel, and it speaks into the mind of every person in a fifty-mile radius. 

(This triggers some compulsions and some geases and Mindhealing set-commands). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, well-rested, waits on the other side of the Gate and speaks briefly to the pharaoh via his mirror. "If Hagan and Mahdi still wish to join, they can come to..." and he describes a location that was in the book of detailed pictures, and which they've now confirmed is still the same. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll Teleport there, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Leareth follows his army through the Gate. He stays to the back, mostly reaching past them to skim surface thoughts, gauge reactions. Check some of the compulsions he laid before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Chelish response to the invading army that is - absurdly, falsely, it has to be falsely - claiming to be Aroden's is being substantially hampered by the number of important people who have said "oh, it's Aroden. We can't fight Aroden." or "We had better surrender." or other similarly useless things. In some cases it's been determined they've been Enchanted; in some cases it hasn't; wizards are being marshalled to get that fixed as soon as possible.

Everyone is terrified. The invader says he's Aroden, but that doesn't make any sense, and is probably a lie, and maybe the whole thing is a spectacular trick to test their loyalty to Asmodeus, or a faction dispute within Hell, and it's not at all clear what you do here to avoid being executed.

Some groups of them have managed to conclude that probably what you do to avoid being executed is flee. Others have managed to conclude that probably what you do is start shooting at the army which is probably an illusion or something anyway, an illusion of an army pouring through a Gate is much more consistent with what is known to be possible than an actual army pouring through an actual Gate. 

Some people are preparing to go kill the claimed-Aroden, which is probably the cleanest way to end this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth suspects they're going to have a pretty hard time with that!

With both, really, his army is really well shielded, and Aroden's is not quite as well equipped with Velgarth artifacts (there wasn't time to make that many) but they've got their own Golarion-style magic items, and are very organized.

He passes on warnings of what people are up to, though. Lots of other Thoughtsensers are doing the same, relaying via Taver who has the attention span to combine their info. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The city of Egorian is surrounded by plains of red roses, half of which, once upon a time in the long-distant past, turned white at Aroden's mere presence. These flowers maintained their coloration for thousands of years thereafter.

After Aroden's death, they went back to red. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden passes the fields, Taver still announcing his presence to literally the entire city. 

(He takes out a diamond and casts a spell, but he isn't very obvious about it.) 

The once-white roses are now white again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Most High Aspexia Rugatonn, the grand high priestess of Asmodeus in Cheliax, cannot get out of bed and cannot cast spells and cannot talk and none of the spells her subordinates are trying are fixing this and they start slaughtering human sacrifices on the altar of the temple to get a devil or a miracle capable of fixing her.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would really preferable if, instead, they didn't do that! He directs some people that way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki, flanked by a couple of Adept mages and quite a number of well-armed, well-armoured soldiers, gets within range, taps a node to boost her Mindhealing with mage-energies, and set-commands everyone in the building to please :STOP MOVING STOP DOING THINGS: and then directs in some of the Healers to see if any of the would-be-sacrifices can still be saved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- someone is cheating. Most of Asmodeus's attention is dedicated to sweeping through the past several months now that He knows what to look at, figuring out how they cheated, what He can do in response -

On the altar a Gate to Hell opens and a devil charges through and tries to fix whatever that was with Dispel Good, and when that fails with Dispel Chaos, and when that fails by hammering the person responsible with an astonishing amount of lightning 

A different devil charges through and checks whether Break Enchantment will do it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two Adept mages are covering Nayoki with shields and she's also running as fast as she can in the other direction because why would she stick around after doing that - when it looks like their shields might not hold it off she raises a Gate on the nearest shop-doorway and dives through it, catching herself in a roll and coming up on her feet back near one of the initial Gates. Or where it was, the troops are through now and they've taken it down before anyone can figure out that blasting Gates works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Adepts behind her do not make it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is standing nearby - his head turns. :Nayoki, are you all right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's catching her breath. :I think I made Him angry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Break Enchantment super does not work. It's also not detectable as an enchantment, or as magic at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus gives a random priest who arrived to the temple too late to be caught in the enchantments twelve more cleric levels and a shove to his knees to pray -

Permalink Mark Unread

And he distributes twelve more cleric levels too, in the same instant, he has bound himself to act just as much and not more and this may destroy the world but it is the best shape to be in expectation -

Permalink Mark Unread

- Huh, something feels different, it's - like he has suddenly deeper reserves, except it's not his usual reserves, it's the other kind. The kind that comes from Abadar. It's not exactly twice as much as before but he has a sense it's the right amount to get him an additional level's worth of spells. 

What is he even supposed to do about that - there aren't any clerics around he can ask, Rahadoum's army doesn't work with them, he's kind of a one-time exception here.

He didn't spend very long looking through the list of higher-level spells but he tries to remember, briefly, if any of them are useful enough to be worth stopping to ask for, rather than just going on with his normal, right now much stronger kind of magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can vaguely recall that Lesser Restoration was second-circle.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right it probably doesn't take that long to get one spell and he doesn't have anyone else to cast it on him right now - he's mostly not using magic, he's here to coordinate, but obviously more backup is better. 

He Mindspeaks some mages to cover him, and also Mindspeaks Taver to let him know that he appears to have gotten more cleric powers and given how the gods work this probably means Asmodeus is up to something. And then he gets out his holy symbol and kneels and reaches for the now-familiar interface with Abadar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have Lesser Restoration! He can have three of it, if he wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll definitely take three of it! Leareth pushes a feeling of gratitude toward that now-familiar presence, which is still kind of terrifying but also its own flavour of reassuring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Affection, pride, confidence.

 

A devil steps out of the temple of Asmodeus and fills a hundred-foot-square area with LOTS AND LOTS OF FIRE.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that many of Leareth's soldiers and none of his mages are within that area, because Nayoki has been warning everyone to keep their distance while they figure out what Asmodeus is about to do. Farseers are watching, messages are hissed to Mindspeakers who inform Taver. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth relays to his mages, telling the nearby ones to swap to heat-sink shields; he's also not sure Velgarth magic is the best bet against this, can Taver ask some of Aroden's wizards for advice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One of Leareth's mages who's also a Farseer and comfortable with distance casting flings some levinbolts from apparently-nowhere at the devil, just to see if that does anything noticeable to it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does something! Much less than it'd do to a person, but not nothing. 

The devil takes off in the air, flying towards the army.

Some more devils join it. 

The trembling cleric of Asmodeus stands up from praying for spells and asks Asmodeous to miraculously fix everyone in the temple who has been affected in some way by the invaders. Whatever it is that the invaders did. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus would be delighted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple hundred of Leareth's mages are in the city and fifty are within range. Levinbolts and concentrated spears of mage-energy and other more exotic attacks are flung at the devils by everyone who has line of sight to cast and a few who don't but can distance-cast anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can throw lightning bolts at each other.

 

High Priestess Aspexia Rugatonn gets herself miraculously cured, scrambles to her feet, gives hurried orders to make sure the fight for the city is as costly as possible for the attackers, Plane Shifts to Hell. 

 

Not to that deepest level of Hell where Asmodeus is, of course, you can't get there with a Plane Shift and would be very unwise to go uninvited at all. But in the first level, Avernus, they'll at least be able to plan their response unimpeded, and their enemies seem quite competent to impede them in Cheliax itself, right now, somehow - how -

 

It is a question than an extraordinary number of devils and demigods in Hell have already been set to answering. They watch backwards in time through the last hours, weeks, months, years, they learn of another world and send their searching there, too -

- they are interrupted by an invasion of Hell from Heaven, because of course they are -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth Mindspeaks Taver for an update on how the city is responding - the defending soldiers and clerics, but especially the local civilian populace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In addition to being able to Broadsend to thousands of people at once, Taver is an incredibly powerful Thoughtsenser, and most of the citizens don't have much in the way of shielding. He has to stop Mindspeaking to do it, but everyone's heard the message repeated quite a few times now, and he can divide his attention to reach across miles, skim a hundred people at once and then another hundred, consolidate an overall impression - how are people reacting? 

Permalink Mark Unread

People are so incredibly terrified! They're terrified that this is a ploy of some kind to test their loyalty. They're terrified that it's a war between gods and they're all going to die. They're terrified that they're going to be killed for picking the wrong side, or for not picking a side fast enough. 

(They're hopeful - but it can't be true, and someone'll ask them, next week, maybe under a truth spell, did you desert your loyalties so easily, are you so worthless to Asmodeus, is there nothing of you that will remain when the unworthy bits have burned away -)

They cower in their homes and remind themselves that someday Asmodeus will conquer all the worlds, that people believe going to one of the nice afterlives is an escape but Asmodeus will come for them there, too, that hope has always been the enemy of good judgment. Some of them are thinking about which neighbors to accuse of disloyalty when Asmodeus wins, and as a backup plan which neighbors to accuse of disloyalty to the new regime if Asmodeus somehow loses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being upset about it right now won't help, so Leareth isn't, he folds that away for later. People cowering their homes is one of the best options, here - in some ways better than them joining the fight on Aroden's side, because that risks a lot of untrained civilians getting killed in crossfire. 

He asks Taver to switch his focus to the soldiers and lower-level casters, who won't be the focus of as much attention, and to start divvying them up into sections based on who is near which of Leareth's mages, and inform said mages that a particular contingency-order is now in effect and of who their assigned people are. Oh, and also to let Aroden know he's doing so, so things don't get tangled up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In between throwing attacks and shielding themselves, Leareth's mages find moments to reach out with compulsions - for those who don't have Thoughtsensing, Taver can help them anchor on the right minds. Casters first, then common soldiers. 

The compulsions that go out are subtle. They'll show up to enchantment sight still but hopefully most people are too busy to check. The soldiers and casters affected are just going to be missing and fumbling a lot more attacks than they would otherwise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cheliax starts sending in forces from elsewhere in the country, only the ones that can Teleport for now. Asmodeus is being extremely generous in granting prayed-for Miracles and in sending more powerful and more cooperative devils than you'd ordinarily get from these planar binding rituals but not, so far, intervening farther than that. 

They need people who can do Gates. The obvious thing is to try to grab some, with Dominate Person or Geas spells - convince them to switch sides and be rewarded in this world and the next one -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth and Aroden were expecting this, because it's kind of the obvious next step for Asmodeus. They tested the spells against Velgarth shielding, which can shield out any mage-compulsion, but apparently that's not the case here; it makes it more likely someone can throw off the spell, but doesn't render them immune.

With more lead time they could have figured out shielding, either a local magic item or purpose-built Velgarth spell, but as it is, the best he could manage was a voluntary compulsion on all his mages. They know what Dominate Person and Geas feel like; some had it cast directly on them as a test, others with Mindspeech rode along in their minds or observed the memory. The compulsion is a subtle, conditional one; all it says is that if they sense enemy mind control, they must immediately stop taking actions, and contact Leareth and Taver, either with Mindspeech or a communication spell or a one-time-use emergency talisman for those who can't manage either. 

How Leareth will respond to that is going to depend on the exact conditions, but having Taver to coordinate through gives them a lot of better options than they would otherwise have. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then when the spells land, rather than enemy mages jumping over to their side the enemy mages just stand there! It's still a decent way to take them out of the fight but this is an unusual and frustrating result and Cheliax's wizards are frustrated. 

Also they are running low on spells, though their opponents have to be running low on spells as well.


Someone Sends Aroden that Hell extends an invitation for him to visit and discuss terms and thereby avoid his obliteration in open war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth loses a few of his mages that way, when no one else is in range to cover them with a shield and buy time to grab them, which is very irritating. He yoinks a few by dint of opening very fast Gates right under them. Unfortunately, actually breaking enchantments is risky to do by the low-powered Velgarth method, and the spells to do so are limited, Leareth's other mages can refill spell slots for wizards but it's eventually tiring for them to cast more than their usual spell allotment. Mostly, though, they can hold their own, and his mages aren't running low on spells, they'll eventually get tired but they're well trained and there are nodes that no one else on either side is using as much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does not acknowledge the Sending in either way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Second contingency-order. If an enemy soldier is wounded, they get a compulsion to stop fighting and instead get out of the way, pretend to be dead and avoid notice from the enemy. Ideally one of the subtler ones, where it's not obviously distinct from their own desires, though not all of Leareth's mages are skilled enough for that. 

Leareth asks Taver to alert him directly when higher-level casters are wounded, because he's very good at subtle compulsions and also seems to be better at getting past the weird local equivalent to shields. 

Permalink Mark Unread

High level casters with access to magic healing have very little margin between 'not injured enough to impair them in fighting' and 'dead or dying' but there are some. Their own side's clerics can use a spell to distinguish the injured from the dying or the dead, but, well, there aren't enough of their own side's clerics.

 

Someone orders a withdrawal from Egorian. 

Probably someone also ordered it torched because it sure is on fire now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fortunately Velgarth magic is really good for putting out fires, even at a relatively low power cost. Reverse weather-barriers go up, keeping the fires from getting hot enough to spread without otherwise being too obtrusive, then chilling them until the fire loses momentum and goes out as soon as the casters have withdrawn. 

Withdrawing forces from a city is never the most organized process and Leareth can take advantage of this, throwing compulsions at casters and then at as many soldiers as he can reach to get 'lost' and not make it out, or, if he thinks he can get away with it based on their thoughts, to be seized by sudden doubts and fears and decide they would rather be Aroden's prisoners than fight the rest of this war on Asmodeus' side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them are in fact in enough doubt (it's not Aroden, it can't be Aroden, but whoever it is Asmodeus hasn't crushed them like a bug yet -) that the compulsion can drag them to a terrified surrender. - presumably he'll kill them and then they'll go to Hell and it'll be so so much worse for having ended like this -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody is getting killed today.

As soon as the city is enough under their control to make it safe, he Gates in all the Healers he was able to rustle up from Velgarth on short notice, which is about fifty of varying Gift-strengths. Aroden has some druids for Healing; they generally won't participate in battles but they're willing to show up after the fact and treat casualties.

Velgarth Healing isn't as nearly good as cleric healing for battle wounds, but it's very good for triage, and can be used sparingly yet to great effect to reduce deaths from wounds that would otherwise fester or slowly bleed out, even if the recovery process will still be a lengthy one. 

The critically wounded on his own side come first, of course, but after that, the Chelish locals are triaged alongside the invaders. Anyone who could plausibly still pose a threat at all gets a compulsion that prevents them from trying to harm anyone around them, because Leareth isn't stupid.

None of that work is very high-power, but Leareth is still tiring. He casts Lesser Restoration on himself, which brings him back to full energy; he saves the innate reserves replenishing spell for the next iteration.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Vanyel's mind reaches out and brushes his, via the emotionless interface of the communication spell. <We are almost ready to close the Worldwound. Aroden ought arrange to be there in nine minutes. Does that work> 

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes> If it were still the middle of the fight he would have to ask Aroden, but this isn't bad timing at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver paces the streets, surveying the destruction. Looking for minds, both to find any injured Chelish soldiers and civilians who're hiding out of sight, and to gauge the current mood in the city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of hidden people, shut away in their houses waiting for news - whispering about the roses - most of them too scared to even do that, even if this is Aroden's invading army it's an invading army and that's always, always bad news, and if you're likely to be in Hell by the end of the day it doesn't matter, really, who this is or what they want.

Permalink Mark Unread

On Aroden's request, Taver relays to every mind left in the city that the battle is over, no civilians nor wounded soldiers will be killed if they surrender, Aroden considers the citizens of Egorian his people and will provide food and water and healing for them if needed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does not particularly expect this to be believed. He prepares to teleport himself to the Worldwound, leaving Leareth behind to manage in his absence, which will hopefully be brief. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel clears the area around the Worldwound one last time and ten seconds later Nefreti finishes her True Resurrection and brings him back to life among the Heralds defending the wardstones and five seconds after that Aroden arrives. 

 

Nefreti is a red dragon circling the wardstones, lighting demons on fire with her breath and now that she's done with True Resurrection flinging Fireballs at them as well, from her front talons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden spends ten seconds orienting, scanning the area with his eyes and all his various permanent magic-senses.

Then he takes out another diamond, Dimension Door's across to the other side of the ward-stones barrier, and casts Wish. A wording he figured out nearly fifty years ago, actually, when actually making it close enough to close the Worldwound was a distant dream.

It takes only seconds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....well, that's that, then. "I think I'm going to go to Cheliax, meet up with Mahdi and Hagan," he says to Vanyel and Yfandes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, seriously. "Thank you so much for staying. I really appreciated you being around even if I was mostly, er, racing back and forth between exploding and being dead and not actually talking to you. I might Gate over later - tell Leareth he can contact me if I need to do something ridiculous over there, but for now I'll stick with some nice civilized demon fighting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let him know." He looks up at Aroden and decides he is way too intimidated to ask if he can hitch a Teleport back to the battlefield and goes to track down the pharaoh's people who were shuttling Vanyel, instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden doesn't wait around, anyway; he scans the fighting one final time, notes that it seems to be pretty under control now that the demons have no source of reinforcements, and teleports back, having been gone from Egorian for barely a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh's people will take him back to Sothis and from there he actually pings Mahdi, because the pharaoh doesn't want forces that directly serve him involved in the war in Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can fetch Fazil, right? Real magic healing would be really nice...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. The Worldwound is dealt with, then?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Apparently.: And he leaves and comes back ten seconds later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hey, Leareth. Injured are where?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Coordinate with Taver, he knows where everything is: And Leareth informs Taver to pay attention to Fazil's mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver directs him to the area where they're triaging the seriously wounded. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has deep respect for Aroden for figuring out how to do this at all without a cleric but also he can heal every injured person within thirty feet of him to full health seven times (he'd rather only use some of those now) and then stabilize an arbitrary number of additional people, taking about ten seconds for each of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Velgarth Healers are extremely well organized, and know how clerics work at this point; they can shuffle and cram a really impressive number of the worst-injured people into a thirty-foot radius of him, most of whom have been minimally Healed the Velgarth way so that they're not actively dying but are still pretty miserable. 

Once he's done that a few times: if his magic for stabilizing people makes them stable enough to move safely, maybe he should take direction from Taver, who's currently scanning the entire city for injured people they haven't brought to the central area yet, and then others without healing magic can transport them back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can take direction from Taver though he'd like his party with him if he's going to be running around the whole city which probably still contains a lot of conquered people who are mad at them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He should definitely take his party and he can borrow some additional guards if he wants; Taver will also try to warn him if anyone is about to jump out at them, though even his formidable attention is stretched pretty thin right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar gave him sixth circle spells without explanation about half an hour ago, which maybe suggests they should expect some trouble. He'll take a guard if they are non-Evil, he'd like to be able to use Protection from Evil and similar without worrying about his allies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has a bunch of mages who don't read as Evil, mostly neutral, he's welcome to borrow one of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can head out into the city and he can Consecrate all the temples really quickly while he's there and they can heal anyone Taver can find. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver, his mindvoice distant and steely and alien, directs them down streets and alleys to locate wounded soldiers. A lot of the buildings are a bit scorched but few are burned down, the fires seem to have been dealt with quickly. 

(Leareth's mage is also going to put compulsions on all of them not to attack Fazil or whoever is sent to collect them and bring them back to the main camp in his wake.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He should check later whether he is comfortable with whatever they're doing with prisoners back at camp but right now he's the only person in this country who can do this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a big city but there aren't an infinite number of people injured badly enough to send Fazil instead of some of Aroden and Leareth's soldiers to move them, and a lot of the worst-injured were already chased down in the first few minutes. 

Back at camp, Leareth's Farseers watch the retreating forces, while Nayoki shares her memories of High Priestess Aspexia Rugatonn with all of Aroden's wizards who have spells left and can cast Scry. They know the High Priestess successfully fled the city, they aren't sure to where but Aroden suspects she'll be involved in planning the response to their invasion. 

She's probably very resistant against scrying, as a high-level cleric, but they can have a lot of people try, one after another, and hope someone eventually gets lucky. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually someone does, which means they can watch a war in Avernus between Heaven and Hell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. Hopefully that will keep Asmodeus somewhat distracted from Cheliax. Aroden asks the successful wizard to scry as long as she can, try to figure out who if anyone is involved in organizing the attack by Heaven.  

Permalink Mark Unread

The answer to that will surprise absolutely no one. 

(She's not there in person. Heaven's forces, when they die in Hell, will be gone forever, and they're not going to win this even if they're making for a spectacular distraction. But the army bears her standard.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden smiles to himself. Of course.

Also, he's going to have to speak with her, after this, and it's certain to be a very - interesting - conversation. 

He checks in with Leareth's Farseers, some of whom have the range and skill to Farsee other cities from a map. Distraction in Hell or not, he wants to know what's going on elsewhere in Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cheliax's forces are regrouping in several other cities. Local populations are being drafted and human sacrifices are being sacrificed and civilians are being... evacuated. To Hell. Through someone's personal demiplane in Ostenso and through some work of devils in Corentyn and Kintargo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay what the actual fuck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't really have Egorian under full control yet, but also Aroden can't let that stand. 

His own wizards are low on spells, but if they're paired with Leareth's mages who can refill spell slots, they can manage another fight as long as it's not too prolonged. Can Leareth or his people do some Gates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is the most skilled at Gating to arbitrary places he's never been, and can probably get a blind Gate quite precise if he has a good map. His other mages can Gate anywhere that someone has a memory of, or maybe with a map plus very detailed pictures. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can provide high-quality drawings of some locations, while they reorganize and line up their forces. Probably Ostenso first before they commit soldiers to one or both of the others, in case it's thornier than it looks.

Aroden checks in with Taver about any remaining resistance in Egorian, gauging how many troops and mages or wizards he needs to leave behind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a big city. Lots of people are cowering in their houses and the stationed troops were mostly evacuated or killed or captured and the more powerful wizards mostly Teleported far away if they didn't join the evacuation, but it's still a big city and has parts that were untouched by the fighting and haven't been traversed in the aftermath either, and it might have a lot more resistance if resistance didn't look hopeless.

Permalink Mark Unread

They should leave a substantial presence, then. If a hundred of Leareth's mages stay back, and Taver coordinates their placement, the rest of the stationed forces can mostly be soldiers without magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth also didn't bring all twenty thousand soldiers to the city, he can commit some of the troops left back in Rahadoum, although it'll take more Gates. Probably worth it, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's Farseers scope out the area around Ostenso, so he can plan where to very suddenly drop a hundred of his mages, most of them paired with wizards whose spells can be refilled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And it seems like a very good time for reinforcements. 

<Vanyel. Do you have a Gate location in Ostenso> 

Permalink Mark Unread

<I looked at the book. You need help? Er, let me check with Savil if we can spare any of the other Heralds here> 

:'Fandes, can you ask Kellan how we're doing on demons?: He's been guarding one of the ward-stones mostly by himself for a while and isn't sure how the others are going. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's still a hundred-mile radius that contained demons this morning, contained significant less of them after Aroden's spells, and stilll contains most of the ones the spells didn't catch. This is mostly dangerous and powerful demons who were not the type to immediately run at the nearest enemy and try to eat it. 

 

They could move the wardstones out again now, and deal with the rest of the demon cleanup later?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a pretty reasonable idea, honestly; they can move them out to wherever the original lineup of people guarding the barrier's previous location have made it to, and then leave behind whoever wants to keep fighting demons, which is probably going to be all of the Tayledras; moving as a unit they're tough enough that even the most powerful demons are going to have a hard time threatening them. 

Nefreti is probably not ideal for Cheliax and also is presumably aware of what's going on and would go on her own initiative if she wanted to. It still feels polite to check in with her, at least to run the plan by her. 

:Nefreti? Leareth wants my help; Savil and I are wondering whether to move the wardstones back out so we can go help in Ostenso and come back later for cleanup. What do you think?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

After half an hour or so she stopped being a dragon; she's now just flying. :If you move them out there'll be fewer people killed cleaning up but it'll be harder for people to come gawk at how it's closed now.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think people can wait a week or two for their gawking: He checks again with Yfandes. :We're going to move them and then all of the Heralds are leaving with me. The Tayledras are staying. I expect you don't want to come to Ostenso for whatever Leareth wants me for, but if I'm wrong, you'd be welcome to use our Gate. Also, thank you so much for your help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We should deliver a thank-you fruit basket to the temple or something: Yfandes sends with a mental laugh, including Nefreti. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I want to be some place I'm sure you'll see me there.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right, I figured. Well, good luck: 

Vanyel scopes out the area with Farsight while Savil, Jaysen, and Starwind line up in front of the three other ward-stones, ready to Gate them out as soon as he's figured out where and shared the mental image with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The soldiers advancing in from the previous edges of the Worldwound hasn't advanced far because of the warped terrain and their infighting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then the ward-stones will go to just inside their line. He asks Yfandes to warn whoever's in command. Probably it'll be nice for them to get a break, too.

And - Gates, all at once, and now the barrier snaps into place to cover the full hundred-mile radius again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then it'll take fewer people to hold the Worldwound for the next while.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Leareth, I'm bringing the rest of the Heralds too. Are you ready for me to head over?> The Gate-location he has is an abandoned barn on the edge of town, presumably not where Leareth will be arriving, but they can meet up easily enough once in Mindspeech range. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth and Aroden have selected two Gate-locations on opposite sides of the area where most of the civilians are being transported to the demiplane. The Gates are about to go up. 

<Ready> 

Permalink Mark Unread

Three different Gates go up nearly simultaneously in Ostenso; mages, wizards, soldiers, and Heralds stream through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does their trumpet archon guide want to come with them to help in Cheliax? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The trumpet archon will absolutely come. 

On the other side of the Gates there is a panicked crowd of civilians rushing into a demiplane whose other end open into Dis, the second layer of Hell!


Now they're even more panicked! And some of them can fling some fireballs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel emerges into a barn on the edge of town. 

:Leareth? Where are you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, kind of distracted, sends an image and direction-sense of his location. :Can the other Companions Broadsend messages to these people the way Taver can?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not as well, but yes: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then please tell the civilians that Aroden is here reclaiming his country and wishes to minimize bloodshed, and will not harm anybody if they surrender. Probably nobody will believe it but it seems worth saying: Pause. :If you can do a very, very strong shield, we could use one here: and he sends an image of the opening to the demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel anchors his Farsight on it and as soon as they're out of the barn Yfandes breaks into a gallop in that direction; he's belted into the saddle so he can focus on distance-casting, it's not exactly fiddly work, just put a giant barrier-wall right in front of the demiplane and make it strong strong strong, there are nodes in reach, he can put quite a lot of power into it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Companions reach ahead with Thoughtsensing, locate the panicked crowd, divvy up amongst themselves, and soon everyone is hearing a voice in their head, announcing that Aroden is alive, has returned, and is reclaiming Cheliax from Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe the trumpet archon can do something helpful here? Vanyel isn't sure what its abilities are. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It could paralyze every enemy or civilian who hears its trumpet but that honestly looks like overkill right now; it can do it elsewhere, if there are panicked civilians being packed off to Hell elsewhere. It can do mass healing without Fazil's radius limit. It can banish some devils, if it sees any. 

And it can raise the dead, usually, but it has already done that for the Heralds a couple times at the Worldwound and will be very tired if it does it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has a very quick back and forth with Leareth and then very gratefully Mindtouches the archon again. :There are devils in Corentyn and Kintargo transporting civilians to Hell. If you can go there - we can't spare the personnel yet, it sounds like - can you teleport yourself there...?:

Is his mage-barrier holding? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The trumpet archon disappears. 

 

The mage barrier is holding; the civilians mostly don't have anything to take it down with, and the wizard who presumably set up the demiplane is choosing not to be present to fight about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can dispel the demiplane, which seems like the right call here, except that there are a lot of civilians who were just shoved through it and are now on the other side. It's obviously a trap to send people in to retrieve them, but - can Leareth or his mages do anything from the outside? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't seem to be an anti-magic demiplane; Leareth's Othersenses work fine in it. He stretches them as far as he can, sensing for minds - that part is easier, his Thoughtsensing range is pretty long - and then pushing his mage-senses to their limit to see if he can compulsion any of them into coming back through on their own. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a crowd of terrified civilians right on the other side and some of them can be made to turn around and come back through. They're white-faced and trembling and crying and holding little children and their loved ones who were no so compulsioned are screaming at them in confusion but they cross back into the mass of scared confused civilians on this side.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being upset about it right now won't help, so Leareth folds that away for later. 

He keeps trying, pushing his mage-gift hard, focusing hard on each mind he can still feel and sometimes trying a second time when it doesn't take, until he's sure that he's gotten absolutely everyone he can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel helpfully makes his barrier one-sided so they can get across but not go back in again. He is finding this pretty upsetting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're getting most of the civilians back through and then something appears in Leareth's Othersenses that is much more bright and magical than any person - it's not quite the thing Abadar is, but it's much much closer -

- the Archdevil Dispater, ruler of the second level of Hell, looks through the demiplane at them. 

:You should Final Strike right now: he tells Leareth, and when Aroden's spells reached out and seized you there was at least the half-second where it felt like you might be able to bat it away; this one is both stronger and carefuller than that, and reaches casually across the two planes that stand between them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would not, on his own, have much if any hope of resisting that -

- but the compulsion laid on all of his mages is on him too, he had Nayoki do it to make it harder to break it himself, and it holds, and now he's standing perfectly still, expression slack, simultaneously utterly convinced that he needs to Final Strike right now and also unable to do anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden has been standing in view of the crowd, visibly looking like Aroden while the Companions keep going through the people, informing everyone as reassuringly as they can that Aroden will not harm anyone who surrenders or is captured. 

About half a second after the Archdevil appears, he's in front of the demiplane, and a small number of seconds later the demiplane is gone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki shoves several people out of the way to get to Leareth and then he collapses in a heap and she catches him. 

:I am not sure what that - being - did to him but it triggered the protective compulsion: she explains to Aroden. :I will try to set it right before I wake him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dominate Person lasts days," he tells her warningly, "if he were a human he'd only be able to send new orders on the same plane but I don't know what archdevils can do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for the warning." Nayoki is poking at Leareth's mind, trying to gauge how different and how much harder to dispel this looks from Dominate Person as cast by a human wizard, which she's seen in detail.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's higher power, and more thorough, but it looks fundamentally similar to the thing Aroden can do, which is possible to remove with Golarion's Dispel Magic or Break Enchantment (and technically possible for a Velgarth mage to just snip, though this will totally kill the subject). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden casts Break Enchantment. (He has a lot of spell slots, and also a large number of Pearls of Power, so is substantially less limited on spells than his other wizards, and also better at enchantments.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki checks whether Leareth's mind is clear of it, and resets the compulsion, before waking him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wakes up and is on his feet half a second later. :Wha– oh: He looks around at the closed portal and the crowd of terrified civilians. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is still trying to say reassuring things to them, although possibly a weird voice talking in your head is not inherently reassuring. What level of panicked do people seem? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, see, they live in a state run by Asmodeus whose secret police will have them tortured to death for disloyalty and an hour ago they were told that there was a conquering army arriving and they should prepare to fight and get their families evacuated straight to Hell, and then the conquering army arrived and claimed to be led by Aroden, the Chelish god who died a hundred years ago, and then they were trapped in a magic forcefield and mind-controlled to leave Hell and come back and then the archdevil of the second level of Hell showed up and now weird voices in their heads are reassuring them that the conquering army isn't going to kill them, which it admittedly looks disinclined to do for the moment. 

So pretty panicked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden gives some orders and his troops and mages back off a little, leaving a corridor clear for the civilians, while the Companions send a quiet message that they should, if they wish, return to their homes. (It'll mean having them out of clear sight, and possibly soldiers will hide with common citizens and plot resistance, but also they should really have the noncombatants out of the streets for this, and they'll probably panic less as a result.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth orders some of his mages to raise a couple more concert-Gates back to the garrison in Rahadoum, so he can bring over another five thousand of his troops to occupy the city. 

And he Mindtouches Vanyel. :We just had a close call and it occurs to me that if you had been in sight, the Archdevil ought have gone for you, not me. All of my people have a voluntary compulsion in place to stop taking any actions if under enemy mind-control. Would you and the other Herald-Mages accept this precaution?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Gah. Vanyel thinks about it for several seconds–

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes: Yfandes sends for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Leareth can do that. Meanwhile his Farseers scan the city, looking for pockets of organizing resistance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a bunch of those; this city had more time than Egorian once they learned the news.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth divides up the rest of his mages with the newly-arrived soldiers and sends them out in groups, first to prevent those groups from spreading out and taking over more ground, then to try to drive them out of the areas they already control. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel stays put, but once he's had his protective compulsion set up just in case more devils turn up, he can provide distance-casting support, using his Farsight to aim, and block the Chelish troops' movements with mage-barriers or try to take out their wizards and clerics, nonlethally if possible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People show up in Egorian - mostly not support troops in the war, but adventurers and observers for other countries, trying to figure out what's going on. They pick roses from the field of them and try to stay away from the soldiers and stop by the palace to see what the situation there is.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Palace still has a lot of locals in it, but not really any resistance; the important people mostly teleported out before Aroden's troops moved on it, and the remainder are sequestered into particular wings of the Palace, held there by a mixture of weird magical barrier-walls and some mind control. A dozen of the strange not-sorcerers and a smaller number of high-level wizards are methodically combing through the Palace, disabling the traps laid by the fleeing forces as they find them. 

In between watching the entire city and directing troops toward any signs of resistance in the less-occupied corners, Taver contacts the observers from other countries, helpfully informing them that Aroden is alive and has returned to take back his country. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They heard that. And saw the field of flowers. They have some questions. How is Aroden not dead. Can Aroden prove it's him. Where is the army from. Are people allowed to grab Chelish relatives and acquaintances and flee the country with them. Does Aroden want the help of Andoran or Galt or Taldor. Is Aroden also responsible for the Worldwound being closed now. Why can't Aroden's clerics get spells from him, if he's not dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver has Aroden's advance permission to answer all of those questions. 

Aroden isn't dead because he was immortal as a human even before his ascension (this is public record) and because of that he was able to come back as an immortal human when he died as a god (Taver does not give any details on how). But he is still human, right now, albeit an extremely powerful caster for a human, and that's why his clerics still aren't getting spells from him. Aroden amassed his army in Rahadoum over the past century, in secret, so that he could catch Asmodeus and Cheliax by surprise when he was ready. He also has some allies from 'elsewhere' (Taver does not specify). 

Aroden did personally close the Worldwound once it was clear enough, and is responsible for turning most of the demons to stone so that the ward-stones could be moved in. Actually clearing the area around the interplanar tear enough that he could close it was nearly all the work of his allies from elsewhere, with support from Osirion and from Nefreti Clepati and presumably Nethys. 

People are definitely allowed to evacuate their Chelish relatives and acquaintances to other countries if they want. Especially since they believe Asmodeus has been ordering civilian evacuations to Hell in other cities, which Aroden is currently trying to head off.

Aroden will accept help in garrisoning the conquered cities from other countries if they're offering it; currently that's just Egorian, and they should run numbers past Taver first and then plan on arriving in designated areas. Aroden would also, at this point, be delighted to welcome the clerics of Good or Neutral gods to help with healing casualties and providing clean water, and other logistical aid and supplies like food or blankets for displaced people. When the battles are over, Aroden's allies can even help with transporting supplies and volunteers, so if people want to start organizing departure points in their own countries, they can run that by Taver too.

(Taver has an eidetic memory, but his attention is also very stretched, so he's passing all of this on to a soldier acting as his clerk, who's writing it down.)  

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a flurry of teleportations and then several neighboring countries can give him estimates of how many people they can send and how soon. Does Aroden have some way to transport large numbers of people? There were rumors of Gates that lasted for ten minutes or something ridiculous like that...

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does! They have limited capacity right now since it requires the same people who are currently fighting in other cities and clearing the Palace in this one, but can do a couple for the most urgent transport. They'll need someone to teleport in who has a clear memory of the place where the Gate needs to go, but if they do that, someone will show up in the designated arrival area and can do the spell using their memory.

(The weather is getting very disrupted in Egorian, from all the Gates; rain is fine, it'll put out any remaining smouldering fires, but several of Leareth's mages have been reassigned to weather-work to head off a more serious storm.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Andoran is the fastest to have forces ready to go to help garrison Egorian, and lots of Good clerics who want to volunteer to help on the front lines.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then a Gate can be raised between Andoran and Egorian and held to let their soldiers and clerics cross. Taver thinks it's very likely that Aroden is willing to have Good clerics on the front lines as well as in the already-conquered areas, since they're not exactly going to go off and work for Asmodeus, but had better pass a message to him and check. 

One of Leareth's mages contacts him with the communication-spell to ask, and receives confirmation, and they cast a smaller, briefer Gate to Ostenso. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will no longer be the only cleric on this side of the war who has been a cleric for longer than three days, which is good, because that's very stressful. They're making progress in Ostenso but if they're going to have to take Cheliax city by city it'll take a very long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would prefer not to take Cheliax one city at a time, but they're going to have to keep doing that for today at least. 

He orders Leareth's Farseers to check on the other two cities where the trumpet archon was dispatched, to see if evacuations have been successfully stopped and how much Cheliax's forces are digging in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Evacuations are continuing! There is only the one trumpet archon and it can't keep people paralyzed for very long if it's not staying right there, which it also can't do because Hell is trying very diligently to kill it. Some soldiers have started killing civilians who are not cooperative about evacuating which is sure making the other ones cooperative about evacuating, insofar as they can be when most of the are paralyzed whenever the archon shows up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ostenso is being divvied up and taken in segments, in a pretty orderly fashion, so Aroden can duck out for a bit and take care of that. 

Greater Teleport lets him bring along six others for free, so he takes five of Leareth's mages, and Nayoki.

He Teleports them to Corentyn first, invisible, and immediately starts killing the most powerful of the devils. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Three of Leareth's mages enthusiastically help him (they are not a fan of devils or of Hell, at all), while two others focus on blocking the civilian evacuation, via mage-barriers and mind control. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Nayoki focuses on throwing moderately subtle Mindhealing set-commands at the commanders. Very shortly they're going to get some strong evidence that Aroden is here, and at that point she wants them inclined to surrender, or at least drag their heels on the preparations, since Aroden's full army will be here very shortly and entrenching themselves further will just mean a bloodier battle where more of their soldiers die and go to Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The trumpet archon teleports off to the other city rather than try to make sure the new arrivals are out of trumpet range the whole time.

 

The devils are delighted Aroden showed up to give them a fight. They fly right at him to try to maul him; the best thing to do with a wizard is pin them down in melee and try to kill them before they can get many spells off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the mages, one from each subgroup, immediately hop onto forming a powerful, multilayered concert-shield around Aroden; if the devils are strong enough to take it down, the layers will at least mean Aroden has a second or two to no longer be there (he can Dimension Door around very quickly and make himself hard to catch, especially when he has Velgarth mages who can rapidly refill his spell slots so he doesn't have to dig into his rather excessive number of Pearls of Power.) 

The other three fling lots of node-boosted lightning at the devils. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Mindhealing work on devils. 

(Nayoki approaches it very cautiously, in case it turns out to both not work, be noticeable, and allow them to attack her.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mindhealing works on devils! Their minds look laid out very differently and it seems to take more power to stop them in their tracks but it's still possible.

This absolutely causes unaffected devils to try to figure out where that came from so they can kill it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is currently covered by Aroden's invisibility, and also right next to him where he can grab her if he has to get out, and also there are a lot of lightning bolts flying at the devils and particularly those getting close to the barrier, so they'll have a hard time with that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then there'll be a spectacular explosion of energies in the sky above Corentyn, to the terror of everyone on the ground. It's over very quickly (fights among high-level casters usually are). Some of the devils, the summoned ones, vanish. Others, which must have come through a portal, fall to the ground below when they die.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden leaves the others covered behind the barrier, and flies around, so he's visible to everyone within blocks and blocks. He casts Mage's Decree, broadcasts a short message to everyone within a mile radius announcing his return. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's mages were chosen to include several Mindspeakers plus Nayoki, and while none of them are nearly as strong as Companions, they can Broadsend some longer messages to selected clumps of people, including some further than a mile out, announcing that Aroden is back and reclaiming his kingdom and his army will be here soon, but he will take as much care as he can not to harm civilians, who are nonetheless advised to stay inside and out of the way if they can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Aroden hops them over to Kintargo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Kintargo had a secret underground resistance (Aroden was aware of this, of course) which is now fighting devils in the streets. This is making things hard for the trumpet archon, because the paralyzing blasts of its trumpet hit everyone. It's attempting to slow the evacuation anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden politely tells the trumpet archon that they're going to handle this and asks it to look for other cities with devil up to mischief, and to report to Vanyel or Leareth back in Ostenso if it seems like another city elsewhere is in urgent need of more intervention than it can provide alone. 

He has Nayoki organize to Mindspeak just the resistance fighters in charge, Mindspeech is easier to target that way than his methods of communication, and inform them that Aroden is here to defeat the devils and they should get out of the way and focus on protecting the civilians. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mage-barriers go up around the clusters of locals, both so the devils can't get at them and so levinbolts currently being flung at devils don't risk hitting them, and Aroden gets a shield too. 

And lightning flies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Again, Aroden goes for the most powerful devils himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The most powerful devils are in agreement with him about that part; no one else is going to be able to hit him at all, whereas they can at least soak him in a lot of fire and hope some of it sticks, and try to get in close enough to bludgeon him to death before he can cast enough spells to take them all down.

Permalink Mark Unread

If any of them seem like they might get to the shield around them before Aroden takes them down, Nayoki (still invisible) can additionally whack them with some unsubtle mind-control about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hell is really struggling to figure out how they're doing that! The fighting in Kintargo doesn't last that much longer than anywhere else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden makes another announcement to everyone within a mile, has the Mindspeakers supplement it, and makes an on-the-spot call to leave one of Leareth's mages on-site with the rebel forces, so they have a way to coordinate and stay in touch from a distance without necessarily returning to Kintargo. The resistance seems pretty well-organized by itself; Aroden has been spying on them and on a few discreet occasions made it easier for them to arrange supplies, without it being traceable that this was connected to anything bigger. They may be able to hold Kintargo without any further help, but if more devils or other inconveniences show up, they can call. 

He teleports everyone else out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is taking a break because it's been a busy day and she's really tired! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel splays his Farsight out across Ostenso, flings up barriers, puts out some fires, knocks some casters unconscious. He's a little tired but he can go a lot longer than this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And tired is fixable, moreso as more clerics from Andoran show up.

They can clear Ostenso of organized opposition in another few hours of fighting though some people will remain flnging fireballs out of windows.

Confused ships arrive at Ostenso's port and then anchor well outside it to wait and see how this shakes out. 

Some of Ostenso's merchants Sending Mahdi to offer 10000gold for a Teleport out of the city now; he tips off a friend in Sothis to come and pick them up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once the city is clear, Leareth Gates in the last few thousand of his Velgarth troops left behind in Rahadoum, the ones with training less suited to a last-minute battle coordinated with someone else's army. If Andoran is still offering them soldiers to help occupy cities, a couple of Leareth's mages can do a concert Gate there as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes and the other Companions with good Mindspeech range try to reach the captains of the ships in port, alerting them with a quick summary of Aroden's return and invasion to reclaim his country. It's recommended that the ships stay out of the way, like they're doing, until things are settled down here. 

And they skim surface thoughts. How many of the locals believe that it's Aroden, at this point? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The locals have no idea what to believe. Probably the most likely thing is that the Chelish army will march right back in here tomorrow and they'll all be in a lot of trouble, if they thought it was Aroden. (This is not the same thing as thinking it is not Aroden.)

But, well, if the army doesn't come back tomorrow -

- probably no one other than Aroden could've done that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where the hell is the rest of the Chelish army? Leareth's Farseers are being worked hard today, scouting for any amassed troops, not just in cities but between them too. The high-level casters who've been teleporting out as cities are captured will unfortunately be harder to pin down. 

How's Corentyn doing, after Aroden's visit to get rid of the devils and stop the evacuation to Hell? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a bunch of garrisons along Cheliax's border with Andoran that woke up this morning with their leadership mind-controlled to not do anything, and accordingly impaired in doing anything. Andoran would be delighted to take those if Aroden doesn't mind. There are few forces amassed in most other cities, and not much going on in Corentyn after Aroden's visit. The bulk of the Chelish army is not findable with scrying at all, which is presumably divine intervention; it's loosely possible they're not even on this plane, though that seems like the kind of blatant intervention that might draw a symmetric response from Abadar or Iomedae.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would, in fact, be very pleased if Andoran wanted to take those garrisons, as long as they're in agreement that what is Chelish territory will afterward still belong to Cheliax, just not under Asmodeus. 

If Corentyn seems quiet then they'll peel off some mages and soldiers and drop them off there to occupy it, just in the name of preventing any resistance from building up force. Other than that, it seems like a good time to stop moving, consolidate the territory they've taken, contain prisoners, triage and heal the wounded on both sides. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And look for the stupid missing army. Leareth and some of his other mages who aren't too tired use the Velgarth version of scrying specifically to skim over the land with mage-sight, in case they're hidden behind a spell that will show up as magical. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are not hidden behind a spell that shows up to mage-sight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden has True Seeing, but it doesn't combine with scrying, which makes it kind of pointless when they have no idea where to look. 

He has a crystal ball that combines True Seeing, but it's inconveniently back in Rahadoum and he would rather not leave for a long block of time, it's strategically useful for him to be visibly around. 

He asks Leareth if the pharaoh has a crystal ball with this property. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth actually has no idea, his studies with the researchers never touched on it, but it's possible Khemet has one that he doesn't show to visitors. However, the very fancy crystal ball in the old buried palace is another possibility. He also has no idea if it works with True Seeing, but he searches for Mahdi's mind so he can ask if the party knows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Pharaoh didn't mention. The one in the buried palace has True Seeing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth informs Aroden, who asks if he or one of his people can Gate there and try scrying some of the soldiers and wizards they observed during the fight who they know successfully fled the city, until they succeed at one of them who turns out to be with the rest of the army. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hasn't shared the buried palace location with anyone else, and also he was a lot more oriented to the overall battle than most of his mages, who had smaller assignments, and he observed more minds. He'll go himself; he's still contactable there if they urgently need him for some reason, but he's not even a particularly strong Adept, he's hardly irreplaceable on site.

He does ask Taver for a refresher, since his memory isn't eidetic, and makes a list of people he remembers well enough with prompting that he can anchor scrying on them. 

He Gates to the pharaoh's buried throne room and starts attempting to find them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cheliax's army is not all in one place, it looks like, though they're moving as quickly as possible under convincing illusion-cover to change that. Most of the people he looks for are in some forests. It's unfortunately hard to get more detail than that on their surroundings directly from the scry.

A couple of them are instead in Hell.

 

One of the missing wizards is instead in an unfamiliar city, talking urgently to some Velgarth mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't a Farseer, and Velgarth scrying is trickier to get when you don't even know what direction something is in, but he tries to hold onto some as-clear-as-possible mental images of landmarks in forests, so Vanyel or someone else can try Farseeing them when he gets back.

He'll need to make a report back immediately, and return later to see if he can find any of the travellers at their destination. Also he may need to make some other stops, given the final observation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel actually has the best Farsight range of anyone there, because he can boost with node-energy, so since they don't have much idea where the forests are, he gets assigned to slip into mind-rapport with Leareth and try to Farsee from his memory of a particular distinctive lightning-struck tree. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's the tree! It looks like there's no one around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there wouldn't be, Leareth was looking at it a few minutes ago and the people must have moved on. 

Farsight perspective, though, is moveable, and Vanyel is fresh from four years of experience scanning an entire border war zone constantly with his Farsight. He moves his mental 'eye' higher, above the trees - much higher so he can get a sense of the local land contours, try to find this place on a map, though he also watches for any movement through the forest in either direction from the original landmark. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're keeping their movement very thoroughly cloaked but he can recognize the overall shape of the forest eventually, pick it out on the map. It's the forest immediately west and north of Egorian.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel passes this on. At least they know sort of slightly kind of where to look, and Leareth can try getting through their scrying again later once they've stopped moving. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After updating Aroden, Leareth finds Fazil's mind. :Do you have Commune prepared today. I wish to relay a message to Abadar and I should really not speak to him directly right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nope, sorry, prepared spells for fighting today. I can do it in the morning.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it should not wait until then, though I may well have additional messages or questions tomorrow. I think I will Gate back to Osirion and ask the pharaoh if he or one of the other clerics can do it, and update him on our progress today as well: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He bites his lip but nods. It seems risky to have much evidence of Osirian involvement in all this but probably the pharaoh has calculated all that out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not planning for almost anyone except the pharaoh himself to know he's there, and he's also not asking for help with anything in Cheliax itself, though Fazil's objection is fair. 

Leareth checks in on various things, makes sure that all of his people who can be spared are getting rest right now in case they end up having to fight the rest of the Chelish army in the middle of the night or something, and then covers himself with an illusion and Gates to his bedroom in the winter palace, which should still have magic shielding on it so his Gate won't show up even to nearby Detect Magic. 

Instead of physically leaving the room, he Mindspeaks that particularly trustworthy servant he remembers, the one who was really good taking care of Vanyel. :This is Leareth. I need to speak with the pharaoh and I would prefer it not be known to anyone else that I am back here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- okay. He doesn't plan to leave the Dome until things have settled down. Do you want to get a Teleport there?

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is it possible to teleport directly inside?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No, we'd have to ask somebody at the door to Teleport us over to a place connected to the palace. You could go disguised, if you don't want them knowing you're here.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will do that: He casts an illusion on himself, one that leaks minimally enough that it won't be noticeable to Detect Magic unless someone is staring very directly at him - which presumably someone at the palace will be, but hopefully with someone bringing him, they won't ask questions. He makes sure no one else is in range to notice him leave the room where the mage from Velgarth known as Leareth was previously sleeping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will meet him at the place where they can get a Teleport back to the Dome, holding a stack of books and sending him directions in case he doesn't know the way there. She is thinking that hopefully he is not actually an impersonator or actually being puppetted by Hell or something but she can't think how to check that and he doesn't need her cooperation anyway and probably the pharaoh has a plan, here, of which not leaving the Dome is an element.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would prefer not to make her anxious, but in fact he's not an imposter and the pharaoh will probably be glad he's come by, so nothing bad is going to happen, and it's hardly going to make her more comfortable if he says anything to indicate he's reading her mind. 

He follows her directions, joins her there, waits for the Teleport and follows the next steps after that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't actually seem very anxious, just regarding it as somewhat likely that he's an assassin imposter in a way that wouldn't really be her fault and therefore isn't really worth worrying about once she's considered whether to do anything about it.

They're in the Dome, after that, and she can lead them up a servant's staircase and then tell him to wait in a study while she gets the pharaoh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks her politely and waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh comes in a few minutes later. Raises his eyebrows slightly at the illusion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drops it. "I thought it might be better if fewer rather than more people were aware of obvious links between Osirion and current events in Cheliax. Anyway. I have some updates on our progress today, and also an urgent question and request for Abadar, unless it turns out that you are already aware of it in which case excellent." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't ask him to prostrate himself. "Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth is not currently in a headspace where he's tracking protocol much at all; it matters less, surely, if he's meeting the pharaoh mostly in secret like this.) 

He gives a quick summary of their work, Egorian and Ostenso and Corentyn and Kintargo currently occupied and mostly under control, the concealed army and the hopefully-disrupted evacuations to Hell and the local resistance and the civilian response observed so far. There've been deaths but not massive bloodshed. Wounded Chelish soldiers are being healed alongside Aroden and Leareth's casualties. The Heralds have been very helpful so far, and the Groveborn vastly more so, Taver is likely a key part of how they took Egorian so smoothly at all and could still move on to other cities the same day. According to Vanyel and Aroden, the trumpet archon has also been trying very hard to help and likely rescued a large number of people from ending up stuck in Hell. Leareth owes thanks to the pharaoh for both Taver and the archon. 

Moving on to the request. He describes what he saw in Velgarth, asks if the pharaoh knows whether Abadar is aware of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brisk nod. "Yes. I don't understand how he decides what things are - matched escalations - but Cheliax sent some people to Velgarth to try to offer them a lot of pay for some Gates, and Abadar communicated to the Velgarth gods that he thinks this ought to go badly. I don't know whether to expect any of them will succeed anyway, I don't know how much effort the Velgarth gods can or would throw at that. 

I don't think they're positioned to interfere in Velgarth further than that. Abadar's prepared to step up involvement considerably if they go for Urtho's Tower but He doesn't think Asmodeus is the type, He doesn't want to reign over ashes any more than anyone. Probably relatedly He hasn't directly involved himself beyond levelling some clerics."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is very good to have confirmation of. We suspected it but were unsure if He were up to something outside of our view. I think the Velgarth gods can throw quite a lot at it, if they wish, and - I do not in general approve of Them, exactly, but I think They will not like Hell much more than I do. We will plan to keep an eye on it. Incidentally, do you have a crystal ball that includes True Seeing? It is obviously better if we are not visibly using your things, but I think I wore out the one in the buried palace, and Aroden has one but we may need to try this again more than once tonight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, but I made use of it, today, trying to keep an eye on the situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. Is there anything else you wish to pass on to us, or questions you have for me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar seemed optimistic. On a - grand scale, obviously, I don't think His optimism distinguished how many tens of thousands of people die along the way. But - He doesn't think Asmodeus is going to be willing to escalate.

You should get Iomedae's people in. They know, She's been answering when they ask, and She was Chelish when She was human, they might trust it..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is very good to know, thank you. On both counts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome. Good luck. - also, if you have time, read up on your cleric abilities, Abadar says He can give you more if you'd know what to do with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I will do that." If he has any time at all tonight - well, he might, his Ring of Sustenance has had another day to get its bearings, and he reads fast. If the Ring isn't working yet, though, and the Chelish army gives them trouble, he may be about to give it some very unhelpful training data. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can go. Safe travels."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. We are, as always, deeply grateful for what support Osirion has provided here. May I Gate from here, or if not, use magic to disguise myself so that I am not recognized on the way out?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you'll be unable to Gate from here, the Dome's protections are much more expansive than an anti-teleportation ward. You have permission to try if you'd like. If you can't, you should be able to use magic to disguise yourself, it'll just take you significantly longer to get the spell right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting." Leareth wonders if being very good at Gates, and as versatile as he is, is going to help here; he can try it a couple of different ways, if on the door doesn't work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can get a Gate threshold. He just can't find anywhere that's not also in the Dome. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, how clever! Leareth is really impressed, actually. Since he's got a threshold up anyway - what if he routes the search-spell between planes, like the interworld Gate, except instead looping back to Golarion? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Routing the search spell between planes is blocked.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your defences are extremely good, congratulations. Blocking Gates by our magic is next to impossible." He takes apart his threshold and tries for the illusion again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd offer you a enormous beetle shell of your own but we don't have any spare ones."

 

The magic in the Dome makes magic harder to wield. It's not impossible, it's just wiggly, and takes a lot more time and concentration. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has decades worth of good concentration habits, here, but this is still very irritating when casting an illusion in particular, and he settles for a much worse, magic-leakier one than he'd usually consider acceptable, it won't be for long. He nods to the pharaoh and heads out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one spots him until he reaches the place he Teleported in from.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he Gates out in about three seconds, to a nondescript abandoned building on the outskirts of Ostenso just in case. 

:Vanyel, tell Aroden I am back: It's a lot easier to Mindspeak a fellow Mindspeaker and Aroden must be very busy. 

Leareth scans the city with his Othersenses. Anything new going on since his departure? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There was an attempted attack by a small group of casters under cover of night. They did some damage; two are now dead and one unconscious and one teleported out.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Yes, of course the unconscious one has some Mindhealing-compulsions on them not to fight or run away or use magic, Nayoki confirms to Leareth, she isn't stupid although she does wish people would stop waking her up when she's napping just because she's the only Mindhealer around.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden tells Leareth to stay in Ostenso, but get some sleep (while well guarded). He grabs memories of the soldiers Leareth successfully scried, and Teleports himself back to his well-shielded area in Rahadoum; he's low enough on spells that he prefers not being in Cheliax, at this point. Of course, Aroden 'low on spells' could still out-power almost any wizard who isn't also ninth-circle. But not an Archdevil, necessarily, and Asmodeus must be very desperate...

Permalink Mark Unread

And he drops Alter Self. Before going to sleep, which he intends to do in his personal demiplane that no one else can use magic in, Aroden heads to his own crystal ball and starts searching, first for the soldiers Leareth spotted in some anonymous city in Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Gate opens on another world and Ramira tries not to look overawed, and walks through with the others. They split up, on the other side; they don't know where they'll have the most luck and they need as many mages as they can persuade, as quickly as possible. Someone gets in the air with some magic item for distance vision and points out cities, and off they Teleport. They can Plane Shift back. 


It's hot, and the sun isn't as high in the sky here as it is back in Cheliax which means it's going to get even hotter. She has Tongues up. 

"Excuse me," she says to the first person she meets. "I need to hire a powerful magic-user for something, urgently. Do you know who I should talk to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They give her a confused look. "You want the mercenaries guild? Company mages, only ones in town for hire." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, perfect, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

They give her a harried look and some not-especially clear directions, with a lot of referring to landmarks as things like 'old man Rory's shop' without actual visual description.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Well she'll do her best and if necessary stop more people to ask about the mercenaries's guild on the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two blocks in, the entire narrow street is obstructed by a farmer's cart full of enormous melons which has overturned, spilling melons everywhere - some are burst open, coating the cobbles in melon-goop - and the screaming farmer and very upset and confused oxen and someone yelling back at him that it was clearly his own fault for not looking where he was going.

If she asks for directions they can tell her how to backtrack and then cut through an alleyway to get on a different road that should eventually let her end up at the same place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her country is being invaded by a lunatic claiming to be a dead god. She will do this in a hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

The alleyway has a beggar in it. He sees her cutting through and stands up. "You look exactly like my dead sister!" He goes to pat her cheeks, as though to check whether she also feels exactly like his dead sister. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She snarls at him and tries to knock him out of the way to run off.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is surprisingly strong and does not want to let her past until he's told her his several colourful anecdotes about his dead sister!

Permalink Mark Unread

"My country is being invaded by a lunatic and I need to get to the mercenary's guild now you can tell me about it while you walk me there but if you get in my way I will do whatever I have to -"

Permalink Mark Unread

- He backs off, cowed, and lets her past, still muttering. The rest of the alleyway is clear, although someone does dump a chamberpot out their window inches in front of her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe someday Asmodeus will bring order and glory to these people too.

 

 

She tries to follow the directions she was given and stops more people to ask if she's getting close.

Permalink Mark Unread

She get a couple of people in a row who are really useless at direction-giving, and also a small child tries to pickpocket her, but she eventually is close and the guild building is visible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably that's a normal amount of delay and inconvenience in a poorly-run country and she's reading too much into it because she's terrified for her family and country. 

 

 

She goes up to the guild building, looking for a customer's entrance or people to talk to or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

People are going in and out of a door and one of them notices her staring. "You lost, lady?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I need to hire some mercenaries urgently. Who do I talk to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, come on in - can't help you myself, the Blueskies just got bought up for the next season, but I'll see who's around. What sort of mercenaries you looking for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just got bought up - maybe by one of her colleagues, she shouldn't immediately rush to bid higher. "I want to hire as many people as I can find who can Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you want Adepts?" He rubs his fingers together, leering slightly. "They'll want gold for that. But the Plaincats and the Riversnakes may be able to help you out there. Them mages don't like to hire out alone, though, they want their buddies watching their backs." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have gold and we can pay for their support staff as well, of course. Who represents the, uh, Plaincats?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Captain Idara is in charge, but you'll want to talk to Mama Raine, she handles finding them gigs. She's usually in the taproom this time of day - this way." 

Mama Raine turns out to be a large - plump, too, but mostly just big-boned and tough-looking - with frizzy hair in an uncooperative knot and hairy forearms, dressed in men's trousers and a shirt with the sleeves rolled up, daggers at both hips. She's nursing a tankard of ale, playing dice and laughing uproariously with some men, but she seems sober enough when the man who led Ramira in interrupts her. 

"Yes, girl, wha'd'you want?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to urgently hire some mages who can Gate and whatever support staff they require."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, girlie, it's Gates in particular you need?" Sigh. "Adept Ratek handed in his resignation today, his sweetie's papa is ill and he's decided to marry the girl tomorrow. I'll have to go roust up our Master mages and see whether they think they can handle those Gates for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," she says tensely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mama Raine storms upstairs - the building seems to also have sleeping quarters - and shortly storms back downstairs. "The boys are out on the town, apparently, let's go find them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. We could also - if the one who retired wants to help just for the next twelve hours we could pay very well just for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need a Gate in the next twelve hours? Where to, exactly?" Mama Raine forges out the front door at a fast pace, not waiting to see if Ramira is following. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is. "Some people invaded my country. We need to move a lot of soldiers so we can defend ourselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you poor dear! What country? Is it far from here - you're gonna provide and pay for transport, yes...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's called Cheliax. It's very far from here, it's on another world. We'll pay for and provide transport, we can travel between worlds fine, we just can't move large numbers of soldiers."

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman looks kind of dubious. "Never heard of it, dearie." She does keep walking, though. 

They are inconvenienced by some street performers who seem to have gotten into a brawl with a different set of street performers who thought they had booked the same section of street to perform in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Cheliax this doesn't happen. ...didn't happen. Right now there are presumably soldiers running through the streets of Egorian and much worse is happening.

 

Do your job, girl. She glares at the street performers and tries to skirt around the brawl.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mama Raine bulls her way through, glaring as well. They manage to reach a tavern.

However, several uniformed City Watch officers are currently out front, apprehending a ginger-haired, ruddy-complexioned man who seems to be trying to talk his way out of it, but with a sheepish, guilty expression and an obvious lack of success. 

Mama Raine barges in. There is shouting. 

"- What do you mean, arrested on gambling charges?" she barks. "You hand him back to me right now - I'll box his ears for you, promise, but we're shopping for a contract here, this young dearie needs her country saved." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is this the kind of country where offering a bribe is a good idea or a terrible idea that'll escalate the whole situation. ...she'll follow Mama Raine's lead. 

 

"I need them to Gate soldiers to our capital city and stop the madman who just invaded it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guard officers are not having it. Or, at least, they are set on dragging Mama Raine's mage to the watch house and then maybe he can be remanded back to Mama Raine's tender mercy. Later today. 

Mama Raine argues for a while and then flings up her hands. "Fine! We'll pick him up in a candlemark. Where's Pioter?" 

Pioter is apparently still upstairs in the tavern, having not been arrested on gambling charges and having wisely kept his head down rather than go down with his fellow mage. 

They go upstairs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably everyone else is having better luck because she's having the worst luck. 

 

She tries to smile professionally at Pioter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pioter is friendly and pleasant and very chatty - and also, as it turns out five minutes into the conversation, does not know how to do Gates; he's a weak Master-level mage and he's spent his entire career specializing in flashy combat and thus doesn't have great control. Possibly he could get one of his fellow mages to teach him the spell on short notice, if she's going to give them that much gold, but he doesn't think he's strong enough to do that many or that far. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah well. They kind of need to move a lot of troops. 

"Can we ask - the one who quit - about one last day of work - nice pile of money for him to get married with -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, of course, they'll have to find him though, they can go to his soon to be father-in-law's house to find out where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

 

(Aaaaaahhh.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They trek there, fortunately it's a smaller city than most in Cheliax and doesn't take that long, but it is getting very hot and humid. 

The father's wife answers. Apparently Ratek and his fiancée are shopping for wedding apparel in the nice part of town. Mama Raine thanks the lady gruffly and forges off with Ramira in that direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ramira knows Endure Elements but she didn't prepare it this morning because no one told her this morning there was going to be a war which would involve mercenary recruiting in another country. Instead she will suffer. She reminds herself that it is a taste of the world to come, and you get used to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They find the Adept mage and his girlfriend at a fancy shoe store. The streets in this part of town are cleaner and there are no beggars in alleyways. 

Ratek seems pretty distracted by the burden of organizing a wedding. "Yes, what do you want?" His girlfriend is flushed and beaming and hanging off his arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I need some Gates very badly. Today. I know you're getting married really soon but we could pay absurdly well and it'd just be one day of work. My country was invaded this morning and we need to move our army so we can fight back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ratek hears her out and seems sympathetic to her plight and also very, very tempted by the promise of help with wedding expenses; he keeps glancing at all the clearly very expensive stores on the block. 

His sweetheart, however, is almost hysterical about the prospect of her beloved going off to help with a WAR which might be DANGEROUS and he could DIE on the eve of their wedding! She doesn't want him to do that at all! She's spent the last three years worried sick about him every time the company went off on a contract and he PROMISED he was done with that life and they could settle down and have a civilized, safe, comfortable life in the city! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can include in the contract a paid-for resurrection if anything happens to him," she tries to assure the girlfriend. "And you could start your new life with enough money neither of you ever have to work again."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay now both of them seem to think she's probably lying because they've never heard of resurrection as a real spell that actually works, the Adept is pretty sure it's impossible and now wants to question all the other details of her story too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gah - She's from another world. Her magic doesn't work like theirs; she doesn't know exactly how theirs does work but she can demonstrate Tongues, which is about to run out anyway. And she can demonstrate that there is more gold in her Bag of Holding than ought to fit in there, she hasn't seen anything like that in this city yet and maybe they don't have it. Different world, different magic, including resurrections, perfectly standard term of a contract, see, it's mentioned in some of the sample contracts she has on hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, huh, all of that seems pretty convincing even though it's also absurd, and Ratek is starting to look tempted again and his fiancée is placated by the ridiculous amount of gold and looking hopefully across the street at a dress store. 

- and then a little boy comes tearing down the street. "Hey pretty lady sorry to bother you can you please please hold this for me for a bit I'll be right back–" and he shoves a bag into her hands and keeps running. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...well maybe they can negotiate contract terms right here, then, if she wants to ...stay so that she can hold onto that bag for that random child?

Permalink Mark Unread

They start discussing contract terms, with the active cooperation of Ratek's sweetheart - 

- and then the City Watch shows up again, five of them, with an angry shopkeeper on their heels, and they break up the conversation and start loudly accusing Ramira of stealing jewelry, gesturing at the bag she's holding, one of them has cuffs and wants to cuff her right then and there and haul her off to the watchhouse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, she's glad someone came to pick up the jewelry, she was worried there was something suspicious going on there but leaving it in the middle of the street seemed worse. She's been engaged in contract negotiations for mages all morning and been with people the whole time and also obviously wouldn't have stolen anything because there are five hundred pounds of gold in her cargo bag, but it makes sense they'd want to clear things up, do they have truth magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

The city guard don't themselves seem to have truth magic, also the shopkeeper is not buying her story at all and is on the spot concocting a different story where she's obviously conspiring with one of the child street gangs, probably she's their pimp too, he's heard all sorts of tales about that. 

Mama Raine does not seem to want to get involved in this one, and the girlfriend looks incredibly embarrassed to be seen in conversation with someone now being accused of theft and pimping out orphans, and is trying to tug Ratek away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Look, if the shopkeeper will just go away he can have fifty pounds of gold for his trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shopkeeper's eyes light up with greed, if he gets that plus his jewelry back he will totally go away. 

The City Watch, however, would like to take her to the temple to Anathei, they think the priests have some sort of truth magic and then they can confirm she is definitely not pimping out orphans - she looks like a respectable nice woman but sometimes criminals do and they really have to follow every lead they can on criminal street gangs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- of course but can they please please get this cleared up really quickly there is an army marching through the streets of her homeland right now and this mercenary contract is her best hope of saving her family and her country.

Permalink Mark Unread

The temple is nearby so it shouldn't take long. They march her over to it, looking kind of apologetic but firm. 

The priest is a kindly elderly man in simple robes, who comes out to ask what he can help them with. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She would like to state under the local truth magic that she has to her knowledge abided by all local laws since she got here, and definitely hasn't stolen anything, and has never talked to any children in street gangs, and is kind of worried about their child street gangs and would be delighted to come back and set up schools and orphanages in the name of her god once she has saved her country, and really needs to go now if that's all cleared up.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, seriously, looking her in the eye, and seems very sympathetic, and then his eyes go unfocused...

"- Oh, you poor, poor child." He blinks back to awareness. Reaches out and takes her hands. "I am so sorry." There are tears welling in his eyes. "Your world - your country... I can hardly fathom it. But the gods of your world speak to the gods of ours, now, and so I can tell you. Aroden is indeed returned to reclaim the land from Hell - your country will be safe, soon." The tears are spilling down his cheeks, now. "But you - the darkness in your soul... Please, please, would you stay here? And perhaps we can redeem you, and your soul will not go to this - plane of horrors - when your life ends..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

What the fuck. 

 

"Uh. I'm fine. Nothing's going to happen to me that shouldn't happen to me. And I don't - care whether it's Aroden invading or somebody else invading, they're invading, my country is not safe, and I need to get back there to defend it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The priest sighs, releasing her hands. He looks deeply grieved. 

"You should arrest her," he says to the watchmen. 

They look baffled. "Did she or did she not steal the–"

The priest to Anathei ducks in close to the head Guard and whispers something in his ear - 

- the man's eyes widen, and he gestures to the others, who grab her and start cuffing her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- am I accused of a crime or just of serving a god you got fed some nonsense about." She thinks it's permissible to Teleport out if it's the latter, she bets they don't have a law about locking people up for being Asmodean because Asmodeus heard about this planet this morning and this planet, apparently, heard some propaganda about him just now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are accused of recruiting for foreign criminal activities, which is a crime in our books," the head Guard says stiffly. "We will, of course, take down all of the testimony you wish to give and consider this matter properly. At the watchhouse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thousands of people are already dead. It'll be so much worse if the invaders have several days to dig in before we're able to respond. I'm recruiting for the legitimate Queen of Cheliax, the sixth in her dynasty, and I've never been involved in any criminal activities and my country isn't perfect but it doesn't have orphan street gangs and you have no right to tell people that it's tragic, that they might care about that more than they care about the afterlife being full of flowers and fucking bunnies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Look, miss, you've got to tell us at the watchhouse so we can take down notes, it's the protocol..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not resisting. She is crying but there's probably not a law against that.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Meanwhile the priest of Anathei, still with tears on his cheeks, is headed off to the mercenaries' guild to inform them of the horrifying, incredibly upsetting glimpses of Asmodeus' work that Anathei just showed to him.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden sees a woman sitting in what looks like a city watchhouse, in tears, while several extremely conflicted-looking guards interrogate her about her country's practices in war. 

He sighs. It at least doesn't look like she's currently in the process of handing gold to mages. 

He releases the scry without watching more than a minute of it, no need to wear out his crystal ball, and moves on to the list of Chelish soldiers believed to be evacuating through a forest, presumably to gather at some specified location. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Soldiers are hurrying through the forest to the rendezvous point with the rest of Cheliax's army, under illusory cover. They pass an abandoned mine, and pick their way carefully across the ground since it's the dead of night and they can't afford to fall into a mine shaft or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden gets out a map, compares it with Vanyel's earlier notes on the locations Leareth glimpsed, this lets him pin it down. He'll do a Sending back to the camp before he heads off to sleep in his demiplane. 

Can he figure out where the rendezvous location actually is? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can narrow it down to a couple of candidates, and could scry them all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll do that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can find the rendevous point. It's on the western edge of the forest. There are maybe twenty thousand people there now, with large groups still on their way. Cheliax's population is a tenth wizards and they don't have Gates but there's still a lot magic can do to make a march faster and less exhausting, and it looks like they used some demiplanes as bridges to bring people in from across the country. There's an open portal to Hell. Equipment and supplies are being passed out of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is very unsurprising - he would be unimpressed with them if they weren't at least this competent - and also inconvenient. 

Aroden carefully notes the location, numbers, and observed magic, and then releases the scry and prepares a couple of Sendings to convey all of the information to one of his wizards back at the Ostenso camp. Leareth or the Heralds can take care of passing it from there. 

It's about an hour past midnight now. If he sleeps now and then prepares his spells, they can attack in the early hours of the morning, well before dawn. Most of his wizards should be sleeping, now, covered by the Velgarth mages who don't require a night of sleep to prepare spells and can push through better on catnaps and stimulants. Everyone at sixth circle or above has a Ring of Sustenance, it's well worth it as an investment, and they should have gone to bed early, usually you can't do that and still get your full night's sleep but they'll have been plenty exhausted enough after an entire day of fighting. It'll mean disproportionately fewer of his high-level wizards will have spells left for the rest of the day, but if they take out the army tonight, while they're still gathering and tired from the long march, they'll have less fighting to do later. 

He Plane Shifts to his demiplane and goes to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has been in bed for an hour. And wakes up an hour after that, his Ring of Sustenance finally helping him out; he feels fully rested. 

He surveys the city, checking what's going on, and then gets out his book on cleric spells and starts reading through it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

As a cleric with second-circle spells, he can also channel energy more powerfully; doing so would be definitely deadly to anyone who doesn't have personal shields or the local form of adventuring-related resilience, and so is probably a bad idea to test. Once he is neutral he'll be able to learn how to channel healing energy instead. Other skills that can be learned with channeling include how to exclude some people from it (so he doesn't heal enemies or injure allies), how to do it more efficiently, and (when he's much more powerful than he is now) how to channel energy at someone who just died hard enough that they are restored to life. (This only works if they died in the last few seconds.)

 

Other than Lesser Restoration, interesting second-circle spells include Fox's Cunning, the one that enhances intelligence (which won't stack with his headband), Owl's Wisdom, and Eagle's Splendour, Aid, which gives everybody he touches very good personal shields though they'll only last a minute, Consecrate, which has varied effects in different circumstances but is mostly relevant here because it cuts Asmodeus's temples and shrines off from Him, and Share Language. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Neat. He's curious what Owl's Wisdom feels like, but for wartime purposes he probably ought to get more of Lesser Restoration and maybe Consecrate, to help out with the temples part. He presumably can't get any additional spells until dawn - he has one use of Lesser Restoration which he's likely to need if they do end up attacking the army, which one of the Heralds on night watch confirms Aroden was able to locate. (Also, it sounds like at least one of the Chelish recruiters sent to Velgarth is confirmed to be suffering a string of ill luck. He smiles a little to himself at the though of the Velgarth gods finally helping a cause he cares about.)

He doesn't much like the channeling negative energy part and is hoping something will flip over and make him neutral soon, but can keep it in reserve in case he's cornered by enemies he in fact wants dead. 

No word yet from Aroden, so he goes on to look at third-level spells, since Khemet mentioned Abadar could maybe give him more levels if he would have any idea what to do with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting third-level spells: Aura sight lets you see peoples' alignments from a distance. Channel Vigor lets you pick from a fairly appealing set of benefits including halving your reaction times and letting you move twice as quickly, more intelligence enhancement, or improved ability to throw off spells. Remove Disease cures diseases. Speak With Dead lets you animate a body to ask it questions. Water Breathing does exactly what you'd expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fascinating. The dead-animating one is weird but what do you expect from a world with magic as weird as this one. Anyway, if Abadar decides to drop more levels on him, Leareth now has some idea what to do with them, and he'll keep reading if he has more time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not, unfortunately. Aroden, with Alter Self back in place to wear his former human face, rested and full up on spells again and equipped with his usual Pearls of Power and a stash of diamonds in his Bag of Holding, leaves his demiplane and quickly tries to scry the army again before heading back to the makeshift war camp. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At the rendevous point more Chelish troops are streaming in, some of them having marched a magic-aided thirty-five miles in the last eighteen hours, and resting in illusion-shielded camps when they arrive while Hell ships out potions and armor and magic weapons for their defense of the country.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would like them to stop getting supplies promptly, but - hmm, actually, the vague plan shaping in his mind works a lot better if they're caught completely and utterly by surprise. He's not sure it's possible - he could consider using Wish to help but he doesn't have a safe wording, obviously...

He Teleports back to the camp and finds Leareth and they confer, briefly. 

Then, after a quick check that everything still seems quiet-ish, he takes Leareth's arm, and Plane Shifts both of them to Nirvana. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They land in a glade of trees next to a gloriously pretty waterfall. There's a bridge across the river and exquisitely pretty wooden houses on the other side. Most of them are not the right shape and size for humans. Perhaps relatedly, there's a centaur-like creature with the antlers of an elk resting at the water's edge, and half a dozen creatures who look like cats to ordinary vision but not at all to Thoughtsensing gathered around listening to a story one of them is telling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden approaches the group and politely interrupts. "I would like to speak to someone with authority to hear our rather unusual request. Who ought I seek?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is trying not to stare, fascinated, his Othersenses extended for magic as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The houses are full of magic things. The kind of magic is unfamiliar; neither Golarion's nor Velgarth's.

The centaur straightens and raises an eyebrow. "I would expect most people to have the authority to hear requests, even if it's rare to have the authority to grant them. And I can't guess who'd have the authority to grant your request without hearing it." 

He doesn't have the ability to read alignments at will, like the archons; he can detect divination magic pointed at him, and notice immediately that both of these people are reading his mind. He is not especially troubled by this. The material world trains bad habits into people by virtue of being completely horrible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks this commentary is pretty fair. He wonders what the centaur would think of Velgarth and all its horrors. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods, and straightens himself up. "I am Aroden, returned as a human and currently fighting to reclaim Cheliax from Asmodeus and the rule of Hell. I think there is likely someone here who can verify my identity, if you wish to do that; I know that Iomedae and Her people are aware. In any case, their army is regrouping and we would prefer they not have a chance to do so, however, I do not wish to kill them because then they will be in Hell and very annoying to rescue from there. Leareth, my colleague, has magic from another world that allows very large portals between planes. We would like to transport twenty to thirty thousand Chelish troops to Nirvana, where they will be out of our way; we can, of course, retrieve them after the war once I know what to do with them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The enormous antlers bob. "Will they have food with them? Supplies? Will they be a danger to anyone around? To eachother? To themselves?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They do risk being a danger to anyone around them, and ought accordingly be placed somewhere inaccessible if that can be done, but I do not think to each other or to themselves, Asmodeus' order is a very Lawful one. They will have supplies to camp, and some food with them, though perhaps not enough for more than a day or two. We are obtaining aid from neighbouring countries and Leareth could deliver additional food later if that is necessary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not know of an area large enough for thirty thousand people who might travel from there that is without any inhabitants," he says slowly. "I can find out whether anyone else knows of such a place, or we can ask people if they'd be willing to leave to clear space. I would expect either approach to take about an hour; can you wait that long?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes a moment to think and then nods. "Yes, we can wait that long. Though, in that case, I think I will leave Leareth here with you and depart to continue other preparations." He probably needs an hour to set up for Leareth's plan anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am going to Teleport around talking to people," the centaur says gravely to Leareth. "I can take you with me if you sit astride me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he'll ride the centaur, this is honestly not the weirdest experience of the last twenty-four hours. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden Plane Shifts back to his hallway-demiplane, since it lands him in a predictable location where he won't be seen and lets him do one last quick scry of the army's position and level of preparation from his crystal ball, and then he Teleports to Ostenso, gets out a large map in one of the planning tents, and sends someone to wake and assemble Leareth's mages while he sketches out a plan and starts assigning locations. 

As the mages trickle in, he buddies some of them up with his high-level wizards, for Teleports and Invisibility, and notes down their placements, laid out in a giant circle well away from the camp's perimeter. Leareth's Farseers can See exact locations from the map and mentally share them with the wizards, even if they can't See the cloaked army.

There aren't enough wizards who have Rings of Sustenance and thus today's spells to match with the number of mages Leareth said he needed for this, so Aroden lines up a dozen of them to quickly Teleport into place himself, once it's closer to the time of. Precisely an hour from now, he wants all of them in place and with at least twenty minutes of invisibility for flexibility of timing; Aroden can cast it to last forty-two minutes with Extend Spell, so he won't want to start yet. 

If they don't end up getting approval from Nirvana, well, at least they'll have two dozen Velgarth mages and a lot of wizards already surrounding the camp for a more conventional attack. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nirvana is not really considering it in question whether they'll do this, they just have to figure out where. Eventually they settle on a mountain valley from where the trails out are impassable this time of year but not actually miserably cold down in the valley itself, owing to some hot springs, and Leareth's centaur gallops around through the valley explaining to everybody that it's recommended they evacuate and explaining why. Several people are worried that it'll be scary for the captured army if there's no one there to explain what's going on, but are successfully persuaded that if in their panic they kill some people then 1) those people will be dead and 2) they'll have more to heal from. 

 

Eventually Leareth's centaur Teleports out of the valley with an enormous flock of creatures alongside him, birds and foxes and rabbits and lions and a dragon. "Can your friend cast a larger than usual Dimensional Lock spell to prevent the army from Plane Shifting back or Teleporting around within Nirvana?" he asks as he does this. "I would not expect many of them to have Teleport locations here but there are combinations of magics that would permit it, and we'll have to kill them, if they start attacking people."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is pretty sure his friend can do that, they briefly discussed plans there, Aroden said he could handle it, and he knows from his studies with Khemet's researchers that using Wish to extend the range of an existing spell is a relatively safe usage. In terms of telling the captured army what's going on, they have access to some people with extraordinary telepathic range, one of them can be brought over when the army is dropped to make an announcement. 

Is it all right if Leareth very quickly goes around the edges of the valley and casts some of his own kind of magic on some rocks? (He wants to do a quick-and-dirty partial version of the set-spells on a permanent Gate threshold, it'll make it a lot easier for him to anchor on the destination quickly and pull off an interplanar Gate on this ridiculous scale.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure! The centaur can Teleport them around for this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth puts down half a dozen anchor points for his Gate, and then he'd better transport himself back, via a much tinier Gate, so he can prepare for the final portion. 

He's going to collapse in a puddle after this. Having two dozen of his mages shaken awake to hold the perimeter of the enormous concert Gate will cut the power requirement from him for the initial threshold, nearly half a mile wide, down to something he can handle. Still, he's the one doing the heaviest lifting, since as the only one who's actually been to the valley, he'll be handling the interplanar search component and the destination threshold. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, waiting for his turn to be rendered invisible and Teleported, greets him. :I'll be next to you, 'Fandes thinks she can help me node-boost you for the harder bit: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you. I am sorry to disrupt your rest: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No, this is amazing. I love this plan. I just wish I could see the look on Asmodeus' face when his entire army gets kidnapped to the Neutral Good afterlife, it'll be glorious: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden pops into place next to them a few minutes later, takes Vanyel's arm, makes him disappear from sight and mage-sight, and transports him to the second-to-final spot next to Leareth. 

Then he's back, using a Pearl of Power for one last Teleport to bring Leareth himself into position. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't probe the camp, it might be noticeable if they have the right kind of defences, but he does passively open his Othersenses, as he reaches out to form a cautious Mindspeech link with the mages on either side of him in the circle, slipping into concert-rapport. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot of magic in the camp; the soldiers are being equipped with items that keep them alive and make them stronger, and with magic swords that can cut through shields, and with use-activated items that will let them fly or deflect spells. Most of them are asleep but there are plenty of sentries; some pass quite close.

Permalink Mark Unread

It all looks quite well-organized and competently done, and he's going to have to move fast so as not to give them time to react when the Gate goes up. Fortunately, if he does this right, when he does his collapsing into a puddle there won't be any Chelish forces left in this plane, except for maybe a few sentries who happen to have been outside their perimeter. 

:Yfandes: he sends. :Can you give us the cue: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: And she can find each mind belonging to a Velgarth mage, and only those minds, and include them in a private Mindspeech countdown that won't be detectable to anyone inside the camp unless they have a lot more telepathy-detecting magic than she thought - and even if they do it'll be about two seconds' warning. 

:Three, two, one - NOW: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes about a second and a half for the mages, linked in a concert-meld and all Adepts experienced with Gates, to fling up an enormous threshold. Which is very detectable as powerful magic, and also visible as a strange white glow to the naked eye, though its casters are still invisible. 

Leareth reaches for Nirvana, and for the anchor-stones he left there, throwing his mind toward the destination, profligately pouring energy into the spell as Vanyel feeds him from a node. It takes maybe two seconds to find it, and he frantically builds the destination threshold, as soon as it's complete the spell will snap into place and dump the entire army there where they can't do anything about it -

Permalink Mark Unread

The army noticed this and is freaking out! Some people Teleport out immediately. Some try Dispel Magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they were never going to do it fast enough to catch the wizards with good reaction times. Dispel Magic rips at pieces of the threshold on their side, but it's very stable once up, and there are a lot of mages to rebuild it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The instant he dropped Leareth, Aroden Plane Shifts himself to Nirvana, and from his random arrival point, Teleports to the mountain beside the valley, grabbed from Leareth's memory. He draws out a diamond for his Wish, to extend the Dimension Lock spell to cover the entirety of the valley and everyone inside it. He worked out the wording for it as a contingency decades ago, trapping a large number of people in a given plane is useful in many circumstances, and it's a pretty safe use case anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's vision blacks out a little as the power drains through him, not replenished quiiite fast enough by all of Vanyel's efforts. 

- and then the Gate completes and snaps into place, and the ground is suddenly gone from under the army's feet, replaced by different ground somewhere else entirely. Thanks to the placement of Leareth's stones near the walls of the valley, for most of them it's a drop of somewhere between three and ten feet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A lot of confused people crash to the ground! They're mostly not badly injured and they do have decent healing on hand.

 

There is a lot of chaos on the ground as they reorganize themselves and try some spells to figure out where they are. Some people take flight to scout invisibly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden doesn't have a great way to stop people from flying out of the valley to where they can Teleport or Plane Shift again, aside from using See Invisibility and striking at them individually, but nonetheless he would really prefer they not! 

He casts Mage's Decree and announces to everyone within the valley, tersely given the word limit, that they are now prisoners of war in Nirvana and he is promising not to harm them if they stay put but makes no promises otherwise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- this gets the scouts to at least land while they wait for orders from whoever is in charge. 

 

The people who are in charge are trying to do triage on people who took unusually bad falls and figure out the supply situation and establish communications with Cheliax. They do some Sendings home. They tell people to stay put for now. They are so confused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, one of Aroden's wizards has just Plane Shifted Herald-Mage Savil, who didn't participate in the Gate and isn't exhausted - or, rather, she's had four candlemarks of sleep and is certainly tired but has lots of magic left in her and is waking up thanks to some stimulants. Once in Nirvana, they Teleport over to the mountain to join Aroden. Savil stays out of sight behind the ridge, just in case the army decides to lob some fireballs. 

Kellan starts on a longer announcement, since he's not word-limited. He's not Taver and can't hit tens of thousands of people at once, but he can get around a quarter of them, who can hopefully inform the rest. He tells them that food and supplies can be delivered if needed, and even clerics if they need more healing than they have capacity for and the army promises them safe passage. However, Aroden has blocked them from Plane Shifting and Teleporting out, and anyone trying to leave the valley will be intercepted. 

(Kellan can notice anyone doing this pretty easily, by watching for minds - unless they're using a lot of magical protections, but Companions are hard to fool.) 

What are the people thinking? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're mostly exhausted. They marched way too far yesterday, helped out by lots and lots of powerful magic, and then they were interrupted in the middle of the night by something that should have been outright impossible, even with some Wishes you can't just - kidnap thirty thousand people in a way that permits no spell resistance and no shielding and no defence -

- it's kind of got to be Aroden, right, if it's not traitorous to think that, who else could possibly -

 

 

Aroden gets a Sending. "This is Queen Abrogail Thrune. We would like to have a channel open for negotiations. Do you have any proposals?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does, in fact, have a proposal! He had already selected and assigned some of his people as diplomats, and proposes a neutral location in Axis. (They know little about the details of his war planning or strategic assets and they're not that important to the war effort itself, though he's definitely going to raise them if they die doing this. They're also not authorized to do much without his approval, but they can at least serve as a channel of communication.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. Cheliax will get some people to Axis to start talks with the invaders, then. 

 

Cheliax's diplomats would like to ask if there's anything at all that could get the invaders to go away?? Maybe Aroden could go be a god again with Asmodeus's support and just leave Cheliax alone?

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden's diplomats are sympathetic, having your country invaded is in fact really terrible!! However, sorry, that is definitely not on the table as something Aroden would be willing to do. He has enough strength to take Cheliax one way or another, and intends to; it seems like the options for the future here are a long, messy war where a lot of people die, or a shorter cleaner one where Cheliax cooperates. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They kind of figured. 

 

They might be willing to offer to conclude the war shortly if they're allowed to evacuate to Hell anyone in Cheliax who wants to go, first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden's diplomats aren't authorized to make any promises or sign anything, they have to understand, but - informally, they can say that this is something Aroden would potentially sign off on. Under conditions that he chooses, of course, which are likely to involve the evacuations only happening from specified locations, so Aroden can verify that they're not hauling random people off the street and coercing them into it, and also that everyone opting in will be fully informed of Aroden's future plans for Cheliax and what he can offer them before they make their decision. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Why don't they get some more specific conditions from him, that might be acceptable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is not available right this second, but his diplomats can do a Sending and make him aware that there's some interest in this offer and a request for more specific terms, and he'll probably answer on that later today.

In the material plane, on the battlefield, it's not quite dawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden prepared so many Teleports today and ended up using a really absurd number of them before the sun was even up, so he's now asking one of Leareth's mages to Gate him, alongside a yawning Nayoki, around to the outskirts of a half-dozen smaller cities and towns they didn't visit yesterday. Gates are more detectable, but they're choosing arrival locations where the magical signature hopefully won't be too obvious, and Nayoki is going to sense anyone coming when they're still a half-mile away. 

If they can make it in unnoticed, they'll slip into place to lay some mind-control on the local leadership. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel arrives back in the Ostenso camp, hauling an unconscious Leareth, and immediately extends his Thoughtsensing to look for any clerics who might be able to cast Restoration on him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are some clerics from Andoran who'd be happy to cast Restoration on him, though, uh, it'd be nice if he'd provide the diamond? They don't grow on trees.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't carry diamonds around in his bag (although maybe he should), he can go hunt down one of Aroden's wizards and find out if they have some diamonds, or if there's any coal around here he can just make on right now, Restoration calls for a pretty small diamond right? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can what now. (Restoration requires only a very small diamond yeah).

Permalink Mark Unread

He's the only Velgarth mage who can do it but it's not even that hard for him. Vanyel finds somewhere to make Leareth sort-of-comfortable and then darts around, asking people if they know who has either coal or a Restoration-grade diamond. He gets coal first, the army brought some as more portable fire fuel than wood, and so he can make a tiny diamond right there, cool it off with some wind, and hand it to the awed cleric. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric is so awed he can barely concentrate for a bit but he gets himself together and Restorations Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth scrambles up from where Vanyel laid him against someone's pack, coughing a bit. "–Where... Oh. Thank you, Vanyel. Did it work?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

It worked beautifully! Vanyel is gleeful about it!

Permalink Mark Unread

Even after Restoration, Leareth doesn't exactly feel in top shape, he's probably very low on whatever kind of reserves Restoration doesn't address. It's nearly dawn, though, so he'll go back to his own tent and read a few more pages of the cleric spell list before the sun peeks up and he, alongside all the other clerics, prays for his spells. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is there (well, a tiny cleaned-up bit of Abadar is there) to grant them.

 

Including third-circle ones, if he wants those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth absolutely wants third-circle spells! He'll take Channel Vigor, as many of it as Abadar is willing to give him. For second-level he'll take two of Lesser Restoration and one of Consecrate, and he'll prepare the innate reserves spell in all his first-level slots.

And then cast it right away first thing so his head will stop feeling so empty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden Gates back to Egorian, his tour of the various towns complete, and checks in with Taver about any activity in the city overnight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some civilians had medical emergencies and weren't sure if they'd get stabbed for going to a temple about them. There are some spies invisibly hanging out seeing what's going on and reporting deployments back to Cheliax. Otherwise the night was quiet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver reports in that he's been keeping an eye out for people freaking out about things like that, and discreetly Mindspeaking them to alert them of the nearest triage area with volunteer clerics and Velgarth Healers, or warning a cleric directly to go offer help. The spies he can't do much about, although when he notices them, which presumably isn't always, he gives them the usual spiel about Aroden so they can report that back to Cheliax too and also so they know they're being watched. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver has been one of the single most useful people in this entire war and Aroden is deeply grateful for his help, and understands that he must be very tired after twenty-four hours straight of war, but Aroden needs him for one more assignment. They're going to do another tour of Gating around between cities, dropping off whatever troops have been freed up after the active fighting in the other cities ended and have now had at least some rest, and Taver will broadcast a message telling them of the overall strategic situation and promising that if they surrender, they'll be occupied in an orderly fashion with no bloodshed. 

(Hopefully the mind control will help with this bit.) 

Egorian was the biggest city with the most resistance, and if he's stealing Taver he certainly isn't going to take any of their garrison too. Aroden hitches a Gate with Taver back to Ostenso. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver skims all the accessible surface thoughts in town to get an additional angle on how the occupation is going there, while Aroden amasses some troops to move. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Similar picture to in Egorian. The longer there's no response from Cheliax's armies the more people start to wonder if it might be true, but mostly they're still assuming it'll be false and the city will be retaken with a lot of bloodshed and they'll be in trouble for having cooperated. 

Also there's an underground resistance working on tunnelling over to where the invaders are camped so they can suck them into an underground sinkhole.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is so delightfully resourceful of them! And also, nope definitely not. Aroden assigns some of Leareth's mages to watch the tunnellers and hold the ground together with a force-net so their sinkhole ambitions come to nothing; in the meantime he might as well let them tunnel without interference, it'll keep them from hatching some other plan.

He lines up a thousand soldiers, about ten of Leareth's mages, and a couple of the Heralds to go be visibly paladin-like and provide mindreading and telepathy coverage once he and Taver move on. They Gate out to the biggest city on his list of next targets. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Taver, from the edge of the small city, delivers a telepathic message to everyone within it, in ringing steely tones. Aroden is here to reclaim Cheliax; within a day, he has conquered Egorian and another three major cities, taken the bulk of the Chelish army prisoner in another plane, and opened talks between their diplomats on terms of surrender. There are soldiers and wizards here to take this city; if they want to just surrender, they can be occupied in an orderly fashion without risking injuries or deaths. 

Permalink Mark Unread

On the one hand the city leadership is clearly mind-controlled to be saying in the bland tones of someone who doesn't have a choice about it that they surrender.

On the...other hand maybe that means no else will be executed for complying? Given that they tried Break Enchantment and it didn't even work and there's no one here who can do more than that?

What do you do if you are going to die today if you refuse to surrender and going to die tomorrow if you agreed to surrender today? And going to Hell either way, though Asmodeus is a sensible person and finds more use in people who served him well, while those who betrayed him are only refuse...

 

No one actually stops the mind-controlled countess from announcing that the city surrenders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ten Velgarth mages and a handful of mid-level Golarion wizards spread out to guard all exits and entrances to the city; the thousand soldiers split up to patrol the streets.

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple of Heralds pace around, the Companions passively mindreading for any signs of self-organizing resistance while their Heralds look around for people who might need help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden accepts the countess' surrender face to face, and then Gates back to the Ostenso camp to collect more soldiers for the next minor city on his list, and to find out if any of the countries offering help occupying cities have more of that available, clerics in particular, they'll want to reconsecrate Asmodeus' temples promptly. If so they should send someone who can teleport to the town in order to share a memory of where they've got volunteers lined up, and someone can do a Velgarth Gate to move them there. 

And then they move onward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere (not exactly anywhere) there is a conversation (not exactly a conversation) that if it were rendered in human words (it cannot be) would go as such:

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus could order the lords of Hell out onto the battlefields in Cheliax, and then it would all be over; Aroden cannot stand against that, and his forces less so. It is not done, but there are few among the gods who could stop Asmodeus, if he were to do it. 

What they could do is make it worthless. And he is shaped like that, now, has been since the dawn of the previous day. If you do that, I will make it worthless; I predict that down this path lies the destruction of the world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks that this is stupid, and should be reconsidered, and he doesn't see why, and while humans squabble in Axis over human terms for a human treaty they could discuss it, maybe, and see if there's some middle ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

They could discuss it. 

He sees - a world where the cities are not driven by the desire of people to live in cities but by the desire of Hell to herd them there, where the inventions are not done by eager inventors who seek to reap the benefits of their work for their own sake but by frightened obedient people hoping to make their punishment less terrible. He knows what Asmodeus tells the people of Cheliax - that Asmodeus will rule over all the realms, someday, that Axis is not an escape because Axis will not last...

Permalink Mark Unread

Does He want a commitment to the effect that no plans like that are in the works. Because they're not. Though if Axis keeps getting in His way that would make those paths more appealing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tolerated Cheliax. He was angry about the currency trick, but He tolerated it, because maybe it would be true, that humans could build valuable things under Hell's guidance. And because maybe it would be true, that humans had fallen under Asmodeus's sway as their own choice, as free as human choices can be, that they'd chosen not to fight and chosen to live in Cheliax and chosen to worship Asmodeus. But if Asmodeus sends his legions to crush Aroden today, that won't be true at all. They will have chosen otherwise and been overridden. Not persuaded, just slaughtered. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus cares about that. He can - extend for a handshake the part of Him that shares this value, they can have recognition. Asmodeus prefers to be chosen. It's how He did this, the first time around. But the people of Cheliax aren't choosing Aroden, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

A prediction: when closer to fully informed the people of Cheliax will choose Aroden. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems to depend on whether the information they get includes that the Lords of Hell will ride forth to destroy Him. Also, if they did do that, the people of Cheliax would choose that over the destruction of the world, so that decision criteria can't be really the one in use here.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fact people don't want the destruction of the world did feature in the considerations that led him to commit himself to the destruction of the world. He expects they were weighed appropriately but Asmodeus can see, if He wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus feels like it is very uncharacteristic even in light of all these concerns for Abadar to have committed Himself to interference in this fashion and the main thing He wants is the information that would make it unsurprising!

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately some of it is secret. Abadar thinks Asmodeus is maybe running into a little bit of - a mistake of weighing things in hand more highly? He's not going to be worse off than He was a hundred years ago, when this is over. He will still retain the option of having human kingdoms puppetted by Hell, so long as the forces of Good aren't organized and powerful enough to destroy them with limited and symmetric help from the Good gods. He will not retain the option of doing whatever He wants on the Material Plane in violation of all norms, and that is an option He cannot retain, so -

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there some shape that would let Him retain that option. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Aroden tried doing whatever He wants on the Material Plane in violation of all norms and it would've worked if it hadn't also been an opportunity to destroy prophecy so - that's the shape you have to be, apparently, that and four thousand years of accumulated favors and stored power, to have the option of doing whatever you want on the Material Plane. Almost. Abadar suspects it's not the only shape but it was a remarkably good one, and Aroden had been willing to bend remarkably far for it, and there's not likely to be one closer to where Asmodeus is standing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar thinks maybe they're done here? And can leave the humans to blunder through the rest?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why are the Velgarth gods so incredibly frustrating and hard to negotiate with.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know right?? They're such assholes!

Permalink Mark Unread

They move from city to city, Taver announcing terms, Leareth's mages Gating in parcelled-out divisions of Leareth and Aroden's combined armies to occupy them, quite peacefully if they surrender when Taver makes the announcement, with a little more violence otherwise. They pass word on to Aroden's new allies in other countries, of which cities are now pacified and could use help. 

And then he returns to Egorian, drops Taver off, and writes a letter for the diplomats in Axis, though of course he's had it in his mind for years, one of the concessions he predicted Asmodeus would ask for, and that under certain circumstances he would be willing to grant. 

Aroden will allow voluntary evacuations to Hell, and can personally make sure every single citizen of Cheliax is aware of this offer, with an announcement that includes whatever additional promises Asmodeus wishes to add on. Asmodeus is also welcome to send his own agents to spread word, on the condition that they be supervised by one of Aroden's people, so he knows they aren't just kidnapping or mind-controlling people. (He will of course undo any mind control he used for the invasion, once things are properly under control here.) He'll give the citizens of Cheliax time to make a considered decision; a fortnight window should be enough. He would like the evacuations to operate out of a small number of designated locations, well away from any major cities, though of course he and his allies will offer transport to anyone who requests it. He's not trying to make it insurmountably inconvenient, just a little inconvenient, make it require planning, because really something like this shouldn't be an impulse decision. But, if with full information the citizens of Cheliax would rather go to Hell than live under Aroden, he doesn't consider it his place to coerce them into not doing that. 

(Aroden will, of course, be spreading his own announcements in addition to whatever propaganda Asmodeus wants to broadcast to the nation, and he thinks he has a few offers that will make staying in Cheliax seem more appealing. He thinks this is fairly obvious to anyone considering it, and doesn't include it as an official term, because it's not like Asmodeus can stop him from transporting Taver around to inform people of his own offers and promises if they stay.)

He sends the letter off with another diplomat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The government of Cheliax will agree to this. Can people also take their personal property with them when leaving for Hell if that's what they're doing. Including if they're the royal family whose personal property Aroden has kind of stolen right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Letters and Sendings go back and forth between Axis and the material plane.

Aroden will let people take their stuff, if they decide to go, it is theirs. Within reason. Hell is very wealthy and he suspects Asmodeus will promise additional luxuries as part of his offer, and also he's providing transport and it's an unreasonable strain on his allies to let every noble evacuating bring a dozen wagons of possessions with them. One wagon per person, hard maximum, that includes the royal family unless they want to negotiate directly for some special exception. 

Also, Chelish slavery is kind of illegal by Rahadoum's laws - Rahadoum has some amount of slavery-like institutions remaining, selling oneself into indentured labour is legal, but it's not hereditary and slaves have significant legal rights. Slaves do not count as personal property for purposes of the evacuation. Slaves are of course also Chelish people, and can opt to accompany their owners to Hell if they want, but he'll arrange for them to make their own un-coerced decisions.

(He can't stop their owners from giving them propaganda or threats, so he suspects more slaves than he likes will feel trapped in it, but he can't win everything here.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of other terms to be negotiated, of course, but it won't take more than the rest of the day.

When it's done Queen Abrogail Thrune is curious - it's not relevant to the surrender, just, you know, as personal curiosity, what he even means that he is Aroden. A god can't be a human, that's not how gods work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he was human before he was a god, and he was still Aroden then, right, everyone agrees on that. He was an immortal human, too, and when he died as a god, his immortality magic brought him back again as a human.

(He's going to keep implying it's something like a very weird elaborate long-lasting Contingent True Resurrection, because he doesn't exactly want to spread what it really is.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not buying it but it doesn't really matter what she thinks about it. Her government signs the terms of surrender.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then, at this point, there is mostly just a lot of logistics to do. A really, really, really absurd quantity of logistics, which will be ongoing for weeks if not months. Clerics are borrowed for healing, and for clean water in cities where this was disrupted, though Velgarth mages can also quite effectively sterilize contaminated water and make it safe to drink. Temples are re-consecrated to cut Asmodeus off from them. Donated food and supplies (including some from Velgarth, via inter-world Gate) are brought to the cities hit worst by the fighting, mostly Egorian. Aroden's commanders coordinate with local secular leadership in each city, who will ideally stay put if they seem willing to cooperate with Aroden's rule.

Asmodeus' priesthood, however, definitely can't stay. He's expecting more of them to take up Asmodeus' offer to evacuate, but if they don't want to go straight to Hell, he can also offer them transport to Absalom, where they're unlikely to make much trouble, or to one of the more nominally Chelish colonies that he intends to just make independent, where multiple gods are worshipped including Asmodeus. Or they can renounce their god and stay. Aroden expects most of them not to take up that offer.

The other Chelish colonies are a thorny problem, one he's thought about a lot with no clear right answer. Isger is next door to Cheliax, and he's decided he can govern it just as part of the country for a while, since the alternative seems likely to include Asmodeus keeping it and he really doesn't want Asmodeus as a neighbour; maybe he can make it independent in a few years. Sarcova is even worse, since it's south of the Sodden Lands and very inaccessible from Cheliax, making it difficult to govern, though Gates mitigate that issue a lot. He would just give it independence, but it's also kind of terrible. 

Rahadoum is about to have another election, though, since its elected leader just revealed himself to be Aroden of all people in hiding and then ran off to conquer Cheliax. He can ask if they want it as a colony, along with a dozen Velgarth mages who announce that they'd be delighted to retire to a cushy government job there.

Permalink Mark Unread

And, announcements. Taver gets a day to rest, and then is back on an even more thorough tour, this time on foot with a couple of Heralds, informing everyone within his prodigious range of Asmodeus' offer and its terms, and the nearby transportation points where Gates can collect them and scheduled transportation days. No one will try to coerce them into not going, if they show up there, though they'll be checked for enchantments. 

Then he makes a separate announcement about Aroden's terms, among them, various plans to help most of Cheliax get to Neutral, if they want, and not go to Hell when they die. Most people are going to be Evil, mostly because of the currency, but there are already plans in place to replace that system, and many people won't be very evil and can counter it with good works, which there will be opportunities for. Also, Aroden commits to offering anyone who wants it the chance at Atonement; he'll arrange clerics to cast it and provide the costly material component. Taver gives some other info on what Aroden has planned, what living in his country will be like, and the fact that Aroden is considering whether to himself go for the Starstone and ascend to godhood again.

(It's mostly going to depend what the final casualty numbers end up being, once that's been tallied, but they seem to have been on the low end of the optimistic projections.) 

And Taver asks the city-folk to help the occupying forces retrieve bodies, and to list relatives who died in the fighting, because Aroden has allies who can provide diamonds to raise everyone who died in the invasion. Clerics will be available to cast the spell in every city starting in a day or two, and can cast Gentle Repose to buy more time for the cheaper Raise Dead to work, but even those who require True Resurrection will be returned to life if at all possible. But Aroden needs the locals' help to make the lists. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Things are going smoothly enough that Vanyel's ability to make very large fireballs is mostly unnecessary, and he would MUCH prefer sitting in a quiet workshop churning out diamond after diamond over patrolling a recently invaded city full of terrified civilians.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Clerics of Asmodeus leave. Mostly for Hell, where they've been promised comfortable lives in Asmodeus's service; most of the people who leave are clerics or their immediate families. It's about five percent of the population, all told. 

People get him lists of their dead. No civilization in all of history has had so many diamonds; they're very very surprised when he says it, and more surprised when he means it. 

 

Rahadoum can put whether to have some kind of relationship with Sargava on the ballot too. Rahadoum is kind of mad at Aroden.  There is a resolution on the ballot that is just denouncing him as kind of a jerk. 

People are wondering, if he goes for the Starstone, who will rule Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden thinks it's very fair of Rahadoum to be angry with him. He's planning to return their army before whoever else is officially elected and takes their seat, since it will at that point definitely not be his army anymore. Leareth's able to bring another nearly ten thousand troops over from Velgarth, the ones he wasn't able to line up for logistics sooner, which will cover any gaps. Though, of course, he doesn't intend to keep occupying his own country with an army, or for very much longer at all if he can help it.

He's still considering the question of leadership, but if he does go for the Starstone it won't be for a little while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple of days after the terms are signed, the Chelish army in Nirvana gets the same announcement from Taver. They're given a few hours to consider and then two Gates will go up, at clearly marked opposite ends of the enclosure. One goes straight to one of the Hell evacuation zones; this isn't ideal but Aroden is hoping it'll reduce the incidence of troops loyal to Asmodeus coming back and then trying to stage rebellions or something. The other Gate goes to Egorian, which of course has its own regularly scheduled transport to the Hell pickups, and Taver strongly encourages people to go to Egorian so they can have more time to think, even if they're still considering Asmodeus' offer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Asmodeus is almost definitely going to consider that disloyalty, though. 

Most of the soldiers go to Hell. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is pretty unsurprising. Aroden doesn't like it, he would preferred to have offered them more plausible deniability, not made the choice to think about it in itself visible disloyalty, but - he needed to avoid an organized resistance that would kill more innocent people, and make it harder to transition to a stable rule that the civilian population is happy with, more. At this point he thinks a large scale resistance is unlikely, and Taver's countryside tours and Teleport-hops around can catch smaller underground resistance movements before they gain too much momentum.

He dispatches Leareth back to Osirion to talk to the pharaoh about replacing Cheliax's currency, and about setting up temples to Abadar. Even if he does go for the Starstone, which he probably will given the low casualty numbers, he's going to wait a while and it'll be good to have established temples in the meantime. And - well, it was a disaster when he died and suddenly none of the cities in Cheliax had clean water. He should diversify. He also makes it known that any other church (to a Good or Neutral god) that wants to open a temple in Cheliax should coordinate with his temporary administration, and will probably be approved to do so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And now for the part that he's not exactly looking forward to. 

Aroden goes back to his personal demiplane, it's where he feels safest and he thinks it should still work from there. He sheds Alter Self like someone else's skin. 

He prays. To Iomedae. It's not a mental motion he's done in a very long time - or ever, in this body - but they clearly need to talk, She's probably been waiting and he wants Her to know that now he's ready. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's a sensation like falling headfirst into rushing water and then - landing, and sitting across from a sharp-eyed Chelish woman of forty. The formerly human gods are better at this sort of thing. 

Her eyes are glittering. 

"Is there," she says, "something I could have done, such that you would have told me."

Permalink Mark Unread

He ducks his head. "Perhaps. But - I am not thinking of an example, even now–" He cuts off. Shakes his head, smiles sadly. "Choosing Leareth as a cleric demonstrably worked for Abadar, but I think he is not your type. And, how could you have known to do it at all, when you were not aware I was alive. A circular problem."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"And, while I would not have complained about you telling me a week ago, it's not the thing - the thing I should never have allowed to happen, even if neither of us can think how I could have prevented it. I would have wanted to know a hundred years ago, Aroden, so we could figure out the fastest route here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. And - I am very sorry. I never thought it was you, not really, how could I. I was so desperate for your help - for anyone's help. But, I was so scared." Here in this place that isn't a place, in his human body that isn't his real body, there can be tears in his eyes. "I did not understand what had happened, how it had happened... I was so weak, it would have taken a mere flicker of thought for a god to eradicate me from the world. Maybe forever, once they knew my immortality method had survived my time as a god. I was very scared, and - perhaps I was a coward, I think in my place you would have been braver - but, it is what I did. I am so, so sorry that it took me so long." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- she's going to cross the imaginary distance and hug him, here, where this is a metaphor she is sustaining for the sake of his mind anyway. 

"I would've been braver. But I wouldn't have been in your place, I would've been dead, because I do not have so many backup immortality plans that one of them would survive dying as a god. Only you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans on the metaphor that is her shoulder. Lets himself weep, a little, because even eight-thousand-year-old humans who used to be gods can hurt, and can need the comfort of a friend. 

"I missed you so very much. I hope you will forgive me - that we can work together now, as we did before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you still planning to fix everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I do not think I could be myself and ever stop. Though - I feel much older now, and at this moment very tired, and it is an even more daunting task than I realized. I am not sure how long it will take. I hope you will make sure I do not resign myself to slowing down."

Sigh. "I think I will go for the Starstone, though. Not immediately, but quite soon. I wish I could take a year, or ten, just to - be human - but I do not have much more time left in this body, and - I would not have all the suffering people in the world wait just because I am weary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is a year or ten of work to be done in Cheliax that will be harder, as a god."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is an ally who I would trust with it, as thoroughly as I trust myself. It may still not be this year, that I go, if it proves thorny in Cheliax, but I do not intend to leave them governed by one insufficient to the task." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pulls back from the hug. "I will have you know it is actively a lot of work not to read everything in your mind when we are doing this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I was assuming that you were reading everything in my mind and my willingness to speak with you accepted that as a precondition. I should tell you this part anyway, I think, Abadar is aware and it is strategically relevant. Nethys also knows but only in the sense that He knows everything in all the worlds." He takes a metaphor-deep breath. "Leareth is - myself. From another world, another history, but a remarkably similar one, though his tale is at the point before where I became a god in mine. I had many levels of contingency-plans to win the war by an overdetermined margin even without his help, of course, but I did not even need to touch most of them, thanks to his aid. Anyway, he does not rule a country in his world and his local gods dislike him - I think even our gods find them impossible to work with, Abadar at least. I do not think he would mind moving here to inherit my realm, though I have yet to pose him the question directly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a lot less frustrating to read you but I really want to be someone you'll talk to! 

- and that - makes sense of the bits of the war that I think everyone was most taken aback by. I - wish he were Chelish, I think it matters, but probably less than it matters to actually be competent and trying.

 

My country, Aroden, my people - there were so many children, who understood, who would've done so much for the world, and it would kill them, if I chose them, and maybe it would have been better anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know, Iomedae. I know. I watched it happen from across the sea, and I knew what it meant - every piece of it." Sigh. "If there is someone else who is competent and trying, I will consider them too, but - I cannot justify staying human another few decades just for that, and I doubt that Asmodeus will have left me much to work with in the shorter run." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've picked a few. But - not anyone ready to run a country next year, no. It's going to take such a terribly long time, to fix." She bites her tongue. "I'm glad you're impatient. I don't know if it's right but I think it's good for you. It'd be - looking backwards - to stay there as long as they needed you - and there's so much to look forward to! I want to tell you all about it. I mostly can't, now. But someday soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someday soon," he agrees. "I am so pleased to speak with you again." Pause. "Do you wish to have temples in Cheliax? The offer is open to all - well, all non Evil gods - but your church in particular I would welcome." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, definitely. Lastwall can't lend you much in the way of military force because there's trouble in Ustalav, but we should have temples. I can use the existing ones, though they'll need some redecorating." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He smiles, tiredly. "Is there anything else we ought speak of, now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think not, if we're going to speak properly again soon. - Milani."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I know. I ought speak to Her as well, I think, but - I am looking forward to it less than I was to our conversation. Oh, also, before I forget - thank you for invading Hell. It bought us a great deal, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "A day's notice would've been very useful, for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I am sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you. Be careful. And come home, soon."

 

And she pulls away and he's alone in his head again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, again, Gates to his previously assigned bedroom in the winter palace. This time, though, he strides out into the hall as soon as he's caught his breath, and tells the first servant he sees that he would like to speak with the pharaoh, please, of course at the pharaoh's convenience, and he can Gate himself to the other palace if that is convenient for his Highness. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The startled servants will confirm that the pharaoh is at the other palace. People...can't Gate there, though?

Permalink Mark Unread

He was able to Gate out from the teleport-in spot last time and thinks he can find his way from there, but if they would rather escort him he's of course fine with that too, the war is over and this time he's not in nearly so much of a tearing hurry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, if he means the dedicated Teleport spot that's fine and he's allowed to go himself, if he'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks them and Gates to the Teleport spot and then heads back in the direction he remembers the nice servant leading him before, looking for someone he can inform of his presence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can run into a guard pretty promptly and get a message passed from there and get told where to sit and wait for the pharaoh.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's about half an hour. 

 

"Leareth. Congratulations."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth's brain is slightly less full of troop positions and mage exhaustion levels this time, and he manages to remember to prostrate himself and wait until acknowledged and told to sit.) 

"Thank you. I think it went very satisfyingly well." He can't help smiling. "Did you hear about how we dumped the entire Chelish army in Nirvana? I am very proud of that piece. Also I was unconscious for half an hour from that Gate, which was suboptimal, but Vanyel rescued me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I did hear about that! It has been rather widely heard-about, by now. An astoundingly clean war.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we could possibly have intervened on the evacuations to Hell more quickly, but it would have risked spreading ourselves too thin so I am not sure we did anything wrong in expectation. I am tentatively pleased; I think it went better than we could have asked. Oh, and of course we closed the Worldwound in the process. I was not there myself but I hear Vanyel was rather spectacular." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Golarion’s future looks much brighter. I will mint you a metal, if you’d like, but Aroden is perfectly capable of that too so I bet it’s not what you’re here for.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. I came to ask if you and Abadar still wished to intervene in fixing the currency situation - we think things are almost stable enough for it, now - and also, Aroden wishes to open an offer for Abadar to have temples in Cheliax, if He wishes it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“We had temples in Cheliax before Asmodeus came to power and banned them, and at minimum want them back. We can staff them from elsewhere for now - mostly not from Osirion because we largely don’t speak the language. And we’re minting the coins. They have Aroden’s face on them.” He hands Leareth a handful of different denominations. “If you like them we can mint a million, if supplied with metal.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth inspects the coins. He has no particular aesthetic opinions on them. "We can supply the metal. It is greatly appreciated. And, if you have a list of temples you had before, we can check if the buildings are still available and were simply repurposed, or can arrange to build new ones for Abadar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I have a list, yeah. If they’re unavailable - city centers, near markets, our criteria are pretty obvious. People shouldn’t have to walk a mile with all their cash to the bank when their store closes.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." Leareth frowns. That was everything on his list, which is as expected very straightforward, but it feels kind of silly to come all this way and drag the pharaoh into a meeting for three minutes. "Is there anything else we ought discuss while I am here - hmm, how are people in Osirion taking the news of the war?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're taking it all right. We have not suggested to the general public there was any Osirian involvement. The gods know something about when Abadar will act which is more detailed and more accurate than 'we don't start wars' but 'we don't start wars' is a pretty good approximation. The Council of Sun and Sky knows, because I wanted to make them aware that if things went badly Cheliax was very plausibly going to come after us. They're - the entire situation with the Council of Sun and Sky is very awkward in the best of times and more awkward now but it's hard to lose political capital from winning wars. Especially this cleanly. How about you, how are all of your people doing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I think morale is high. This was a far shorter and less unpleasant war than the one I recruited them for in Velgarth - and, of course, we can raise our dead, that helps. I suspect many of my mages will end up wishing to settle in Golarion, they enjoy how everyone is so awed by their capabilities. Aroden is attempting to convince some of them to settle in Rahadoum, because he wants to hand them Sargava as a colony and it will be more feasible with Gates." He smiles. "You may try to recruit some for Osirion, if you wish, it is an excellent place to live in most ways." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we will definitely be doing that. Also just resurrecting interesting people from your history, especially ones who died young who I think I can convince to settle down here...or to marry one of my brothers. I want Osirion to have Gifted people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really. Where are you getting the list of candidates from." He has records that he can offer, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can look at history books but it occurs to me that I know someone who met lots of interesting people.

 

I also wanted to ask you specifically about -

- I can get Urtho. Since your dead don't go anywhere there's not a time limit, on True Resurrection."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes still. He has no idea what to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no rush. There are a lot of people who'll be much less complicated on my to-do list and now's not particularly a better time than fifty years from now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - no - I do not mean - it is, just..." Leareth has no idea how to finish that sentence, because he's currently inundated in emotions that are a lot more complex and mixed than he had realized. Also it's stupid of him not to have thought of this, once he knew that resurrection was possible...

He's spent two thousand years remembering Urtho as a friend. But Urtho died thinking of them as enemies. What would he think, dragged back into the present, a world unimaginably different?

- would he ever want to speak to his former student Ma'ar again? Would he want to keep fighting him? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He betrayed you and destroyed the whole world trying to murder you, yeah. It really can wait."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds his voice. "...That is - not entirely what I meant. I mean, he did," and he's startled to find that it still hurts, thinking of it now with this new context that makes it feel bright and nearby again, "but - I am not angry, anymore, I understand better why he made the choices he did. What I did wrong. And it would be wrong to deny him returning to life just on my behalf."

He lifts his head, manages to meet Khemet's eyes. "He was my first teacher. I - I miss him - I have spent centuries wishing I could undo what happened. That I could tell him I never wanted him to die - if I were in that situation again I would surrender, it was not worth it, he - he was wrong but that did not make me right, I was so young and stupid. And - he died fighting me, and he would probably never wish to speak to me again if you resurrected him, so I am not sure what I am hoping for there, really." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Forever is a very long time. I know of - greater griefs, that have been mended, in that kind of time. But we should probably assume that he will not want to talk to you right away and should maybe be stuck somewhere where he cannot do anything about you running a country, as I take it is the plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth nods, slowly. "Aroden has not actually asked me yet, but - given how it went, I imagine his plan is to go for the Starstone as soon as Cheliax is moderately stable, and if were him I would leave the other me as the human ruler. And, yes, I think Urtho would have some objections there. I suppose you could ask if Valdemar wants him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure the Velgarth gods want him back there, and I want him to die the next time in our universe where the afterlives can catch him. Unless they think he's Evil, which I guess they quite reasonably might. - you're not, by the way. Did anyone tell you? Lawful neutral, like Aroden."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really! No, nobody has gotten around to telling me, perhaps it was recent. I am very relieved that worked. And, you are probably right that he ought not be in Velgarth. I...am not sure if your afterlives would judge him as Evil. He caused many harms in the world, but - in the name of stopping what he believed were greater ones, and he did not murder children to wear their bodies like a skin, so he does not have that to compensate for."

Leareth grimaces slightly. "I really hope Aroden can help me figure out a different method before this body dies of old age, I do not want to have to personally fight Asmodeus every lifetime so that I can get to neutral." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose there's any way to arrange to make sure they're kids here? Who you could maybe raise afterwards?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Interesting. I suppose True Resurrection might work for that, though it would be an uncomfortable first test. I suppose if nothing else I could rework the spell slightly to be only descendants of this body, instead of Ma'ar's, and then...father a number of children..." Leareth does not seem enthused about this project at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His face is so sympathetic. "I really really hate fathering lots of children, it's horrible. There are some ways to live forever in a single body, though if Aroden doesn't know them I can't imagine who would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, he did, in the centuries before his ascension - his method that resembles mine was the original one, and still existing as a backup. I am just not sure if it would work for me without my investing decades in becoming a powerful wizard or something, as though I do not already have enough kinds of magic to deal with."  

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "If I were you I'd want descendants on as many planets as possible anyway, now that we know there are lots of planets. But - I do understand the reasons that would not appeal." Gesture. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I should do it." Sigh. "Why is it that your resurrection does have a time limit, anyway? Apparently this did not come up in any of my past discussions. Do your people's souls go elsewhere after a time?" He shudders very slightly. "I suppose if they go to Abaddon they are generally eaten, or destroyed for fuel, at which point I assume they can no longer be raised." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They change over time. Eventually they're too different for the spell to recognize. And yes, if they're destroyed they can't be raised, which can happen from any of the afterlives but happens pretty uniformly in Abaddon."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I really do not like Abaddon." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think anyone likes Abaddon. Pharasma goes out of her way not to send them their souls."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if it is possible to destroy an afterlife plane. Or - at least block it, I suppose, prevent any souls from going there. And rescue the souls already there. It sounds very, very hard, but..." Leareth trails off. Shrugs slightly. He's not giving up just because it sounds impossible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have learned my lesson about telling you I don't think something can be done."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have the impulse to give advice but of course you have been running countries for much longer than I have. Do ...let me know if there's anything I can do to help, though? I know that a lot of the work of taking Cheliax back is ahead, and it's a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do that. I appreciate - everything, you have done so far, it has mattered a great deal." He looks away, briefly. "And - if you do in fact return Urtho to life, even if he never wishes to speak to me, words cannot convey how much it would mean to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"Then I will certainly have to. Because I find myself rather wordless about all of the last month, and had better repay the favor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods as well, serious. He can't think of anything else they definitely ought to discuss - his mind is mostly busy having emotions about Urtho, which is inconvenient of it - so he waits to see if the pharaoh will dismiss him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has noticed the distraction. "You can go. When you have a bit more time, I'd like us to sit down with some of my advisors and compare notes about economics, but there's no hurry on that either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is an excellent idea." Leareth stands up. "Perhaps I can send a message to arrange when is a good time, rather than showing up by surprise as I have been doing lately." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is more traditional and will be more convenient, though I will confess that I enjoy your popping in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, I am glad I have not been irritating you this whole time."

And he heads out, departing by Gate as soon as he reaches the underground Teleport zone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden waits another two days after Leareth's return from Osirion, arranging the various logistics for temples of Abadar and the provision of metals to mint the new currency, before, once again, returning to his demiplane.

He prays. He hopes Milani is paying some amount of attention to him, given the circumstances, which would make it easier to get Her attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Lurching, falling -

- and then standing before a woman, half-elven, silver-haired but otherwise looking very young. Her face is still and glassy for a second while the fuzzy grey background of the metaphor is made to stop distractingly swimming, and then her attention flows into it.

 

She falls to her knees.

"I'm so sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not angry with you, Milani." What would be the point? "I - do wish to make sure I understand, truly, why you made the choice that you did." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. She takes a moment, trying to compose herself.

"I told Iomedae - I think Foresight is a weapon Evil can wield better than Good. Because the most powerful sources of coincidence are - disease, untimely death, dangerous magical accident - we assassinated people so much more often than we saved them for some greater destiny, it was cheaper - and the paths to conquest always easier to see than the paths to freedom and democracy and discovery - and so much of it wasn't Good or Evil at all but just self-serving, people got crushed because they were making it hard to see, or because they might threaten our long-term plans, someday, and it was so much cheaper to get them out of the way than to try to bring them on board - I think when we have to work through mortals those of us who have more goals in common with mortals will win more.

And then there's - you checked lots and lots of worlds, right, before you became a god and again as a god, for ways to fix Golarion - Foresight works everywhere, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, slowly. He has things to say, but he'll hear her out first. "To a first approximation, yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So this had the potential, suddenly, to be the only place - that gods couldn't steer. The universe hadn't had that, and on most trajectories wasn't going to have that, anywhere, ever, and - it was important to me, that it exist somewhere, a world that was free in that way. 

I didn't think you'd survive it. I'm glad you did, obviously, but I wasn't - doing it thinking that everything else would be recoverable. I figured it wouldn't be."

Permalink Mark Unread

Slow nod. 

"I - am glad. Not that I died, obviously, but - that you made the decision accepting the full cost, what it could have, perhaps should have been. You still thought it was worthwhile, and - that is the shape you are, that is the shape you always were, if someone had pulled me outside the stream of time and asked me if, given such and such conditions, you would choose as you did - I would have said yes, of course."  

He kneels as well, in the metaphor. Takes her hands. 

"I think you were not wrong. We were - manipulative, before, even those of us trying very hard to hold their best interests at heart. Even me. We followed our incentives, because that is what beings with goals do, and - this shifts it, you are right, it means that more of the straightest paths to victory will be cooperative. Obviously, given the last century, this does not prevent Evil from winning sometimes. And - I cannot say if, by my own values, it would still have been worth it in the world where I truly died. I am not sure who else would have fought for Cheliax, or when, or if they could have succeeded. But I do not fault you for what you did. I do not trust you less, even; I already knew the shape you are. And it took courage, to make such a choice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She closes her eyes.

 

"Seemed very - convenient - to believe you might say that. I tried not to - need to -"

And she opens her eyes again. "And you might believe every word of that and still be a shape-that-retaliates, as a god. I know that. I'll back you, when you come back, and you can figure that out afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods. (He doesn't think he's that shape, as a god - or, in some ways, maybe, but he doesn't think this one. Still, he isn't currently a god, he can't hold the entirety of who he was even in his very intelligence-enhanced human mind, and so he says nothing.) 

"I do wish you to know that it hurt," he says, quietly, without heat. He brings the god-memory of it to the surface, showing it to her. The searing fragmentation of it, what felt like centuries of desperately fighting to pull the pieces together, and only being shredded for it, again and again and again until finally, almost mercifully, it was over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is still, for a moment. Godmemories are immersive in a way that nothing he showed her from his human life could be. 

 

"I'm sorry. I wish that I had been offered it at some other price."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not the one who paid the highest price. Cheliax did."

He remembers a decaying toddler's body, clinging to its dead parents on a sodden mattress under the fallen roofbeam that killed them. Remembers drowned fields and starving people and then nearly a century of Asmodeus' reign, and every. single. person. who went to Hell and is now there forever, unless he fixes it - until he fixes it - and they wouldn't have been, in the counterfactual world where Aroden lived. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I've been there, it's what I've been doing, prying bits and pieces of it free - and I don't know if it would ever have been enough, if you hadn't lived.

 

I don't know if I was wrong, to think that Evil will have less power, this way. I think probably not, on a longer timescale, but I am less sure than I was a hundred years ago. If I was wrong, it would be the most important thing anyone has gotten wrong in all of history. And even if not -"

And she sends a concept, having despaired of coming up with words for it. There are strict victories, right, where everyone is not worse off, or at least everyone whose wellbeing she values; there are victories whose proceeds are mostly evenly distributed, there are victories that strengthen alliances, because their dividends accrue mostly justly, to people who worked hard for them and trusted in them and were allied in obtaining them. And then there are victories that flip the board and send good and harm flying everywhere and leave many people much worse off and other people much better off, with no rhyme or reason, and yet are still victories, if there's more good in the future after than there was before. The goddess of revolution, people started calling her, after Andoran and Galt and Varisia and Nirmathas and Molthune broke free of Cheliax. The goddess of that kind of victory. And it's an awful kind, none of the clean satisfaction of Aroden's war in Cheliax, but - but sometimes the board is unwinnable unless you flip it. 

And sometimes flipping the board starts an endless cycle of violence and destruction, eats its young and burns its libraries - Galt was a disaster - Cheliax was a horrifyingly thorough victory by the forces of evil, all her work notwithstanding, and it might never be better off than it would have been if she'd stayed out of it -

And people will despise you, and not trust you, and not want to work with you, and kill you if they can, and it's tempting to consider that a conclusive counterargument but it's not really, right, just a weight on the scales - he taught her that -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still holding her metaphorical hands. "Yes. I understand what you mean. And - well, this is the world now, and I am here, still, and now it is on all of us to make the best of the gameboard we have. And if it is not worth it yet, well, perhaps we can still make it worth it someday." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I love you," she says.

 

And she lets go of his hands, and withdraws from his mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden sits in his personal demiplane for a long time. His hand, when he lifts it, is trembling slightly. 

He doesn't go back to Cheliax that night. He eventually sleeps, and has formless godmemory nightmares that haven't bothered him a long time, of dissolution and terror and every part of him clinging on, frantically - he knows now what damage he caused to the world, by holding on for so long, but the pattern of an Aroden was never going to die quietly or willingly.

He prepares his spells and then returns to his country. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Egorian, they repair the damage. Temples are reopened, to Iomedae and Abadar and any other churches that want space. 

Once the announcements are definitely spread to every living soul in Cheliax, Taver spends most of his time there; many of the other Heralds have returned either to the Worldwound or gone back to Velgarth, Valdemar and Karse are in need of help too, but Taver doesn't currently have a Herald, going back for Tantras isn't going to improve anything, and this world is still benefiting so much from his help. He helps coordinate, and he skims minds, gauging the tide of public opinion toward Aroden. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People mostly believe it, now. They're shaken, and they're scared, and they're not really clear on whether rulers other than Asmodeus actually won't have you executed and eternally punished for the slightest flicker of internal doubt or disloyalty (or whether they just prefer acting like they wouldn't, so as to get you to let your guard down), but they go about their lives and follow the law and mourn relatives who were clerics of Asmodeus and sign up for Atonement once it's on offer. The church of Abadar does its offer of tours of Axis. They're popular. 

People are unsure where the money is going to come from, for the universal education and universal childcare that Hell paid for, now that Hell's not paying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly, right now most of it is being subsidized by Leareth, as they try to maintain as much continuity as possible with the education and childcare institutions (though of course anything done through the church of Asmodeus needs to be replaced wholesale). Leareth was planning on a war in Velgarth that he expected to be a lot costlier than this one, which was basically over in two days, and after that to be setting up an empire, and since he's no longer planning on doing that, he can afford to instead throw his resources at Cheliax. For a while. In the longer run he needs something that's actually economically self-sustaining; he should really schedule that meeting with Khemet and his advisors to get advice from them, but right now he's very busy. 

He can pay for some of it by hiring out the mages in his organization to do Gates for other countries. He can even negotiate to set up permanent Gates in some locales, for an exorbitant price.

Permalink Mark Unread

People are absolutely willing to pay an exorbitant price for that!! It's still going to be cheaper in the long run than moving cargo overland. Some are worried that they're just setting up the infrastructure for Cheliax to conquer them once it's back on its feet, but his status as a cleric of Abadar is unreasonably reassuring on that front, and, well, there are plenty of customers for whom riches now talk louder than worries down the line.

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost a month in, when the evacuations to Hell are over and closed and Rahadoum's army has been returned to its new administration and Egorian is feeling reasonably safe, Aroden Teleports to Absalom, to just outside a house laden with familiarity and nostalgia. He can't Teleport directly inside; among its many protections, it's only possible to Teleport out, not in. 

He raises the fancy bronze knocker and lets it fall, and waits for his wife to answer her door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Before it opens Detect Scrying informs him that he's being examined with several kinds of divination magic. 

 

Then it opens.

Permalink Mark Unread

"See? Here I am, home safe yet again. I assume you have heard that we won." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did hear that! People speak of nothing else." And she steps forward to hug him. "I never doubted you for a moment." This is absolutely nonsense, and she knows they both know it. "Was it very terrible?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Much less terrible than it could have been! The casualty numbers - on the Chelish side, I mean - were quite low in the end, and most of them we were able to raise. We did not even fight most of the army, we stashed them in Nirvana for the duration, I am rather unreasonably proud of this feat." Aroden hugs her back, rests his chin against her shoulder. "It was - still quite terrible. The evacuations to Hell were the worst, I wish..." He trails off. "Anyway. How is Zahra?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She tugs him inside. "All right. Very bored. She wanted to disguise herself and go fight but I told her that it wouldn't help. She will tell you that she's annoyed she cannot be a princess of Cheliax but it's not about that, really, it's about - not being quite strong enough we wouldn't be a liability - have you been eating, I know with that Ring you don't have to but it's still no good for you, going weeks without really sitting down for a nice meal -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I have been eating some but I confess I have not had a nice meal in some time.” Most people in Cheliax haven’t had the luxury of nice meals lately and he didn’t see why he ought to be different. Also he has a tendency to pay no attention to food unless Parmida is around making him enjoy it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's like having three children," she mutters under her breath to the god who conquered Cheliax, and sits him down in the parlor and calls for some sandwiches. 

Zahra's there. She doesn't get out of her rocking chair but she beams at him. "Congratulations!!! If I'd known it'd be that easy I wouldn't have bothered making all those scarves for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It should have not by rights have been that easy but I cheated." He goes to hug his daughter, stroking her hair lightly, like he used to when she was tiny. "I should eat and compliment the sandwiches or else your mother will be in a tiff with me."

They are in fact very good sandwiches, and it's so pleasant and comfortable to be in his own parlor again. The place he feels second-most safe in the world, even though it's not nearly as well protected as his demiplane library.

"Parmida, love," he says between bites of sandwich. "If you are willing, I would like it if you accompanied me to visit Egorian. You ought to meet Leareth, I think." He snatched only a few brief visits to his wife during the frantic week of leadup to the war, but he did have time to fill her in on Leareth, at least the key essentials. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth is the young version of your father," Parmida says to Zahra. "Only two thousand years old. He knows nothing of love or comfort but everything about magic. - your father didn't tell me that part, I'm just guessing."

"It's a safe guess with young men," Zahra says, taking a sandwich.

"I'd be delighted to meet him," Parmida says. "I suppose he'll be needing to get a wife, if you leave him Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden chuckles. "Yes, that is right, I think. - that he knows nothing of love or comfort, I mean. He has been alone for such a very long time, and the gods of his world are so awful. I hear even Abadar agrees they are impossible to work with." Sigh. "And, yes, I think it would be good for his position to have a wife. And good for him, but he seemed rather dubious of that when I told him, so perhaps you will have to persuade him of it. You were always better at those human things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which is precisely why he needs someone." Parmida looks pleased with herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps you ought first persuade him to have friends. I do not think he has any, really, it is very tragic." 

Aroden eats, talks to his family, teases his daughter. Absently plays with some cantrips, tries inventing a variation on the spot to see if it works. 

"- I think I will try for the Starstone," he says, reminded by the surging ache of longing to have real magic again. "Not this year, Cheliax requires my attention, but... Enough of the other gods will take my side, I believe - even Milani apologized, you know, and said She would back me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really?" says Zahra. "I mean, good for her, I guess, but if I tried to murder you and found out I'd failed I'd be running off to the farthest universe I could find."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She still thinks I might murder her, when I return as a god. And Her reasoning is not false, but - it matters, that She weighed that as a cost, and even if She had known from the start that I would survive and return to kill Her, I do not think it would have stopped Her. She thought if it was worth my death, it would also be worth Her own." A slight shrug. "Knowing that, I cannot really be angry with Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can!" Zahra's knitting needles spark. "She caused a worldwide disaster! And killed millions of people! You're too much of a softie."

"He's too used to having well-intentioned plans that kill millions of people, is what he is," says Parmida. "So when people do awful things to him he goes 'well, you know, I'm sure someone somewhere feels that way about me', instead of stabbing them in the face."

"Can you even stab a god in the face?" Zahra asks. "Hypothetically."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I think Leareth would love to know the answer to that question! He is deeply offended at Asmodeus’ treatment of Cheliax and I am sure would be delighted to enact some more - personal - disincentives to his trying it again.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Zahra rocks quietly for a minute.

 

"When you - go for the Starstone - will you still be you, the you that we know..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A piece of me will be - mostly the same. I will be able to talk to you, if you pray, all of the gods who were once human can do that. And - I will change less than the others did, I think, since much of my mind is a god trying to fit into a human head. It will be so very nice to have room to think again. Nonetheless, I will certainly be very different." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'd want to change that much. I know it's different if you're going back to what you were used to being."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I will confess I was terrified of it, the first time - I waited too long, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because you didn't want to kind of stop existing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I like existing! Existing is very important to me. I suppose that is why I had so many immortality safeguards that one of them lasted through even my death as a god.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people who like existing try fewer ridiculous things that make them gods as enemies!"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yes, yes, that part is entirely on me. The trouble is that I also like the world not containing stupid problems, and since some of the gods are themselves problems, this is rather in tension with having no enemies among them. It is rather unfortunate.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Zahra," says Parmida, "I think I would like your father all to myself for a little while."

"Moooom," says Zahra. "You don't have to tell me."

"I can't make you not notice, honey, your shielding is too good." They're beaming at each other. Parmida takes his hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes her fingers. "I missed you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I missed you too." And she pulls him out of the parlor and kisses him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He slips his arms around her and kisses her back. It's really, really good to see her again.

At some point they ought to go back to Cheliax, but right now he's not inclined to leave this house for a while

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not going to let him get away that easily! Late that evening, maybe, after they've had some time together and also a proper family dinner and also a crystal-ball call with Saba.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of those things are wonderful and he's not at all impatient to leave, if only because he left Leareth in charge and Leareth is perfectly competent to handle anything that should realistically come up. 

He recounts some of their particularly clever moments to Saba with great delight, even though probably everyone has heard by now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Saba feels more personal investment in Cheliax than Parmida and Zahra do and wants more details of his exploits even though he has indeed heard lots about them by now. There is a rush on real estate in Axis right now, in the abandoned area that was Aroden's domain; Saba thinks Aroden should slip him some insider information so he can time the rush well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he's happy to keep giving Saba all the same updates he gives the rest of the family, and maybe soon he'll have a better sense of what timing he's likely to pick for the Starstone, right now things are still up in the air. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually even Saba has enough accounts of the war and Parmida, who goes to bed early these days, is looking tired.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden will contentedly stay a bit longer and snuggle her until she's asleep, and then slip out to return to his work, since he isn't going to be sleeping for many hours yet. And in the morning maybe he can come collect her to visit Egorian, and Zahra too if she's interested in coming? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She'd love to!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Aroden will be back in time to snuggle Parmida again as she wakes up, and have breakfast together, because of course they can't go off without a nice breakfast first, and then he puts on his Aroden face again, with an apology to Parmida because it's understandably weird for your husband to suddenly look completely different, and Teleports all of them to Egorian. 

They walk around for a bit, wave to the locals and answer questions if anyone approaches him - he sort of hopes having his wife on his arm will make him more approachable - and after that they join Leareth for lunch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida is going to Alter Self herself younger, too, if they're doing that, it'll just be weird if people think he's going around with his mother on his arm or something. (Zahra does not do this, and accordingly looks four decades older than either of them.)

People look confused and curious and think all kinds of interesting things but still mostly don't approach him.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. They'll get there eventually, he hopes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth meets them at the palace, which Aroden has taken over because everyone seemed to expect him to, and they sit down in a nice dining room. 

"You must be Parmida," he greets Aroden's wife. "He thinks highly of you, thus I can already predict I will too. And - Zahra?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I'm told," the elderly woman, who is knitting, says. "Aroden says that you are him, from his carefree and foolish youth."

Both of them have pretty good local shields but neither of them are blocking him at all. Parmida is thinking that the palace is very nice and it's too bad history didn't take a slightly different turn in such a fashion that they could live here and rule Cheliax, and that Leareth does look terribly lonely, and underhugged, and underfed, and she'll have to see what she can do to fix it. Zahra is thinking that there's absolutely no way either of them ever had a carefree and foolish youth, like, probably not even when they were literally five years old.

Permalink Mark Unread

(What does being underhugged even look like, is there some characteristic look she's picking up on, does she know a lot of hugged and not-hugged people to compare...) 

He sits down with them, makes light conversation. Appreciates their family banter a surprising amount. Aroden looks happy, here, which is pleasing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden's family teases him and talks about Cheliax and the palace and the war and the future.

Parmida notices that Aroden looks happy here, too, and it makes her happy. When Aroden is underhugged he is - carefully not tense, because being tense gives you headaches and backaches, his posture good, his expression neutral, his movements unexpressive, and her theory is that when the experience of being physically embodied isn't pleasant and safe and good, he backs away from it, stops being fully in his body at all, maintains it with the dissociated precision with which he maintains other tools he could replace only at great expense...and when he's had enough hugs, he is fully present. Leareth is a little different because Leareth isn't a god with dysphoria about having a body at all but there's still an edge of similarity she's catching here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Interesting. Leareth isn't sure he's ever considered whether being physically embodied is pleasant and safe and good - well, usually it hasn't felt safe, because of the part where gods kept trying to murder him, maybe that's related. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth," Aroden says eventually over dessert, smiling, relaxed, "I do still think we ought to find you a wife." 

Permalink Mark Unread

What is he even supposed to say to that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can't very well rule Cheliax without a wife," Parmida says. "Or, well, I guess you could make an official court role of cultural translator and pull out a lot of stops to make sure people think of it as prestigious and meaningful and a genuine sign of an investment in ensuring Chelish people have your ear, and then try to make an official court role of 'soft power manager' who goes to all the parties and dinners and keeps track of how everyone feels about you, not the things your spymaster keeps track of but things like whether they're investing in their children's lives here or trying to send them abroad, what they think it's safe to say about you, whether their lives are nicer than they were ten years ago... and then you could identify the person in your organization who points out obvious things you are missing and appoint them to a role where they'll see you every day so they can point them out, and then you could design a powerful magical artifact so these three people could share thoughts with each other and corroborate information and figure out what to bring to your attention. 

But that would be inefficient, and Aroden hates it when things are inefficient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I suppose the point of it helping Chelish people to believe that they have my ear is a valid one. I am not sure how one person could possibly do all of that as my wife if it would take three people to replace them, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, she should have a staff, obviously, but it's more that some parts of it are hard to get people to interact with in the right way? Making someone your official cultural translator won't make you listen to them if they say you need to take the evening off, and won't make other people invite them to lunches where they gossip about quality-of-life things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough, it seems a bit silly that someone needs to be my wife in order to be invited to lunches but I could see it being true, and you know more of the local way things are done than I do." His lips twitch. "Does Aroden take the evening off when you tell him he needs to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, because he is very stubborn and foolish." She beams at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"From what I have observed, Leareth is not exactly less stubborn than I am, dear." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How am I supposed to locate a person who is impressive enough to do all of those things well, and is Chelish?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not actually very heavily selected," Parmida says. "My parents were merchants and Aroden did their laundry and then things got bad and we had a family strategy session about how to get through it and we came up with asking Aroden if he'd take one of us as a wife, and he did. I think he probably got a little bit lucky but not spectacularly lucky - he could've gotten luckier, say, and had me like the idea of a life adventuring in Tian Xia." She raises an eyebrow at him. 

"I guess maybe it's harder in Cheliax because everyone ambitious and intelligent has been funnelled really hard into the church of Asmodeus."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "Do you think it would trouble people if I waited a time to find someone suitable? I suppose Aroden is going to stay for a while to transition so it is not that urgent." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it's urgent on the scale of months, but once Aroden has announced his successor then your population's really filtered from there, and maybe in a way you want but maybe not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. How does one going about meeting people, for this purpose?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She raises her eyes at Aroden. "Have you held any state dinners, honey."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet. Should I start doing so?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. It's a little mean, because everybody's probably terrified of you, but I think they're not going to get less terrified of you until the government starts being there for them to interact with in a normal kind of way. Asmodeus wants their corruption and utter submission, Aroden-the-god-at-war wants their repentance and utter submission, they can't start picking themselves up until it's clear if anyone wants their petty magisterium admissions drama and demands to have Vanyel pave their roads."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense to me. I think it is a good idea." It doesn't sound fun, but that isn't the point, he can go and get people used to his existence in a non-frightening or at least less frightening context. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida frowns at him. She is thinking that she's worried he will add this to his list of practical necessities to endure and endure it admirably but she doesn't know what to do about that, she isn't really sure why Aroden didn't end up doing that. She gives up this line of thought as depressing and unproductive and starts fretting about how much of a mess it's going to be to host dinner parties in Cheliax when she doesn't know any of the local etiquette and everybody who does is working for Asmodeus. Maybe with a lot of windowshopping and mindreading. Maybe the palace staff hasn't all fled in terror.

Permalink Mark Unread

The palace staff hasn't all fled in terror, or at least only half of them did, and Leareth can slip this into the conversation at an appropriate-seeming moment.

He's a bit distracted, though, by trying to wrap his head around what Parmida is worried about. Surely no one thinks the point of state dinners as a leader is just to enjoy yourself? It's not like he'll hate it; it's a lot more pleasant and less upsetting than the entirety of the war. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he doesn't ask she won't think much more about that, in favor of teasing Aroden and then going to track down the palace staff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will put it out of his mind as well, it doesn't seem especially decision-relevant right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Tayledras are still working at the Worldwound, trying to undo the damage done to the land. They've made a lot of progress, but it's going to be the work of years, and so they're trying to help the locals figure out how to do what Moondance does.

Eventually Starwind and Moondance take a break from the work on site and head back to Osirion, to see if they can meet with the pharaoh's magic researchers to go over some possible techniques that could be done via local arcane and divine magic. Also if Leareth is planning to visit from Cheliax anyway at some point, they think he might have helpful ideas here, since he likely knows more about magic than anyone alive in Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has, in fact, recently sent a message for the pharaoh with some suggested dates he could come over again for their economics discussion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good! His magic researchers are all at the winter palace delightedly trying to pick up what Healing-Adepts do and he can bring his economics researchers over there too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth checks if Vanyel wants to come, but Vanyel is busy testing a new maybe-more-efficient variant on the diamond spell and doesn't want to leave, so Leareth Gates across to the winter palace by himself. Who should he meet with first? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet has a bunch of other clerics of Abadar including his brother Merenre; they were apparently all selected on merit for economics research they were doing, "except, presumably, me," Merenre says cheerfully enough, "I like to think I'd have managed it anyway but fully a fifth of the Forthbringer's descendents are clerics which suggests the bar is considerably lower and I had fewer citations when selected than ninety-four percent of people who are selected off academic contributions."

"You were also twelve," says Khemet. 

"Well, I had considerably more opportunity to write economics papers at age ten than most people. Anyway..." 

 

They want to check how many of their empirical results hold up in Velgarth! They want to propose some implementations of a national insurance scheme for Cheliax! They want to know whether various balance-of-trade and fiat-currency schemes have been tried anywhere in Velgarth because they haven't here but people are curious whether they'd work! They want to figure out whether continuing to offer all the Hell-subsidized services in Cheliax can be made viable! They have days worth of things to talk about, really, but Khemet will cut them off after a few hours so he can do some magic research help while he's here too.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a very enjoyable discussion. Leareth likes Merenre, unsurprisingly. 

The annoying thing about Velgarth is that whenever Leareth tried anything interesting the gods objected to it, which makes it sort of an unfair test of whether various practices work, but it's kind of possible to distinguish if something just failed right away, versus appeared to be working well for a few generations and then fell apart due to weird bad luck. Two thousand years is a lot of history and Leareth has detailed records on most of it; he makes notes of relevant bits that he should collect to send over for their perusal.

The Eastern Empire still has an interesting fiat-currency setup and a lot of complicated practices around foreign trade and investment, which seem to contribute to its unusual prosperity, but of course the Eastern Empire is weird in a lot of ways. Leareth's theory is that the gods accepted a higher level of technology and innovations of various sorts there because it was sufficiently authoritarian to be predictable to Them anyway. He doesn't actually recommend this as a scheme for getting things past the Velgarth gods, looking at it now the tradeoff doesn't seem like a good one, but the Golarion gods don't have prophecy anymore so they're probably less limited here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one in Golarion thought of technological progress as being particularly slow or of the gods as opposing it - and some of them are definitely in favor of it - but it is true that the last century has had wildly more going on in terms of regime change and technological and magical progress than any of the ten before it so maybe there were incentives in that direction even if there wasn't a uniform policy. 

There's a city down in the Mana Wastes called Alkenstar that's industrializing, building big factories for mass manufacture of textiles and steel and so on, has anyone done that in Velgarth and is it promising, Osirion is intrigued but also Alkenstar is an incredibly unpleasant place where the air is basically unbreathable and everyone works long hours doing horribly tedious things on assembly lines and dies at 40 and they're not sure if this is a transitional stage or just how mass manufacturing things works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can only offer them his theories and guesses, there, since he hasn't ever succeeded at this in Velgarth - it could be a transitional stage, also he can imagine ways of using magic to reduce the costs like unbreathable air, if not the cost of working long and tedious hours.

After that discussion, he heads off to meet Starwind and Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're in a shielded Work Room with a couple of Khemet's researchers, trying to demonstrate something to Detect Magic, but they duck out when Leareth arrives to catch him up on what they've been discussing so far. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does have some ideas! He suspects Osirion divine magic can in theory replicate the Healing part of Healing-Adepts, which would at least mean they could work together with regular mages rather than indefinitely borrowing the only Healing-Adept from k'Treva. It might require inventing a new spell - he isn't sure how clerics inventing spells works, actually, do they just need to know the specifications of it and then ask their god...? 

Permalink Mark Unread

You can do that, yes, though it's much rarer than wizards inventing spells because it's nonzero costly for gods to add more to the ones they offer. But Abadar has His own first-circle truth spell, for example, because He felt truth spells were really important for commerce and the existing second-circle one wasn't good enough, and similarly you could probably request something like this if you came up with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks he should be able to give them a pretty clear specification of what to request, then. He makes notes and asks Moondance to demonstrate part of a technique and makes more notes and pauses to think and requests a different demonstration. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance can do that but it'd be safer in the Work Room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, if it's high-power or something that does seem safer. Leareth ducks into the Work Room with Starwind and Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance closes his eyes, his expression going slack as he slips into trance to prepare himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Starwind's hand darts into his robes, it's not a large motion but it still makes Leareth twitch around, startled - and Starwind throws something at him, it's small and cubical and heavier than it looks, Leareth instinctively dodges and it smacks loudly into the stone floor, inches from him–

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth flings up every shield he has, :what are you–:

Permalink Mark Unread

The object didn't look magical at all until an instant ago but now it does, almost blindingly so, and Starwind shoves Leareth with a burst of raw force, his shields catch it and it doesn't harm him but it does knock him sprawling to the floor, and Starwind spins around and seizes his lifebonded partner by the arm and within a fraction of a second, before Leareth can move from the ground, there's a Gate up on the still-closed door and they're halfway through it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What in all hells - Leareth, now all the way from startled to deeply alarmed, throws a force-net after them - he doesn't have time to Gate but he can maybe hitch a ride with theirs...

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is a stronger Adept than him on raw Gifts, apparently, or else very well shielded with magic items, the spell fails to catch onto him, and then the Gate snaps down and it's too late. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth instantly switches to weaving a Gate-threshold under himself on the stone, instead, not bothering to move, his mind and his Gifts are faster than his body, and he gets most of the way there–

Two things happen almost at once. 

First, something snaps, released mage-power - no, his own released blood-energies - rebounding on him. As the link that holds his current body to his soul-sanctuary that grants him immortality is snapped. 

Second, the previously-invisible magical artifact under him bursts open, and - he doesn't know how but, from the feel of it, he guesses that it's violently tearing open a connection to the Abyssal Plane, which might or might not be the same thing as the Abyss, and using the energies released from such a tear to summon - something–

The demon-construct bodies are tiny but they're pouring out in thousands - millions - maybe more - and they rip through everything, eating the magic of his Gate and his shields as fuel, until there's nothing left between them. 

It takes maybe a quarter-second for them to reach him, and Leareth has time for a handful of half formed thoughts, surprisingly calm. That he was utterly failing to be paranoid enough and it was stupid of him. That this has to be from Urtho's Tower, it fits, Starwind and Moondance were there, Urtho was the Mage of Silence, his signature talent was casting spells that leaked nothing and left no magical signature, and obviously the Star-Eyed wants him dead–

–that he's going to die, and there won't be anything there to catch him. It would've been easy for a Healing-Adept to snip the cord of life-energies holding him to his immortality setup, they wouldn't have needed to actually find it or know any of the specifics about how it worked. 

That it was very well planned, really, and he would be impressed except for the part where he's going to DIE FOREVER. 

(It's a very rushed quarter-second and Leareth isn't, in that moment, thinking ahead enough to remember that Golarion has resurrection.) 

Then millions of tiny summoned demons reach him and tear his body to shreds, there are endless seconds of unimaginable pain, leaving no room for thought, and then, finally, nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The artifact burns itself out within ten seconds and the forces holding open the connection break off. The existing summoned demons are trapped in an incredibly well shielded Work Room that even they can't eat their way through, and are very upset about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - did something go wrong -" one of the clerics standing outside the Work Room asks them at the unexpected sight of them Gating right out -

Permalink Mark Unread

- at the same time someone bursts into the room he's in, throws himself to the floor - 

" - what -"

          " - couple of seconds ago dangerous specialized portal in Work Room, deliberate, someone's dead -"

" - the Work Room where Leareth and Starwind and Moondance are? Get people there now."

And fifteen seconds later a crowd of people round the corner. To the dismay of the pharaoh's personal guard he's among them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they're going to find Starwind holding the threshold to a soon-to-be interplanar Gate back to Velgarth, while Moondance tries to make increasingly less plausible excuses for why the thing that just went horribly wrong with their spell means they have to go back to Velgarth to get help immediately. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His ninth level domain spell is Overwhelming Presence. He mostly doesn't use it because it causes people to throw themselves to the ground at your feet, believing you to be a god, and he has enough of that in his life, honestly. 

He casts it, targeting everyone except the people who just walked in with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This causes Starwind to lose hold of his Gate-threshold as both he and Moondance prostrate themselves at the pharaoh's feet - the sense of being surrounded by divinity is so all-encompassing, there is not much room for 'thoughts' or 'plans'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it safe to open that door."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should probably not do that," Moondance says tonelessly, muffled because his forehead is pressed to the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth's in there, isn't he." Something dangerous and summoned - Leareth might still be alive and maybe there's enough force here to stop whatever it is and rescue him but that's stupid, that would be the stupid decision, dead people can come back to life and being in control of the situation is more important than preventing Leareth from being quickly or slowly murdered by whatever they brought into his palace to do it -

His chief security person is pleading, with his eyes, for Khemet to get out of here, which makes sense, they don't know that this was the whole of the plan and these people can suicide-fireball at will and he's one of two people vaguely allied with Leareth who can cast True Resurrection and -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's lock that Work Room so nothing gets out," he says, calmly, looking politely confused rather than upset, not letting up on Overwhelming Presence but he shouldn't be sure it can stop them from the explosive strike, shouldn't be sure they can't throw it off, shouldn't be sure he has anything resembling a handle on the situation, he's so scared -

He casts Deafness, twice. 

"Kill them," he says. "You will have to do it very quickly, and both at the same time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet's personal guard does not see a lot of action these days but they're all resurrected from people who died in the line of duty. The people rushing towards the Work Room door turn around to bring swords down on the men pinned to the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he Plane Shifts to Axis.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is at home - well, not home home, but the palace in Egorian, he's on a sofa reading over some proposals about schools with his feet up across Parmida's lap - the way he only sits when he's relaxed and comfortable and content -

- and then he's on his feet, in an instant, and then perfectly still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She stands up and takes his hand in case this is the kind of bad news where he wants to Plane Shift them somewhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Leareth is dead. I - I had an alarm, to tell me, if anything - but he was in Osirion–" His voice is flat, empty of all expression. "I suppose I am going there now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dead - are you worried that they're going to try to make off with his soul, why are you going right there instead of waiting -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to know what happened. Either they did this or they - let it happen - either way..."

Aroden isn't angry very often. It isn't, usually, a very helpful emotion. But right now, he's furious

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you show up like this they're not going to let you anywhere near the pharaoh because you're scary like this. You run a country, showing up scary in another country's palace is kind of starting a war, I am sure you will win it but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...He does not, in fact, actually want to start a war with Osirion - actually, no, he's seriously tempted to start a war if this was in any way their fault, even if they get Leareth back right away. But he should at least wait until he has more information, should keep his options open until he's oriented. What could possibly have happened, Leareth is a very hard person to kill...

"What do you think I should do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- gods, I don't -" This is higher stakes than she is accustomed to even knowing who her husband is. "Send some people who can demand answers and demand they hand over his body for the resurrection? Wish the body here, is that something Wishes can do? Maybe send some people and Sending the pharaoh telling him to expect them and also asking what happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden takes a deep breath. Lets it out. He wants to go there in person, but Parmida's right, it won't actually help and will instead make everything messier. And, on reflection, it - doesn't actually seem likely it was the pharaoh's doing, not knowingly or willingly. Leareth was - is, he corrects himself, they're getting him back - a cleric of Abadar.

He calls for some of his wizards to come right now, and meanwhile hastily prepares a Sending for the pharaoh; he runs the wording past Parmida just to make sure it's not horribly rude in some way he doesn't even intend, usually he's pretty good about that but usually his entire mind isn't mostly consumed by FURY. It is terse but that's mostly the word limit. He sensed Leareth's death and he wants to know what happened immediately, and is sending people to find out, and is also going to try to retrieve Leareth's body so they shouldn't be shocked if it vanishes.

It goes out seconds before half a dozen of his people arrives and he informs them of what little he knows, his face and voice still flat and neutral, and tells them to please Teleport to Osirion now - to one of the places people usually arrive, they don't want to cause alarm in case there's already some sort of horrible emergency related to this - and to request an urgent audience with the pharaoh.

They leave to do so and - 

"I will be right back." This is not as far as he knows a pre-established safe thing to Wish for and he wants to try to crib from his extensive list of Wish wordings from past work. 

He Plane Shifts to his personal demiplane, heads straight for a locked bookshelf, unlocks it, seizes a fat book, Plane Shifts back to his hallway and storms out into his office, briefly considers attempting to scry for the pharaoh but the pharaoh is almost certainly not scryable and he doesn't know who else to look in on - he could scry for Leareth but that's stupid, it won't tell him anything - and so instead he Teleports back to Parmida and sits down heavily on the sofa and opens the book. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Sending gets a response from the pharaoh of "I'm aware. Velgarth mages with a Velgarth weapon. In Aktun, can meet you there to discuss."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden relays this curtly to Parmida, flipping to the next page - "I can use this, I think," and he pores over it for thirty seconds longer and then snatches his pad of paper and writes out an adapted wording and reads it through twice. Using Wish on the fly is perhaps not the best idea in the universe, but he's Aroden, he has far better intuitions than any human about how Wish works and also an entire book worth of contingency Wishes he's mapped out over the past fifty years, and he always prepares that spell at least once. And, of course, he has no shortage of diamonds.

He gets out a diamond and casts the Wish. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell fails not in the fashion of a badly phrased Wish but in the fashion of a well-phrased Wish to retrieve something which has been utterly destroyed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden stares straight ahead for ten seconds. Slowly brings both hands to his temples. 

"Well," he says finally, coldly, "I suppose we will need a True Resurrection. I am going to Aktun to talk to the pharaoh." And he turns to Parmida, helplessness tangling with the distant look in his eyes. "Are you - willing to come...? I am - very angry - I might say something ill-advised -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." She squeezes his hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He hesitates, and then turns and hugs her, putting his head down against her shoulder, and for a moment he's fully there and present with her. Then he straightens up, grips her hand, and Plane Shifts both of them to Axis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar redirects Plane Shifts to Aktun to a specific location rather than permit Plane Shift to inconveniently drop people at arbitrary locations. The redirect location is a stunningly pretty causeway with a vaulted ceiling; eight trolley lines converge there, and at any given time it's full not just with gawking tourists but also with its citizens, boarding and transferring trolleys. 

 

 

Khemet stands with a handful of guards at one end of the room and has his back turned to Aroden at this moment as he scans it; one of the guards notices Aroden, and says something, and Khemet turns.

Permalink Mark Unread

Normally he would pause for a moment just to admire Axis, he likes it here, but not today. Aroden crosses the room toward Khemet, at a measured pace and trying very hard not to look scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods to him. "Aroden. Parmida." Hopefully Aroden has a spell for privacy because he doesn't; if neither of them do they can go to the temple of Abadar that's right near here but that'd be fully sixty seconds of awkward walk and that sounds terrible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden does, and he casts it right away and then looks Khemet in the eye. He doesn't bother with any kind of honorific, which is possibly rude, but Khemet didn't and also he's so angry. "What happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two Tayledras scouts who've been working at the Worldwound, Starwind and Moondance of the k'Treva Vale, requested Leareth help them with a matter of magical technique while he was in the palace. He agreed. They went into a shielded Work Room. A few seconds later, an extraordinarily powerful discharge of magical energies ripped a hole to another plane in the Work Room and summoned something through my people didn't recognize from our alarm-spell. When we arrived, Starwind and Moondance were attempting an interdimensional Gate back to Velgarth. I had them killed; I did not have a way to hold them. We haven't opened the Work Room; we don't know what's in there and don't know if we can safely handle it. I do not know if they had co-conspirators. None of the other Tayledras were present in the palace at the time. If you have a way to hold them I can try to raise them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a demiplane where only my magic can operate. I could easily hold them there; it held Leareth just fine." His fingers tighten around Parmida's. "The Tayledras are the people bound to the Star-Eyed Goddess, no? This - was her plan, I am almost certain. They as individuals should have had no quarrel with him." 

He looks down. "I attempted to retrieve his body with a Wish. It failed - not because it was badly cast, because there was nothing left to retrieve. I am not sure what is still in that Work Room, but..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I want to evacuate the palace but I assume Cheliax'll want to talk to everybody who was there and be assured we swept the place for people who are invisible or rodents right now or something so I haven't ordered the evacuation yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to examine the scene myself." Whatever they summoned, he can probably handle it, but it's unclear if there's much point in trying. He can at least try to look inside with magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He gestures with his palms open. "I am going to stay in Aktun because as long as I am here the worst case scenario is that I have to raise both of you. I will of course communicate to everyone that they should do everything they can to aid you in your investigation."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods, turns to look at Parmida, and then goes still again. 

It doesn't make sense. He knows how powerful Adept mages are, and - not that powerful. Vanyel shouldn't have been able to do that, certainly not fast enough that Leareth had no time to react. 

"Urtho's Tower." He turns back to Khemet. "They were there. And not watched by Vanyel every moment, I am sure. Neither of them could have done this, but a weapon of Urtho's devising might have. If She had ordered they retrieve it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We had people working with them who would have noticed a powerful magic item they were carrying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did Leareth tell you that Urtho was referred to during his life as the Mage of Silence? His skill was in casting spells, and especially making artifacts, that were so perfectly efficient that they leaked no magic at all, and thus were undetectable to his world's mage-sight. I am not sure this would also slip past all of our detections, but it would likely have evaded Detect Magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, slowly. "I want to ask Abadar to talk to the Star-Eyed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does seem the natural next step. I appreciate it." 

He turns to Parmida. "You should not come to Osirion with me, dear. May I drop you off back in Egorian, to - inform people of what has happened? Vanyel in particular I expect will take it very hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Uh, can I tell him everything that was said here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course. I think it ought not be widely known, it will just cause panic, but - Vanyel, and Leareth's top people. Ask for Nayoki, she can handle briefing anyone else who should be told." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." She takes his hand, again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods to Khemet, and Plane Shifts them to his hallway again just so they don't land somewhere random (he hates that), and then from the office he drops Parmida off back in Cheliax before hopping to the winter palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes to the temple of Abadar, asks for a room, locks himself in it, and talks to his god.

Permalink Mark Unread

At the winter palace they've been told to expect Cheliax's investigators and are thus less startled than they might have been by an old man teleporting in. They offer to show him to the Work Room in question. They didn't move Starwind and Moondance's bodies, and they haven't touched the Work Room. They respectfully request he not touch it either, whatever's in there might be very dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden agrees. He stands still for a long time, just surveying everything with his many permanent magic-senses. He can't sense any powerful magic on either of their bodies, but of course he wouldn't be able to, now. And if he's right, would have failed to detect it even if he had been there at the time. 

Then he casts Clairaudience-Clairvoyance and aims it at a point a couple of yards past the closed Work Room door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The room is packed with - what seem to be tiny summoned creatures, he can't tell exactly what they are given his lack of any magic senses but they're mostly eyes and teeth and wings strung together without enough body plan to hold it. They're black and very unpleasant looking and also swarming, as though angry at their entrapment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives a brief, toneless description to the watchers. "You are very lucky they could not get through the room's shielding. Is there a crystal ball I might use for a closer magical inspection." 

Permalink Mark Unread

One can be acquired for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden watches for a while. 

"I do not recognize the summoned entities, but they meet the description of some type of demon summoned from Velgarth's Abyssal Plane. I had wondered if it were the same as our Abyss but I lean towards not. In any case, my understanding is that the Velgarth type of summoning creates a construct-body of magical energies which fades out within about a week. I think the easiest way to deal with this, since there is no body left to retrieve, is to let time do its work, and scry it again next week to see if it is clear and can be opened."

He spends a bit longer trying to get a look at the artifact itself, but he can't find its magical signature between all the stupid tiny demons. It's possible they ate it, or that the violence of the artifact being used destroyed it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he want to Speak with Dead the corpses, does he want someone brought in who can raise them, does he want everyone in the palace questioned...

Permalink Mark Unread

He would like everyone in the palace questioned, specifically regarding their interactions with Starwind and Moondance - including, if possible, anyone who met and spoke with them a month ago before the war, when they first arrived. And, sure, he'll Speak with Dead the corpses for now and then decide if he wants them raised. 

Permalink Mark Unread

These people who are really really stressed that the whole plot hasn't yet been uncovered or that Cheliax is going to be furious run off to get that done.

 

And someone who prepared Speak with Dead this morning can be found to cast it for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The corpses are animated but they are not especially cooperative. Aroden kind of expected that. He'll ask direct yes-or-no questions only; he only gets a few so he plans them carefully. 

Did they bring the magical weapon here to kill Leareth on their Goddess' orders? 

(Yes.) 

Was anyone other than the two of them involved or aware of this. 

(No.) 

Did they have plans or intent to harm anyone else other than Leareth. 

(No.) 

Aroden sighs. "I would like them raised so that I can learn more. I have a magic-free demiplane which can hold them, and if I am prepared I can Plane Shift there with them the moment they are revived, so they have no time to harm any of you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Osirians aren't thrilled about this because Velgarth mages are capable of a lot of weird stuff but the pharaoh said to do whatever Cheliax wanted so they'll get people who can raise the dead.

Also it is dawning on them who this old man must be and they're kind of freaked out.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Aroden is pretty confident he can take both of them but he can understand their worries.) 

Possibly a better option to timing a Plane Shift just right is to cast an antimagic field directly, here. Which he can do. He dislikes it because, unlike his custom one, it blocks his magic too until dispelled, but if there are other casters around, he'll take it. Starwind and Moondance can be thoroughly tied and bound now so they definitely won't be going anywhere without magic, and then he can talk to them for a bit and make a call on whether to take them somewhere he can hold them longer or use some other strategy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. The locals are happy to bind these corpses and then they can attempt the first Raise Dead. 

 

It doesn't work. 

"They might be presuming - correctly - it's a hostile resurrection, your majesty," the cleric says, frowning. "Would you like me to try the other?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, please." Aroden frowns. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That one doesn't work either.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can we scry for them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, let me fetch a crystal ball."


A crystal ball is fetched.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden tries to scry Starwind first. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am going to go back to use my own crystal ball. I think I have seen all that I need to in the palace for now. Please hold onto their bodies, and I will return later to ask about the results of questioning the staff, not that I expect anything to come of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

He Teleports out to his crystal ball in his office, which is very well made, and tries again with that, for both of them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope!

Permalink Mark Unread

The obvious next option is to try Vanyel, who knows the Tayledras a lot better, but - is it something to do with them being Velgarth natives, he had thought the agreement Abadar had reached was that they would still go to Golarion's afterlife if they died here, but...

He tries for Leareth. Aroden knows Leareth very well, which ought to help if that's the problem here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can see the river of souls! Probably one of the souls in that river is Leareth. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That's something. It makes sense. It's good, they can get him back - not with Raise Dead but they can do it... 

It's also very upsetting, for all the obvious reasons, and for a little while before he goes anywhere, Aroden just sits in his office and puts his head down in his hands.

It's unhelpful, to feel like he personally failed in letting this happen. Leareth wouldn't blame him, or want him to feel that way. And yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida goes to find Vanyel in his diamond-making workshop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is, in fact, in his diamond-making workshop! Making diamonds, and singing to himself. He can do almost twice as many rounds of the spell per day with Leareth's third draft on the spell, and he's discovered that making really stupidly big diamonds that can then be fractured into the sizes needed is a bit more power-efficient so he's currently finishing a test diamond the size of his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...wow. "Um, Herald Vanyel, there's an important situation I need to tell you about."

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns around. "- Parmida?" She hasn't approached him directly before, he's only seen her with Aroden and they haven't had any real conversations. "What is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden got a sense - I assume he had a spell up - about ten minutes ago - that Leareth was dead. He'd been visiting the pharaoh in Osirion. He - sent some people to Osirion to demand answers. The pharaoh met him to explain that two of the Tayledras - Moon- something and Star-something, I'm sorry, it all happened very fast -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What. No. That - they wouldn't - I - no..." Vanyel drops his diamond on the table with a thud; a corner of it flakes off. He sags against the wall. "No." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They used a weapon taken from Urtho's Tower to kill Leareth. The pharaoh's people killed them right after that. Aroden's in Osirion now. I haven't told Leareth's people but I'm going to do that next."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel stares at her for a long moment, biting his lip and blinking hard. 

"Are we. Are we getting him back right away. I mean, I - I have so many diamonds for it..." He looks like he's about to cry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no body, so it'll have to be a True Resurrection. I don't think the pharaoh has that prepared and Nefreti hasn't helpfully showed up but tomorrow morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - Starwind and Moondance, what..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think Aroden was planning to raise them from the dead so he could talk to them. The pharaoh didn't have a way to safely hold Velgarth mages prisoner but Aroden has a way to do anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, shakily. "I - gods, Aroden must be so upset - I'm so sorry... " He's very tempted to take a diamond and Gate to the temple to Nethys and demand to see Nefreti but he's pretty sure she would have showed up already if she intended that. 

"Thank you for telling me," he says dully. "I - did Aroden say it was all right to tell anyone else?" He wants a hug and Savil is back in goddamned Valdemar running a government and covering the Web for him, and - she doesn't know, and he can't, right now, imagine being the one to tell her...

Permalink Mark Unread

"He said he didn't want it widely known because it'd cause panic." She can extend her arms in a hug-offering kind of way. "I'm sure it's all right if you tell your horse but we should be sure it doesn't get known by everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel will accept a hug gratefully. "C-can - I tell Hagan and his party - Hagan is the pharaoh's brother, they're my friends - they won't tell anyone else..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him. She nods. "Yeah, that's fine." Probably Aroden would prefer not that because he's reflexively paranoid but this poor child just learned that one of his close friends murdered another and got executed for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He manages a watery smile. "Do you want help finding Leareth's people - I can Mindspeak Nayoki and see where she is?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be great, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is in Egorian, in the building Leareth has set up for mages to work out of, which is near the palace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't tell her anything more than that Parmida urgently needs to speak with her, because he's a coward, but she'll wait there for Parmida. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Parmida will go tell her that Leareth was murdered by the Tayledras in the palace in Osirion and Aroden is there investigating.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is understandably pretty shaken by this! She takes it with much more composure than Vanyel, though, she hears Parmida out and asks some questions and then says she would like to hear right away when they have news.

- Oh, also, whoever does end up resurrecting Leareth should be aware that he's likely to be very panicked about all of the occurrences, especially if he doesn't remember anything in between, and they should have someone there he knows who can explain everything that's going on, she's happy to come if they want. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good! Though probably Aroden will also want to be there.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense, of course he does. He must be so horrified about this. Nayoki really hopes it won't affect diplomatic relations with Osirion too badly. She likes the pharaoh, his magic researchers were wonderfully helpful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's in a river. Or something. Floating, anyway. Nothing hurts, but - something is wrong.

He tries to remember where he is and how he got here, and can't. He makes a halfhearted grasping attempt to do magic, a Gate or even just a light to see what's going on, and he can't do that either. He's so tired and confused and he can't remember...

No, he does remember dying. 

Scared, scaredscaredscared -

Someone will - Khemet will - Khemet will what, Leareth can't remember, he feels so muzzy and nothing makes sense. 

Floating. A river? Where is he...

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits in the Work Room for a bit next to his pointless enormous diamond, which can't do anything to bring Leareth back sooner because he can't cast True Resurrection. 

Eventually he drags himself out and half-collapses onto Yfandes' neck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Taver? Where are Hagan and Mahdi and Fazil right now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Excavation of Chelish military supply caches from captured documentation about them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gets the location from Taver. It's within his Mindspeech range, if he pushes it, but he has to concentrate hard for a while until he can manage it. 

:Fazil?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Van! What's up?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I - I just found out...: It's stupidly hard to make himself say it. :Leareth's dead: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? How - should we come back -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know. Can you - just - come meet me here: He takes a shuddering breath, still slumped against Yfandes. :Starwind and Moondance assassinated him. In the winter palace. Weapon they got from Urtho's Tower on our trip there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They Teleport in a second later. 

:They assassinated Leareth in the winter palace?:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," Vanyel says out loud, shaking a little. "I - the pharaoh killed them, right away, but - I guess, too late..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Also Vanyel cannot hold back any longer on bursting into tears. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's super understandable!

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is the situation under control now, do we know: he asks Yfandes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sounds like approximately? Aroden met with the pharaoh and got an explanation - he's in Osirion now, investigating - Parmida came to tell us. Er, she didn't want it spread around, it'd cause a panic. She thinks the pharaoh will raise him tomorrow. Has to be a True Resurrection, there wasn't a body left from whatever they did to him - he didn't prepare it today and Nefreti hasn't showed up but first thing tomorrow: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods tensely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What was the Star-Eyed even aiming at - sorry, Van, we don't have to talk about this right now -"

Permalink Mark Unread

:We don't know. He wasn't even planning on going back! It's so stupid: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, in fact, does not really want to talk about this right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can restrain their gossiping to 'a little bit, with hand signals' and let him grieve in peace and quiet.

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh treats his headache, Plane Shifts back to Sothis, confers with advisors in the Dome, and then heads over to meet Aroden in the winter palace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is back at the palace after his unsuccessful scrying attempt, and a trip to the Worldwound to make sure the remaining Tayledras are still there and not fled back to Velgarth. They are. He suspects they don't know anything; he should question them anyway, probably, but it's going to be contentious and very irritating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods to him. "Did you learn anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I scried inside the Work Room. It is full of what I believe are summoned Velgarth Abyssal demons. They should probably fade out within a week and I suggest leaving the room until then. I could not sense anything direct about the weapon. I used Speak with Dead on the corpses and confirmed that it was on the orders of the Star-Eyed, they denied having other accomplices, and they denied any additional plans not yet carried out. We attempted to raise them but it failed. I have also not been able to scry them. I could scry Leareth - well, at least the river of souls." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Star-Eyed took them back. Abadar is angry; there was an agreement about this, which she appears to have just decided to ignore. She wanted Leareth, too, but does not seem to have had a strong enough claim to fish him out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What." Aroden just stares at him for a moment; the distant, not-quite-human haunted look is back in his eyes. "That - She tried to take Leareth..." She didn't succeed, he has to remind himself. "What now. What is Abadar going to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar wants to take Her stuff. Well, Urtho's superweapons. He thinks that with enough of them working together the Golarion gods can guarantee your safety even in Velgarth, even directly in the Star-Eyed's territory, for long enough for you to take the weapons and leave. This is somewhat delicate, because the other Golarion gods are mostly inclined to intervene in any unilateral attempt to take hold of them, none of them want anyone else to have them. He is coming up with some agreements among them and has a proposal for you but it can wait until we get Leareth back.

She was willing to give Starwind and Moondance's souls back if we promise they won't end up in an evil afterlife. I don't think any of us actually want them to end up in an evil afterlife but Abadar was unwilling to make Her promises to that effect because He, uh, feels that promises are exchanged between entities capable of keeping them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods, seriously, and considers this in silence for a while, his face and body perfectly still. It's eerily like the way Leareth is when he's absorbing a lot of new information at once and deciding how to react. 

"That is not unreasonable of Abadar." His voice has a little more warmth in it. "You can convey that am willing to promise I will do my best to return them to Velgarth as soon as we have completed our investigation here, as long as She is aware that if they ever return to Golarion then I will personally find some way of trapping their souls here indefinitely. And - that is an intriguing proposal. I agree that it can wait." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will pass that along and let you know if the result is that they become available for resurrection."

He sighs. "And...I'm so sorry. I thought he was safe, here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand that this is not something you could have foreseen. He clearly did not." Aroden's gaze drifts downward for a moment. "I am sorry we were not paranoid enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can get him back. I'm mostly angry right now that - if our alarms had been less specific, or blocked by the Velgarth Work Room shielding, we would've rushed there to see what happened and opened the door."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It seems to be almost by sheer accident that this did not claim many more casualties, and - they were perhaps trying a little to mitigate that, but they did not try to do it anywhere else other than your palace full of servants and scholars." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think we will plan to relocate operations to the Dome, which is more secure and where I think this could not have been done, for the time being. It is deliberately annoying for people without training to use magic in; I'm sorry about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, I understand. A sensible precaution. Will you be going there to raise Leareth tomorrow? I would like to be present, especially given that, if he is anything like myself in this regard, he will - not exactly be calm about recent events."

Permalink Mark Unread

"First thing in the morning. You are welcome to be there, as are any of his staff members he'd want to have on hand. They should bring clothes for him and maybe replacement magic items, if you have spares."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I think he will want Nayoki there, and - probably Vanyel, I will have to ask him but I suspect he will wish to be present." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My security's not going to be thrilled about Velgarth mages in the Dome. Because of the thing where they can at any time kill everyone around them, security people hate that. But we'll figure out how to make it work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They might both accept a temporary geas not to Final Strike. It is not as though Final Striking when Leareth has just been resurrected will serve any of their goals." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree that it really would not."


And he excuses himself and goes back to the Dome and spies on Vanyel and is more upset about Leareth than it is remotely reasonable to be, he's known the man for a month.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is currently hugging Fazil and crying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A few hours later he communicates to Aroden that the Star-Eyed does not trust Aroden's promises about Moondance and Starwind because she heard that Aroden is Leareth and she really hates Leareth. Abadar tried observing that Leareth unlike the Star-Eyed is a pattern-possible-to-cooperate-with but the Star-Eyed disagrees, obviously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Aroden is not really sure what to do about that! There are likely other people whose promises She would take more seriously, maybe among the Heralds; he would ask Vanyel but according to Parmida, Vanyel is very distraught and shouldn't be bothered today unless the request is extremely critical and urgent, and he doesn't think at this point that it's all that decision-relevant to raise Starwind and Moondance before they get Leareth back. Speaking of Vanyel, though, he does think it would be a good idea to inform the Heralds in Velgarth of this, if they haven't been told already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It probably would, but his point of contact with the Heralds is usually Vanyel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden recalls that the point of contact for the Heralds' work on the battlefield and cleanup was often Herald-Mage Savil, who's actually senior the Vanyel. Vanyel can contact her via crystal ball but he doesn't think this is worth interrupting Vanyel for. He can recruit Nayoki, though? She's met Savil, since she was often Leareth's point person, and she can Mindspeak via crystal ball as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Aroden can figure out what Cheliax wants to say; Osirion will convey that they are angry, are considering the partnership with the Tayledras on Worldwound cleanup betrayed, and aren't letting any more of them into the country.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden will have that conveyed. Does Khemet want an update with Savil's response? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is alerted, and collected and brought to Aroden's office. 

She writes down Khemet's script, and also Aroden's script, which emphasizes that he considers this a betrayal by the Star-Eyed Goddess and not just the individuals involved, and adds a note on the negotiating with Her to let Starwind and Moondance be raised, and this likely requiring some people She likes more than him to make their own commitments. 

She takes a few deep breaths and attempts to scry for Savil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell finds Savil.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is in what looks like a Work Room, with a large crystal focus in the centre of it, clearly in trance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Savil. We need to speak: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil twitches, scrambling the distance spell she was about to cast. :Nayoki?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

With very little expression in her mindvoice, Nayoki conveys her script exactly as written. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:WHAT: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know it is a great shock. I am very sorry: 

Nayoki waits. Probably Savil just needs some time to absorb this. 

Waits a bit longer. 

:Do you...have questions? We - are going to try to raise them but She stole their spirits–:

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil gets up and storms to the doorway of the room and starts casting a Gate on - 

- and about a minute later, a furious Herald-Mage is taking down her interplanar Gate and storming up to the doors of the Dome in Osirion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Can they help her?

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is here on behalf of King Randale of Valdemar and would like an audience with the pharaoh right this second. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will see what they can do, but he's very busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil looks like she would really like to argue with this! But she bites her tongue. 

(She's here without Kellan because this is an emergency and she Gated directly from the Web-room without delaying to go outside somewhere that would be accessible to him - also this way he can pass on to Randi where she is - but ow ow ow this is not helping her mood at ALL.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki gives the crystal ball a concerned look as it goes dark. "Aroden? I told her and she - seemed very shocked, I thought she needed a moment, but then she Gated out without saying anything. I do not know where." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." 

Aroden is silent for ten seconds. 

"Thank you," he says curtly, and he prepares a Sending to Khemet, stating what just happened and his suspicion that Savil is Gating to Golarion, probably to Osirion, in order to learn more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards outside the Dome want to know if Savil is willing to agree to a temporary Geas to not Final Strike or physically attack the pharaoh. Security is heightened because some Velgarth mages murdered one person and nearly murdered several hundred in the palace earlier today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil fumes about this for a minute, it seems like an extremely disrespectful request to make of an ALLY who helped Osirion a lot, but - well, she doesn't actually want to murder the pharaoh even if it's true that he's covering up something worse horrible with this awful implausible lie about Starwind and Moondance. She wants answers. Fine, she'll take the stupid geas if it means they let her talk to him and ask what in all hells he's thinking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will with the geas let her talk to him. 

 

"Herald Savil. Sit comfortably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I just heard that you're claiming two of my best friends arranged to murder Leareth in the winter palace and also that they're now dead. Conveniently, since that means they can't speak for themselves. I am extremely disinclined to believe this story, one because - Starwind and Moondance - they wouldn't..." She bites her lip a little. "Two, because it would be so stupid and they aren't stupid. Tell me what actually happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They asked Leareth to help them with a magical technique problem. They took him into a Work Room for this. They Gated out. At the same second as they Gated out a weapon we believe was taken from Urtho's Tower ripped open a portal to the Abyssal Plane and summoned thousands, maybe millions, of demons, who killed Leareth. They attempted to flee Golarion with an interdimensional Gate. We ordered them killed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not for a second believe that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cheliax, whose heir they murdered, wanted every person in the palace interrogated under Truth Spell to determine whether any of them were involved. We will of course extend Valdemar the same courtesy. You can look at the demons, too, if you'd like; they are still in the Work Room."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil blinks at him, apparently surprised. She seems caught off guard for a moment. 

"I'll certainly do that," she snaps. "They could have been geased. By someone from your world. None of the mages from our world would have done it, they're all either ours or Leareth's." Her eyes narrow. "Is Leareth - did you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When Aroden attempted to summon Leareth's remains from the Work Room so they could be used to resurrect him, he determined that there were none. I can prepare True Resurrection tomorrow; we can't speak to him in the meantime. We attempted to raise Starwind and Moondance but the Star-Eyed, in violation of the agreements about jurisdiction over souls that Abadar understood to be in place, interfered and took their souls herself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil just looks baffled by that, and gives no response. She has the look of someone in deep over her head. 

"If this was the work of someone in Osirion, using them," she says, icily, "then - I am not sure exactly what Valdemar's response will be, but we will certainly have a grievance with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure that if that turns out to be the case Aroden will be possessed with the same grievance and fewer reservations or practical limitations in pursuing it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Valdemar will wish to conduct our own investigation." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"By all means."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If and when you do successfully raise them, I would like to–" She hesitates, biting her lip. "To take them into Valdemar's custody, to complete an investigation there. We have Truth Spell, and - a better claim, I think, they're from Velgarth and they're our allies. And whether or not they were even guilty of this - horrific accusation, they're demonstrably not safe here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If and when we successfully raise them, Aroden will want to speak to them. Once he has done so I would expect him to be open to releasing them into your custody."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil looks like she wants to object on principle, but she presses her lips together instead, so hard they turn white, and is silent for a long moment. 

"All right. Acceptable, I suppose." She glares at him. "Whatever actually happened, you made a massive goddamned mistake, letting it happen here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are taking steps to ensure similar incidents don't occur in the future." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil nods. She looks like she wants to do a lot more shouting, but - 

"Just so you know that I'm deeply unimpressed with you and your people right now." Sigh. "But - whatever happened, is done now. I would like to speak with Aroden. Do you happen to know his location right now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. We met in Axis after Leareth's murder in the hopes that a quick conversation could get farther than a formal negotiation on averting a war with Cheliax; after that he came to the winter palace to conduct his investigation and to interrogate the corpses; after that I think he returned either to Cheliax or to one of his personal demiplanes. I know he intends to return tomorrow morning for Leareth's resurrection."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where's Van." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In Egorian. The Queen told him the news, and my understanding is that he was very grieved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gods, I can imagine, you just told him that allegedly his best friends murdered his ally - their ally too!" Her eyes narrow. "I find it awfully hard to believe they sabotaged the entire Worldwound project in order to do something like that. Anyway, I'm going to go find him, and then I'll be back to question the people in your winter palace." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Safe travels."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil waits to be dismissed, and then leaves the dome at a fast March and Gates to Egorian the second she's out of the Dome.

:Van?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:–Savil? Who - did they tell you...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. I'm so sorry, ke'chara - I think they may not have really done it, but - it's awful, they're dead, it's such a disaster... Where are you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:With Mahdi. You can come over: 

Vanyel doesn't even try to address the fact that, no, he thinks it's very plausible and likely Starwind and Moondance did this and he - should have thought - should have guessed or at least worried, and he didn't, and that means it's his fault that Leareth is dead...it could be worse, they're going to get him back, it's retrievable, but still

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil heads over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi rented a place in Cheliax as soon as the war ended. There was clearly going to be a year or so with plenty to do and it seemed better to leave his family out of it. They're sitting in his parlor letting Van cry about things.

He has an Unseen Servant get the door for Savil.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil goes straight to her nephew. "Oh, ke'chara." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so grateful to see his aunt and maybe later at some point they'll need to argue about the Star-Eyed and the plausibility that She would order someone to take a weapon and use it to murder Leareth. But - not yet, right now he's just going to sob on her shoulder for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil does, eventually, bring up the topic. Once Van has cried himself out, and kind of tentatively because he still seems fragile. 

Do Mahdi and the others think the Tayledras would really have done something like this? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They seemed pretty discomfited by the alliance with Leareth? I would not have expected them to - betray an alliance to murder him inside the pharaoh's palace just because that guarantees an enormous international disaster and also is a chaotic evil suicide mission -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If their goddess told them that it was necessary..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Savil, I really think She might do something like this. Leareth's told me a few of the ways he died horribly when he tried to interact with Her or do anything in the Pelagirs. And - gods, they got the weapon from Urtho's Tower, I think that almost has to be true, Leareth is pretty hard to kill - if you're not a god - but we know Urtho did it." 

He looks down. "I don't know if She could've...maybe possessed them directly, like Vkandis did with Karis. Or something like a geas. They have the pact with Her, it - it might not've been them of their own free will..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's...pretty horrible, but it's very slightly easier to swallow than her best friend having carried out a suicidal assassination mission. Savil is silent. 

"I'm going to talk to Aroden," she says eventually. "I want them raised and handed over to Valdemar. I - honestly don't care what they did, the pharaoh slaughtered them on the spot, I do not want him to have them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel just nods, dully. It's really hard to think about that, right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Osirians exchange glances but do not say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her a while of storming around, gradually wearing out the sharpest anger and cooling off a little, before she locates Aroden. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden, currently wearing his usual old-man face and not his formal Aroden face, is at home with Parmida. He invites Savil in and hears her out. 

"I agree," he says when she's done. "I do intend to question them, but I think their Goddess will only return them - and thus allow them to live at all - if there is a commitment that they will be returned to Velgarth, rather than going to an evil afterlife here. I too do not actually wish them to suffer an evil afterlife, even for what they did - especially since no permanent harm will be done, once we resurrect Leareth tomorrow. The Goddess did not seem inclined to trust my promise, but perhaps with the addition of yours... I will pass it on to the pharaoh when I have a chance, so that he can have Abadar negotiate further with Her, and I will keep you updated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil nods, tightly. 

"Well, I'm going back to question some people in the palace myself. Don't want the pharaoh's people to be the only ones doing it."  

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden trusts the pharaoh's investigation pretty thoroughly, actually, and also after interrogating the corpses he's pretty sure it won't find anything, but it's certainly no bad thing to have a second set of eyes. "Yes, of course. I wish you good luck."

Once she's departed, he prepares another Sending for Khemet, with news of his and Savil's plan and the hope that this might get the Star-Eyed to budge. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He responds confirming that he'll pass this along to Abadar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There were a hundred and sixteen people in the winter palace at the time of the murder: the pharaoh, half a dozen of his support staff, a dozen members of his personal guard, six advisors here to discuss economics with Leareth including the pharaoh's brother and presumptive heir, twelve magical researchers (all of Osirion's palace magical research having been relocated to the winter palace), two dozen members of the palace guard, one of the pharaoh's wives and her personal staff, one of the pharaoh's cousins and her personal staff, and forty servants.

The pharaoh's chief of security rushed over once the alarms were triggered and was present when Starwind and Moondance were killed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh, this is going to take the rest of today and most of tomorrow, isn't it.

Savil has a peek inside the Work Room too; it's not shielded against Velgarth mage-scrying. Yep, those sure are Abyssal demons, a variant she hasn't seen before.

By four hours into Truth Spell questioning, she's starting to feel on a gut level that - maybe it did happen the way Vanyel thinks, the Star-Eyed using her best friends as puppets. Her smouldering anger feels kind of stuck, now, unsure which way it ought to be pointed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh spends the night having an awful headache and in the morning invites Aroden, Nayoki and Vanyel to the Dome to resurrect Leareth. They should bring a diamond.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can most definitely bring a diamond of the correct size, and also he and Nayoki will both accept mind-control not to Final Strike. (Why in all hells would he want to Final Strike the pharaoh of Osirion and Leareth both at the same time, it makes no sense, but he can understand them wanting to take the precaution.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would like to bring his wife, if that's all right. (This is only partly because if he were being brought back from the dead after being horribly murdered then he would want his wife there; he also just wants her advice on navigating things if Leareth is upset or angry with the pharaoh or something.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. 

 

There's a sheet on the floor; he's gotten competent enough with True Resurrection that he can at least weave the body under it by now, though he's still acutely aware he's objectively very very sloppy for a ninth circle caster.

 

He takes the diamond and does a True Resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden has clothes for Leareth and some replacement magic items to lend him. (Vanyel also brought some shield-talismans.) He grips Parmida's hand. Waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up lying on stone, naked except for a sheet over him for some reason, disoriented and terrified. The last thing he remembers is dying - well, actually, the last thing he remembers is endless unimaginable agony, so much pain it drove out all thought, even now the jumbled memory of it is vivid enough to knock the breath out of him. He's not sure how long it took him to actually die when the demons were eating him alive. 

(He doesn't normally remember things this clearly, when he comes back, and it certainly doesn't normally feel like it was less than a second ago.) 

The thing he remembers before that is - gods - Starwind and Moondance, the Tayledras Adepts, a Work Room - his frantic half-second of time to think, surmising it was Urtho's weapon - 

- feeling the cord to his immortality sanctuary snap - 

- dying, knowing it was forever this time -

He reaches for his magic and it's there and he throws a shield over himself, for all the good that's likely to do, it didn't help before - he has no idea where he is and he can't think through the panic. He can barely muster enough concentration to grasp at the cord of magic that should be there, tying his physical form to the Void, to the sanctuary that's brought him back again and again for millennia...

Nothing. 

Where is he - he's never felt so helpless and scared before - he tries to shove it down into a corner, he has to think here, but for once he can't even do that - 

...

From the outside, what the others can pick up on is a wave of accidentally projected terrorterrorterror, Leareth came back without shields up, and then it cuts off as a hemispherical barrier of shimmering force snaps up over him, and then he makes a low keening sound and curls up into a ball and doesn't move. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden casts Charm Person so he can talk to his wife without startling Leareth any more. What should I do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They eventually figured out how to make the telepathic bond two-way even if she's not also charming him. 

The poor thing. I'm not sure he would appreciate us trying to talk to him right now - people don't usually come back that upset, I wonder if the Star-Eyed trying and failing to grab him seemed like anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts Calm Emotions. Leareth would be entitled to be angry with him about this but he suspects he won't be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can tell it's coming from outside of himself, which is awful in itself, but - it gets him back more of his mind, which enables him to propagate that this makes no sense and he doesn't seem to be dead - and then remember that of course he isn't dead, Golarion has resurrection and there are multiple people who would fight very hard to get him back. 

While he's having said thoughts he instinctively scrambles to his feet, with some difficulty due to getting tangled in the sheet, and tries to interpret what his various senses are telling him. His eyes aren't quite focusing properly yet and also now he's dizzy, probably on account of standing up too fast after recently being a dead body on the floor.

Khemet is there. So is Aroden, with Parmida, and Vanyel standing by Nayoki. 

He sits down on the floor again, and focuses on weaving proper shields before he attempts to speak. Shielding himself is soothing, at least a little. 

"What happened," he says, in Khemet's general direction. "Where - how long...?" He's calmer but his hands are still kind of shaking; he presses them to the floor, trying to make them stop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's been fifteen hours. You were murdered. We think that the Star-Eyed goddess directed her people to use a weapon smuggled out of Urtho's Tower."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Figured that." His chest still feels tight, it's hard to speak, but he can't Mindspeak the pharaoh. And - he wasn't just murdered, but...they might not know, it wouldn't have been visible to anyone not in the room. 

"They broke my immortality," he says dully. "Not - certain - I can fix it. Not if - She was watching..." He feels like crying, which is objectively really stupid when his allies just brought him back from the dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden goes rigid, dropping Parmida's hand. "What." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki sucks in her breath. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't know that was possible."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Neither - did I - I would not - not careful enough...” And now he is kind of crying, which on the one hand makes a lot of sense because this is horrible and he’s still very disoriented and overwhelmed, and on the other hand is really unhelpful and he would prefer to not but he can’t help it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki has never seen him this upset before and has no idea what to do! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet's instincts are telling him to give Leareth a hug which is a stupid thing for them to tell him because there are several people here in their capacity as people who love Leareth and can comfort him, he's here in his capacity as capable of true resurrection and head of state of the country where Leareth was murdered.

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida will give Leareth a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stiffens as she hugs him, then relaxes a little. He’s having trouble figuring out why he’s this upset. Normally he can just decide to not do that if it’s stupid, which it is.

“I - thought I would not come back,” he mumbles. “Stupid - forgot you had magic - I was very distracted...thought I was safe...”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should have been. We - very much regret that you weren't."

Permalink Mark Unread

“It was not your fault. I ought not have been so careless.” Leareth takes a deep breath, lets it out, focuses on calmcalmcalm. Nudges Parmida away, nodding to her. His face and body language return toward his usual neutral, unreadable affect. 

...The problem, ultimately, is that he finally felt he was among allies, and so he let down his guard, and clearly he should not have done that. Maybe he can when he’s around Aroden, but Aroden can’t protect him from halfway across the world if he does something stupid, and Khemet... Well, it really shouldn’t be the pharoah’s problem, should it, maintaining the necessary level of paranoia against the Velgarth gods whenever Leareth visits.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have reason to think there were any other conspirators. Our investigation suggested not, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I have no specific reason to suspect any of the other Tayledras at the Worldwound, since they were not at Urtho’s Tower. Their plan does not seem it required other conspirators. I am not certain of it, however.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I do intend to question the other Tayledras, of course. It simply requires some planning, and - delicacy.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Does Abadar have a way to prevent the Star-Eyed from sending others to Golarion.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe but he wants to move on the Tower first."

Permalink Mark Unread

“...Move on the Tower?” Leareth says, startled. “That - would seem to be a poorly-advised idea.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, He's furious with the Star-Eyed, obviously, and He can't kill Her - I asked - but He can take away Her toys. Or at least stop Her from interfering in Aroden taking away Her toys. There are complications because the other Golarion gods aren't delighted about Abadar having all the superweapons either - at least not without sufficient commitments about when He'd use them - but the upshot is that we can pull it off. And then we can escalate from there if we need to because She doesn't have a way to escalate back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks at Khemet. At this point he’s just confused. 

“This...would not seem to be primarily Abadar’s problem to solve?” he says blankly. (Leareth concedes he is technically a cleric of Abadar’s but not an especially powerful or important one.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is His country and someone smuggled a magical weapon into His palace, murdered His cleric, and broke the agreement about afterlives for Velgarth people who die here to try to steal his soul. It's - obviously you've got to be shaped to retaliate when someone does that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

“What - did She -” Leareth hadn’t even thought of that, which is stupid of him, it was the obvious plan - kill him, ensure he doesn’t come back, grab him out of Golarion’s reach. End of story. He’s not sure even Aroden could have pulled him out of that.

“How - how close...” It’s kind of a pointless question, he’s here now so obviously She didn’t succeed, but even so he finds himself trembling again, the delayed shock of it hitting him in waves.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar had a much stronger claim. Which She must not have known about, or not known what it meant."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh.” It’s both beautiful and terrifying, that the only reason he’s alive now is because a god chose him. Leareth doesn’t know how to feel about it. “I - I should thank Him, I suppose. She...might not have known yet, if they received their orders from Her in Urtho’s Tower.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should give Him the chance to apologize, at least. This should never have happened."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth nods. He blinks a few times, takes a deep breath, and his expression is calm again.

“Well, thank you for resurrecting me so promptly. I should probably not take up any more of your time.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden offers him the clothes and magic objects, which Leareth accepts with a grateful nod, and starts putting on under the sheet.

I feel uneasy about - some part of how he is reacting, Aroden sends to Parmida. I am not sure what.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Hmmm. Imagine if - you talked to Abadar and you learned who betrayed you and you had your conversations with them making plans for when you're a god again - and then someone else betrayed and murdered you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...It would hurt. Possibly more than the first betrayal. I - do you think he feels betrayed by us? That we failed him? I - we did, I suppose, I am so angry with myself as well as Her...

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not your fault! It happened in a completely different country! 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is true and he responded as fast as he could once he was aware of it, and somehow this doesn’t make him feel much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel still hasn’t said anything. Nayoki took a step toward him and put a comforting hand briefly on his shoulder at one point, presumably noticing that he was upset. He’s trying really hard not to be visibly upset because it’s not like any of the awfulness here happened to him, and surely it could only make Leareth feel worse if he burst into tears right in front of him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finishes dressing, folds up the sheet and sets it down on the floor, and levers himself up. Wearily, even though he’s not physically tired at all, some part of him feels exhausted. His soul, maybe. His mind is producing a very pointless desire to go home, which - isn’t a place he has.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not discernably having emotions; everyone else is discernably having emotions and he doesn't exactly blame them but if he were doing it it'd be on purpose.

"We're in the Dome, because it's safer. If you'd like to remain here you are of course welcome; otherwise I'll let you know if we hear from Abadar about raising Starwind and Moondance."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I thought they got out- oh, did you kill them, I suppose that is sensible if you did not know what else they might do next.” Leareth glances around, trying to think. “I doubt I will be in more danger than I was before if I return to Cheliax, but - perhaps I will stay here a while until you learn more.”

He lives alone in Egorian, in a house which is very thoroughly warded but it still feels weirdly lonely to imagine going there right now. Also he wants to talk to Abadar, which will predictably leave him incapacitated, and even though the last awful thing happened at the pharaoh’s palace, he still feels obscurely safer doing that here. Especially since it’s Abadar’s territory and Abadar is apparently willing to protect him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gestures for a (unfamiliar) servant. "Show him a room, please, and anyone else who wants one."

And he stands, and wishes everybody well in the correct formal fashion in Aroden's case, and leaves, and then mopes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden glances at Parmida, then Leareth. 

“Leareth, would you prefer if we stayed as well?”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I expect they need you more in Cheliax.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Cheliax will not fall apart in a day without my attention. I would be a poor leader indeed if it did. If you would feel safer with me nearby until we know more here...”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Thank you, but I think I will be fine.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida frowns and squeezes her husband's hand. Maybe we can come back for dinner?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that is a good idea. He suggests it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth agrees, absently. He nods to both of them and follows the servant to the offered room.

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m staying. I can make diamonds just as well here as there.”

(Nayoki wants to stay as well.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Comfortable rooms can be arranged for all of them!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tells the servants he would like to be left alone because he has a headache (he doesn’t yet but he will soon), and once he’s alone he stretches out on the bed, tries to get comfortable - it’s hard, he’s not physically uncomfortable but some part of him is scared to close his eyes even though that’s really unhelpful.

He reaches for Abadar, and then reaches past the usual cleric interface.

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels exactly like it did the last time, the sense of falling headfirst into something big and fast-moving and magic. 

:Leareth: Fondness, and something that might be worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants Abadar to know that he’s grateful Abadar was able to prevent the Star-Eyed from grabbing him. Though he doesn’t think he can really blame Abadar for not catching it before it happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shuffling - 

Abadar broadly endorses the decision procedure that led to not catching it before it happened, things this bad happen an acceptable percentage of the time and are recoverable and it's an advantageous position to be in, having been reasonable and been betrayed about it, all the other Lawful gods are with Him on retaliation. But Khemet is upset and while he hasn't come up with an articulation of his upsetness that actually points at anything, usually there is something, and it might point at a change of decision procedure? Abadar considers it more likely than not though probably it won't change along a dimension legible to Leareth anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Leareth...didn’t realize Khemet was upset and does not blame Khemet for this at all and - maybe does feel a bit less safe, here, as a result, but in a way he suspects is calibrated - he hadn’t even recognized until afterward how relaxed and uncareful he had become in the pharoah’s palace until afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

He shuffles for a while and then shares a Khemet thought rather than try to figure out a god thought on the topic which Leareth could parse -

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet speaking to a man Leareth hasn't met - "...and if I'm better at getting people to let down their guard around me than I am at keeping them safe that's awful."

"That feels like putting it a little strongly! You're a cleric with True Resurrection, drowning in diamonds, a god expended a lot of resources to murder someone in your palace despite reasonable precautions, you fixed it."

"I didn't. I raised him, I didn't fix it. They were Vanyel's friends, they were Savil's friends, there was trust there you can't throw ninth-circle spells at. They were probably decent human beings, just expected - if Abadar told me to kill someone I'd probably do it, because I'd expect He had a damned good reason, because I'd expect that the - real heuristic that 'don't stab your allies in the back with a smuggled superweapon and cause an international incident' is an approximation of doesn't make sense to me and does make sense to Him and I should listen - okay, I don't know if I would do that, but -"

The man hugs him and murmurs sympathetically. He goes on.

"Valdemar's mad at me for killing Moondance and Starwind, which I'm actually kind of frustrated about, what the fuck did they expect me to do? And Leareth felt safe here and now he doesn't, and that was valuable, it was important to me, worked hard on it, and I feel like shit about having worked hard on it if he's worse off for it, that's not what I thought I was doing. They seemed uncomfortable -"

"The murderers did?"

"Yeah. I should've - I don't know what I should've done. I told Abadar to figure out what He should've done but He seems pleased with Himself, He gets to steal fifteen world-destroying superweapons and nothing got spent that anyone would've spent money on, so nothing got spent - that's uncharitable -"

Permalink Mark Unread

- caveat, Khemet is wrong about some things and is communicating here with weird complicated human intent that Abadar's on shaky ground with -

Permalink Mark Unread

Now Leareth - feels bad, in some obscure way, he feels like something was damaged here that he hadn’t realized existed or could be damaged, he can’t put his finger on what. And - he’s confused about why Khemet would have tried so hard to get him to feel safe, here - he fully believes Khemet actually thought it was safe in his palace, he wasn’t - being manipulative to fool Leareth into actions he wouldn’t otherwise endorse... But why throw so much effort at that in particular, why is he so bothered about it now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar doesn't really get it. Humans are very confusing. But it points to a change in decision procedure, maybe, if he can identify one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. 

- He wishes he could understand why the Star-Eyed was willing to burn this much interworld goodwill when he wasn't even planning on going back to Velgarth, and he would have expected that to be apparent in their Foresight, the noise disappearing. But it's not like he even understands why She objects so strongly to his existence. He has guesses, that's all. He wonders if Abadar has more insight there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some gods - some Golarion gods, too, ones He doesn't get along with - care about people growing up surrounded by people to whom they have duties, and who have duties to them, people who know them and will engage in shaping them into a worthy adult community member. About people having things that matter deeply to them in common with one another, and simple choices ahead for their lives. They dislike worlds where everyone meets one another as a stranger. The Star-Eyed is a god like this. Even when Leareth didn't make things blurry for her She didn't like what She was seeing. And - 

- Abadar is obviously with Leareth here, but - 

- Her trades are ones many humans would make, if offered them? The Tayledras have lives that are joyful and close-to-the-thing-humans-are-shaped-for and many other human lives compare badly, by the standards of the people living them. Abadar thinks cities will be better but in the material world he's hard-pressed to argue that they are better. Many people would choose to be Tayledras if you put it to them. And that matters. 

But so does the fact She doesn't let them pick, and so does the casualness with which She uses them towards non-shared ends when convenient, the thing Abadar explained a while ago He wouldn't do to Khemet, because then it'd be a bad deal, to be His...

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. That fits, Leareth thinks. It vaguely matches with some shapes of human philosophies he's heard about or read about - cultures the body he took was born into, sometimes - that believe that...people are actually better off with a smaller number of clear, culturally-embedded choices? That the world Leareth has always wanted to build, that has opportunities to learn and create and build and trade, and the combinatorial explosion of possible choices and futures that gives people, is actually worse for their wellbeing than one with clear roles and duties and traditions.

Leareth does wonder how much his own philosophy here is shaped by the fact that he has never been someone who fit into any of those tight-knit local traditionalist cultures, and - he does think that everyone will be better off for a world that has bustling shiny cities and trade between dozens of countries, because in the world that doesn't have that, maybe people are closer with their families and communities but also most of them spend their entire lives working tirelessly in the fields just to stay alive. He thinks the Tayledras are kind of cheating here because they have such a high rate of mages, and so much magic granted to them directly by the Star-Eyed, nowhere else in the world can have that kind of material luxury and also have the thing the Star-Eyed likes, here. And it would be one thing if She wanted to offer everyone that, but She seems uninterested in even trying.

He's not sure. He also thinks cities in Velgarth are often pretty unpleasant for many of their inhabitants, and he thinks that could be different - was different, to an extent, in Urtho's time, he has only a few snippets of memories but Tantara as a whole had much closer to the Tayledras level of luxury, with their permanent Gate network for transport and their permanent light-spells and heat-spells and shields...

He's grateful Abadar is with him on this. He never, ever thought a god would be aligned with him on what the best kind of world might look like, and - he almost can't convey how it feels, knowing that, except that he's very happy about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar - something in the genre of 'pats him affectionately'. 

Abadar is going to avenge this, proportionately and sensibly and with a consensus of the other actors affected and in a way that hurts the Star-Eyed very badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth appreciates that. He thinks. He - wants to apologize, a little, for failing to be on good terms with any of the gods of his home world, which must be irritating for Abadar who would presumably like to be able to operate there more easily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Foresight dream with Vanyel was not enemy action, Abadar'd assumed Leareth realized.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Does Abadar mean the dream itself, a straightforward enough vision of Vanyel fighting a destined enemy, or the part where they were able to speak? He had assumed the former was enemy action, and suspected that the latter might be a different Power working with a different goal, one not clearly aimed at harming him, but he never understood what it was aimed at.  

Permalink Mark Unread

He means the latter.  Valdemar's god is exceptionally hard for Abadar to communicate with but he is - broadly in favor of some things Leareth wants and was hoping Leareth and Vanyel could come up with something better than Leareth's original plan. Which Abadar would have opposed too, honestly, if He'd seen it bearing down on His country.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is really reasonable on Abadar's part, it was a horrible plan and Leareth's only justification was that so many things were background horrible anyway, maybe not so acutely but in a way that added up over centuries and centuries of nothing. ever. changing. And he still put off actually making it his plan for almost a millennium. He's so glad that Golarion changes everything and now he has better options that justify spending another thousand years exploring to see what he can do with them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Should Abadar be worried about Leareth's immortality, He didn't know about that element of the situation and still doesn't quite see how it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he doesn't see any point in being secretive about it now since it's probably irretrievable and would be risky to rely on again, his plan is to sort out something else with Aroden before this body get too old. Honestly that was his plan already because his immortality setup is also horrible, and Golarion has both more options and a lack of gods who want Leareth specifically dead and also have Foresight. But - there's a spell, he built, in Velgarth's Void, that would prevent his spirit from moving on and would instead link him back to the bodies of his descendants, and the spell itself should have been impossible to find. However, it's also - was, he corrects himself - tied to his current body, and clearly letting himself be in the same room as an unusually gifted Tayledras Healing-Adept for hours was enough that Moondance, he's pretty sure it was Moondance, was able to find that magical link, possibly by projecting his mind between planes as Leareth can, and snap the connection. The spell itself might be fine and he can find it again (with a lot of effort now that he's lost the link) but he has to assume the Star-Eyed could have used Moondance to locate it, and that it's compromised.  

Permalink Mark Unread

That is - a significant loss, in some ways more significant than the death, and Abadar is grieved for him. If there's anything He can do He'd want to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thought it was self-evident that was a lot worse than just his body dying, he's been murdered a lot, he's usually not nearly as upset about it as he was this time. Though it does seem like being murdered when he had stopped expecting it and felt safe is - a lot more upsetting than all the times in Velgarth. 

He will definitely make sure Abadar knows if he thinks of anything Abadar can do to help. Aroden may know, he's the expert on Golarion's strategies for immortality. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will have to talk sometime. 

 

And Abadar withdraws from his mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't call anyone to ask for Delay Pain this time - it wouldn't ruin his entire night's sleep again, since now like Khemet he's equipped with a Ring of Sustenance, but it's not like he has plans right now, realistically he was going to spend the next while in his room anyway. He lies under a blanket in the dark, and he cries a little and lets himself feel all the fear and loss that he was shoving out of the way before, maybe if he gets that out of the way it'll leave him alone afterward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet has someone convey to Savil that Leareth has been resurrected and confirmed that Starwind and Moondance used a weapon from Urtho's Tower and that as far as he knows they acted alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil finishes questioning everyone who was in the palace at the time, and then heads back to the Dome, mostly because it's closer to Gate to than Cheliax and she has a suspicion Vanyel might still be there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is! A servant can show her to his rooms.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down with him. He seems calmer.

"So, Leareth confirmed Khemet's story about Starwind and Moondance?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Yes?" Vanyel seems startled that she's asking. "Um, once he'd calmed down enough. He was so upset when he woke up, it was awful, and - he didn't even know about the Star-Eyed trying to grab his soul too, She didn't succeed because of Abadar, but he was clearly so scared." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Thought he'd have been used to dying, given he's done it a lot. Did you Truth Spell him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? No, I did not Truth Spell him when he was curled up on the floor under a sheet crying because the Star-Eyed broke his immortality method." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She what." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh, gods, did you not get that part of the message. We didn't know until he told us. But he knew when he was dying - it happened really fast and when he died he wasn't sure he would come back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. That - makes sense, I guess, why he would've been upset even if it's not the first time he's been murdered." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I think it'd be upsetting anyway! He got eaten by Abyssal demons!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- That's fair." 

Savil looks thoughtful for a while. 

"Anyway. The pharaoh wants to convince the Star-Eyed to let us raise Starwind and Moondance. Aroden thinks that if someone other than him promises to get them back to Velgarth alive, She'll do it. She just doesn't want them going to an evil afterlife here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly that's reasonable! They're horrible and it probably is Evil to assassinate someone even if your god told you to or something. I'm - on board with that, I think. As long as Leareth's nice and far away when they come back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I said I wanted to take them back into Valdemar's custody once Aroden questions them. I guess we'll find out soon what She thinks of that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has not gotten back to Abadar on that by the time Parmida and Aroden head over for dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's headache subsides after five or six hours of lying in bed, and he seems to have gotten all of the shaking and panic out of his system and can look at the situation matter-of-factly. He's still very unhappy about it but, well, it's in fact terrible that he currently isn't immortal, even if probably he can count on another fifty years or more in this body no matter what because Golarion has resurrection and - he has, in fact, just gotten strong evidence that people, and at least one god, will go to great lengths to get him back.

He bathes and dresses and joins them for dinner. He's only radiating misery a tiny bit, it wouldn't be at all noticeable to most people but it probably is to Leareth's alt and his wife. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida is sure thinking that he looks miserable. She doesn't have the slightest idea how to fix it, though. She could help Aroden a little bit by holding him close and being on his side but Leareth doesn't have a wife and it's not - totally clear that a Chelish wife will work the same way, right, even if not for the thing where everyone interesting in Cheliax is at least a little bit evil. Also if he's planning to possess his dependents because he has to set up the immortality system again then that's a pretty major downside, it was important to her that it was really really unlikely Aroden would ever take Zahra. And it might've had something to do with Zahra never marrying although she doesn't think it was most of it.

 

She makes pleasant conversation about things she likes in Egorian -- bookstores, lecture halls, theatres - instead of bringing up any of this but she figures Leareth is probably reading her mind and doesn't mind this at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in fact reading her mind on and off, recently he had stopped having his Thoughtsensing open at all times but when he feels unsafe he always has his Othersenses watching even if he's not really trying to pick up thoughts, and - well, she doesn't mind, apparently. 

He does have to bite down a bitter laugh at 'everyone interesting in Cheliax is at least a little bit evil' - has she forgotten he was Lawful Evil, the same alignment as Asmodeus, until very recently? Although it's true that a lot of flavours of interesting Lawful Evil people are ones he wouldn't get along with at all

He tries to focus on her pleasant conversation, it helps a little in the short run, but his thoughts keep drifting back to the snippet of Khemet's thoughts that Abadar conveyed, and - it's stupid, but he finds himself desperately missing that brief precious period of arriving in a place and - not expecting bad things to happen there, because the nation's godking and its god were competent and on his side. He's not sure how much he should model that as having changed, even, just...

Eventually he casts a privacy-barrier, and asks Aroden to do the local version of one for redundancy, and then asks about immortality setups in Golarion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would rather talk in detail in his demiplane, but he doesn't want to bring Leareth there right now because Leareth is obviously very badly shaken, and taking him someplace that blocks his magic seems very unfair to him. He can discuss generalities, though. Some options are only available to very high level wizards, but he thinks that given fifty years of work he can get Leareth something that won't need to resemble his previous method. Ideally it won't depend on any Velgarth-adjacent planes at all, since demonstrably the Velgarth gods will meddle if They can.

He is so unhappy and I am not sure what to do, he tells Parmida. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I know! Me neither. Do you know a way to make him his own demiplane where only his magic works?

Permalink Mark Unread

It is probably not impossible but it would be very difficult. I had to understand my own magic very very well in order to specify it for the spell, and I do not know his magic that well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth had hoped he would feel more grounded again if he had a plan to fix his immortality but instead it mostly feels daunting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. I still think the thing he needs is a wife but not the finding-one stage, the part where he already trusts someone and feels safe with them and knows he matters to them. I don't know how to do it. I'm sorry. It's - hard, seeing a you be that sad.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hate it. I want to fix it - it feels as though I ought be able to - and I am not sure I can - he trusts me but I think that is something differently-shaped? Sigh. He needs friends. It - was a long time, remember, before I was ready for you to be more than my very competent assistant and then my best friend. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can tell that they're talking about him, from the bits and pieces of Parmida's thoughts, but he's mostly not tracking it, because yet again he's distracted being bothered that Khemet is upset about this, it feels like something is happening the wrong way and could surely be done better but he doesn't know how to describe what it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe we should ask Vanyel for help here.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is probably a good idea. 

And they can go back to pleasant conversation to at least keep Leareth company. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And once Parmida is tired they can head back to Cheliax.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not tired, of course. He also doesn't feel very inclined to work on anything in particular. He asks a servant if the palace has a library he can visit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. A bigger one than the one at the winter palace, though Khemet was having most of the books relevant for magical research brought over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will get some books that are not about magic research at all, and read until he's tired enough to sleep.

Which is early for him, apparently being resurrected and having a lot of feelings about it is tiring, so he wakes up hours before anyone else is up and goes for an aimless walk through the palace until sunrise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is in the library at dawn. He has a Work Room set up to make diamonds in but even with the efficient spell he can't do that all day without wearing himself out, and it's such a good library. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth joins him there. After the usual greetings they don't talk much, both of them sit and read quietly, but - there's still something pleasant about it. 

Probably Khemet will come find them if there's any word from the Star-Eyed and he shouldn't go bother him. Leareth isn't sure whether to hope that Starwind and Moondance can get raised, or really, really hope for not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sets down his book. "- You all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

What is he even supposed to say in response to that question. "I think so?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you, um, want a hug or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers it for a minute. "Yes. I would." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh comes by eventually to let them know that the Star-Eyed has agreed to let Starwind and Moondance be resurrected on the condition that they're returned to Velgarth and that Vanyel and Savil rather than other people promise this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It was Savil's idea so Vanyel is pretty sure she's on board with it, and Vanyel is comfortable also promising that as long as the pharaoh is agrees to cooperate with that plan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth says nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. We're going to copy from Aroden's strategy, here; I am going to make a demiplane where only divine magic works, and I'll need help from one of you verifying that works as intended, and then I'll raise them there. - I couldn't have done this on the spot two days ago, I have dedicated most of my higher level spell slots to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, I didn't know you could do that at all. I can check it for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth just nods. It seems like a reasonable precaution. "Can you transport them directly from there to Velgarth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could Gate from there to Velgarth tomorrow once I have a Gate prepared."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would the demiplane be adequate for just leaving them in overnight - I could keep them company there..." Shrug. "I don't know that they'd be dangerous if we didn't, but..." He trails off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems safer, yeah. I can make a demiplane that is a perfectly pleasant place to stay overnight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have truth magic so we can question them? I assume mine won't work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ideally not, no. Abadar gives us a truth spell. Also most people can't lie to me but it's probably irresponsible to rely on that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think they're unusually good liars or anything but...yes, I don't think we should take chances." 

He glances at Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still not saying anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has of course failed people in costlier ways but usually he doesn't have to then have a diplomatic relationship with them for the next fifty years while they look like a kicked puppy. 

"If you don't want to come you could watch with a scry," he says to Leareth. "Though I do think it'll be entirely safe, if you do want to come."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will watch with a scry, I think. I know it would be safe but I find it unpleasant not having access to magic and I doubt my presence would make questioning them less awkward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's very reasonable." He makes sure Leareth has a crystal ball. He rounds up Savil and waits for Aroden to show up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden shows up shortly, his expression cold and impassive. He doesn't have Parmida with him this time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have to leave the Dome for this, obviously. 

He remains self-conscious about casting in front of Aroden but he casts Create Lesser Demiplane, the seventh-level spell, and transports them - and Starwind and Moondance's bodies - to the plane. It is, at the moment, really boring. It has a hard dirt floor and trails off as mist about twenty feet away in each direction. 

He casts Create Lesser Demiplane again to double its size. He casts the eighth-level version to make one half of it a lush meadow shaded by fruit trees with a little stream running through it so staying all day won't be unpleasant. He casts the ninth-level version to make only divine magic work. 

He's pretty sure it worked just from Aroden's obvious dissatisfaction but he looks to Vanyel to test it.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Aroden is trying not to be obvious about his dissatisfaction, but nonetheless.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel tries a half-dozen spells. Nope, his magic super does not work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which one first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh, gods, this is going to be really awkward in either order, they're lifebonded. Um. I guess Starwind. Is there anything you can do to make him unconscious for ten minutes if he's really upset?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can put a consenting person to sleep, it won't work if he's trying to fight me about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I - think he can probably manage, it's - not like there's much he can do here even if he is very upset." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And it won't be ten minutes, we should be able to raise him with an ordinary Raise Dead and that's only one minute."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right - I wasn't sure if it'd be the usual Velgarth thing where Raise Dead never works, or if She was actually putting them back from wherever She fished them out. I think a minute is fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We told her to put them back. I know Resurrection diamonds are cheaper now but I don't like spending them that casually."

 

He Raises Starwind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind seems confused and distressed, but he holds still. He doesn't even look around to see where he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel squats next to him. Seems torn on whether to offer him a hug, and in the end doesn't, but stays next to him for the next minute. 

(Savil does.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he Raises Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance looks around. He seems - more visibly distraught than Starwind, there are tears in his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind jolts into motion, and a couple of seconds he has his arms around Moondance. 

Neither of them moves from the ground, or looks at Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He reaches out to touch them, one at a time, on the arm, and cast a Truth Spell. If they throw it off he'll just cast it again; it puts Abadar's holy symbol on their forehead so it's not hard to tell if they throw it off or not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither of them seem to try very hard to throw it off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance does lift his head from Starwind's shoulder and sort of look at Khemet, clearly waiting for whatever he has planned here to happen. There are tear-streaks down his cheeks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He steps back and raises an eyebrow at Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden steps forward, looks them in the eye, and addresses them one at a time. Starwind first. 

It's almost better doing this after getting Leareth back, because he knows which questions to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind isn't helpful, exactly, he's certainly not proactively volunteering any information, and divine truth magic isn't as good as Velgarth's second-stage Truth Spell and can't drag him out of him, but he does answer direct questions. While hanging onto Moondance. Mostly he seems to be in shock. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Vanyel thinks this is very reasonable, from their perspective they just got murdered. After carrying out what they must have known was a suicide mission. They must have been terrified, or at least, he would have been in their place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is harder to get answers out of because he's obviously miserable. He does, eventually, admit to using some Healing-Adept mind projection technique to find and destroy Leareth's link to immortality.

He keeps glancing at Savil and Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil kneels and puts her hand on his shoulder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't move from where he's standing. He didn't want them dead, but - he has trouble seeing a scenario where Starwind and Moondance murdered his ally and they can still be friends

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden makes it through verifying all of the events and actions taken before getting to the thornier part. "Why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She wished it done." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It - seemed the correct response. When She first ordered it, in the Tower. Afterward, I..." 

He trails off. It doesn't actually matter if he was conflicted because he demonstrably did it anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden pokes at the question for another few minutes, but eventually sighs and turns to Khemet. "Is there anything you wish to ask, or say to them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If the alarm that told us dangerous creatures had been summoned hadn't recognized creatures from your Abyss, the first person to go check up on the sudden burst of magic would've opened the door to get medical aid to anyone trapped inside. What would have happened then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They would probably have died. And anyone nearby. Then you would have raised them from the dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that why you decided to do this in my home, instead of in some other place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mostly it was the opportunity available to meet Leareth face to face in a place where he would not be expecting an attack. If we had asked him to come to the Worldwound he would have been too wary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you have some plan where we wouldn't just immediately resurrect him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our Goddess - did not specify. I suspected She had some plan, there, but - we did not need to know it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is silent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a question for you," he says to Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods. Waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If She had succeeded, what do you suppose would have happened next."

Permalink Mark Unread

His answer comes with no hesitation. "I would have taken him back. By negotiation, by - persuasive use of force - or, if necessary, by destroying Her entirely. I expect the last would be very difficult to accomplish, but we know that gods can die." 

Long pause. 

"Also I suspect Abadar would have done something rather drastic. I do not know Him well enough, at this time, to guess at details of what." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If," he says to Starwind and Moondance, "any servant of your dangerously stupid goddess is found in my country again, under circumstances where the Heralds might find out about what happened to them, they will die."

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is still. He doesn't seem surprised. Resigned, maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gives Khemet a confused look. "Why only if Heralds..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Herald Vanyel, you are a good person and I respect you immensely, so I am not going to answer that question and if there is any chance you might learn of what happened to them the answer  will be that they were quickly and cleanly put to death."

Permalink Mark Unread

That - doesn't really clarify things at all and also sounds concerning - but Vanyel doesn't press. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What–" Moondance is blinking hard, biting his lip. He swallows. "What are you going to do to us now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly if it were up to me you'd be eaten by demons. Leareth says it takes a very long time and hurts very badly. However, all of these other people either like you or consider the wellbeing of all sentient life their personal responsibility, so we're sending you home. Tomorrow; I don't have a Gate in me today."

 

He glances at the other half of his demiplane. "The fruit's edible."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil stays next to both of them. Her expression is pinched. She's not looking at the pharaoh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel will stay because he said he would but this is going to be the most awkward night of his life

- Also he's now feeling kind of bad and worried about Leareth, and he can't tell Khemet privately with Mindspeech because, one, his ridiculous shield, and two, he can't Mindspeak at all right now. 

"Something I want to tell you," he says instead, in a low voice. "Can we, er..." He gestures vaguely at the still-boring side of the demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. He can put up a privacy barrier fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's useful. It still feels very awkward to request help from the pharaoh of Osirion of all people about this, but... 

"I'm concerned about Leareth, is all. He seems really unhappy and - I said I'd stay with Starwind and Moondance here and I'm going to, but I'd feel better if someone were checking in with him and - I don't know if Aroden counts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is really unhappy. He gave a try to - trusting people, cooperating, believing it was possible to be safe any way other than being ten steps ahead of everyone at all times, and they learned and destroyed his immortality method while he was standing there trying to work out a spell for them and then murdered him horribly." His voice is shaking. "I don't know how to fix it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gods." It's a really good description and also awful. "I - I don't either - I don't want him to just, just go back to the being ten steps ahead of everyone and be fine with it, like it's okay that nothing else is safe, but - I'm scared that's - just actually the right strategy for him. If even here he's still a target." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I don't think it was good for him, but it's not - fair, to ask him to do anything else if we can't keep him safe - and I thought I could, and I couldn't -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we'd have to get better at the thing he does. Be five steps ahead, at least, so - so he only has to do five, and we meet him in the middle... I don't know. It seems really hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, there are other advantages to being five steps ahead. But I think if I did it specifically for Leareth he'd feel weird about that, it'd be a - claim to intimacy when - you two have been friends for ten years, I met him a month ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, sure, but he gets along with you really well? I thought you'd noticed that, I think it's why he was more able to be relaxed here. He really likes talking to you. At least I'm pretty sure. Having known him for ten years, I think I can somewhat tell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, he does, but - I can just make people like me. Not with magic, I don't even need magic. And I think maybe I shouldn't've done that to Leareth, if I can't even keep him from being horribly murdered in my own home."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe? I don't know. Either way, I - maybe you shouldn't have done it but you did and - honestly I think you owe it to him to talk to him about - that. He doesn't suddenly hate you now or anything, he's just - really sad and scared." Vanyel hates it so much. Neither of those words should go with Leareth and especially not both at once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to talk to him but I worry about doubling down on it, I don't know how to not make him like me more - I'm not very good at not making people like me, it feels like the kind of thing that - this all sounds very stupid when I say it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It makes sense to me? As a thing to be worried about. But - I don't know, maybe you should point out to Leareth that this is a pattern about you, and he can decide how much he wants to compensate for it? I think he's pretty good at deciding how he wants to feel about something and then just - feeling that way." Vanyel is honestly so jealous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I'll try. And I'll make sure he's all right, today. I'm sorry to be leaving you in such an awkward situation." He gestures vaguely at them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll manage. I think it's even more awkward for them, I can't imagine... Anyway." He shuffles his feet. "Thank you for raising them, and being willing to send them back to Velgarth. They ar– they were my friends, and - I still don't want them dead. Or in Hell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No one should be in Hell. Or stop existing. But I wish they - 

- it's stupid to go into an interrogation hoping you'll get emotional satisfaction out of it." Shrug. "I hope they're happy, in Velgarth."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. He has a lot of wishes and they’re equally pointless. He wonders if the Star-Eyed ever expected to get them back alive.

”I hope so too,” is all he says out loud. “Er, see you tomorrow I guess.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is Savil staying with you or Plane Shifting out with us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks over at her, sitting next to Starwind and Moondance in the lush meadow. "Think she's staying with me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

 

And he takes Aroden's hand and Plane Shifts them back to the Material Plane and then Word of Recalls them from where they land in the desert to the temple of Abadar near the Dome in Sothis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden thanks him. He seems a little curious about Khemet’s conversation with Vanyel, but doesn’t ask. “I am returning to Cheliax now but I will likely be back again tonight, if that is all right.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly. I might take Leareth to Aktun but I'd expect we'll be back by then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods approvingly at this plan. “We shall speak again later, then.”

He Teleports out.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes into the Dome and talks to his husband for about an hour. 

 

Then he goes looking for Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in the library again, reading about economics. To anyone else, his expression and body language would probably look relaxed and neutral. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We spoke to Starwind and Moondance. We didn't learn much of anything new. 

 

Will you come to Aktun with me? We'll be safe there; it's Abadar's divine realm. I'm allowed to go without my security."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth was watching with scrying for part of it, but stopped after Aroden's questioning ended, because it had really seemed like there wasn't anything new and because it was - weirdly upsetting, mostly the part where Vanyel was so visibly distressed and awkward about it. He's realizing that one of Vanyel's decade-long friendships is alongside the other collateral damage of the Star-Eyed's hatred for him, and - it seems unfair.

He's a little surprised by the offer, but nods, smiling faintly. "Of course." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he walks back out of the Dome with him, Plane Shifts them, lands in the enormous vaulted room where the trolley lines come through. It's full of people. The local population of Aktun is only about a quarter humans; among those waiting for the trolleys are gnomes and dwarves and dragons and drow and crystalline sparkling machine-people and blueskinned, bipedal aliens ten feet tall with too many eyes, and clouds of glowing metallic dust which Leareth's thoughtsensing nonetheless informs him are people.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's incredible. Leareth lets go of Khemet's hand after the Plane Shift and just stares around for a full minute, absorbing it. 

"What are all of the species?" he asks eventually, looking over in particular at the glowing metallic dust. "Are some of them the outsiders here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. The ones that look like clouds of dust are axiomites, they're Axis's outsiders - like archons and angels in Heaven, or devils in Hell. Some of the metal people are also axiomites, they can shapeshift and generally give us something to work off, out of politeness, when they're talking to us.  The other metal people are called aphorites, the axiomates made them to be more psychologically similar to us to simplify trade. They come across as - not outside the space of humans, when you talk to them, if weird and foreign ones. That -" he points at a machine person - "is called an inevitable; they are also a created species, designed to defend Axis against extraplanar incursions. The blue ones are called mercanes. They're an evolved species like humans, but from another world, and the ones we've met are merchants who travel the planes arbitraging magic items. There's a couple million of them in Axis, mostly in their own districts - other species cluster and humans sometimes even cluster by ethnicity, people like familiar things -"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very much - well, the opposite of everything the Tayledras are, in a way, but to Leareth it feels beautiful and triumphant and comforting, it eases some sort of pressure inside him... It doesn't make it seem okay to die permanently, that he's now Lawful Neutral and would probably end up here, it's still - losing - but it does make the prospect a lot less unthinkably awful.

Abadar's divine realm. It does make him feel safer, if not entirely safe, he's not sure he's capable of that, and it's - less lonely, in some sense he has a hard time describing. 

"Thank you for bringing it to me." It feels like the words aren't nearly sufficient to convey it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles very slightly. "We want to get on the 7," he says, gesturing up a flight of stairs at a platform where people wait to board the magical trolleys as they sweep through.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth follows him, still looking around at everyone with Thoughtsensing extended, not to read thoughts per se - it would be incredibly overwhelming to try - but just to bask in the sense of there being so many flourishing people all around him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The trolley runs along the northern edge of Aktun where it butts up against one of Axis's underwater districts; the view to the right is of a crowded bustling city with eyepopping storefronts and the view to the left is of a smooth placid lake, except where green or purple smoke bubbles burst through the surface. Thoughtsensing confirms that there are tons of people below the surface of the water, though all ordinary vision can catch is the occasionally moving underwater light. 

On the right, the buildings are taller than it'd be possible to build on Velgarth or Golarion, at least not without magic: twenty or twenty-five stories, some of them. The trolley climbs above street level and glides between them on elevated rails. 

"This is our stop," Khemet says after a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some parts of the Eastern Empire are a little like this, it has no shortage of magic, but that always came at the expense of everything else about the Eastern Empire being terrible. 

Leareth nods, still kind of speechless, and follows Khemet off the trolley. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He points at a building across the street. "This part of town is called Newspaper Row, because the publishing industry is concentrated here. The building is 15 Shore. It's thirty three stories, the tallest in Aktun, though they're kind of cheating, it's only twenty-seven stories all the way up, and then some little towers, and there are other buildings that are twenty-nine." He starts crossing the street. "I could not get us a reservation on the top floor on short notice. It's one of my favorite things about Aktun, how I can't get anything nice on short notice because most people here are richer than me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- That is rather a wonderful thing to be true about it, yes." Leareth follows him across the street, still looking with something close to awe at the building and its neighbours. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The building has a spectacular high-ceilinged marble lobby where he requests and receives a key for the 23rd floor, and a bank of elevators, which carry them up to it. "I used to want to just own an apartment up here, but my grandfather thought it'd be bad for me. Knowing it exists is all right, but - maybe it's unhealthy, living with a foot half in the grave already -"

The room on the 23rd floor is a tidy three-room apartment. The living room looks out on the rest of Aktun. He locks the door, goes to sit down on the couch. "I want you to make me a permanent Gate-threshold in Sothis so our tourism program is cheaper. People save for twenty years, for it, and I think it's worth it, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stands at the window for a while, looking out at the incredible view. "That makes sense. I - had never imagined having the problem that the afterlife is too nice and it is perhaps unhealthy to - be too established there, in life." And he understands a lot better, now, Khemet's insistence that he doesn't want immortality. He approximately has immortality, by Leareth's standards, everyone in Golarion does - well, except the poor people who end up in Abaddon, and those in Hell might prefer they didn't... 

"A permanent Gate ought be feasible," he smiles a little, "though I will of course ask the usual price for it. We need to fund Cheliax's schools somehow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awww, can't get anything past you even when you're overawed. I have schools to fund too, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But the Gate will be cost-saving for your country in the long run, so you still come out ahead." Leareth heads to the other end of the couch and sits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Van very politely scolded me this morning because he was worried about you. And he helped me notice I was being - cautious in the wrong directions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh?" Leareth hadn't realized Vanyel might be worried about him, and - isn't sure how he feels about it, but he's not bothered, exactly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were really sad. He didn't like the idea of you being alone, today, while he sits with his former friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Has everyone been noticing how disproportionately upsetting this series of events was for him? Leareth was trying not to be obvious about it because that won't help anything.

Leareth mulls on it for a moment and has to concede it's not surprising at all, actually. Most people are going to find being murdered very upsetting, and - he wasn't exactly very composed right after being brought back. 

"I was very sad," he admits. "I - am not sure why, the situation is objectively not that bad, just..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thing I said to Vanyel was that you tried, uh, having allies, trusting people, expecting that there was a way to be safe other than being ten steps ahead of everybody at all times, and they figured out your immortality method while you stood there working on helping them with magic and then severed it and murdered you and -

- I don't want you to have to be ten steps ahead of everybody else all the time! But we don't - we don't know how to ask you not to do that, if we can't actually keep you safe -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to say something, and - fails, because suddenly all the emotions from earlier are hitting him again in overwhelming force, and he's remembering how he hadn't even realized until it was gone how...restful, it was, not needing to at every moment be on the lookout for betrayal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He scoots across the couch and hugs him. 

"I wanted to give you that. I wanted so badly to give you that. And - I'm so angry that I couldn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is definitely the most unexpected hug Leareth has ever received, and he freezes for a few seconds, and then - well, if he's not safe here, in Abadar's divine realm - Abadar, who had a strong enough claim on him to have held off the Star-Eyed, who is going to retaliate, who was smug about that...

He relaxes, the first time since coming back that he's let himself relax fully, and then inevitably the thing that happens is that he starts crying again. Which is really inconvenient because he wants to say things and he still can't Mindspeak the pharaoh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds him and doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to have to un-relax eventually - someday - but right now all Leareth is aware of is that he was in pain, and he wasn't even able to notice it properly when he was holding himself on alert, he could only look at it head-on once it eased. 

"I - thought it was unfair," he says finally, without moving. "To - ask that of you - to be paranoid enough to - hold off all of the enemies I have made in two thousand years. I - apologized to Abadar. For, for failing to be on good terms with the gods of Velgarth, I - am sure - it is inconvenient for Him..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would have expected you of all people to have noticed that everything is unfair - and we - gods, there's not a single person in my country where I think I'm asking them for a fair thing that won't hurt too badly -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is kind of shaking again. "I have not failed to notice. I - try not to ask others to - take on too much unfairness on my behalf. Because generally they will not succeed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought I could!! I thought I had - enough - I thought Abadar had enough - I'm mad at Him though He thinks I'm confused and probably won't be mad at Him once I'm not - and I'm so angry with them, I wanted to torture them to death which is not something I have ever wanted before - I'm so frustrated and I want - Vanyel thought maybe we could learn to do half of it, meet you halfway there, take some of the burden off, and maybe we can do that but it's so infuriating, I want all of it, I want you to be safe with me like you are here..."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's making Leareth feel some sort of emotion that he has no idea how to name. "I - am confused - I tried to ask Abadar but I do not think it is the shape of question He understands... Why do you want that...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! I was confused about that too, until this morning when Vanyel told me I was being an idiot and I realized there's exactly one category of social interaction I'm vulnerable to being an idiot about. I have romantic feelings about you. I don't think we should do anything about them but it's annoying being confused and it's probably similarly annoying for you, because I think you do, too, and were missing them for all of the same reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Really?" He's certainly been very confused about something but Leareth would not in a thousand years have named it as that. "I - I had not thought that was - a shape of feeling I could have..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can't read your mind, but the thing that's been bothering me all week is - a sense that something is terribly wrong if there's distance between us even if it's of a kind that objectively doesn't get in the ways of our goals much if at all, and that it's more satisfying to accomplish things if you specifically will be impressed by them even if they're not things I need you for, and a bunch of other things in that genre where I was assigning salience weirdly, and then I was so incredibly thrown off by your murder and am still so upset about it, and so that's what's going on on my end, at least, and usually what is going on when I'm as confused about an interpersonal thing as I've been lately."

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually, that does seem to make more sense of some of what he's been feeling. Leareth closes his eyes, his head still resting on Khemet's shoulder.

"I - I was feeling as though I had lost something so precious, with this happening, that was related to how you were around me, I could not figure out what it was. Just - you were happy before and then you were - not - and it did not seem I ought have much right to have opinions about that but it bothered me so much. And I - wanted you to talk to me but it felt unreasonable to - place more demands on your time... I was very pleased when you asked me to come here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I felt like - I'd promised you something and if I couldn't do it, then I had no right to - try to make you believe that I could - if liking me was going to be a disadvantage then I shouldn't try to - and  making you like me is very tempting and very challenging and very satisfying and feels so intrinsically worthwhile, but none of that is for reasons that are related to whether I can keep you safe -

Vanyel said that whether or not I should have made you like me I did, and I was just going to hurt you if I tried to back off on it now. Which - isn't want I wanted at all - but I also want you to hold out for somewhere where you'll actually feel safe and be right about it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do like you. It - hurt, when it felt like there had to be distance between us." Noticing that explicitly is clarifying some of the pain he's been in, recently, and why it's better now; it's not just the fear and feeling unsafe, or the grief and anger with himself at losing his immortality setup after eighteen hundred goddamned years of being careful enough. "I - do not think we need to lose that, I think that is a separate thing from - whether I expect to be safe in your palace. But–" and this part does still ache, "but I do want - that - I had not realized until now how badly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Couldn't've happened in the Dome, summoning doesn't work and also we ask everyone who enters to confirm under a truth spell that they don't intend to harm anyone while they're there. I could've used the Dome for operations, it just - it just would have made it harder to make you feel at ease in the first place and I guess I prioritized that over actually keeping you safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense."

Leareth shifts a little, lifts his head so he can look Khemet in the eye. It continues to be weirdly hard to talk about what he's feeling here, but he pushes through.

"It - would have made it harder at first, I think, when I was not sure if you were on my - our - side, and so being less able to operate on my own there was uncomfortable. I - think that need not be true, now. You have given some very emphatic and costly indications that you are aligned with my goals and - that you care about me, as an individual, which is - not even something I would have been tracking, before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "Then I think we should operate from the Dome. And I will tell Abadar that even if His usual decision procedures allow for one assassination in the palace per two centuries because this is a perfectly reasonable rate of assassinations, I am a fragile human with fragile human emotional needs and cannot handle another one in the next decade and He should adjust accordingly. And the magical researchers can teach you how to cast through the distortion, it's possible, just takes some practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a reasonable plan, I think." Leareth puts his head back down on Khemet's shoulder. For some reason he feels suddenly exhausted again, not physically but in some other way. "It - is not in fact irretrievable or even that costly if I am assassinated again, as long as I can be resurrected, but - I am nonetheless unreasonable scared of this happening." Every time he thinks about it, it feels like the ground sliding out from under his feet. "I think I am still very shaken about what happened, especially losing the immortality setup after all this time. I will probably be more reasonable and calm about it in a week's time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I am not sure that being very distressed about it is unreasonable! But giving it time makes sense. And ...it seems possible that retaliating will help your mood. I think it will help mine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps. I think to the extent it makes it less likely that this will ever happen again, it will help a great deal." He's shivering again, though. "I - think - right now it is not harming my goals to be very sad, and - I am very glad you are here. Parmida thought I was underhugged and perhaps she had a point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm surprised Aroden made - having a wife - work for that. I can't seem to, quite. But - I'm glad I can be here." Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

"They are both very convinced I need a wife. Though it - does seem hard to replicate the thing that they have. I am not sure how Aroden did it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I selected really aggressively! All of my wives are exceptionally intelligent and capable people. And I still don't have - that. I don't know why not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Do you have romantic feelings for them? That might be relevant. I had noticed that in Osirion, the assumption seems to be that everyone can have romantic feelings for both sexes, but that is not assumed in most of Velgarth - I know Vanyel is only attracted to men and this has caused him difficulties." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't. It seems kind of stupid to not have romantic feelings about someone just because they're a woman, though. And I don't think that can be all of it. ...I guess it might be a big part of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It - does feel as though romantic feelings ought not be necessary for closeness and trust in general, but - also I have observed this to very frequently correlate. For other people."

The concept still feels like some sort of categorization error when applied to himself, but he isn't sure if that's right. He tries to poke at it, untangling the muddy-feeling knot of emotion. "I...have not for a long time felt I could be close to people, I think. Not only because it made me vulnerable, but - for their sake, because I did not care to make them targets of the gods alongside myself. - And I suppose it was relevant that everyone else in my world dies, sooner or later, and not in a way where afterward one can Plane Shift to the afterlife to visit them. I did not think there was much chance the Velgarth gods would allow me to set up immortality for another person, and - it would have risked giving away too much about my own method." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would - hurt me very badly, trying not to be close to people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would be very bad for most people. It - was probably not good for me, but, caring about people and losing them was worse–" His breath catches a little. "I miss Urtho so badly. I would find it difficult to bear missing fifty people that much. Even though I thought that perhaps someday I could bring them back - it was still going to be such a long fight..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well. People here won't be lost forever even if you do nothing about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And it is very unlikely that anything bad will happen to you in the next few decades because you are extremely capable and also chosen by Abadar as pharaoh. I - think perhaps that felt important to me."

Leareth closes his eyes. He's so inexplicably tired. Maybe not inexplicably. Letting himself experience all his emotions fully is - a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans in and holds him. "It's very unlikely that anything bad will happen to me. I can look out for myself even against your world's gods, as long as Abadar's helping."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." 

Leareth is relaxed and comfortable and warm, and this is Abadar's divine realm where nothing Abadar doesn't approve of will happen, to either of them, and he's leaning into the feeling-safe because it takes the pressure off the part of him that hurts - 

- and the result is that, quite suddenly and without exactly meaning to, he falls asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. He just lets him sleep on his shoulder, for a little while - he has a Ring of Sustenance and probably won't be asleep very long -

- though he talked to Abadar a bunch recently and probably it's exhausting to be murdered -

- if he doesn't wake up after a little while he will move him over to the bed in the other room, but he's not in a particular hurry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth in fact wakes up less than ten minutes later. He's briefly disoriented, and goes still until he remembers where he is. "- Oh. Sorry about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hasn't been long at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not even sure it was possible to take naps with the Ring of Sustenance, but I suppose it has been an exhausting couple of days." He disentangles himself a little, stretches. "All right, we have both done copious talking about our emotions - did you have other plans for what to do while we are in Aktun?" It also seems plausible the pharaoh has other work to do that he can't justify abandoning for longer, but Leareth is currently not sad and he suspects once he's alone again he will be sad, so he's not in a hurry for Khemet to leave. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He counts them off on his fingers. "We could ride the trolleys all around the whole of Aktun and people-watch. We could go to the theatre. We could go to the museum of measurement, or the museum of light; the other ones are closed today, most museums close on Moonday to give their staff a day off since they don't get weekends. We could pay for flight and go explore other districts of Axis. We could get lunch. We can probably do at most three of those, I told Aroden we'd be back in the evening."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, I am quite curious about the museum of measurement! And then perhaps lunch." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can go see the museum of measurement! It has all kinds of elaborate inventions - some the state-of-the-art, some that are very old but represent an important step forward at the time - for measuring distance, or temperature, or pressure, or the mass of small particles, or the wavelength of light, or the speed of light, or the distance to the Sun, or units of time, or electric current. There's a whole room full of clocks that were once three hundred years ago all set to the same time but have varying precision.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is delighted! Some of the inventions are commonplace in Velgarth, some are completely new even to him, some he invented the equivalents to at some point in the last two thousand years. He muses on whether the speed of light is the same in Velgarth as here. That's one he hasn't managed to measure, though he did suspect light had a speed and was in some ways analogous to sound, with a wavelength and different 'pitches'; this certainly isn't widely-known by Velgarth scholars. 

Electricity is fascinating and Leareth asks Khemet how it's used in Golarion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet isn't a scientist but he thinks the speed of light in a vacuum is one of those things that's the same across all the planes, which suggests it'd probably be the same in Velgarth? He doesn't have a guess why, though. 

(One of the staff members at the museum overhears them and pulls out a table of the elements and wants to know if Leareth thinks it matches Velgarth.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's brilliant! Velgarth alchemists have isolated some elements but never came up with that kind of categorization. Leareth peers at it for a while. He doesn't see any obvious mismatches, at least? 

After a couple of hours at the museum Leareth is pretty ready for lunch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If it matches then they've got pretty much the same speed of light, a significantly different one would mean different elements would be stable, the staff member says. 

 

They can get lunch at one of several dozen restaurants within a few blocks; Khemet picks one out that does palm-sized miniature pizzas and orders a dozen different ones for them to share.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a very good food concept, Leareth decides, even if it still seems very weird to him that you can teleport into the afterlife and get lunch at a restaurant there. He makes pleasant conversation with Khemet about goings-on in both their countries and some of Aroden's upcoming plans for Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet seems more relaxed here; maybe it's the lack of guards and servants or the fact that no one knows or particularly cares who he is.

Permalink Mark Unread

His relaxation level is sort of contagious, Leareth thinks, because he too feels lighter and looser than usual. It's nice. He appreciates it. 

"I think I would like to return to the apartment for a bit," he says when they're done. "And then perhaps do another thing if there is time afterward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." And they can head back on over to the big tall building and go up to the rooms he rented.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth flops onto the couch. It's not a very characteristic-for-Leareth motion but he feels like it, right now, and it's not like he intrinsically cares about being dignified when there's no one around whose opinions it'll affect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down next to Leareth's head on the couch and runs his hand through Leareth's hair and reveals from a pocket that he sneakily bought some souvenirs at the museum of measurement.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is also startled about Khemet touching his hair! And separately surprised that it's very pleasant. He oohs appreciatively at the souvenirs. He's visibly a lot happier than he was this morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, good, that was most of the aim here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can tell that this was Khemet's aim and that he's pleased about it working, which is really nice, actually. 

He unflops after a while. Maybe they can ride the trolleys and people-watch for a bit until it's a reasonable time to go back to the material plane and see Aroden? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that. Khemet is going to have his arm around Leareth possessively for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. Leareth is, again, mildly surprised and quite pleased about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're going to have to take us home once you're done here, I spent almost all my spells on the thing this morning and don't have another Plane Shift."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I - do not want to leave until we definitely need to, because I am guessing you will not be able to go around hugging me in public in the palace." Leareth is...kind of confused, though very pleased, about today and what it means for his working relationship with Khemet going forward. He should probably just ask but it also feels confusing what question to start with. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel - less like this, in Sothis, I am somebody and cannot forget it and I'm bleeding Law just a little bit whenever I let you ignore all the rules because I like you, which is entirely on me and not on you at all but it's not great for a carefree mood...I don't strongly expect anyone would care if I hugged you, it's not as if I'm not permitted to hug people, everything just gets - weighted down by all the rules and all the guards and all the -" Shrug. "You seem to really need hugs, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh. I - had not even considered that, I am sorry, I - had mostly been distracted from the rules by tracking other strategic priorities, but if Law means the rules are strategically relevant for you then I will be much more careful." And he thinks he'll find it easier to remember, if it fits more naturally into that category of thing, which his mind tracks almost as effortlessly as breathing, as opposed to - he's not even sure how he was categorizing it before, actually. "It seems simplest if you do not hug me in public, then, it would - not feel the same anyway. Though...it does seem to help. Much more than I expected." 

He frowns at the passing city. "I...am just trying to wrap my head around what sort of relationship we have going forward, because - well, it was already confusing before, I think, and now even more so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, one option is that we are professionally friendly heads of state who, when schedules permit them to depart the Material Plane, go on dates. Another is that we cut this out so as not to distract you from wife-finding - for me, at least, being in love with other people does distract a lot from wife-finding."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers it, seriously, for a couple of minutes. 

"I think the former would make me very happy. I - am not sure if it would distract from wife-finding. Probably I should ask Aroden what he thinks, or ask Parmida, since I suspect I would be similar to Aroden on this axis." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, I do not think I would be less distracted if we we not doing this and I were wishing we could." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will lean on Khemet while they ride the trolleys and stare at the passing buildings and tide of people, and Leareth basks in the sense of good and right and feels like home. 

When he Gates them back, he's instantly a little less relaxed, but he's no longer radiating misery the way he was before their outing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He invites Hemaka to dinner with Aroden and Leareth and Parmida.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden Teleports to just outside the Dome with Parmida on his arm and Zahra on the other side. They go in. 

He notices the change in Leareth's body language instantly, and shares a glance with Parmida. It certainly looks as though someone has been hugging him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does! I am slightly confused but - good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth greets Aroden and his family warmly. He glances sideways at Hemaka as he arrives - he recognizes him, distantly, as the man Khemet was speaking to in the scene Abadar showed him, earlier, but he doesn't actually know his relation to Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile a Gate opens onto the demiplane where Vanyel and Savil and Starwind and Moondance are staying and a woman steps through it. "Hello!" she says chirpily.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nefreti." Vanyel, who's sitting down in the grass a ways away from where Starwind and Moondance are hugging each other against a tree and Savil is mostly not talking to them, nods to her. "I, er, didn't know we were expecting you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some people require your advice on something. I could bring you back here afterwards, if that's all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My advice? Oh, um, yes, of course. I do want you to help me get back here, I don't think I can Gate here due to the magic not working." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods solemnly. "It offends the sensibilities, places where magic doesn't work - don't worry, I won't change that! Some wounds cannot be healed with the unstrategic application of magic even though the strategic application would fix them fine." She offers her hand. "I can get you back right afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is giving Nefreti the most baffled look imaginable, but neither he nor Starwind say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's all right, Van, I'll hold the fort here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Nefreti gestures a Gate open behind her and walks through with Vanyel.

It turns out to open to just outside the Dome.

 

This is how it transpires that she arrives at the dinner party just as Khemet is formally introducing -

Permalink Mark Unread

"- my husband Hemaka, and - Nefreti. Vanyel. Um, sit comfortably."

Permalink Mark Unread

She's already doing that but she makes her illusory self do it too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel glances around between the various people. Leareth, he thinks, looks about one-hundredth as miserable as he did that morning. Aroden is harder for him to read than Leareth, his long years of knowing Leareth don't fully translate, but he thinks the man is curious, and about as confused as he is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel. Is everything - all right, with the...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wha– er, yes, we haven't had any issues, that's not why I, um, came to join you." He looks helplessly at Nefreti. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It occurred to me that I wanted to drop by and talk to the pharaoh and I wanted to do it when everyone else with relevant information was in the room and that one of them wasn't, so I went and got him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is this about retaliation against the Star-Eyed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That didn't happen in front of your face at all. You're learning!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth exchanges a look with Aroden, his shoulders tensing just a little. "Go on." 

Permalink Mark Unread

No wonder this is a stressful topic for him. Vanyel shifts his chair a little closer to Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When Nefreti does not immediately say anything he does. 

"Abadar is, as I think everyone here knows, planning to take the superweapons out of Urtho's Tower because the Star-Eyed can't be trusted with them. He also said to me that there was something else we could potentially do if Nefreti and Nethys were interested in helping, and should not attempt if they weren't. 

 

He thought that working together on it and spending an absurd number of diamonds Aroden and Nefreti could fix the Pelagirs. Which would - mean that the condition that would bring about the end of the Star-Eyed's pact with her people was met."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's–" His breath catches. "That's...wow...that would be incredible. The Tayledras haven't gotten all the way through fixing it in two thousand years. It would help a lot of people - it'd help Valdemar so much, we still lose villagers every year to horrible Pelagirs monsters..." He's awed at the scope of the entire concept. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stiffens a little more in his chair. "I - am concerned that would be unsafe, if the Star-Eyed prefers to keep the pact intact." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar thought they should not set foot in the Pelagirs and flying over them wouldn't work either, but Aroden knows things about using Wishes to scaffold distance casting. I don't have a lot of detail beyond that and obviously you should be very careful, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it would be possible. And - it would be very, very good, to finally bring to an end the grief caused to your world by the Cataclysm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can hardly deny that part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's, er, the part you need my advice on specifically?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mostly just wanted to ask you, uh, before I brought it up with Aroden and Nefreti, whether it would be a good priority if we could make it happen. Abadar mostly has perspective on the god things, you'd know how it'll affect peoples' lives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I think it'd be good for almost everyone? More farmland, less danger. I'm - not sure what'd happen to the Tayledras, though. If the pact were over. I don't know if Heartstones rely on the pact existing, even, and She would take them away without it. Which might be fine, if it becomes possible to live in what's right now the Pelagirs without magic, but it'd be so disruptive to them." 

He looks down at the floor. "I...think maybe we have to, though. If She's otherwise going to - use that - to do things like what just happened here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Why is this still such an upsetting topic, he was calm and relaxed and happy ten minutes ago and now he feels like crying again and is completely unable to participate in the conversation.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When's a good time to stop by and figure out how to approach the magic side of it?" she asks Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances at Parmida, then Nefreti. "Tomorrow would do fine, I think." 

Parmida, I would usually speak with Leareth about the advice he was giving the Tayledras, before this, but - I do not think this is a pleasant topic for him. If it were myself in his shoes I would not want to be cut out from giving valuable help simply because it was distressing, but...

Permalink Mark Unread

I think using the advice he was trying to give them freely when they murdered him to solve their entire problem and obviate their whole society is great, she thinks back fervently. It's so fitting. Probably he will need a little time to see it that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet stands up and walks over to Leareth's chair and puts his hands on Leareth's shoulders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

It's confusing why that helps so much but it does. Leareth takes a few deep breaths, reminding himself of all the reasons this is a very valuable conversation to be having that will advance a number of his goals. 

"It is possible I have suggestions," he says tightly. "Since I - worked with them, briefly, on adapting divine magic to replace the Healing and earthsense elements that they use." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden doesn't miss Leareth's reaction at all - neither the part where he's calmer now, nor the part where he's kind of baffled about it. He remembers being baffled about that category of thing, too, a very long time ago. (Well, a long time to his limited human mind; from another perspective, a century is the blink of an eye.)

Interesting, he says to Parmida. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's much less practical than a Chelish girl. Well - less practical in some ways, more practical in others, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is very petty but once we've done it it would be great to be able to tell them that that collaboration was so productive."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someone else who is not me can tell them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do that!"

 

Nefreti is weaving up some kind of incredibly complex spell - no, two of them, one in her right hand and one in her left.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches, both curious and wary. Probably nothing is going to explode but he's sort of tense about unknown magic happening near him right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, Nefreti, what is that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a contingent plane shift to send you home at the end of this dinner, I don't think I want to stay for the whole thing. We'll need to be in rapport for the last bit of it but the Dome slows down my casting so it's going to be a few minutes before I even get to that part."

Permalink Mark Unread

On the one hand he had been under the impression she would send him back as soon as the important advice-giving part was done; on the other hand, he's not exactly in a hurry to get back to the demiplane, and it's not clear his presence was actually making the situation less awkward. He nods. "I'm impressed you can do magic in the Dome at all, it really messed with my diamond spell the first few times and that one's incredibly simple." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It takes practice! I do think we are doing our future pharaohs a disservice, raising them in an environment that makes it harder for them to learn magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not that bad if you grew up used to it. And we split time between here and the other palace, usually, when that one's not being used to stage for a war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And maybe there won't be future pharaohs anyway," she says thoughtfully. Khemet stiffens. "I can't see the future here," she says chidingly. "Just other places."

Permalink Mark Unread

"With the same stories, right. Does it -" A gesture at Vanyel and Leareth - "usually go like this - is that even a meaningful question -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but I respect you for trying to ask it anyway. Herald Vanyel, will you let me attach this spell to you so you can Plane Shift back when you'd like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods and shifts closer to her, trying to slip into rapport and not quite sure how to do so with her, she's not the same kind of magic-user as him at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not but she knows what she is trying to do here and can send mental impressions until they get it, and then finish up the spell scaffolding around him. "All right. When you say the word 'hippogriff' you will go back to the demiplane." She stands, bows. "I'll see you tomorrow," she says to Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Thank you for your offer to help with this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome." And off she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, Van, sorry, Leareth." He looks exasperated but also happy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was very, um, Nefreti-like of her." Vanyel turns in his chair. "Leareth, are you all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Mostly, yes." He's much closer to his previous level of calm, now, though he's still sort of leaning his head against Khemet's forearm. "It seems it is not a comfortable topic, right now. I suspect I will be more reasonable about it in a week or two." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, hey, it's very reasonable to be upset about it. The Goddess did something incredibly horrible to you. When horrible things happen to me I generally find the topic upsetting for years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel is very wise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, do you want a hug?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel scoots his chair over and gives Leareth a somewhat awkward one-armed hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If Leareth is being adequately hugged he'll go sit down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel hugs Leareth for thirty seconds or so, but then keeps his chair close to Leareth's. "I didn't know you had a husband," he says to Khemet. "It's, er, lovely to meet you, Hemaka." He seems faintly self-conscious about it. (He is also trying very hard to quash the rising jealousy.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's nice to meet you too. I've heard so much about you all. Honestly most of it has been extraordinarily confusing and this dinner has been the opposite of clarifying but I managed to gather that you're the interdimensional visitor we were so astoundingly lucky to get."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Umm..." Now Vanyel is blushing and trying not to squirm. "I guess?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your world was incredibly lucky. Vanyel is, in addition to his remarkable power and talent, one of the most carefully ethical people I have ever met." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That does not help

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"And he knew Leareth and was informed enough to summon him over under conditions that worked out and would also have worked out had Leareth, instead, been a terrible person to unleash on our world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's suspiciously good luck, honestly, did someone do it on purpose?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that we know of! Abadar did arrange for him to meet Fazil and Mahdi and Hagan once he arrived."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Normally I would blame the gods of our world for suspiciously convenient coincidences, but - it does not seem to benefit most of them. And I would expect Abadar to have noticed if one of them had nudged it.” He smiles slightly. “Also, Their coincidences rarely benefit me personally.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had a lot of complaints about our gods before I found out about Velgarth. Now I appreciate them a lot more. Well. Most of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

“It - really says something, that Asmodeus is more possible to negotiate with than any of ours. Though He is of course worse along other dimensions, and I hope I need never interact with Chaotic Evil gods.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our god situation is gnarly along different axes than yours." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Asmodeus is awful but if someday we find a universe that lets us present him with overwhelming force he'll say 'fine, what do I need to agree to' and do that. You can't get there with the Star-Eyed. I'm not sure she'd even understand why you'd aspire to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to suggest a different topic of conversation but all I know about any of these people is the details of the fights with gods they've gotten into."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awkward glance at Leareth. "We should really find a better topic, though. I, um, what sorts of things are you interested in..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could talk about magic. Or economics. Or Vanyel could recount his myriad adventures here that were not fighting gods. I assume you heard about the dragon, but did he tell you of the water elemental that he personally returned home even though it was trying to kill him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm curious what stood out most about Golarion when you got here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh that's much less embarrassing than being put on the spot to tell stories. "Probably the magic? Everyone thought I was ridiculously powerful in some ways, but also people here could turn into frogs - and back again - which is utterly absurdly impossible in our world's magic. And your divine healing is far better than our Healing-Gift for injuries but makes it much harder to understand diseases - I guess I didn't learn much about that until later..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I talked to some of your Healers about that! I was wondering if we could get Remove Disease cheaper if we knew what we were doing - we funded some research into medicine a couple of years ago but all we found was that nothing actually worked."

 


And the topic of conversation can avoid being the Star-Eyed or Vanyel's exploits for the rest of dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel," Khemet says at the end of it, "I think it's better if the Star-Eyed doesn't know about our plan to fix the Pelagirs until it's ready to go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I agree." He tenses a little. "I'm concerned that we maybe shouldn't tell my aunt, in that case. I - don't think she would tell Starwind and Moondance, but - well, if there isn't an obvious reason she needs to know, I think it's just safer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is nodding approvingly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is only going to make it more awkward to go back to the demiplane; maybe he'll just say something about Leareth's emotional state and that it's private, if she asks at all, which she might be too distracted to. He should probably get back though. 

"Hug?" he says to Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is unsure if this is just going to be all the time now, but yes, he would like a hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After hugging him, Vanyel bids goodbye to the others, and - waits slightly awkwardly for the pharaoh to dismiss him formally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh will do that, smiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

He somewhat self-consciously says "hippogriff" and waits to presumably be Plane Shifted back to the demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This works exactly as promised.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind glances over at Vanyel without much curiosity, and doesn't say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's sensitive then she ought not ask in front of them, however much that hurts to recognize, so Savil doesn't ask. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. He sits down again, and starts singing. A song he knows Moondance likes. He can offer his (former) friend at least that much comfort. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks over at Aroden. "Are you headed out? I - could probably come to Cheliax tomorrow, if you wish for my advice on the Pelagirs and do not want to return here." He's finding himself unenthusiastic to leave the Dome, still, but he is heir to the throne of Cheliax and presumably has to go back eventually

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not mind returning." 

My read is that he still feels safer here, and I do not see a need to press that for a little while, he says privately to Parmida. It - has always done good for me when there is time to rest in between very shocking events. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Also the pharaoh's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also a good point. 

Aroden bids the pharaoh a courteous formal goodbye, softened with a warm smile. He, for his part, doesn't wait for the official dismissal to head out where he can Teleport. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight," he says to Leareth, smiling at him, once everyone else has headed out, and then takes his husband's hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight. And - thank you, for today, it meant a great deal to me." 

Leareth is having some sort of confused sad emotion, which he doesn't recognize until long after the pharaoh has dismissed him and he's back in his guest room with a book, to wait out the long hours until it's time to actually sleep. It's a very stupid feeling, he decides. Is he actually jealous of Khemet's husband? Really it's only fair for Hemaka to get the pharaoh's attention for the rest of the evening, Leareth had him to himself all day. 

He sighs and goes on reading about divine magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning the pharaoh goes back to his demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is still asleep in Starwind's arms, against one side of the meadow, but he blinks awake and sits up once Khemet tells them they can sit comfortably. He looks straight ahead and doesn't say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind stands up, with great dignity, and helps his partner to his feet. "You are sending us back now?" He glances over at Savil, who's sitting against a tree, yawning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hauls herself up. "I'll go with them. To Haven, please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet opens a Gate to Haven. "We'll look forward to hearing the results of Valdemar's investigation," he says to Savil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel picks himself up from the grass as well. It's been a very long night, as the only person present with a Ring of Sustenance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you coming back to Sothis?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yes, I think so.”

Permalink Mark Unread

So he takes his hand and Plane Shifts them. They land in the desert. Word of Recall fixes that. 

"I'm - so sorry it worked out like this," he says quietly once they're back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So am I. Mostly that - it's not me who was harmed most here, Leareth lost so much more, just - they were my friends, they were - not formally Valdemar's allies but they helped us..." He swears under his breath. "I'm furious with Her. She burned so much, the biggest part of it is - intangible trust things, that maybe She doesn't understand at all - and for what, as far as I can tell She got nothing out of it, everyone lost here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what Abadar's so upset about too. It's - the costs of something like this end up spread out across so many people, last for so long...She didn't weight that, not really, it's not clear it was on her radar as a thing one could weight."

 

And once they're back inside the Dome, "I'd like your advice on something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have been planning for a while to eventually resurrect Urtho. It's important to Leareth, and it might be incredibly valuable to the world, if we can manage getting him more oversight and some useful takeaways from his first life. I was initially planning to do this in a while, maybe years from now.

I'm worried that the Star-Eyed will interpret our retaliation as an act of war and it'll be hard to raise people after it. So I now think we should do it soon, before the retaliation. Leareth's not ready, but it wouldn't be a good idea to raise him anywhere near Leareth anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel blinks, surprised. Eventually nods. "That - makes sense. It would be really good to have him back; it seems so unfair, how his life ended, and - ever since I read his journals I've been wishing I could have met him." He frowns. "What part isn't Leareth ready for?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I brought it up with him he had a ton of understandably mixed feelings, I think mostly around - what a profoundly different page he and Urtho are on, and how it's likely the things that'd make a reunion emotionally fulfilling for him will never happen. If it were me I'd also be angry with Urtho, for murdering millions of people to get to me even if it was half an accident, but I think it's less that than I'd have expected? Not none, though. And that was before he was murdered in a fashion that destroyed his immortality method and now has lots more mixed feelings about most things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth is - really good at not being angry with people for, er, thinking what he's doing is monstrous and fighting him about it. I guess he just acknowledges a lot of his plans are horrible, and - he thinks it's justified but he doesn't hold other people to a standard where he expects them to see that? He was never even defensive when we talked about things, he - thought it was really reasonable for me to do my best to kill him, he just seemed a bit sad and was methodically trying to convince me even though I don't think he ever really thought it'd work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well, I'm not going to do it without letting him know but I'd rather he not have to track any of the logistics. If you were raising Urtho what arrangements would you want to make? - we can Geas him not to do any violence if we need to, though he might take it poorly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, sticking a geas on him wouldn't start us off on the best terms. I...guess we could bring him back in your demiplane, since you already have it? Which is also rude, but at least it's temporary, and we can gauge what sort of state he's in and whether he seems likely to react violently. My read is that he - isn't the sort of person who likes harming anyone, but, I don't know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the impression I got, too, I think. I'm only going to have my demiplane for another two weeks - hmmm, I guess now that diamonds are going spare I could make it permanent -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make you a diamond! Leareth thinks he can eke another efficiency upgrade out of the spell, and after that he's going to start working on an artifact design I can use to scaffold part of it, which would make diamonds even easier. Seems like a permanent demiplane where only divine magic works is a pretty useful place for you to have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He frowns to himself. "Though it's going to be less cost-effective this way, since I used the lower-level spell to make it....well, I'd be grateful for a resurrection-grade diamond and I'll figure out how to use it to make the demiplane permanent."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Resurrection or True Resurrection grade? I should have a stack of both in my workshop, I wasn't sure who to give them to here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"True Resurrection grade, for this. - it's actually a tiny bit less, if you accidentally made one that's just shy of True Resurrection grade at some point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, interesting, I didn't realize there were tiny discrepancies like that. I'll get you one."

He pauses. "...How's Leareth doing? It - looked like you'd done something about, um, when I asked you to keep an eye on him. He still seems a bit fragile, though..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I took him on a date in Aktun. Thank you for your advice about that, it was helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You took him on a date? Aww." Also, wow, that was not what Vanyel had been expecting to come out of that conversation at all

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it'd be really good for him to spend some time with you, too, if you're up for it. He has some Gate locations in Aktun now if you want to ask him what it was like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I'll ask him about it when I have a chance." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. We're - extraordinarily lucky to have you. Did I show you any of our work on the national life insurance program?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! It's such a good idea, though. Leareth did tell me a little about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll be so good for people! It will also make recruiting for my personal guard lots harder, but, so are the struggles of life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure you can figure something out. It'd at least still be prestigious, I assume, being in your Guard. Our King has no trouble recruiting his personal Guard and having them be really good, and we don't - haven't - had resurrection at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure we will figure it out." And he dismisses him and gets back to work and, when not making progress on his work, sketches plans for a prospective permanent demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is not having the best of mornings. 

He could absolutely override his mood, note to himself that it's unhelpful and not well calibrated to feel stressed about leaving his room - it's not like the room is perceptibly safer than the rest of the Dome, he's put a few wards on it but not especially good ones since casting in here is still challenging.

But - it seems like maybe a loadbearing component of the usual process he can follow to dissolve away fear when it's unhelpful, is that he can't permanently die. And, while that's not really false right now, as long as he has people who want to raise him from the dead again and have a reliable supply of diamonds, that feels a lot more conditional than his hindbrain would prefer.

It's probably expected to feel off-balance for a while after what happened; it still hasn't been a week, even, and he still has a lot of processing to do. Leareth calls a servant for breakfast and then stays in his room and attempts to do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel swings by just before lunch. "Hey - the pharaoh suggested I should ask you to see Aktun, apparently it's very amazing and I would like it. If you're up for it, I would love a lunch break." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's an excellent idea! Leareth is absolutely up for Gating to Aktun, showing Vanyel around a bit on the trolleys, taking him to lunch at the place with the mini pizzas, and then coaxing him to stay for a tour of the Museum of Measurement, which he shows Vanyel around with some proprietary pride. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is feeling pretty pleased with himself by the time they head back, halfway through the afternoon. Leareth is a lot more relaxed in Abadar's realm of the afterlife. Which is, in fact, amazing, and he can especially see why Leareth feels so at home there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh has someone spying on Valdemar to see how the murderer's return is being handled.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two Tayledras are in a boxy stone-walled room; it resembles one of the shielded Work Rooms in the pharaoh's palace, though it's had what are clearly some temporary furnishings hauled in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A stocky, not quite stout red-haired woman in green robes is sitting with them; she's recognizable as one of the Valdemarans who accompanied the Healers for a while but then headed back to Velgarth when the aftermath of the war was mostly settled. She's currently looking Moondance in the eye, asking him something about their decision to tell the Heralds about Urtho's Tower when they started asking after Leareth's history. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is scrunched up against Starwind and not quite meeting her eyes. "I - it felt right. Necessary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you say anything more about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Squirm. "It - is not generally very clear. What She wishes of us. Of me. I - thought I could glimpse the edge of something, how it would fit into a pattern..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind looks straight ahead, his face impassive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - how did you, er, get your orders? In the Tower." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind answers, still without expression. "Karna, the Scrollsworn, said that Someone wished to speak with us. She took us to the Moonpaths - the spirit world - and left us there with a leshy'a Kal'enedral, one of Her spirit warriors and servants. The leshy'a took us to speak with the Goddess herself." A flicker of awe in his eyes, followed by something more complex, but he smooths it away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go on." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not our place to speak of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody's voice is mild, her expression level, but her eyes narrow slightly. "Then I have authorization to read it directly from your mind. The King wants to know. It's pretty damned relevant." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They drop by the palace in the afternoon to make sure that Vanyel is okay; it looks like Cheliax and Osirion are not publicly at each others' throats but that still leaves an awful lot of scope for things to be horrible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is back in his temporary diamond workshop after returning with Leareth. He's not singing to himself this time. His expression is distant. 

He greets them cheerfully enough, though. "Good to see you! Er, what brings you out here? Is everything all right back in Cheliax?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it's all fine. We just wanted to check on you. Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives them an odd look. "I'm not the one who got horribly murdered." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Personally I have never been horribly murdered but sometimes I am still not okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess I'm pretty pissed off. At the Star-Eyed. And - I don't know, I would be angry with Starwind and Moondance, but...I almost don't feel like I can be. It's not like I didn't know their pact with Her came first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dunno, I think there are lines you shouldn't cross even if your god says to. Fazil wouldn't have -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar wouldn't ask it of me," he says quietly. "But if I'd been chosen by some other god, when I was ten and going to bed hungry every night..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - had enough information to know that She could be very ruthless. I, just– I wish it felt more like She understood how much value this destroyed. It's never ever going to be the same - it's going to hurt relations between Valdemar and Osirion, because it was our call to bring them in to help at all, and - and I still don't know what mistake I, we, made there, that I could've done different with what I knew at the time..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I don't know that there's anything you could've done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think the pharaoh's going to stop - resurrecting the rest of your war dead and trading you whatever else you need - he can't be stupid enough to blame you or shortsighted enough to want the river of diamonds to dry up -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I think it's being handled as well as it possibly could be, and - it doesn't seem like it'll cost Cheliax anything irreparable, in terms of collaboration with Osirion, and Valdemar's...going to be fine." 

He looks down at the floor, arms crossed. "I - just - I guess I have some personal feelings here too. They were some of my closest friends, Starwind was one of Savil's best friends - they saved my life, they gave me so much, and - I can't be friends with them after this. It wouldn't mean anything, anymore. Maybe Savil can salvage something there but I feel like I lost all the parts of the friendship that were real, that mattered, and - gods - and I'm so angry with Her. For what it cost them, too, not just me. Poor Moondance. He was just looking like a kicked puppy the whole time we questioned them. Starwind, not so much - I, I don't know..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was an awful thing to do to them, too. I'm so sorry, Van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I..." Goddamnit why is he crying again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a lot of reasons for that, honestly! Hugs?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. Hugs are good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel calms down fairly quickly, wiping his eyes on his sleeve. "Thank you. And, ooh, I almost forgot. I asked the pharaoh to make sure Leareth was doing all right, after I said I'd stay in the demiplane overnight with Starwind and Moondance, and guess what happened!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The pharaoh took Leareth on a date! In Aktun. Can you believe it? It's so adorable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awwww."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I'm now confused all over again about, um, relationship norms here. It's really cute though. Leareth looked so much happier after." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's confusing you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Hmm." Vanyel has to think for a moment. "I don't think I'd be confused if it were, I don't know, you. Um, I'd be confused you were interested in Leareth that way, but not... Er, I guess I thought the pharaoh had to be more formal than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aktun might've been an operative ingredient, Aktun doesn't really recognize Material Plane political divisions. But also, hmmm, there are rules if the pharaoh wants a woman because it'd be a mess if there were a question of paternity? There's not really any need for rules about dates with men."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's - convenient, I guess." Vanyel tries to conceal the sudden pang. It's stupid to be jealous of Leareth for getting to have something that it's obvious he badly needs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it going to be a problem for relations with Velgarth? Leareth said that they - get up in arms about men dating for some reason -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Er, not for Valdemar. The Heralds are fine with it. It might be awkward if you wanted a lot of trade relations with Rethwellan, they're - pretty extreme on that front - but I'd expect people to go along with local norms and not make a fuss when they're in a different world." He hopes so, anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably the pharaoh'll keep an eye on that." He shakes his head. "I guess Nefreti was right? Not that that should be surprising..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Right. I'd almost forgotten about that. Although at the time she said 'if not for'...something burdens, I don't remember exactly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If not for the burdens they have picked up and cannot put down. ...maybe they're less burdened now? Because Cheliax is conquered and Aroden is back and there's tons of diamonds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also Leareth seems to have partly gotten over his paranoia about gods, at least with Abadar. That seems relevant to him being comfortable with the pharaoh. And - is more comfortable having allies or friends at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's nice if something good came of all this, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it also means he's definitely going to fix his horrible immortality method and probably the replacement will be less horrible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is Aroden's less horrible?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He definitely had a less horrible one before he ascended the first time; his actual body was immortal, no body-snatching required. I, er, think the backup that survived him being murdered as a god might've been the horrible one though. Since he popped back up as an adult. I, um, haven't really asked though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like the kind of thing he might not want to advertise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also he's terrifying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also he's terrifying. I don't think it would've gone well for the Star-Eyed even if she'd succeeded."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I never thought I'd meet someone scarier than Leareth! And then it turns out your world has a Leareth that's even more terrifying than mine! I'm really glad the Star-Eyed didn't succeed, I've - never seen Aroden look the way he did when we'd just brought Leareth back and he found out about the Star-Eyed having broken Leareth's immortality and then tried to grab his soul. He would've absolutely gone to war with her and I'm not sure he would've regretted the collateral damage." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad the assassins were at least courteous enough to choose a method that obviously wasn't Osirion, except I'm not sure it was courtesy instead of just them doing whatever was most convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, they could've just called him over to the Worldwound, that would've been a lot more respectful of the pharaoh's authority. Gods. When the pharaoh was questioning them, Starwind said he would've raised anyone else who died, if the first responders on the scene had opened the Work Room and the demons had eaten everyone in the palace. And - he asked if that was why they'd done it there, and they said no, it was because Leareth was relaxed enough in the palace that they could catch him by surprise, that he'd have been too cautious if he'd been at the Worldwound. I don't think I've ever seen anyone look as angry as the pharaoh did about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Man, the pharaoh's got Good to spare. If I murdered someone in his palace I would stay dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it was just strategically correct to bring them back, questioning them was necessary to do a proper investigation, and the only way the Star-Eyed was going to let us have them was if we sent them back to Velgarth alive. But, yes, it was generous of him. He did sort of threaten to torture anyone working for Her who entered Osirion again, if the Heralds weren't going to find out." (It took Vanyel an embarrassingly long time to puzzle out the subtext of that remark.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil looks unhappy but doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's super frustrating, the thing where he's not Good. It usually doesn't come up but when it does - it just feels like it ought to be possible to argue him around and it never is."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, thoughtful. "That makes me think about how Leareth isn't Good, either, but - he is good, the normal kind? I feel like I can convince him of things, if I actually have new information that's relevant to him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well. Maybe he can convince the pharaoh of things, it sounds like he has an advantage at that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe! He's very convincing. In - an interesting way, he's not trying to be persuasive in the usual sense but that almost makes his arguments more effective, for me? I've changed his mind before but I think he's changed my mind a lot more." Vanyel's smile becomes a little more genuine. "I'm really glad I can trust him now. It would've been such a pointless waste if we'd never gotten there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really would have. Also that war would've been - really ugly, I imagine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think Valdemar could've won. So I guess we owe Golarion - and Nefreti - our continued existence as a country." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we owe you - maybe not the end of Cheliax but certainly the end of Cheliax being so clean. And the Worldwound. And maybe the House of Oblivion, though it sounds like Nefreti could have done that at any time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knowing her, she was going to wait for a dramatically appropriate moment." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mahdi shakes his head, looking envious.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway." Sigh. "I appreciate you all visiting to check on me. I - think we'll be all right, eventually." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think so. I'm sorry it worked out like this, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Anyway, I think I'll stay here until Leareth seems comfortable leaving. I don't think he's in any danger in Cheliax, but - I think it's good for him to feel safer for a bit, and also the pharaoh is here. And it's good practice for my casting, doing it in here, it forces me not to be sloppy or have bad habits." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden returns to the Dome a little while after Mahdi and the others arrive to talk to Vanyel. He finds Leareth in the library. "Is now a good time to discuss." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now is fine." Leareth frowns. "I had notes, but - of course, they were in the winter palace when - things... I should ask if there is any way of retrieving them, I do not think I remember my ideas perfectly because I was distracted."

He finds a servant and asks if they can find out whether the researchers' notes that were in the winter palace at the time of the assassination attempt were retrieved or copied. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His notes can be retrieved for him!

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very helpful! Leareth spends a few hours with Aroden, going over the specifications he was able to chart out for what a divine spell would need to do. It's not all the way there but hopefully it'll provide a good start for Aroden and Nefreti to work from. 

It's only slightly disturbing to talk about during, and he can manage it just fine and fold away his less helpful emotional responses for later, but - they are, in fact, there later, and he feels more shaken than he expected after he bids Aroden goodbye.

He stays in the library, vaguely wanting something but unsure what. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh sends for him after dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth heads over right away. He's very careful, this time, to follow all the protocols, respectfully prostrating himself and waiting to be acknowledged. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This gives him unexpectedly complicated emotions but, hey, it's good for his Law. "Vanyel suggested I make my demiplane permanent, which seems like a good idea, but now I have to figure out a design I like for it, which I didn't give much thought in the first place because I was planning for it to be temporary. Would you like to help me with demiplane designs? It'll be good practice for once you can do the spell yourself anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a very reasonable thing for the pharaoh to request his help with, and Leareth isn't sure why he feels like he was hoping for something else - also he doesn't know what the something else is, his mind is just being unhelpful here. 

"Yes, of course," he says, smiling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh sits down next to him and puts an arm around him while he explains what he's trying to decide. 

The seventh-level demiplane creation spell accomplishes the bare minimum: you can create a space with a stone or wood floor, filled with breathable air, with 500 cubic feet of space. With the eighth-level spell you can alter its gravity, give it an ecology, give it seasons, make it loop instead of having walls. it's also bigger; seventeen hundred cubic feet. With the ninth level spell you can tamper with how magic works, give it portals to other planes, infuse it with positive energy so injuries heal ultra-quickly, or alter the passage of time. (And it's a little bigger - thirty-four hundred cubic feet, or an 18-foot square with a ceiling at normal height.)

"I observably need a prison. If I had as many diamonds as I wanted I think I'd actually have a bunch of prisons with different characteristics, for what kind of abilities I might need to impede and how frightened I want them to be and how long it has to hold them. ...I guess I kind of have as many diamonds as I want, but it'd be very indulgent, using them on this when there are still global catastrophes. What would you want, if it were you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks. "For it to have normal gravity, definitely. I - am not sure that having it loop instead of have walls is actually more pleasant - I would feel equally comfortable, perhaps more comfortable, in a furnished room rather than a meadow that loops - but perhaps some people are more claustrophobic. And edible food is certainly good. Healing would be good if you expect to ever capture prisoners who are injured, but divine healing is also readily available to you. Hmm. An improvement over making just divine magic work, might be making only your magic work, the way Aroden set up his. I am not sure how he did so; I think he needed to have a very clear specification for what defined his magic versus other wizards' casting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would love to do that but I have no idea how to manage it. Until I heard it from Aroden I didn't even know it was possible. Hmmm, maybe I can have a walled room which opens to a looping outdoors, so people can have it both ways and also I don't have to feed them. And then if I want a terrifying dungeon I can do that one separately - I probably don't want a terrifying dungeon, it's tempting right now but I think that's just the motivational architecture humans have for retaliation being very loud and not very good at direction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I am not sure a dungeon would be much more terrifying, either. It makes you look more powerful and in control, that you can capture and hold people in a pleasant demiplane, and you could do so in a dungeon but you do not even need to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. I think if I am captured to someone's pleasant demiplane I am likelier to think that they have scruples and will not have me continually devoured by demons in a plane with fast healing that barely keeps up with the demons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Are you tempted to do that because of my murder? I - appreciate the sentiment that you care about me and are very angry, but I would actually very much prefer that no one ever be tortured over it. People murdering me is not that beyond the pale, it has happened often." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thing I want is to have people believe that assassinating people in my palace is a terrible idea. I - humans can't really do that and not fuck it up, but -

- also it absolutely was beyond the pale, it happening frequently doesn't make it less so."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I - yes - there is a reasonable deterrence objective here, I, just, I do not actually think threats of torture would have stopped them if it were the best path.” Though he’s actually a little surprised that Osirion doesn’t already have terrifying dungeons for prisoners; it seems like the sort of country that would.

”If I were you, I...would wish to appear powerful and clever and cautious in a way that made people think they could not succeed at an assassination mission in a place you control, or at least it would be more difficult than the alternatives...” 

Leareth is having some trouble thinking through it, because Khemet’s words and the intensity in his voice are giving him a fresh set of confusing emotions. He wishes he could stop being so upset about this but he’s, nonetheless, still upset. He wants a hug. He wants - something...

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do a hug. And give Leareth some time, because he really really didn't mean to hurt him...

 

"Tried that," he says, his voice shaking, after a while. "Being powerful and clever and cautious and they - they noticed that it meant you were less on guard and determined that made it a better target. I'm - sorry - I didn't mean to put you through thinking about all of this again, only I think I am going to need your advice about it at some point, to point myself in a useful direction about it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, I - think it is an area I am well placed to advise on." When he's not busy having a lot of feelings. "I am sorry that I keep - telling you to treat this less seriously, and then - being very upset about it myself... It does not seem very strategic but my mind seems to be doing it anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are a perfectly reasonable amount of upset about it! And you don't need to worry that I'll - scale my reaction to your feelings and end up doing something I don't endorse, I won't, Hemaka already has a veto on stupid things I might do when angry. And in my experience trying not to feel bothered by things doesn't work and just makes them bother me more on more levels since now I'm also bothered that they're bothering me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I am aware of that pattern! I am - trying not to be stupid about it." He lets his head rest on Khemet's shoulder, tries to relax. Pokes at the feeling. "...I think that maybe I am incentivized to be sad, more than usual, because when I am sad you hug me and I feel better and also - closer with you? And in the past that was not ever going to be the result, so there was no point." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. You know, if you'd like we can do intimacy-building things when you are not sad, too, if we've decided to indulge this it would be sort of silly to indulge it only so far as getting up to baseline when sad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like that." He's quiet for a minute, thinking. "I suspect there are two elements here? One is that - I am aware it is normal for humans to have feelings to process about traumatic experiences, I have just - mostly not had the luxury, before. I think it is good overall that I do now. And - separately from any of that, I like you and I find it pleasant when you touch me and - honestly I have several layers of confusing feelings here, it is probably helpful to separate that part from the part where I am upset about nearly dying." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think it's a good idea to separate those.

 

 

 

You were the slightest bit disappointed when I wanted to design demiplanes - did you have hopes for what I'd want to do with you this evening?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course Khemet noticed; Leareth shouldn't be surprised at all. "I was a little disappointed and it was confusing! I think I wanted you to hug me again, and...I am having a very difficult time figuring out what else..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet looks at him consideringly for a minute.

 

Then he kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is so surprised! Usually he doesn't much like being surprised, it means he missed something, but - this is an actively pleasant, even delightful surprise so he has no complaints. 

He doesn't especially feel like he knows how kissing someone - works - but Khemet is making it easy to figure out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet pauses, eventually, and pulls back to look at him. He looks pleased with himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should be pleased with himself, Leareth is thinking. "Apparently I wanted that! I am not sure how you figured it out, when did not know so even reading my mind would not have helped." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a very usual thing to want when you are having romantic feelings about someone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not accustomed to having romantic feelings for people. I think you must just be unusually excellent." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...so that we're clear on what's going on here, Vanyel told me I was making you sad by trying to avoid being emotionally close to you, so I went home and talked to Hemaka about it for about an hour, and I decided I was going to seduce you, and then I did that. 'the pharaoh is unusually excellent' is what that feels like from the inside. I am very glad you're enjoying it; you're supposed to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Ah, so one of us had a plan here, everything makes more sense now. I am enjoying it very much." He's so delightfully pleased with himself about it, too, it makes Leareth just want to look at him and appreciate his face when he smiles. "I am glad Vanyel pointed it out because I had no idea it was - that - and also I am now very curious what you spoke about with Hemaka that had you settle on this plan. I - confess I found myself feeling jealous of him, yesterday, which I am aware is objectively very silly and yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mostly I wanted to talk through the diplomatic implications with him and make sure there were not any very plausible routes by which I ended up straining Osirian relations with Cheliax, and then rehearse my usual worries that seducing people while I am me is not very different from mind control and therefore less correlated than it ought to be with whether it is a good idea to let me do it.

You should be jealous of Hemaka, he is a very lucky man."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. Leareth smiles and snuggles up against him. "Honestly, you have proven by your previous actions that you are someone I would trust to use a little bit of mind-control on me. It was such enjoyable mind-control, too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you know that there is an enchantment spell which distracts the target with waves of intense pleasure so they are helpless while you do whatever else you like? I am very sure Aroden knows this but it might not have been one of the first things he shared notes about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really! I did not know that." He's now wondering if you could even do that with Velgarth magic - you probably could with Mindhealing...

Permalink Mark Unread

"As your host in Golarion I want to sincerely apologize for your cultural education being so incomplete. Maybe I will have the chance to rectify it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will certainly forgive you the oversight if you make up for it." 

Is he flirting right now. Is this what flirting is. Leareth isn't sure he's ever flirted with everyone - not in this body, at least, he can't be sure what memories of past lives he's forgotten but he expects it's been a very long time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet kisses him again. "It doesn't last very long so I will have to time it very strategically. It'd be a shame to waste its whole duration taking off your clothes, say."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Of course, that would be so unfortunate. I am sure your planning abilities are equal to this challenge." Has anyone ever taken his clothes off - for, well, purposes of intimacy, as opposed to because he's just been horrifically injured or something. He assumes at some point but he's retained literally zero memories of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he stands up, and tugs Leareth to his feet too, and stops flirtatiously beaming at him, for a moment, in favor of looking more restrained, more serious (he has been the exact same amount of serious the entire time, but -)

"I am very confident that this will be fun, and good for you," he says. "I'm not worried we'll go too fast; I'll notice. I'm not worried we will have the wrong proportion of terrifying new things and reassuring ones; I'll notice. I don't know if I can keep you safe from all the awful things in the world, but I can keep it safe, in my arms, to go to bed with me. I predict very confidently that this reassurance won't end up being decision-relevant. But: if you change your mind and want to leave, you can, there won't be politics about it, and it won't mean you have lost this source of hugs."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, serious as well, looks at him for a long moment. 

"I know," he says finally. "I trust you."

With this at least. Perhaps not with being sufficiently paranoid to hold off the Velgarth gods, but that's fine, for right now, he has to keep reminding himself that for all his ridiculous power and intelligence enhancement, Khemet is still far younger than him. He can learn. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he can teach Leareth some things first!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will be such a diligent student! Except for the parts where Khemet is very distracting and this makes it difficult to pay proper attention to his lessons. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so pleased with himself. And Rings of Sustenance mean that even though they have to be up at dawn they have lots of time before they have to go to sleep.

 

 

In the morning he prays for his spells and reads a short set of notes that his servants brought with breakfast and briefly his ridiculously-good shield spell from yesterday expires before he's put today's on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is very happy. He's not sure he's ever been this consistently delighted for such a long stretch of time before, not even when studying very interesting magic, which is the part of his work that he tends to intrinsically enjoy the most. The Dome has better magical protections on it than anything he's ever designed, which means he feels pretty justified in relaxing and staying that way. 

- he doesn't deliberately peek at Khemet's thoughts, but he definitely notices the lapse, and he catches Khemet's gaze and raises his eyebrows. He has passive Thoughtsensing open even here, he feels blind if he can't at least sense where people are in a room, and so he can't help but skim some of the surface. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is contentedly thinking to himself that maybe it is okay to have some nice things, sometimes.  It takes him a moment to figure out what Leareth's raising his eyebrows about, and then he casts Mind Blank again. "If it's in fact possible for you to design me an artifact that does the same thing but permits Mindspeech, I remain in the market for it; it makes things awkward when I'm talking to Companions. We can get a Telepathic Bond made permanent and then we could Mindspeak but that doesn't solve the Companion problem. I guess maybe Valdemar is too mad at me for it to come up much."

Permalink Mark Unread

That snippet of thought is both startling to Leareth - he hadn't realized Khemet's life had any shortage of nice things - and makes him kind of sad, in a way he's not sure what to do about. 

"I can definitely do that. The design is not all that complicated, it just ended up quite far down my priority list, but - I think recent events ought bump it higher. I do not think Valdemar is angry with you, by the way; I think Savil was, personally, but Vanyel thought King Randale would understand and find your actions reasonable, even generous to Starwind and Moondance, and they certainly do not blame you for failing to prevent it." 

He looks thoughtful. "Telepathic Bond is intriguing, if it would allow you to have projective Mindspeech as well. What is the range on it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depends on the skill of the caster. If we asked Aroden it'd be seventy-five feet or so; if we try to buy it in Sothis it'll be half that. I don't know how that interacts with the fact you normally have Mindspeech with much better range than that. The convenient outcome would be if it effectively functions by giving me Mindspeech with that range, and then you could Mindspeak with me as well as you could Mindspeak with a person with that range, which is to say at considerably better range; the less convenient outcome would be if it only works when we're that close. I bet Aroden can - see which one is closer to the way the spell works - but I know he has a lot on his plate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He may be able to intuit it from previous research, he has done very in-depth work with enchantment-type spells. I do not think he would mind my asking."

Leareth finds himself smiling again. "He will probably be very pleased about - us. It is not exactly me succeeding at finding a wife, but it does help me understand better what Aroden thought would be good about that, if it - could be like this... Though I may struggle to find any eligible Chelish women as excellent as you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm, I wonder if you could make an arbitrary Chelish woman into someone as excellent as me by wasting a lot of diamonds on it. It's possible to Wish intelligence and charisma and wisdom higher, and the bonuses from doing so stack with the bonuses from a crown like mine. You need five Wishes in quick succession to get the largest class of bonus it's possible to get, which is more than two standard deviations, and the cost is generally prohibitive enough that I, for example, haven't done it. But you could pluck a perfectly ordinary woman off the street and get her to an unusual level of ability that way. And then you could get her a crown like mine. Works even better if instead of an arbitrary Chelish woman you pick one who has already distinguished herself in some way. Maybe ask Abadar, or Iomedae, who can sort the population by loosely how aligned they are..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth just stares at him for a moment. 

"Are you aware that your world's magic is ridiculous? Because it is. I suppose five Wishes is...a couple of hours of Vanyel's time. Not nothing, we are still resurrecting the war dead and at this point most of the remaining casualties require True Resurrection. And it would be all of Aroden's ninth-circle spells for a day and then some, I am not sure he can do five Wishes in a go. But - he seems to consider this very important, and I suppose I am his heir and apparently a king's wife has several people's worth of important duties, so..."

He frowns for a moment. "Aroden seems very, very happy with Parmida, who is - lovely, but in many ways still an ordinary person. I am not sure why I still feel that the same thing would not work for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure. I observe that Aroden is more powerful and in some ways more secure than you, but when he met Parmida the opposite was true, so that can't be it. He was a god, maybe it's - possible to usefully complement him just by being a human? Which isn't true for you..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think that is part of it. He - badly needed an anchor in the world. Did you know the story of how he rescued a toddler in Cheliax while trying to escape the natural disaster there, and ended up adopting him and teaching him magic? It was very sweet and also - quite baffling to me at first, how load-bearing that was to him, but I think part of it was needing - a way to remember how to be human. Which is not exactly the shape of thing I need." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "You need - a context in which you can let down your guard. ...I assume it wouldn't work to just do the typical Osirian thing where you have absolute power over your spouse and can let down your guard because they're totally at your mercy? It doesn't really work for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? No, gods, that sounds terrible, it would absolutely not work. I want..." He shrugs a little. "Honestly it is very reassuring to be with you because you have absolute power, here in Osirion, but - not over me specifically." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh, what makes that work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems very obvious to Leareth. "That you have the authority and resources to keep both of us safe, so it is all right for me to leave that on you for a little while?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, that makes sense. I think - I mostly associate the crown with having to pretend to be - Abadar - and with people not being really free around me - it has lots of advantages, too, but in my personal life I mostly think of it as being in the way of what I - actually find interesting and fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds his smile broadening. "What do you actually find interesting and fun, and - can I give you more of it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you are. I think I enjoy - challenges? It was fun, when I met you, to try to figure out what your secret was and whether I wanted to help you with it. It was fun, when I decided two days ago to try to get you into bed within thirty-six hours. It's - interesting when I have to work for things that I want. I guess I mostly don't get that, or - it's the kind of work where you refine a set of calculations a hundred times, not the kind where you do things that are intrinsically wonderful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you set yourself a deadline?" It's adorable and Leareth wants to kiss him about it, and then does so because why not.

"I know what you mean, I think. Most of what I have done with my life is very difficult, but in a relentless detailed way that is more akin to doing calculations a hundred times. In the past I - have only really had that with inventing new magic, and it is not the same, though, for example, dropping the entire army of Cheliax through a Gate into Nirvana was very satisfying." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine! I think there's something where - solving a problem by having absolute power is boring, and solving a problem by spending weeks or months or years of study and effort figuring out my best guess and then implementing it is important but it's not relaxing, and solving a problem by trying to size up a mysterious and talented and dangerous person and make him mine is a lot of fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

- that isn't a framing that Leareth would have predicted at any point in the past would fill him with so much delight. 

"Well, congratulations on your well-executed problem solving, I do not think I have ever wanted to be - someone's - and yet here I am, quite enthusiastic to be yours." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should kiss him about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should! Leareth thinks it's a very kiss-worthy compliment. 

"Maybe you should set yourself some more challenging targets now," he says eventually, when he's been sufficiently kissed. "So that you do not get bored." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thing that immediately comes to mind is that Urtho kind of looked old, though there's a spell for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gives him a startled look. "He was very old. Well over a hundred, I believe, though powerful mages tend to live a long time. There is a spell for - what, exactly?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not looking well over a hundred. This is a necessary element of any ambition to seduce ever more wildly improbable targets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You want to seduce Urtho? ...Huh. I do not actually recall anything about his love life, though you are extremely likeable and he would of course feel very grateful to you for resurrecting him." Leareth pauses. "Were you - wishing to do that soon?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Before we get into a war with the Star-Eyed which is reasonably likely to make it hard to do after that. I am not, actually, planning to seduce him unless you egg me on about it, I have a recurring problem where if I have too much fun I neglect my wives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I - feel that restricting the fun in your life is a suboptimal solution, there, but it is your life and your wives and I am not sure what would be better. I was about to say that if you want to seduce anyone who does not look over a hundred, you could try Vanyel. It would be challenging because he is very oblivious and also frequently very sad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm." He looks intrigued. "Honestly I am surprised you haven't thought of seducing Vanyel. He is a very impressive person and he thinks so highly of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excepting... this," he gestures vaguely, "I do not think I have had a romantic relationship in the last millennium. Seducing Vanyel was not at all where my mind went. Also he is so young. - I suppose so are you, but you are also a godking with a mind-enhancing magic crown and it somewhat cancels out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well. Maybe I will seduce Vanyel. I am not sure, though, that I have uncovered all the Leareth-related challenges I would enjoy, or even a tenth of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Since I am not sure what they are, I hope to offer an adequate challenge.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives him a kiss. "Do you know what you want?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I am considering it!” Leareth has so little idea what sorts of things one might want in this very new context.

“I think... Last night you made everything very easy, and it was wonderful, but - I think I also want to do things with you that are hard, that take work and cleverness... And, I wish to give you things that you cannot get anywhere else, with anyone but me. Sorry, I know that is not very concrete yet.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, maybe with some practice and experimentation we can get somewhere concrete from there. - unfortunately, at this moment I have a meeting."

Permalink Mark Unread

“And I - should probably go back to Cheliax and catch up on what I have missed.” Leareth isn’t entirely sure why this previously seemed stressful and is now fine. Maybe just that his baseline stress levels are right now at almost zero.

Kiss. “This was very delightful.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad. We should do it again sometime. Maybe while you're in town working on my Gate to Aktun."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I would like that! I will send over a proposal for the Gate that you can read over.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kisses him a final time and then - waits, slightly awkwardly to be dismissed, it's bad for Khemet's Law not to follow the protocol. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet looks frustrated by that fact about the world, too, but he dismisses him and smiles at him and goes about his day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still smiling and in a very cheerful mood as he heads out to look for Vanyel and let him know that he's headed back to Egorian and they could go together to save on Gates, if Vanyel wants. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is in the library, and can't help smirking at Leareth's expression and manner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someone had a good night, I think." There's hardly any pang of jealousy, there, being jealous of Leareth of all people feels like a categorization error. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps. I am returning to Egorian. Would you like to hitch a Gate back with me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course!" A very effective good night, too, he thinks, if Leareth is now relaxed enough to leave the Dome without it stressing him out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They Gate back to Egorian, and Leareth does his best to resume his usual, serious mannerisms, though he's still smiling more readily than usual.

After alerting everyone that he's back, he checks in with Taver on the state of public opinion toward Aroden and Aroden's infrastructure projects. 

Permalink Mark Unread

People are kind of waiting for the other shoe to drop but not in a way where they're trying to bring it down on them any faster. There's a big shortage of services usually provided by high-level casters because most of those Teleported well out of town and are waiting to come back until it's clear whether anything bad will happen to either them or the money they earned in the service of Asmodeus. People understand why the education system is being ripped out at the roots considering it was mostly about how to be a worthy slave of Asmodeus but hopefully the replacement will be in place soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden meets with Leareth as soon as he's available to discuss priorities.

The education system is coming along; they can get it partly functional in another couple of months and almost fully back to speed within a year, he thinks, albeit only by importing really large numbers of teachers from Leareth's various organizations in Velgarth and from any other country in Golarion that wants to send people for some very well-paying temporary work. The Temple of Astera in Velgarth is a scholarly order that runs a number of schools in Valdemar and other places, and is spontaneously offering to somehow rustle up several hundred experienced teachers for various ages of children, in exchange for just room and board plus the opportunity to visit another world. The bottleneck there is language; giving everyone permanent Tongues isn't feasible. Most Velgarth scholars speak multiple languages and can likely pick up the local one quickly, but 'quickly' is still several months. The other issue is with teaching wizardry, since no one in Velgarth will be arriving with preexisting experience. Leareth's organizations do have a disproportionate number of very intelligent people, though; most of his mage-scholars who were previously working on the building-a-god research are eagerly trying to learn arcane magic just out of sheer curiosity. 

In the longer run, they'll want to train teachers locally - maybe even reinstate some of the previous staff - but Aroden doesn't want to do that until they have their own system up and running enough to supervise said staff and make sure they're not still teaching six-year-olds how to grow up Evil.

Aroden isn't sure what to do about the high-level casters and particularly the money aspect. The goal of minimal disruption would imply leaving it alone, but - he's also concerned it leaves them with an excess of Evil, due to the stupid monetary system, and just swapping out their fortunes for the new currency that Osirion is minting for them won't help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can ask Khemet for his (and/or Abadar's) opinions on that the next time he visits Osirion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason this makes Aroden smirk a little. 

"Nefreti dropped by the other day and we have some preliminary thoughts on the Pelagirs," he says. "I will likely be dedicating substantial time to that, for the next few weeks to months, and also to plans for removing Urtho's superweapons from his Tower. We are very grateful for your advice the other day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there a plan to deal with the damage left around the Worldwound? I suppose if you and Nefreti work out a combination of magics that can be boosted with Wish, the same spells might be effective at the Worldwound, and could be done at a more leisurely pace if you prefer to save on diamonds." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am planning to worry about the Worldwound after the Pelagirs are dealt with. The situation will keep, since the ward-stones are in approximately the same place they have been for nearly a century, it is not providing any new inconvenience. And, yes, we ought not be too profligate with diamonds even though Vanyel is ever more impressive at churning them out with your spell improvements." Thoughtful look. "Do you think you will eventually have a spell that weaker mages can also use?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have actually been wondering if the kinds of spells and magic items that boost mental abilities or reflexes in Golarion, could also with the appropriate design boost the strength of mage-gift potential. It seems...more akin an innate mental or physical ability than your wizards' spell levels, which are mostly based on experience." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating! I had not even considered that. It sounds like a very involved research project and I already have enough duties on my list, but perhaps we can find some other researchers to throw at it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not expect to have it soon, but it could be very, very worth it in the long run. Anyway. Coming back to the permanent Gate network..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They talk for a while. Aroden does, eventually, mention that he's planning to ask Parmida about organizing a big dinner event in the palace, as part of their plan to start establishing themselves as approachable and non-terrifying.

(And also, maybe, to find Leareth some candidates for marriage, since his being in love with the pharaoh of Osirion, however adorable, doesn't actually cover all the reasons a Chelish wife is a good idea for his future position as King.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh of Osirion does a True Resurrection and some plain Resurrections on most days, bringing back the war dead in favor of Valdemar's Heralds right now because he's waiting for word from Valdemar about the conclusion of their investigation which will also be information about how strained relations are.

 

He designs a demiplane; three different demiplanes, really, but linked. In two of them magic is dead; one is a bountiful forest that appears to stretch on forever, and the other one a comfortably appointed apartment with two bedrooms and a sitting room. There's art on the walls. There's a locked door from the apartment to the part of the demiplane where divine magic works, which contains some conference rooms and a dining room and a study.

There's no dungeon but that's fine. There doesn't need to be. It doesn't accomplish his goals.

 

(He spies on the investigations in Valdemar a lot.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can eavesdrop on Savil arguing vociferously with the King and others about whether they should send an investigative team down south to question Karna, the Scrollsworn scholar/historian who accompanied Starwind and Moondance into the Tower and was presumably at least aware of, if not actively involved in, sneaking the artifact out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The King doesn't think this would really add anything, not over and above questioning Starwind and Moondance under coercive Truth Spell about every single interaction in the Tower, and maybe having Melody deep-scan them.

Though he's not sure they'll cooperate for that, in which case he might have to order her to do it to them against their will, the Mindhealer claims she can take down a Thoughtsenser's shields by force but it'll cause 'damage.' She's apparently willing to consider doing it anyway, for this, but wants Randi to run it past all of the senior Healers in Haven and get their consensus that it's worth it.

In general it sounds like the Tayledras Adepts aren't not cooperating - for example, they haven't Gated out, even though the Senior Circle decided against using compulsions to prevent that. They're not volunteering any information or making it easier for the Heralds to investigate, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil suggests they bring Melody in, so they can rehash the argument around how much the culpability is on them versus on their Goddess. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody claims they weren't under standard magical compulsions or Mindhealing set-commands. She thinks Starwind did it of his own choice, or - well, as much as something can ever be a person's own choice, when they've spent their entire life subject to Powers beyond their reckoning. (She looks so, so displeased about this.) 

Both of them, though, have the same sort of odd mental patterns she's observed in other patients (read: Vanyel) who've interacted with gods. She's still unsure what exactly the Goddess told them or maybe did to them; as with some previous patients (Vanyel) they have a gap in their memory about it, and this time she doubts the Goddess will agree to unblock it if they ask nicely. She'll keep trying to get through it herself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What does this mean for Valdemar, in practice? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil isn't sure. That they shouldn't count on the Tayledras for any strategic needs, especially not ones that involve interacting with Golarion and Leareth. It's - debatable whether the Adepts are even subject to Valdemar's legal system, but either way, the punishment for murder is exile and that'll just mean sending them back to the Vale, this time with orders from both their Goddess and Valdemar's King not to leave the Pelagirs and set foot in the kingdom again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tinkers with his demiplane. He'd like to figure out whether he can block all magic except Truth Spells, or except the functioning of certain artifacts. He works on his national life insurance scheme. He figures out how to say to Abadar the thing he'd been wanting to say. 

 


I think, he says in prayer one night, the costs of this were almost all costs of the kind gods barely know how to track. And so I feel - suspicious of something, here, I feel like we're being underweighted. If She hadn't taken the souls, would You even be angry?

 

Abadar's answer is complicated but He ends up proposing after some hesitation that perhaps they're a heuristic that defending humans against god-meddling is higher priority than defending them against various purely human ways of harming each other, because humans can rebuild trust that was broken in human ways but can't so much rebuild trust that was broken by gods using them as instruments.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth works on various Cheliax projects, and advises Aroden on the Pelagirs project, and goes around existing in public around the citizens of Cheliax even though they're reliably scared of him.

- One of the retrained mercenary combat mages imported from his organization in Velgarth and now doing infrastructure work in Cheliax is caught using his magic to steal and extort money from the locals. This is really obnoxious, especially since Leareth does a lot of filtering when recruiting even the mages in less sensitive positions. Leareth is comfortable claiming the man as under the jurisdiction of his organization and imposing the usual punishments according to his written legal code for his forces in peacetime, and the punishment for repeated offences using Gifts is having said Gifts burned out.

The entire plan here is for mages to settle here permanently, though, and have children with mage-potential, so Cheliax is going to need a legal system with appropriate clauses. He realizes he's not actually sure what the customs are for arcane wizards (for divine casters, presumably the appropriate consequences can be imposed by their god.) 

On his next visit to Osirion to see the pharaoh, he asks about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can do that? That's not - possible, with our kind of magic. You can throw a geas at it, but that's a substantial enough expenditure of resources that it's not the default. In general if it's a weak wizard you can just confiscate their spellbook and send them to a monastery, they're not going to acquire the resources to do magic again, and if it's a strong wizard and you don't have anyone who can do a geas on hand you need to kill them."

...he scowls, suddenly. "I wish someone would've mentioned there's a way to make Velgarth mages safe to hold at less than extraordinary expense when I had a couple of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Burning out Gifts - without risk of much greater harm, you can do it by blasting someone with enough magic but it will often kill or brain-damage them - is still very inconvenient. It requires a Mindhealer, which I have two of, though Nayoki is one of them. Also the standard method of doing it is is irreversible, so I avoid using it for holding people before an investigation is conducted. We do also have compulsions, which any skilled mage can do and which are thus a much lesser expenditure than Geas, but - I think your problem when it happened was that you had them and no other Velgarth mages? Perhaps you should have some mages permanently on your staff; that would also have allowed them to contact Nayoki with our communication spell and she could have Gated over very rapidly if needed. Though Nayoki's availability is not something I would wish your procedures to rely on, since she sometimes goes back to Velgarth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, soon I'll have my demiplane for holding people pending investigation. I do want Velgarth mages, but I figured it'd be rude to poach yours when I can just resurrect some who died untimely deaths doing interesting things. Maybe I can get Mindhealers that way, too. Valdemar has some, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Valdemar has five, which is actually quite a remarkable number. Also Vanyel tells me that his honorary niece - the King's daughter, actually, but they are very close friends - is manifesting a Mindhealing Gift and also is begging her mother every single day to move to Golarion and learn to be a wizard too. She is seven, though, so it will be some time before you can recruit her." He considers it. "Valdemar's House of Healing does likely have records of past Mindhealers who worked with them in the last few centuries, who you could try to resurrect." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I'll ask them once things have died down a little. I do feel better about the whole situation knowing the murderers needn't just be on the loose with the ability to get back into Urtho's Tower any time they'd like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I am not actually sure that Valdemar has imposed this punishment. You may know more about the state of the investigation than I do; Vanyel just mentioned to me that they were basically holding the two of them voluntarily, they had not imposed any compulsions even to prevent their Gating out if they decide to. He was displeased about this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not even fair to them, right, I don't think they want to go kill more people for their goddess but they will if she orders it and we're about to give her reason to do that - I guess Valdemar doesn't know that last part -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They do not, and probably should not. I - wonder if we should push harder on that. Or send Vanyel to find out more of what they are thinking. Though there–"

He stops. 

"There is a Heartstone in Haven. It provides the power source for their kingdom's magical defences, Vanyel built it. Heartstones are Tayledras magic and have some basic intelligence and will. Because they contain a fragment of the Star-Eyed Goddess. I - am not sure if this is impacting anything but now that it has occurred to me I feel very concerned that it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh.

 

 

I will talk to Abadar about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth frowns. "If you have other matters to address at the same time, that makes sense, but - if not, I really do not like causing you horrible headaches, and there is a separate matter I have been vaguely planning to ask Him about, so I would not mind asking about the Heartstone as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you are going to be doing it anyway by all means ask him about the Heartstones while you're at it. And if he thinks it's safe maybe I can send a diplomatic team to open a wizard school and heal the King regularly and be politely insistent that it'd be unacceptable to us for the Tayledras to be sent home with no consequences."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth writes this down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"On a happier note, I finished my demiplane, and wonder if you'd like one of your own as payment for my interworld Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is very, very tempting. On the other hand, I - am not sure I can justify asking for something I do not actually need, rather than money to pay our teachers and childcare workers. I will have to think about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very curious how the childcare workers thing works out, and whether it's sustainable without Hell paying for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are certainly various schemes we could set up to to pay for it with tax revenue or tariffs, but that would have other economic ramifications that we are not sure are worth it. We are considering, for example, imposing a low fee for use of the Gate network. Placing a higher fee for foreign trade through it would increase revenues but also discourage said trade, which is not actually what we want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The recurring problem with trying to offer services for people - you have to make them pay for it, somehow, unless you're Hell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden says that what we are aiming for here is to have the citizens of Cheliax pay for these services, but in a way that - makes the overall shape of society more equal-opportunity, since the people who benefit most from the childcare and school are those who could not otherwise afford them, and thus will also not be the people paying much in tax revenue. And so we need to have the wealthier citizens content with subsidizing those with worse circumstances. And of course having our country be wealthy in general, for example once we can produce enough of a diamond surplus to sell them to other countries, will help it not to feel like a burden. I do think we are going to keep the diamond-production spell to ourselves for now, so we have that income stream." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I worry that if making bad decisions is subsidized then you get everybody making bad decisions and no one left to subsidize them. Osirion doesn't need daycares but if we started offering them I'm sure we'd quite quickly end up in the position of needing them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden thinks that people having children they want should not be a bad decision, and that it is fairer if women do not need to decide between having children and earning a livelihood or pursuing a profession they are skilled at. Also children benefit from being among their peers, so it is both efficient for one person to supervise three mothers' children, and good for the children to spend some time in that group. At this point we are mostly hiring young mothers with children of their own, or grandmothers who can no longer do other work anyway, to watch other children in their home. This was an arrangement people would gravitate to anyway, but it means we can offer it for free and also check that the home is safe and the children well-treated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a bunch of ways it sounds like this is solving problems created by Cheliax having more or less destroyed family units. Osirian children are around their peers, because their household has cousins and uncles and aunts and nieces and nephews their age; if their mother happens to be unusually skilled then obviously the family unit won't allocate her labor towards childcare because that'd be inefficient. If someone is an irresponsible parent then their parents will restrain them. I guess it makes sense that if you have mostly single mothers living alone then it's a big improvement to try to institutionally replace families."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are certainly far more single mothers isolated from their extended families, or mothers with irresponsible husbands, in Cheliax than I would prefer, but that is the situation we inherited and need to accommodate to. It is by no means a majority of mothers, though, and - I think this system is still worthwhile even if nearly all children are born to happily married parents. It - leaves people less restricted, if a young couple can move to a big city to pursue a better life, and not worry about lacking anyone to help watch their children."

He taps his fingers absently on the table. "And - hmm. This feels related to something I think the Heralds are getting very wrong. In Valdemar, nearly everyone with Gifts of any kind is Chosen and becomes part of the kingdom's leadership. And almost no Heralds have children, understandably, their lifestyle makes it difficult and they cannot rely on having help. Since Gifts occur equally between the sexes, it would massively cut Valdemar's resources if the Companions did not Choose women or if female Heralds always took a decade off to raise a family. But - Gifts run in bloodlines, and Valdemar has a far lower rate of mage-gift in the population than, say, the Eastern Empire, which specifically provides tax incentives for Gifted parents to have many children. And we see the difference particularly with Healers; their work is more compatible with having families, many do, and there are significantly more Healers than all the Heralds combined, with the entire range of Gifts. I think Valdemar ought to provide childcare for its Heralds who want children; I suspect many of them would, if they could count on being supported in it. And - obviously this is specific to Gifts, but I think there is a broader principle here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a profound wrong to women to not arrange life circumstances under which they can bear and raise children. I worry that leaving them obliged in time-consuming male jobs but paying them enough to afford servants who can raise their children for them doesn't actually satisfy that for most people. But maybe it'd be better than nothing, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose that depends what your model of most women's desires in life is, and to what extent women who are accustomed to one set of cultural norms versus another end up wanting different things. In my opinion, it is a tragic waste if a woman who wishes to, say, build bridges as her profession, has no route to do so, or can only pursue it by sacrificing marriage and children. I do think that not all women in Cheliax need to work in order for their families to manage, and many will choose to spend time with their children rather than use the free childcare. And part of this is intended to - break the cycle where the children of parents living in poverty have poor home lives and so grow up less able to pursue better opportunities; Aroden says the poorest children in a city often grow up much less intelligent on average due to poor nutrition early in life. I suspect one reason Cheliax could teach such a high fraction of its population to be wizards is because the childcare institutions provided two meals a day, and so several generations of children in poverty nonetheless grew up well-nourished." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Well, we'll certainly be watching closely. 

I do - want everyone to get to build bridges for a life. But they can do that in Axis, while they can only have a family here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- The existence of an afterlife does change things. Though I think it matters if twice as many bridges can be built, here in the material world, and...I think it matters whether people can - become fully themselves, the shape of person they want to be. But perhaps that intuition is formed from my past in Velgarth, where - people are not entirely gone, when they die, but they are certainly not happily riding trolleys in Axis." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If Cheliax ends up looking like a place where people get to be fully themselves, and they mostly still get decent afterlives, we'll copy you. We want that too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very curious to find out what we can make of Cheliax in a century. - I think most people had good afterlives back in Aroden's time, before the - mess happened, and the norms around marriage were not the same as those in Asmodeus' time but they were not those of Osirion either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They weren't. Avistan's always been more permissive. It always looked to us like a - low-trust equilibrium, where no one pursued the strategy of waiting for a worthwhile commitment from a worthwhile person because no one had any reason to think such a thing would really happen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I did not have the impression it was that common for couples to separate, then, and - I suppose I could try to dig up records and statistics on the age at which people married, and compare to see if women were actually not waiting as long. In Velgarth at least, women tend to wait longer to marry and have more freedom to choose a partner they prefer when they are supporting themselves independently for a while." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what I'd expect, though I don't have numbers on it offhand."

 

They can compare country-running notes for a while, and then he'll start assembling a diplomatic party to send to Haven if Abadar tells Leareth it's safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth plans to stay in the Dome that night, since it's already midday day and he'll be spending either the rest of the afternoon or the nighttime hours his Ring of Sustenance saves him on sleep with a headache, depending whether he asks for Delay Pain.

He obtains a guest room again, lies down in the comfortable bed with the curtains shut, and reaches out for Abadar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's in a fast-moving flood of magic that pulls itself away from him to keep him safe from it (well, mostly safe from it):

:Leareth.:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's got his two queries lined up, but instead of either, he finds himself musing on whether all the research he and his scholars have done, to shape a Velgarth god that can communicate less cryptically with humans and thus be capable of cooperation rather than manipulation, could help Abadar learn to talk to his clerics with better throughput than Commune, but without giving them a headache. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems interesting! The headache is not the main restriction; it is also costly in attention for Abadar to talk to His clerics and He would not want them relying on it frequently. (The attention costs are not worth worrying about for a cleric of His who is going to rule Cheliax.) But better communication would be highly desirable. The ex-human gods are better at it and Abadar cannot straightfowardly copy what they're doing - He can try but it costs lots of attention and -

- and now there's an illusion of Leareth sitting in a featureless room, staring at an uncannily not-quite-right imitation of a person, while Abadar's thoughts brush against his head just as before -

- Abadar suspects you have to be much better at this than He is for it to be improve the experience for clerics -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth suspects the relevant part here is the concept translation, not the visuals or lack thereof. Abadar obviously sees the world from a much 'higher' angle than humans and thus thinks in an entirely different ontology, and Leareth suspects this is most of what causes the headache. (Aroden complains that he gets headaches when he tries to access his godmemories properly. Leareth is so sympathetic, he would hate it if his core memories that shape the centre of his motivations also gave him a headache to look at!) 

Anyway Leareth has spent a lot of time thinking about the translation, there, and how a god might have an aspect or avatar that was, itself, more humanlike, but still part of the god and able to translate back and forth. He has a great deal of in-depth theory on it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then He would really really value seeing it and maybe having people try to translate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll bring over the researchers and notes next time, then. 

All right, his actual planned questions. Leareth neglected to notice until now that the presence of a Heartstone in Haven likely gives the Star-Eyed disproportionate influence, even deep in the Valdemaran god's territory, and he wants to pass this on to Abadar, and to find out if Abadar has any relevant information on it. In particular, whether the Valdemaran god has any opinion or stance on this that They have expressed to Abadar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! He knew this though not in concepts He could convey. Yes, the Star-Eyed has lots of influence in Haven, and yes, the Valdemaran god would probably in light of recent events prefer it were otherwise. Ideally it could be stolen out from under Her in the same moment as the retaliation against Her begins in earnest; Abadar thinks He could use it, maybe, with the right Wish wording and accompanying Miracle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Fascinating. Leareth...has a contingency-plan written up, a scenario he had never expected would occur, that would involve using the Heartstone as a container and partial energy source for the first phase of creating a baby god. Abadar is obviously not going to want to do the same thing exactly, but - Leareth suspects the concepts he uses in writing up the god-specifications are at least closer to Abadar's native mode of thought, and might be a useful starting point. 

He can summon some of it in his head and hold it up to Abadar, the conceptual map that he can't actually fit into his head, for humans it needs to be checked one part at a time. Does it make sense to Abadar though? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a long pause, and then - 

- pleased, impressed - 

- a shaky prediction that it would have worked as Leareth intended, if the other gods had permitted that, which they wouldn't have -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth had not in fact expected he could pull this version off, since it requires at least one Adept keyed to a Heartstone, which - well, obviously none of the Tayledras were ever going to side with him. But Vanyel is on his side and is keyed to it, and if Leareth and Vanyel are both there, he thinks Abadar ought to be able to use that channel to access it directly. 

...He's not exactly delighted about the prospect of showing up next to a Heartstone, after what recently happened, but he's the only cleric of Abadar who is also a mage and can be in concert-rapport with Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems risky, but better than leaving it there. And if Abadar controlled it, He thinks He could make clerics in Velgarth more cheaply, which would be good for Valdemar.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Leareth dies in some implausible terrible accident there, does Abadar still have a strong enough claim on him to grab his soul before the Star-Eyed can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is pretty confident that He does. To be safe Leareth could have a contingent resurrection set up.

Permalink Mark Unread

...If Abadar thinks the plan is safe with both of those factors, Leareth with trust him. 

Moving on from the Heartstone question. His next question...is one that Abadar may just have no answer for, he's aware it's a weird thing to go to one's god for advice about, but, well, Leareth is a weird person. Anyway. He needs to find a wife. He's concerned that finding a Chelish woman he can work well with, let alone love, is going to be very difficult. Khemet suggested he check with Abadar for suggestions, and this was maybe half in jest but Leareth thought he might as well ask. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar can only see one trait about people, really, which is how aligned with Abadar they are. He can expend more resources to see more detail on their motivations and their current activities and their goals. He has a vague sense that for marriage it is also important that their bodies have specific shapes and capabilities, and that they not already be married, and He couldn't help with any of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. Leareth thinks that he doesn't particularly mind what his wife looks like. (He probably can't get away with marrying a man for these purposes, even though it feels like it would be simpler in some ways.) Leareth suspects that alignment with Abadar would at least correlate strongly with his getting along with someone? He (or Parmida) can do the step of checking whether they're already married or eighty years old or a man, he thinks.

He's also considered asking Iomedae, who's apparently easier to talk to, and was very good friends with Aroden so would probably have some insight on who he would get along with. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Different sorts of people get along with Iomedae than with Abadar but She does have good taste. Abadar could try nudging exceptionally aligned-with-Abadar people to go stop by the palace? Even if they are unsuitable on the marriage front they could probably be found suitable things to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds excellent and Leareth would be very grateful. 

Leareth doesn’t mean to pose it as a question, exactly, but his mind is going back to the snippet of thought he sensed from Khemet, the hint that Khemet...doesn’t feel like his life is abundant in nice things, and the part about neglecting his wives, and - Leareth doesn’t actually have a question or even an opinion here, he’s just sad, but it’s probably the sort of human thing that Abadar doesn’t understand well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shuffling...

Humans are often pretty bad at converting resources into achieving-their-values. It's tempting to conclude they're just not really the kind of entity that has values or should get resources but they are, they're just very small and incompetent. Abadar gives his proxy in Golarion lots of resources and this doesn't work to make him not sad, and Abadar doesn't exactly have other problem-solving strategies. He did give Leareth Khemet-snippets so that Leareth and Khemet could be good for each other? That seemed to work pretty well.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. The resources - do help, Leareth thinks, even for the specific goal of his being good for Khemet, because it seems to be very good for Khemet when Leareth is relaxed and unstressed around him, and Leareth can only be relaxed because Khemet has near-absolute power here. Even if it wasn't enough, one time, it was still - it wasn't irretrievable, right, he was resurrected fifteen hours later because Khemet has diamonds and True Resurrection. 

Anyway he's happy about Khemet and will try hard to figure out what he needs and help him have it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar approves abstractly of Leareth accomplishing his goals and of things being good for Khemet.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's glad. 

They probably don't have anything more to discuss, then, unless Abadar has other things to pass on to Leareth or to Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden should talk with Iomedae about the terms, which are now settled, for the confiscation and long term storage of the superweapons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Abadar leaves him alone in his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ow ow ow that was a longer conversation than he'd intended. The problem is that Leareth likes talking to Abadar, likes being in contact with that bigger, incredibly magical force, now that he's become used to it enough that it's no longer nerve-wracking, and it doesn't hurt during, only afterward. 

He lies with his eyes closed for a while, and then decides that he should ask for Delay Pain after all, so he can get down his notes on the Heartstone part and then convey it to Khemet and Aroden, it was kind of complicated and will significantly affect Aroden's other plans. It takes him another five minutes to actually get up enough to call for someone, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can give him Delay Pain that should last through the rest of the day!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll get down some detailed notes on the conversation, and sends a message for the pharaoh that he has a pretty complicated Heartstone-related proposal from Abadar, and possibly they should both meet with Aroden about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh is eager to move on the Star-Eyed and can set this up as soon as Aroden's available.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth contacts Vanyel with their spell to relay a message, and Aroden can make himself available later that afternoon, which works fine for Leareth since Delay Pain will still be in effect. While he's waiting he contacts another of his mages and has all of his notes on the hypothetical Heartstone-based version of the stage one god creation carted over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden Teleports himself to right outside the Dome at the specified time, without Parmida, and heads in to join them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can get through tedious pharaoh-related formalities, and then:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar agrees that the Heartstone gives the Star-Eyed an unfortunate amount of power in Valdemar. He thinks that the Valdemaran god would also oppose this, now, given recent events. He also thinks that he can - steal it from her, with the right setup. My specifications for the god-building project turn out to be surprisingly useful, here, and Abadar can wrap his head around them much better than I can. He thinks that working with that, and with both Vanyel and I present on-site, he can make the Heartstone his power source instead. We would obviously want to time this to happen around when all the rest was being done, which is - a little tricky." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Star-Eyed is going to regret what She did so much, if that's an emotion She can feel. And if She can't, maybe we can teach Her. Hmmm, so this requires - you and Vanyel in Haven at the same time Aroden sets up a scaffold around the Pelagirs and then goes to Urtho's Tower - I guess at least there's the Rod of Security so he can refresh spell slots in between - and then Nefreti stays at the Pelagirs - how long does her part in this take..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Six hours from start to finish, she thinks. However, we know that she can cast a difficult spell while simultaneously turning into a dragon, so I think that she can protect herself fine and I will not worry about leaving her there to attend to the Tower." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Golarion gods who are party to the superweapons agreement will protect you in Urtho's Tower - from the most blatant of the Star-Eyed's intervention, don't count on it as protection against handling the weapons carelessly or anything. They'd like you to take them through a Gate to a vault Abadar can show you in advance, and believe they will make the trip safely. There's, uh, a recommended order, in case you can't get them all out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar conveyed that you should speak with Iomedae regarding the exact arrangements, Aroden." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...am somewhat nervous about the Heartstone component, and deliberately placing myself somewhere She has power. Abadar is quite sure he could still - hold a claim on me, if anything were to happen, but suggests I set up Contingent Resurrection beforehand just in case." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Glance at Khemet. "Between the two of us we can manage it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And hopefully the Star-Eyed should be quite distracted. 

I want Starwind and Moondance disabled before this happens; they're her only Adepts with a Gate location inside Urtho's Tower and they're currently in Haven. I'm planning to send a diplomatic team over to request of Valdemar that they be stripped of their Gifts; if they refuse on that front maybe they'll at least agree to a Geas to not leave the Pelagirs without express invitation in the future."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth mentioned that Vanyel was worried about their not having done this yet. It seems like a massive oversight to me, but - I suppose they did owe a great deal to Starwind and Moondance, before now, and likely that affects their feelings." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They saved Vanyel's life. Possibly multiple times. They took him in whenever he was in need. And Savil's history with them goes back four times as long. I - cannot blame her, for being conflicted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Heralds and Companions have the problem Yfandes had, with defying their gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That had not occurred to me and it should have. Vanyel did warn then Heralds of it, I believe, but - I think most of them are not as independent-minded as Vanyel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if we should do something to push the issue. They may not thank us for it now, but it would be much simpler for all parties if it were resolved quickly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can ask Vanyel. I think it is worth handling delicately, even if it is rather inconvenient; I would rather not unnecessarily damage our relationship with Vanyel's people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should have imposed more conditions on letting Starwind and Moondance leave at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not in advance have predicted they would be this stupid about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? It is not outside the range of my expectations for them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That is fair." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You did not know until recently that burning out their Gifts was an option," Aroden says to Khemet. "I suppose you could have placed a geas on them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had it prepared in case they were uncooperative. I had assumed -

-well,  Vanyel would not have handled it in this fashion. And I have been and still am heavily discounting my instincts about what should be done with them because I'm very very angry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods. "I understand. I am also quite angry and - would be furious if they had succeeded at taking his soul..." He shakes his head. "You are not wrong that it is a safety issue at this point, that they still possess the capacity to Gate. Valdemar should understand this." He hesitates. "It seems worth taking some care not to warn them of the intent, or at least to ask Valdemar to restrain them on-site with compulsions before we discuss the rest with them. If they find out, they might well decide to Gate out on the spot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or if the Star-Eyed foresees Valdemar deciding in our favor She might tell them to flee."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tenses up - subtly, but noticeable for both Khemet and his alt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll damage relations with Valdemar but we could also drop by and Geas or Mindhealing-compulsion them before explaining why we consider this necessary. I think our options are - that, making up some ruse to request their return to Golarion temporarily, or assuming the Star-Eyed will continue to use them - probably to have them show up at Urtho's Tower and try to stop you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That could be very bad if other aspects also go wrong, which we have to assume they will. I - suspect the damage to diplomatic relations with Valdemar would be less, and repairable with enough time, and so that is what I would propose doing. I would prefer not to go myself; I could send Nayoki with Vanyel, I suppose. I think it would help our cause considerably if Vanyel were on board with it and explained himself to his King afterward, he has gotten away with that before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Then I think that should be done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can explain it to Vanyel when I head back to Cheliax tomorrow. Aroden, if you see him before then, you could mention that I want to talk to him about a trip to Haven, so he can start planning for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are staying here tonight?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am going to spend the first six hours of my night with a very disabling headache, and if I am incapacitated I would prefer it happen in a place where no one can Gate or Teleport in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, I understand. When I need to remember being a god, it has the same effect, and I usually do it in my demiplane." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He offered me a demiplane, you know," Leareth says, his lips tugging into a smile as he glances at Khemet. "As payment for their permanent Gate-terminus. I am very very tempted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden just looks amused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He really wants to get hard currency for his permanent Gate. I've thought about arguing that I could extort you more on the True Resurrections but then we'll have to start finagling who Vanyel considers himself to be making his endless stream of diamonds for and it all sounds very distracting. After the war we still hammer out something formal and maybe I can throw the demiplane in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of us is responsible for inventing and refining the diamond spell." Leareth is grinning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is thinking that they're adorable and he has to tell Parmida all about it later. 

"We can do that," he says out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel says that you have assassinated him twice, whereas I have assassinated him no times and resurrected him four, so I feel like I can claim more credit for his being here in diamond-making condition," he says to Leareth.

Then Aroden's comment reminds him they are grownups having a grownup meeting. "Thank you," he says more formally. "Do we have a tentative timeline on the war with the Star-Eyed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden doesn't seem to consider the diamond debate to be notably un-grownup at all. "Nefreti and I think we will be ready in a month. Perhaps as little as a fortnight if I de-prioritize everything else in Cheliax, but I would prefer not to do that unless the situation seems more time-sensitive than it does to me currently." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not under the impression it's particularly time-sensitive, no, aside from getting a hold of Starwind and Moondance. Take good care of Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am working on it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can wrap up the meeting and send Aroden home, though he wants to give Leareth at least the opportunity to stay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth bids Aroden goodbye but stays where he is; if the pharaoh dismisses him he can take that cue. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Am I keeping you from terribly important work in Cheliax?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not say that you are, although perhaps Abadar is. I spoke with him about ideas for using my god-research to teach him how to communicate better with humans, you know. Ironically, I will probably have a worse headache for it, since we spoke for longer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no." He looks very sympathetic. "I really hope you succeed on that. It would be really nice if Abadar was straightforward to talk with. I know the ex-human gods supposedly are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden said that Iomedae and Milani were both fine to talk to." He pauses. "I think I will ask Iomedae for advice on finding a compatible wife, I might as well. Abadar said he would try to nudge people who are compatible with him to visit our palace, he does not otherwise know how to assess marriageability but at least we might obtain some talented bureaucrats that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Seems worth a try."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't mention having kind of pointlessly asked Abadar for advice on how to make Khemet happy. He's a little distracted; even without the pain, talking to Abadar leaves him feeling sort of distant, disconnected from the material world. 

"Abadar said that he predicted my god plan would have worked as intended, from the parts I showed Him," he says. "If the local gods had allowed me to use the Heartstone, which they would not have. I - am nonetheless rather flattered and pleased by receiving His seal of approval here, even if I never end up carrying out this plan after all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I would be too. Designing a god seems like the kind of thing that'd be - astonishingly hard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was incredibly hard. I spent a thousand years working on it. And recruited many other scholars to help and to check my work in the last several centuries." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"That's really impressive."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to kiss him about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. Delightful. Leareth approves of being kissed for challenging impressive things he did in the past, even if this is a sort of unfair metric because he's had so much more past than Khemet has. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's time for more before Leareth has to retire with a horrible headache he'll fit in some more, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's time for a little more. Leareth kind of wishes that he could ask Khemet to stay and hold him and that would help, but unfortunately it really wouldn't, being touched is the last thing he feels like when he's in that much pain and, even worse, Khemet might make noise.

He lies awake and miserable for the requisite six hours, filled with determination to get Abadar the specs for building Himself an aspect that can talk like a person, and eventually he falls asleep and wakes up rested and only a little cranky about his unpleasant evening depriving him of pleasant activities with Khemet. He prepares his spells and then checks if Khemet is available so he can say goodbye before heading back to Cheliax, since after that he probably won't be back here for another week. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can say goodbye and wish him good luck with the finding a wife. Or three, though they don't do so much of that in Avistan.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds exhausting. For him at least, it might be less exhausting for the poor wives, given the list of responsibilities a royal wife would have according to Parmida. He'll start with trying to find one, though. 

He Gates back. Spends a while catching up on his day to day work, and then puts extra wards on his room and sits down to try and pray to Iomedae. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes longer.

And then the first part is the same, like falling, but it resolves quite suddenly into sitting comfortably in a - castle, or something. There's a window. A sharp-eyed dark-haired Chelish woman is sitting across from him. 

"Leareth," she says, and watches him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae. Thank you for answering me." Leareth tries to smile warmly. He's a little tense, even though Aroden trusts Iomedae and that should be approximately good as already trusting Her himself. "Abadar was right, you do seem to be better at this. And Aroden speaks very highly of you, you know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You barely had enough of a concept of me to pray to me," she says, smiling. She does not look upset about this. "Perhaps Aroden doesn't say enough, or is inaccurately complimentary."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles a little. "I am unsurprised. He has not said very much, in terms of total content. He trusts you, he said that - which is high praise, coming from him - but, I think perhaps there is history between you that he cannot easily convey to me, and so even though we are in some ways the same pattern, I suppose I will have to get to know you myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am the Lawful Good god of defeating evil. I was Aroden's herald, once. I command the forces of Heaven in the war that began before life on Golarion. I think that you came here today to speak of lighter matters, but we can speak of that war, if you wish."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I came here with a somewhat silly question, actually, and do not wish to take more of your attention than necessary, though I would not mind hearing more of your history. So - Aroden thinks that I need a Chelish wife, since I am to inherit Cheliax when he ascends again, and Khemet suggested I ask Abadar and you for advice on - unusually interesting and talented women in Cheliax, whom I would get along with, since you have the ability to assess if a person is aligned with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans back and frowns consideringly. "What is important to you, in a wife?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a difficult question. "That they be competent to carry out the myriad duties that apparently fall on a monarch's wife, and to be my cultural translator and window into people's thoughts and feelings that they would not tell me directly. That they be someone whose opinions and insights I respect, who will catch things I would not otherwise - someone whose alliance would make both of us stronger. And...Aroden and Parmida feel I need someone with whom I can let down my guard. Which is difficult, for me, and I am not sure what allows for it. Currently the people I trust most in that way are Aroden, for the obvious reason, and Khemet, and I am not even sure what makes that work." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmmm."

 

 

She considers this a while. "I will see what I can do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I deeply appreciate it; I know it is a somewhat frivolous request." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is nothing frivolous about securing Cheliax's future. Or yours." She's frowning. "You are new to believing that virtue might serve you; that's not a small thing, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I suppose I am dubious of the entire framing that divides possible actions into 'virtuous' and 'not' instead of 'strategic' and 'unstrategic'. But - it is true that I am operating in a different context one, namely one where it seems possible to have true allies without all my attempts to do so being used against me. And that does change things. I am curious what you have to say on this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have to win," she says softly. "We have to win, and winning one day sooner would be a thing so momentous nothing in history could be compared to it. If anyone does not understand that then they'll have nothing to say - especially to you! about what Good is. But there's a concept that came naturally, the one Abadar recognized in you - that there are habits that make it possible to extend you offers, habits that make it possible to have you in the room - things that you'd do even when they are momentarily not strategic, I think, like telling the truth to a probable enemy - 

- because you're choosing a pattern, not just a single result of a single conversation, and understand that better than most humans do.

And there's a similar thing with being a good person. Keeping your word is one kind of being possible to cooperate with. When Vanyel Ashkevron found himself here in a strange world he rushed to shield a hundred villagers from a dragon, without the slightest idea what a dragon was, and that is another kind of being possible to cooperate with. To, where you can, be on their side, the people who live by the river growing food - these specific ones, not their great-great-great grandchildren. It is not a kind of being possible to cooperate with I'd expect you to choose every time, in every world. But sometimes the universe will give you that opening, to be Vanyel's ally, to be the sort of person everyone like him recognizes as one of ours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It used to hurt," Leareth says, slowly, hesitantly. "Every time that I weighed up what would - mean being possible to cooperate with, in that way - and what would work, and had to trade the former to get the latter. And then I suppose I decided it did not help anything, to anguish over it every time, and so I - stopped. I think...Vanyel has done things he wished he did not have to, but I imagine it still hurts him, and - that affects his choices, on the margin if not always. I am not sure if that is the only way I could be more the shape he is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, child." And she steps across the room and takes his hand. "Good isn't about hurting, but it does hurt. And maybe you were weaker for your hurt, maybe your pain made it harder for you to do what must be done - but there is hurt that leaves us stronger. There is hurt that does not need to fall silent, because it is not getting in the way. I do not think that all of Vanyel's pain is dragging him in the wrong direction on the margin, and I would lessen it but I would not advise him to discard it. And this is not because there is anything I would not compromise to see us win."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe she has a point, because there's some sort of pain Leareth is feeling now that he's not at all tempted to fold away. 

"I think - it makes a significant difference, whether one has allies who are - witnessing the same tragedies and - feeling the same things," Leareth manages, eventually. "And - there was no point pining for it when it seemed forever out of reach, but - I want so badly to live in the world where I can have that. I felt so alone, in Velgarth, and I am so tired of it." 

The conversation is having an odd effect on him, Leareth thinks. He feels like a child again - as though remembering some distant hazy past he's nearly forgotten - and she reminds him of Urtho, a little, only with the key difference that she's really and truly trying to win. Because that was the part that Urtho never understood, he thought trying to win was ambition and ambition was dangerous, and - if instead of someone like Urtho it had been someone like Iomedae, trying to teach him what virtue meant, then he can't imagine what else could have been different. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She abstracts away the motion that ought to have been necessary between standing there holding his hand and sitting on the couch with him tucked into her arms, his head resting on her shoulder. 

"We are given so little," she says, "and the world takes so much. But you have this, now, you work side by side with Vanyel and you have the chance to live in a world where people like you are possible to cooperate with - possible to trust - possible to love - take it, be good to it, forever is such a long time but for as long as you can -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will try." And now, again, he finds himself fighting not to cry, but for a completely different reason. For the fact that if he had met her as a human, he suspects it would have taken him about thirty seconds to decide that it was worth almost anything to have her on his side - and a world that contains more than a handful of people like that is one where he would have ended up a different shape all along, not one that necessarily hurt less to be but one that meant carving away less of himself -

- and this is probably the category of thing people refer to as a 'religious experience', it's bizarre, Iomedae is terrifyingly good at it. At making him feel very small and young and yet not alone.

(Some quiet voice in him is noting this, that it's a lot of uncharacteristic emotions for him at once, and deciding to hold back final judgement on it and propagating any changes in his thinking until he's not having the mind-altering experience of talking to a god, but for now he doesn't mind it, it seems like something he can afford right now and it's...kind of nice, actually, in a way he would never ever ever have thought to look for.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She holds him for a long time, and then eventually she departs and he is alone in his head. He does not have a headache.

Permalink Mark Unread

The lack of headache is very nice, but he's still drained in some other way, and stays where he is for a while, lost in thought. Mostly trying to figure out why the conversation with Iomedae made him so emotional, where's it coming from. 

He's still confused about it but eventually goes back to his other responsibilities, he can poke at it later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel swings by after he's used up all the reserves that multiple Lesser Restorations can eke out on diamonds. "You wanted to talk to me about something?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. If you can wait a little, I will have Nayoki join us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She does so a few minutes later. "Aroden said–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I wish for you two to plan a trip to Haven. The pharaoh will likely send a diplomatic party either with you or shortly afterward."

And he explains their concerns about Starwind and Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel frowns. "I - think you're right, probably, that we should make sure they can't do this again, and - that that's a higher priority than whether it's fair to them as people. And I agree there's a concern they'll Gate out if they have any warning. Just...I also get why the Heralds want to take their time with making a decision first, and - you'll really be leaving me with some explaining to do to Randi." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I think you ought agree on burning out their Gifts through the Heralds' official channels, whatever those are. Nayoki will not be doing that immediately, I just thought I would send her in case your Mindhealer is not comfortable with it. It had sounded as though the Heralds had already discussed using pre-emptive compulsions to keep them captive, and narrowly decided not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"True. I think Randi will forgive me for it, just - feels a little like abusing my position, getting away with that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. But, I suspect their judgement may - not be unaffected. There is a Heartstone in Haven, I remembered." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." 

Vanyel freezes. 

"Oh no. I - completely didn't think of that - I don't know what powers it'd actually give Her but I bet She can affect the Companions' Foresight that way, and...a lot of the Heralds just trust their Companions' gut feelings on things fully..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That reminds me, I ought also explain our plan there." Leareth relays his conversation with Abadar and the tentative plan. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel looks both awed and very concerned. "Abadar thinks you - we - can pull that off?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He claimed so. I intend to do considerably more planning before we carry it out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You had better! When you die it scares me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can't help chuckling a little, even though it's not really funny. 

They discuss further logistics. He can be ready to leave the next day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Carissa Sevar, with a smile that must look incredibly fake, why is she so bad at this, she needs to practice in front of a mirror or in front of Grandmother or something. "That's all I wanted to know. Uh -"

And she leaves. Maybe she needs to practice exits in front of a mirror too. Practicing exits in front of Grandmother wouldn't help because Grandmother always wheedles you into staying for some pie and another three hours. Her heart is pounding and her mind is meandering. She tries walking slowly, home, in case it'll get the heart pounding under control, which it kind of does.

The man that the Inheritor has been sending her strange dreams about is Aroden's son.

Aroden's heir, she corrects herself, she does not know whether or not he's Aroden's son, the person she asked to identify him from a sketch said "Aroden's son" but he was just a random person in Egorian for the coronation, he wouldn't have more information than she does about that. What everyone knows is that Aroden has a wife, and children, kept them far away during the war lest anyone threaten them, lives in the palace with them now. They're all very old. Aroden can extend his own life but not theirs, maybe. And Aroden went to Tian Xia, in search of allies for his war and battles that'd give him the strength for it, and Aroden long ago travelled the Great Beyond and maybe knew where allies could be found on other worlds, and he'd built up an army in the world called Velgarth with its strange sorcerers, and one of them was his heir. People were assuming his son but probably Aroden is beyond petty mortal concerns like paternity and also the distant ancestor of literally everyone in Cheliax. 

Probably.

So why is the Inheritor sending visions of Aroden's heir? Aroden's heir, standing in the snow. Aroden's heir, fighting with magic. Aroden's heir, deep in intimate conversation with another person she doesn't recognize, and which none of her sources recognize either...

...there are several possible explanations but the likeliest is that he is evil and in the service of Asmodeus or something and she needs to do something about it. If she didn't need to do anything about it, she probably wouldn't be getting visions about it, and if he were a perfectly lovely person suited to take over should anything happen to Aroden she probably wouldn't need to do anything about it. And if he just needed...advice...or something...the Inheritor could probably give him that herself?

This leaves the question of what Carissa Sevar, who is twenty-five and has third-circle spells like anyone competent in school and was working full time enchanting weapons for the crusaders at the Worldwound before Aroden showed up and closed the Worldwound, who was evil until she got an Atonement to neutral about it three weeks ago and has been a cleric of the Inheritor for two, is supposed to do about it. 

The main question is - how does this cleric thing work? If the way it works is that Iomedae is functionally omniscient and picked her because she is the absolute best person in all of Cheliax to do something about the situation, then she can actually do a lot of reasoning from the precise fact that she's the absolute best person to do something about the situation. ...it's mostly very confused reasoning, but still. For example, probably enchanting weapons is a necessary element of the solution, and probably Iomedae's agent needs to be someone who has attracted little attention in their life and can pass undercover. ...it is getting way ahead of herself to assume that she is supposed to assassinate the heir to Cheliax, that is stupid and almost definitely not what she is supposed to do, presumably she is supposed to learn enough to take the proof to Aroden so he can pick a better heir, but anyway, she should still assume that enchanting weapons will be involved somehow, if she was literally the best person in Cheliax for this job. 

But maybe that's not how it works at all and actually all of the Inheritor's clerics and paladins got this dream and she should instead use detect alignment as often as she can get away with it, in large crowds, scanning desperately for people who like her carry a loud Lawful Good alignment which is unlikely to be their own, and get in on the secret conspiracy, and make weapons from the comfort of her basement. 

That option sounds a lot more soothing which is no information about whether it's right. 

Or maybe the dreams are just to prompt her to do research and there will soon be additional, clarifying dreams about what to do next. That option sounds even more soothing and is - almost certainly wrong, actually, gods have limited resources, she remembers reading that, sending instruction is costly. Probably if she does nothing next she'll get dreams prompting her, assuming this mission is in fact specifically meant for her, but those dreams cost Good something, cost the Inheritor something, and she's pretty sure that you're supposed to walk alone as long as you can and not need constant prodding from behind. Better to do something wrong, and need correction, than to do nothing at all. 

- unless you do something that tips off Aroden's heir. That would be much worse than doing nothing. And she's not sure if she can reason from the dreams that she's probably not going to do something wrong or Iomedae wouldn't have sent the dreams, because Foresight isn't a thing anymore. 

What actions definitely won't tip him off and are probably a good idea. 

She asks an aunt in Egorian if she can move to the city. Says, vaguely, that maybe she'll open a magic shop or something. Learn to enchant something other than weapons. She sells all her possessions that definitely are not going to be useful for saving Cheliax or joining a conspiracy that saves Cheliax or - she should keep an open mind, maybe it'll be something entirely unrelated to that. 

She's heard of people who can bluff truth spells, bluff casual mindreading. She might need that. She starts looking into it. She's not 100% sure this is how being a cleric of Iomedae is supposed to work but her goddess is there every morning, proud, determined, full of righteous conviction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That evening Aroden prepares a Sending to the pharaoh, alerting him that Vanyel is planning to depart the next day for Velgarth, probably it makes sense for him to do so directly from Cheliax and then retrieve the diplomatic party once he's cleared the air with Randi. 

Once he's waited for confirmation, he sits down and prays to Iomedae. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she catches him and then they're sitting, in his mind, in a room together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very good to see you! I hear you have instructions for me regarding some superweapons." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles tightly. "The agreement reached among the gods was that they would be stored in a vault of Abadar's devising, that can be opened only when this is sought, at once, by a servant of Abadar, a servant of mine, and a servant of Asmodeus, working together. Obviously I'm annoyed and would've liked a better deal, but we don't think we can hold the Star-Eyed off without Asmodeus and it doesn't take a very large coincidence for her to wreak some catastrophic damage. Abadar is of the opinion that I should like this because - well, because I am the lawful good god of record on it despite being the youngest one, which sets a precedent for future agreements, and because it's not like there was any set of agreements where I got to keep the superweapons and use them if I saw fit. I do not, in fact, like this, because I don't like losing even when the other options were losing more. But I've agreed to it. Also, we'll all owe you a favor. I could try to outline things in more detail than that but - not usefully, I don't think. I predict once you're a god you'll be satisfied with the deal."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden nods, thoughtful. 

"No, you would not like it," he says, almost absently. "It seems reasonable enough to me from this angle. Reserves more option value than destroying them entirely - which is what I would have been tempted to do - but makes it very unlikely they will ever be used for anything not of world-threatening stakes." His lips twitch. "You will all owe me a favour? Surely I owe you something for making it possible to do safely at all. Anyway. What specific instructions do I need to know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

So she explains how to access the vault and which order to take the weapons in (some of them are more valuable than others and also some are easier for the Star-Eyed to potentially disable dangerously) and the terms of the godagreement in weird edge cases like Nefreti showing up to run off with the weapons (he doesn't have to stop her, though the gods probably will).

Permalink Mark Unread

He thanks her. "I am glad we are doing this. I - am not especially angry with Her, anymore, I cannot expect Her to act outside Her nature, but... It cost us so much and it could have been so much worse - it scared me, Iomedae, I spent the entire fifteen hours - thirteen hours, I did sleep in there - terrified that something would go wrong and we would not get him back..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand. It destroyed a great deal, and was aimed at destroying more than that. We can expect people to grow outside their nature, and gods are just people, after a fashion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose it would be silly to expect less of gods than of mortals." He shakes his head. "I am told Abadar is furious. At the lack of Law more than the outright Evil of it, I think, She broke an agreement they had made about Velgarth souls and She did it to try to steal His cleric. The pharaoh is certainly very, very angry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar is furious. He's expending quite a few resources, you know, on this retaliation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I imagine. Leareth realizes it and finds it rather reassuring. He was - well, you know what my level of stress and paranoia was like after I was unexpectedly murdered. But I think it is doing him good, being among friends." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He asked me for help finding a wife."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he. What did you say?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I said I would think about it. And then I thought about it, and gave it a try. I'd feel better with Foresight, for this. I've never tried matchmaking before and it seems like personality match with Leareth is the sort of thing that could either go well or go poorly. But I hope it goes well. He needs allies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He really does. I worry about him, some - I think I was as alone as he was in Velgarth once, but - many millennia ago." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I worry about him too. I'll - do what I can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. You are a good friend." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She departs.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next morning, Vanyel Mindspeaks Fazil. :I, um, I know you're probably busy, but - I have to go on a sort of diplomatic mission to Valdemar and I'm stressed about it, would you mind coming?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, sure. He has somehow ended up responsible for helping a bunch of newly chosen clerics of Abadar in Cheliax get oriented but Osirion has at least sent a bunch of other people for that too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel lets Nayoki know and the three of them meet at the temple to Abadar that he's been using the side door of as his default interplanar Gate-threshold; it's not a permanent Gate, Leareth thinks he would need to re-work the entire spell and the Velgarth gods would object anyway, but it's easier to cast a Gate on a threshold that's been used often for them. 

"...I guess I should explain first," he says dully to Fazil, one hand on Yfandes' neck. "I, um - the pharaoh and some others are planning retaliation with the Star-Eyed which is going to piss Her off. Also, Valdemar is still doing the investigation with Starwind and Moondance, and...they haven't done anything to prevent them just Gating out again whenever they feel like. The pharaoh wants their Gifts burned out, now that he knows that's possible; it is the standard punishment for a misuse of Gifts this serious, by Valdemar's law, but - I think the King has been hesitant because it's unclear Starwind and Moondance are really under his jurisdiction, and I guess it sets a weird legal precedent. Also we're concerned their judgement may be influenced by - the fact that there's a Heartstone in Haven, that I built, and it gives the Star-Eyed a lot more power there than She'd otherwise have. So, um, we're going in to put a compulsion on them so they can't run away, and then I need to try to convince Randi that we can't afford to have Starwind and Moondance running around still able to Gate to the Tower if they want, and should either burn out their Gifts or geas them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...without telling him that the reason for this is that Osirion is planning to attack their god? Awkward. Hmmm. If you'd gotten information that suggested they were about to attempt to escape, you'd be within your rights to do something temporary and reversible to stop that, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's right. It's - Randi would want me to control the situation first and then explain it to him, if it were time-sensitive." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And that's basically what's going on? We got information that Osirion's going to move against the Star-Eyed, we suspect she'll direct them to escape the instant she foresees it, so temporarily blocking them is - leaving the situation in your King's hands instead of letting them out of it." Frown. "That seems fine. But leaving them Mindhealing-compulsioned is more out of line with Valdemaran law, long term?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's - complicated to know what the law would be, there, it's a pretty unprecedented situation and they're trying them under the Heralds' court, which has a lot of discretion. The problem is that if we leave them like that and send them back, it's possible the Star-Eyed can rustle up a Mindhealer to fix them, or - actually, hellfires, She can just do it herself, she mucked up a Mindhealing-block I had once although I think that was by accident." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"If you heard this from the pharaoh, you could truthfully say that Abadar communicated that He expects She'll send them on more missions like this, since they have Gate locations for it, if She can. That seems like it gets your king most of the relevant information without acknowledging that there are plans to go after Her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think I can say that. He'll probably know I'm not saying everything? The pharaoh is intending to send a diplomatic team of his own, though, after Nayoki and I take those precautions and then explain ourselves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that's good." He sighs. "It sounds awkward but like - you're doing the right thing by everyone involved? Including them, it's not a favor to them to let them get and complete more and more horrible orders. And Valdemar has authorized you to handle things when there's not time to ask for instruction about them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, and I think the pharaoh is right to send me, and right that I have the authority to make it work, just... It's going to feel so awkward." 

He takes a deep breath, though, and starts preparing the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki waits, silent and a bit tense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He protects them all against being set on fire. Just in case. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they land out front of the Heralds' temple to Kernos, in the Palace grounds. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes immediately reaches out to Kellan. 

:...Um, Van, Fazil?: she says after a moment. :This is - maybe not the most urgent priority, but, er, we have a problem. I think Kellan is having the same issue I did, except it hasn't come to a head because instead of fighting about it, Savil has just been massively avoidant of the entire subject of gods: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, shoot. That ....makes sense. It is kind of important that your government is able to reason about the fact that the Star-Eyed proved herself to be a dangerous enemy!:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think maybe no one has run headlong into it the way Van and I did, actually! We warned them and everything, I don't know... I guess maybe Van is the most stubborn Herald of all when it comes to defending his right to think: Fondness. :We'll deal with this first and then I'll talk to Kellan and try to push him on it myself, maybe that way will have less splashback on Savil. Anyway, they're being kept in one of the Work Rooms, it's this way: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He follows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel knocks on the door to the Work Room. :Um, you two stay back a moment, I don't want to startle them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Work Room is stone inside and mostly bare, furnished only with a couple of portable cots, a table, and a chair. Starwind is currently sitting on the edge of one of the cots, his arm around Moondance. 

"Vanyel," he says, neutrally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance looks very miserable. He doesn't say anything to Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is there with them. She seems to be supervising. "Van? Is something–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, nothing is wrong back in Golarion, everything's fine. I just came to see Starwind and Moondance." 

:Nayoki, go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she steps past him into the room, looks straight at the two of them, and hits them both with a set-command. :Do not Gate out. Do not run away: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil catches the fringes of it enough that she scrambles to her feet. "Van! What–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry." He really shouldn't explain this out loud in front of Starwind and Moondance, but probably they shouldn't leave them unsupervised in their prison either. 

:We just got some new information from Abadar, via the pharaoh: he sends in Mindspeech instead, excluding the Tayledras. :Abadar suspected the Star-Eyed would order them to carry out further missions. Nayoki will take it off later, but - I need to talk to Randi and figure out what appropriate precautions are: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind doesn't look especially offended, or even surprised. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they are not at this moment on fire, so that's good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki spends a minute checking that her set-command is on right, and then they leave and head to meet the King. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is apparently waiting for them, in one of the meeting-rooms with Shavri at his side. "Vanyel. Fazil. What is it." He raises his eyebrows at Nayoki. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We came to tell you that– Oh. Right, sorry, this is Nayoki. One of Leareth's people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." Randi's eyes narrow a little. "Van, what's going on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - we have some news, from the pharaoh, it's relevant to the investigation with Starwind and Moondance..." Helpless glance at Fazil. :Scared I'm going to instantly send his Companion into a panic spiral about gods, but...don't know we can avoid that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't like it at all. Probably it won't be quite as long for them if Yfandes is helping?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope not. It's a terrible time for it, if it's anywhere near as disruptive for Randi as it was for Van, but - honestly any time is a bad time for the King to spend days too upset to do things. Van, I think go ahead: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Van?" Randi prompts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath and then says it all fast. "We've seen that the Star-Eyed is opposed to Valdemar's interests in Golarion and will do - pretty extreme things to achieve Her goals. I think we have to treat Her as Valdemar's enemy, given that. And I just learned from the pharaoh that Abadar thinks She's likely to order Starwind and Moondance on further missions like the assassination, if She can. Including by seeking more damaging weapons from Urtho's Tower, since they can now Gate there at will. I think that could be really costly to everyone, including Valdemar, and it's - not fair to them, right, however you slice up their culpability in this versus Hers. She might literally be mind-controlling them into doing it, or - they might just feel obligated - but either way their best selves wouldn't want to be used as murder weapons. Anyway we've compulsioned them not to Gate out, since we were concerned the Star-Eyed would tell them to, and we need to discuss what to do longer-term to - prevent them from being a danger to others. Burning out their Gifts would work, so might a geas." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know this is a giant mess. I'm sorry. The pharaoh is also sending a diplomatic mission to discuss his interests here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, still not on fire. "Osirion wants to make sure they're not free to commit more murders, and to offer whatever help we can with ensuring that and, uh, anything else Valdemar needs."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm really sorry for just turning up and doing that before I explained. I was just very worried that the Star-Eyed would order them to run and then you wouldn't even be able to finish the investigation. And - obviously I think we should give them a fair trial, but - we need to take into account that if they'd done - that - in the Palace here, they'd have killed several hundred people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"And...we have to assume that if the easiest way for them to corner Leareth - who saved an entire country from Hell, and was helping them at the time - had been here instead of in Osirion, they'd have done that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he silent because he's about to get mad and order someone arrested about it, or is he silent because his Companion just had a magically enforced tantrum, or...

 

Still not on fire, he recites to himself in his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

The King takes a deep breath and lets it out. 

"I - guess - we have to take the sensible precautions," he says finally. "And, you're right, if they'd done it in the Palace here..." Shudder. "It'd've been even worse than the Highjorune trap-spell. Gods. I hate everything about this, Van. They were our friends. I can't believe..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. It - really hurts. But they undeniably did it, and Leareth was - well, you can say what you like about his past here, but he's more than proven who he is, to me, and I want him as our ally and I'm furious that She tried to - to sabotage that - Leareth could've blamed me for inviting them to the Worldwound, a lot more than he has." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I'm sorry, it's awful for you too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Savil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Savil." Another deep breath. "I - need some time to think, please. Thank you for doing damage control, and for bringing this to my attention." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The pharaoh wanted to send a diplomatic party," Vanyel reminds him. "Should I, er, wait to Gate them over?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Absentminded handwave. "Please. I'll - send a note, or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you, Randi." Vanyel pauses, and reaches to squeeze the King's shoulder briefly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri, who's been completely silent and white-faced the entire time, makes eye contact with him. :Thank you, Van: She includes Fazil too. :I - we should talk, after, I'll come find you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: 

And they can head out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm so sorry, Van. This is so pointless and tragic.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know: He pauses once they're outside. :'Fandes? What's going on with–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Randi: Yfandes sends crisply, :had apparently not gotten a report from Savil with NEARLY the same emphasis you just put on the Star-Eyed being opposed to Valdemar's interests in addition to being Leareth's enemy. I'm really concerned that - somehow that particular element just didn't get discussed...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Did Savil not notice that their method could easily have caused a war with us, if everyone in the palace had been eaten and we didn't know what was going on...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know! I think - it's a lot on Savil, and maybe expecting her to be thinking clearly about all the political ramifications of it was too much. Understanding diplomatic relations, er, isn't one of her strengths, and - I think it's impossible for her to be objective here, given how close she was with them: Pause. :But...I am concerned more than that is going on here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can the Star-Eyed directly modify your minds?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:......I'm not sure: There is suddenly a LOT of worry in Yfandes' mindvoice. :My...guess...is that She can't modify our beliefs directly, but - we make a lot of decisions from Foresight, actually, we have gut feelings about things that our Heralds generally put a lot of faith in. And that's linked closely enough to the Web that it might be trivial for Her to nudge. For example, it sounds like Sondra felt doomy about the diplomatic consequences for Valdemar of Karse finding out that we were high-handed with punishing allies from elsewhere under the laws that are specifically meant to apply to Heralds. And - that's not wrong, but it's interesting that it was a major emphasis, given that the other more immediate consequences seem a lot more serious?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. That's - terrifying, and - yeah, you could maybe do a lot that way -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we have to keep in mind that Foresight is a thing here, unlike in Golarion, and - I suspect that means gods have disproportionately more power, and - can affect things in ways that don't look like interventions unless you're Leareth and really paranoid about it: 

Mental sigh. 

:Randi's going to go unload all his feelings about this on Sondra, which has me concerned that she's going to implode the way I did. I think I'd better go hover nearby. You all can maybe go sort out a guest room and wait?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We'll do that. Thank you.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Van, this probably doesn't need to be said, but - don't answer any Web-alarms and definitely don't go near the Web-focus room while we're here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Right." 

Vanyel leads them to the guest wing and tracks down someone who can assign the three of them to some rooms. He also warns the servants that a diplomatic delegation from Osirion is expected and they should maybe air out rooms for them too. The servants seem pretty awed about this and scramble to do so. 

Vanyel suggests they all hang out in his room, which has an outdoor porch and sitting area to enjoy the nice weather, and call for lunch while they wait. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will sit there tensely and eye his watch to see how much longer before he needs to re-cast Resist Energy and otherwise try to be good company.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel himself is kind of terrible company; he's very stressed and tense and can't stay focused on a conversation, but he appreciates the attempts at distraction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki does her best to help out with distractions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hey: Yfandes sends about an hour later. :I'm going to take Sondra on a nice long walk and - discuss some things. Van, can I send Randi to cry on your shoulder? He's pretty upset about his Companion's sudden and mysterious inability to listen to him vent about things:  

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh no, that's so awkward. Um, sure: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He casts Resist Energy again when its timer runs out and sits there. Tells stories about claiming stuff from temples of Asmodeus in Cheliax.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi arrives with Shavri a few minutes later, looking fairly distressed. "Van, gods... You warned me, too, I just - I guess we were distracted and forgot, and then this happened and I didn't - I didn't even think about it..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I'm really sorry. It's...going to be all right, though, it should be easier for Sondra with Yfandes here." 

(And Randi, unlike him, has his lifebonded right there holding his hand - no, don't think about that and be jealous, it's terrible of him.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Metaphorical fire. Metaphorical fire is fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sits down on the settee to hug Randi and reassure him that it's all very unfair and unreasonable and he's doing great and they're going to manage this horrible situation somehow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri perches herself on one of the stools. 

:Fazil?: she sends privately after a while. :Can we, um, talk a little: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaah.

:Yes, for sure.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm just - gods, I don't even know how to put it. I'm confused about this entire situation, and especially about how Savil and the Heralds are reacting to it. I know it's...hard to believe they'd do something like that, when they've been there for us so many times before, just - they did, they aren't even denying it, right. I'm confused why Savil thought they would just stay put voluntarily for us to investigate, and - what her plan was if they didn't - and, it feels like everyone, but Savil in particular, is grasping for ways this might not've been their fault? But, just... If they're not culpable because their Goddess forced them to do it, then it's Her fault, right? That follows? And - that's really, really concerning? I'm incredibly scared of what She'll decide to do next. But it feels like no one else was fully making that connection, until Van shoved it right in Randi's face, and - every time I tried to bring it up, I would just end up feeling like I was the crazy hysterical one: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I, uh, think there's some amount of mind control or at least really really careful Foresight manipulation going on? From the Star-Eyed? I've never seen anything like it but our gods don't have that kind of power anymore.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri turns away from Randi and Vanyel so that they can't see her face, and her expression crumples. :I'm scared. I don't know what to do: 

Then she takes a deep breath and tries to compose herself. :Er, from your outside perspective, presumably you're hard to mind-control about this - what do you think the situation calls for? What would be the sane way to respond to it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Um. I'm not - a diplomat or anything. I can - think about an analogy to countries that are all in Golarion and all sort of - running off the same base assumptions? But I want to be clear that I'm not saying - Osirion expects you guys to be behaving that way or anything - presumably they know that in a different world there'll be all kinds of cultural gulfs -

- Uh. If the Tayledras were a state, then what I would expect is that setting off a demon summoning superweapon in the palace of the pharaoh would be treated as an act of war, and Osirion would ally with Cheliax to respond by invading and conquering the country and removing from power every person, and plausibly the entire church, responsible. And I'd expect the hypothetical country that had two of its agents do this to immediately respond by trying to avoid that by formally renouncing their actions, apologizing, paying for reparations, handing over the actors so they could be brought to whatever justice Osirion and Cheliax saw fit, and permitting a full investigation under Truth Spells of their entire hierarchy to prove that none of them had anything to do with it. 

The Tayledras aren't a country. They're more like a druidic order, kind of? So what I'd expect there would be - uh, for Osirion and Cheliax to demand that the rest of the order denounce the assassins and make strong commitments to the effect no one else of their order would participate in similar actions, ever. And if they all refused to do that, I'd expect Osirion and Cheliax to coordinate in stamping out or crippling the druidic order to the extent it might act on similar instructions in the future. Because people who set off superweapons in your palace and then go 'eh, yeah, we'll do that if it serves our interests' are - gods, war is awful, but you're not avoiding a war if you ignore them, you're just announcing that they get to announce the start and end of all the war's battles. 

I guess what I would have expected Valdemar to do is conduct your investigation and burn out their Gifts or something and then, uh, ask for help securing your western border. Not because you'd be expected to participate in the war but as a way of communicating that you do understand that those are the stakes they just laid on the table. Maybe volunteer to send an envoy to the Tayledras in case you can get an apology and formal guarantee nothing like it will ever happen again. Maybe - uh, maybe you could talk Osirion down if you offered to annex the Pelagirs and be formally responsible for them but you shouldn't do that if you don't in fact have the resources to, and it looks like you don't?

The thing that feels like it's missing is, uh, it feels like people think it's over? And Osirion hasn't corrected that misapprehension, probably because there's no point in sharing details on what they're planning - no one's told me anything, I'm guessing from first principles here - but 'there is a large powerful group of people with superweapons and interworld Gates who committed an act of war, aren't sorry, and aren't giving us any angles from which to negotiate the cessation of hostilities' is not a situation that's over. And so it feels like there's a missing realization that your aim here should be somehow pulling out a miracle that stops a war, or else ensuring your country is safe during it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri nods, seriously. 

:That makes sense. I - think what I keep expecting, and not getting, is the response you're suggesting. Especially the part about securing our border, and finding out where we stand with the rest of the Tayledras. It's...complicated, I think, because the Tayledras don't have a formal chain of command, the Vales are all independent and make internal decisions by consensus, but Starwind is Speaker for k'Treva, closest they have to an official leader. It's unclear who if anyone has the authority to issue an apology for their actions, and...I don't think Randi feels he has much standing to ask them for one. Because, you're right, we don't have the resources to annex them. The Tayledras are normally extremely hostile to outsiders and kill strangers who enter the Pelagirs: 

She looks down. :I think maybe Randi doesn't want to admit that we've lost them as a resource. They're the only reason Van survived his Gifts awakening: Glance over. :Van is taking it better than I expected, honestly: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It makes sense that you'd be reluctant to - take any steps that burn that bridge. But - it's burnt. Again without speaking with any knowledge whatsoever of anything specific going on in Golarion, Osirion and Cheliax can't possibly let the current state of affairs stand. It's not impossible to kill people in a way that doesn't leave them resurrectable with our magic, I assume she'll try that next.

I hadn't realized Starwind is the Speaker for k'Treva but, uh, needless to say that makes it worse. Damn it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri winces. 

:The other part that makes me feel like I'm losing my mind every time I talk to Randi about it is - well, it's true that one of our most serious punishments is exile, but I'm not delighted about just sending them back to k'Treva? When we don't yet have any further plan for what to do about sharing a border with people in a pact bound to Her?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If some mages from an allied country came here and unleashed demons in your palace to kill, uh, the Queen of Karse, you would exile them back home about it?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gods. That would be a horrible situation. It would depend on our relations with the country. When we were at war with Karse, we...generally didn't even try to take mages alive, because it's so hard to hold onto them safely, and once we've taken prisoners we feel bound by our own customs around not mistreating them, even though Karse, er, really didn't follow the same standards:

Frown. :If it were, say, an assassin from Rethwellan, I think that'd call for Randi negotiating directly with Rethwellan's government. If they were sent on the Rethwellani King's orders it'd be grounds for war, although we might try to settle it diplomatically because Rethwellan has ten times as many mages as us and we would lose. If it were someone operating independently, I - would expect the King over there to be comfortable condemning them for treason, we're formally allied with Rethwellan, and - if we did hand them back, they'd probably be executed, Rethwellan's courts tend harsher than ours. If it were Hardorn, gods, I don't know, their central government is a mess right now, but probably Randi would send a delegation with a proposal and their King would just sign off on it to get it out of his hair: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :If there were anyone among the Tayledras who could condemn this as treason and declare they'd be executed if they were sent back then - I bet we'd leave it there? Wars are wrong, you should avoid them as far as you possibly can. But, uh, our current impression is that their attitude is 'yep, we did this, we will do similar things again, what are you going to do about it.':

Permalink Mark Unread

:We have no idea what k'Treva's attitude will be. Savil could Gate there, but - well, no one's brought it up explicitly but I think we're scared k'Treva would instead respond by blaming us for the part where they got killed by your pharaoh, and it'd make things even worse. Er, do you have more information on their attitudes, then, or - on the Star-Eyed's attitude? Did Abadar talk to Her?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know that Abadar became concerned they would be used again by Her as weapons. I guess it can be inferred that He hasn't been able to talk things out with Her.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I really wish my life involved fewer fights between gods: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is a really understandable thing to want! I'm sorry for our part in it. I don't think Osirion or Cheliax are mad at Valdemar, for what it's worth. Just - confused about the lack of response, I guess.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Trust me, so am I! I - feel less like the crazy one, hearing your read on it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It seems like the Companion system depends on the integrity of the gods. I'm sorry yours seem to include some that aren't worthy of that.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It does sort of - violate the entire premise Valdemar was founded on. King Valdemar supposedly prayed to every god he'd ever heard of, for a miracle, and got the Companions that way: Shrug. :But if the rest can do the thing 'Fandes did, if their Heralds are mad enough at gods, then...maybe it'll be all right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :At least we're not on fire.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:There is that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi gets up and rejoins them a few minutes later. "Van, you might as well bring over the pharaoh's diplomats, we can't put them off for a week and - who knows how long it'll take for the Companions to - sort out their thing." He reaches to squeeze Shavri's hand. "I can manage until then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, if you're sure." Vanyel gives Fazil a worried look. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they'll be okay waiting a couple of days if that's more comfortable for everyone here. ...unless Starwind and Moondance escape, that'd be very awkward. I don't know how to assess how plausible it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are under a set-command not to run away in general as well as not to Gate, and are being guarded, but - I am not sure what could happen." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we should wait one day. Also just in case anything really weird happens." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good. Uh," gods what's her title "Shavri, do they need me at Healers'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Gods, this entire thing has been so distracting, I haven't done a shift there in ages. They can probably use a hand if you wanted to swing by?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think her formal title is 'Healer Shavri' if that's what you were unsure about: Vanyel prompts. :Not that anyone here will be very fussed, we're way less formal than Osirion, it's why all the Heralds are terrible at remembering the pharaoh protocols: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have noticed that you're way less formal than Osirion!: He'll swing by there to see if anyone needs healing or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma could absolutely use his help with the patients who're there for injuries or who might benefit a lot from Lesser Restoration. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is out on her walk with Sondra for the rest of that day, occasionally Mindspeaking Vanyel to ask how Randi is doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi does, in fact, seem to be managing; he's a little more distracted than usual but he has Shavri with him and plugs through some of the backlog of minor Karse-related decisions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil swings by Vanyel's guest room after handing off Tayledras-watching duty to another Herald, and reports that they have not tried to run away at all. She's a bit stiff and formal with him, compared to before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil will come back once he's used his healing spells, hug Van, and try to distract them both with discussion of, uh....

"Did you grow up in Haven?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, me?" Vanyel glances at his aunt. "No. We're both from Forst Reach, it's a landholding out at the western border - er, what used to be the western border, we've now officially annexed Lineas and Baires." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They used to be these two tiny kingdoms over there that went to war with each other every generation or so. Most recently, the entire royal family of Lineas got ripped apart by demons, and then Donni Final Strike'd the entire royal family of Baires because they were trying to take over and would've caused a giant earthquake - er, it's complicated, long story. And, while we're speaking of awkward events - Van, you'd said you suspected the dagger was Leareth, did you ever ask him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, um, yes, he confessed to for some reason giving Vedric Mavelan a magic dagger that would cause someone's entire family to be attacked by demons, which he planned to use to take over Lineas some number of decades later. Leareth wanted all the Baires mages and all of Lineas' unused mage-energy to help out with invading Valdemar. Though apparently Vedric goddamned Mavelan was absolutely not supposed to trigger it when he did, and Leareth would have confiscated it if he'd known Vedric was scheming to do it before Leareth actually kicked off his invasion, but I guess he missed that one. Well, we did know he used to read as Evil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's pretty evil!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth is...Leareth. I think he does evil things and works with evil people when he feels like those are the tools he has, and - well, we saw in Cheliax that if he has better options he'll take them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All our trips home are horrible. That particular one was horrible because of the Lineas incident, but even without that, neither of us particularly get along with the family." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How about you - did you grow up in Sothis?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did! My family's still there. We, uh, weren't anybody, my father and my uncles worked at the docks. I started working at the temple when I was nine because no one would hire me for dock work yet, too scrawny."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it common for children that young to have to work, in Osirion?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, most people are farmers, everyone helps out around harvest time. In Sothis - it'd be ordinary to work but not ordinary to be the one supporting your whole family, I think, among poor children, and then wealthy merchants keep their sons in school a few more years. Mahdi went to school until he was twenty."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods. "...Were you the one supporting your whole family?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "We had a string of bad luck. My uncle died, and my father remarried my uncle's wife - that's a normal thing to do, so she's not alone trying to support a family - and then my mother got sick, and there wasn't really enough money to go around, and - my father was much more materially and emotionally invested in his second wife. They got along better. They had a child together, by then. So he mostly stopped feeding us. Phrased that way it sounds like entirely a failure of character but it was much more about the circumstances? There wasn't enough money. And lots of people find it hard to pay attention to a situation they're importantly failing at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry. That sounds really hard." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't much care for my brother or how he raised Van, but he did better by him than that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a low bar. Turned out all right, though. We were hungry for a couple of years and then Abadar chose me, and he probably wouldn't have if I hadn't been working every daylight hour in his temple for four years."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Mmm. It is lucky that it worked out. Did you have siblings?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Five of them, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. That's - a lot of responsibility you must've had, if you ended up supporting them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I certainly hope your parents are very proud of you now. - Er, if they're still alive, sorry–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My mother died when I was eleven. She's very proud of me, though she thinks I should retire from this adventuring nonsense and lead tours to Axis and have some kids. My father and I don't...actually talk...though I Lesser Restoration him every month because otherwise his liver will kill him. I don't...exactly know what I'm doing - either he'll make Axis or he won't, it's not like I think he'll someday have an epiphany." Shrug. "Once I was chosen as a cleric I paid for apprenticeships for my younger brothers and got my sisters married. They're all all right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I'm sorry. That's - I'm glad your siblings are all right, sounds like they're very lucky to have had you as a brother." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wants to give Fazil a hug but feels awkward about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes mostly hasn't been paying attention but she senses his worry. :Van, love, just hug him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Vanyel hugs Fazil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "We're all very lucky to have Abadar. I can relate to -" He gestures in the direction of Starwind and Moondance's holding cell rather than try to come up with words for the whole mess.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are. I - didn't realize until recently that I'd absorbed Leareth's attitude, that all the gods are pretty terrible. And - just, the way Leareth's face looks when he talks about Abadar being helpful... It must mean so much to him, there being a god the right shape for him to cooperate with." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your world's gods do seem pretty terrible! I guess I don't know as much what ours were like before prophecy broke. Abadar started selecting a pharaoh and stuff after that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I mean, I think Aroden specifically must've been less terrible than the Star-Eyed, but..." Shrug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes, in the morning, confesses she was up all night arguing with Sondra, but - she thinks they've finally hit the same breakthrough. Both of them badly need a nap, but maybe after that Vanyel can Gate the diplomatic party over? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The diplomatic party can be ready at that time!

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil declines attending the first meeting with them. At her age, she knows her strength and weaknesses, and diplomacy is on the 'weaknesses' list. She'll sit and guard Starwind and Moondance again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does a Gate at the specified time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi comes out to the temple where the Gate is being done, and welcomes them courteously, Shavri at his side. Neither of them look like they really slept enough. 

"Why don't we get all of you set up with guest rooms first and then we can meet over lunch and go through your overall agenda here," he suggests. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good! They appreciate Valdemar's hospitality. They are unaccustomed to political leaders ever having the problem 'needs a Lesser Restoration' but they try not to show it.

Permalink Mark Unread

A candlemark later, they and several other members of the Senior Circle can sit down in a meeting-room. (Valdemar is still short a King's Own, although Tran is doing a little better now.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Osirion's diplomats are delighted to meet them and glad to have the chance to meet Valdemar's leadership face to face after all the frantic collaborative efforts during the war. They think Vanyel is great. Valdemar is very lucky to have him.

 

They're concerned that the Star-Eyed will continue committing atrocious crimes and acts of war in Golarion, secure in the knowledge that the perpetrators are effectively accountable to no one. Osirion was initially hoping that there might be some Tayledras authority willing to condemn what Starwind and Moondance did, and offer meaningful assurance that it couldn't happen again; this obviously hasn't happened. And, uh, generally speaking summoning millions of demons into your ally's palace in peacetime to assassinate the heir to the throne of another allied country is an act of war. Obviously Osirion doesn't want to go to war with the Tayledras, but they would like some assurance that there is any other route to preventing future use of stolen superweapons in this fashion, and they're terrified that they haven't gotten one.

Permalink Mark Unread

King Randale confesses that, until recently, he thinks Valdemar's investigation was perhaps placing undue weight on the fact that the primary victim of their attack, and the only person who in fact died, was Leareth. Who has done a lot of very awful things in Velgarth, and who Valdemar spent the last decade expecting to end up at war against, since they only knew about him at all through Vanyel's Foresight dream where Leareth was his destined enemy. None of the Heralds are really surprised that the Tayledras would see him as an enemy, or that the Star-Eyed would consider Herself perennially at war with him, and - perhaps because of that, it hadn't felt likely to them that Starwind and Moondance would present a danger to other people who aren't Leareth. 

That being said, it is of course relevant that the attack took place in the pharaoh's palace and could have killed over a hundred people, if it had gone down slightly differently. And it's relevant that Leareth is now known to actually care about good outcomes, that he saved Cheliax from Hell, and he might have started out as Valdemar's enemy but he's now their ally. Which means that even if the Star-Eyed does only care about attacking him specifically, other allies of Valdemar could end up as collateral damage. 

Punishing them by burning out their Gifts would be - twisting Valdemar's legal system to a pretty dubious extent, the only institution with applicable laws to try them under is through the Heralds' Court, and they aren't Heralds. But...it's unclear what the alternative is, since the Tayledras aren't a state that can be negotiated with for this purpose, and maybe it's just an irregular enough problem to demand an irregular solution. 

The other thing that makes him uneasy about punishing them as individuals is the fact that they may to some extent have been coerced, or even mind-controlled. It's really hard to verify if they have, and if so to what extent it was relevant to their doing it or not, but neither of them fully remembers the conversation with Her where they received their orders, and both of their minds show weird patterns that in the past have indicated god-meddling. Which...mostly means that he feels very very bad for their position, but - given that this horrible situation is the one they're in, maybe it's actually fairest to them as people not to give them an opportunity to be given orders or mind-controlled into another murder mission. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their own gods do not think that the Star-Eyed is only concerned with attacking Leareth specifically.

Osirion would be happy to try throwing high-powered spells at the memory distortions the evil god left in their minds in case it can in this fashion be mended, but yeah, regardless of how culpable they were, it seems likely that it will be done again and an injustice to everyone involved, including them, to permit that. They're relieved that Valdemar is on the same page about that. 

 

They aren't aware of the full space of options for ensuring someone who has used their gifts to activate powerful dangerous magic in a building full of innocent people can never do so again, but if it's helpful to think of Valdemar burning out their Gifts as a negotiated agreement with Osirion and Cheliax to avoid the harsher punishments standard on Golarion, that seems like a reasonable gloss on the whole situation? It wouldn't set any precedents except that when Valdemar takes custody of people who committed murders in Golarion they'll use their system for Heralds to try them. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi needs to think about it, but - probably that makes sense. He really, really wishes there was a way to shut Gifts down temporarily, without causing other mental incapacitation, in case they're later able to come to some peaceful resolution with the Star-Eyed, or remove Starwind and Moondance specifically from Her influence. (Nayoki apparently has most of a research project done for temporarily blocking Gifts, but the side effects are at this point quite disabling.) 

Actually, if Osirion has powerful spells for this, Randi wonders if that could break their obligations to Her, and also prevent Her from influencing them in future. Since they're safely contained - Mindhealing compulsions not to leave their cell aren't a good long-term solution but should hold them for now - he would be in favour of trying that first before going down the irreversible route of burning out their Gifts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They would definitely be willing to try. What does Valdemar know about the pact that binds the Tayledras to their goddess?

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi frowns and then looks over at Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We saw records of when it was made, in the Tower - er, actually not theirs, but the Shin'a'in, who split off from the same ancestral group and also made a pact with Her right after the Cataclysm, in order to survive it. For them, the Goddess manifested directly after they...made a blood-sacrifice to get Her attention. And then She made the Plains livable again, in exchange for - binding them and all of their descendants to serve Her in keeping them safe from outside interference. I - don't know the wording of the Tayledras' obligations to Her, but the work they do is cleansing and fixing the damaged land. Which is why we pulled them in for the Worldwound. They get a lot of magic from Her in exchange, including Heartstones, which are extremely powerful magic sources that can also scaffold other spells, and - contain a fragment of Her, we think." 

He lowers his voice a little. "We have one in Haven, it was a favour they did us. I...sort of wish we hadn't accepted that favour, now, but we didn't know at the time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Are all children born to people in the pact in the pact? Can people become bound by the pact in any way other than being born into it? Is pact-hood visible?

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is pretty sure it's a yes on the first question. Pact-hood isn't visible to him, or to any specific Velgarth Othersenses he's aware of, but he wonders if it's like alignment, something that can be sensed using one of Golarion's spells. He knows people can rarely become bound by the pact later, because Moondance is such a case, he was born outside the Tayledras but joined them and became a Healing-Adept. Also Shin'a'in children with mage-gift sometimes join the Tayledras, since magic was forsaken by their people, only shamans can use it to very limited effect. That's just switching pacts with Her, though. 

It's worth noting that he and Savil are both Wingsiblings, which means they can call on k'Treva's resources for aid - or could, before this happened, obviously they can't now. He doesn't think it entails the same obligations to serve Her, or at least that was never specified to him and he's never felt pulled to go there or anything, but he can't be sure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can try throwing a Break Enchantment at one of the prisoners now, and if that doesn't do it they can get an expert on Wish-wordings in to consult. And while they're here, maybe they can hammer out all of the trade and migration and extradiction and so-on treaties that were delayed by the war but would've made this less awkward, if they'd been in place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel suggests they do Moondance first, since Moondance seems very miserable right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi would be delighted to properly formalize all of their agreements. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that after, though. Vanyel shows the diplomats where Starwind and Moondance are being kept. 

Possibly they should separate them for this, if they're trying it one at a time? He's not sure if that matters, but he can tell Moondance he needs to talk to him alone, and take him somewhere else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems ideal, yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance...is not actually able to step out of the room by himself, apparently the Mindhealing-block Nayoki did is very thorough on that point. He can follow Vanyel if Vanyel takes him by the hand, though. He keeps his eyes fixed on the ground the entire time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel finds them a different random Work Room that isn't currently in use. It doesn't have the benefit of furniture, but that seems fine for just quickly trying something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the clerics of Abadar capable of it casts Break Enchantment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance doesn't move for a moment, but his posture does stiffen. 

He lifts his head, looks around as though seeing everyone present for the first time - and then crumples to the floor, sobbing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Um." 

Vanyel hesitates for about three seconds, and then kneels and tries to hug Moondance. "Hey. I'm here. I - it's - we're going to fix it, we'll make it all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric who cast Break Enchantment doesn't want to intrude so he backs out of the room slowly. "I can do the other one tomorrow," he says quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is really not sure it's a good idea for Moondance to spend an entire day with him and Starwind in what are clearly very different states, but - it is what it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is still sobbing and shaking and seems almost unaware of Vanyel's presence, but he doesn't try to resist being hugged, and maybe it's helping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I, um, think I might be here a while: Vanyel tells Fazil privately. :...Would you mind staying? I know you don't really know him, but - just, this feels pretty overwhelming right now. He's so upset: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure. ...wow. What a - I guess we knew there was a pact but somehow Golarion magic being able to interact with it makes it feel more - real, or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm concerned it won't affect Starwind the same way, he's - seemed a lot less distressed about it. He might even be mad at us for breaking it. But I guess we'll see: 

He keeps hugging Moondance, who keeps being too upset to communicate at all for the next several candlemarks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Presumably he can go swear himself to Her service again if he wants, knowing what all he's signing up for.:

 

He can keep Vanyel company while Vanyel is keeping Moondance company.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Moondance calms down enough to ask - in Mindspeech, he's still crying quietly - where Starwind is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel looks helplessly over at Fazil. "Starwind is still with Savil. Do you want to see him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason this makes Moondance EVEN MORE upset. 

:He will not understand. He will be angry that I...: he trails off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaaaah. "Moondance, I do not think he will be angry with you for being really upset about what - about what happened..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now Moondance is back to sobbing hysterically.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Something changed, right? We were aiming to - break the pact that the Star-Eyed has with you. We weren't able to do the same thing for him yet, I didn't prepare Break Enchantment today."

Permalink Mark Unread

:It - I felt–: It's taking him a long time to eke out the words even in Mindspeech. :It felt so - right, necessary - made sense - had to - and, and now...:

- Moondance abruptly pulls away from Vanyel, who's startled enough that he fails to catch onto him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel swears and flings up a mage-barrier blocking the door–

Permalink Mark Unread

The only thing that Moondance uses his limited freedom for, though, is to slam his head repeatedly into the stone floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel swears more creatively and grabs for him, with a force-net when Moondance scrambles out of reach of his hands. "Moondance, please stop, I know you're upset, just - don't do that, do a different thing about it–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were betrayed by your god. That's awful. But it says something awful about your god, not you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance struggles halfheartedly to escape Vanyel's grip, and then gives up and goes back to quietly whimpering. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want us to bring Starwind over too?" Vanyel says eventually, tentatively. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance goes rigid. :No. Scared: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can we at least tell him, er, what's going on? He's probably really worried, I bet he can pick up through the lifebond that you're upset." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance doesn't respond. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fazil, um, can you go tell Savil? - And then maybe ask a servant to bring us something to sleep on, I think I want to stay the night with him and he should be in a Work Room in case he starts projecting or throwing things around with magic, he's not compulsioned against that and - I've done it before when I was upset enough:  

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I can do that.:

 

 

He goes to Savil.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is on his feet in an instant when Fazil enters the room. "Where is Moondance - what did you–"

Permalink Mark Unread

He ignores him. 

:It looks like we can lift the Star-Eyed's pact,: he says to Savil. :But it left him a wreck and he didn't want Starwind, he was worried he'd react badly. I can't do Starwind until the morning. I'm sorry. Van wants to stay with him overnight.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Gods. I - I'm glad Van can be there for him. Should I tell Starwind about this or...not...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I have no idea! I'd worry about him doing something stupid if he thinks Moondance is being tortured but there's not much he can do, right? And Moondance didn't want him, he was emphatic about that despite being generally pretty out of it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can at least reassure him Moondance is physically all right and he's safe and with Vanyel, and we can explain tomorrow. Thank you, you can go back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He tracks down a servant to request supplies for Vanyel to sleep in there with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is limp in Vanyel's lap when he gets back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," Vanyel says quietly. "Think you could get us some food too? I don't know that I can coax him to eat it but I should at least try." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, sure." He goes out in hunt of a servant to ask for this too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance really isn't in the mood to eat but can eventually be convinced to drink some water and eat about three bites of bread, after which he curls up in a miserable ball on the fold-out cot dragged in for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel puts a blanket over him. He sighs. :Fazil, you don't have to stay all night if you don't want to, it'll be pretty boring: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Your ring is working properly these days, right? If I go to bed now you can wake me a couple hours before dawn and then we'll both be rested and he won't have any chance of - escaping or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

:That's right. I'll do that: Vanyel gives him an exhausted, wan smile. :Thank you so much for - everything on this trip, really. I know it's a lot to be dragged into: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm glad I could help.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel shuts the door after Fazil leaves, settles down on the chair next to the cot, and holds Moondance's hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance allows this for a while but eventually pulls away and curls up facing the wall. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Vanyel leans back and props his feet on the end of the cot and settles in for a very, very long night. He has a book on him but it's one he's read before. If he'd been more organized he could have asked for a stack of coal and made diamonds... Oh well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- sometime in the early hours of the morning, Vanyel jerks forward out of his chair. Oh no. 

He wastes about five seconds shaking Moondance, which isn't going to help at all, and then sprints for the door and flings it open so he can Mindspeak. :FAZIL NEED YOUR HELP RIGHT NOW: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He rolls out of bed and casts the spell that puts on his armor on his way to the room where Vanyel and Moondance are.

Permalink Mark Unread

:'Fandes can you wake Shavri or something - or get literally anyone at Healers'–:

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes startles awake. :Wha–: She makes it to 'fully alert', skims the last twenty seconds of his memory: :Oh. Kernos' balls. I'll do that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The instant Fazil is there, Vanyel practically yanks him into the room. :He wasn't doing anything and then he - stopped his heart - I didn't know you could DO that to yourself but he's Healing-Gifted - I'm so STUPID I didn't think about precautions for that at all - can you do something–:

Permalink Mark Unread

Stabilize is a cantrip. It stops dying people from dying. 

He does a surge of positive energy after that, just in case. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance takes a breath, coughs, but doesn't otherwise move for a moment. After the surge of positive energy he stirs and opens his eyes and looks very confused. 

- then anguished -

- and then he stops his own heart again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh hellfires are you kidding me - Fazil can you do that thing again–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Technically I can do it all night but another solution may be called for." Stabilize. "You could hit him on the head very hard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not doing that, if a Healer gets here - where are they - they can make him sleep– I should get Melody. Or Nayoki maybe–"

He notices Moondance looking around confusedly again and breaks off, sitting down on the side of the bed. "Moondance, can you please stop trying to kill yourself, we're not going to let you, Fazil can just keep doing that repeatedly - do you want Starwind, do you want Savil, I don't know what's going to help..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma reaches the room at a run. She's very out of breath. "Van, what - why is it always you who grabs me in the middle of the night..."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fazil can you explain: He's exhausted and shaking a bit and he would really really like things to STOP HAPPENING for FIVE MINUTES. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our prisoner keeps committing suicide."

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma's eyebrows disappear into her hair. "...I think I need more context than that." She shoves Vanyel sideways a bit so there's room for her on the cot, though, and reaches in to touch Moondance's forehead. Looks a bit relieved. "- Oh, that's honestly the least bad thing he could do, he'll be– wait, what do you mean keeps doing it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"–okay goddamned everything, Moondance - Fazil -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Wow. He's very determined. Should I put him under or something?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma waits until Moondance is just starting to stir but isn't fully alert yet, and puts him to sleep. 

"Ugh. If I leave he might stay out but he could wake up on his own. Van, do you know how to do it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't. Gift isn't strong enough." Vanyel puts his head down in his hands. "Why is tonight terrible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't we do another compulsion or mindhealing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He desperately needs some sleep. Has he been awake all night so far, Van?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's been crying nonstop for approximately the last eleven candlemarks. He's, um, had a really upsetting realization." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That murdering people is bad? Took him a while." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's really complicated. I, er, didn't realize you knew about them..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Melody and I are best friends. I think she got specific permission from the King to vent at me about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm worried if we don't keep him under at least until we do the other one he'll figure out more creative strategies I can't just fix."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “Well, I’ll Mindspeak one of the trainees and see if I can teach the the knack so they can sit here and supervise and I can go back.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Gemma, should one of us stay? It’s a bit earlier than I was planning to wake Fazil and have him take over, but I really need a break from this.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can stay."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Thank you.”

And, rather than head back to his guest room, Vanyel goes to the stables and flops onto Yfandes. “This is the worst day ever.”

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know, love. Get some sleep, it’ll be a new day soon:

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’ll probably manage to be worse somehow.”

But he goes to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stays up in case Moondance wakes up and tries to kill himself again.

Permalink Mark Unread

With Gemma’s close supervision, he stays out until dawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he can prepare Break Enchantment twice and head in to the other room to try it on Starwind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind rises, with dignity, and glares at him. "What are you doing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to try to break the pact between you and your goddess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- What." Starwind flings up a shield in front of himself; it seems like the Mindhealing-compulsion only blocks Gates or running away. "No. Do not. How - why–" He cuts off, looking horrified. And furious. "Is that what you did to him. Tell me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is what was done to him, though not specifically by me." He casts Break Enchantment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is still glaring at him furiously; nothing seems to have happened. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a caster level check and he's not surprised it needs to be a high one. He tries again.

 

This time it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind's expression goes slack. He stands there unsteadily for a moment, slowly turning a couple of shades paler. 

- and then snarls and tries to throw some sort of mage-attack at Fazil. Which doesn't work, apparently that much is blocked, but then he just dives at him instead, which is apparently allowed when Fazil is in the room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He armors himself in a thin clinging force-shield but does not otherwise attempt to prevent this. :Is Van asleep?: he asks Yfandes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, he's hiding out with me - do you need him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind pins him to the floor and tries again to hit him with a levinbolt, then growls in frustration and attempts to punch him in the face instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Starwind is distressed - differently from Moondance, he's trying to have a wrestling match with me about it. I don't at this time think it's worth waking Van but if there's anyone free it'd probably be responsible to have them around just in case.:

He does not interfere with efforts to punch him in the face, though his thin force-shield does cover his face.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil isn't there, having gone to get some actual sleep, but Herald-Mage Kilchas, one of the mages who was helping out at the Worldwound and in Cheliax, is. He's frozen in his chair, the book he was reading until seconds ago loose in his hands. :Do you, um, need help or something:  

Permalink Mark Unread

:Not especially? It's not doing his Good or Law any favors but that may have been a lost cause. He will get tired before I get bruised, and I put Resist Energy (Fire) and Protection from Energy (Lightning) up in case he manages to get off a levinbolt despite the compulsions or his goddess gets mad and lights me on fire. I'm sixth-circle now.: as if this last clause makes everything make perfect sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, suit yourself then: Kilchas leans forward over his knees with his chin propped in his hands and watches the wrestling match. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind keeps punching and clawing at Fazil while yelling incoherently about how he has no right along with a lot of swearwords in Tayledras, until he's red in the face and very out of breath. 

Eventually he slows down, looks at Fazil with anguish in his eyes, and then sort of collapses off to the side and hugs himself, head down on his knees, he's not audibly crying but his shoulders are shaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil stands up. "I'm sorry," he says. "I wish you'd had a goddess worthy of your faith in her."

:Is Van up yet?: he asks Yfandes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, should I send him over?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, please.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel arrives at a jog from the stables, still in his rumpled Whites from the day before. :What is it–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Starwind took it differently badly. I think maybe we should sound out whether they’ll be bad for each other and maybe let them see each other, at this point?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Makes sense. I'll Mindspeak Savil, see if she can come too: 

He does so, then sits down by Starwind, close but not touching him. "Hey. I'm really sorry. I know it must feel awful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

No answer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's very understandable for you to be angry. With us, and...with Her, too - I know that might still be hard, but it really, really wasn't fair to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

 

"...Where is Moondance," Starwind says eventually, without any expression. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a different Work Room. Asleep, right now. He - took it really hard, yesterday. He didn't want to see you, then, he was - scared you would be angry, since we couldn't break the mind-control for you at the same time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind lifts his head. His eyes are haunted. "How could I be angry with him, for what you did to him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sags a little in relief. :That's not the worst response: 

"I'm glad to hear that. He - badly needs comforting. But, I should warn you..." :Fazil, help, how am I supposed to explain how Moondance is reacting differently: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gods, I have no idea. Probably you want to warn him about the suicide attempts, though.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods, gritting his teeth. "He wasn't angry, he was just really, really distraught, he cried on me all afternoon and didn't sleep most of the night, he couldn't even really explain it. I think he said something about how it felt right and made sense before and - I guess doesn't now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing makes sense anymore," Starwind says, distantly, tonelessly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm really sorry. He - also tried to kill himself, a few times. With Healing. I don't think he was thinking straight at all, he'd been awake being really upset most of the night. He's fine, though, Fazil got there right away and helped. One of the Healers is keeping him asleep for now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind's nostrils flare, but he seems too drained to muster any real anger. "I want to see him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can head over. He's going to stick close in case Moondance keeps killing himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil catches up just as they're reaching the other Work Room. She does not look like she's having a good morning. "Van, last night - what?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't great. - Are you all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, on top of everything else, now Kellan isn't speaking to me. Yfandes dragged him off for some sort of lecture about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Hug? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil will take a quick hug but they should focus on Starwind and Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma is still sitting by his bedside. :Should I wake him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think he'd want to talk to Starwind. But - maybe stick nearby, in case he's hysterical again and we need you to put him back asleep? He's more likely to stay that way with Starwind nearby, I think: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind kneels at his partner's side. Strokes his hair. "Ashke..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm?" Moondance seems very groggy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am here. I love you. I promise I am not angry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance blinks at him, then curls up in his lap and starts crying again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems like an improvement? Probably? 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one is on fire or committing suicide!

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should we get a Mindhealer for them or something?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, probably. I can get Melody?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel just nods, distracted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow an entire population mind controlled by their god is a mess on a scale not too dissimilar from Cheliax. He doesn't say that, obviously.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Should we give the diplomatic party an update? I don't, er, really know what to say yet...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:They should know that the pact is ongoingly mind-affecting, it might change what they want done..:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm a bit confused - I'd be surprised if it were that strongly affecting for everyone all the time, the Tayledras mostly don't talk to Her and seem like normal people. It could be the pact plus - maybe Break Enchantment fixed whatever She did to them when they spoke? When that happened to me I was a mess after having it undone: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, that makes sense. Presumably most of them haven't under Her influence done things they regret away from Her influence, either.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope not. They're mostly lovely people: 

He looks sadly at Starwind and Moondance. :Gods. I feel terrible. What a disaster. Moondance is - I don't know if he can be okay, after this. he already gets depressed sometimes because he killed someone by accident as a teenager and I think he still felt like he hadn't made it up to the world, and now...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't think I would be ever okay if Abadar had done this.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has no idea what to say to that so he just leans against Fazil's shoulder, blinking away tears. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody comes in. She gives Fazil a narrow-eyed look; there's both gratitude and a flicker of annoyance in her expression. :You did some sort of magic to break mind-affecting spells? Can you tell me anything about how it generally works...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Break Enchantment is for dispelling magic but specifically mind-altering magic, and it can get stuff that's too powerful for Dispel Magic to get anywhere with. It removes the mind-affecting magic, if it does anything at all.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I see: Her eyes go out of focus for a moment, playing over them. :Well, it got whatever distortion She'd put in to block their memories of talking to Her, and - I suspect other things but it'll take me a while to figure it out. It didn't get Nayoki's set-command on them not to run away, which is good, that could've been a mess: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It doesn't work on Mindhealing. It came up during the war.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Goodness, that says such interesting things about how all of this might work. Anyway. I think I had better spend some time with them today and see if there's anything I can do to make this easier on them. I think they're a little overwhelmed by the number of people in here right now, so...could we maybe have fewer people? Van, I'll Mindspeak you right away if either of them wants you here, same to Savil: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, um, right, of course: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm a little leery about you being alone with them when you're not mage-gifted, but - I can lurk right outside the room?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He fishes a ring out of his pocket and offers it to her. :And this lets me take half of magical attacks on you - there's no good way to do more than half, inconveniently -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh! Thank you, that's very kind of you: 

She ducks outside the room and waits by the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma leaves with Vanyel and Fazil. She rubs her eyes. "What a night. I'm off to bed. Good luck with," vague handwave, "that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods and thanks her. He seems sort of at a loss. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish the Star-Eyed had never agreed in the first place that Velgarth souls who died in Golarion could get our afterlives. If She'd just stabbed an ally in the back to use a superweapon for murder I think we'd be trying to negotiate appropriate concessions and assurances she won't do it again. But instead she has demonstrated that concessions and assurances are totally meaningless to her, so - where does that even leave us -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I don't know. At least we know that, though? She's obviously a - shape of being that'll do that. Not Lawful, I guess. And if She hadn't broken an agreement then we'd...still be trying...and it'd probably still explode later..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I guess so, yeah." Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug, yes, please. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet gets an update from his diplomats and changes his plans for the day.

The Star-Eyed might get mad at them well before they fully tip their hand.

 

He sits down in his brand new demiplane and pulls out a diamond and focuses his mind on someone who has been dead for nearly two thousand years.

Permalink Mark Unread

The last thing Urtho remembers clearly is - standing alone in his office surrounded by a mess of maps and plans and papers on every surface, the evacuation was complete - or as complete as it could be - and Ma'ar's army is nearly on top of him and he remembers hesitating until the very last second, he doesn't want to do this, he wants it to be ending any other way, but he's made his bed and now he has to lie in it and he's left himself with no choice - 

- and he remembers calling down a Final Strike, setting off every safeguard in his Tower in a single blinding instant, it's terrifying and awful but it doesn't hurt - not physically, anyway, the anguish and regret is another story -

- he remembers dying -

- and now he's somewhere else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a sparsely decorated room with windows against one wall, opening out to a forest. If you're paying close attention the lighting in the forest seems off; it isn't sunlight.

 

He's lying on a comfortable couch.

 

"Urtho," says the man who is sitting in a chair across from him. "You have been dead a very long time, but eventually a method of returning the dead to life was invented. Your magic doesn't work in this place because some people are dangerous, in the confusion of returning to life."

Permalink Mark Unread

He knows he's dead. The rest - doesn't make any sense. 

Urtho lies still for a moment; the strange voice is telling the truth, his magic doesn't work, not even mage-sight. 

He sits up, slowly. Mostly he's very confused, he's not really parsing anything past the first few words. "Is this - is this what comes after death, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He repeats himself, levelly.

Permalink Mark Unread

It continues to not make any sense.

"Who are you?" Urtho says, wonderingly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are worlds other than Velgarth. I am from one of those worlds. My god grants me the power to raise the dead; many gods in my world grant this power to their followers."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho stares at him for a long time. 

"If you know who I am," he says, slowly, shakily, "then you must know what I have done. Surely - there were more worthy people to return to life than me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This makes the strange man who raised him smile sadly. "Well, I mean to get everybody, eventually. Few names are remembered from your era in history; yours is one of them, and you'll know others."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- What...do the histories have to say about my actions...?" He probably shouldn't ask but he can't help it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - this is going to be difficult," he says, quietly. 

"Eventually people were able to reconstruct what they believe happened, though they may have gotten some things wrong. They believe that the shock of your Final Strike, and of the triggering of the safeguards on the tower, created magical instability. Then, one of your most powerful weapons was deployed against your Enemy - with an open Gate nearby. The shock propagated through the Gate network and was compounded by the existing instability, and the resulting cataclysm killed almost everyone everywhere. Magic didn't work properly for years, maybe decades. The land was ruined and made uninhabitable. It has been two thousand years and it is still twisted, in many places, by the magic. Almost all records were lost, and no civilization like Tantara has ever arisen on the face of Velgarth again."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho's expression goes more and more frozen over the course of the explanation. 

"I - I cannot - no - I did not mean..." He can barely speak. "Why did you bring me back. Why." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 "The world makes it very easy to die for one's mistakes, and very hard to live with them. I would like you to live with them. I would like you to help us relearn what was forgotten and rebuild what was destroyed."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho's lips move silently for a while, his expression flickering through a dozen different shades of distress. 

"Did any of my people survive," he asks finally, dully. "I - tried - to make sure they would be far away, safe... Did any of my gryphons...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some of them, if they were far enough away. Their descendants remember you as a hero."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Really? I find that rather hard to believe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was kind of confused by it too. They all think Ma'ar started the war, that's part of it, and then part of it might be the influence of the Star-Eyed goddess, who helped them retain the memory of her intervention after the Cataclysm and who really really hates Ma'ar, which may have influenced her framing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho blinks at him. "I - that is not fair to his memory, he did not mean... It seems so pointless for Her to hate him thousands of years after his death." He bites his lip for a moment. "Are - were you going to bring him back as well?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He handled that himself. One of his methods of securing his own immortality survived the war. He returned."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho looks horrified. He's speechless for a moment. 

"...I should have known," he murmurs, half to himself. "He spoke of such dark magics even as a young man..." He's visibly deeply disturbed by the concept. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the reality is probably about as disturbing as what he's imagining so that's fair enough, really. "I know him. We fought together against a great evil in my world, and won, and are now at work trying to undo the damage the great evil did."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." Urtho looks confused for a moment, and then shakes his head. "He did always care so deeply. He wanted so badly to fight the evils in the world - too badly, he was too willing to commit evil himself, to call it necessary..." Shudder. "Has he learned any wisdom, at least?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think so. He said of the war that if he could go back in time he would have surrendered at once; it wasn't worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he really say that?" Urtho slowly brings a hand to his forehead. "He must have felt so betrayed, I did not dare give him any warning - and he still kept trying to parley until the end. I - should not have started a war I could not end. I was right, it seems, it was my greatest mistake..." 

He starts weeping, quietly, and somehow with great dignity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I brought some history books, here, so you could have some time to catch up and learn about what happened."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods. He dabs at his eyes. "Thank you. I - does he know that you - brought me back–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He knew that I intended to. He had - mixed feelings. He loves you. You are one of the only people he remembers looking up to, I think. And he's had some time to come to grips with his hurt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...He loves me?" Urtho drags a hand down his face. "That does not make any sense. Has the meaning of that word changed so much in the– how do you speak my language, anyway?" Surely different languages are spoken after all this time. Or in other worlds. Urtho hasn't even begun to absorb that piece of the shock yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My world has translation magic. I think Ma'ar is a very lonely person, and has avoided, in the intervening centuries, caring about anyone the way he cared for your approval in his first life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I made so many mistakes, with him, I - tried to teach him how to trust but I failed, I failed so badly..." At least the rest is available as a distraction. "You have translation magic? And the ability to restore the dead? Neither of those are even theoretically possible, that I am aware of!" For the first time, his eyes light up a little with curiosity. "Is your study of magic far more advanced than ours? Or is it entirely different in other worlds?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some of both. Our world is older - current civilizations can trace their history back eight thousand years, and there was civilization before that too though we know less about it. And while some people in our world have the innate ability to use magic, very few have it as flexibly as your mage-gift. Instead we discovered a very slow and painstaking method of harnessing some magic without being Gifted. It can be used on Velgarth, too, but I don't think it was ever discovered there, partially because it takes a given person years of work to get anywhere at all and a society thousands of years of work before it stops being strictly inferior to having a mediocre mage-gift. We may have invented it only because our gods sometimes give us magic, and it's possible to see the magic they give us and have the idea of doing the same thing on your own without them, with ambient mage-energy for a source.

By now enough has been invented to make it comparably useful to a mage-Gift for those who dedicate themselves to it. One of the books here explains what magic is capable of in our world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating." Urtho is now eyeing the stack of books with obvious desire, almost greed. "I will certainly read them so that I can do my catching up." 

He hesitates. "Is he - Ma'ar - is he...all right? He was so unhappy as a boy, and - I hurt him so badly - I cannot undo that harm, but it would ease my heart, if he has found even a little happiness." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he's found a little, here and there. And I think he might benefit from hearing that from you, once you're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods, slowly. "I am glad to hear it. And, yes, I think that I will need some time to...absorb this. Everything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine." He gestures at the wall. "The mirror can be used to call for anything you need. Magic won't work for you here or outside; we can relocate you to somewhere where it does work, once you've had some time." He thinks Urtho is very unlikely to decide to assassinate Ma'ar again but he is disinclined to take any chances.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am - sorry it happened like this, but glad we have you."

 

And he Plane Shifts out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho sits on the couch and drops his head down into his hands. He stays like that for a long time. 

Eventually, he gets up and heads for the books. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody sits with Starwind and Moondance for the entire morning, and then conveys to Savil and Vanyel that it'd be good if someone were in the room keeping an eye on them but that they probably don't want to talk yet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel and Savil figure out watching them the rest of that day; Vanyel, again, takes the night until a couple of hours before dawn, and Savil goes to bed and wakes up early to take over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and Moondance do not, in fact, want to talk. They mostly hold each other in silence, occasionally sharing Mindspeech-y looks. 

They do both sleep that night; Starwind's bed has been brought over but they both cram into one of the cots and don't let go of each other all night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody comes back in the morning, kicks everyone out again, spends several hours with them, and then informs Vanyel, Savil, and Fazil that the two of them are probably ready for a conversation where they can try to explain where they're at right now. They're still very shaken and Moondance is emotionally fragile, so Melody is going to stay for it and wants them to be careful, but she recognizes that it's politically relevant how much they endorse or dis-endorse their actions under the Star-Eyed's control. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fazil can attend though everyone seems to be forgetting that he's not a diplomat actually. (He's worried Abadar has forgotten, at this point.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Melody recognizes that this isn't really his role, and tells him so in private Mindspeech, but she thinks it's relevant that Starwind and Moondance know him at least a little, and actually it seems important right now that this feel more like an ordinary conversation with friends than an interrogation, if he feels like he's under trial Moondance is absolutely going to break down about it - he might anyway but this way seems a little less fraught.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel goes in with Fazil, sits down in one of the chairs brought in. "I, um, it looks like you're feeling a bit better today, I'm glad... Do you want a hug? Either of you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance wants a hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind seems hesitant about it, but he accepts a hug from Savil

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody looks expectantly over at Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah. 

:Fazil help - what should I even be asking them - I think you might understand better than I do what it means, to serve a particular god...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'm wondering how much of - how things actually played out - the Star-Eyed endorsed and intended, as opposed to them being things she couldn't see well enough to reconsider based on them? Like - presumably if She'd known Abadar chose Leareth that would have changed Her plans, since it meant She couldn't claim his soul when he died. "

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance takes a shaky breath. "I think - She could not see well once we were in Golarion. I usually have...feelings, about what I need to do. I did not have any of that after we left." He looks miserable about it. "It felt like - being blind, being lost..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "But She didn't tell you - use your best judgment, I will be unable to see to give you guidance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She–" Starwind, staring straight ahead, lifts both hands to cup his face. "She - said that it had to be done, at any cost, that - he was a scourge on the world... She spoke of what he had done but I did not remember it until - you cast the spell - only the certainty that She had given ample reason. He has, in fact, done very monstrous things in Velgarth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And a lot of good. Did She mention any of that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is silent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Destroying evildoers changes the balance of forces between good and evil by one. Redeeming them changes it by two. Or - in Leareth's case probably we are talking about bigger numbers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - am not sure–" Moondance bites his lip, swallows, eventually switches to Mindspeech. :I am not sure he still needs redemption. After Cheliax... We have seen what he does, when given the resources to win without committing great evils. I - could not truly see it, until now...: 

And he dissolves into tears again, scrunching himself up against Starwind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is silent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem to me like he was trying very hard to change into someone who could be a trustworthy ally to the forces of Good, and trusted by them in turn. I'm not sure how he feels about that now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel looks at the two of them, his eyes unyielding. "It hurt his feelings very badly. And - made it difficult for him, emotionally, to be open with people and trust them, because - he tried letting down his guard among allies, and just honestly doing his best to help, and then you took advantage of that to destroy his immortality method and let the Star-Eyed attempt to steal his soul." He pauses for a moment, letting that sink in.

"I think it did less damage than it could have," he says, finally, "because - all of us backed him. The pharaoh, and Aroden, and me. So I don't think it's going to result in him feeling like actually it's not safe to cooperate with anyone after all. But it could have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance sobs even harder. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No response. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ironically that would have been almost precisely Urtho's mistake. Taking an eager would-be ally and insisting he could not possibly be cooperated with until it became a self-fulfilling prophecy. I'm not actually sure that we've averted the worst of it. We can't cooperate with the Star-Eyed, now, and that's a very costly loss."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think it so unreasonable of Her to declare that someone who has done such great wrongs as him ought not be supplied with resources and given a country to rule," Starwind says tightly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel opens his mouth and then closes it again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"To say so, of course not!! 'The Tayledras oppose installing Leareth as Aroden's heir and insist he pick somebody else' is the kind of thing allied countries say to each other all of the time! It might've gone fine!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is no chance at all that he would have listened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance, still sobbing, abruptly pulls away from Starwind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel hesitates for a second or two, and then goes to hug him. 

"Starwind, I think that's an oversimplification of the situation. He would have taken it into account; Aroden does try to cultivate allies, he's - had more of a chance to have that be rewarded instead of punished. Which is exactly the chance we want to give Leareth, now. He's a very, hmm - he's very sane, he's going to respond to what works." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He will never respect any limitations." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is dangerously close to losing his temper. He forces himself to take a deep breath. "First off I don't even think that's true. He - made promises to me, about Valdemar, when we spoke in our dreams, and he kept them - he confirmed later under Truth Spell that he never lied to me. Secondly, I don't know, good for him? Hunger is bad and disease is bad and death is bad and as far as I can tell he IS just the only person in the entire history of Velgarth who's actually said that the status quo is unacceptable and needs to change! And all it ever earned him personally was the gods trying to murder him all the time, but he kept trying anyway!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind doesn't seem to know how to respond. He looks away from Vanyel's gaze. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden was a lawful neutral god who managed to negotiate the noninterference of more than twenty other gods, some of them Evil and lots of them Good, for his planned manifestation on Golarion. He has a bunch of allies, he's compromised on a bunch of fronts for them. He'd want to know what the Star-Eyed was offering for it, but - gods, She'd have paid so much less than She's paid now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We failed Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is possible to fail someone by obeying them in a mistake you could have corrected them in. But I'm not clear on how much you could've corrected Her in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance, who has just calmed down a little, starts sobbing uncontrollably again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Moondance, ashke, can you stop that?" Starwind sounds worried and also frustrated. "This is not - you are not..." He doesn't seem to know how to finish the sentence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Starwind–" Savil grimaces, also apparently lost for words, and eventually just goes to sit next to him and put her arm around his shoulders. "I'm sorry. I - know it's hard that he's so upset and you're getting backwash from it, just - I think he needs to grieve?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not a monster," Vanyel says, finishing Starwind's sentence for him. He strokes Moondance's hair. "You were trying really hard to do the right thing, and you messed up, and it had a lot of consequences, but - that doesn't make you irredeemable, and it doesn't mean you don't deserve to exist and have good things..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Starwind," Vanyel says, a bit wearily. "I still don't feel like we've clarified whether you - think what you did was wrong. And we kind of have to know that, to - know whether you're still a threat, I'm sorry, just..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We ought not have done it in the pharaoh's palace. ...If Her orders had been to try, if the cost was acceptable, and not - to accomplish it at any cost - then we would have done it at the Worldwound. That would have been less costly to your allies." 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We should not have done it once we knew more: Moondance sends, his mindvoice devoid of all expression. :She was WRONG - why can you not see that...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do it whatever the cost is - the kind of order that should never be given, I think. It's - much more reasonable for people to disagree on what cost would have been acceptable than on the fact that there exists some cost that would not have been."

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is silent for a very long time, making various faces. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

"- Leareth has some good qualities," he admits finally. Very grudgingly. "And - has done some good in the world, as well as evil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel gives him an encouraging nod and a slightly forced reassuring smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It - it feels difficult to blame Her for wishing him dead, but - She did not have all the information. It is possible She - would have reassessed - if he swore never to return to Velgarth." His lips twist slightly. "He might have refused to swear that, since he wishes to fight all of the gods with whom he disagrees." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She...did not have all of the relevant information." Starwind's eyes are downcast. His face clenches. "And - we failed Her, I failed Her - by not realizing this and - doing something to reassess, seeking further orders..." 

He hugs himself. "I was so certain." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry. I - know it must be really hard, to lose that, and...have to live with what happened..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like progress and this sucks so much. And it's going to be worse when Osirion and Aroden do what they're planning to do. 

 

He has no idea what the takeaway here is except that he's wondering if he could get classes in the curriculum in Sothis on when you should disobey what you understand to be your god's will.

Permalink Mark Unread

"For what it is worth," Starwind says eventually - slowly, and with great effort, clearly the words are costing him something, "I - will not again try to harm him. He clearly has too many friends for it to succeed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's something. "Thank you," Vanyel says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to stay here if you two need to talk about anything today," Melody says quietly. "It makes a lot of sense to be hurting. And - that the two of you are coming from different places on this, because you're different people, and it makes sense for that to be hard too. But I'm here to help however I can." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll stay as long as you want me here." 

:Fazil, I don't know if this is conclusive enough to warrant updating the pharaoh...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah, I'll go talk to our people.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel stays with Moondance most of the rest of that afternoon, until he asks to please be alone, at which point Vanyel can bring him to the other Work Room so he can get some space from Starwind, and leave Kilchas just outside the door to keep an eye on him. 

He's so tired, in a way that has nothing to do with his perfectly adequate two hours of sleep, but - it could be worse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet Plane Shifts to the demiplane the next day; Urtho hadn't asked for anything all day, though a scry confirmed that he was mostly reading quietly and not attempting suicide in despair or anything. 

(The demiplane is designed to make that difficult. The curtains are gauzy and rip at the slightest pressure, and the bedsheets are the exact opposite - nearly impossible to tear without a knife, which there isn't.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is sitting by one of the trees outside. He sets his book down in his lap. "Should I come in?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can stay out here if you would like." He sits down not too far away. "I just wanted to check if you were doing all right. We gave you - a lot to come back to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel I cannot really complain about the circumstances, when you are the one who restored me to life." Urtho's expression does indicate that he has mixed feelings about this. "Thank you for the books." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." He waits a moment to see if Urtho thinks of anything else he wants to say.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not mean any offence, obviously you can do as you wish," Urtho says, a little hesitantly, "but - how long are you planning to leave me here? It is - somewhat lonely." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I would hate it. I can take you back to my home country right now, if you'd like. There are a few things I would want you to know about first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes, I think I would like that." He's also scared, but - if this strange man who's raised him from the dead means him harm, it would be a lot easier to harm him here, where he can't access magic. And he really doesn't want to stay in this strange (incredibly) miniature world forever. "Go on." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My world is not like yours in that there are places where people go when they die. They are sentenced to one based on how they lived their life. One of them, for people who did evil in life, is called Hell, and there the people are tormented into submission and enslaved to the will of the ruler of Hell, Asmodeus. A hundred years ago, Asmodeus took over a country in our world. The gods usually act less directly than that, but there was a sudden power vacuum. He made the country so - everyone in it counted as evil. They were routinely taught as children to do evil things, the coins they used were tied to evil causes...almost everyone from the country was sentenced to Hell when they died.

Ma'ar - learned of this. And his army was among the forces that fixed it. And now he governs there. I understand why you would have worries about this, but he is honored and trusted by the allies he aided in the defeat of Hell, and it is important that you not try to harm him whatever his past misdeeds."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is silent for a long time. He doesn't seem to know what to think. 

"I...will not defy your world's leaders," he says finally. "It has been a very long time since he was the young man I knew, and - it does concern me, that he seeks power in your world also, but his allies know the man he is now better than I." He shakes his head. "I have learned my lesson - it is a mistake to address what frightens me by starting a war about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. If you'll take my hand, for the Plane Shift -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho takes a deep breath, and takes Khemet's hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The land in the middle of the desert, because of course they do, and then Word of Recall takes them to a temple of Abadar in Sothis. He summons some people over to take Urtho to the quarters that have been arranged for him at the palace. There are magical researchers who'd be delighted to meet him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is kind of overwhelmed, there's a lot happening right now and all of it is bizarre and confusing, but he'll go with the flow, and he's never going to turn down an opportunity to discuss magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He drops Leareth a Sending with two pieces of news. "Starwind and Moondance apologetic once Break Enchantment directed at pact with goddess. Worried goddess will escalate. Raised Urtho. He's at the palace."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's reply just thanks him for the update. He's too stunned to come up with anything else on the spot. 

He gets through the rest of his current meeting with city administrators, and then cancels his afternoon plans and goes back to his rooms and curls up on the sofa. He has no idea what to say or how to feel or what to do about any of it. 

If Vanyel were here, Leareth would consider talking to him, but Vanyel isn't here, he's in Haven with his Tayledras friends, who were apparently literally mind-controlled by their Goddess - on the one hand it's not that shocking that the pact is a magical construct which Break Enchantment can hit, Golarion Enchantments are so overpowered so Break Enchantment is too, but on the other hand... It feels like it means re-evaluating a lot of things and he's not sure what those things are yet, and either way he can't make room to think about it because his entire brain is suddenly full of emotions about Urtho. 

He considers talking to Abadar but it's absolutely not worth the headache, and besides, this is probably the sort of human thing Abadar doesn't understand. 

Instead, after some consideration, he prays to his now-much-clearer sense of Iomedae. I need advice. She doesn't have to answer if it's too frivolous a question, but it seems worth at least checking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he falls and there she is, sharp-eyed and armored and ageless. Sitting closer than she was the first time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I need advice on..." Leareth's chest feels tight, even though his body here is presumably a metaphor. "Khemet raised Urtho. He was - my teacher, my mentor - friend - my enemy... His death was my fault. He betrayed me - his weapon caused the Cataclysm - he did not mean to do any of it, and I - just..." He is absolutely going to cry, apparently, something about Iomedae makes that happen.

"He - tried to show me what Good was. And I do not think he ever succeeded. The thought I had. When we spoke. Is that you could have showed me in a way I understood..." Leareth doesn't know how to explain what he wants, what he desperately needs, any more clearly than that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. There's a pause. There's maybe very faintly, in the distance, only because he got a much stronger sense of it when he talked with Abadar, a sense of a god shuffling concepts...

"I am interested in ways in which the war between Good and Evil is asymmetric," she says. "Tools and tactics we possess which they do not, and vice versa. It is known to you, it bothers you, that there are tactics Good people will avoid, while Evil ones won't hesitate to stoop to them. This is an asymmetric advantage for Evil. Hell is full of slaves that made weapons for Cheliax; Heaven isn't. Asmodeus's country can announce that if you hide a traitor your family will be killed alongside you; my country cannot.

I think the correct concept of Good - the one that wins the war - is one which brings out strength in people that Evil cannot bring out in them, one that inspires transmission in a way that Asmodeus's ideology, despite a hundred years of tinkering, does not and so never really caught on anywhere He couldn't indoctrinate people with it from birth. And therefore Good must be - shaped for those aims. It must tell ordinary people that they possess the strength to do extraordinary things when their families, their countries, their futures are at stake. And it must be a target which, when they aim at it, will actually cause them to mostly do things that actually help or at least don't hurt. Because they are young, and foolish, and confused - you're confused, too, Leareth, and I am confused, what Good really is is an unimaginably hard question - and because they're in a world whose other actors are young and foolish and confused, and looking for cues they can evaluate quickly about who is a threat to them and how that threat is bounded. 

If someone admired you, Leareth, and saw what you were trying to do, and set themselves to trying to do it too, but they were not quite as careful or quite as clever, what would happen?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...They would make mistakes. Misjudge the benefits of a path of action, or fail to see its true costs... I have made such mistakes before. It is not impossible I am still making them now. And - most people's decisions do not leave great marks on the world one way or another, but if someone is trying to shape themselves like me, they could - be very very large mistakes, with comparably vast consequences." 

Leareth looks down, folds his arms around himself. "I know I am - not a very safe person, and what I have tried to do, how I have tried to be, is a dangerous path to follow. If I lost some small part of what I am and what I care about, if the pattern that is a Leareth were jumbled at all, many such small steps leave a monster. I know that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you know also that it is very very hard for anyone to tell from the outside whether that is already true, that it requires an expenditure of their time and attention that very rarely are they going to be justified in paying. And so you cannot be followed, and should not be followed, and would not benefit from transmitting your worldview except under exceptionally unusual circumstances, and set bad precedents, and the resources of Good people and institutions are wasted on trying to stop you, and you risk losing the bits of yourself that make it even conceivably worth it. 

Maybe you could have won, that way. Aroden nearly did. I would not in advance predict of anyone that they could endure like that, but the two of you could, and did. And the price is high the other way, too, but - different. Trying to be Good means going slowly, sometimes, when going quickly could save people who will be dead by the time your careful allies who do not understand the stakes decide to back you. It means that people die when they could have lived, not because you could not have saved them but because you would have had to cut off part of yourself to save them, and you decided to hold it instead, for yourself and for everyone who looks up to you and will try to do what you've done. Being someone it is possible to cooperate with the way it is possible to cooperate with Vanyel means, sometimes, seeing a way to solve your problems and not taking it, and not knowing if another way will come up.

But in my experience - there is Good in people, and they blossom when they see it in others, and there are more souls shaped-like-mine in armies that possess already souls-shaped-like-mine, in a way that's not true for Asmodeus, in a way that I don't think was even true for Aroden. Because they're doing something people want, they're doing something people can believe in, they're doing something people can reach with their own strength. And so the other paths open, from directions you didn't expect them, because a hundred people trying will open more doors than one person door-opening as ruthlessly as he possibly can. And maybe, in Velgarth, where all the gods stood determined to murder your allies, that wasn't true - but I would have moved to a region without any gods and set up weather magic and raised lots and lots and lots of orphans and hoped that I could build a little corner of the world where it was, before I gave up on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I understand that, I think. And - I do know what I was giving up. I did not understand it yet in Urtho's time, when he knew me, but later I did." Something hurts, obscurely, Leareth isn't sure what. "I tried - not exactly the orphans, but things such as that. Perhaps I was unlucky. Perhaps I - am just too much the shape I am, and cannot be like Vanyel. I think that most people cannot be like Vanyel." 

He raises his eyes to hers. "Urtho tried to be Good. But - he thought that it meant setting bounds on one's duties. I would understand if that is, in fact, better for most people and will lead to saner choices. But it is not something that I can do, not without - destroying the entire kind of being that I am...and so I never knew how to speak of it with Urtho..."

(There's almost terror in the thought, fear not of dying, but of - losing that core part of him that says, over and over, never to give up never to stop trying never ever ever–)

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are Good gods who are very old, much older than Aroden, old enough to remember the battles of the beginning of creation. They believe that the universe is, and always has been, and always will be, the site of a grand struggle between Good and Evil. And Good will do our part, though it may be futile, walk our destined path whether it leads to triumph or ruin or most likely neither.

That's stupid. We're not doing show swordfighting. We're here to win. I introduced myself, to you, as the goddess of defeating Evil; it's a different thing than the goddess of fighting Evil. Urtho does not trust himself to be Good, and to be fair when he tried it didn't work at all. He had no gods worth listening to; maybe he can do better now. But the thing he believed in was wrong for you, and you were right to see that. And the part of you that will fight until your dying breath for as many dying breaths as there are diamonds to raise you is Good. When you come to me you are not walking away from it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know." He looks her in the eye. "That is what Aroden said. That you are trying to win. He loves you. And - you love him, no? And so I know we are on the same side." There are tears in his eyes again. His breath catches. "Maybe you can help me explain it to Urtho. Perhaps it should not matter so much to me, but - I want so badly, I have wanted for such a long time, just for him to see it, to understand, so that we need not be enemies, it was so stupid..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will talk to him, if he asks. We can't very easily talk to humans who haven't asked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you have already helped; I know better what to say now, if he ever wishes to speak with me." He bows his head. "I know this is a rather unreasonable thing to ask of a god, but - could you hold me again, just for a little while? It - helps, when I feel lonely." Which keeps happening, it makes no sense, that he was never aware of feeling lonely until he had friends who would hug him but sometimes weren't there...

Permalink Mark Unread

And once again with the in between steps sort of skipped he's in her arms. Abadar faintly radiates fondness, pride, satisfaction; Iomedae on the other hand radiates that she is intensely dissatisfied, all the time, though it's clearly not directed at him. Towards him there is the crisp conviction that he will do his best, and often it will be good enough, and someday they'll win.

 

She holds him for a long time, and this time when she leaves there's the faintest twinge of a headache.

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. That's good to know. 

Her dissatisfaction is kind of validating, honestly. It's how he feels about most things in the world. 

He takes a few notes and then curls up in his bed, still vaguely wishing Khemet were there, but the ache of loneliness, which he's aware is mostly pointed at the immutable past and Urtho, has mostly subsided. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Enchanting weapons is considered a separate art form from enchanting rings, or amulets, or cloaks. They're taught separately in school, and each take the better part of a year to learn, so there's not a lot of reason to pick up both. 

But why are they different at all?

Carissa contemplates a sword enchanted with Glibness. This took some doing because Glibness isn't a wizard spell but she hung out in the magic shop looking closely at the magic item of Glibness and she bought a potion of it and drank it and she bought a scroll of it and memorized it and eventually she could see how to get it done, and it was the trickiest enchantment she ever laid but she made a sword which can, once per day, give her Glibness.

The sword she is contemplating is very very small. About the size of a toothpick. It's not sharp, either. She didn't want to try both making a sword enchanted with a spell she couldn't cast and making a sword that wasn't a central case of a sword at the same time, so she'd tried toothpick swords first, last week, enchanted with cunning like normal, and then when that worked she tried Glibness on a full-sized dagger, and now she'd gotten Glibness on the toothpick dagger to work. If she was holding it, she could give herself Glibness once per day.

She starts melting down the full-sized dagger and the cunning toothpick for their material components (smaller ones are not appreciably cheaper, because you still need a metal that is capable of holding and replenishing the reserves for the spell and metal that is dense enough to do that for a small item is much more expensive per pound.)

She runs through her logic in her head again, even though she has done this so many times it has started to seem fake.

You are a servant of the Chelish goddess Iomedae, the Inheritor. She has told you that it is important you be aware of the activities of Aroden's heir, a powerful sorcerer from another world, and given no further instruction probably because so far you are taking actions in approximately the right direction. You have no idea if you're supposed to act alone or with others, and what sort of problem you're supposed to solve. It's possible that you are supposed to uncover wrongdoing by the heir, or assassinate him, or defend him from other attackers. It's possible that hundreds of people have been having these dreams and it's possible that you are entirely alone. What do you do?

She needs to get more information and she needs to do it without coming to his attention. She's been unable to find any others who know what she's talking about, though she's talked about it vaguely enough they probably thought she was a crazy person. Maybe they don't want to tell her because she seems inexperienced enough that she won't be an asset? But if so they could tell her to go home. She'd do that if told. 

Maybe this is a rationalization but she's increasingly thinking it probably makes sense to try to get more information before she has made contact with others, if there are others, so that she cannot betray them if captured. But it would still be very bad if she immediately betrayed herself to Aroden's heir - his name is Leareth, but on the streets no one calls him that, they call him Aroden's heir, so she's been trying to avoid letting his name slip too much into her habitual mode of thought.

You need a lot of magic items to get near a powerful wizard without it coming to his attention that you are sent by Iomedae for unclear purposes. And she can't make wondrous items, only swords. But it seems the swords are allowed to be hat pins. 

She needs Nondetection. She's not sure how you put that on a sword but she'll figure it out. She needs Enchantment Foil, the spell that lets you, when enchanted, maintain full freedom of action while sending magic feedback consistent with being enchanted successfully. If you make your will save. But she's a wizard with ten years of training and a cleric of the Inheritor, she's going to stand a chance. And then she'll be able to lie under a truth spell, if needed, or to move as one compulsioned while maintaining the freedom to act. She needs Magic Aura, to hide the other ones.

And she needs Undetectable Alignment. She'll need second-circle spells from Iomedae for that. Hopefully whether or not she gets promoted to second circle will be at least a little bit of information about whether she's on the right track here. 

She has considered whether she should also have a hatpin that is a Slaying arrow (Humanoid) but concluded that was stupid. Firstly, she knows how Law works and knows that Aroden will have to have her put to death if she threatened his heir with a genuine weapon even if this was the best thing to do with the information available to her. Secondly and more importantly, she is having a hard time coming up with an idea of what information would actually drive her to that. It jumped into her head right away, probably because it's very dramatic and there is the thing where Iomedae apparently picked for this a person who makes enchanted weapons for a living. It seems unlikely that she was chosen for this mission for reasons that were actually entirely unrelated to the fact she knows how to make a hat pin that can kill even a reasonably powerful wizard. 

But.

She doesn't actually know that much about Iomedae? Worship of her was not technically illegal but definitely the kind of thing that'd bring suspicion down on your whole family, before, and worshipping her more than Asmodeus was definitely illegal and also Carissa does not think of herself as an idealistic person in the kind of way where you defiantly worship Good gods and die for it. She thinks of herself as an idealistic person in the kind of way where you look at all of the plans you have that are not dumb, and figure out which one destroys your enemies. That's probably just, uh, not an idealistic person at all, but - the Inheritor did pick her. 

And obviously Asmodeus was awful and Aroden is better and Iomedae is probably lovely, but they don't actually have the kind of relationship where Iomedae can tell her to assassinate people. And Iomedae didn't even tell her to assassinate him! She just sent visions that were, honestly, maximally vague, unless the bits about intimate conversation with an unfamiliar man were meant to convey that he's a spy for - somewhere where they wear seriously overwrought headgear, maybe the Kelesh Empire? It feels like a stretch. 

Anyway it's not that there aren't things worth dying for. Even dying horribly, which is how she assumes you die if you stab Aroden's heir with a slaying hat pin and then do whatever's necessary for him to stay dead. She can readily enough imagine situations where she'd be seriously considering it. If she'd been asked to assassinate someone as part of Aroden's conquest of Cheliax, say. But it's hard to think what in a few weeks of investigation at the palace she'd discover that'd make it seem like the right way to go. And if Iomedae wants to offer clarification, if there's some reason talking to Aroden doesn't work...well, then, she'll get started on the pin then, it's not like it'll take her too long. 

She spends a lot of her time trying to think of what else it could be. Maybe the man is just looking for a quality weapons enchanter. But she's pretty sure gods do not do prophetic vision personnel ads. Maybe he's in danger. ...which she is going to be able to protect him from how, she doesn't even have a slaying hat pin. Maybe he needs a virgin sacrifice for...no, Iomedae is a Good god, the Good gods don't lure their followers into being virgin sacrifices even though you'd think that objectively at least sometimes this advances the cause of Good, it being a big multiverse and all. 

 

Her best guess is 'something I haven't thought of', which feels bizarre to have as your best guess, but better than best guesses that don't make any sense. She works on her hatpin of Enchantment Foil. She applies for a job doing laundry at the palace, using a cousin's test scores (much worse than hers; thus, laundry track, not weapon enchanter track). This is illegal, but she feels oddly secure that it won't hit her for law. She carefully considered whether this was important enough to justify eroding the precedent against resume falsification and in her mind Iomedae's steely yet reassuring voice said 'yes, it is'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel spends the next couple of days mostly in the Work Rooms with Starwind and Moondance. He does get around to asking for a large pile of coal, and mostly spends the time making diamonds, he can cast spells and hug Moondance at the same time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance does not get appreciably less miserable, but at least he's sleeping and eating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind is very quiet. He doesn't really talk to anyone except Savil, and to Moondance in private Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure what our plan should be from here: Vanyel eventually tells Fazil, one day when they're both sitting in the Work Room watching the two Adepts. :I can't stay here forever, and I don't actually know what we should do with them, even: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Well, they can go back home once...the stuff happens, right?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess so. And in the meantime I don't think either of them is especially inclined to run away. Even if not for the Mindhealing set-command: Sigh. :I should probably head back to Cheliax: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yeah. I'm so sorry about - all of this.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:It could be worse: He's telling himself that an awful lot, lately. 

He talks to Savil. Confirms that it should be fine if he leaves; they have an interplanar version of the communication spell now, courtesy of Leareth, so she can contact him from her end even though Haven doesn't have a crystal ball to scry and Mindspeak through. 

(Probably the next time he's back here, in some number of weeks, will be with Leareth to steal a Heartstone for Abadar. Terrifying thought.) 

He packs up the few possessions he brought with him, and asks Fazil if he's headed back to Cheliax too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He probably should, yeah. He doesn't really want to be in Velgarth for the intervening weeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can Gate them back, but it's pretty tiring so he wouldn't mind if Fazil wanted to Plane Shift instead. 

Actually: is the diplomatic party staying, or do they want a ride back to Osirion? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll stay! There's all kinds of normal diplomatic stuff to be hammered out and also they're enjoying Haven, it's lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel thinks they probably need to get them out of Haven - actually, get Randi and Shavri and everyone important out of Haven too - in a few weeks, but the diplomatic party presumably isn't briefed on those plans, so he doesn't mention it. 

They head back to Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth seems really glad to have Vanyel back, and wants to talk through various Heartstone-related plans with him.

He and Aroden are also spending very long stretches of time working on Aroden's precautions for the Tower. It shouldn't actually be much of a problem, if the Star-Eyed is being prevented from interfering, but they obviously need to plan for the worst case where everything that can possibly go wrong does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida will notice that her husband is often tense and distracted, lately, he has a lot on his mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has noticed this. She's pretty distracted too, planning social events, though she is going to schedule them all for after the planned assault on the Star-Eyed since otherwise Aroden and Leareth will both be totally unable to get anything out of them. She invites the pharaoh of Osirion, even though he rarely leaves the palace; he accepts. 

She gives her husband shoulder rubs and - there's no point in telling herself it'll be better later, it never will, it's just the kind of person he is - tugs him away from his worries where she can. 

 

They hire servants to replace all the servants who fled or picked the wrong side during the fighting. They have a zone of truth up for the interviews, just to be safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're very careful about security. Not quite to the level where everyone with any knowledge of the plan is under a geas, Aroden thinks that level of paranoia is no longer justified when he's won the war in Cheliax and the Star-Eyed has no agents in Golarion, but they do all of their meetings in shielded rooms - both Mage's Sanctum and Velgarth shielding, they don't interfere with each other - and all their tests in shielded Work Rooms, and his notes are written in code. 

He is very, very much looking forward to this being over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets a laundry job. She has hatpins of Enchantment Foil and Glibness and Nondetection and Magic Aura has them all dulled to nothing and she casts Undetectable Alignment on herself in the mornings. 

Aroden's heir is working on something top secret that takes almost all of his time but Aroden's working on it too so it's probably not what she's supposed to be here for. Unless Aroden's heir is subtly sabotaging the situation. 

They do all their conversations in shielded work rooms. She can't smuggle a sword in there; they'd both be able to Detect Magic and see it. She can't get in herself; she bets that Aroden has See Invisibility, and she knows he has Detect Thoughts, she's seen it on him. 

Wizards can have a familiar. She doesn't - always seemed like more of a vulnerability than an assistant - but they can.

Familiars are usually animals but they don't have to be. 

She takes a cactus as a familiar. She names him Batty. She puts a little hatpin of Nondetection in with his other spines, just in case a familiar has any traits that Aroden would be able to notice at a glance. It won't stand up to more than a glance but who does more than glance at a cactus?

- no, actually, shouldn't count on that -

She cleans up the meeting room where they work, after they're done. She places some cactuses. Perfectly normal cactuses.

She waits a week, swaps one out for Batty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth joins Aroden for one of their checkins; they're not doing spell experimentation so they don't need a Work Room today, the standard meeting-room will do. 

As usual he absently casts an extra privacy-barrier and then scans the room with all his Othersenses. "...Huh. I like the new cactus decor but they are perhaps not very hardy in this climate, one of them died already." It's not showing any of the faint aura of mage-energies that living plants usually do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden frowns slightly and casts his attention to it briefly. "I thought the point of cacti was that they are hard to kill." It looks normal to Detect Magic, but plants don't usually show up to Detect Magic in the first place, Velgarth mage-sight is a little different. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they can die if you water them too much, perhaps the servants here do not know that since this area is not as dry a climate. I will leave a note." He gets up and scribbles out a polite note that the cactus is dead and they should look up how often cacti need watering and not do it too frequently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. How is your work with Vanyel on the Heartstone?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I am going to be up for six hours tonight with a headache again, I needed to translate the rest of my stripped-down ritual to Abadar so that He can give us his version of it. Thankfully that is the last of it, though I will need to speak with Him again in a few days to obtain the specific instructions for Vanyel. We are going to be ready in plenty of time, though, I think finalizing Nefreti's divine spell will be the holdup here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are nearly ready on that. Certainly we can move by the end of this week, and I think we ought not delay unduly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...No, I agree." This is possibly the most anxious Leareth has ever been about bringing off a plan on schedule. "We should discuss your approach for the Tower further, I think - are there any more artifacts I ought to obtain from Velgarth..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They bounce around on various topics for the next couple of hours, mostly some discussion of the Tower layout, from Vanyel's debrief with Leareth, and what traps the Star-Eyed might have the ability to spring on him without actually being able to get any people in there. (They're also assuming that possibly She could get someone in there, somehow, but they've discussed contingency plans for that in a lot of depth already.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes sure his note is visible and gives the cactus a slightly closer look with mage-sight. And his eyes. "It looks fine on the outside - is that odd?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I confess, I do not know anything about succulents. Parmida would, she adores plants."

Aroden frowns, though. This is kind of a ridiculous level of paranoia even for him, but... "Maybe it is a fake cactus - I am not sure why it would be, but–"

He casts Dispel Magic directly on the cactus. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The cactus is not a Polymorphed person or anything. The cactus is not subject to any ongoing spells or effects. 

The cactus remains a cactus. 

 

The cactus is terrified, but the tiny sword which was not the effect target keeps doing its thing and the terror of the cactus is concealed unless anyone attempts a Divination on the cactus.

(Dispelling magic on the tiny sword would have more interesting effects.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not a magic item or a spy disguised as a cactus," Aroden says, unsurprised. "It is just a cactus which is dead." 

The two of them leave, Leareth's tidy note sitting in front of the cactus on its shelf. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She avoids ever being where Leareth or Aroden can see her but makes a point of being the person to clear out the conference room. 

 

She reads the note. 

 

She barely, barely manages not to burst into tears or do anything else obviously revealing. If they killed Batty and left this note they are definitely watching for reactions. Though why even bother, they could've learned from Batty whose familiar he was -

- she should have felt him die, they have an empathetic link -

- also he's not, in fact, dead, he is right at this moment projecting that he's relieved and glad to see her -

- she scoops Batty into the trash bin she's carrying and cleans the conference room while her heart pounds too loudly to think. Is it a trick? Is it somehow not a trick? How would they have arrived at the conclusion that Batty is dead.

She stays for the rest of her shift. The likeliest thing is that they're trying to figure out who planted Batty.

Except that this still doesn't make sense. It wouldn't be hard. Why let her wander around, maybe get a message off...is it possible that Nondetection makes people look absent to Leareth's magic senses, somehow. And since it was a cactus he assumed it wasn't shielded, therefore, dead, therefore leave a note for the staff...

She prays for guidance and gets none. 

The question is whether to try to retrieve Batty from the trash. It'll give her away, if they're watching. 

 

She doesn't do it. She goes home and cries about how she nearly died, today, or else did die and doesn't know it yet. She plans Batty's retrieval. 

 

She gets into work early the next morning and looks to make sure no one's around and stuffs Batty into her underpants and goes the whole day like that, healing herself periodically. It is not her most glorious act of service to the Inheritor but she isn't executed at all. 

When she gets home that evening she asks Batty for a debrief. Batty heard a very confusing conversation about Abadar and the Heartstone and the Star-Eyed. She talks to him patiently all evening and apologizes and promises not to send him on spy missions again unless it's really important and takes notes by underlining words in her favorite dime novel.

She prays for guidance and gets none. 

Fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The day before the expedition to Velgarth, Leareth plans an evening visit to the palace in Osirion. Officially so that he can update Khemet on their final plans; he also desperately wants some hugs before he has to go put himself within touching distance of a Heartstone. He is carefully not revealing it to anyone but Aroden and Parmida in private, but he's really, really scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do hugs. He can be more distracting than that, even, if it might help. And Abadar'll be trying to stop the Star-Eyed interfering; there's only so much he can do on her home turf but Leareth and Vanyel are both hard to kill, and she'll be distracted by the theft of her superweapons and Nefreti doing whatever Nefreti'll be doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth appreciates the distraction, and the reassurances, and as usual there's quite a lot of evening before they have to sleep. It's a good thing that, after many centuries of practice, he's capable of sleeping fine even when he's very worried about some upcoming event. 

In the morning he kisses Khemet goodbye and then requests a Teleport back to Cheliax so he won't be tired going into it. Nayoki and a few of his other mages still in Cheliax are going to do a concert interplanar Gate for him and Vanyel, and also to evacuate the important people still in Haven. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden has agreed they can bring Starwind and Moondance to Cheliax, as long as they're guarded by a Velgarth mage and a Mindhealer. Obviously the two of them absolutely should not be in Haven for any of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is so nervous! It's amazing he managed to get his requisite two hours of sleep, and it's only because he went and slept in a pile with Yfandes in the stables. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki checks that everyone is ready. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti isn't here yet but there's no point trying to coordinate with her, she'll either show up for the Gate or she'll use her own magic to meet him in the Pelagirs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, please be very careful and do not get killed more than once." (He has a Contingent Resurrection in place as a precaution.) 

Nayoki raises a Gate to the Heralds' Temple. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Savil, we're getting everyone out of Haven: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:–What?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm sorry we couldn't warn you but there were good reasons. We're doing something pretty dangerous. Please get Starwind and Moondance to the temple, there's a Gate to just outside Egorian, you'll all be safe there. Bring Melody, please: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Long pause. 

:Ke'chara, you owe me an explanation and several apologies for this, but - damn it, we're on our way: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel barks orders in Mindspeech to the other Heralds while Yfandes spreads the word among the Companions. 

They wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden stays for a few minutes, in case something goes terribly wrong with the evacuation that he can intervene on. He glances around to see if Nefreti is turning up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not yet, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind and Moondance, looking a bit confused but mostly resigned, are hauled across the Gate without incident, accompanied by Savil and Melody. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The evacuation proceeds. The Heralds and Companions are very alarmed, especially by the claim that something dangerous is about to happen in the Palace but they don't have time to evacuate the entire city, but with Yfandes pushing and Kellan and Sondra backing her, they go through the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, Vanyel. We will speak again after." 

Aroden nods to them, and then Teleports himself to the location that Vanyel shared with him, still within Valdemar's borders to the northeast, but adjacent to the Pelagirs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti shows up exactly one second later. "Fancy seeing you here!" she says brightly. She's flying, but not at this moment a dragon.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nefreti." He casts his first Wish, getting started on the scaffolding. 

Nothing seems to disrupt it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back in Haven, Shavri scrambles through the Gate, holding tightly to her daughter's hand. :Jisa, pet, you stay near me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa, unlike all the adults pouring through on either side of her, doesn't look scared at all. She's so excited. Her eyes are almost popping out of her head as she tries to look around at everything at once. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She considered going invisibly through the Gate to the other world but that would be stupid so she did not do it. It'd be a perfect task for a familiar, if she were the conventional kind of wizard who had a familiar who was a bird or something. As it is, she'll just try to get a good view of the other side so if she's ever powerful enough to Plane Shift and Teleport she has a destination in mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a well-maintained lawn with pretty gardens, and a path, and some very ancient-looking stone buildings further off, and a crowd of people, most of them dressed in white and riding or walking alongside white horses, are streaming through. They all look confused and scared. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Taver says there's some sort of plan, he knew about it - I'm so irritated nobody warned us," Randi snaps to Shavri. "Did Starwind and Moondance make it across at least?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're with Savil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tran?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"–Goddamnit, I don't know. Didn't see him. I assume Delian would've got someone to go for him, but - I should go back and check. Watch Jisa, all right, don't let her out of your sight." Shavri shoves Jisa's hand into her father's grip. "Jisa, be safe, please - I'll be right back, I promise..." 

She runs back through the Gate, against the tide of people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Papa papa can we go look at what's over there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not right now, pet, we need to stay here and figure out what's going on– Hmm?" One of the other Heralds is addressing him. "Sorry, say that again...? No, I don't know either, Van just showed up with a Gate. And Leareth and Aroden. I'm sure there's a sensible plan and we'll find out soon." 

People keep flocking to him, apparently assuming he knows the answers to their questions, which he doesn't. He hangs onto his daughter's hand and does his best to offer reassurances. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri gets back at a run. "It's all right, Keiran has hi– Randi. Where is our daughter." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Jisa? She was right there... JISA???" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa is tearing her way through the crowd, which contains a number of local onlookers now as well as the Heralds. She's looking for wizards. You can tell that people are wizards because they're sort of brighter and glowy, Mama says it's their spells and Uncle Van can see all the magic folded up small, but to her Sight it just looks brighter than normal people. The person she passed who Mama said afterward was Aroden was so bright, but she didn't even have a chance to talk to him. 

That lady is brighter than normal people. "Hey!" Jisa calls out to her. "Are you a wizard? Can you teach me how to be a wizard too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't speak your language, I'm sorry," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. She was bothering Mama to learn some of the languages here too but Mama doesn't speak them herself and never got around to finding her a tutor. 

Maybe Mindspeech works! :Can you understand me?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you reading my mind?

She's going to immediately start thinking about sex.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, is that how that bit works, Mama said she wouldn't tell me until I was older: Jisa smiles brightly at the lady. :I didn't mean to read your mind very much, I can stop. Can you teach me to be a wizard?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am only a very little bit of a wizard, I do laundry at the palace. I guess I can try teaching you how to do laundry but kids your age mostly can't learn and I am worried your parents will be mad at me for, uh, teaching you how that bit works.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Don't worry, I won't tell them! My mama said I would usually be too young to learn but I'm very very smart: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very impressive! I will get in trouble if I don't do my job but if you are still interested then maybe on my day off I can try to teach you the cantrip for laundry! 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thank you!: Jisa beams at her, while memorizing her face (and the flavour of her mind, which involves maybe peeking a little bit at her thoughts but it's only a little and it's really hard not to when they're right there.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's thinking about sex. Compared to when most people are thinking about sex a weirdly large proportion of this is just thinking the word SEX very loudly. 

 

She heads off to do her job.

Permalink Mark Unread

Since Jisa has no baseline for comparison, she is now eagerly looking forward to sharing her newly-gained secrets on how sex works, including the part where you have to think 'SEX' very loudly a lot. 

She'll definitely be able to find the wizard laundry lady again, though, and maybe the lady can introduce her to a better wizard who will be more impressed with her after she knows the one spell. Jisa is very sure that she's clever enough. She can read books just as fast as Mama can now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jisa!" Shavri finally spots her daughter and runs over to scoop her up. "I told you not to run off!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, mama." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back on the edge of the Pelagirs, Aroden expends his final Wish diamond and finishes his distance-cast scaffolding. 

"Nefreti, your turn." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts Miracle and asks Nethys to make her more powerful so she can do this. She used to be so frustrated with how he'd never grant her miracles until she realized he would always and only grant this one. 

And she starts her work on the scaffolding Aroden made. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Aroden Teleports himself to Urtho's Tower, also plucked from Vanyel's memory.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Palace is clear and then it's time to MOVE. 

Leareth follows Vanyel, who actually knows where the hell he's going. He is not panicking at all, because it wouldn't help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're both so thoroughly shielded and if they die they can get resurrected back in Golarion and Vanyel is still completely and utterly terrified. Which is fine. He's used to doing complicated difficult magic while completely and utterly terrified and also way more tired than he is right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They reach the Palace building. The hallway.

They reach the Heartstone room, and Vanyel doesn't need to be in it he just needs the door open, and nothing is on fire or collapsing yet - Leareth reaches out to slip into rapport with Vanyel - 

- and reaches for Abadar, reaches past the usual cleric interface, he's really badly hoping that his god is paying attention to him at this key moment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, one mental hand linked with Leareth, who is now linked to Abadar, reaches in with his other metaphorical hand and grasps for the energies of the Heartstone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

For a few seconds, everything seems to be going as planned. It's a very weird experience, Leareth feels half in the stone hall and half falling into Abadar's magic, poised in between - but it's working - 

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then suddenly he isn't there anymore. He's somewhere else entirely. 

Urtho's Tower is on the horizon, silhouetted against the sky, for one final moment before it goes in in a wall of blue-white fire–

...

Leareth makes a wrenching effort to - look around, orient, something, where is he, this doesn't make sense, is it a nightmare - he can't seem to wake up from it - he's supposed to be somewhere else -

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is in a fight with the Star-Eyed not well represented even in metaphor. The Star-Eyed is very, very powerful, here; Abadar is far from home and has pulled all of his attention back. Some confused clerics somewhere aren't getting their spells. Iomedae and Asmodeus will have to handle her at the Tower but they'll be up for it, and are fully without-loopholes shaped to do it. 

 

He explains, while they are trying to tear through Leareth's head together, that this is not because she had him assassinated but because there was an agreement about the disposition of souls and she broke it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth - Leareth, what's wrong, focus, can you hear me–:

Permalink Mark Unread

The voice comes from a very long way off. Leareth tries to answer it but he can't figure out how. 

- a bridge collapses onto him and everything goes dark - 

- he's on a ship and the ship is on fire - 

...

Disoriented, dizzy, Leareth drags himself back to the stone hallway for a quarter of a second, tries to say something to Vanyel–

... 

Something seems to shuffle, shifting, reality itself buckling and sliding beneath him. 

- he's under attack, by what seems to be several entire armies, hundreds of mages, converging on him, and it's obviously futile, he's in pain, injured, maybe dying -

(But one final burst of fire could at least take out some of them.) 

(Some other part of Leareth's mind is still quietly noting that the situation does not make very much sense and he's confused, or should be confused, if he could find the wherewithal for it, he's so tired and everything feels distant...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants cities, wants wealth, trade, wants Aktun, spent several days there in sheer delight Abadar felt every second of. Abadar knows who Leareth is. 

The Star-Eyed is a god of trusting faithful communities, who rips them to bits for her own convenience. She's the god of a lie, and she's lying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth feels Abadar's presence. Clings to it. He's too disoriented to really parse what it means, except that - he's where he's supposed to be, he needs to keep doing this, he can keep doing it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth, damn it: Leareth is on the floor and isn't responding to him, but he's somehow still in rapport, and still in contact with Abadar, so Vanyel just holds onto him and keeps his link to the Heartstone and desperately hopes Abadar is almost done and knows what he's doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything is dark and everything hurts and Leareth can't hold a train of thought for more than half a second, so he keeps trying over and over to remember where he is, stuck in an endless loop of confusion and fear. 

- He feels something reaching for him, and he doesn't remember its name or any of its properties but it knows him and it holds onto him in the darkness. 

- shining city, buildings hundreds of floors tall, trolleys moving through the sky - 

He senses a direction he can move toward, as though swimming for the window of light just visible at the surface of a very very deep pool, straining ahead. 

:...Abadar?: 

What are we doing, where are we, why is everything wrong. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Star-Eyed: he sends, urgently. :Lying. Come here - please -:

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not sure where 'there' is but he's trying, he's trying so hard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth, it's all right: It's absolutely not all right and that is a filthy lie. Vanyel kind of wants to yell at Abadar to DO SOMETHING, but he suspects Abadar is already doing as many things as He can. 

Are they almost done yet. He really desperately hopes they're almost done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The earth shudders. There's - something like a flash of mage-energies too fast for senses to catch them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The light at the surface seems to be drawing closer, and Leareth has a slightly clearer sense that he's definitely here to do something - help Abadar with something - he reaches for the vague metaphorical sense of the city with its towers and trolleys -

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some sort of nearby explosion, the ground shakes violently, and the entire building collapses onto them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

For a fraction of a second Leareth is back in his body, and then there's an instant of agonizing pain and then nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This will work even less well than it did last time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty much instantly he's back. Also in a tiny Leareth-sized pocket surrounded by fallen rubble. 

He reaches blindly for Abadar. :What–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:The building seems to have collapsed: he says. It's just normal Mindspeech, no sensation of being inside something vast. :I am not sure if Vanyel is alive. No one else was in the affected radius. The Star-Eyed is gone now. ...you used your contingent Resurrection.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: 

He's not injured, or he doesn't think so, it's hard to tell because everything is vague and confused and also his head hurts so much. Thinking is mostly not working.

He lies there with his eyes closed and vaguely hopes that eventually he'll be somewhere else that is better than this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wakes up in near-darkness with a lot of uneven rocks digging into various parts of his body. He's - alive, there's that much. He definitely has at least one broken bone, but his shields, and both Leareth and Aroden's magic items on him, seem to have held it off enough that he wasn't just squashed like a bug. 

...It must have been a close thing, because he remembers talking to the Shadow-Lover. Mostly trying to get answers about whether or not it had worked, and getting frustratingly cryptic ones. 

:Leareth?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ow ow ow OW. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can hear Leareth making sounds, so he's alive. They're distressed sounds, so probably Vanyel shouldn't Mindspeak him any more. He remembers that Leareth always has a headache after just talking to Abadar, let alone anchoring him for a complex magical ritual, and then there's whatever the other thing was. 

He lies there for a while, gathering his strength. Digging them out seems so impossible right now. 

He's still in contact with Leareth, thankfully. And can hear him whimpering in pain occasionally, so knows he's alive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Van: She's been trying to reach him for a while. :Van, just Gate out of there with him. Get him to Osirion, the pharaoh seems likeliest to know what in all hells just happened, and Aroden's busy. I'll be fine, someone can come back for me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:All right: Easier said than done, though. 

Eventually, Vanyel summons the wherewithal to fumble together a shaky unscaffolded Gate-threshold underneath them. It takes him a while. 

- and they tumble to the ground just outside the Dome, along with quite a lot of crushed stone before the Gate snaps down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are people on hand who can do a bunch of bursts of positive energy while they move the stone out of the way, and then hit Vanyel and Leareth with Restoration and carry them into the Dome. 

"Uh, what happened," one of them asks Vanyel once they can see him.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Palace collapsed,” Vanyel manages. “Explosion. Leareth - something else went wrong. Abadar knows.” Maybe.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Restoration helps with the backlash, but not the godheadache or - whatever else is wrong with Leareth’s head. He lets himself be moved. Doesn’t try to communicate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They get set up in a room in the palace. Khemet comes in. Tries Break Enchantment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the wrongness, the sense that his brain is full of sticky spiderweb and things are in the wrong places, eases. Leareth can carve out a small corner in his head where thoughts are possible. It doesn’t help at all with the godheadache, or with the rest of his general confusion. 

He tries to ask where he is but it comes out not very comprehensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Van, do you know what happened - Abadar said the Star-Eyed tried to mess with Leareth -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I was hoping you knew. We were in there and he just suddenly collapsed on the floor and went unresponsive, but he was still in rapport with me so I just - held onto him and kept trying to talk to him. And then I think we did it. Except the building collapsed on us at the end.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You did do it." He paces. "- Nayoki. We should get Nayoki."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I think she’s in Egorian, she did the Gate to Haven.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth and Vanyel successful, Leareth injured by gods fighting in his head, come to Sothis or tell me where to send someone," he says tensely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is exhausted from the Gate, even after a Lesser Restoration, but within minutes one of Aroden’s wizards Teleports her to just outside the Dome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can hurry her on in to where the pharaoh and Vanyel and Leareth are. The pharaoh is pacing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki sits down by him and is quiet for thirty seconds.

- she winces. "Can somebody cast Delay Pain for him? I am worried that just looking is going to hurt him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's better. Leareth manages to open his eyes and eke out a few thoughts, which eventually make it into words. "Where...? Did we do it?" He thinks he remembers Abadar saying something to him but all his memories are so jumbled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are safe," Nayoki says, reaching for his shoulder. "In the Dome. You succeeded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to look around to see if Khemet is there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is hovering as much as he can without getting in Nayoki's way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is silent for a few minutes, her expression focused. 

"What a mess," she says finally. "I am not even sure which damage was Her and which was Abadar trying to fight Her off, I do not think He is very good at being careful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's really not." He sounds mad about it. "He'll - be okay, right -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so. - Did you already do something? It looks like there are distortions that were stuck in place before and are unstuck now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I tried Break Enchantment because it worked on Star-Eyed related mind control before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, I think it did help. I will try to set some of this right and help him be a little more lucid. I think he will need rest and time as much as anything, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could bring in Melody for advice," Vanyel offers. "She, er, helped me with the Star-Eyed messed with my head." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is a good idea. I think she is still busy supervising Starwind and Moondance though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, they'll be able to return to k'Treva shortly, if they want to, since everyone else will be un-pacted too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki nods, and goes back to focusing on Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drifts. Some of the unpleasant jumbled feeling gradually clears, and he's more able to string together any kind of coherent thought. Leareth still can't remember how he got here or much of anything before the Gate to Haven, but at least he can be pretty sure that he did Gate to Haven. 

He keeps forgetting where he is and having to effortfully re-derive it by dragging through his memories of the last few minutes. It's awful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is all I can do for now," Nayoki says finally, lifting her hand from Leareth's shoulder and looking up at the pharaoh. "He needs to rest, now, I think sleep will help. He is very disoriented. I think he wants your company." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Sits down at his side. Puts a hand on his shoulder and waits to see whether that helps or hurts.

Permalink Mark Unread

It helps. Feeling so out of it is still awful, but it's easier to keep remembering that he's in the Dome, where it's relatively safe, and probably nothing else is going to happen until he's able to think and make plans again. 

Leareth eventually fights his way through what feels like the very challenging and multi-step plan of reaching for Khemet's hand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can hold him. "It's okay. We're safe." 

Probably. Kind of depends a little bit on how the other arms of this operation are going.

Permalink Mark Unread

Parsing the words takes a lot of effort, but feeling Khemet's arms around him is a more direct indication of safety, and Leareth slowly relaxes. It still feels like there is a very long path in between having a thought and his mouth saying words, and the path is full of weird and confusing obstacles. Eventually Leareth thinks he's managed to say out loud that he's glad Khemet is there and can he please stay. 

A while after that he falls asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden finds the first weapon on the list, in a marble Work Room with an unlocked door, exactly where Vanyel's neat hand-drawn map said it would be. 

He Teleports out, without facing any interference. 

He returns for the second weapon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Star-Eyed Goddess is very distracted. Gods have a lot of attention, but everything in Foresight is suddenly a wall of noise, and Her other limited sense-channels are chaotic as well, as the Tayledras and the Heartstones react to the sudden massive magical activity in the Pelagirs. 

- a dozen Tayledras Adepts Gate from k'Sheyna Vale to where Nefreti is, and start flinging levinbolts and fire at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She turns into a dragon just as they arrive and continues what she's doing. Foresight works here for her, too, and makes dodging them easier; sometimes they hit her, to no obvious effect. She does not particularly bother shooting back at them. She does give herself telepathy and -

:I'm fixing the magic-scarring of these lands!: she says cheerfully. :I know it looks very odd right now but in a few hours there won't be any more magic-warped lands and they'll be safe for people to live in. You don't need to worry, nobody will be hurt.:

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem confused by that. They stop attacking. 

A few dozen more Gate in from a different Vale and fling their own round of attacks before the first set manages to say something to them. 

There are a couple of Healing-Adepts, now intently focused on whatever magic Nefreti is doing, trying to figure out whether she's telling the truth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will fly lower, still as a dragon, so they can get a better view, and try to Mindspeak over an explanation. She tested it on some magic-scarred land in her own world. Divine magic can imitate the work that Healing-Adepts do, drawing off magical energy in the right sort of way. Doing it this fast takes a lot of power but her god likes it when she uses magic and will sometimes give her lots of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...They can see that, now, and it does look like it's working. 

It's not often that the Tayledras try to speak directly to their Goddess, but this seems to justify it. One of Healing-Adepts steps onto the Moonpaths. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Star-Eyed appears to her as a woman with Tayledras features, clad in black, her face unveiled. Only her eyes, like windows onto the night sky, are different. 

She doesn't like the presence of a powerful magic user in Her territory and she wants them to discourage that, but - in fact it would be good if the land were cleansed, and so as long as that's all the strange visitor is doing and she's doing it from outside the Pelagirs anyway, She doesn't ask that the Adepts disrupt the spell itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Adepts line up at the edge of Her territory and watch Nefreti. 

One of them shouts in Mindspeech that it's all right if that's really all she's doing but if she does anything else then they will be forced to attack her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will at some point in about an hour stop being a dragon and be a woman instead but she is not planning to do any other anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

They watch. Very closely, but now more with awe than hostility. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden transports the third superweapon to the vault. He returns to the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A woman with Shin'a'in features, clad in blue robes, is standing in the centre of the marble room. "What are you doing here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, you must be Karna shena Tale'sedrin. Was your Goddess able to give you the power to Gate here? I know you are the only other with the location. I am rendering this place safe, by moving Urtho's weapons elsewhere." He nods to her, and heads for the fourth room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Scrollsworn blinks at him. Then, her body standing still, she leaps to the Moonpaths. Kneels before her Goddess, and repeats his explanation. 

"...What would you have us do?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Karna's dark eyes are suddenly holding a bottomless sky full of stars. 

"Stop," the Star-Eyed Goddess says to Aroden. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No." He says it without heat, and bends to collect the fourth weapon.

And reaches, mentally. Iomedae, we may have a problem. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You may not."

A surge of power that Karna's minimal mage-gift should absolutely not be able to contain fills the room. 

It doesn't affect the weapon, but it's suddenly impossible for Aroden to Teleport or Plane Shift. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden had no idea She had the capacity to do that. He stands where he is, the weapon in his hands. 

Iomedae, can you do something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We're working on it!:

Asmodeus is vastly more powerful than her but can't work through Aroden at all; She could work through him fine but knows less than the Star-Eyed about which things might destabilize the weapons - though here She can see it, it's really nice, she forgot how much she missed that -

Permalink Mark Unread

A Golarion-style Gate opens behind Aroden, to the entrance to the vault where he's putting the superweapons. The Grand High Priestess formerly of Cheliax Aspexia Rugatonn is standing on the other end, her eyebrows raised slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why, thank you." Aroden slips through and sets down the weapon. "How long can you hold that for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

As he re-emerges, the space in the centre of the room ripples, and suddenly all of the doors to the remaining Work Rooms are red-hot, the stone fusing them shut.  

Permalink Mark Unread

How inconvenient. 

Aroden scans the area with Detect Magic and his other permanent senses. Interesting. Something is showing up as a barrier around the remains of the Tower, preventing him from Teleporting out, but it still seems ought to be possible to Teleport within the area - and the Star-Eyed can only maintain the barrier once, he thinks. 

Aroden rolls his eyes slightly and Dimension Door's into one of the rooms and back out of it again seconds later, holding the fifth weapon. He drops it through into the vault. 

Iomedae, if you can do something very shiny and distracting elsewhere, I think she cannot easily maintain the possession and then I can do something to move Karna elsewhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two more minutes," Aspexia says when he comes back with the next weapon. "Uh, if we're playing by the normal rules here; are we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere a hundred lantern archons pour out across the Plains with instructions to go play and see all of the sights and leave right away if anyone seems bothered about them being there.

Permalink Mark Unread

"As far as I know we are still playing by the normal rules. Two minutes will be plenty if She stops messing with me, thank you." Fifth weapon deposited.   

Permalink Mark Unread

A clan of Shin'a'in riders see some of the lantern archons and moves toward them. With a great deal of confusion. The shaman is called over. 

He uses mage-sight to try to determine what it is, that's allowed, and he's also a very weak Mindspeaker. :What are you and what are you doing here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hi! We're exploring!:

Permalink Mark Unread

Strangers are not permitted on the Plains, but whatever this is, it isn't a person. It also doesn't seem hostile and is honestly kind of adorable. 

A dozen riders watch it with suspicion while the shaman walks the Moonpaths to obtain further advice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Star-Eyed answers. She is so confused right now. 

...After the third shaman across the Plains calls on Her for advice, She loses hold of the possession on Karna, though not the magical barrier now being maintained around the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to go through all his prepared Dimension Door spells and also all his Pearls of Power at this rate, which is irritating, but the sixth weapon is now in the vault. 

"Karna," he says politely to the Scrollsworn, now on her knees and looking extremely confused. "Do you have any way to stop Her from doing that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks helplessly at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This time, instead of heading to the next room, he politely holds out a hand to Karna. "I promise I am not going to harm you. May I?" When she doesn't resist, he takes her arm, as though escorting a lady.

He leads her into the Vault while she's still too disoriented from the possession to resist. 

As soon as this is over the vault will be very, very thoroughly blocked against all means of magical access including Teleports, but it isn't yet, since he had to Teleport in and out repeatedly with the weapons. 

He Teleports her to Egorian. Drops her near the palace, barks instructions to the nearest guards that they have to find a Velgarth mage to watch her and have the Heralds make sure she cannot return to Velgarth, and then he's back in the Vault. 

"My apologies," he says to Aspexia. "I will be quick from here on, I hope." He goes for the seventh room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aspexia holds her Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dimension door, weapon, Dimension door, Gate, Pearl of Power to refill his spell slots... 

Nothing else happens to interfere. 

Aroden has the last of the weapons through Aspexia's Gate with twenty seconds to spare. He takes a breath. Smiles warmly at her. "Well. That is everything. I suppose I had better leave from here since otherwise I will be stuck there until Iomedae can take the barrier down. Thank you very much for your help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go to Hell," she says, though without much heat, and Plane Shifts away herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he stands in the vault for a moment, smiling to himself, and then transports himself back to Egorian to see what's going on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds are semi-organized now and King Randale has gotten a quick briefing on the situation. He's still pretty upset about being unexpectedly yanked out of Haven without having received any explanation beforehand, but he kind of understands the reasoning there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can sit down and explain a little more to Valdemar's King, since maintaining good terms with Valdemar is quite important, but halfway through he's interrupted by one of his staff with an update on what happened with Leareth and Vanyel. 

"I am sorry but I need to go," he tells the King. "Where is Melody?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she's with the Tayledras, we were asked to have a Mindhealer watching them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, please have one of the Healers keep them unconscious until you receive confirmation that Nefreti is finished with her part. I am taking Melody to Osirion." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody is confused about what's going on but she'll go along with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden Teleports them to outside the Dome and asks to see Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden can be brought in to see Leareth, who is currently asleep and being held by Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden looks concerned. He sits down. "I am so sorry this happened to him," he says, very softly so as not to wake Leareth. "I knew it would be very dangerous, but - I thought She would default to physical attacks, not - whatever it is that happened to him..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody sits as well. She can look at Leareth's mind just fine, maybe even more easily, with him asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think Abadar was expecting this either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is he going to be all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - think so..." Melody doesn't sound as certain as would be reassuring. "His head is pretty messed up, I think he's going to be mostly out of it for a couple of days, but he should bounce back significantly by himself, with some rest. I don't think poking at his head more will help right now, but I can have a go at re-ordering this a bit tomorrow, if he's lucid enough to cooperate with it by then."

She turns. "Nayoki, you had a look too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. We should speak." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can speak in Mindspeech, then, so as not to disturb Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Who wakes up a few minutes later from an extremely disjointed and confusing nightmare, and kind of panicky about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The whole situation probably has diplomatic implications that as Abadar's aspect on Golarion he should manage but something tells him it's not the worst move from the appeasing-Aroden perspective to, instead, hang out right here snuggling Leareth.

"You're safe," he says softly when he wakes up. "You're back in the Dome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. What - something wrong..." His ability to use words is a bit more accessible to him, now, but it's still very effortful. "My head. Hard to think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some gods had a fight in your head, seems normal to feel terrible from that. Melody thinks you'll be all right after a few days though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no is he going to feel like this for days, that's awful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "You don't need to worry about anything. We've got it."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. Leareth will just relax and drift, then. Being held is nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once it seems like Leareth would maybe benefit more from some gentle distraction than from complete silence, Aroden starts a light conversation with Vanyel and Khemet about education in Cheliax. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth is starting to feel a bit better. He can mostly speak in sentences when he tries, though he's still drifting in and out of sleep. 

Unfortunately, at some point Delay Pain wears off, and everything is VERY BAD again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably stupid to be mad at Abadar about this but he is anyway. They can Delay Pain some more, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth eventually falls more deeply asleep, and this time stays that way for longer than half an hour. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You do not need to stay if you have other priorities right now," Aroden says to Khemet. "He would understand. Vanyel and I will still be here if he wakes up." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have other priorities right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nefreti finishes her work and siphons away the mess of magical energy pooling where her spell has scrubbed it and then takes down Aroden's scaffolding with a wave of her hand. She didn't get it all; the scaffold wasn't perfectly placed to reach all of it and the future actually looks cleaner if there's a little bit left, so the Tayledras have one more year of work. 

(It's so nice being able to see so clearly!)

"There you go," she says merrily to the watching Adepts. "This is a lovely planet. Maybe I will visit again."

Permalink Mark Unread

There are people watching her from a dozen different Vales, now. They mostly seem very confused and overwhelmed, and awed, not hostile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you are staying anyway then I suppose I ought return to Cheliax," Aroden says to Khemet. "I left very competent people in charge but the King of Valdemar does likely wish to have reassurances from me specifically. And his Mindhealer returned," glance at Melody, "assuming your plan is still to wait until tomorrow before treating him further." He doesn't like leaving Leareth, but his presence isn't adding much right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody thinks it's very reasonable to go back and apologize to the Heralds for being so suddenly pulled away. She agrees it was worth it, given Leareth's state. (Also she's furious with the Star-Eyed, but there isn't anywhere for that anger to go, given that they already took all of Her stuff.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden leaves the Dome with her and Teleports back and looks for the King to offer his apologies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're set up in a guest suite in Aroden's palace, since Leareth's mages think they ought to wait until tomorrow to check the status of Haven; one of Aroden's wizards did a scry and everything looks fine except the central wing of the Palace in Haven, which was completely evacuated, is collapsed in rubble. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We will aid you in rebuilding it," Aroden promises. "Vanyel is fine, he was injured but he has received excellent healing, so at this point he is merely very tired from the magic use. He wishes to stay with Leareth, who is in much worse shape." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no! What happened to him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Star-Eyed did something to his head, and Abadar tried to hold Her off and likely caused further damage. Your Mindhealer thinks he will recover." Pause. "We should retrieve Vanyel's Companion. He says that she is in Haven, since he needed to Gate out so urgently with Leareth and she was - fortunately - not in the building with him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right, good idea." Randi at this point mostly looks incredibly tired and like he would prefer not to make any decisions whatsoever for the next month or two. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will send through some people at the same time just in case anyone in Haven was injured. I think your government is safer staying the night in Cheliax, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you think so. Thank you for your hospitality." Randi sort of wants to be mad at Aroden for destroying the Palace but also he's had the problem explained to him now in enough detail that he really feels like he has to be grateful. Ugh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh indeed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes can be retrieved from the outskirts of Haven, where she's been occupying herself reassuring all the terrified servants who were told to run away as far as possible and then heard a very loud explosion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Various other people are updated, ruffled feathers are soothed, and then it's finally time for even those with a Ring of Sustenance to go to bed, and hopefully tomorrow will be less - like that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sleeps most of that night, in blocks of two or three hours interspersed with waking up confused and upset, which is very odd and unusual for him given that he has a Ring of Sustenance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet stays with him. Tries to reassure him, when he wakes up upset. Casts Delay Pain when it looks likely to expire again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Each successive time he wakes up, Leareth is a little more able to think and orient, and thus more easily reassured. By the time the sun is up, he wakes up nearly lucid. He asks, groggily, how long it's been, and if they know what happened with Nefreti and with the Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Went approximately according to plan except Nefreti left a little bit of Pelagirs for the locals to clean up, for incomprehensible Nefreti reasons. So the pact won't be broken immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Does that - Starwind and Moondance...? I suppose Aroden is probably doing something sensible about it. He went back?" Leareth doesn't remember him leaving but he's not here now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I think he needed to reassure Valdemar, since some of their palace got blown up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not even remember that - I hardly remember any of yesterday, actually." He blinks, forces his eyes to focus on Khemet. "Did you stay all night." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. You slept kind of poorly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. Thank you for staying." Leareth smiles tiredly at him, reaches for his hand. "I love you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes his hand. "I won't hold totally-lucid Leareth to that. I love you too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough, he's not really feeling like himself right now, but Leareth is still pretty sure he means it.

He yawns and then tries to sit up. "Could I have something to eat?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have a servant bring food right away!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is able to eat with only a little bit of help, and asks some more fairly coherent questions about the rest of the operation, whether Aroden got all of the weapons and whether he also faced interference and whether the collaboration between Asmodeus and Iomedae plus Abadar went all right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet and Aroden only talked briefly about this but his understanding is that he faced interference, but it was easily enough addressed, and all of the superweapons were successfully moved. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. It sounds like basically everything was successful, and the biggest complication was whatever is wrong with Leareth himself. 

"- I think She was trying to frighten me into calling a Final Strike," he admits. "I only remember fragments of it, but - it was a hallucination, I think, I was being attacked, it seemed hopeless, and then Abadar was trying to call out to me and tell me that She was lying..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That ability of yours is very powerful and I kind of wish none of you had it. It seems like a disadvantage as often as an advantage and it's so messy. When we have native Gifted people I might have a law they have to have a compulsion put in against using it - not that that would've inconvenienced a god -

 

- I'm mad at Abadar, though I don't know if that's reasonable, it was dangerous and not in a way he can easily fix..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is less exploitable in Velgarth, I think, because it is actually very difficult to place an involuntary compulsion on a mage with training. Or anyone with Mind-Gifts trained to shield. And nearly impossible to do so without alerting them and causing them to put up a fight, so forcing someone to Final Strike is - it almost never happens. But - your mind-affecting magic is stronger, when the archdevil in Cheliax tried to take control me, I could not have held it off by my own will." Sigh. "And, of course, people can and do Final Strike willingly but for very stupid reasons. Our world might be better if no one could do it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"At least not impulsively." He squeezes his hand. "We should really work out a variant of Mind Blank that doesn't interfere with Mindspeech so that you can have it up all the time too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden mentioned he had an idea for it, he is very good at intuiting his way to inventing variants of spells because of the godmemories, but he is also constantly very busy. I may ask him to make it a higher priority, though; I would also like it very much if I could Mindspeak with you." 

Leareth looks up at Khemet. "...Have you been repeatedly casting Delay Pain? I assume at some point I am going to have to be in pain, you cannot just keep putting it off forever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have, yeah. I figured it was better to wait until you were oriented."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I will probably cope with it more easily when I have any idea what is happening to me." He gives Khemet an unhappy look. "It is very frightening for me, being confused about my surroundings. But it was better, having you there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“You were pretty out of it. Melody and Nayoki didn’t seem totally sure...”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not totally sure of what? That I would recover from it?" Leareth rubs his eyes. "I - do feel better now, I think - I am not sure I would notice if something were wrong with my head, because that is the part that notices things... Do I seem more like usual?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Much more like normal. I can get them in to look again if you’d like?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to know if something is going to be wrong with my mind forever!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he has someone go get Melody and Nayoki. The food arrives while they’re being fetched.

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody has to be Teleported back over from Cheliax, but she has official permission from the King this time, who seems inclined to be forgiving of Aroden's rudeness yesterday given what they know now about Leareth's injuries. She joins Nayoki, who stayed overnight in the Dome but is just waking up now, and they head in together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is sitting up, eating. "Thank you for coming." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, good, you look much better today. You know where you are?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In the Dome in Osirion. The pharaoh has been presumably neglecting all his other duties and his wives in order to tell me every two hours that I am there." 

Leareth did not quite mean to say exactly that phrase out loud, oops. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody bites back a snicker. "Good. I'll let you finish eating and then we'll see if I can sort out the bits that got jumbled around in your head. It's looking like that would eventually sort out by itself, but Nayoki and I can help you feel like yourself faster, I think." Glance at Khemet. "He's still going to need a couple of days and he shouldn't exert himself too much, including by thinking. Which unfortunately seems hard to discourage him from doing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should we stop delaying pain at this point?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably. Sorry, Leareth, just - I'm concerned that if we're masking some of the symptoms, you're going to feel better when you aren't actually better yet and then wear yourself out and need longer to recover." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." He's not enthusiastic about it but it won't get any more appealing if he waits longer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'd better do my work first, though - how much longer is he covered with Delay Pain right now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll last another ten hours if I don't dispel it, I was planning to dispel it when we're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shouldn't take me ten hours. I'll let you know. Leareth, all right - can you think about when you walked through the Gate into Haven with Vanyel?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods, does so, and then grimaces. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a discontinuity there and then it's all in fragments, isn't it? There, good, that helped me find the right place. I can sort of see what got shoved around here and I'll put it back - Nayoki, if you want to help with this bit here... Sorry, Leareth, this is going to feel really strange." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels like the room is melting around him and Leareth doesn't like it at all. He reaches for Khemet's hand and holds on tightly, tries to focus on that instead of on the melting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds onto him and tries to feel less undirected anger and more relief. It's over. They're safe now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody has a fairly incomprehensible conversation with Nayoki and occasionally tries to get Leareth's attention and then prompts him to think about particular things. It takes her about half an hour. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not as unpleasant as the worst of yesterday, Leareth thinks, but he's not especially enjoying this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki occasionally pats his shoulder and says something reassuring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we're done," Melody says finally, releasing her Gift. "Leareth, how is that? You ought to feel mostly back to normal, though I expect you're going to be very fatigued the rest of today. Having Abadar get into a tug-of-war with the Star-Eyed in your brain used up a lot of kinds of resources, not just your magical reserves." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has never felt so relieved by the walls being square. "I feel fine, I think?" He is very tired, in a bone-deep way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, when he's ready you can dispel Delay Pain." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he gives Leareth a hug and then does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hngg." Leareth wants to be horizontal and in the dark and have no one make any sound at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody tugs Nayoki along with her and very quietly leaves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will do the same, though he'll leave someone sitting in there silently who can tell him if Leareth needs anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as he lies still with his eyes closed and doesn't think too hard, it's sort of tolerable. Every so often he manages to mumble that he's thirsty. He doesn't ask for food, eating sounds terrible right now. 

The headache lasts longer than a standard talking-to-Abadar headache. Midway through the afternoon finds him crying just from sheer frustration of not being able to sleep, he's so goddamned tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're still in the capital of the country her Uncle Van saved, they're not allowed to go home yet because it isn't safe. 

Jisa escapes her governess by making up a story about there being a mess in the privy, and then darts off and extends her new Thoughtsensing to its full range, searching for the laundry wizard lady. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The laundry wizard lady in fact has a spellbook with only the one cantrip in it, plus another that if pressed she'll claim she never really mastered. She is at home, with her cactus, contemplating escape plans if she gets into trouble. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no she really hopes the nice wizard lady isn't scared that Jisa will tell her parents about the sex and the King will get mad. She doesn't think Papa even would get mad about that, he would think it was funny. Mama would get mad, but it doesn't matter because Jisa isn't going to tell them. 

She walks through the streets like she's definitely supposed to be there, and knocks on the wizard lady's door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets the door. Jumps a little. 

Hi, she thinks at the mindreading kid.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hi! Is today your day off? I still want to learn the laundry spell: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes it is. I guess we can try, but you mustn't be upset if you can't get it, all right? It took me years of school.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I won't be. I'll be very patient: Jisa promises. :Can I come in and see your house?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure.:

It's a small cheap apartment with a bed and a hastily-cleared table. Under the table there's a filing cabinet that is magically locked. There's a bookshelf with four cheap historical romances and the two major Arodenite holy texts, which were being distributed for free at the temple of Iomedae one day she went looking for people with visions like hers.

 

She pulls out her laundry-wizard spellbook and tries to explain how to prepare a cantrip.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa pays such close attention. Maybe the closest attention she's ever paid to anything. She also reads the wizard lady's thoughts about the explanation because maybe she'll get more magic in her brain that way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard lady is thinking about how this would be easier to explain with reference to some other spells, but she can't, because SEX, and sometimes thinking more useful things like exactly what the magic is doing and what it feels like in her mind when she prepares it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa is so confused about the connection between other spells and SEX! Maybe the laundry wizard lady knows some sex spells that she doesn't think Jisa is old enough to know? Jisa doesn't ask her about it because grownups are weird about sex. 

She focuses really had on what the lady thinks it feels like, and then tries to make it feel the same way in her own head. Her new senses, the one Melody says was Mindhealing after she used it on Mama by accident when they were having an argument, are really useful for it; she can see the garden that's the lady's mind, and she can try to make the garden in her own head do the same things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she can in fact learn how to cast Prestidigitation! 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is SO COOL!!!! Jisa is delighted and hugs the laundry wizard around the middle - while very very carefully not letting go of her MAGIC - and then she tries to do things with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...she has to try to call the energy back to her, see, once she's used the spell, or she won't be able to do it more than a couple of times. You do that like this. (It shouldn't be possible for Carissa to use cantrips if she's letting Jisa use her spellbook but Jisa doesn't know that and it's in fact impressive that the kid picked it up that fast and maybe she can learn some things from Jisa about Velgarth while she's here.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa also picks up how to call the energy back to her on the second go, which she can tell is impressive. She knows it's because she's very very clever, and beams about it. 

Jisa plays with her new cantrip and is bouncing up and down with joy, and will eagerly tell the lady things about Velgarth. Whether or not she wants to hear them, actually, Jisa is bad at not talking. 

Carissa will learn that Jisa is seven, and her mother is a Healer and very busy and important, so she has a governess called Beri who is sometimes mean, and she'll learn a lot of random servant gossip and where all the best places in the Palace are to play hide-and-seek (if one is the size of a seven-year-old). Jisa's uncle, who isn't her real uncle, is Herald-Mage Vanyel and he's very famous and has songs about him, Jisa can sing some of them (badly).

Also her papa is the King so he's very busy too. Except Jisa is a bastard because her papa had to marry the Queen of Karse so the war would go away, and Mama was sad about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Has she heard of anything called a Star-Eyed Goddess?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some things. Her Uncle Van's best friends who saved his life are Tayledras. They're in bad bad trouble now, they tried to murder Leareth who everyone used to think was evil but actually he helped Uncle Van win the war against Hell, so he's good even if he isn't Good-with-a-capital-G like they talk about here. Anyway Mama had to go to all sorts of meetings with Papa about it because they were trying to do a murder investigation and decide whether it was their fault or whether the Star-Eyed Goddess made them do it. Jisa isn't really supposed to know any of these things but she's very clever, see, so she finds them out anyway. 

(She's also quite good at listening behind doors. And at reading thoughts, even some of the Heralds don't shield her out all the time. She doesn't say that though because it's naughty of her to do that and Mama would yell, and she doesn't want the nice wizard lady to yell at her or tell her mama.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so impressive! Leareth is here in Cheliax now though Carissa hasn't met him (has tried obsessively to avoid crossing paths with him). Why'd people used to think he was evil?

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa doesn't actually know that much because most people won't talk about it with her, but after the war more people knew about Leareth. She thinks maybe he was going to have a war with Valdemar? Except then he didn't, instead he took his army to Cheliax and helped Uncle Van.

She thinks he did other bad things because there've been a lot of Dark Meaningful Grownup Looks about it, but no one told her. (And they were all Heralds who had good shields so she couldn't read it either.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so frustrating when people won't tell you things. With magic she could pretend to be a grownup and then people'd tell her more things, probably, but that's a hard spell, it'll take years of practicing. 

Can Velgarth magic tell whether things are dead or alive? She saw some Velgarth mages notice once that a plant was dead even though it still looked all right on the outside and she didn't know how they did it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, yes, if you have mage-sight like Uncle Van does then all living things glow a little bit with an aura of life-force. She asked him a lot of questions about it when he was teaching her how to shield her Empathy and Mindspeech, that was all the way back when she was six. Jisa is jealous that he's a mage and she isn't, he said she has it in potential but that it wouldn't awaken and that isn't FAIR.

Jisa can only see people's auras, and her Empathy picks up a little bit from animals but Animal Mindspeech is a different Gift and Jisa doesn't have it, which also isn't fair. Jisa can see Carissa's aura, though, and tell her that it's purple, and - oooooooh she has a cactus that has feelings!!! That's so cool!!! Where did she get it, are there cactus pet shops here, can Jisa get one too??? 

Permalink Mark Unread

 - oh, it's her familiar, wizards can have familiars, and the familiar borrows a little bit of the wizard's intelligence. However, wizards keep it a secret who or what their familar is, so Jisa mustn't tell anyone, all right?

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa will absolutely keep her secret. (She loooooves knowing secrets and it's not like she can tell her parents about any of the magic anyway.) Can the cactus talk? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Only powerful wizards (sex!) can do that. Carissa would love to teach her more sometime but (Glibness is wearing off) she was going to get dinner with her cousin, maybe they can do this again sometime if Jisa did a good job of keeping this a secret so Carissa doesn't get in trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right! Jisa thanks her again, in her best Serious Grownup Voice, for the cantrip, and then thinks to asks her when her next day off is, and then hugs her around the middle again and skips off. 

She does not, in fact, tell anyone about Carissa the laundry wizard. Keeping secrets is haaaaaard but she really really doesn't want her parents to stop her from going back and learning more magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa the laundry wizard lies on her bed and has a panic attack for half an hour and then carefully writes down all the things she now knows about Leareth and about Velgarth magic.

Then she starts working on a design for a new amulet of nondetection that seems like it ought to give the impression that there are an appropriate and unremarkable amount of life energies. 

Batty says that it doesn't want to be a spy again even if she pulls it off. Carissa agrees that being a spy seems terrible but it is their duty to Cheliax, right now, apparently, and worst case they'll go to Axis, Aroden had the people who died fighting against him in the war resurrected because he dislikes Hell so much. Batty points out that they don't strictly speaking know if plant familiars get an afterlife. Carissa...hadn't thought of that, and it's kind of too many things on the stack of things to think about, but she says she'll keep it in mind. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho spends several days talking to magic researchers and asking questions about magic in the new world and reading books about magic and trying very hard not to think about the rest of the situation, because every time he tries he feels like he's floundering, in over his head, and has no idea what to do. 

Eventually, though, he tells one of the pharaoh's researchers that he wants know more about what the broader geopolitical situation is, here, and what's going to be expected of him (or done to him regardless of his cooperation, but he doesn't say that.) And also he would ideally like some way to verify that what people are telling him is the truth, not because he thinks they'll lie to him, he means no offence, just, they have to understand it's a very weird implausible situation he's in right now. 

'Wants' is also something of a lie, but he does feel that if he's trying to be responsible here, he should be asking about these things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's super reasonable! If he knows truth magic himself he's welcome to cast it on them, or they can try to walk him through the local spell well enough he can see what it does but that'll probably be difficult, even with how quickly he has picked things up.

Their understanding is that the pharaoh hopes he'll choose to settle in Osirion and do magic research here on useful ways to combine the magic of the two worlds and so on, but he'll certainly have no trouble finding a sponsor anywhere else in the world he wants to go. The geopolitical situation is that Aroden's army conquered Cheliax pretty recently and everyone's still reeling from that, and from interworld contact, but now that the Worldwound's closed and Cheliax is no longer in the hands of Hell there aren't any pressing disasters anywhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does have truth magic and he wants to ask someone who knows the part about Ma'ar to tell him all of that under his truth spell, and then he might ask more about Osirion and about Cheliax. (Osirion doesn't look corrupt so far but he's aware he's only seen a tiny slice of it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh's magical researchers were all present when Ma'ar showed up at the palace with a plan to help Aroden's (they didn't know it was Aroden at the time) conquest of Cheliax and they know a little bit about his relationship with Vanyel and Valdemar before that (he was planning to invade, but changed his mind), and they know he's spent much of the intervening two millenia on magical research because he shared a bunch of it with them. 

They can also answer questions about Osirion and Cheliax! Osirion is ruled by the pharaoh; the pharaohs of Osirion have historically been either minor gods in their own rights or aspects of major gods, and the current dynasty of pharaohs are aspects of Abadar, god of cities and wealth and trade. Osirion is not one of the richest or most powerful countries in the Inner Sea - it was, thousands of years ago - but most people make Axis. 

Cheliax was ruled by Hell after a horrible civil war when Aroden died (he got better), and almost all its people were damned. It's a big country, though, and very prosperous; the most powerful player in the region and arguably in the world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is mostly incredibly confusing! Urtho never had the best head for geography and his mind is reeling with all the unfamiliar country names, from two different worlds no less. 

What's Aroden like - is he a good ruler? Also is there any sign Ma'ar is trying to overthrow him to take over Cheliax? That's what he was afraid Ma'ar would do in the first country where he ended up as advisor to a King. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden's a very good ruler who has been relentlessly focused on trying to fix the institutional situation that got almost everyone damned and give them all the chance to atone and also keep the country as prosperous as it was when there were lots of slaves from Hell paying for it.

 

There are no signs of Ma'ar trying to overthrow him which would in any event be a ridiculously difficult thing to do because Aroden is, well, technically not a god anymore but he turned everyone in a hundred mile radius to stone at the start of the war, and closed the Worldwound, and transported thirty thousand Chelish soldiers to Nirvana, and at some point you're only technically not a god, you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

What about the pharaoh of Osirion, who raised him from the dead and is maybe an aspect of Abadar? (He seemed like a person to Urtho, if a very impressive one.) What sort of ruler is he? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's an exceptional diplomat and negotiator. Osirion has been prosperous. It's not widely known Osirion backed Aroden in the Chelish war, since Osirion usually stays out of wars, but they sure came out of it in an advantageous position.

Permalink Mark Unread

He worked with Ma'ar, then. Did they seem to get along well? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're quite close, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they think the pharaoh might have a biased perspective of how much Ma'ar has reformed since the time Urtho knew him, if they're friends now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their impression is that the pharaoh was not sure of him initially but then Abadar offered to take him as His servant and Ma'ar accepted, which couldn't have happened if Ma'ar wasn't suited in his soul to Abadar's service, gods can't be wrong about that sort of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

- Wait, Ma'ar has sworn service to a god? Urtho is baffled, that doesn't sound like him at all, he defied all the gods' precepts before.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it seems like the Velgarth gods aren't very good? Ma'ar (he goes by Leareth now) said they'd assassinated him over things like inventing the printing press. Abadar likes progress and cities and thinks people ought to be rich. So maybe Ma'ar just needed a god worth trusting in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting. That...does sound like something Ma'ar would approve of. Something he and Ma'ar would have agreed on, even. 

...Velgarth's loss of knowledge during the Cataclysm included the printing press? Urtho is genuinely kind of emotional about this. That's awful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounded awful! And the gods didn't want to let a flourishing society like Tantara arise again because they were worried that was what had led to the Cataclysm. Abadar is of course also opposed to things that might lead to Cataclysms but He thinks it's possible to exercise more fine control than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so sad. He thinks Abadar must be right; there have to be better ways. Even if he can sort of understand the gods' fears about it, it sounds like it was very very bad. 

Urtho thanks them for answering his questions, and says he needs some time alone to think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are happy to leave him alone for that!

Permalink Mark Unread

He paces back and forth in his lovely, luxuriously appointed guest room, in the palace where he's been treated wonderfully by everyone. Which doesn't mean that much about the rest of the country, of course, he's no longer that naive, but - the researchers seem happy, and not like they need certain answers to appease their superiors, which he thinks is a good sign. 

Eventually he calls a servant and says he would like to speak with the pharaoh, if that's possible, he understands if he's too busy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

An appointment can be arranged later that afternoon! He should learn the protocols for interacting with the pharaoh; they are explained.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho will pay careful attention to their explanation and follow them fastidiously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh sees him, expresses delight that he's settling in so well, invites him to sit. "How are you finding the palace?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is wonderful! Thank you for asking. Your researchers are all brilliant people, I enjoyed speaking with them very much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I know they've been delighted by the chance to study magic from another world. I'm told they're all very jealous and trying to find a way to give people Gifts who aren't born with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unfortunately I know of no such way. But perhaps mages will wish to move to your world, and then if they marry and have children it will be in the bloodline." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods, smiles. He swallows. "Anyway, I wished to speak to you because–" He bows his head. "Knowing what I do now of his actions here, I think that perhaps I misjudged Ma'ar even from the beginning, and - wronged him badly. I...knew it was a gamble, I feared I could not afford any other path, but...in the end it seems the world could not afford the path I did choose. And I am told you are close with him, now, and he is sworn to the service of your god, so - if I am to live and work here, I - should try to make that right by him, or else it will be very awkward." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He would be very glad to speak to you, if you wish to speak with him. 


And I think you're right. I think it was a - hard mistake to avoid. He is a dangerous man, you weren't wrong about that. But there are other things that are more important to what he is, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Such as what? Who - do you think he is, now, at the core? I saw a young man who - cared too much, too fiercely, and I feared it blinded him to the true consequences of his actions. But - he is older now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he cares just as much, and is not blind anymore to the consequences of his actions, and still - accepts them, more often than someone else might. I think in Velgarth he didn't consider himself to have much opportunity to choose Good tactics over Evil ones. It's been a change for him, being here, where the forces of Good are powerful allies. But I think - he always wanted to have Good allies. He is willing to compromise for it. He just has to believe that the course he's on will fix the world, or at least stands the best chance of the available courses. We have a Good god who sees the world that way, and I know he asks her for moral advice, sometimes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really! Does She let anyone speak to her in that way? I would never, ever have pictured Ma'ar as the sort of man who would pray for moral guidance, and I understand that he serves your Abadar anyway, not Her." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is a cleric of Abadar, yes. Many people pray to several gods. Gods do not usually answer - it's not easy for them to make it safe for us to speak to them, and they have other things that demand their attention - but this situation is unusual, and Iomedae - the Good god I spoke of - is very invested in Cheliax's future. She is an ascended human, and was Chelish once herself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting." 

Urtho is quietly thoughtful, for almost a minute. 

"I do wish to speak to him," he says finally. "It will weigh on my mind until I do. I had wanted to ask him some questions using my truth magic, but - if he is chosen by your god, surely that ought say enough about who he is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar cannot misjudge someone's character, and I trust in where He'll guide him," he agrees. "I can let Leareth know that you'd like to speak with him. - I'm glad. I think it will mean a lot to him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho nods. "I think that I owe him that much, at the very least. Thank you for your time." 

He waits to be dismissed. He's suddenly kind of embarrassed about waking up on a sofa in front of a pharaoh and having no idea who he was at the time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh dismisses him.

 

The pharaoh goes to find Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's now the second day after the fight for the Heartstone. Leareth's headache lasted all of the day before and finally, sometime in the middle of the night, eased enough for him to sleep. At which point he promptly slept six hours straight, which is completely ridiculous for someone with a Ring of Sustenance but apparently he needed it. 

His head feels a lot clearer and he made it out of bed to eat breakfast but, as promised by Melody, he's still pretty exhausted and not feeling up for any complicated work. He's back in bed, reading. 

He smiles tiredly at the pharaoh. Doesn't get out of bed to prostrate himself on the floor because one, that seems ridiculous, and two, the floor is all the way over there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey.

Urtho wants to - meet you. And apologize to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth just stares at him for a while, unable to find words. 

"Really?" he says finally. "That is - I did not..." He brings both hands to his forehead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's sooner than I expected. I'm pleased with him. I can put him off, if you'd rather it wait until you're more recovered."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems important to him, not only to me. I - am absolutely going to cry or something if I do it now, my emotions are being very odd, Nayoki thought it was a normal aftereffect and will go away. That may not be a good first impression, but - if you think it would do him good to speak with me sooner, I feel able to do it as long as you are there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you are the one who has been - waiting two thousand years, in a sense - and if you'd like to give it another week I can explain the reason and he won't take it too badly. I do think he's going to want to do this before he figures out his next goals. I can stay, if you'd like, though isn't your world fanatically opposed to men sleeping together for stupid reasons?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Not everywhere, I think Tantara was not especially opposed. Also we do not need to tell him we are sleeping together, it is not as though we are going to do it in front of him. He can assume what he wishes.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we can try to be subtle. Do you want to do it today or tomorrow, then, with me also attending?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a deep breath. "- Tomorrow would be better, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I'll let him know."

 

 

And he arranges for someone to tell Urtho that Leareth (Ma'ar) is recuperating from injuries sustained setting up something for Abadar which another god was opposed to, but can see him tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is feeling almost back to normal the next morning, and confirms he is as ready as he's ever going to be to see Urtho. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then someone can show Urtho in.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ma'ar." Urtho seems unsure how much it's okay to smile. "Though I hear you go by Leareth now. The Kaled'a'in word?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"For the night sky and the stars," Leareth confirms. "Though apparently in the interim, the Tayledras dialect shifted, and the word it sounds closest to simply means 'darkness', which is not really the aesthetic I was going for although people say it is fitting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho seems unsure what to say, so he just nods, and sits down across from Leareth. "I hope you are feeling better today? And - I came to say, that I... That knowing what I do now about your actions recently, I think that it is likely I misjudged your intentions back then as well, and - betrayed you, and caused so much harm in my mistakes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth bows his head, he wants to say something, feels like he owes Urtho at least a graceful response to an apology he's had much, much less time to mull over, but he can't force the words out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am so sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should have surrendered. It took me some centuries to - admit it, because - I still think that I was not in the wrong, but...but it was not worth it, and in the end it is the consequences of my actions and not the intent that matter." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- It was not your fault, Ma'ar– Leareth. That is what I just said. I made a mistake. I regret it deeply." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are a good person, Urtho. You were doing your best to figure out the right thing to do, and - it was complicated - and we managed to steer our way to disaster, but it was not all on you. What you did was very understandable, even predictable, though I lacked the experience to see it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, not every mistake made by others is your personal responsibility. No one can live like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The consequences do not care. And - I do, try my best, to consider that - I think it is essential, to - live the life I have chosen to live..." He blinks back tears; he wants to at least finish what he has to say before he bursts into tears and confuses Urtho utterly. "I am thankful for your words now. It means a great deal. I do not wish us to be enemies - I never did, I only wanted you to understand what I was trying to build. Can - can we try that, again, now...?" 

When he can't hold the tears back any longer, Leareth tries to at least cry with some dignity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems to be going well and also he's going to bother Aroden about that spell that lets them talk telepathically the next time he sees him. Probably at the state dinner party next week.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho waits very quietly and politely for Leareth to collect himself a little. He's also dabbing at his eyes, but noticeably less emotional than Leareth, which is kind of startling to say about any person compared to Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth moves the conversation to lighter topics, asking Urtho what he's discussing with the researchers and what he thinks about the intervening millennia of Velgarth history. They talk for a few more minutes until Leareth says, courteously, that he's tired and can they speak again later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Urtho rises, pauses awkwardly, then rests his hand on Leareth's shoulder for a moment. "I was proud of you - it feels like so recently to me, even though I suppose it was millennia ago for you, but - even when you frightened me, even when I wished you would have chosen different accomplishments with your talent, I was very proud." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Deep breath. "I - would like, at some point, to hear more of what you remember. It was a long time ago and I have no surviving records of it, so - I mostly do not remember anything of my time in your Tower. Except that I think I was happy there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to speak to you of that. But later, I will let you rest now." 

And he waits to be dismissed by the pharaoh, even though this adds some awkwardness to the interaction with Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It really does but he'll try to minimize it. 

 

 

And then he'll go give Leareth a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sags into his arms. "I think that went well but it was very exhausting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should be able to work together without awkwardness in the long run, I think. And - he seems unlikely to do anything unilateral and overly hasty in your service. I do not think he ever wanted to be in charge of the war in Tantara." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is the sense I got, yeah. He would prefer to act when there's a consensus. It feels - safe -" He bites his lip. He thought his palace was safe too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices his hesitation, and squeezes him more tightly. "I do not think we should completely let down our guard about - something going wrong, there. But I am mostly optimistic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I have decided to badger Aroden about a telepathy solution. I'd like to be able to - talk to you without an audience."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would very much like that. Honestly I would like it if we already had it for the party, there are going to be so many people and - I do not have very much practice with charming people at that kind of event. You are far better at it. Aroden usually has telepathy with Parmida and she prompts him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, we could do that. I can head over the day before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am almost ready to head back, I think, so when I do I will ask Aroden to spend some time researching it." A slight smile. "He ought to have much more free time now that we have finished the retaliation against the Star-Eyed." 

Leareth heads back the next day, but in the interim, he can still squeeze in a bit of time with Khemet, which he's less incredibly exhausted and out of it for. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa spends a while working on modifying her artifact. It's hard, with a blind target. How do you make sure you're - not blocking, blocking is easy, but allowing through just the right amount of - lifeforce, when you can't see it? 

If you spend a while working on something you should also spend at least a little while working out whether you should keep working on it. Is being a spy in the palace still the best way to accomplish her goals? 

- well, just fucking asking Iomedae hasn't worked -

 

- it's hard to reconcile this being important - and this has to be important, presumably? She wouldn't expect Iomedae to send her on a mission like this unless it was really important, she'll feel - betrayed, if it's about some tax fraud or something - no, she can't reason from that -

- there are no stories about Iomedae concerning herself with trivial things. Maybe there wouldn't be, but - for some of the other gods there are. 

Does she know the dreams are from Iomedae at all. She got two more cleric levels afer she embarked on this, and within the dreams there's the total certainty that they are, that her goddess is present with her, recognizable from the feeling of getting cleric spells, asking her to pay attention to this - but maybe that could be feigned. 

Towards what end? It's not like she would send a written report, if the dreams asked her to. She's not actually totally sure she'll tell Iomedae if asked. Certainly she'll want a lot of answers first. ...probably Iomedae can read it out of her mind, trivially, but -

 


There is some reason to think that there's something going on here with genuinely high stakes. There's a war between Abadar - Leareth's god - and the Star-Eyed goddess in Velgarth. Aroden's siding with Leareth in that, obviously - no, not obviously, why does Aroden trust Leareth so much? So much that everyone assumes he's his son - Gifts are inherited, she got that out of Jisa -

It doesn't fit together and it does look high-stakes, high-stakes enough that she can believe Iomedae wanted her here, maybe even that Iomedae thought only she could do this. But she'll have to take more risks. If she can't get a cactus past the man she can't learn enough to bring it to Aroden or to Iomedae. 

She tinkers with her artifact. She gets to the point where she thinks it should make a person look like they have a normal amount of life energy. She can't see it but it affects how large a gem is needed for Soul Bind and she's seen that enchantment and can infer, backwards, what it must be tracking. 

She makes up her mind to walk past him in the hallway, once. If he does a double take, she can flee. It'll just look like suspiciously good shields, if it looks wrong. She has Dimension Door. She has a scroll of Teleport. She can be out of the country in ten seconds. And if he doesn't notice anything...

...then she can get a cactus past him.

She talks Batty around by promising to resurrect it if anything happens (that doesn't kill her too). Batty is growing some flowers so it won't look like the same cactus as last time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is in the hallway, walking from a meeting about city administration to a Work Room; he's in a Mindspeech conversation with Nayoki and occasionally fielding other queries. His Othersenses are passively open, as usual, alert for any unexpected magic or loud and worrying surface thoughts, but he's not feeling that paranoid right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She activates her sword of Glibness, convinces a coworker to come with her, and walks down the hallway gossiping with her about the dinner arrangements. They step respectfully out of Leareth's way. 

She watches him. That's not weird; the other girl is also watching him. There is a general consensus that he's hot; it is the first thing she learned fishing for gossip among the staff.

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes play over her, but mostly the way someone's eyes would move over everything in their surroundings, if they had fought on battlefields and survived a dozen other kinds of harrowing situations. He maybe pauses on her a fraction of a second longer than her colleague, but not enough to be very notable, and then he's past them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Damn it she wishes she knew if that fraction of a second meant anything but -

 

 

Well, she doesn't have to run the experiment once and go straight to the cactus. She still has Glibness on; she can talk herself into a role serving food at the dinner party, if she wants, instead of running things around behind the scenes like she'd arranged previously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet arrives to the state dinner party a day in advance so that Aroden can help him and his boyfriend out with telepathy.

Permalink Mark Unread

(You would think that'd be a person it'd be easier to get a cactus past, since she knows it's not detectable by Golarion magic unless you think to cast a divination on it, and rumor has it Leareth's sleeping with him, but when she brings fresh sheets for his guest suite his guards Detect Magic on them at the door, and that itself she can get past but it's indicative of more paranoia, so she does not try.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you feeling better?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Much better! I still feel a little bit slow and scattered, but Vanyel says he cannot tell by talking to me." Slight look of irritation. "Aroden can, but he is Aroden. Nayoki thinks it will pass." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully the Star-Eyed has learned a valuable lesson but Abadar was a bit pessimistic. Maybe the new interface will help with that too."

Permalink Mark Unread

They head over toward the Work Room where Aroden is setting up.

"Are you still annoyed with Abadar about it?" Leareth says quietly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. I - didn't expect a downside risk of you being brain damaged in some way we couldn't heal and I'm not happy about it but I don't think He expected it either and - it made sense for Him to want to make a play for that resource, even a risky play. And it's going to save us both a lot of headaches in the future."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it was a reasonable gamble to make, yes, given the upside. And - if it is anyone's fault it is mine, for misjudging the likely outcomes, the gods have never used that particular style of attack on me but I was not entirely unaware it was possible, and - I had never put myself so conveniently close to a god's centre of power before. And, yes, it means we can much more fully trust Valdemar's government now, and Abadar actively has a hold there." Shiver. "I was very scared, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They reach the Work Room. Aroden greets Khemet warmly, thanks him for visiting. Asks how everything is going in Osirion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Reasonably well! They are excited that now that all the fighting in Velgarth is done with there can be more mages available for work in Golarion. For example on the permanent Gate-terminus he wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reminds him that he's on the list but they take weeks of multiple mages' full-time efforts to build. They'll get there, though, probably especially if he keeps incentivizing Leareth to visit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is the plan. 

 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden explains the spell he's redesigned. He can easily do one that is basically exactly like Mind Blank except that it doesn't block projective Mindspeech, but that only gives Khemet the receptive end, since he doesn't himself have a projective form of telepathy. They can do that part separately for him though. Aroden could also do a more complicated version that would only allow Mindspeech with Leareth, but he doesn't have that yet, and either way random Thoughtsensers won't be able to read his mind, just talk to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He would also like other Mindspeakers to be able to talk to him, especially Companions!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can go with the simpler version of the spell!

Aroden has it prepared and can just cast it for now and then he and Leareth can test that it works, Aroden also prepared Telepathy for Khemet to see if that gives him the projective side. Though for Companions and such he can just reply out loud, so if he's looking to get it permanent, given the range difference it probably makes more sense to get permanent Telepathic Bond specifically with Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A permanent telepathic bond with Leareth sounds really convenient. They can test it out with Telepathy now, though. 

 

He dispels his Mind Blank. Waits for Aroden to put it on.

:Can you hear me?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes!: And it seems like he can answer, his Mindspeech isn't bouncing off a wall like before. :Did that work?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It did! Now try to murder me or - I don't know, I'm sure Mindspeech has some concerning use or other -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could shout very very loudly and it would be distracting? I actually think that the way Aroden did the spell, there is not enough 'surface area' where I can get through that I could harm you even if I wanted to. I am not really a strong enough Mindspeaker for it anyway. Vanyel can kill people by hitting them hard enough with Mindspeech, but he is Vanyel: 

Leareth is smiling broadly. He's very pleased about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is too!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does a few more tests; he tries very hard to read Khemet's thoughts without him projecting Mindspeech, and can't, that's working as intended and he can't route around it. Very clever. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden examines it with his magic senses, pronounces it 'worked as intended', and since that went quickly and without any complications, maybe they can just go get lunch now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very impressed with Aroden. 

 

 

They head out of the Work Room to eat lunch somewhere more comfortable. There are people around, so they talk about things that aren't that important - immigration, the health of Khemet's children, Abadar being able to pick more clerics in Velgarth now. But if they wanted to discuss something sensitive they could just do it over Mindspeech.

Permalink Mark Unread

Servants bring lunch. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Girl," he says to one of them, a bit sharply. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She startles. "Your majesty?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does this have pepper, I don't like pepper."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can go check, your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can you read her mind.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has passive Thoughtsensing open but he wasn't actively probing. He tries. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hedging him out but people do do that some of the time anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth conveys this to Khemet. :Is there a reason you asked me to?: She seems perfectly ordinary to him - well, prettier than average, he doesn't normally notice that at all, but unremarkable otherwise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Something felt off. I wouldn't bet money on it being - well, I'd bet money on it being something but it could easily be a death in the family this morning or an uncanny resemblance to an ex, I wouldn't bet on it being important. - it wasn't that I was rude to her, I was rude after I noticed because I was trying to get more of a read...:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm. If I run into her again I can try to read her, the shielding effect here is often inconsistent that way: It's still odd to him, Velgarth shielding doesn't work that way at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :I'm sure you vet them.: But he keeps the conversation even more inane for the rest of lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

She comes back to inform his majesty which foods have pepper.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tries to read her again, not particularly expecting it to work. He does focus on her face enough that he expects he'll remember it and be able to ask Aroden about her vetting; he trusts Khemet's judgement a lot, even if Khemet is right that it's probably something boring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Still hedging him out. She glances at him and looks away quickly when she sees him studying her.

Permalink Mark Unread

After lunch he has previously-laid plans to tour Egorian and embarks on them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes back to his own work, but discreetly joins Khemet again whenever they're both free that evening. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet is delighted to see him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the other advantage of Mindspeech is that, for example, Leareth can while kissing Khemet also talk to him. 

:I have considered it and, while I was not very lucid at the time, I am now and I still think that I love you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gosh. I'm sure I will eventually find a way to squeeze a political advantage out of that somewhere. It would probably work better for that if I did not love you too.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Probably! Though you are still much better at politics so we will have to see: 

They can spend lots of remaining pleasant evening together. 

And then the next day is the state dinner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden casts both spells again for Khemet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He loves state dinners so much! He has an amazing time meeting and talking to everybody and occasionally passing gossip to Leareth through their telepathic bond.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is going to never go near the pharaoh of Osirion again. Probably he didn't notice anything and is just from a country where women aren't people but - her gut says it was more than that and her gut is probably getting hypersensitive these days but it's a good enough reason to stay away. 

She already talked her way into serving food but she can make sure she's at the opposite end of the room. 

And she's not going to try the cactus for a week at least, just in case Leareth looking at her was him noticing something off about her stupid fucking life force which if she messed up the artifact probably looks like that of a fourth-circle caster and not that of a woman who could barely master Prestidigitation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would not say that he's loving it, but it's much more enjoyable than he had expected, mostly thanks to Khemet's commentary. 

He stays with Aroden for most of it, being introduced to people and mostly focusing on not seeming scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not scary at all he's adorable.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's very charming and if he's not evil or advising Aroden badly in the war between Velgarth's and Golarion's gods he'll probably run the country very competently and she's so so scared of him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth spots her out of the corner of his eye and indicates this to Aroden. :The person I told you about, who Khemet had an odd feeling about: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't going to go dig up all the notes on her hiring process in the middle of an event, but he might as well try Detect Thoughts on her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is refilling drinks. 

 

She blocks him out. 

Normal people do not block him out when he tries to detect their thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes still. He casts it as a spell rather than just using his permanent version, the spell is still a little stronger.

:Tell Khemet something is very worrying: he thinks loudly to Leareth. :She is blocking me too and she should not be able to: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth keeps a normal expression on his face, nods and smiles slightly in response to the words someone is saying to him which he's barely hearing at all, and Mindspeaks Khemet. :I think what you picked up from that servant was not nothing. She is blocking Aroden's Detect Thoughts: 

Permalink Mark Unread

As a spell Aroden's Detect Thoughts works. She's thinking that the pharaoh of Osirion is part of the whole puzzle, presumably, he's also a cleric of Abadar - supposedly more than that but he really doesn't look like more than that - so it's a damned shame she can't get near him -

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet doesn't miss a beat in the story he is telling about how he met his husband.

:Should you get out of here. I think more people want you dead than the rest of us.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Damn it. He is really, really not keen to get murdered again. 

:Aroden, Khemet says I should leave, I am going to Gate out: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:One moment. If anything happens I will shield you, but - she is a spy and I wish to question her. I would prefer she not have any warning: 

He says something to the person they're talking to, and then in a single fluid motion he reaches for his Bag of Holding and draws out his metamagic rod of Reach Spell, and without warning Plane Shifts the servant to his magic-blocked demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

- she tries to throw it off and almost - but he's absurdly powerful and the spell is absurdly powerful and now she's -

- somewhere else. 

 

 

Magic doesn't work.

 

Well, shit.

 

She collapses to her knees. I know that up to this point you have had zero guidance about anything but I could really use some right now.

 

It feels almost like there's a distant presence assuring her it will be fine but that's bullshit and she doesn't buy it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She isn't necessarily the only threat in the room and so Leareth nonetheless Gates out on the spot, landing in one of the shielded areas he's set up that's well outside the Palace. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden gives some very polite apologies to the people they're talking to, excuses himself, and leaves the room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have Telepathic Bond today, which has longer range, and so Leareth can still reach Khemet. :Are you all right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes but now my security's stressed. Pretty sure no one else in the room expected that at all or has any context on it but I'm not the mindreader.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Aroden read her thoughts on the second attempt and determined she was a spy. I did not wait for him to say more. I assume he Teleported her out to his demiplane and will proceed there to question her. I left anyway since she might not have been the only person involved: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Let me know when you hear an update from him.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course:

Permalink Mark Unread

After some brief explanation to his staff, Aroden Plane Shifts himself to his personal demiplane and looks at the terrified servant huddling in his library. He’s silent for a moment, waiting to see what she’ll do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa kneels on the floor in the room with no magic and tries to stop having a panic attack. Hallucinatory Iomedae reassuring her that everything will be fine is not helping, go away hallucinatory Iomedae. 

What's going to happen. Face it, it's always more terrifying when you haven't spelled it out in your thoughts. She's going to die. Fine. Aroden doesn't get along with Asmodeus, doesn't want his people in Hell. Even the ones who fought against him. So she'll die, and she'll make Axis, and maybe Batty will eventually die of thirst on her bookshelf - no, they'll search her house - maybe Batty will get an afterlife too or maybe he'll turn back into a normal cactus or maybe he'll just stop existing, there's nothing at all she can do about that right now. She doesn't have enough of a grip on Aroden's personality to guess whether pleading for mercy for her cactus would entertain or anger him.  

Dying will probably hurt. That's - whatever. She wouldn't be having a panic attack if the thing that was going to happen was a drawn out and protracted Plane Shift to Axis. So she shouldn't be having one now. 

Magic won't work, anymore, when she's dead - there's different magic and she'll be able to learn it, she's a quick study, honestly it'll be less frustrating retraining after a decade spent on wizardry than it would be after eight decades spent on wizardry. (Her emotions don't buy this. They wanted those eight decades. But, well, we can't always get what we want, can we. A year ago she thought she would get only those eight decades, if she was careful, and then Hell. There's nothing to grieve, here, even if it feels like there is.)

They'll talk to her family, maybe. They'll be terrified, and then once they figure out there won't be retribution for them (will there be? for the cousin who sent her test scores, maybe...) - once that's all played out they'll be angry, embarrassed, disappointed, confused - she wasn't reckless -

- he won't let Asmodeus have her but there are other ways to make sure she doesn't get Axis, doesn't get any afterlife at all, and that'd be a reasonable and strategic sort of thing to do, just so your stewardship of a nice divine realm doesn't give people incentive to betray you -

This isn't helping her calm down, which isn't fair, this is supposed to help you calm down. Maybe it only works if you're panicking about something stupid and if you're panicking about your imminent execution then more detail doesn't help. 

You live in the world you live in. She's going to die; right now, she can have a clear head or not have a clear head, and it seems better to have a clear head, except she's terrified - what is she terrified of - 

- oh -

- she is terrified that there might be something she could say to Aroden so she doesn't die. And that's terrifying because that means it's not over, gods this is awful but at least when the spell caught her and she failed to fight it she thought it was over, and she doesn't have her hat pin of glibness or her god's guidance or anything at all, she just has to figure this out herself and the fact it might be possible to succeed makes it so, so much worse that she's almost definitely going to fail...

Calm down. Maybe that's what hallucinatory Iomedae meant, if she was not a hallucination, which she probably was. That there was still a way forward, that she needed to believe it was possible for things to be okay in order for her to see the route forward. Iomedae was a paladin. Paladins cannot be afraid. She'd think it a myth but she did a tour at the Worldwound, enchanting arms and armor, and she saw them, and it's real. Iomedae would not be afraid. Iomedae - can only give good advice if Carissa's not afraid, maybe, can only understand what routes forward Iomedae would take...

...she has no idea if that's true but it's less confusing than her goddess having given her this quest and then let her fail at it with no warning. 

Does she already know enough to convince Aroden of whatever he needs to be convinced of? But she barely knows anything...

When he teleports in she flinches and looks up at him and then back at the ground. "Your majesty," she says very quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He still has Detect Thoughts and he can sense some of - her decision to stay calm, to keep trying something, and she's very, very panicked right now, with him showing up in front of her, but she's trying something...

"What is your name?" he asks first. Gently. It's not helpful for his purposes for her to be even more frightened.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa Sevar. Gave my real name when I applied. But my cousin's test scores."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. That fits, you are certainly not a first-level wizard." He peers at her. "Lawful Good, hmm. Cleric?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "Also a wizard."

Permalink Mark Unread

A clever one. He suspects she made some magic items in order to evade detection this long - he can't sense them right now, of course. 

"Who sent you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I got visions from my - I thought they were from Iomedae but I don't know that for sure. They felt like getting spells, though, and while they were happening I'd feel sure in a dream-logic sort of way. They were of a person I didn't recognize. I did some research. It was Leareth. - and sometimes the pharaoh of Osirion. I tried to find other clerics of Iomedae to ask if they'd gotten them too but I was being vague on purpose and they might not have told me even if they had. I figured there had to be something I was supposed to do. Applied to work at the palace. I got second-circle spells from Her when I did so I figured I'd picked right. - I didn't mean it to be treason," what a stupid thing to say, it doesn't matter at all, "I figured that if I found out something important and Cheliax was in danger or something I'd tell you."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I see.” His expression is still gentle. “And what have you learned of Leareth so far, from your spying?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. This is the worst part but it'll be worse if she's trying to hide any of it -

"Learned about Abadar's war with the Velgarth god the Star-Eyed. Learned you also knew of it so I figured it wasn't the thing I was here to find out about though it might have been related to it, if there was - I wasn't sure if it was some danger to him or some danger he posed to Cheliax - there were some Tayledras assassins sent to try to kill him and it caused a lot of problems but they were sent to try to kill him before I even got my first vision so it can't have been the thing I was supposed to prevent. You trust him - couldn't figure out why, I don't actually think he's your son even though that's what most people were assuming - I was working on an artifact that made me show up not-suspicious to mage-sight, it was harder than looking normal to our magic since I have our magic, I thought I'd gotten it down this week but - obviously I was wrong about that - and then I figured it'd be safe to be in the same room as him or to - leave my familiar in conference rooms again -" lots of internal screaming about that because it's the most definitely a capital crime of everything but - "and then I'd find out more. Thought the pharaoh might be important."

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing Aroden is thinking is that he wants to go yell at Iomedae right now, but the yelling can wait, it's hardly going to help this poor girl calm down, and he keeps all hint of irritation from his face. Instead, to her surprise, he smiles.

"Is your familiar by any chance a cactus?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Flinch. Nod. "Made it a little custom - sword, I don't actually do amulets, I just do swords, but they can be tiny swords, hat pins and toothpicks, it was one of the spines - to conceal it - but I didn't know about mage sight so it was too shielded, it looked dead to him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I remember that! How impressive. Both of us failed to be paranoid enough, it seems. Leareth asked me if it seemed odd, he thought it looked fine on the outside - neither of us is enough an expert in cacti, it seems, I should have asked my wife to come look."

Aroden takes a step back, gestures to some armchairs over to one side of the library. "Please, make yourself comfortable. I will just be one moment." 

He prepares a Sending to Leareth. "Sent by Iomedae, not obviously a threat, you should come, where are you." 

And a separate Sending to the pharaoh. "No threat to you or Leareth, Iomedae up to mischief, Leareth busy next few hours, you are invited if you wish." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth replies with his location. And then Mindspeaks the pharaoh himself as well. :Apparently Iomedae sent her?: He's instantly relaxed. :I may be wrong but I am suspicious I know exactly what this is about, and that She is laughing at us right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...now I'm curious. Is Aroden offering to give us a lift, we have no other way to get to his demiplane.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:He asked for my location so I assume he is going to come collect me. I can Gate you over here too to save on Teleports?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure.: And he will make his excuses and leave the party which has been much energized by all this drama.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth Gates back to the side room behind the party, calls out to Khemet in Mindspeech, brings him over to his shielded hideout. 

"Did I get around to mentioning," he says, looking like he can't decide whether to laugh or scowl, "that I asked Iomedae for advice on finding a wife?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...no. You didn't. She...sent somebody to spy on you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure yet! All Aroden said was that she was sent by Iomedae and did not seem to be a threat, I am interpolating." He glances around. "I am sure Aroden will be here soon to say more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden isn't there yet, because after Plane Shifting back to his hallway demiplane (now relocated to Egorian along with all his other setup), he pauses in his office. 

Parmida was entertaining some other guests during the drama, but they have Charm Person active because they always do at events. 

Parmida, dear, I have a very frightened cleric of Iomedae in my demiplane, who was given mysterious visions of Leareth and gathered she was supposed to spy on him. She thinks I am going to have her executed. Would you mind accompanying us there to talk to her? Neither of us is very good at not being intimidating and the poor dear is so terrified of me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- sure. What are you going to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Have a very delicate conversation where we try to find out whether, as I suspect is true, Iomedae in fact sent her as Leareth's prospective wife. In which case Iomedae will be hearing a piece of my mind rather soon, but I will first need to...inform the poor girl of this... It sounds terribly awkward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no! And she heads over to meet him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses the top of her head and then takes her arm and Teleports them to Leareth's hideout on the edge of town. 

"Ready to go?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Aroden, are you thinking that Iomedae–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is having some fun at our expense while fulfilling your matchmaking request? Yes, rather. I think you will like her, she is awfully impressive for such a young person." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, makes a 'hmm' sound, and holds out his hand for the Plane Shift, taking Khemet's hand as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm impressed, Aroden said, and something inside Carissa's heart swelled with hope for a second before she realized that she was an idiot. 

She took a class on interrogation at university. Decided it wasn't the career path for her, whatever, that's the end of it. But they'd said, in that class, that that was a tactic that worked shockingly well. I'm not upset, I'm impressed with you! What a clever criminal you are! Most people would never have thought of that - say, tell me, how did you pull it off...

It'd seemed implausible to her at the time, that anyone would be dumb enough to believe an interrogator saying that. The book had said that establishing rapport is surprisingly easy, because people who've been engaged in illegal worship or defiance or whatever have been keeping their secrets for a long time, are often desperate to have someone to talk to - and they're scared, casting around for any kind of story in which they were clever rather than stupid -

- it's astonishing how well it works even knowing that she could have read the line out of her textbook, she wants to believe it, she can feel the warm embrace of the world where Aroden is impressed with her and sees her not as a common criminal but as a clever person worth preserving. 

She's not an idiot. 

Aroden is not impressed with her. 

She sits in her chair and waits for him to return.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Aroden returns he does so with three other people in tow. Leareth, the pharaoh of Osirion, and his wife. 

"Well, we should all sit down," he says, his voice still warm. He bustles around for a moment moving chairs, pulling one out for his wife. "I will get us all some tea and biscuits, they should be in here somewhere..." 

They are, in a cupboard. A minute later all of the new arrivals are sitting down in a little circle of chairs around the nice coffee table in Aroden's private library, which is also his magic-free demiplane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks briefly dissatisfied (it's about the lack of magic, he still hates this), but folds that away quickly enough. He's giving Carissa an intent, piercing look. 

He sits next to the pharaoh. They're holding hands. Leareth figures there is no point whatsoever in hiding that, in front of the person who may or may not end up being his future wife.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever the success condition for her talk with Aroden was, and she's not totally sure that there ever was one, it was probably not 'Aroden immediately tells Leareth everything and now Leareth and the pharaoh are here'.

She takes some tea. She kind of wishes he'd just get to the torture but this is a stupid wish that speaks poorly of her, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I owe you an apology," says the pharaoh, taking some tea. "I was rude to you when we first met."

Permalink Mark Unread

What. 

"I figured it was the thing where Osirians don't think women are people."



She did not mean to say that but maybe it will help her get her wish about the torture starting sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I figured you would figure that. I am sorry nonetheless."

Permalink Mark Unread

- you know what, why not. "My cactus is fifteen days old and didn't know any better and if you're sorry you can take care of it for me. If it doesn't revert to being a normal cactus. I think they grow well in Osirion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sweetheart," Parmida says, "Aroden's not like this with people he's planning to kill. He doesn't like pretending and he doesn't really need to."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances over at Khemet, smiling slightly, then returns his eyes to the woman. Whose name he realizes he doesn’t even know. He feels - awkward, nervous even? He has no idea what to say, and can’t even ask Khemet because his Mindspeech doesn’t work here - actually, wait, no, Telepathic Bond is Aroden's spell so that should still work and so should Khemet's mind-block. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida, love, how should we - tell her... He’s nearly certain now that his guess was right, just based on how Leareth is looking at the young woman.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't you tell us about yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa looks bewildered. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae is our ally. She helped Aroden with something important just last week. If She thinks you ought to be here, then you ought to be, but we should figure out why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What is your name."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa Sevar. Your majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you grow up here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Corentyn." Being shy is just going to make them angry. "I learned weapons enchanting. I made magic swords and armor for our soldiers. I spent a couple of years up at the Worldwound to learn from - the forces from other countries, and lots of high level adventurers would show up there with interesting stuff...I was back in Corentyn when the war started or I guess I would've been turned into a statue." She doesn't look at Aroden. "I got an Atonement when they were offering it. A week after that Iomedae picked me. I was reading lawful neutral before that, not Good. I didn't tell anyone because," shrug. "Didn't know that much about her. I was going to try to research it. The visions started two weeks later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have third-level spells?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fourth now. I got fourth when I started working on -" Telling the story in an outrageously disorganized way is also going to make them dislike her. "I got the visions. I told his majesty that I thought they were from Her but I wasn't sure. In the visions it felt obvious they were from Her and very important, in a dream logic sort of way. And there was the same sort of feeling of something else being there as when I get my spells.

They were of - Leareth, and occasionally also the pharaoh, though it took some research to figure that out. Walking around, doing magic, talking with people. I wasn't sure what I was supposed to do. I tried tracking down other people Iomedae'd called, but I only found a few and they acted like they had no idea what I was talking about though admittedly I was very vague. I wouldn't have told me, if someone was asking questions as vague as I was. I figured I should try to figure it out. I sold all my possessions and moved to Egorian and applied for a job at the palace usingmycousinstestscores - she didn't know what I wanted them for, I'm mostly pretty trustworthy, I don't think it was her fault -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances at Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I am finding her shockingly attractive!: Probably has more to do with the brilliant spying than her face, though her face and her expressions, carefully-controlled and mostly not revealing the terror she must be feeling, are also startlingly appealing. :Also I am rather angry with Iomadae. I assumed she would ask if the woman in question even wanted to marry me - it would be so awful if she felt forced into it and I am not even sure how to bring it up in a way that is not - more pressure on her...:

Permalink Mark Unread

”We are not upset with your cousin and she will not be in trouble,” Aroden says. “Falsifying test scores is not ideal, but it was on Iomedae’s orders.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Just to be clear, I am also not angry with you and do not wish to harm you,” Leareth says. For all the good it’s likely to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure I was sure enough it was Her. She gave me second-level spells, when I applied to work at the palace, so I figured I was doing what I was supposed to be doing, but She didn't give any more detail. I kept asking. I figured if I wasn't getting any feedback that meant I was doing everything right but maybe that was a dumb thing to assume. 

I didn't have time to retrain into wondrous items so I started working on really small weapons. There's - they're in my hair right now if you'd like me to get them out and show you, they don't have any magic right now..."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I am rather annoyed with Iomedae for unnecessary making you so stressed but it seems you acted reasonably given Her choices here.” His voice is suddenly a little harder. “You had no specific intent to harm Leareth nor the means to do so, is that correct?”

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I thought about how I'd - if I needed to - but it seemed pretty unlikely, if I knew something I could tell you, it'd have to be if it turned out he was mind-controlling you or something...I wasn't planning anything, I didn't know what was going on yet. I didn't make any weapons - well, I didn't make any weapons that were meant to be used as weapons. I figured I was - taking options away from you, if I did that, you couldn't spare me even if you wanted to - I didn't think about the thing where the hat pins are all weapons by definition or I wouldn't be able to enchant them in the first place. You really couldn't use them to hurt anyone...I guess you could try to stab them in the eye."

Permalink Mark Unread

“You could not even have inconvenienced either of us by attempting to stab us in the eye with hat pins, so I am comfortable saying they are not, in fact, weapons.”

And now Aroden is looking at Leareth too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. “I asked Iomedae...to help recruit talented people...” Not false and it feels less fraught. “I think she is rather playing a joke on me. I am very sorry you were dragged into it in such a frightening and alarming way.”

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks like this raises about as many questions as it answers. 

"...oh. Okay. You know it crossed my mind that maybe Cheliax just needed a weapons enchanter but I figured, uh, you could run a job ad. In the newspaper." - okay if no one gets angry with her about that then maybe they're actually not angry with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right? We could in fact just do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This method did result in, well, rather more showing off of your unusual cleverness and creativity," Leareth says. (Is that a reassuring or a frightening thing to say? He has no idea! He's smiling though.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should go somewhere else a little more comfortable," Aroden says. 

Parmida, should we invite her over to our rooms, or is that just going to frighten her more? 

Permalink Mark Unread

..I'm not actually sure it's about the location? It's your country wherever we are. I don't know what would help, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Carissa, I am going to Plane Shift all of us elsewhere, and we can sit down and explain a little more thoroughly. I am very sorry this happened to you, although I am almost certain Iomedae will refuse to apologize for it even if I shout at Her." 

He stands up, holds out his hand to Parmida and to Khemet, who's next to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hesitates, and then offers his hand to Carissa. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes it. She is - kind of maybe having a bit of an adrenaline crash at this point. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They Plane Shift out and land in Aroden's hallway, where everyone else's magic works again. 

"Carissa," he says to her, "you are, at this point, welcome to Teleport yourself out of the country if you have decided you are done with all of this and all of us. However, I would like to finish our conversation, if you do not mind humouring us and our strange lives." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits. He's still feeling weirdly nervous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was gonna go to Vigil. If I got discovered and had time to run. Figured probably someone there could figure out what in the world I was supposed to be doing. Uh, I like Cheliax, I don't want to leave, but I'm still pretty unclear on what criminal penalties I am facing here, and which things I know I am allowed to know and what's going to be done about the other ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We will need to discuss and figure out what to do, there, though honestly none of what you found out is especially sensitive anymore. Abadar solidly won his bout with the Star-Eyed, and all of the Heralds now know about this. Out of curiosity, did you end up speaking with them at all?" 

Meanwhile he's leading them out of the hallway-demiplane and past his private office to a nice conference room. He sits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth pulls out a chair for Carissa, trying not to look too emotionally engaged in whether she decides to stay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits. "I spoke to the King's seven year old daughter. I needed an explanation of how mage-sight worked and what Leareth had been up to in his original world and who the Star-Eyed was and she was harassing me anyway so it seemed like the best place to get it. I didn't talk to any of the heralds, I wanted to figure out what my artifact was failing to cover first - though it would have been a good idea to test it on them first instead of on Leareth first -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your artifact was fine, Leareth didn't notice anything off about you."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, you evidently guessed somehow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not with magic, your magic setup worked as far as I know perfectly. I just thought you seemed a bit off."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I had Glibness up! It's supposed to cover that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I wasn't very sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaand now he can ask Khemet for advice. :I do not want to lie to her about - what I asked Iomedae to recruit for - but I also do not want her to feel she is obligated to marry me! Can you help me think of a way to say it that leaves it up to her and what she wants?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it's very tricky! I bet Iomedae's going to tell us that the straightforward approach wouldn't have worked but I don't know why not. She does seem to be, uh, gradually changing her mind about how bad to expect things to be.

 

You really like her.

Permalink Mark Unread

:She is so impressive! - If not for my suspicion about Iomedae's motives I do not think I would be - thinking of her in that way - but I would most certainly want to recruit her for something. I hope to persuade her to stay even if she does not wish to marry me. But... I think she is someone I could come to love. Maybe: 

Permalink Mark Unread

And next to where they're sitting in the conference room there is suddenly a shimmer of coalescing energies, with none of the precise tightly-wound complexity of human magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How kind of you to join us, Iomedae. Care to reassure this wonderful young lady, after arranging for her to have such a fright?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

It resolves into a human woman's form. Chelish. She and Carissa don't look that alike really but there's something in the eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are you doing here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This will save attention, compared to all of them going off to yell at me separately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I -" She hesitates. Iomedae nods and she continues. "I figured it was a - resource thing. You can only do so much, it's - inefficient - to spend a lot of it on managing my feelings - I wouldn't want you to -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know." She is glowing with pride and also with the fact she is very magical.

Permalink Mark Unread

"But don't you understand - if you're not going to show up for my feelings because there are more important things to do, then that's fine, I can work with that, gods don't show up for most peoples' feelings - but if you show up for my feelings if I'm scared and sad enough then - then the rest of the time it's not because there's more to do elsewhere it's because I'm not scared and sad enough - I can't work with that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes her head and smiles at her very slightly. "I am not here for you, Carissa. You do not need me. These foolish men do. They are worried that they sought my help and - not only did they not get what they'd imagined, they got something from which they don't know how to reach what they imagined -"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh, come on -

- what did you send me here for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth asked me to find the best woman in Cheliax who might want to marry him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry! I - well, it was a rather effective - screening process, for that, but - I did not intend the part where we frightened you so badly." Leareth, who very rarely feels guilty about anything, feels slightly guilty about this.

"Obviously you are under no obligation to marry me just because Iomedae sent you here. - Though you would be quite good at it and - I do find you impressive and likeable..." He's not making this any better is he. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is looking kind of wildly between him and Iomedae. 

 

"What ....would have happened if you'd just. Asked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You would have done a lot of research about me and him and eventually decided you trusted me that it was the right thing to do and then tried it and eventually with a lot of work you would have earned from him a quarter of the respect that you deserve, and believed yourself deserving of about a tenth of it, and it would have gone all right. 

 

I think. We don't have Foresight anymore."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"This way, he knows who you are, and you know who you are, and you will do a lot of research and decide you want this and it's very convenient how it's also the right thing to do, and it will go better than all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I wasn't even very good at it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae just watches her, eyes shining.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You snuck a cactus familiar past us and learned secrets that we only spoke of in shielded rooms with both of us using our magical senses on all of our surroundings. I am not sure if you realize how few people can say that. You did very well and I feel rather stupid, now - which, to be clear, causes me to like you more rather than less. You would have done even better with twenty more years of actual training at being a spy, of course, but - you were so clever and paranoid and..."

Possibly this is just going to put her off, he isn't sure anymore, he would be flattered if someone complimented his paranoia but he's not sure how people who aren't him or Aroden would feel about that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa mostly looks overwhelmed. She looks helplessly at Iomedae. "He's not up to anything awful that will destroy Cheliax?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or anywhere else or anything else? That shouldn't be destroyed, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Little one, I'm not a genie you are trying to get a Wish out of, I'm not going to leave anything out that you'd want to know. He has a long and complicated history and he is as worthy of you as anyone can be, and you'll be safer with him than anywhere else, and it will be good for the world, and maybe for the whole universe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is being your cleric always like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it would be good for your ability to run a country if there were this much drama all the time. 

But if it was going to be good for your ability to run a country, then, yes, it would be."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"...didn't come here for me, the hell you didn't, you haven't even talked to anyone else -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You would have derived all of this eventually, once you had the missing piece. I spared them a great deal more agonizing about how to give it to you without giving you the impression that it was about as voluntary as it would have been under the old regime."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shaky sigh. "I'm not worried about that, he's not stupid."

Permalink Mark Unread

Approving nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does the pharaoh of Osirion have to do with all of this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, Leareth is dating him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I knew that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not have any kind of personal relationship with him because he's not ready to try to be a good person yet. He'll get there. 

- no, I can't do this for you, because your problem with your wives is that you're not capable of attraction to women," she adds to the pharaoh of Osirion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reaches under the conference table to squeeze Khemet's hand. :I am sorry this is so awkward: 

He looks at Iomedae. "And - while I somewhat regret causing Carissa so much stress, she does not deserve that, I - suppose you did fulfill my request as specified, and - I owe you some thanks for that." 

And to Carissa: "I think you have more than proven yourself to me, at this point, and it is on me to prove my own character to you. I am not sure of how best to do that, but will listen to any idea you have. And, of course, you ought take as much time as you wish. If you want to go away and potentially come back at a later point once you have had time to think, that is fine; if you would like to work in a more important position than laundry wizard, I would be delighted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm kind of curious what the not-from-a-seven-year-old account of what happened in Velgarth is but - doesn't have to be now.

 

Maybe want to go to Vigil. And to the Worldwound. I, uh, have a character reference for you from Iomedae so I just need one for Her. - also I don't know what your expectations are but I'm not even distantly nobility and I've dated before but not seriously and one would be debating definitions of virginity and I'm not any good at foreign languages and if I hate being pregnant I'll only do it twice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Noted. Thank you for explaining. None of those seem like issues to me at all." 

He is weirdly delighted about Carissa wanting to seek out a character reference on Iomedae, a Lawful Good god, it's so - careful, wanting to have calibrated trust in the agents around her, he appreciates it and he appreciates her and aaaaaaah how is he supposed to think about the fact that a god thinks she would make a good wife for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae looks pleased with Herself. "If you want to yell at me you will have to do it now," She says to Aroden, "I don't mean to stay longer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I think that your cleric covered most of it. And I suspect Leareth has learned his lesson about making less than fully specified requests of you, which is that you will fulfill them beautifully and also - not in the way he necessarily expected. If Carissa," he glances over at her, eyebrows slightly raised, "is satisfied that you have been chided enough, I think I am done." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa now looks slightly embarrassed. "I do - appreciate it. Uh. If you're right."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae nods seriously. "I'm very proud of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You all keep saying that but I - didn't win."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I had needed you to overthrow the government of Cheliax I would've helped, little one. You successfully demonstrated some holes in Palace security which I am sure they'll now patch and you learned some magic and you proved some things. 

- it doesn't feel like winning because almost all the work is still ahead, and looks different than you expected. But that's how winning almost always works."

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cloud of magic disappears and then the image with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," Aroden says cheerfully. "Is there anything else we should cover while we are here? Leareth and I will need to discuss security improvements against laundry wizards with cactus familiars and enchanted sword hatpins. If you slipped anything else past us that has not yet come up, I would also appreciate knowing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They truth spelled me during the interview and were responsible and didn't tell me when it went up so it'd be hard to fake it working and stuff but I had Enchantment Foil. I could've had it up even without the hatpins though then it would've showed up if someone detected magic on me. Uh, it was pretty easy to talk people around about schedules so I could get into places I wanted to be, you could make that more rule-bound though people will probably find it annoying. I -" and she blushes - "mostly didn't have any good plans for if the cactus familiar didn't work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very clever, I am sure you would have come up with something eventually." Glance at Leareth again. "We will consider improvements there, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry if I frightened you by making you think your familiar was dead. Did you end up figuring out a way for that to not happen?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have it. I was testing it with the party. I thought if I looked really well-shielded to you that'd be suspicious but maybe not suspicious enough to blow the whole thing all by itself - I had a story about a family heirloom ready if anyone asked - and if I looked perfectly normal to you then I probably had it right and could put Batty back looking like it had a normal amount of life energy. It was growing some flowers so it wouldn't look like the same cactus you noticed was dead last time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth just smiles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida, love, is there anything else you think we ought to say to her? 

Permalink Mark Unread

You have not actually said that she's not in any trouble, just that you wanted to figure that out later.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should probably clarify that. 

"You are not in trouble," he adds. "Leareth and I will need to figure out additional security and so we may ask you for advice on that again later, but not at all because we intend to punish you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should perhaps consider that Iomedae did two favours in one, and offered an unbiased test of our precautions as well as...the other part." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why'd you ask Iomedae. For a wife. You're a cleric of Abadar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I asked Abadar first but He seemed rather helpless about the question; he has never been human and so I do not think he understands human concepts of marriageability very well. Also, I - like Iomedae, I go to her for advice sometimes, and..." it feels odd, there's something here but he's still trying to dig it out of his brain and shape it into words, "and - given my background, and how it is different from the current conditions, I - think I would benefit from interacting more with Good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'm Good. Maybe someday."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am almost certain that you are closer to it than I am. I still read as Lawful Evil when I arrived in this world, you know, it was the war with Cheliax that brought me to neutral." Is that going to scare her away? Well, it's not a fact he can hide about himself forever, so probably better she know from the start and avoid either of them getting up false hopes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, same, right. Except I didn't even earn neutral I bought it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think either of us was evil, before, only Evil. Nearly everyone in Cheliax went to Hell, and I do not think it is because human nature was any different, under Asmodeus, I think it is because He cleverly social engineered it to be that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you got top grades in school it was your job to whip the kids who got the worst grades in the school and I always got top grades in school."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry we did not win the war sooner." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I do think you might be misestimating - where peoples' expectations are? I kept trying to adjust for things not being like before and - still being surprised - I knew Aroden was trying to make sure Asmodeus couldn't have anyone but I still figured he would probably torture me to death because it - keeps the incentives straight, right. You probably want to do even more of it if you're sending people to Axis afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually I do not think that results in helpful incentives at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for pointing that out," Leareth says, seriously. "It is very valuable to know."

It's also one of the sorts of things Parmida thought a Chelish wife might be able to help him with, knowing what people's expectations are when they wouldn't necessarily tell him or Aroden even if asked. He doesn't say that, though, in case it's pressuring her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean," she says to Aroden, "in this case it wouldn't have mattered since I thought maybe the fate of Cheliax was at stake but if someone is trying to decide whether to spy on you because Taldor offered them a lot of money, it's the kind of thing I'd expect to matter?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I agree. Again, you have our gratitude for bringing this to our attention." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "Thank you. Uh, I'll try not to take too long researching."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need not feel rushed on my behalf." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Though it is reasonable to try to be efficient, for Cheliax's sake if not for Leareth's sake personally." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 


"....why do you trust him," she asks Aroden.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a somewhat odd story, and may be difficult to believe. Early in his time in this world, Leareth met Nefreti Clepati, a powerful cleric of Nethys, and she made some cryptic remarks. Which, combined with my history, he pieced together and realized that - we are in some important sense the same person, the same pattern and story told across different worlds. I was skeptical at first when he proposed this to me, but we are so alike, it did not take long before I believed it. And so, I trust him because I trust myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - okay. Thank you. I guess I wasn't going to guess that one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might have had you learned enough details of Leareth's past, but - no, probably not, it is too bizarre." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your life is very bizarre. If I tried to tell anyone that Iomedae manifested - she didn't properly, right, it must've been only a little bit of her -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. An entire god is very large." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think I want there to be any more of Her here right now. Maybe once I have my character references." She turns to go, pauses. "Do I - bow - in what order -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I personally recommend coming up with a concept of Law which considers it fine to be arbitrary and flexible there, because not doing that is a pain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My existing concept is that the point of all the protocols are establishing mutual information about who can kill who and how trivially?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden can kill people most trivially and Leareth can kill people more trivially than me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"See, there, now in my system we have all just bowed." And she Dimension Doors out.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Khemet, help, I think I like her too much already. What if she decides she does not want to marry me? I will be so disappointed: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:She has obviously already decided, she just needs to go get a sense of what she is signing up for and she'll feel better about it if she hasn't actually committed while she's doing that.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:How do you know that she has already decided? It is not obvious to me! Is that just your mysterious ability to always know what other people are feeling?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not mysterious! ...I should load you up with magic items for sensing other peoples' intent, see if that gets you there - anyway she's attracted to you and she is tempted by the prospect of being Queen of Cheliax and she is in general - trying to find her balance about being around gods, rather than trying to have it happen less, she's not going to decide to walk away from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is possible I have not practiced sensing people's intent the usual way as much as you, since in important and high-stakes situations I would just read their minds: 

He's relieved to hear Khemet's opinion here, and also so, so confused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that went about as well as it could have," Aroden says. He glances at Parmida to see if she has any opinions to voice on the matter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fourth-level spells, and she's twenty-five. Were you that quick, dear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That comparison seems a little unfair since I did not start until I was twenty-eight! ...Well, technically I was zero years old, depending whether you count. Does have me wondering if it would be possible to resurrect the poor farmer I, well, displaced, though I suppose he has likely been in Axis for a long time and may not wish to be hauled back." 

Aroden feels a little less regret about it this time, because the man was so likely to have died anyway in the ensuing famines, and if not he would have ended up under Asmodeus and gone to Hell, but...still. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This was a really entertaining interlude but probably we should reassure people about the disruption to their dinner party," he says to Leareth regretfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I had just been thinking that." 'Entertaining' is perhaps not the first word he would have used, but it's down there on the list. He moves to stand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can head back to the state dinner so he can reassure his very unhappy security.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a pretty decent party. And Leareth did, maybe, meet a prospective wife at it, if not the way he expected. 

He tries not to dwell on Carissa too much. It won't help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

King Randale is back in Valdemar, now that the capital is being rebuilt, and he wonders if Aroden or Leareth would be interested in a formal state visit at some point? He sends a polite letter of invitation. 

Also he wants to at least exchange correspondence with the pharaoh of Osirion on what to do about Starwind and Moondance, now that one, their Goddess has substantially less power, and two, they no longer seem to be under Her pact, though the other Tayledras still are for at least a little longer. He's not sure if the pharaoh would be willing to come to Velgarth, but Abadar apparently has a lot of power in Haven now, so he's invited if he wants to come? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Things in Cheliax feel reasonably under control right now, so Aroden would be delighted to visit for a day or two, and Leareth might be able to stay longer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can also make a day trip!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Randi would also like to discuss the status of Abadar's new clerics, none of whom have more than first-level spells yet, but Valdemar doesn't have any precedent for magic users not operating under one of the Collegia, and he's unsure what to do here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense! He knows how the church organizes itself with respect to the state in Qadira and elsewhere in the Kelesh Empire and in Katapesh and Taldor and Andoran and Cheliax and maybe some of those arrangements will be inspiring to Valdemar. Importantly, in none of those places does the church answer to Osirion; in general the church intervenes in conflict on the side of the defender if at all, which means there are rarely split loyalties. In most countries the King wants oaths of loyalty from the leadership of the church, and this is an entirely reasonable ask; conveniently a cleric who broke it would probably lose their cleric powers immediately. If it makes sense to structure oversight of the church in a collegium sort of setup, or to have one that would also encompass other churches that grant divine magic if any of them show up, he could brainstorm ideas there.

 

Valdemar's ideals about freedom of religion are admirable but probably they don't actually want Asmodeus allowed to set up shop here? Osirion bans proselytizing for, though not worship of, chaotic or evil gods. Many countries in Golarion just outright ban being a cleric of an evil god.

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounds like there are a lot of factors and they can discuss it most easily when they all meet in person. Randi will suggest a date for the day trip part, and then Leareth can potentially stay longer; helpfully, he's also a cleric of Abadar so can maybe assist with setting up whatever they decide on there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has been sort of avoiding talking to Abadar ever since the fight with the Star-Eyed, but that's mostly for silly reasons at this point; he even knows he can do it without getting a headache, thanks to his help giving Abadar a better interface. 

So the day before their visit, he waits until evening when he's caught up on all his commitments, and then stretches out on his bed and prays. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth.: No falling sensation at all, though his Mindspeech overtones are weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I did not have a chance to congratulate you on your success against the Star-Eyed: The new interface is drastically better too. :I hope you are satisfied with the retaliation:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. I wish She could follow why it happened, it'd reduce the odds of it needing to happen again, but maybe with time we'll make progress on that. I am reacclimating myself to being legible within Foresight and that should help.

How are you doing?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Better, now. Almost completely back to normal. It was - bad, for days: Leareth takes a slow deep breath. He doesn't actually want to criticize Abadar or demand an apology, he thinks Abadar acted reasonably, just... :I was very, very scared, that - I would never have my mind fully back: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know. I did not predict that particular avenue of harm.: Pause. :Most of the time if the overall benefits of something exceed the costs by enough it is worthwhile to do it and then compensate those who incurred the costs with some fraction of the benefits. I did not anticipate the degree to which we were risking a cost that could not easily be compensated in that fashion. If I had, I think I would still have thought this ought to be done, but I would have discussed it with you.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I understand: It's such a very Abadar answer. :I - think we are lucky, and it could have gone worse and left more permanent damage. I do not like being all right only by luck, and in future I hope that I - that we - will be able to anticipate such risks rather than be surprised by them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I agree. I think as I learn more about Velgarth that will be more true of the potential consequences of actions in Velgarth.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense. It must help, having more presence in Velgarth: Pause. :It was suggested that I stay in Haven for a time, since it is safer for me now that you and the Valdemaran god who is not unfriendly to me are those with influence, and that I help set up Your church there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think that would be beneficial to the church in Valdemar.: A fond feeling. :They are very new and lack a lot of context that even a new church in Golarion would have.

 

If you wanted to, having incurred the costs of an action that overall benefitted me enormously, redeem some of those benefits, that would be reasonable.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth also doesn't have the most context of anyone, but at least he's close with Khemet. 

:Redeem some of the benefits in what form?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure what you want, right now. You could have some more cleric levels, or a favor on the scale Khemet can request of me with Miracle, or have an operations building in Aktun, or save it for later.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will take some time to consider it: An operations building in Aktun is very tempting, but he should skim what the next circle of cleric spells would give him, and maybe ask Khemet what sorts of things one can do with Miracle. :Thank you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You are very welcome.:

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's something Leareth still wants to convey and he isn't sure how to put it into words. :I still only remember fragments of what happened, but - I think it was only survivable because I trusted you. I remember - you calling to me, and I did not know what was happening or where I was but I still pulled toward rather than away, and - so I am very glad you are shaped a way I can trust: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I could try to convey it but I worry that would give you the same problem you had in the first place. I think you are right, about what happened, or at least a thing whose main surface correlates are that. I am very happy that we can work together.:

Permalink Mark Unread

It's tempting to know more what it was like from Abadar's angle, but he definitely shouldn't risk it.

:I am glad you are easier to speak to now: he adds. :It makes it much lower-cost for me to ask questions, though I will keep in mind the attention cost to you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It also lowers that, though by less, since I do not have to try as hard to not hurt you more than necessary.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Good: 

He leans into the distant sense of Abadar's presence for a moment, obscurely taking comfort in it, albeit a completely different shape of reassurance from the one he finds with Iomedae, or in Khemet's arms. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is proud of him, and delighted to cooperate with him, and delighted for the gulf between them to be smaller.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually he lets go of the Mindspeech link. 

The next morning, he's happy to Gate over to Osirion and give Khemet a lift if this is easier for him than his other magical transport. (It's very low-opportunity-cost for Leareth nowadays, given his cleric spells for reversing magical fatigue, it mainly just means a bit more weather-magic for his other mages to do.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can do a proper diplomatic visit to Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi comes out to greet them, smiling and cheerful. All of the Heralds very conscientiously follow the pharaoh-greeting protocols and once that's dealt with they can go inside and get settled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is quite happy to get through that and go in and get settled. Haven is beautiful! He hopes that Golarion's resources and resurrections have been of some aid in recovering from the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have. Valdemar and Karse are doing much better as a result. He decided against complicating this set of meetings any further by inviting Karse’s Queen, since Vkandis apparently neither gets along with Abadar nor with Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has no comment here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is hoping he'll be able to improve relations with Velgarth's gods now that He has more of a footprint here and can be legible to them in important ways. The stupid wasteful fight with the Star-Eyed, for example, would've been avoided if She'd seen what would happen if She started it, and hopefully from now on things like that won't happen.

He asked Abadar, incidentally, when He expects to have Valdemaran clerics with Restoration so that Randi doesn't have to source that offplanet, which must be at least moderately inconvenient; Abadar thought it might be a couple of years just because the concept of clerics is so new and if you overwhelm them with power then you're more likely to get mistakes in using it, but it's on His radar. In the meantime of course Osirion is delighted to provide it as often as needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not too bad, especially since Shavri thinks he can space them at longer intervals if he gets Lesser Restoration more often in between, but Randi very much appreciates that Abadar is tracking this concern. 

He understands that usually churches in Golarion provide various sorts of infrastructure? Probably this should be integrated somehow with the Heraldic and Healers' Collegia but he's not sure exactly how it makes sense to divide up responsibilities, and it might end up looking different from countries in Golarion since Valdemar has a different set of native Gifts and existing institutions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Osirion the church of Abadar does criminal justice but its main advantage there is truth magic, which Valdemar already has; probably it makes sense here to just arrange for the existing criminal justice system to be able to request truth spells from clerics when they're short on nearby Heralds. The thing the church of Abadar does everywhere is banking and insurance, it usually outcompetes other banking institutions due to ease of coordinating access to one's accounts from around the world and due to being able to effectively avoid fraud and theft.

Permalink Mark Unread

Valdemar approximately doesn't have organized banking the way Osirion does, based on the reading material Vanyel sent him, and - he thinks most places in Velgarth don't have insurance as a concept? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Eastern Empire has something resembling it, but Leareth thinks the version provided by the Church of Abadar is just better, and it won't duplicate existing work done by Heralds so it's a straight value add. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Insurance is so amazing! A lot of what makes it hard for farmers to invest in their future is that there's not much reward to having an unusually good year and there are devastating penalties for a bad year so it's not worth doing anything that is likely to make things a lot better but stands some chance of making them worse. If people have insurance against starving in a bad year and savings accounts to reap returns from good years then they start investing in things that enhance their labor productivity! Also the prices that come out once insurance auditors have been at their work for a while are information about which investments are worthwhile. Osirion is working on a national life insurance program where if you pay in every year you'll be raised from the dead if you ever die, and Valdemar is poorer and has fewer clerics and probably can't make that work yet but - maybe in twenty or thirty years. In the meantime they could probably have what Osirion had before diamonds got much cheaper, which is insurance that pays out a pension to your widow and children if you die, which makes a big difference all by itself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finds it adorable when Khemet is excited about insurance and now that they have Telepathic Bond he can tell him so, privately. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a neat idea and he's excited for Valdemar to try it! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can hammer out other things like extradition treaties and trade agreements and immigration and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

They should probably talk about Starwind and Moondance (even though it sounds very awkward and Randi isn't especially looking forward to that conversation.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh, yeah. Have they proposed anything - do they want to go back to k'Treva, for instance.

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't proposed anything. Moondance in particular really doesn't seem to want to go back to k'Treva. 

Savil can give an update on the current situation. Starwind and Moondance are still in Haven, being supervised all the time albeit no longer in a Work Room, still under a Mindhealing block against Gating out or using magic to harm people. They are still very withdrawn and moody but seem a little better now than before. No one has any idea what to do with them in the longer term. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In Osirion - well, honestly in Osirion they'd be dead but if they had attempted murder under less charged circumstances they'd be sentenced to a monastery where they could do good for society and redeem themselves. This is more important when there are afterlives to worry about, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems - better than a lot of alternatives, really? It also seems relevant to her that in a very real sense they were forced to do this. Moondance in particular is really traumatized about it; Starwind seems to feel more mixed, and she suspects he would have followed his Goddess' orders even without the mind-control part. Still, she can vaguely imagine that Moondance might be more okay, someday, if he could go do some good for society for a decade or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well if Valdemar would like to hand them back so they can do construction in a monastery in Osirion or Cheliax which is probably going to copy some elements of that system now that it's not just rooting for everyone to get bad afterlives, they'll take them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Seems possible to me they won't want to go back to Osirion, given - things - Leareth, Aroden, would you be comfortable having them in Cheliax?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"As long as it is a part far away from where I am, certainly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We would always like more mages, though I would still want some precautions against their using it to harm people, even if they are remorseful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They'd probably accept that? I can float the idea to them. Don't think either of them likes being prisoners here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like it'd be good if something less - wasteful and tragic - than keeping them here under constant supervision could come of the whole thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They have an eleven-year-old son back in the Vale. I am not sure he has any idea what happened to them. He knew they were going to fight in a war - probably everyone in k'Treva thinks they died there, unless the Star-Eyed informed them otherwise. I - don't know - it feels unfair to him to never find out, but he might be even more upset about the truth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no. And - is himself stuck in the pact, I assume....gods. Maybe in a year once there are no more Pelagirs someone can risk a trip."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe." Sigh. "I'm still so upset about this. It was so stupid. They're - not bad people..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I'm so sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

They move on with the meeting-agenda but everyone is a little more subdued. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a very productive and enjoyable day. He heads home at the end of it, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not hug him goodbye in front of everyone, much less kiss him, but can Mindspeak to say that he wishes he could. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Technically I don't think there's anyone in the plane who could stop us except perhaps Aroden who wouldn't.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:And I do not even think the Heralds would care, but - still: 

There will be plenty of time in future, when he's back from a state visit to another country. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden stays another day. An agreement is negotiated with Starwind and Moondance.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll go, it seems better than here, and they'll agree to compulsions against using their Gifts offensively or Gating back to Velgarth, but they do want to be allowed to leave, on foot if necessary, if they hate it there for some reason. Also Gates are a particularly useful kind of magic so it seems like it would be valuable if they were allowed to do it within Golarion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden eventually agrees to this. (If they do leave, he'll find out quickly and they won't be that hard to scry for.)

He heads back after another day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stays another week, helping set up Abadar's infrastructure in Velgarth. He really enjoys it, actually. He gets to spend hours explaining the concept of insurance to people, it's amazing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Abadar is so pleased with him and occasionally communicates this, now that doing so won't be incapacitating.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. 

Leareth is, however, relieved to eventually return to Cheliax and his daily routine. He tries not to dwell too much on how Carissa's character reference check on Iomedae is going, even though he's so curious

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho spends a while mostly just puttering around in the pharaoh's palace, talking to magic researchers and reading books and trying to study how their arcane wizardry and their divine magic are different from the mage-work he's familiar with. 

Eventually he speaks a bit of the local language and feels less like everything in his head is about to fall out and slither to the floor. 

He asks someone where the best library in town is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The best library of magic-related books in the city is in the temple of Nethys.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Urtho would love to see it, would somebody mind giving him directions there? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly! It's hard to miss, once you are in the right part of the city. It rather towers, and it's stunning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect!

And he heads out to find it, humming to himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he steps in the doors, something happens. 

It's like - being suddenly surrounded by something that understands him perfectly and thinks that he is really really cool, and wants to show him something he absolutely dizzyingly cannot understand but might be able to catch the edges of, if he doesn't drown in it first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho is simultaneously baffled and overwhelmed and a little scared and also amazed - his mind involuntarily chases after whatever it is that this strange - force, entity, something, is trying to show him, swimming in it, drinking it in - 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can catch some pieces of it that are small enough to hold onto and then when he's too exhausted to follow it anymore it fades away and leaves him standing there. 

 

"Congratulations!" says a temple employee cheerfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Urtho sags against the nearest wall. "What - just happened - is it normal to -" and he does his best to fumblingly explain what he just felt, but it doesn't seem like he's conveying it well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think Nethys chose you. He does that sometimes, when people come for the library. ...usually He does it to kids."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! What...do I do about it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He should have given you some magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I felt something?" He tries to reach for the sense of having grabbed onto some small pieces of that overwhelming, intricate, beautiful whole that he already misses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This creates a rain shower on the marble floor of the temple! - if he catches hold of the magic as it's slipping through his hands he can retrieve it and kind of hold onto it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oops!" He's kind of delighted about it, though, and chases after the magic, it's a bit easier because he can see it. "Sorry about that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not the first," the kid says, and gets a towel to mop it up. "Maybe practice in the courtyard, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course!" Beaming, Urtho goes out into the courtyard to see if he can do it again. (He wants to make sure he knows how to not do it accidentally before he goes anywhere near books.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do it again! He can also do another one which makes things brightly-lit, and a more complicated one that turns the water into alcohol (though he can't recapture that one to try again) and an exquisitely complicated one whose effects are unclear but from what he remembers of the vision might do translation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Amazing! Urtho tries all the ones he can recapture several times. He recognizes some of the spells from having talked to the clerics among Khemet's researchers, but it still fills him with awe that he can just make water, out of nowhere, magic shouldn't be able to do that.

Eventually his head is spinning a bit. He takes a break and then goes inside the temple again to actually look for the library. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots and lots and lots of books about magic including some guides to how being a cleric works and which spells he can choose from each day and how to explore his god's domains and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems really important! Urtho collects some books and finds a spot to sit down and start devouring them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa takes a month. She spends the first two weeks of it making and selling some magic items so she can afford Teleports for the second half of it. She could've asked for the money, probably, but she doesn't want to be indebted to them. And making magic items is good for her. Meditative. Lets her think. 

Leareth seems - decent. Iomedae claims he is, and she's Lawful Good and probably not a liar though Carissa's going to look into it. He was very invested in - reassuring her that he thought highly of her - that she could decline this - He looked so hopeful, it'd been endearing. ...he thought she was hot when she was a servant and didn't hit on her, which suggests that his bar for that will at least be reasonably high? He is very invested in dating the pharaoh of Osirion, but -

- well, you can have a faithful man or a man who is going to be King. 

 

She doesn't want to be jealous. If she's going to be jealous then they're going to have a relationship that is about the relationship itself, not about other things. She's been there, done that, hated it. She thinks about it until she thinks she won't be jealous. Will just see - him, being the person he is, and be fine with that, and other people can say what they'd like.  Iomedae picked her for him from all the women in Cheliax. It's very romantic. Even if he also wants a lot of other things, and - wanting a lot of things and arranging to get them all is also the kind of personality trait that put him there in the first place. 

She doesn't want there to be a lot of confusion about the succession but this feels like a reasonable ask she can make without it looming over everything. 

What else is there.

She's not scared of him anymore. Maybe the first time they have a fight she'll be scared. She doesn't think so. She did fine in Cheliax, and these people have - softer edges than Cheliax did. They're dangerous - it'd be stupid to forget that they're dangerous - but - it takes her a while to put a finger on what exactly she believes about them. They're not cruel. They will hurt you to get what they want, but not otherwise, and not if there's another way. Iomedae said that she'd be safe .

Iomedae said a lot of things. She spends the second two weeks in Vigil, the capital of Lastwall, the paladin-order country which holds the line against a north full of myriad horrors. She enchants some weapons while she's there, as a gift. Asks people about Iomedae.

Goes to the Worldwound to witness the ongoing depretrification and rehabilitation efforts. Walks among the statues. Thinks 'this could be me' and 'and I'd still be all right, eventually'. 

She comes back and requests an audience with Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth doesn't see her immediately but he makes time for it within a few hours. He's waiting for her in another of the nice, absurdly well-shielded conference rooms. His expression is level, but - he's happy to see her, happy that she decided to come back, that much shows in his eyes.

"Carissa. Welcome." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

 

She sits down. Swallows. "If you are still interested in marrying me based on Iomedae's recommendation and my two week track record of crime, I will marry you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's done a lot of thinking. "That, and - everything else about you. Yes, I am still interested, though I am aware this is a rather unusual circumstance to begin a relationship. Should we - get to know one another better, or something, to be sure we will get along?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like the next thing that would be on a list of sensible things to do? And I guess I have the advantage there, I was spying on you and so had more sense of how to get along with you than you'd have of me. I think - all of the things I have hesitations about are like 'what if you go through interests in people quite quickly' or 'what if you're from one of those countries that insists on murdering your wife rather than divorcing her if she can't bear you children', and therefore not likely to go away if we get dinner, though I have been mostly assuming Iomedae's recommendation covers them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Tries to think through what makes sense to say, in the right order...

"I am immortal, as Aroden was before he became a god, and about two thousand years old. I am not sure if you knew that yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not. - are you giving that out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...To clarify, I was immortal and I expect to not have any difficulty re-establishing it, given this world's magic combined with my own, but - my previous method was destroyed by the Star-Eyed Goddess. Which is in some sense good because it was - rather horrible. If you are also interested in immortality then I think we could figure that out together." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. Okay. I wasn't - going to be too torn up about having to pick up a new magic system in eighty years or whatever but if there's something else to be had I'll take it. 

 

Rather horrible?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I set up several methods, but the one that survived the Cataclysm, a very destructive event in Velgarth, involved - taking over the bodies of my descendants." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "But that's not likely to be the method you use going forwards?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. For all the obvious reasons, and - well, also the fact that it is apparently the main reason I read as Evil initially, which was very inconvenient for a time. I think it is worth making other tradeoffs to avoid that, here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'd take learning a new magic system over that but if you find something better then that'd be cool."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand."

The next bit is even harder to say. "Related to my - age - I am, well, not like most people. I will - probably not be the way you expect men to be. Also, I–" he's not quite embarrassed about this, that isn't really an emotion in his repertoire, but it's close, "I - had not had a romantic relationship with anyone in at least a thousand years, before Khemet who is himself - an unusual person. For a long time it had not seemed worth risking even to have close friends. So - I apologize if I am to start with not very good at being a husband. I think I can learn it in time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What were you doing for a thousand years?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Trying to fight the gods. I spent the eight hundred or so years before that trying to - fix everything - but the gods of Velgarth were adamantly against change.” Slight sigh. “I was going to create my own god. But becoming a god did not work out for Aroden, in the end, so it was time to reconsider anyway.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Trying to fix, like...what things in particular." She is going to marry him either way because if he's wrong he'd better be married to someone who understands people and doesn't want to fix all the things about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...This might take a while." 

He can tell her a little about Predain as it was when he was a child, which he remembers only vaguely, with its sky-high infant mortality and extremely dubious rule of law - and Tantara, where he studied as a young man, far from perfect but better off in many ways. (He does not, for now, mention Urtho, though he will have to, that part of his history is in the present now.) 

And then about the awful century after the Mage Wars, when magic itself was unreliable and the logistics of every civilization in the world relying on it had mostly collapsed. And then the long, long centuries after that, when the world had pieced itself together again but as dozens of frequently-warring kingdoms whose citizens lived mostly as subsistence farmers, and he tried over and over to improve crop yields and invent labour-saving and transport magic and build education systems and legal systems and banking and all the other subcomponents of civilization that would let people coordinate peacefully and - build better things for themselves. It seemed like all people really needed was that foundation to build upon, but it never worked, even when it should have, and eventually it seemed obvious that the relentless unlucky coincidences were the gods' work. 

(He has a little more sympathy for them now, he tells her, Abadar confirmed that among other things They wanted to avoid a repeat of the Cataclysm, but didn't understand its causes well enough to block it any more precisely.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She listens and doesn't say anything. It's not the kind of thing she has experience with, Cheliax was the richest country in the world even before Hell and richer under it, and the gods here don't act in that way though maybe they once did.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You world has different problems," Leareth says quietly. "I am going to have to learn different solutions. Trusting others and working with them still does not come naturally, my world shaped me to be very paranoid - and what happened to me in the pharaoh's palace was not exactly a good reward for letting down my guard - but I am working on it." He smiles a little. "Sometimes when it feels very scary, I pray to Iomedae and then she hugs me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She doesn't do that to me! - I guess I wouldn't find it very reassuring. 

Are there things that would help with trusting me? If that's something you want?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I think it is something I would want. Aroden and Parmida thought it would be the main benefit of my having a wife. Honestly, you should perhaps talk to Parmida, since I am sure being married to Aroden gives her some insight into what I would need, maybe more than I have myself." He looks thoughtful. "The thing that helps me trust Aroden is that he is me, and with Khemet it is that he has absolute power and it is in his self-interest to prevent any harm from coming to me, since I am quite valuable to him - oh, and also he loves me, but I think my mind finds the first part easier to understand. And - I suppose I also trust Vanyel quite deeply. I am less sure why. I suppose...that he is Good, but also he is genuinely trying to win, and he is quite open-minded and already knows all of the worst things about me so will not betray me in anger if he learns of something I did." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Parmida is... Qadiran?" Ethnically she could be northern Garundi just as easily but it's a Kelish name.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe she met him in Sothis, but before Osirion was separate from the Kelish Empire." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They do marriage differently there. I don't know how important an ingredient that is. I should definitely talk to her."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods his agreement. "I am not sure. He was not Kelish and - I do not think their marriage now much resembles how Osirion treats women, Aroden seems just as displeased by Osirion's norms around that as I am." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I am not you, I don't have and cannot easily obtain absolute power, it is obviously to my advantage to keep you safe, and I guess I don't know all of your history but I'd be pretty surprised if I felt like turning on you about any of it? One of my friends went to a school where, for exams, they had to practice deadly necromancy spells on crippled children that the government had decided to stop funding an orphanage for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry. What is that saying they had in Nirvana, I am trying to remember... The people of your country will have so much to heal from." He shakes his head. "I know it hurts very badly for Aroden, that it took him so long, and that perhaps he could have done it faster if he had been more willing to make a leap of faith and place trust in some of his former allies, like Iomedae. He was betrayed by an ally among the gods, see, but did not know which god, and so avoided all of them until after the war. Anyway, I - do think you are less likely than most to be shocked by it. If you disagree that a tradeoff I chose was worth the cost, then, well, I think that is part of what I want - someone who will help me see when I am underweighting costs because I am not the right shape to fully see them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 - nod.

 

"I think that gives me a sense of what you, uh, want from a wife as an advisor? Do you, uh, also want a lover or is that covered with the pharaoh of Osirion." It's a perfectly reasonable question but came out a little differently than she'd meant it to.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that going to bother you? I am sorry, it had not occurred to me at all but maybe it ought have." When he actually thinks about it, he can guess that a lot of women would be jealous. "Hmm. I would not have sought out a lover just for that, I think, but - I think that I could come to love you, you are very impressive, and - that once I felt close to you in that way I would want that kind of intimacy. But this is an area where I do not feel I know myself very well." It's a weird feeling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it'll bother me - in itself? But being married to someone who wants you and being married to someone who doesn't are really different things and it would be useful to have - I mean, if you don't know then you don't know." It doesn't seem like the kind of thing that'd be hard to know but he did say he was going to be unlike most men.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will think about it." Leareth is now wondering if it's the sort of thing Khemet could just tell him, using his ability to sense intent that he claims isn't magical but really seems like it is. "If it is important to you, then it would be important to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if it's important to me, I'd have to think about it -

- hmm, no, I think the problem is - if I get to say that two things are important to me and I'd like you to work on making them happen it'd be really stupid to spend one of them on this. And if you have to work on making it happen then that's probably not even the thing that'd be important to me anyway? But it's not - I do want to marry you regardless of how you feel about me as a person, it seems like it'd still be a good idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I definitely - approve of you, as a person?" Leareth isn't sure what the rights words are to use, here. "I was hopeful you would come back and very pleased that you did. I just do not have very much practice linking that to being lovers with someone, in Velgarth it was - mostly a distraction. But Khemet seems to think I am very lonely and need more intimacy with people, and he is generally right about that sort of thing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's got to have some kind of magic item for it and just be pretending it's instinct," she mutters. "Uh, anyway I think that changes the character of the rest of the things I was unsure about and I don't think I have more questions right now. Did you have some?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What would you have wanted to do with your life otherwise, if this had not happened? Imagine Cheliax had still been conquered by Aroden, but Iomedae had not chosen you or tried to send you visions of me. What would your ambitions have been - what is interesting to you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Figured I'd keep my head down. Maybe retrain into wondrous items from weapons so it wasn't socially conspicuous that I'd been working for the army before the regime change. I'm good at - stacking enchantments so they don't have interference with each other - there's lots of money in that. Figured I'd just make small stuff until the local government situation was stable enough it was clear who to bribe - I'd have done it legally, discounts for favored customers and so on - and then I could make bigger stuff once important people were invested in having me around. Probably not get married because it - felt like it'd split my attention too much, trying to do interesting work and not attract attention and acquire insulation against someone finding me inconvenient and keep a husband happy and manage a household staff."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not surprising, anymore, but it still aches a little. "I am sorry you - felt the need to prepare for a future that was still so dangerous. I hope our Cheliax will be better than that for its citizens. And - making that true is a large part of what I would wish to do, with you. Parmida thought that having a Chelish wife would mean I could be much more abreast of what people were afraid of but would not say so to me directly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's - hard to be convincingly better, right. If people are all being cautious because they assume if they weren't they would die, and they don't die, they're going to be slow to decide they should be less cautious. It's a bit better than that because you hear of incautious relatives or acquaintances who came out of it all right, but, you know, maybe they knew the right person, maybe they got lucky. I wouldn't want anyone to hear about me and decide it was probably safe enough to be a spy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly it would not usually be safe to be a spy. There are scenarios in which Aroden might in fact have had a spy killed, though he would strongly prefer not to do so if they might go to an evil afterlife, we are still figuring out our policies in such cases. And there is no scenario where he would have anyone tortured to death, neither of us thinks that particularly results in aligned incentives given what we are aiming for." Sigh. "But - it makes sense it will be slow for people to update. They are being quite rational given their information." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "And lots of things governments do they do in secret, so it's even harder for people to believe they are no longer done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." He looks at her, a little hesitantly. "Do you - like me, as a person? Separate from thinking that I have resources and power, or could give you a decent life." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly it's - a little bit hard to evaluate you as a person at all? You are a version of Aroden from another world, and Aroden's - mostly a legend, really, even when you talk to him in person he says things like how he's going to go yell at Iomedae, and then She shows up - and you are two thousand years old and Abadar's fighting the Star-Eyed over you and it took the two of you two days to conquer the most powerful country in the world out of the grip of Hell itself. But you're - you're trying to make things better, here, and that's really important, and you're competent in a way that is impressive, and you aren't cruel even when no one would care at all, and - you look at me in a way that feels nice though I am trying to keep in mind the possibility I'm reading way too much into it. I can give myself a decent life, I wouldn't marry someone for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad. You do seem like - someone who could be self-sufficient and just fine on your own, I appreciate that about you. Although - it would likely mean being pulled into the kind of surreal life where sometimes gods fight over your husband." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was going to keep my head down because it'd be risky not to, and there wasn't - anything on the table worth taking risks with my life for? I could run a magic shop and insulate myself from trouble and then invent some cool new stuff, teach some apprentices, or I could try to set my sights higher and - what? Be a court wizard? The life expectancy is atrocious and I wouldn't expect Aroden to need one anyway, he can do everything I can do and still have eighty percent of his spells left over. I don't want my life to be boring, I just - wasn't going to trade my life for its final moments being interesting. Until it seemed like it might actually make a difference."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You thought that you were risking being tortured to death, when you came to spy on me, and - you did it anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I figured Iomedae wouldn't ask if it wasn't really important. And if - if we were going to lose Cheliax again, just as soon as we'd found it - 

- and I knew he didn't like to let Asmodeus have people -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am finding myself wanting to offer you a hug but I am not sure you would actually like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd like a hug." She's not the one who is unsure about whether she would have any interest in being lovers.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her. It's - differently nice from hugging Khemet, but he likes the feeling of her in his arms. 

"You were so brave," he says quietly. "...You considered assassinating me. What would you have done? I am curious if I think it would have succeeded." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shiver. "I told Iomedae that she had better say so in plain Common if that was what I was supposed to do. And then I'd still want a lot of corroboration. And I hadn't started on anything that could be used that way. I figured that if I discovered something important and took it to Aroden of my own accord before getting caught there might be leniency and - not if I had a weapon, not if I had a plan to hurt you. 

But you can enchant ammunition with the enchantment called Slaying. Makes it do enough damage to kill even reasonably high level adventurers. There's also Greater Slaying which would probably be better to use to be safe but I would've had to reinvent it, I haven't seen it done. - it is possible to enchant ammunition with spells you aren't powerful enough to cast, because the peak channeling capacity for putting it in a weapon is lower, but you've got to be able to sustain it for a long time and it's really hard - uh, anyway, I'd have made a couple of those, tiny ones, and then cast True Strike on myself so I couldn't miss and walked up and tapped you with them. Wouldn't have worked if you have something up so it's impossible to get within half an inch of you, but that kind of shield interferes with everything, no one has it up all the time, and wouldn't have worked if you're just much much harder to kill than a normal adventurer, which I wasn't sure how I'd test, and wouldn't have worked if you have a clone or something, I wasn't sure if there was any way to research that in advance but it was on my list of vague worries about the plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

He backs up a little so he can look into her eyes; his hands are still on her shoulders. "I think you might have been able to do it. Aroden and Khemet would have raised me right away, of course, unless you put many more layers into place to prevent that. But - not many people can say that. I do have a shield-talisman I wear at all times that can instantly switch to a mode where no physical strikes can get through it, but I need to realize I am under attack, and I believe in your ability to have caught me entirely by surprise." 

He's kind of beaming about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's much better than deciding actually she's a traitor after all! "I figured the only way to stop Aroden resurrecting you was with the whole church behind me, it'd have needed a bunch of spells I didn't have. I'm glad - I'm so glad that wasn't what Iomedae wanted -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So am I." Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. She's maybe trembling a little. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is a bit worried that he's scaring her by hugging her, but also it's - really nice... He lets go. "Do you want to go off and think again, now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I don't think so? Should I?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect I would, in your place, unless everything you learned here slotted into plans you had already made for different contingencies. It is possible I have a stronger need to plan for everything than most people though. And..." Leareth trails off. 

"I think my worry here is not about your decision," he admits after a moment. "I am - afraid I might make a poor husband, and make you unhappy. I suppose maybe ought to ask people for advice on - how to be good to one's wife." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - guess that makes sense. Uh - the thing you said about the pharaoh of Osirion - that you could trust him because he had absolute power, and didn't want anything bad to happen to you - I feel that way around you, and it's nice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also Iomedae said that you were very worried about not making me feel pressured and that was cute."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It matters to me that this be actually aligned with your goals and values? It would - be attempting to build trust on an unstable foundation, otherwise. And I am aware that it is very difficult for me not to be intimidating and scary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I haven't committed serious crimes that you might found out about I don't find you scary. ...maybe just a tiny bit scary. A fun amount of scary."

Permalink Mark Unread

How oddly pleasing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Considered trying to seduce you. When I was trying to come up with plans for if Batty didn't work out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure it would have worked as a spying plan, I might not have noticed. Unless you made it impossible not to notice, I suppose. But - well, I do not find the thought of you doing that displeasing. Rather the opposite." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This feels like a more optimistic gloss on whether he wants to be lovers than she was working from before. Maybe he really is just very confused and has no idea how to tell what he wants. 

"How obvious did the pharaoh of Osirion have to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He took me on a date in Aktun but I had no idea it was a date until he informed me it was and that he had romantic feelings and thought I did too. - It was very confusing. Though this was immediately after I was murdered by summoned demons and he brought me back with True Resurrection, so I had a lot of feelings about that, I was probably distracted. Then I think he just told me outright that he was going to seduce me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Girls mostly are not that forward, you know. Whether somebody is going to put effort into winning you is some information about how valuable they're going to consider you once they've got you, so it's a bad strategy to make it too easy for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Does it work if I just tell you that I will consider you extremely valuable? ...Already do, in fact, you pointed out some key gaps in our security." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't cost you very much to say that at all! I trust you, because I happen to have a character reference from the manifestation of Iomedae in your conference room, but absent that I would have no more information than I started with!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough, I suppose." His lips twitch. "I could pay you for the service of having tested our security. Aroden had already considered having someone hire an expert to attempt to spy on us without informing him of it, though he decided against because of the risk that he would react reflexively and murder them if they were caught." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why didn't he do that - maybe if I'd thrown off the Plane Shift, I nearly did..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden would always prefer not to murder someone! And I suppose he felt secure that if he could transport you to his demiplane, you would be harmless there. And he expected he was catching you unawares, since he discovered you by reading your thoughts after Khemet had earlier noted something seemed off and I informed him of this. He might in fact have killed you and asked questions later had you thrown off the Plane Shift." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was really close! I normally almost always throw off spells but he's very powerful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is! More powerful than I am. Did you know, the way we met is that I was with some others attempting to spy on Rahadoum, and he found us out and kidnapped us via a Plane Shift to his demiplane?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not know that! This really doesn't seem like something that would come up very often in a normal person's life! - if I was discovered the plan was to Dimension Door to where I had a scroll of Teleport and then Teleport to Vigil and tell them that Iomedae had better explain immediately whether I was supposed to go back to Cheliax and surrender to Aroden or not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That could have worked, in some scenarios, though Aroden has extremely fast reflexes. If you had been discovered by some of his other security people, though..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I figured almost definitely if discovered I would die. But it was reassuring to have any kind of a backup plan even if I probably wouldn't get to use it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I know that feeling." He lifts his head to look at her. "I was thinking we could have dinner with Aroden and Parmida at some point. Would you like that?" Leareth mostly expects it to feel a lot less awkward than having dinner with her alone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then that can be arranged! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden would be delighted to have dinner with Leareth and Carissa that night! He asks Parmida to check if Zahra would like to join them too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, Zahra will meet Leareth's fiancee! (Are they engaged?)

Permalink Mark Unread

She said that she's interested in marrying him, and didn't say otherwise during their conversation, does that mean they're engaged now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? No," Zahra says. "You are supposed to get a ring, and plan a very nice date, and then give her the ring and ask her if she'll do you the honor of marrying you, and then have an engagement party."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clearly I need your advice on this situation. Would taking her to Aktun count as a nice date, do you think? I could show her the Museum of Measurement, it is very excellent, and take her on the trolleys and for lunch at a fancy restaurant - do you think she would like that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't met the girl!"

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fair enough. "Maybe after she comes for dinner and you have had the chance to meet her, I can ask you again? And I will get her a ring, I suppose. Where does one buy nice rings?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does she already wear a magic one on each hand?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks back. "No, she did not have magic rings on either hand. Just tiny magic swords as hatpins." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh! I'd expect someone who's good at magic items to be well enough off for two. Uh, I think you have to decide what to get her but she'll probably read something into how much you spent."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not like he has a particular shortage of money. "What would be a generous amount to spend? Is it traditional for the ring to also be magical, I would quite like to get her something that was useful as well as pretty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not Chelish, I'm not sure what's normal here. In Osirion rich people get magic wedding jewelry but the wedding jewelry is more important in Osirion because it's the only thing the wife owns in her own right. Papa went into debt at a jeweler's for Mama and then she sold it during the famine to get him a spell that restores flesh on a corpse so they and baby Saba didn't starve."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I could ask the jeweller when I go to try to buy one. Though then it seems likely they will try to overcharge me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So read their mind until they stop trying that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are certainly Aroden's daughter! I hope someday I will be lucky enough to have a daughter like you."

He should probably ask Khemet too, for activities in Aktun that are more romantic than trolleys. He found the trolleys romantic but he's unusual. Leareth spends the rest of the time before the appointed dinner thinking about what sort of magic jewellery he ought to get her, and being kind of nervous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa goes back to her apartment and finds out the landlord rented it out again when she left town even though she'd paid up a month in advance. She hadn't left anything important there but she's still in a bad mood about it. She tries to think in a public park instead. 

 

She would like Leareth to be less nervous. He never seemed nervous when she was spying on him. She is a bit confused by it, and a bit -

- all of her feelings are silly but probably not listening to them still won't work -

- in the version of this in her head he was pleased, and already had a ring, and - and wanted her, and that would have been nice. It is also kind of silly, it's not like he knows her yet - in the version of this in her head he said that he wanted to get to know her better and then kissed her. This is in itself really trivial but it's probably indicative of something that's not really trivial. That's still worth doing, obviously, but - it will be missing something that would have been nice. 

That's okay. She is mature and responsible and careful and can take care of herself and she doesn't need him to figure this out on any timeline or in fact at all. 

She goes and finds a new apartment and this leaves her with very little budget for a dress for dinner but she has a former classmate in the city she can complain to, and then ask to borrow one from, and she'll have to do her hair herself but, well, who is she kidding, he won't even notice probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is weirdly tempted to try to invite Khemet, just so he can look at Carissa and (non)-magically tell what she wants and then inform Leareth of this via Telepathic Bond, but based on their earlier conversation that isn't going to help Carissa's feelings at all, and it's also sort of silly. He can manage. 

He pays slightly more attention than usual to selecting what he's wearing, and he's there to greet her when she returns to the palace, and show her the way to Aroden and Parmida's rooms.

"Would you like a hug?" he asks her. Khemet would just be able to tell by looking at her. Maybe Leareth should get magic items of enhancing-reading-people. He can't read her mind because of her shielding, and - possibly that's the sort of thing that one's wife would be offended by anyway, at least doing it without asking

Permalink Mark Unread

" - sure." Hug. "I had a frustrating day, my landlord let someone else move into my apartment when I left for Vigil even though I'd paid up for the month."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. Is that a common occurrence here? One would think it would hit him for Law." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has never happened to me before but in Corentyn I mostly rented nicer places, and knew the landlords. I will go threaten him for my money back tomorrow but I didn't feel like it today. How was your day -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was not nearly that frustrating. I thought about - I would like to take you on a proper date, at some point, if you would like that." He offers her his arm to walk over to Aroden's suite; he's seen couples doing that in the street, he thinks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes his arm. "That sounds nice. I haven't travelled, except to Vigil and the Worldwound."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I will try to think of something appropriately exciting. Would you prefer I tell you once I have ideas or for it to be a surprise?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like surprises if they are well-executed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can generally execute projects such as military campaigns rather well, I think, so I will have to see if that transfers to dates."

He walks her to Aroden's rooms, making conversation by asking her what Corentyn was like. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden greets her warmly, and not with much formality. "Welcome back! Delightful to see you again. He ushers her in. "Parmida you met before. This is my daughter Zahra." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Corentyn's a big port city. It was badly damaged during the civil war a century ago and all national investment in fixing it has been focused on the fortresses, and on the port, so the city's downtown is still badly damaged and there aren't big nice public works to speak of like in Egorian. But it was a pretty safe place in another way, you weren't terribly likely to come to anyone's attention and the schools were good and people from all over the world would pass through the Arch of Triumph - the Arch of Aroden, she corrects herself nervously, it was returned a month ago to the name the rest of the world knows it by and the name it had in Cheliax a long time ago.

"Your majesty," she says, and nods to Parmida and Zahra. "It's good to see you again. I hope everything's been going smoothly."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth doesn't seem bothered at all by her referring to the Arch of Aroden by its name under Asmodeus; internally he's a tiny bit bothered, but not at all because he thinks she misspoke, just because it's a reminder of the century during which Aroden had lost.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, thank you. There remains a great deal of work to be done but it is mostly proceeding according to plan."

He hopes Parmida can tell if Carissa is still nervous, because he can't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa seems much less nervous! Even in infernal Cheliax people who could kill you any time they wanted don't usually invite you to dinner parties to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth pulls out a chair for her at the dinner table; he's seen Parmida do it for Aroden.

He feels like he has no idea what to do, here, and it's not even just a matter of being unsure how romance works; if he were just trying to make friends with her he'd be out of his depth too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden asks Leareth how he's been finding Abadar's new human-friendly interface; he tries to pause every so often and glance at Carissa so she feels invited to participate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure how to discuss it without getting very technical about the details of his god-plan that he transferred over to Abadar, but if Carissa seems interested he can break it down into small pieces and do his best to explain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She probably doesn't have all the context to follow along but it seems important to him so she'll try. It's wildly impressive. She isn't even sure where she'd start on a project to make it easier for a god to have a human-friendly aspect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida, should we change the subject to something else that she can participate in better, Aroden asks his wife after a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I can't make head nor tail of it but she seems to be doing a little better than that? At some point you should ask her something about the kind of magic she does but I don't think you have to hurry off this topic necessarily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then once they've reached a more graceful pivot point in the conversation, Aroden segues it over to asking Carissa about her own magical background, and whether there were any particularly interesting puzzles involved in making her sword-hatpins. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh that's a good idea, why didn't he think of that. Leareth is also genuinely curious to know, and still getting up to speed on the intricacies of arcane magic enough that it's a bit of a challenge for him to follow two wizards talking about their magic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She didn't do anything that wasn't a variant on something she saw at the Worldwound; she was there for three years and saw a lot of bizarre arrangements high level adventurers or foreign armies made. That's how she learned that it was possible to make a magic item for a spell that wasn't even a spell wizards could stabilize (like Glibness), and where she learned how to get things to not interfere with each other, and then there wasn't actually much innovation involved in the hat pins besides knowing what materials would have the requisite reserves at a size that small. Then when she learned from Jisa that Velgarth mages could see 'life force' she was at loose ends for a little while, trying to think how to project the right amount of something she couldn't see, until she remembered that the size of gem required for Soul Bind and the material components required for Scribe's Binding varied with something called life force, maybe the same thing, and obviously she couldn't cast either of those but she could go look up how it was done - infernal Cheliax made the details of Soul Bind a secret for obvious reasons but she was in the military and there were some permitted uses - 

- Aroden, who presumably has both of those spells, might know a much easier way than the one she jury-rigged -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very impressive and clever, especially for someone who doesn't have Aroden's godmemory intuitions for how spells are put together. Aroden just invented a "Detect life-force" spell, from a god's perspective it's closely related to all the various other things one can detect about a person, like Detect Aura. He's never actually used Scribe's Binding but he invested in having it as an option. 

Inventing spells is not just difficult but a lot riskier for most people, though. Aroden has invented hundreds and never had one explode on him, though sometimes they don't do what he was hoping for. Nefreti does it his way, which is partly because he taught her for the first couple years of her magical education, and partly because she's...Nefreti. And her spells do explode with some frequency. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa has never invented a spell, for precisely that reason where they explode, she just learns them off everyone who showed up and would talk to her, and in this case she just modified her shield spell to let through the percentage of life energies she calculated ought to be approximately correct. If she'd had one then she could have checked and known Batty was safe and not attended the dinner party and - well, objectively that would probably be a worse situation, but still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth definitely thinks that would be a worse situation; probably Carissa would have gotten caught eventually, but it could have happened under circumstances much less conducive to her liking him at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unfortunately I probably cannot teach you how to invent spells my way, it does not transfer well, but I am of course happy to teach you any spell you would like to have, and if you curious if a particular spell even exists, I can likely find out or invent it for you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa looks like someone has just offered her the most ridiculous bribe in the entire universe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets that. Having a chance to work closely with Aroden is an excellent bribe in a number of ways.

"I am curious how it works to make a magic item for a spell you cannot yourself cast? I suppose this is doable for our magic, but mainly in cases where the spell on a talisman or focus is too complex for a human to cast by themselves at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Glibness is a Bard spell. Bards are spontaneous casters - more like you than like me, right, if they know how to do something and have the energy for it they can do it at any time. Glibness doesn't stabilize and so I can't prepare it myself. I can weave the pattern right onto the artifact, it's just much trickier than doing it for a spell I can stabilize."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating! It might be more similar to the way Velgarth mages always make artifacts, then, since our spells do not stabilize in the same way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do Velgarth mages make artifacts -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need a focus, usually quartz but sometimes other elements, and you cast the spell almost the same way as usual, but with - attachment points, is the best word I can use to describe it, and also a reservoir to add more energy to power it, since normally the power for a spell comes directly from a mage. None of our magic items last forever under their own power, which makes them unfortunately less useful to non-mages, but a single Adept can refill the power on a very large number of, say, shield-talismans, in a day, so it is still feasible to use them in military settings and such -" Leareth has lots to say about this topic and it's less high-context than the god one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh!" And she has a bunch of questions along the lines that the magical researchers explored when Leareth first arrived in Golarion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oddly it doesn't even feel repetitive; he's enjoying just the fact that she's asking the questions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After dessert is cleared away, Aroden suggests they move to the comfy sitting area with sofas and armchairs. 

Parmida, dear, Leareth thought she would benefit from - talking to you about what it is like to be married to me. If you can arrange an opportunity for her to talk to you if she wishes, that could be good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits down on the same couch as Carissa, though not touching her. Remembers the first time he cuddled with Khemet, and he feels something but isn't sure what it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida can change the topic of conversation to how she met and married Aroden, in the famine year after his death. "He was - haunted and only halfway there most of the time - but he let everyone assume he'd had a wife and children in Cheliax, killed in the disaster, and that seemed like enough explanation. He was very clever and yet didn't know anything - I really should've guessed sooner but on the other hand how could anyone possibly guess..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How'd you decide, to marry him -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We had a family meeting about how to get through the winter and we came up with suggesting to him that he take one of me or my sisters, and he talked to us. He wanted someone who'd make his laundry business more efficient and he didn't want more children immediately and he wanted us to learn magic too. I remember thinking I liked him very much and had better temper my expectations by assuming he was a mean drunk or something. - he isn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I figured."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He needs the normal things a man needs from a wife and children but not in a way that'll cause him to go and get them. We'll have a lovely evening and he'll never try to do anything like it ever again and I'll say 'oh, did you not like it', and he just - forgot that that was a good enough reason to do things. Or has put enough priorities on his plate that it isn't. It bothered me, a lot, until I learned who he was, and then -" She smiles fondly at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to ask 'did he ever actually want you, in a human way', but there's no polite way to ask that at all. She asks about what Absalom was like a hundred years ago, instead, and what the study of magic was like, and glances at Leareth occasionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is also glancing at her every so often, and thinking that she's just as clever as he had guessed, and unsurprisingly interesting to talk to, and - she looks quite pretty in that dress, huh, he doesn't normally notice things like that but he's doing some amount of deliberately leaning into it right now.

It's helpful that he's already been dating Khemet and so he knows what it's like to want someone. And - he doesn't, with her, not yet, even if he appreciates looking at her and listening to her more than he usually does with a randomly chosen person. It feels like the seed of it might be there, and he doesn't know if it needs more time or more trust or something else entirely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually she says apologetically that she had better go set up her new apartment, and is grateful for the invitation and once she can afford some ink will definitely take Aroden up on copying some spells from him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth asks if she would mind letting him know her address, so he can drop by or send a letter when he's planned a date to take her on. If she does mind, she could maybe visit the palace again in a few days. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have her address. It's Guerreco's building on East Row and Thirtieth and her place is on the third floor and he probably would want to send a letter, as he'd stand out, but he's of course welcome if he'd like to visit.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll send a letter, then. 

Leareth bids her goodnight, warmly. Hug? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "Good night." 

 

And she heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth turns back to everyone else in the suite. "Do - you think that went well?" His own read is that she was mostly having a good time although she occasionally seemed slightly disappointed about something and he had no idea what. He doesn't especially trust his own read on this, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like her. She was so delighted about the offer of spells, it was charming." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's a sweet girl! And I think she'll do a good job."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am quite certain of that. I am still trying to figure out if she likes the prospect, and - what she needs to be happy doing it." He makes a face. "It feels important to be - good to her, and I feel very much at a loss for how to do that. I dislike being unskilled at things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Amused glance at Parmida. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very confident you'll figure it out eventually. It - helped us, a bit, that I was delighted for Aroden to be slow about things, and I don't think she's that, but - you'll get there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so." Probably she's right. Leareth thinks he's pretty good at learning his way around new domains, so probably he can do this one too, and - she's not Khemet's level of unusually delightful, at least not yet, but she's clever and she thinks like him, in some ways, and they'll work together closely and...he's sure that sooner or later he'll be able to feel trust and intimacy with her in the same way.

And he wants that. He's just - not sure how to skip ahead from here to there, or if it's even possible for him to do that. 

The next day he asks Parmida if she knows of any good jewellery shops in the city. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can recommend him some!

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes the afternoon off other work, scopes out both and then heads to the one he's less excited about first, so he can ask the proprietor how much one would usually spend on a wedding ring when he asks to see the selection of them, and it'll be less of a loss if the man is set on overcharging him as a result. He still has very little context on what the haggling norms are like here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're at first perfectly polite and want to know what price range he's looking in and then someone recognizes him at which point they're quite off-balance, and a bit scared. They can show him their existing selection but also lots of higher-end buyers want a custom piece made, you can look through a book of designs and figure out which you like best, and they can arrange to have it both made and enchanted here if he wants magic. 

The options for magic rings go to some things that are probably out of even his price range, such as a Ring of Three Wishes.

They seem, going off reading their minds, to be more interested in upselling him than overcharging him. Surely he wants to ensure his beloved's safety with a Ring of Friend Shield, which lets you shield the other person through the ring? Or a Ring of Delayed Doom, which lets you carry on for a minute before a spell's effects hit, more than enough time to respond and get to safety?

Permalink Mark Unread

Both of those sound very tempting, honestly, especially the Friend Shield, and Leareth doesn't think he minds being upsold. He asks to look through the book of designs, vaguely wishing he knew Carissa better so he could more exactly predict what she would like; she has a cactus familiar but he's not sure if this is at all indicative that she likes plants, versus it was just practical. He notes down the plant-related designs though, and then tells them that he would like to consider it and he'll come back. He is, throughout, polite and tries very hard not to be scary. 

He heads to look at the other jewellery store as well. This entire process is kind of exhausting but it seems worth doing right. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other store can also get him a custom piece with whatever enchantments he can pay for, and has their own book of designs that he can look through, and all kinds of advice about what's currently in style.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks them for the advice and makes more notes and then returns to the palace, kind of overwhelmed, and seeks out Parmida.

"I am looking at rings and there are too many decisions involved. Help?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you're going to hate planning a wedding. I guess you can get her to do it. How much are you willing to spend?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like planning things just fine when I understand all of the tactical considerations! I have no idea how to decide between different designs for a ring though, and I am concerned planning a wedding will be entirely like that." He tells her what he's decided he's willing to spend, and the enchantments he's intrigued by, and shows her his sketches of some of the designs he liked.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're doing fine," she says. "Take a night to sleep on it, think which design grabs you in the morning, go with that, ask Aroden about the enchantments because that is partially tactical and he'll have thought about it more than you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth talks to Aroden about spells. The Ring of Friend Shield isn't actually as flexible as he'd hoped, it doesn't let him cast his kind of Velgarth shield through it, and he suspects Carissa can shield herself or make her own shield-item if she wants, and he's better off giving her a Velgarth-style talisman. He ends up deciding that the Ring of Delayed Doom is a pretty intriguing option. 

He selects a design from the first shop that he likes and finds pretty, that's apparently in style according to the second shop, and that's at least distantly reminiscent of cacti. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll be about six weeks of work (expensive magic items take time and this one needs someone capable of Time Stop, there are very few of those) but they are delighted to have his business and will keep him updated on their progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers asking Aroden if he has it and can go speed things along, but that might scare the poor jewellery shop people even more.

He thanks them courteously and then, when he makes his way back to the palace, asks Parmida if there's any agreed upon convention for saying you intend to propose when you don't want to wait over a month for the nice magic ring.

Permalink Mark Unread

She would expect you get a non-magic ring and propose with that and explain. In Osirion she'd tell a girl not to sleep with her fiancé before she has the nice ring in hand, just in case, but Cheliax is more relaxed about that sort of thing and anyway probably since he's Aroden he'll need seven years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can't help smiling. It's possible he'll need less than seven years because he's not a former god and thinks he's somewhat less confused about human things than Aroden, but, fair point.

Maybe he'll look for a nonmagical ring in Sothis, which he needs to visit anyway because he wants to ask Khemet for advice. The next morning he asks one of Aroden's staff to do a Sending that he'll stop by in the afternoon if that works for the pharaoh, it's been a little while since they spoke so it's a good time to catch up on official matters as well. Among them, the permanent Gate terminus; the first one contracted is now finished, all the changes to the spell needed to get it to work in Golarion and between planes if necessary are sorted out, and he's ready to send a team of mages over to get started on it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet can meet with him that afternoon! He is very excited about his permanent Gate terminus.

Permalink Mark Unread

Explaining all the decisions to be made takes a while by itself. An important one is security. Leareth and Aroden, working together, managed to design a second-level arcane spell that could be used to activate the Gate, rather than requiring a Velgarth mage specifically; they assume it's possible to get a divine version but that's not Aroden's specialty. The downside is that two wizards' spells aren't distinguishable from each other the way one Velgarth mage's particular magical signature is from another's, so it won't allow them to key specific people to the Gate, though they can only let authorized wizards have the spell in their spellbooks. (But that relies on no corrupt court wizards deciding to sell it on the side...)

Aroden worried a lot about unauthorized use of the Gate network they have planned in Cheliax, and how to prevent it without bottlenecking legitimate use or making it too costly; Leareth isn't sure if Khemet is actually very worried about that for the Gate between Osirion and Axis. 

Another question: does Osirion want to be a node on Cheliax's network? It would, among other things, make it far more convenient for Leareth to visit, requiring only a trickle of mage-energies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He would like that! He's not very worried about security on the Sothis-Aktun terminus at all, because if anyone shows up in Aktun who Abadar doesn't want to be there Abadar can do whatever He likes about that. They'll have conventional security around their end mostly just so they're not having anyone go through without paying.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. In that case he suggests they set it up so either the wizarding spell or the Velgarth version can activate it; once active it can be kept open as long as they want, from its power source rather than draining a person, though in the meantime it'll still mess with the local nodes and ley-lines and thus weather (albeit less so than an ordinary Gate.) They could, however, keep it up twelve hours a day and have a couple of mages on standby to prevent it from dragging in storms.

If it links to the Gate on the outskirts of Egorian - convenient enough for Leareth but not a threat to the palace itself - then he's satisfied with that level of security on the Osirion end. It'll need two different spells to access Aktun versus Cheliax, since interplanar version is different; it's taken a lot of work to get the same kind of Gate-terminus able to hold both, rather than needing to inconveniently duplicate the infrastructure.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so thrilled. 


How are things going for Leareth otherwise? Caught any more spies?

Permalink Mark Unread

No new ones, but the first one is finally back from her research into Iomedae's character as a goddess. And she's interested in marrying him! Which it turns out is a lot more stressful than he had been expecting! He feels like he's trying to ad-lib all the steps to a dance he's never learned, and other people's explanations only half make sense, and also he's spent like six hours looking at rings in the past two days and he's still not DONE because now he needs to get her a non-magical placeholder one for their date. Which he also hasn't even started planning, aside from still thinking that he wants to take her to Aktun, but he should put more thought into what she would like and find romantic rather than just doing literally all the same things he did there with Khemet. 

Help? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww, poor Leareth, he should get snuggles. 

 

Khemet's advice here is going to have the obvious flaw that none of it worked for Khemet. Iomedae said that this was because of a difference between them, because Khemet has some fundamental incapacity Leareth doesn't, so giving generally sensible advice is still good, but he can't be sure it'll work because he cannot, personally, get any of it to work. 

Does he still like her? He seemed to, the day they met her.

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks so? Or, well, he definitely likes her in a normal way; she's clever and interesting and he wants to spend time around her, and he also keeps having an urge to offer her hugs, which is perhaps a higher bar of liking than he hits with most people. He's pretty sure that he wants to marry her and work with her.

He doesn't think he wants to kiss her or sleep with her, right now? When he imagines it, it mostly feels like he wouldn't be relaxed enough; there's the way he can relax almost entirely around Khemet, right, that was true before they did anything else, it started with the time Khemet held him while he cried, and - for the first time in decades if not centuries he wasn't trying to track his environment for threats. He thinks maybe he needs that to be capable of actually enjoying physical intimacy the way people are supposed to, and he doesn't quite have it with her yet, though it seems plausible they would get there. According to Parmida it took Aroden seven years with her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seven years would be a little unfortunate? In Khemet's experience unless you filtered your selection of women really hard for not liking sex, they get really miserable if their husband doesn't want them even if it's only for, uh, five years so far.

Leareth should not try to force it if he doesn't enjoy it and doesn't feel safe doing it, though, because then you end up feeling constant creeping dread and this impossible-to-dislodge conviction that your body doesn't belong to you and is this miserable thing you have to puppet through your life while you watch it from a great distance, underreacting to almost everything and occasionally overreacting to completely random things, and - anyway probably not worth it. Khemet has looked into magic that can fix the side effects and not found anything yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no that sounds terrible. Leareth hugs Khemet.

"I - think I could do it if she did not mind my not liking it especially - if it were just to have children, say - but, I have a sense it would almost entirely defeat the point of the thing she wants. Which is for me to want her. She is on board with marrying me either way, for - all the rest I can offer - but I wish I could give her a solid prediction that in six months I will want her that way, instead of being so unsure about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm curious what feeling safe around a person means to you. I assume it's not something that would be solved if you had a demiplane where only your magic worked and she was tied up, for example."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes a face. "I - am trying to figure out if it does - it sounds appealing in a sense..." He frowns. "...No, I think a different sense, though. Apparently I feel it would be very sexy if I had you tied up in a demiplane where only my magic worked– and also you thought this was fun and not horrible," he quickly clarifies. "I think it would not solve whatever it is with her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You haven't tried dragging me off to any demiplanes even a little bit -" he's supposed to be giving advice here -

"Is it about - feeling like you can predict the person? Like you understand what's going on in their head and how they'll react to things?"

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems closer. "I...think so. Certainly I am far more comfortable with people when I feel I understand their incentives and expect they will follow them instead of doing - random impulsive things... For this, it might be specifically expecting that they will act in ways that help my goals and not ways that harm them. That seems to be the shape of what Aroden has with Parmida. Parmida is certainly not powerful enough to meaningfully defend him if he cannot defend himself, but - it is in her interest to advance his interests, so he can just straightforwardly predict she will do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you don't feel like you have a full understanding of - what she might do under various conditions? How she evaluates the world? What she wants?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I do not feel that I really understand what she wants, no. All I have to go on is that Iomedae chose her, which maybe should be enough - she considered it enough to be sure of me - but, apparently... I tried to ask what she would have done with her life otherwise, but it was unhelpful because she felt very constrained, and scared of the previous administration, and so she would not have done anything interesting. I suppose I am not sure who she will be in ten years when she actually believes that we are trying to make things better and it is safe for her to have ambitious goals." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would not be very surprising if she did not herself know that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Exactly." He leans against Khemet's shoulder. "She said an interesting thing, about - well, it was about women wanting to wait for men to invest in chasing them, because it was an indication he would value her afterward too. And that it did not count for me to just say it because that was not a costly action. You raised me from the dead and schemed revenge against a god for me - you wanted to torture people to death for harming me - I mean, I did not want you to do that, but all of that was certainly hard to top, as a costly sign that you care about me as a person. It seems unfair to her, to be comparing her to that, but..." Helpless shrug. "I do think that was relevant, with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I bet she'll be jealous if you say that to her. Just so you know." He pauses a moment, thinking. "Abadar kept - sending you snippets of my thoughts, to try to make us closer -"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not going to say that to her! Not for a long time, in any case, in the long run it - seems bad, not to tell her important things about my life. Anyway. Yes, Abadar did do that. I was not sure at the time if it bothered you, Abadar seemed to think it would not but he has never been human, so..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - have to rely on Him more than I'm accustomed to to have not done it while I was thinking about any state secrets that you didn't know, but assuming I can rely on Him for that - and I probably can, it'd just never occurred to me to evaluate before because He actually doesn't intervene much at all in the running of the state - 

- I'm very glad you trust me. It's worth a lot to me. I'm not really planning to give you the opening habitually because it'd be really really - warping, I think - but I'm glad that it was able to get us here. I don't know if this suggests anything about how to trust her more? Probably you could make a Velgarth artifact that'd let you read her and ask her if she'd take it, then it'd be straightforward enough for her to take it off if she changed her mind..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if our date goes well then I will maybe ask her. I think it is a weird thing to ask for and I am worried about throwing too many weird things at her at once, she was so startled by Iomedae turning up in our conference room to save time on multiple people all going to yell at Her separately." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"She was in the Chelish army, which routinely mindread all its members for disloyal thoughts, she might have negative associations with it but I'd expect her to think it's the opposite of weird."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. That is good to keep in mind." 

Leareth leans into Khemet's arms. "I missed you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Missed you too." He leans over to nibble Leareth's ear. "Does it ruin the tying people up if there's no magic free demiplane and they absolutely might figure out how to make you stop it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has to consider that for a moment. A longer moment because he's now distracted. "No, I do not think it would ruin it."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. ...Hold Person."

Permalink Mark Unread

–Leareth was somehow not expecting that at all even though it's, in hindsight, rather predictable, and he's very surprised - not in a bad way, actually a rather pleasant way - and he instinctively brute-force resists it for a moment, which is definitely not going to work, and then relaxes and starts methodically looking for a weak point in the spell he can snip through.

Not too hurriedly, though, because he's curious what Khemet is even going to do now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, distract him, obviously. Leareth has far more combat-suited magic so he needs to make sure he is not able to focus on using it, which he's quite good at but there are some clothes in the way, though if he gets fifteen seconds there'll be much less of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not find a way out of the spell in fifteen seconds, although he does find the concentration to defend some of his clothes with a mage-barrier in the way to at least make it inconvenient for Khemet, so he can narrow his search of places to get out of the spell - it's a really lovely distraction though - mage-sight is overlearned enough that he doesn't need a lot of concentration for it but it means he's doing the search in pretty much the least efficient way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he even want to succeed if while he is failing he's so delightfully distracted.

Permalink Mark Unread

It wouldn't be very much fun if he wasn't trying to succeed, surely. 

- oh, there, weak spot in the spell. Leareth tries not to give any indication that he's found it, and just in case he gave some indication anyway because this is Khemet, he waits fifteen seconds. This is not exactly a hardship.

...gather all his concentration, which is very challenging... 

And then he snaps free of the spell and in about a tenth of a second, it's much easier to cast once he can move, he throws a not especially elegant but nonetheless powerful force-net around Khemet and pins him in place. He's grinning and breathing hard, this is excellent

Permalink Mark Unread

He did not really prepare spells for this particular use case this morning though he can activate the one that makes everyone around throw themselves to the floor convinced they're in the presence of a god.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is tempted to think that this is kind of cheating but it's also quite clever - which is extremely attractive - he tries to resist it anyway–

Permalink Mark Unread

He can resist it. Maybe he has an advantage because he's not tempted to throw himself to the floor in the startlingly-routine-these-days presence of actual gods.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is true! (On some level Leareth feels like it would have been really hot if the spell had worked, but not if he hadn't even been trying.) 

He kisses Khemet, while adjusting his force-net to a more convenient spell that closer imitates Hold Person and won't annoyingly get in his way. Are Khemet's clothes still in the way such that he has to fix that too? 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are! He didn't have enough time to strip both of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth will take care of that for him! And return the favour on the previous delightful distraction (while maintaining awareness that Khemet is, perhaps, going to try something else.)  

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost all Golarion magic requires you to be free to move your hands, actually - it's possible to learn how to do it without that but he never picked it up. He will just have to enjoy himself until Leareth lets up his guard enough that he can move his hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Leareth will keep making sure he enjoys himself until it feels like it'd be more interesting if Khemet could do additional things. At which point he loosens the trap-spell without entirely releasing it, just to see how much Khemet can manage with limited movement. And how long it'll take him to notice when Leareth is making himself very, very distracting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he notices he can cast Waves of Ecstasy and see who's more distracted then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is definitely not capable of doing any more magic now!

The existing spell on Khemet is stable on its own and doesn't need ongoing concentration from him, though he's no longer feeding any power into it so it'll come apart at some point in the next few minutes when it runs out. Sooner if Khemet puts more strain on it, probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He should probably be sure to fight his way out of it and tie Leareth up before Waves of Ecstasy wears off or who knows what Leareth will come up with next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Leareth is exhausted (in a very nice way) and is just going to lie flopped where he is for a minute and catch his breath before he even tries to figure out what's going on and his current status on things like 'ability to move'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Poor Leareth. (He's not sorry.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, he shouldn't be sorry. 

"Mmmloveyou," Leareth murmurs after a bit, opening his eyes and testing if he can move his hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He cannot. Khemet looks smug about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All of Leareth's cleric spells require being able to move - well, technically he could channel negative energy at Khemet but why would he do that. He can still do Velgarth magic but clumsily. 

He uses a clumsy wind-spell to mess up Khemet's hair, mostly because it's amusing, while he tries to figure out if he's restrained with magic again or some more mundane method. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just rope; he does not have more magic prepared for this purpose. He messes up Leareth's hair right back, with his hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a lot more annoying to attempt to get out of with magic, actually, especially given that he doesn't want to set it on fire. It's easier to saw through a bit at a time, though. If he really wanted to be undistracted he could definitely manage a mage-barrier at the same time to make Khemet keep his distance, but why would he want that.

...Trying to figure out how to mess with Khemet a bit while still unable to move is fun, though. What if he gets up a reverse weather-barrier (this takes a while, it's a more complicated spell, though he does it often enough that it's semi-instinctive) and makes it really cold. There will have to be snuggles now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- what. He was not expecting that. There can be cuddles, and blankets, if that is what they're doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth eventually does get his hands free, but at this point he's pretty happy just to wrap his arms around Khemet and cuddle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Love you too." Leareth wriggles in closer, kisses Khemet's cheek. He's let up on the weather-barrier so the air is a more normal temperature now but it's still nice to be curled up under a blanket with him. "I liked that. A lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good thing to know about yourself! I wondered, when Iomedae decided your perfect match should be a spy who thought she was maybe sent to kill you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had no idea that was even a question I could wonder about. I did find it - attractive, I think, when she described how she would have tried to kill me if Iomedae had in fact instructed her too. Interestingly. It might have worked - not permanently, of course, but still - and I would have expected that to be frightening, but it was not. Maybe because I sufficiently deeply trust that Iomedae is an ally. I am not sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of people find things both scary and hot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Do you find that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure. I think my life is not one in which it's been relevant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. That makes sense." Creeping smile. "Would it be a little scary if I did obtain a demiplane where only my magic worked, and took you there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...In a way that you would like?" Leareth is, just maybe, a bit flustered about how much he would like this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a way that I am up for trying once, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kisses him. "Well, I do not actually have one yet, so it will have to wait. - Hmm. Though it occurs to me that you do. It would be more than a little scary for me, I think, if you took me there and - did this sort of thing. But with you in particular it might also be hot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought about it, just now, but it's such a pain to get out of the Dome. Maybe some time when we meet somewhere else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. It seems worth trying once." Snuggle. "And once I make you a permanent Gate it will be so easy to visit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We will be constrained only by our responsibilities, and what are those? I don't remember them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They cannot be all that important." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Their Rings of Sustenance give them a lot of time to not think about them. 

 

Eventually Leareth has to go back home.

Permalink Mark Unread

As usual Leareth just feels better after spending a night with Khemet, in some hard-to-pin-down way. 

He does, over breakfast before heading back, go down his list and remember to ask for date advice. He thinks Aktun is wonderful, but is it the right place to take a Chelish girl on a date she'll find romantic? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm, it depends. Has she travelled a lot? Did she mention favorite places? He picked Aktun for Leareth because in some ways building it has been Leareth's driving motivation, and he'd feel unusually safe there, and he'd really like their museums; Carissa is selected for being somewhat similar in personality but she grew up in a technologically advanced civilization and might not associate cities so strongly with having succeeded. Of course, she might associate Axis with having succeeded for other reasons. 

How well off is she, what's the kind of trip she could casually make under her own power?

Permalink Mark Unread

She seems - not that well off right now? Which is a bit surprising given her wizarding skill, but she's staying in cheap apartments (he's still mildly offended about her landlord's behaviour) and doesn't have any magic items other than the ones she made herself. She says she hasn't traveled except to Vigil and the Worldwound, on her recent research. She seemed excited about the prospect when he floated it with her, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe she went into debt for her spying plan, if it involved making a bunch of magic items.

A good place to take her might actually be Absalom. It's an amazing city, everyone should see it at least once, once she's been she'll be able to Teleport herself, and he could get her some things that'd be hard to buy in Egorian while she's there. Parmida might have more specific ideas about activities, she lived there until recently, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's heard that Absalom is incredible but hasn't been yet, so that seems very good, unless a date would benefit from his already knowing the area. Parmida has a house there, though, so he can ask her for an itinerary.

Does Khemet have any suggestions for what sorts of things to get her, other than magic inks so she can get new spells from Aroden (which she absolutely lit up at the prospect of)?

Oh, and the remaining item on his list is asking about where to get a nice non-magical ring so he can propose to her properly. He suspects she would like it if he does that; he keeps having the vague sense that she's a little disappointed he's not properly dancing the courtship dance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well it's a show of skill, right, and it's fun when your partner is skilled at things. 

He should talk to Khemet's sister-in-law, she makes wedding jewelry (including magical wedding jewelry, though she almost definitely couldn't do a piece that requires ninth-level Time Stop as a component) and is generally very sensible and used to straightening out people who are trying to do the courtship dance and don't know how.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect! That's really good advice and he will definitely do that. Maybe he can fit it in when he comes back later with his team of mages to get started on the Gate-terminus. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Khemet wishes him good luck.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kisses Khemet goodbye (and waits to be properly dismissed) and then heads back to Egorian first, to collect his mages and finalize the schematics for the new Gate-terminus.

While the mages are packing up to go, he swings by to ask Parmida about date activities in Absalom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They have illusion theatres in Absalom! It started as a second screening room for popular live theatre shows, but then some people came up with the idea of telling stories directly for the medium; they can change between scenes, show the actors' faces up close, and do interesting things with the viewing angle that you couldn't do with theatre. Illusionists watch it carefully a hundred times, aided by a book of scenes, and then they put it up on a big screen and people watch. He should take her to see one.

She can also recommend restaurants.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds amazing and Leareth will definitely take her to see one. He plans a schedule - illusion theatre in the morning, restaurant for lunch, take her by some magic shops in the evening. 

Later that afternoon he Gates back to Sothis with a team of a dozen mages and all the supplies needed for the Gate. They don't need him for any of the initial setup, though he'll come help out with the tricky final bit of keying it to the other terminus to be built in Aktun. 

And then he goes to see Khemet's sister-in-law. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hullo!" she says. She's got a bowl of rice, having timed her lunch break for this so she could still get in solid chunks of work. "I hear you're in the market for Chelaxian-style engagement jewelry?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I am. The pharaoh recommended you; he said you are very good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am! Where's your girl, did you not bring her?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Am I supposed to bring her? She is in Egorian but I could invite her here and come back a different time with her. I am not really sure how this - courtship process - is supposed to work, I heard you had advice for that too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who told you that? I suppose you're not Osirian but I don't think conventions in Avistan are a lot like 'dress in drag for ten years and get blackmailed about it and then marry a prince instead of fleeing the country' either!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...see. The pharaoh said that you are generally very sensible and - used to straightening out people who are trying to do the courtship dance and are unsure how. For which I certainly qualify. I am not even from this world and I have not had a romantic relationship at all in a - very very long time." He's about to say 'in the last thousand years at least' but his immortality isn't common knowledge here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, well, my usual advice as far as that goes is that if you don't know what kind of jewelry your girl likes somebody ought to ask her instead of guessing, I won't sell somebody wedding jewelry without a consult with whoever's going to wear it because about half the time he's all 'lapis lazuli' and she's like 'I hate blue'. I also need her ring size if you want a ring in particular."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Honestly that is very sensible and I should have thought of it. What times are you open? I am planning to take her on a date to Absalom, and I can bring her here and - I suppose propose to her by saying I will buy her the ring she wants instead of by having it already? Is that how that works?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My shop is open every day from fourth to fourteenth, but I'm not usually there these days because my security arrangements are annoying so I only go in twice a week and not all day. My staff can take a consult interview, or you can bring her into the Dome on my lunch break or after I knock off for the day - don't interrupt me while I'm making jewelry, though, it ruins everything in the worst way, I have a sign up when I'm busy. I don't know how Avistanis do it in general let alone Chelaxians in particular, for all I know until recently the tradition in Cheliax was to send a messenger imp carrying a cursed handflower to put it on the girl in her sleep! Here you'd say you wanted to marry her and she has thus and such a budget to pick out wedding jewelry with at Trilliant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that sounds nice and straightforward, if not maximally romantic, so I think I will do it. She told me she likes surprises if they are well-executed, but I am not sure I can execute well on getting her an engagement ring she will like and that will fit her. - For reference I am going to get her a Ring of Delayed Doom, because my life is sometimes very dangerous and I want her to have it anyway, but that will take six weeks to make, so I figure it will be a wedding present or something and I will propose to her with a different ring that is less magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gosh. Not sure I can manage one of those. I have a great selection of nonmagicals and less-magicals, though, I have an inventory list here with sketches or you can go look at the real things in the store. And I can do custom commissions, and I can make it look different without busting the enchantment if she thinks it's ugly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad to hear that. I already talked to a magic in Egorian where I live for the Ring of Delayed Doom, and I - did my best to think very hard about what was pretty so hopefully I can pull off a well-executed surprise, but if she thinks it is ugly it is a relief to have a fallback. Anyway, thank you for your sensible advice. I am not sure I feel any more like I know what I am doing, but I do feel less stressed about it." 

He takes her up on glancing at the inventory book and sketches, trying to guess what Carissa might like; he figures he can tour the store itself with her whenever they come. Maybe he'll time it for the afternoon, as a final stop after he takes her around to magic shops in Absalom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can tell him where Trilliant is and show him all the rings in the book - she's got a really wide variety of designs. "I'll knock off five percent if she marries you and wears it to state functions and tells anybody who asks about it where it's from."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right! Thank you very much."

He tells her what day he's tentatively planning for his date with Carissa, three days from now so she has time to prepare and is less likely to have already scheduled something. "We will visit the shop and then come find you in the Dome if she wants to speak to you as well, I think it would be after your finish for the day rather than on lunch break. I think she will like you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll look forward to it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth checks on his Gate team and makes sure they have everything they need for the next week of work, then heads back to Egorian. Before drafting his date-invitation letter to Carissa, he swings by to check with Parmida and Zahra that his ring shopping proposal seems reasonable.

"Also I suppose I need to set a budget for her. The Ring of Delayed Doom is almost fifty thousand gold," it's sort of ridiculous but still a small fraction of the total fee he gets for his contracted permanent Gates, "I assume this should be less but how much less would still be generous? Ten thousand gold?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Parmida thinks that seems reasonable, and probably she'll like checking the designs out herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks her, and drafts his letter to Carissa, nicely handwritten on high-quality paper for the final version. (He discards half a dozen practice drafts first.) He says he would like to take her to Absalom for the day; he'll come to pick her up in the morning, if that suits her, and can Gate them over.

Do Parmida and Zahra think he should give her suggestions on what to wear or whether she needs to bring anything with her? He would probably appreciate clear guidance but maybe she just knows from cultural background context. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If he explains what the plan is then she'll probably be able to infer from that what to wear for it; if he wants to avoid that he should at least hint at, for example, whether the plans involve a lot of walking and whether they involve a fancy restaurant.

Permalink Mark Unread

How much walking is involved getting between the various locations on his itinerary? If it's a long way, he can also Gate her around if he goes in advance so he has locations; he needs someone to drop him off there for a quick visit anyway so he can Gate her there from Egorian. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them are reasonably far! Having gone in advance so he can Gate her around seems sensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth finishes the letter, hinting that their date will involve a fancy restaurant and some but not too much walking, puts it in an attractive envelope, and has it sent to Carissa's apartment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa drops off two enhanced daggers at the magic shop she's selling to and then heads back home. A couple of drunk men catcall her, not quite aggressive enough that she's tempted to call a ball of lightning to her fingertips so they back off. 

It seems like Egorian's more chaotic than Corentyn but that's probably wrong, it's probably just that she knew who to talk to and where to go and which alleys to avoid at night, back home. And also that she's no longer wearing a headband, the obvious indicator that she's a wizard and not one who only ever learned Prestidigitation. 

She opens her door, goes into her apartment. Misses the headband, now that she's thought of it, which is stupid, she'll be able to afford a better one before too long. 

- possibly the thing where she's refusing to ask Leareth for any money is in fact a thing that should be given thought, instead of pointedly not given thought.

Okay.

Some paladin orders take vows of poverty. Iomedae's don't, because this is stupid. Resources help you win; that's practically in the definition. It would be odd if paladin orders of Iomedae were really into expensive artwork, or luxurious houses, but obviously they are going to try to have lots of money, which they can spend on enhanced weapons and armor or have available for whatever needs may come up. There's nothing impressive or honorable about winning with a handicap, if you could instead not have a handicap.

She could go to the palace and say 'I want a +4 headband of vast intelligence for my research and some boots of Teleport for my safety' and they would probably give them to her and - wow, that's a lot of internal screaming. What's going on there. 

"Do you - like me, as a person? Separate from thinking that I have resources and power, or could give you a decent life," he'd asked, and it's a very reasonable question that should not have stung, but did - she had resources and power and a decent life, and she stripped them all off her walls and off her forehead and sold them so that she could figure out whether Cheliax was at risk of being destroyed - obviously Leareth has more resources and power than that, would probably not have considered that having resources and power at all - and it's not like it's false that 'it would be really cool to be the Queen of Cheliax' featured somewhere in her feelings about all of this, but -

- in her feelings rather than in her motivations, the same place whether she personally likes Leareth goes, the same place her sadness that he doesn't want her goes, it's fair for him to want to be sure of her motivations but it feels unfair, for it to also matter what all of her feelings are, for the world's claim on her to be bigger than just everything she'll do for the rest of her life but also how mopey she's allowed to privately feel about it.  

She tries to take a step back from that complaint, which feels very satisfying to dwell in but is probably not particularly accurate, dwelling usually doesn't get her to places that are. Leareth wants her to like him as a person. He's trying hard at it. She does like him as a person, not so much because of the trying hard at it but because he stole Cheliax from Hell and seems continually distressed that he didn't do it sooner and decided to find a wife by asking Iomedae for guidance. The things that remain aren't even ones he can fix by trying hard, really. ...and that's at least a small piece of why it feels bad to go to the palace and ask for eye-popping sums in magical items? It would be sort of suggesting that this was a way to get her to like him, and it's really not - or, well, if he refused for no reason she'd like him less and if he refused because he'd calculated the best thing to do with the money and it was something else she'd like him more but it's also rude to spring surprise tests of prioritization on people under the guise of wanting courtship presents - and she hates the idea of him thinking of her as someone who wants courtship presents, though probably he already does and it's her own fault for explaining that people like costly signals -

- everything is a thousand times better than it was two months ago, or four months ago, and it's bizarre that the better it gets the more she wants to cry. what's up with that -

- well, certainly part of it is that it's safe to cry and won't ruin her life. And part of it is that she spent a long time studiously not hoping for things and it being suddenly possible to hope for things comes with it being suddenly possible for there to be a lot of difference between things going really well and things going only moderately well. You need hope to feel terror, and all of that. The same realization she'd had when Aroden arrested her, the realization that the scary thing wasn't that she was going to be tortured to death but that there might be some way not to be.

It would of course be entirely fine if the thing she has is a close working relationship with the crown prince of Cheliax, who admires her distantly because once a long time ago she came close to inconveniencing him and most people can't do that. She is pretty sure she could do a good job under those conditions for her entire life and then - go to Heaven and learn a different kind of weapons enchanting, probably, design something really spectacular that Carissa-in-Hell, working longer hours with fewer dreams, wouldn't have thought to aspire to. It'd be fine. 

It - felt like - Iomedae was saying that she could have more than that. And that makes it scary to - lean too much into shaping herself for that perfectly reasonable thing, in case in so doing she closes the door to the thing where she has more than that. Which, it turns out, she really really wants.

She reads his note. She tries to think if she has any other acquaintances in the city who she could borrow a dress off. 

 

She should maybe. Talk to Leareth about any of this. 

 

Jisa said some people had Mindspeech at unusual range; she's vaguely curious if he'd hear her if she just thought in his general direction. Presumably not, that'd be far too distracting to parse? 

Instead she writes a return note that says she will look forward to it, but perhaps they could also talk before that, if he has time? She'll have to pay someone extra to take it at this hour, but she has the money from the daggers, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Leareth - does think it's a good idea to talk to her, probably, and is also suddenly anxious about what she has to say. 

The next morning Carissa finds a reply delivered to her apartment, suggesting she could come by the palace and join him for lunch today or tomorrow at her convenience, either would suit him fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't think of an acquaintance to hit up so she just makes herself buy a dress. Doesn't have time to tailor it before lunch, but she has a figure that fits most dresses tolerably without tailoring. 

 

She heads over to the palace for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth smiles broadly when he sees her, spontaneous and bright, it's a rare expression for him and somehow that fact about it is apparent in the smile itself. This time he holds out his arms to offer her a hug without asking out loud. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- gosh, okay. Hug. 


She doesn't let go for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is starting to get what Parmida was referring to, when she thought he was underhugged. He's far less underhugged than he used to be, even, he spent the night with Khemet just a couple of days ago, but it still feels like drinking in something soothing and comforting. 

He normally just eats lunch in the side room next to his magic Work Room, which has a table big enough for two people and is the level of nice that everything in the palace is without being outright fancy. It feels more correct for this than the formal dining room in his suite. Also then if she's curious about his work, he can show her. (He finds himself kind of hoping she'll be curious about his work and want to see it.)

Leareth escorts her there, asks her how her last few days have been, and requests that a servant have lunch brought over for them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They've been all right. I have been working on normal-sized daggers on commission and finally finished a couple, which is good since it means I was able to afford a dress." She gestures at it. "Though mostly I need to save the money so I don't have to take out a loan with a very steep interest rate for materials for the next set." Deep breath. "That's, uh, one of the things I wanted to talk to you about. I have been very determined not to ask for money and normally that would be obviously a good idea since I think it'll be bad for me to ask for money, but right now I have nothing since I spent it all on materials for the - spying mission - and it's well into the range where it's causing me to waste a lot of time on problems that I could solve with not very much money - and I'm not sure if it actually matters if I'm any good at magic in the sense of there being any magic tasks that I am needed to do, or if it only mattered because you'd respect someone more if they were good at magic in which case it's probably pretty irrelevant what interest rate I'm getting material loans at, but - 

- figured we should talk about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh. That all makes sense." Leareth looks her in the eye. He - finds himself wanting to reach across the little table and take her hand, but he's not sure if she wants that, so he sort of lets his hand drift out in an inviting-ish way.

"I did not think of how significant a sacrifice that was, for you. Can I straightforwardly solve this by paying you as a security consultant for your earlier work, as I had mentioned before? Aroden agreed that was reasonable. Or would that still feel like - asking for money, in the way that is bad for you? You could give me further advice on what vulnerabilities you saw and could have exploited, if that would help it feel more earned, that outside perspective is in fact very valuable and hard for the people who work internally on our security protocols to provide." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That'd be - fine, I think. - thank you."

 

She takes his hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. You are welcome. On your other question - it does matter to me that you are good at magic, both because magic research is the part of my work I enjoy the most and thus often on my mind, so it feels important to me that you understand it and be able to help if you wish, and also - it would be very stressful for me having a wife who could not independently defend herself or escape from an attack, and in general handle threatening situations. And - there is a piece I have been thinking about a great deal, related to - how I can feel close to people. I think I will be better able to relax with you if I know you could help defend me were something bad to happen. ...I know that is not very likely to arise but my life has contained many instances of being murdered and so it is difficult for me to feel safe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Okay. Might not make sense to advertise that I'm a particularly good wizard, then, it's much easier to protect onesself with capabilities people don't know you have. ...instead of a headband I could Wish on an intelligence enhancement and that'd be harder to notice than a headband but it's way more expensive depending on the details of Aroden's mysterious impossible amount of diamond access."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden's mysterious impossible diamond access is because Vanyel can make them - not the way conjuring works with your magic, he is just powerful enough to crush coal or black carbon into diamond, the way it is formed naturally. I am working on making a setup efficient enough that mages less absurdly powerful than he is can do it. Using Wish for this seems very reasonable, Aroden has done it before on himself so he will have the wording. He did four consecutive Wishes for it, to get two standard deviations of enhancement. He wears a headband for it too, that gives him another three standard deviations, so they stack, if you wanted you could have one for using in private when you are doing difficult magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." She looks very very tempted and then tries to make herself look less that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kind of thinks that she should be tempted. He certainly was, though Aroden thinks it would be more valuable for him to Wish himself to higher wisdom rather than intelligence, it's more relevant to cleric casting and also plausibly to Velgarth magic, which is more about getting the right habits of thought into procedural memory than about raw cleverness. His headband already has him at the point where ability to wrap his head around a concept very rarely feels like his limiting factor anymore.

"Are there other things we should talk about?" he says quietly. "Practical matters, or - on the feelings-related side...?" It would be so convenient if she had Khemet's power to tell exactly what someone is feeling; she could help him figure it out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I don't know. I'm not used to talking about my feelings much. Or having them, it wasn't safe. And then this week I was having a lot of them, and - it's stressful to have them around you, right, because it seems like everything goes better if you admire me and - think of me as a child a little less - and having feelings or needing money aren't particularly admirable traits to display. And I do think I could stop. But I'm not sure that's - Iomedae said that she thought things could go better than all right and it'd mostly only be things going all right, if the thing I did was make sure not to have any feelings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I do not think having feelings is particularly childish, or un-admirable? And - what you said reminds me a little of how I have felt, since coming to Golarion. For a long time it felt like certain feelings, at least, were not safe - it was not safe to care too much about people, or - want intimacy, the gods of Velgarth would only use it against me and kill my allies. I did not feel lonely at the time, but - it turns out that as soon as it is safe, I have all sorts of feelings I am not used to at all. I also think I could stop, if they were not adaptive feelings, but - why? I have discovered I can instead get hugs about them, which is much better, and - sorry, I am not really sure where I am going with this, just, I also want things to go better than all right, with you, and probably talking about feelings is an important piece of that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What made Velgarth so - unsafe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The gods still have Foresight, there, and are very good at nudging events toward what benefits Their goals - though They are not above intervening more directly, for example by sending Foresight visions to the mortals who worship Them. They tended not to approve of my goals, and so They would try to murder me about it, and anyone working with me. And - most people are easier to kill than I am. Also, most people are not immortal, and with Their attention me, I could not successfully share my immortality with others. - My world does not have afterlives like yours, when people die they are - mostly gone, not necessarily irretrievably, but certainly impossible to visit. It is difficult to grow fond of people and then lose them, again and again, and eventually I...mostly stopped." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "Why didn't they approve of your goals, Abadar and Iomedae both do..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae and Abadar are both wonderful! I am not sure I understand fully why Velgarth has no gods like them. I think part of it is - our gods are not Lawful in the same way? They do not have a cleric interface, though They will sometimes possess mortals to do miracles through them; They have much less access to senses and communication other than Foresight. They dislike innovation and change, partly because it makes Foresight more noisy and thus partially blinds Them, and - partly because the best plan They could see to prevent another Cataclysm was by preventing another technologically advanced civilization from arising. I wish They had informed me what They were doing, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Did Aroden break Foresight on purpose? In the war where he ended up dying, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth winces slightly. "No. Almost the opposite of that. Some of his allies saw, in the final moment, that if he died it would break Foresight forever, and - they betrayed and murdered him. For the past century he knew only that someone he trusted had betrayed him, not who, and so he could not afford to rely on any of them. It is why he did not go to Iomedae for help with Cheliax." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden does not blame Her for it. He - thinks it might even have been worth it. A world without Foresight is one where gods are incentivized to be much more friendly and cooperative to mortals. Though Cheliax paid a very high price for that boon." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I don't have a full picture of - Aroden's plans for Cheliax. Tried looking up what was supposed to happen during the Age of Glory but it's not the kind of thing people wrote about during the time we were ruled by Hell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden was not that able to explain how he would have brought about the Age of Glory, I think maybe it was a plan only legible to gods, but in terms of the what, he hoped for a Cheliax that would look much more like Axis. No scarcity of material goods, abundant magic available to people, education and resources available to anyone who wished to build something with them. Our plan now, of course, takes into account the fact that Aroden is no longer a god and his initial plan failed, but that we do have Velgarth magic. We are going to build a network of permanent Gates throughout the country and likely linked to other countries - Osirion will be a node linked to Egorian, they also wanted a permanent Gate between Sothis and Aktun. Vanyel's diamond-making means that we hope to be able to offer life insurance at prices affordable for almost everyone, since diamonds for Raise Dead are now quite cheap, and then no one will need die prematurely and stay dead. I suspect there is an abundance of other ways to productively combine our magic that I have not even thought of yet." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because I am not clever enough to immediately think of every application for magic, and I am still learning how arcane and divine magic work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No I meant - why turn Cheliax into Axis, what does he need that for..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...What he needs it for seems like - the wrong question, not the right framing... He wants people to flourish, because people matter - because that is the entire point of - of trying to fix things and make them beautiful and good - it is what makes some world-states better than others, some actions more worth taking - and I suppose he could be wrong about what sort of world is best for that, either of us could. But, a world where three-quarters of all people are subsistence farmers with no slack to try to build anything else seems so - ugly, so wasteful of what people are and can become. I think we both consider an advanced civilization with abundant resources and education and freedom for its people to be one where the largest fraction of people will be happy, and - able to do things, to choose their goals and achieve them, shape their world into what they want it to be..." 

This is a weird thing to try to explain. It feels so incredibly self-evident to Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I don't quite -

 

- Asmodeus wants everyone to be an instrument of Asmodeus's will. And - being an instrument of Asmodeus's will kind of sucks, and also the way to make people an instrument of Asmodeus's will is to torture them, and also anyone with any sense will stay - small - so they don't lose everything, so it just seems - inefficient, like subordinating your whole self to someone unworthy of it.

I guess I have been basically thinking of Good as the same thing except making yourself an instrument of some other will that thinks it can use - more of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I am not Good. Neither is Aroden. Lawful Neutral, like Abadar."

...Leareth recognizes this is perhaps not the most helpful answer, but his brain is still working on dredging up anything better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure that's the - maybe that's relevant." Sigh. "I think probably being an instrument of Abadar's will is a coherent concept?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar wants - the simplest explanation of it is, a world containing many mutually beneficial trades. A world where more people exchange goods and services and skills because it is in their self-interest to do so, and the end result, when such a process works well, is - well, Aktun is a very good example, it is hard to describe how I felt when I saw it for the first time, but - it felt like coming home, it felt like - recognizing that what I have been trying for so, so long to build in Velgarth already exists, as a god's divine realm, and - and that is not all I care about, there are both benefits and costs that Abadar does not really perceive and cannot engage with, but it is close enough..." 

He frowns. "Iomedae tried to explain to me, at one point, what She means by Good, and it was - not really what you said, but also not captured by Abadar's values. I will think on how to describe it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Also I am not trying to be an instrument of Abadar's will, either. I am an instrument of my own will, always. We are allies, because our goals and values happen to align, that is all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How much do you know about Asmodeanism as, like, a philosophy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably not very much? I arrived in this world quite recently and only came to Cheliax for the war. My impression is that He was trying to maximize the number of people in Hell so that He would have labour for His factories there? And people to torture, I suppose, but - I still somewhat fail to parse that as a motivation, whereas wanting to produce goods makes sense to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The main teaching of the church of Asmodeus is that free will was a serious mistake. That people will basically squander their lives, not even evilly but just stupidly, that the main thing most people are is rudderless and uninspired and uninteresting and without any aims worth pursuing. That they have the capacity for valuable things and will basically never, left to their own devices, pursue them. And you can make people capable of doing things that matter, but it's not a pleasant process, especially not if you're resisting it. And that Asmodeus values every human soul despite all of that, and wants to put them to use, and it's in principle possible for this to be tolerable but only if you stop aspiring to be the kind of thing that - has independent aspirations, that wants petty human things like to be loved or to be special or to be free - and usually people fight that, and so they take a lot of shaping, which Asmodeus finds tiresome, though He doesn't give up on anybody."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Wow. I hate that so much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, it seems like you would. I left, as soon as there was anywhere to even plausibly leave to, but - but that's where people are starting from, right, when they're trying to figure out what Aroden wants, that's what they've had their whole lives and Asmodeus isn't stupid, there's very pretty essays and poems and morality tales about it, kids start in school at three..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." He looks pained, again. 

(We were not fast enough, he thinks; nearly a century too slow.) 

"I think Asmodeus' belief about human nature is false, as an empirical observation," he says slowly. "I find that, when people do uninteresting things with their lives, it is generally for lack of freedom and options and resources to pursue them, not for a surfeit of those. But - even if Asmodeus were correct about that, that would - it would still matter that their lives be pleasant, that they have nice things, and belong and be loved - though in Velgarth I could often give people so little, and - sometimes only in exchange for taking away other options and freedoms..." There's an ache in his chest. 

"Sorry, I was trying to explain my conversation with Iomedae. She said that - well, there is what I do, which is setting a goal, of a world I think is better than the current one, and fighting ruthlessly for it, trying to win. And I care about things being good but the process I used in Velgarth was not Good. Iomedae says that Good is - being a shape where people want to cooperate with you, and follow you, and where it makes them stronger and makes the world better when they try, even if they are not perfect at it. - Actually, you should talk to Vanyel. Iomedae said repeatedly that for me, reaching for Good would mean - shaping myself to be someone Vanyel could work with better. He is an excellent example of someone who is Good, and I do not think he considers it about being an instrument of anyone's will." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is he here in Egorian?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He spends most of his time making diamonds, sometimes takes breaks to pave roads. I think he is enjoying it much better than the wars he fought in before. He would probably be delighted to have dinner with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I can do that.

 

The thing - you're describing - sounds much much harder than just figuring out what the forces of Good need you to do and then doing your best to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is very, very hard. I wish the world were less complicated and contained fewer tradeoffs - that there were a clear right answer every time..." He shakes his head. "I have never, ever wished I could instead figure out what the forces of Good required of me and do that. I think I am fundamentally not that shape of person. Vanyel, I suspect, would understand that desire better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you're figuring out what powerful people want of you and trying to do it you - have more of a lever? If you try to do things on your own you just get crushed. So you just want to figure out who you'd rather lend your - you. Or you won't get anything done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds horrible. I would hate it. ...Probably I would scheme to overthrow one of the powerful people so that I could just have the lever instead of deciding which powerful-person lever to lend myself to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- giggle. "I mean, that's kind of what I went to research? Not really whether to overthrow Iomedae, because I don't see how I could, but - whether I wanted her to have the lever - wanted you to, on her recommendation -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Although, if you did for some reason want to overthrow Iomedae - I do not actually think She needs to be overthrown, I like her and she would not mind if I wished to become her equal as a god, but anyway - the Starstone just exists in your world. All you would need to do is spend a century becoming as powerful as Aroden, and then go for it. It is rather convenient." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ninety nine percent of people who go for the Starstone die. Including some who were as powerful as Aroden."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. He seems quite confident it will not be any trouble, but I suppose he designed the defences around it that kill people, so he is kind of cheating." He shrugs slightly. "I do not actually feel inclined to ever do it. One of Aroden and I being a god seems like plenty, it would be redundant to have both of us in the pantheon, and - changing that much is a little too close to ceasing to exist as the person I am now, you know? I am quite invested in existing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

"I haven't thought about whether I'd want to be a god. I'm - new at wanting things and it's not obviously serving me very well so far so, you know, maybe in a year I'll want to be a god."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose we will see."

- Leareth is noticing that he's more relaxed than at the start, not truly relaxed the way he is in Khemet's arms, but - to the same extent he was talking to Vanyel, when they were having some genuinely interesting back and forth. And as a result he hasn't been putting any attention toward not being scary. Carissa doesn't seem scared, though, so hopefully she's been fine with it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't seem scared. "I think to the extent I have noticed wanting anything -

- I want to learn lots of magic from Aroden. Maybe help with some of the magic system interaction stuff, I don't know. I want to figure out how to help people - expect things to be better than I think they're expecting right now. 

I want you to want me. I want - this is kind of stupid but I don't want to have to do another several months of terrifyingly clever hard things to get there. I'm sure I'll be clever occasionally when problems come up but I don't want to have to solve you, if there's another way.

I want to stop having to think about money when I want to pick up spells or things to wear for a trip to Absalom, and so I can get an apartment where you can't hear every baby in the building crying unless you sleep, or alternatively I want to hit fifth circle and then I can do sound insulation overnight at least. I'm not going to be that close, though, since I'm new at fourth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I also noticed you seemed excited about learning magic from Aroden and it was delightful, I want you to have a chance to do that, and for us to work together on inventing new magic. It is important but it also brings me joy. We very much need your help on the second thing, I think that is a large part of what Parmida hoped you could help me with, since I lack so much context here." 

He looks down. "want to want you. Some context here is - I have not had romantic relationships at all in at least the last millennium, because of the part where it was not adaptive for my goals to care too deeply or rely too heavily on other people. In the course of an ordinary day I do not go around wanting anyone in that way. I seem to be capable of it - I think I develop it naturally if I have enough trust with someone - but it does seem to require that, and maybe just time to become close with someone. It took Aroden seven years. I think I will not need that long; he was very traumatized and had until recently been a god, so was very unused to all human things. But I am not sure I can force it to happen faster. It is apparently bad for people to pretend at wanting someone, and - I suspect that is not at all what you want, anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds - not the thing I want, yeah. I wouldn't say it's always terrible for people but in this case it seems pretty pointless."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Well, I think I will get there anyway, at this point, because - Iomedae would not have sent you if you were not a shape of person I could trust. And if it requires cleverness and hard work to get there faster, I will do that part myself. I, just - I wished you to know it is not about you at all, or - not finding you attractive - I think you are very pretty, actually, I noticed it when I met you and I rarely notice that about people." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Needing to trust people makes sense, I'd just never heard of it because, well, I have never trusted anyone in my life and I don't know that I know anyone who has. But - your situation isn't really anything like ours aside from one similar word being usable."

Permalink Mark Unread

At some point he has to stop saying 'I wish we had taken back Cheliax sooner' because it's going to get very repetitive, but he's thinking it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She squeezes his hand. "I didn't mean to upset you? I can try to work on trusting you if you want that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, that is not - I mean, I do hope you will trust me, but I want it to be - earned, calibrated, not something you shoved your mind into to make me happy. Most people do not trust me, it does not bother me. Iomedae would say that is a downside of not being Good."

He squeezes her hand in return. "I - am very angry with Asmodeus, is all. I wish I could make Hell stop existing, but I think even Aroden and I combined will not have the resources for an operation on that scale for a very very long time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I trust specific things about you? Iomedae said you worried that I'd - not be sure if I could leave - but I am not at all worried about that because you're not stupid and it's a terrible idea to try to keep a wife who is a wizard and doesn't want to be there. I trust that you and Aroden are working together and I don't have to figure out which of you it's more important to stay on the right side of. I trust that if I get assassinated in some fashion that's related to having gotten involved in your life you'll try to raise me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "That all seems correct. And - hmm, you know I read as Lawful, and that Abadar chose me as a cleric, which is some information, if only that I will predictably act reasonably to further my interests and want a world with more rather than fewer opportunities for trades." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Before we, uh, properly met, I had you figured for - mostly not dangerous to people who couldn't hurt you. If I spilled tea on you I wasn't going to die about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In practice I think I am mostly not that dangerous even to people who can hurt me. Because if I am careful and paranoid enough on my end, I do not necessarily need to do anything to them. - I suppose I mind-controlled a number of people in Velgarth, when I had concerns on that front, but apparently that is not even considered Evil here." 

He looks down at his hands. "Starwind and Moondance - the Tayledras Adepts who murdered me and destroyed my immortality - are alive; Khemet killed them but we raised them, after, and - broke their pact with their Goddess, it turned out they had done it under some amount of coercion. After the operation against Her in Velgarth, we would have let them go home if they had wished, but they did not, so they are in one of the monasteries that were recently opened in Cheliax, where criminals can work hard and seek redemption. I did not wish them dead, and certainly not in one of the Evil afterlives here; they were only doing what made sense from their perspective."  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mind controlling people's not Evil but it's kind of - Asmodean? Long-term, I mean. It's about the shape they are not being useful enough and having the power to instead just make them a useful one. Obviously as a method of stopping them from getting in your way it's not any more Asmodean than a sword.

I'm still kind of confused about how the incentives work if you don't even much punish people who betray you but I am willing to try it out and see exactly how much betrayal ends up being invited."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think my methods in Velgarth were somewhat Asmodean. I was very ruthless because nothing else worked. ThoughI would not generally use long-term mind control to get useful things out of someone, it does not actually work that well; it is better for negative commands such as 'do not murder me'. Aroden and I both converged on a policy of using it voluntarily as a prerequisite for people joining our most sensitive projects, because we both noticed that no matter how trustworthy people are from an inside perspective - and this was even sometimes when I read people's minds during the vetting interview and they were genuinely very aligned - it is very hard for a secret to stay secret without that precaution, people can be suborned later on. But - I think part of what Iomedae means, when she says that Good paths are more available to me here, is that I ought consider doing less of those methods that would make Good people see me as comparable to Asmodeus. And I would prefer it if the best path toward winning, in the long run, did not require that kind of compromise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Uh, in old Cheliax it'd have been harder for me to get away with the thing I did because they systematically make the servants submit to regular mindreading instead of just doing it when it comes up, where it's less noticeable if someone is shielding or just thinking the same song lyrics forty times in a row. I don't know if there's a nicer way to get that result."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Better detection of magic items might have done it; it would have caught both your familiar in the conference room and if you had in fact had a weapon, which is the real threat I want to prevent. I can talk to Aroden about ways of doing that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "...anyway I think that's everything I wanted to talk about? Unless you had anything..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have one more thing." He takes a deep breath. "Someone I know suggested I could come to trust you more quickly if I read your mind. I am reluctant, though, because of your previous associations with that, under Asmodeus. I am sure I can also get there the normal human way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I have been assuming that you and Aroden have been since I came to your attention - surely he didn't ask me four questions and then decide I wasn't a threat based on my tone of voice when I answered them -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, Aroden did. I could not actually get past your hatpin, and in the demiplane I did not have magic either. Also most of what he read from you was that you were terrified he would torture you to death. I have not attempted it since I put together what Iomedae sent you for - it seemed like not the best foot to start out on, with someone I want to marry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - but I could've been terrified he would torture me to death and also a real enemy! Real enemies are also terrified of that! I assume! If anything you'd expect people to be more terrified of it if given the information available to them it seems more likely!

 

Uh. You can read my mind to decide how far you can trust me, if you'd like, but only if you're nice and gentle and sweet about it, how's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I did not mean to imply that part was useful to him at all in deciding you were not a threat. It made it harder for him to find out what he wanted, I think. He was still, however, very confident that while he was reading your mind, he would be able to tell if you were lying, and you were not lying that Iomedae sent you, that was the relevant part."

Leareth ducks his head. "Maybe that ought be enough. It does give me a very strong prediction that you are not going to harm me and that I want you on my side, so I am quite motivated by that, but...it is apparently not the same kind of thing as being able to relax enough that I am capable of wanting physical intimacy beyond hugging you and holding your hand." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I want you to relax around me, and I think the thing I have negative associations with is - more specific than just 'anyone reading my mind in any situation'. So, those are my conditions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I can be nice and gentle and sweet about it - well, as much as I can about anything, I would not expect people to list those foremost among my traits." He's silent for a moment. "Also, do you have Detect Thoughts? I - would not mind if you wanted to read me. Possibly not at the same time, it sounds distracting." He might need to avoid thinking about some topics but he's reasonably capable of that, and she won't be able to pull nearly as much information out of reading him as Aroden could. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have it. At the same time gets you into circles chasing each others' thoughts around, it mostly just makes me dizzy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that seems unhelpful. One at a time, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should we set a date?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Would you prefer before or after I take you to Absalom?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Before. If it's all the same to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Leareth gets out the little book he keeps on him with his scheduled commitments. "Tomorrow evening?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes her hand. Smiles a little. "And I do think you would find it valuable talking to Vanyel. We could go check if he is free tonight, or tomorrow for lunch?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes her hand and walks with her to Vanyel's Work Room, where he stops and politely knocks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel stops singing to himself. "Mmm, come in?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth opens the door. "Vanyel, this is Carissa. Carissa, Vanyel. I think you two ought to speak." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is trying so hard not to smirk. He's also holding a just-finished diamond the size of his head. "That sounds nice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you! Uh, is it a good time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now's great, I was about to take a break, I need to space it out because Lesser Restoration doesn't get all the magic-fatigue. Speaking of that, er, Leareth, do you have a spare Lesser Restoration or do I need to find someone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have not used any yet today so you are welcome to one." Clerics are still a bit harder to come by here than in the pharaoh's palace. Leareth casts it for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel hops up from the workbench, stows his diamond in the box of them for later division into appropriate sizes for various spells, and locks the Work Room, both non-magically and with a Velgarth spell. "All right, want to go for a walk or something?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Enjoy. I will see you tomorrow night, Carissa." Leareth hugs her goodbye and then leaves them to it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel heads down the hall toward his favourite garden path walk, humming a bit until Leareth is out of earshot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I assume Leareth explained that he asked Iomedae for a wife and she sent me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, he did." Vanyel is not-smirking about it so hard, just like he did when he first learned it. "I think he really likes you. Er, do you like him? I wasn't sure if gods would be much good at matchmaking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like him. He's very well-meaning, and clever. I think he'll probably do all right for Cheliax. And he explained about the - him and Aroden thing - which is very confusing but I think reassuring? And Iomedae assured me he'll be good to me and I believe her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. The him-and-Aroden thing is so confusing. It was even more confusing before he put together what Nefreti meant, when I'd just kidnapped him and she was sitting there saying all these utterly baffling things implying they'd met before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it just them? Do any other people repeat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We haven't noticed any other examples. Although I haven't been looking as hard for a local version of me running around." He glances at her. "Was there a particular thing Leareth thought we ought to speak about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah. So I was trying to explain to him - Asmodeanism holds that free will was a mistake and all people ought to be and will eventually be shaped to be instruments of Asmodeus's will. And that hurts but it hurts less if you just acknowledge that it's right and strive for it instead of fighting it. And, uh, Asmodeus lost the war, I jumped ship -

- but I guess I was kind of pretty much working off a model where instead we had been chosen to be instruments of Aroden's will, whatever it was, and then I got picked by Iomedae which meant that actually it was Her I was - giving the rights to use me where needed for Her goals. And this is, like, fine? Her goals are really important. I did a lot of research and I trust Her. 

But it wasn't how Leareth was thinking of anything at all and he was very appalled about it and said that he and Abadar are, uh, more like business partners, which is not how I have ever heard of being a cleric working, and then he said I should talk to you about the nature of Good, since he's not an expert."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel feels really put on the spot and kind of embarrassed now! Apparently Leareth thinks he's more qualified to explain what being a good person is? Or, no, they probably mean the capital-G Good alignment sense, which he's also not sure he understands fully, but he does read Good at least, and Leareth obviously doesn't. 

"I'm so tickled he described his relationship with Abadar as 'business partners'," he says, while he stalls to give himself time to think on the other topic. "It's very Leareth. He would've been a lot more eek about the prospect if he had to worship Abadar about it, he doesn't - do that, really." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think gods derive some sort of something from worship but I don't know exactly how it works and maybe being partners also works for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if 'thinking Abadar is great' does the thing, he certainly does that. He took me to Aktun, Abadar's realm in Axis, and he was so incredibly delighted about showing me around, and all the kinds of thing Abadar wants the world to have. It's really cute. I - hadn't seen him happy much, before that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He seems really happy around the pharaoh of Osirion too but I guess he's officially also Abadar." Her voice sounds so reasonable and upbeat about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's a different thing. Abadar doesn't hug him and I think he really badly needed that. Especially right after the whole Star-Eyed murder plot, he was so sad and scared about it, it was awful, he'd - I think been just earnestly treating them as allies? So he went into a Work Room to help them research magic to fix the messed-up Worldwound, and then they broke his immortality setup and had him eaten alive by demons. I tried doing my bit to comfort him about it, and it probably helped, but..."

Shrug. "Digression, sorry. I'm not sure I can tell you what the Good gods in your world think Good is, not having met any of them, but I can say a bit how Heralds tend to think about it, in my world, and how I do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'm especially aiming for Good in particular necessarily? Just - thinking about what things that aren't Asmodeanism with a different person at the top there are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that makes sense. Valdemar might have good examples there, at least sort of, because we don't have a national religion, lots are practiced but the Heralds don't tend to be very focused on which god they worship, it's not where we get our sense of ethics from. Er, do you know much about what Heralds are or should I explain?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I, uh, asked Jisa, and got her account of everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can read between the lines that this was part of her spying; presumably Leareth has already decided if he wanted to tattle on Jisa to Randi, and either way the duty won't fall to Vanyel. 

"Right, so - we're all Chosen by Companions, who were made by a god or gods, but they're just people, too, pretty much. We have our traditions and each other and we try to look after Valdemar." His eyes flicker down to the path. "I - didn't even want to be a Herald, at the start. Lots of children dream of it, Heralds are very glamorous, but I didn't want to be selfless and help others, or go into danger, and - the circumstances were pretty bad, I'd lost my lover and been badly injured and I just wanted it all to go away. I think a lot of Heralds see their duty to Valdemar as this - comforting, reassuring sense of being where they're supposed to be, knowing what to do. I never really had that. Just, I could notice that I was really powerful, and that meant there were things I could do for Valdemar that no one else could, and - then those things would be done, right, and that's real and it matters. There are paved roads all over the north now because I built them, and farmers can get to market even in the rainy season when the dirt roads would get impossible. There are a lot of people who would be dead if not for beasts and bandits I fought for them. It's still really hard, sometimes, but - that's worth sticking around for. Does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like - often it's harder to tell - than with beasts or bandits - but yeah, as far as it goes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A lot of it is really hard to tell. Maybe the most important parts are. I think I do end up sort of hanging a lot of my motivation off the parts that are clearer? It's less inspiring to tell myself I made the world better by judging a difficult court case, if I really wasn't sure of the verdict. Or, gods, a lot of what happened in the war we just had with a neighbouring kingdom, probably had to happen but - it really didn't feel like I was making the world better, in any way. Just burning some of it to ashes along with Valdemar's enemies." 

He turns to catch her eye, smiles. "You know what's great for that, though? Right now I sit and make diamonds most days, and then at the end of the day I have a headache from using my mage-gift too hard and Yfandes tells me off, but I can weigh what I made and say 'there, I just made it so this many ward casualties could come back from the dead.' I don't think I've ever felt as sure as I do now that my existence is making the world better and that's worth sticking around for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wait, were you previously thinking you might not stick around?"

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow, he should possibly not have emphasized that part so much, this is really embarrassing now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Van, honestly. You should tell her. Leareth knows: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fine, but it's your fault if she doesn't want my advice anymore: 

"I. Um. Might've tried to kill myself a few times, when I was younger. And - wanted to a lot more times. It's complicated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, okay. Here that doesn't even help with anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was informed. Also that it's Evil apparently which just seems unfair, it's - it's not hurting anyone but yourself and I feel like that shouldn't count." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Chelish understanding of how sorting people works is that Pharasma just wants souls out of her way, which is why abortion and murder and suicide are such a big deal even though objectively they're sometimes just sending someone somewhere else that might be more able to use them. But I don't know if any of that is actually true, lots of Asmodean education is but lots isn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure I'd even expect your death god's sorting process to line up with my personal opinions on ethics." Shrug. "I've sure killed a lot of people but apparently I still read strongly Good. I guess mostly in cases that were - at least moderately clear-cut, choosing the least bad option among a lot of bad ones? One of the things I feel worst about is sneaking past the Border to assassinate one of Karse's mages, who - was probably a decent person, just fighting for his kingdom like I was fighting for mine. But also he was responsible for the deaths of thousands of our people." Shiver. "Just like I'm responsible for the deaths of thousands of theirs. And I couldn't just make the war stop - I could only fight for Valdemar, not Karse - so I did that, and I don't know if it was the right thing to do, feels like if the world were sane I wouldn't've had to, but - also it might've been on the best path to ending the war when we did." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess it seems - definitely okay to me, to do the thing that wins, assuming you’re right about what you’re fighting for.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I think Leareth would say so. And, I mean, Karse did start the war, and - were doing worse things than us, in fighting it, I think the world where Valdemar won it was better than the one where they conquered us. It just. Didn't feel good, mostly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. “I’m sorry.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't, um, know if that helps answer your question at all, sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I think it does, a little? I have - more possible answers, at least, and a sense of which questions feel confusing to me. So thank you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Vanyel nods. "Happy to answer other questions. Er, is there anything you'd want to know about Leareth? I - don't know that much about his personal life, at least not from before Golarion, but we've known each other for ten years. - I did spent most of that thinking I was probably going to die fighting him, um, he was my destined enemy in a Foresight dream but then we had conversations about philosophy in it, my life is really weird like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Wow. Um. Does he take it well when people argue with him, is he good with kids, what’s he like angry...”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never really seen him get angry. At least not in a losing-his-temper way. I've seen him frustrated or just sort of offended at the state of the world being awful, like with Asmodeus, but - not angry at a specific person he thought had wronged him. I screamed at him at least once for - a thing that happened which wasn't even mostly his fault, and he just calmly agreed it was reasonable of me to be mad. He takes it great when people argue with him, I did it all the time, he - doesn't get defensive like most people, about being criticized? He's just very calm and level about it. Never seen him with kids and it makes a weird mental image but I don't think he'd be bad with them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Would you marry him? If it otherwise made sense?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel does not quite manage to suppress a snort. "I am baffled what circumstances could cause that to make sense, but - I guess I wouldn't be opposed?" Also, damn it, he manages to go a decade without ever asking himself the question of whether Leareth is attractive and now he can't un-ask it and it's distracting

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool. Thank you. I might have more questions eventually? Do you just hang out here saving everybody from Hell, how do I make appointments."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm nearly always in that Work Room if you want to just come find me. Or you could send a note for me to Aroden's staff and schedule a time, I guess. People wanting to make appointments with me hasn't come up much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? Well done, I would expect to be getting bothered constantly. I will do that if I think of more Leareth questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right! It was lovely meeting you. I hope, er, things go well with you and him." 

Now he's feeling some pangs of pointless jealousy. Probably because she prompted him to think about hypothetical marriage to Leareth and now he's lonely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes home. 

 

She spends the next day enchanting a very boring dagger again and pointlessly fretting that Leareth will read her mind and decide that actually she's terrible, which Iomedae is competent to have foreseen, probably, even if the gods don't have foresight. And maybe daydreaming, a little, that he will instead fall in love with her, which is stupid, marriages that are not in stories do not involve love. 

 

In the evening she heads over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth seems quite pleased to see her again, and hugs her. 

He also has some gold for her! Lots, in fact. Aroden, who's in fact hired adventurers for not-dissimilar work back in Rahadoum, thought that 10,000gp was around the bounty he would have needed to put out to attract someone of her calibre into throwing real creativity at the problem - and making themselves expensive niche magic items to slip through the palace security. So he thinks that would be a very reasonable fee, although in exchange Aroden would like to have some more conversations with her about all the things she noticed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow. All right. It's barely possible that's actually a reasonable price and not charity. She hugs him a lot. 

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her back. "You are welcome. - Do you want to come back to my rooms? If I am going to take down my shields so you can read me, I will feel more comfortable there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes her hand again and walks there with her. Asks how her day was. When they arrive he gestures to the sofa for her to sit, sits down next to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down. Shivers, a little bit. "I want you to read me first so then when I read your thoughts they are about me, which is the topic I am most interested in."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, seriously. "Of course." Conveniently, it'll also mean he isn't thinking about any state secrets he plausibly shouldn't share with her yet, though he's at this point prepared not to be that careful about it. 

Gentle and nice and sweet... He keeps holding her hand. He extends his Thoughtsensing; is she still wearing the Nondetection hatpin and giving him the sense of extremely good shields? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes (not to protect from him, at this point, but other people might try to read her mind, and they agreed it was a good idea for her capabilities to be mostly secret.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(That's very sensible of her, she's clever and careful and Leareth is pleased.) 

He squeezes her hand a little. "I need you to take off your Nondetection sword-pin so I can read you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. She slips it out of her hair. Now her shields look more like a Golarion caster of about Mahdi and Fazil and Hagan's level.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to read her, boosting his Thoughtsensing with mage-gift if necessary; it’ll give him a headache but Lesser Restoration will fix it.

Permalink Mark Unread

At first she still hedges him out; then she shakes her head self-consciously and - stops that, and is no harder to read than a normal person -

- she is pleased with herself that hedging him out still worked without her hatpin, even though it's not what they're here to do tonight, at all.

He's hot. It would always slightly annoy her when she had to read people at work and they were thinking about that, especially if they dwelled on it, but perhaps it's slightly less unprofessional if the job being applied for is literally 'his wife'. He's very scary - moreso, in some ways, when he's paying less attention to it, which suggests it's not intentional at all - but he's also very earnest, and trying so hard at her fairly silly instruction to be nice about it, come up with on the spot because - the really important thing was that she was allowed to impose conditions, even silly ones, and also because this feels like the kind of thing that could be better than all right, if he's holding her and giving his instructions very softly and levelly and -

- she was expecting he'd ask some questions or her thoughts are all going to be like that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth slips his arm around her, for once confident that he’ll be able to tell if she wants not that; does Khemet feel like that all the time, he’s jealous - it’s silly to be thinking about Khemet now, though.

“What do you think of...” It’s hard to figure out how to phrase his question; ‘what do you think of me’ is far too unspecific. “My - I am sort of the opposite of how Asmodeus wants people to be, I think - I refuse to be small, I want things very strongly, I try very hard to shape the world... How do you feel about - people like that...?” It’s still not quite the thing but it’s closer, he thinks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Having his arm around her is good. 

She thinks about it. 

He can get away with it, right, is the thing, because he fought Asmodeus - not directly but fought the forces Asmodeus was willing to bring to bear on this world - and won - if most people she'd met in her life were declaring that they wanted lots of things, and meant to go get them, and would make the world a better place - then they would die and go to Hell and suffer forever for it. It feels - tragic, right, in the same way as the clerics of Aroden who insisted they still got spells from him or the parents of dead babies who carry them around swaddled insisting they'll wake up - a refusal to live in the world you actually live in, ugly and awful but at least there, and real -

- obviously saving up to raise your baby from the dead is not applicably tragic. And if you have the power, the resources, the history, then refusing to live in the world you don't like isn't about playing pretend, it's just ...planning. She's not quite sure she has wrapped her head, yet, around everything that means, it's something so different than all the things it vaguely looks like, but - there's a thing where it makes all the other pathetic tragic human ambitions less so, it makes the people who want to travel the world writing romantic poetry reasonable, it makes the people who want to see their dead children again reasonable, it makes the people who want to write angry pamphlets about Asmodeus reasonable -

- you can expect everybody to grow up and face the real world, awful as it is, or you can turn the real world on its head so they can stay where they're standing -

- and she is still a little bit too scared herself to entertain any wishes that feel like they'd have that pathetic quality, of disengagement from reality, but she can see the shape of it, and she can see why Iomedae thought it was important ('Iomedae thought this was important' is so much easier to think than 'I think this is important', Iomedae is allowed to want things, She is a god - Leareth is allowed to want things, he's only not a god because he says it'd be redundant and maybe unpleasant - his Queen would be allowed to want things, maybe, but that's not really the draw of the job, the draw of the job is that Cheliax will be allowed to want things once they understand what she thinks she's starting to -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth holds her and - lets himself lean in rather than away from the pain of it, there's an ache in his throat and a burning behind his eyes and a quiet, simmering, not-quite-anger, anger wants to break things and this feeling wants to - keep laying one brick over another until he's built a wall and behind it everyone is safe and, and–

"I do not necessarily want a world where everybody is like me," he says, thickly. "I - nobody should need to be like me, in a sane world. But - I want everyone to be able to - want things, and take up space, and make plans and build castles and, and grow, be more not less..." He swallows. "You have to see reality as it is. Wishful thinking is the opposite of planning, right, if you are not seeing what is already there then your plans are not shaped to work. Honestly, seeing reality for itself is very hard and many people are stuck on that step, and - I think you can do it, so you have that advantage. What I want for you is to be able to plan to shape the future of Cheliax the same way you would - notice you were thirsty and go get a glass of water, it does not have to be any more complicated than that..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Things are only really simple if no one else cares about them. Choosing which socks to put on was always simple, because Asmodeus wouldn't care; choosing how Cheliax will work is really complicated. It feels kind of like wishful thinking just to imagine that you won't get crushed if you try anything that complicated. 

But they tried the war, and didn't get crushed, so - she is probably just wrong about that, and similarly there are probably lots of other things that can be attempted and survived now. And being wrongly pessimistic is also a way of failing to live in the real world, right.

- a memory of kneeling in the demiplane in Aroden's presence, and he'd said he was impressed, and she'd - talked herself down, that's in the book of tactics from a class she took, it's meaningless, she can feel the draw of the world where he was saying that sincerely and pull away because she's not an idiot - except he had meant it, and she doesn't exactly know if she made a mistake there because it's still overwhelmingly true that when you are arrested and your interrogator says that they're impressed they're nearly always lying but -

- but the fact is that the world she was trying to pull herself away from believing in was real -

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds her.

"If you try complicated things, or fight powerful adversaries, then you will sometimes fail," he acknowledges. "It was not guaranteed we would win in Cheliax, however hard we tried to overdetermine it. That is - a fact about what problems are difficult and what limitations humans have - though if we use some Wishes to make you very clever, and a headband you can wear in addition for strategy-planning in private, you will be able to meet greater challenges. Nonetheless, I have failed many times, when my plans were built on incomplete information, or faulty predictions about the world or people in it. Sometimes my failures caused great harm. Often they resulted in my body's death. I - cannot promise you that success will be immediate or easy, or that letting yourself want things and make decisions on a larger scale will not hurt. But I have never been crushed, and in this current situation I am confident I have the allies and resources that I will not be. And as long as you are with me, my resources and allies are yours as well. If you make a difficult call and are wrong, I will not be angry with you. If you are killed, I will bring you back. We - might need to be willing to try very hard, for a very long time, and fail over and over, but - as long as you can keep deciding that failure is not the same as being crushed, then we can try again. For however long it takes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, is he worried that - her interest in trying to fix things is premised on him always winning and not being wrong - she guesses she was kind of thinking about it that way - she figured that she was probably going to lose, and die, when Iomedae sent her to the palace, and that was fine because she was expecting that this was worth it for Iomedae - it didn't have to be guaranteed not to utterly crush her, it certainly didn't have to be guaranteed to work, there just needed to be some reason to believe it wasn't stupid to try, that there was a thing that might be achieved and would be important to achieve - entering a lottery because you calculated the payout is positive isn't refusing-to-live-in-the-world even though you almost never win the lottery -

- though it had helped, a lot, knowing that Aroden wouldn't send her to Hell and might in fact let her go to Axis, maybe she hadn't been entirely ready to be crushed -

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. It - was important to me, I think, that you were willing to take that gamble even before you knew who I was, because - what I am asking for here is very, very hard, and most people are quite reasonably not interested in doing things which are so hard. - It will be easier for you than it was for me in Velgarth, I hope, you will never have to do it alone. But - even gods can gamble and be wrong, sometimes. Aroden did. I think there is absolutely no way he could have known in advance what would happen, and his bet was a reasonable one, but - nonetheless he bet wrong, and was murdered horribly for it. He woke up as a human with no magic and no resources or allies, in a country drenched in torrential rain, and he nearly starved to death in the famine, and he watched Asmodeus take Cheliax and could do nothing to stop Him. It - is not impossible that if you stay with me, and become immortal as well, that someday we would have a loss on that scale. If I try to evacuate Hell and kill Asmodeus and fail, for example. I hope I can help you become someone strong enough not to be crushed by that."

He squeezes her a little. "And I think your presence will make failure less likely than if I did not have that aid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels odd and asymmetrical to think at him while he talks to her but talking is a little hard.

"I think - almost anyone Iomedae sent you - would've had that. Think it's the thing she picks for. Talked to a lot of people, asked them what they'd have done if they got the visions - asked them if they worry, about fighting a war forever in Heaven - kept hearing - well, it's not forever, it's until we win - and I wasn't sure if they were doing the living in a pretend world thing, but I don't think so.

I think I can keep going. Maybe not alone but - with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "That makes sense. ...Is there anything you are still nervous or scared about, with this?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nervous or scared about - 

- she's still jealous of his boyfriend but she thinks she's getting better about that, it objectively makes a lot of sense that people you can pick just for romance are going to be more fun than people you have to pick under a dozen other constraints -

- she still feels like she has only the vaguest inkling of his capabilities, which is mostly not nervewracking and is the good kind of scary, but maybe he should show off sometime -

- she's a little worried that she can't really keep up, that she can impress him but not, you know, ever actually beat him, but she is going to revisit that in a year, this has been a lot of expanding her ambitions and so on and she can worry about it if it still seems like a problem then -

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Showing off could be rather fun. And - yes, I think give yourself time on the last thing. You do have the advantage of arcane magic, I do not have any of that." He's not sure what to do about the jealousy, romantic jealousy still doesn't quite make sense to him, but he's glad to know about it. "Anyway, I think that was all my specific questions - would you like to switch now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth lets go of Thoughtsensing, takes a deep breath, checks the shielding on his room one more time, and - drops his personal shields. 

It's a lot easier to do it now than it would have been before. He is, in fact, far more comfortable than he was before they started this.

He's feeling a lot of fondness for Carissa, right now. 'Protective' isn't quite the word for it, because the last thing he wants to do is build walls she can be safe behind. A lot of people need that, he thinks, in the someday-future where everything is fixed, but - it would be importantly underusing Carissa's capabilities, not letting her be her full self and grow into what she can become, if his primary motivation were to keep her safe.

He's musing on what it took, to create a Leareth out of the raw material of a teenage Ma'ar, eighteen hundred years ago in the awfulness of pre-Mage-Wars Predain. And Urtho was an important component of that, he thinks. Urtho saw him and wanted to give him something better than that, but what he wanted was to put tools in Ma'ar's hands and teach him how to use them. (And he regretted that, later, and fought a war against his former student, but importantly he doesn't seem to regret it now.)

The thing he wants with Carissa is a lot more than just that, he's not looking for a student here; in a lot of ways she isn't his equal yet, gods, she's in her twenties, but in some other important ways she is, and - that's the kind of negative space he wants to leave for her, anyway, he wants her to want that and reach for it and unfold all the parts of herself that had to be small and unassuming and not draw Asmodeus' attention, before -

- he's in pain. Wishing he had been faster, somehow, because he can shape the future but not the past, he can't undo that Cheliax was under Asmodeus' reign for almost a century, and - now there's even more to come back from, to get to the place where they finally win, Asmodeus is stronger and has more souls in his grasp, that's part of the cost Aroden paid for every day he chose to wait. It was the right call, Leareth thinks, trying and failing would have been so much worse and so Aroden had to wait until winning was as overdetermined as possible, but - it still hurts to look at, a hurt tangled up in a thousand other regrets, costs he paid, sometimes for no reason because he bet and lost. And normally he keeps that folded up, out of the way, it doesn't help him win faster to dwell on the pain of losing, but - right now it feels important to let Carissa witness it.

...he's trying not to think about Khemet too much because that won't help, but he can't help remembering when Khemet took him to Aktun, and noticed that what he needed was to be held while he cried, and - that was important, he wouldn't have thought to look for that before, it's felt out of reach for so long. Because he, too, had in a way been carving off parts of himself, cutting off some of his wants, the ones that would only make carrying out his mission harder. It feels like a different kind of tragic from what Carissa was gesturing at before; it's the tragedy of limited resources, of deciding not to save to raise a dead baby because sending her surviving sibling to school matters more. (It's the tragedy of his long-ago baby sister in Predain, killed at birth because too many of their livestock had died the past winter and they couldn't feed another mouth; that's one of only a handful of memories he's kept from his original childhood as Ma'ar.)

It feels like maybe he needs to let himself grow in a new direction too, in order for things with Carissa to be better than all right, and it makes sense to now and he wants it but it's still - hard, and even a little scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans against him. She has - no idea how to comfort people, she isn't sure she's ever even tried it, but - but it makes sense in the abstract, that people would want comfort if there was anyone they could trust to be that close to - even people who are very very strong - maybe them more, for the same reasons being a prisoner was more terrifying once there was the hope that she could still survive -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth leans his head on her shoulder. Notices that this is, itself, an example of how he's suddenly having all sorts of new emotions now that there's space in his life for them to feel productive, not because they help him directly achieve his goals in the outside world, but because he can get hugs and reassurance about them, and feel closer to people as a result, and that in itself is good - the same way raising a dead baby is good, he thinks, and he made a straightforward resource tradeoff not to have it for a long time, but he's in a new environment where different things makes sense. He suspects that unfolding that part of himself and his desires, again, might help him be more ally-shaped to others, the thing Iomedae was trying to gesture at in their conversations -

- he remembers Iomedae holding him while he wept, and how he felt like a small child again in Her arms, and how much that seemed to help... This is probably not normally how people relate to gods, but, well, he's unusual.

Leareth remembers being in his room, feeling lonely, even though he had literally just seen Khemet and it was very unreasonable to go back to Sothis and make the pharaoh neglect his wives because he didn't want to sleep alone. He never used to feel lonely. Maybe he was anyway. 

Does Carissa have questions? (It's probably going to be easier not to end up repeatedly thinking about Khemet and making her jealous if he has somewhere else to put his mind.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure if I do...

...asked Vanyel what you were like when you were angry and he said he'd never seen it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth chuckles despite himself. "It is impossible to be angry with Vanyel. He is so earnestly trying to do the right thing all the time. I have been rather angry with Asmodeus..." He frowns. "As a data point, Aroden was furious about my murder, and apparently quite scary, Parmida was worried that if he stormed into the pharaoh's palace in that mood it would start a war. Which implies I am capable of being angry in a frightening way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's very protective of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, he is."

Aroden feels protective of everyone in the entire world, of course, and especially protective of some key strategically-important people - the same kind of feeling Leareth has toward Vanyel - but it does seem like a different thing. Maybe it's just the same as how Leareth is invested in existing, how even as a young man the thought of dying forever was such a yawning gulf of horror that he built four different precautions against it - and then kept the one that survived the Mage Wars even though it was the horrible version that killed teenagers - partly because he was pretty sure he could make that tradeoff worthwhile, but also he desperately didn't want to die...

He remembers (in the dizzying way of godmemories) Abadar explaining how Aroden took three weeks to die, as a god, and nearly tore the world apart in the process, because even once he had clearly lost he couldn't help but fight against dissolution, pulling the shreds of himself back together over and over and over, until his former allies decided they had to put him down before he unwittingly killed all of his own people.

Maybe most people fight back less hard than that, against the world's attempts to crush them, and - it's not always good for the world, how frantically a Leareth's pattern wants to survive. 

(Never to give up - never to die - to return over and over - no matter the cost - no matter how long it takes -) 

(And then the Star-Eyed ripped away his immortality, because he let down his guard and helped Her people as a friend - he's so scared - but it's going to be all right, because Aroden exists here, and Khemet, and Vanyel, and with them on his side it's all right if he sometimes extends his trust and is wrong and needs to be hauled back from the river of souls - he can afford to gamble for the upside of that trust - but it's still terrifying...)

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

She has some kind of feeling about the storms and attendant famine being caused by Aroden, accidentally, but - 

- it's not a fault, to be desperate not to die. Even in her old worldview it wasn't. 

"I want to - help keep you safe - but I think I might need some time, first, trying not being quite as scared even though it's less safe - maybe the same thing you need there -"

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Neither of them is starting from a great place, Leareth muses, in terms of emotional vulnerability feeling allowed - it's maybe inconvenient that apparently he needs that to be sexually interested in someone, apparently Carissa doesn't or she would never have wanted anyone that way ever, he hadn't realized that - 

- okay for fuck's sake why is he thinking about the concept of tying people up or being tied up in magic-free demiplanes - his thoughts now have that plus a note of apology about it - hmm, the concept of him and Carissa both being in the demiplane where only divine magic works is intriguing, it rules out his most useful capabilities - also hers, though, she has fewer cleric levels than wizard levels. Allowing only arcane magic would solidly give her the upper hand...why is he still thinking about this subject, sorry Carissa, probably normal people don't find that sexy at all...

Permalink Mark Unread

" - it's got to be, like, the most common kink if you don't count 'lingerie'. I mean, demiplanes don't usually feature in it because most people do not have demiplanes - do you have a demiplane -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Huh. Maybe it's not that weird, then. "I do not have my own demiplane although I could obtain one if I asked Aroden for help. Abadar owes me a favour, though, I was badly injured helping Him fight the Star-Eyed and could have been permanently damaged from it so He feels bad - I might ask Him for an operations building in Aktun that also includes some rooms where only my magic works."

Leareth feels like this is justifiable because it's not like he only wants it for sex purposes, Aroden uses his demiplane for all sorts of reasons, like kidnapping and questioning people, or keeping private records where he's confident no one else can get through even a simple magic lock...

Permalink Mark Unread

Giggle. "If you wanted to have a secret demiplane for kidnapping and questioning people and you wanted to also take me there for sex that would, in fact, be really hot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww, would it?" Leareth smiles. "I am glad you think that instead of finding it extremely weird and unsettling. I think I would like that. At some point. Quite possibly by the time I even have the option." 

He runs a hand lightly over her hair. "What else do you think is hot? I am - still discovering this area." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're hot when you're being a little bit scary. When I got caught - if it'd been you instead of Aroden, I think it would have been - Aroden's just scary. And also really old. - I am aware you are also old but you don't look it. I like being told what to do if it doesn't feel like it's because I'm - interchangeable. I think I'd like - trying to stop you, even though I'd probably lose - or specifically because I'd probably lose - but we'd have to talk it out in advance so someone doesn't get hurt for real -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Okay that does sound kind of hot. “I - think I like when there is - a bit of a fight. Though, yes, we would have to talk about it first.” In hindsight Khemet should possibly have asked before casting Hold Person on Leareth, though the shock had been kind of thrilling in itself and also Khemet can basically read minds, apparently, where that sort of thing is concerned.

”...I might also enjoy there being a handicap such that you could win,” he admits. “If my magic were blocked and you had yours, that would be - well, scary, but I think in a way I could find quite satisfying. I am not sure why, but...”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if I'm into it where you win I suppose it makes sense that you would be into it where I'd win. I don't - know how I would feel about that. I could try it, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, to be clear, I also like winning. Quite a lot, apparently." It's - surprisingly pleasing, discovering that Carissa gets the thing that he's feeling, here. It's still such a confusing feeling to have. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I had noticed this about you. I am not very switchy but I'm also not very experienced and I would bet I could find something in that genre that was fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm. I am getting the impression that at the very least you are more experienced than I am." 

...He is vaguely musing in the back of his mind on whether Khemet and Carissa teaming up could squarely beat him in a fair fight and then do whatever they liked to him - he nudges that line of thought aside. 

"Anyway, I think we could figure something out that we would both like." Squeeze. "Is there anything else you wanted to ask me about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well now I'm all distracted. But no, I don't think there was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have to confess, I am a little distracted too." He glances over at her, without letting go of her. "Was this helpful for you? I think I found it very helpful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It was nice. I'm glad we did it." Lean. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Would you like to do anything else tonight?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a very important part of Chelish dating custom to spend a while in each others' arms reading each others' minds about things that are hot and then go home alone and do math problems."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Well, I would not wish to break with dating customs, so in that case, I will look forward with great anticipation to our date tomorrow morning." He squeezes her. "Would you like a lift home? I can Gate you straight to your apartment if you share a memory of it with me, and then you will not have to carry all of your gold through the city at night." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't tell if he somehow thinks she was serious about that or - well, the point of joking like that in the first place is to let him decide whether to push back. "I don't think I should keep that much gold at my apartment at all, can you hold onto it until I can go to a bank? I can send you a memory of my place..."


And she does. It's a small drafty shabby apartment with a mat on the floor and a lockbox next to it and not much else.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth was not reading her mind anymore at that point and so finds it pretty hard to tell if she's joking or not, actually, though the hypothesis did enter his mind, and when she lets him in again to get the apartment location, it's more apparent.)

"Of course, that makes sense." He doesn't immediately get up or start on a Gate, though; instead he tries to figure out how in the world to respond to her banter gracefully. "- I would not complain if you wanted to do some custom-breaking and stay a little longer, though, it would not hit me for Law, and - this is very nice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - hit you for - ohhhhh, I bet Osirion does have all their customs set up like that! Here mostly doesn't. Marriage wasn't a state-sanctioned thing at all, under the old regime, just a thing couples did to tell their friends they were being serious...nobles were probably a bit more serious about it, I wasn't paying attention..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I will add that to the list under 'important facts about Cheliax under Asmodeus that I had completely failed to notice.' Osirion takes its customs absurdly seriously, so I was somewhat correcting for that, I suppose I thought since Asmodeus is also Lawful..." Shrug. "Apparently I am Lawful in a very rare way, based on my own internal standards and not the laws of a given place - I have broken so many laws in my life - but I learned it was affecting other people's Law when I ignored their customs so I tried harder at it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's sweet of you. The norms around relationships here were mostly aimed at - not encouraging them to be too deep or trusting, as that's a kind of putting someone above Asmodeus - and then both lots of abortions and lots of babies are good for Asmodeus, right, since the one is Evil and the other is more Chelish people who can be soldiers for the grand plan." Now this conversation is not hot which is tragic but he should probably know this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Asmodeus was - reasonably clever and strategic at accomplishing His goals, one cannot deny that." Leareth looks thoughtful. "Abadar gets along much better with Him than he does with the Star-Eyed Goddess or Vkandis, in Velgarth. Asmodeus actually teamed up and helped us steal Her superweapons. I think it is the Lawful aspect; He is the kind of entity one can negotiate agreements with. - I still do not want Him to achieve His goals, of course, since He wants to torture people and I am firmly against that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I noticed. It's - useful to be trustworthy, even if you're also very terrible? Asmodeus helped seal away Rovagug, and if He were lawless then maybe the other gods wouldn't have been able to cooperate even for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Leareth leans against her. He has some sort of feeling-of-wanting but isn't sure what it's for.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could stay here today. I bet your bed's nicer."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Leareth would like that. "Seems likely, and it would save me a Gate in the morning. You could come do a survey of my bed and judge its merits yourself?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you can't trust a man about the merits of his bed, what can you trust," she says, but she will follow him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth didn't put much effort into selecting his bed, and it's not especially extraordinary in any way, but it's big enough to fit two people fairly comfortably, and the mattress and sheets are high-quality. 

His bedroom also has a skylight, the one feature he had an opinion about, and right now the stars are visible through it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooh. 

 

She's going to take her dress off and hang it up neatly so it will mostly suffice for tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

- Surprisingly distracting. What is she wearing underneath her dress? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Very minimal white underdress thing. It looks scratchy. She pats the dress as she hangs it so it won't crease wrong. Turns around and raises an eyebrow at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth looks back at her. (Whaaat is he supposed to do now–?) After a moment he raises an eyebrow back, and sits down on the side of the bed, patting the spot next to him to indicate she can join him if she wants to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. "...are you nervous - I'm sorry - it's just, you're so very scary and focused, most of the time -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am a little nervous. This is - well, most of the time I can be in control of a situation by having powerful magic and a number of contingency-plans, and - I know what I am doing and what the success criteria are - this feels very different." He tries to smile. "It is not necessarily a bad feeling, but it is an unusual one, for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lean. "I guess I feel like I shouldn't just - tell you - because I don't actually know what you want -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He wishes she somehow did, it would be simpler. "I think...right now I want to put some extra wards on the room, which is very silly but it will help me relax, and then I want to hold you and cuddle, and - maybe then I will figure out something else I want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Leareth does that. 

He stretches out on the bed with Carissa next to him, his arms around her, and breathes in the smell of her hair, and tries to just - let go of everything else, his sense of his surroundings and his plans and resources, and focus on where he is now. 

It's surprisingly hard. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes into him, kind of, and -

- he mentioned that he wanted to take things slowly, it's not new information, it's just kind of weird and disorienting when the way it works out is a bunch of interactions that are almost according to script but then suddenly aren't. This is a very trivial complaint and she's not that upset about it. 

Trying to communicate went pretty well, last time. 

"How are you doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Good, I think. Happy you are here. - Having trouble keeping my full attention on this, I am worrying about security on the permanent Gate network instead. Sorry. Your hair smells nice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's wrong with security on the permanent Gate network?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm." Leareth spends a moment shuffling through the bits that have been aimlessly drifting in his thoughts, finding the beginning of the thread. "There is a tradeoff between making it convenient and secure. And various countries may wish to make it differently - for example, Osirion is not very worried about security on the Sothis side for their interplanar Gate to Axis, since the other side is under Abadar's control, but then they will also be linked to Egorian, and I am trying to decide if it is worth pushing the pharaoh to restrict how many wizards have the spell to activate it..." 

He can explain more of his not-very-organized thoughts on this if Carissa seems interested. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's what is on his mind, sure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a bit it's less the thing on his mind.

Leareth is pretty sure his feelings are not this confusing with Khemet, it's kind of frustrating, but– "I think I want to kiss you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmm?" She turns around so he can do this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice. Leareth still isn't completely relaxed, or in the moment, or - safe-feeling, maybe that's it, some part of him still feels like the situation might not be okay unless he's on top of keeping it that way. And, perhaps relatedly, he isn't finding himself pulled to do more than kiss.

But - it's still nice, and he's glad to have her there, and it's probably unreasonable to expect himself to have already built trust and intimacy with her as strong as what he has with Khemet, when it's been so little time and also Khemet literally brought him back from the dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa is happy enough. This seems like relationship progress, or something, and the bed's much comfier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being frustrated that he still feels confused and unsure about it won't help, so Leareth isn't. He kisses her and plays with her hair, and - :How do you like to be touched?: Unlike with the Mind Blank shield, he can still - with some effort - get Mindspeech to her even when she's hedging him out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wait, are they or are they not -

 

- why is this so complicated -

 

 

She stops hedging him out and tries to project in his general direction that she is very unclear whether he is asking about foreplay or, uh, platonic fiancee cuddling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Goddamnit why does he have to know the answer to all the questions like that before he can do anything right - a burst of frustration that he quickly dissolves away - it wasn't constantly awkward like this with Khemet but apparently he is completely unprepared to replicate that on his own, he's getting very tired of constantly feeling like he's not oriented to the situation and has no idea what his options are let alone what the best path to his goals is.

:I have no idea! I - like touching you, but - it is hard and confusing for me when you ask questions like that, I am sorry...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay, I'm sorry - 

She doesn't go back to shielding; maybe if he keeps reading her mind then at least he'll notice when she's confused before she asks and upsets him? Pharaoh boyfriend presumably handles this with - uncanny at guessing what's up with people, right, and also more comfortable telling Leareth what to do -

- the problem right now is not even that she's reluctant to tell Leareth what to do it's that she doesn't want to tell him how to get her warmed up if he would actually rather they just snuggle and doesn't want to tell him that just holding still occasionally vaguely moving his hand across her back is great if he's in fact asking for sex advice -

She could take off the shift, which is the cheapest one she could find and an itchy texture that he has probably noticed. 

She could give him a massage, or vice versa. 

She could Alter Self into the pharaoh of Osirion and see if then he wants to - this is a stupid plan -

He could use his magic to pin her to the bed and tease her while he sat at his desk working on Gate terminus security and ignoring her entirely, some people are into that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The last thing is honestly hilarious, and - he can imagine someday, on exactly the right occasion, being into that, but - not today.

Leareth isn't sure he's ever given someone a massage while inhabiting this body; he's been the recipient of a few massages, but only from Healers when he had gotten injured. He can probably figure it out though. Her shift is scratchy; he hopes that now that she has money she can buy nicer underclothes, maybe he should take her clothes shopping tomorrow as well as magic shopping... 

:I think I would like to give you a massage: he decides. :Without your shift on, since it is scratchy: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She wiggles out of it. We are doing things that are typical escalation-towards-sex things though it is also traditional to maintain any plausible deniability about that; the thing you are doing where you don't know what you want can be mistaken for the 'maintaining any plausible deniability' thing but I don't think this is really a problem right now, since you have explained enough that I won't be confused whatever you end up wanting next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Noted. Thank you. I - would be somewhat surprised if I end up wanting to have sex tonight, but - I was not expecting I would want to kiss you this soon and then I did: 

He starts out massaging her roughly the way he remembers getting massaged, and pays attention to her thoughts in order to notice if he should be doing something different. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can make it pretty apparent in her thoughts what feels particularly nice, and also coo appreciatively to communicate the same thing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's pleasing. Not necessarily in a sexual way, just nice. He has some appreciative thoughts about her body, and communicates them to her in Mindspeech because why not.

- And for some reason he starts imagining the scenario where they didn't catch her and instead of finding out Iomedae had sent her to marry him, she decided to seduce him to learn more - this is really not a very plausible scenario, he doubts he would have gone for it if not for a god literally manifesting in his conference room to give Her blessing to the whole thing, but - for some reason it's nonetheless appealing to imagine. Kind of hot. Minds are WEIRD about this apparently. 

...He tells her that's where his thoughts went, while still massaging her, because it seems good to communicate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"At the time you said you would have a hard time noticing and I thought that was pretty implausible but now I believe you that you would have had a hard time noticing! I could probably have kept repeatedly showing up naked to perfume the baths or something and you would have been like 'I wonder if that's traditional here'..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That seems quite likely. I would probably have blamed it on Asmodeus having strange tastes or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does your pharaoh not keep hundreds of nearly naked women around just to look at, that's totally one of the rumors you hear repeated about Osirion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that I have noticed, anyway! At least not nearly naked. The servants were are all attractive, at least according to my travel companions who pay more attention to that. Apparently it was implied that we could sleep with them if we wanted and this was - a present from the pharaoh," he squirms a bit, he's still bothered by that, "but whatever the route by which we were supposed to pick this up, it was not at all obvious to me, they were also chosen to be competent and that is the part I noticed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh," she says, thoughtfully. "There were no similar traditions here though I am sure as a practical matter there has never been a society in which kings had a terribly hard time getting their servants into bed."

She sits up. "If I had met so little success in seducing you I would probably have decided that you were gay but I might've tried asserting that I wanted Gifted children, I heard some other people talking about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That makes sense, and - might have worked, actually, though less clear it would have caused me to let down my guard much or slip out any secrets around you. But it would have seemed like a sensible motive to me. - I might have tried to send you Vanyel's way instead, he has more Gifts, and he is not really interested in women but I think would have fulfilled such a request." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How complicated my life could've gotten! - the thing I think, when I think how I wish it would've gone, is that I had managed to figure out that you'd asked Iomedae for a wife, at which point I would've gone to Aroden and explained everything and asked him if it'd be very impressive if I went and poked you with a hatpin that would not be enchanted with anything but could have been."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would have been very impressive! ...And scared me so much, probably, I do not think I would have harmed you by accident but I might have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would imagine so!! Maybe Aroden would have told me not to, I'm not sure. But I was feeling very fearless at that point due to having been trying to inure myself to much worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. I like that fearlessness in you." He leans in and kisses the back of her neck, then keeps massaging her shoulders. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would it have been any different - if you'd caught me rather than Aroden -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In terms of what would have happened? I mean, I do not have my own anti-magic demiplane - yet - so if Aroden had not been near at hand I would have needed to do something else - I would have preferred to just alert him since transporting you to his demiplane was the safest way of handling the whole situation." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and makes a happy noise about some massage.

Permalink Mark Unread

He massages her in comfortable silence for a while. Notices that he's enjoying it and not particularly drawn to anything more, right now. 

"You should probably sleep soon," he says eventually. "I - would enjoy falling asleep holding you, but I have a Ring of Sustenance so I will inevitably wake up two hours later and then my body will be so confused." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I used to have that problem. Maybe soon I'll have it again. Do you want a massage too -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that would be lovely." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she'll trade him!

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does his best to relax into it, mostly not having thoughts, barely thinking at all about Gate-security or shielding on the palace or whatnot. He makes appreciative noises. Without really thinking about it, he lets his personal shields down again, not all the way but enough to project some not-quite-verbal appreciative communication her way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww. 

 

Eventually she will in fact need to sleep but she feels like that was progress? Probably? She will kiss him good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks it was progress too. 

He kisses her back, and then arranges himself snuggling her such that he can extract himself without waking her once she falls asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Which she does, eventually. 

 

She stops shielding entirely when she's asleep, and has vague dreams about him, and about public executions, and about Iomedae, who shows up differently in her dreams than she looked to Leareth, when they spoke.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sits at the small writing-desk in his bedroom, working. He glances frequently at the stars through the skylight, and eavesdrops on her dreams; he can't recall ever doing that before, it's fascinating. 

Eventually, a couple of hours before dawn, he crawls back into the bed with her, carefully snuggles up without waking her, and goes to sleep as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they'll wake up about the same time. Her shields snap back up, and then she lies very still for a couple of minutes, and then she looks over to see if he's awake.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's getting there, drifting into lighter sleep, but not quite awake yet. 

(Leareth's shields do not budge at all in his sleep.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Damn, that's useful, how does he manage that. - probably a magic item. She'll hang out quietly until he wakes up, thinking. 

 

That went - okay? Not amazing, he didn't have a sudden revelation that now he trusts her and feels safe around her, and it feels like maybe there's something she could've done better so he would've felt at ease instead of frustrated and disoriented, but - they'll get there, they'll have a really functional marriage which also probably includes lots of interesting sex once he has warmed up to it. He is thinking of her as - with him for the long haul, to become immortal. She is pretty sure she doesn't want a method that involves murdering people, like he suggested that his did, but - there are other ways, right, there's whatever Aroden once had -

- she doesn't feel actively excited about living forever as his wife saving the world, more grimly determined, but probably several parts of it will be exciting. 

She is still super jealous of the pharaoh of Osirion and also dislikes him as a person just a tiny bit because of the offering Leareth girls as a present even though this is stupid and petty and she has literally herself done things much worse than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Leareth wakes up he does so all at once, and also goes still for thirty seconds or so, in his case because he's checking his surroundings with mage-sight and Thoughtsensing.

Then he rolls toward her, smiling. "Good morning." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He stretches and then hugs her, appreciating that she seems happy to wake up next to him too. "Did you sleep well?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did. Your bed is indeed nicer. - I used to have a nice bed. It's just the recent financial irresponsibility." 

 

She starts preparing her spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So irresponsible of you, to become a cleric of Iomedae, receive mysterious visions, and try to save Cheliax." He kisses her. "We should get ready now. Do you want to have breakfast here, or once we Gate to Absalom?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absalom, if you know a place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a list of a few places, though I have not had breakfast at any of them before, I just visited briefly so I would have the Gate-location for it." He checks which restaurant on the list is nearest the illusion-cinema he wants to take her to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A restaurant quite near there can be found; Parmida knew the local restaurant scene quite well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. Leareth gets dressed. It seems silly and not even really polite to turn his back for Carissa to get dressed, so he enjoys looking at her instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did a little bit of it with magic," she says, doing up the laces on the dress with magic. "In case you are wondering how the children will turn out instead of just looking for fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I was not wondering that before but now I am."

When she's ready, and once he's finished praying for his spells, Leareth offers her his arm. "You have probably not been through a Velgarth Gate before, have you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No... thought about going to Velgarth invisibly while the big one evacuating Haven was up but I decided it was a stupid plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth shivers. "I am very glad you did not! Probably it would have been fine if you had just done it briefly, since no one was killed, in the end; we had evacuated the entire Palace for it, but I nearly died. Technically did die, I had Contingent Resurrection set up for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no! What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were in the Palace trying to steal the Heartstone - a sort of magical construct and reservoir of power, Abadar wanted it and we wanted the Star-Eyed not to have a foothold in Valdemar's capital anymore - and I had to be there, in rapport with Vanyel, so that Abadar could work through me. Fortunately I did not need to do anything other than be there, because - She spent the entire time giving me horrible hallucinations, I think trying to frighten me into calling a Final Strike, while Abadar was fighting with Her in my head. Then She collapsed the building on us. Vanyel was only moderately injured and fished me out, but for a day or so they were worried I would have permanent brain damage from it. It was very scary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds very scary!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was terrifying. The Star-Eyed Goddess does not like me at all, and apparently does not believe in following agreements or keeping promises. Abadar was so angry about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is this related to him owing you a sex dungeon in Aktun?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes. Abadar had not expected it to be dangerous in that way and He felt a little bad about it. had not seen it coming, to be fair." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a very very hard time not laughing but she manages it with a lot of effort. "I'm glad you're okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not just be getting it as a sex dungeon! It would be very useful to have a space there at all. The other reward He offered was to give me more cleric levels, but it is not as though I have a shortage of magical capabilities." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should at some point give me that demonstration. I know you have Detect Thoughts all the time and mage-sight which is different from that and I've seen Gates and I saw a little fighting during the war but I don't feel like I've seen a tenth of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. We have a busy day today, though, so maybe a different day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. - I am not laughing about your multipurpose dungeon, it seems like a very reasonable use of resources, I was just - no wonder none of you flinched at Iomedae showing up in your conference room - Abadar owes you an apology sex dungeon -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Our lives are full of strange adventures. I suppose we make it that way. Anyway.” He lifts his hand and starts casting the Gate on the door to his bedroom; a glowing outline appears around it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can go through to Absalom!

 

She loves it. She wants to stop at all of the magic shops and peek in the window and study the spells and scrolls and wondrous items. She wants to gape at people walking down the streets wearing same. The illusion-theatre is showing a romantic comedy about a powerful sorceress and a bumbling King trying to win or otherwise acquire her hand, while his handsome younger brother (who turns out to be the king himself, in disguise) tries to win her heart. 

"We should get it in Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be amazing." Leareth is also very impressed with Absalom. It's not quite as much a case study in everything that delights him as Aktun, but it's lovely. 

He takes her for breakfast, and afterward they can go to the illusion-theatre and see the show. Leareth is intensely curious; Velgarth illusion-magic has never to his knowledge been used in quite this way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The show is cute. The illusions aren't amazing, but they're good enough to hold the story together, and it's only a first level spell (there's a separate actor doing voices). 

When they leave Carissa looks dazed. "We have to get it in Cheliax now. We should try to hire them off from here, maybe - at least let's go ask where they trained and who does the scripts and scene designs -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, they can go ask. Leareth is also impressed, and it makes him happy, seeing her so awed and pleased by it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They get a location of the school where they're being trained, which also provides the scripts and scene-books the illusionists use for reference, apparently. It's not too far. "Do you want to go over now or come back tomorrow when we have a proposal for them - we're going to need, what, ballpark ten thousand..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could maybe go over quickly now and have more information to prepare a proposal, if you know what questions you would want to ask them. Ten thousand - wizards trained to do this?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so, right, if each of them can do enough shows a week for a thousand people to see it." She starts walking in that direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Right, I am still not calibrated on how many first-level wizards your world has, there would not be nearly enough mages in Velgarth to make this feasible as entertainment. Probably we cannot get that many all at once, we could start with it in some of the big cities." Leareth enjoyed the show a lot but is very slightly confused why Carissa has picked it to be this level of enthusiastic about. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks confusedly back at him. "Not as - I guess it's all right as entertainment. It's perfect as propaganda."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- That makes more sense now. I wonder if it is even better than Valdemar's Bardic system, they have shockingly good propaganda, but it would at least scale better if we could in fact bring shows to literally everyone in Cheliax, it seems hard for the lower-density farming areas but doable eventually..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most people are walking distance of a temple for the healing when there's babies born, if absolutely nothing else. Ideally you wouldn't do it in the temples because - ideally part of the audience here is people who haven't set foot in a temple because they're still not sure that's not dangerous enough to ruin their life all by itself, but maybe they'd go if everyone was doing it, to see a funny romantic story - anyway I think people in the cities got a much more concentrated dose of Asmodeanism so they're much more important to target."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Easier for Asmodeus to reach for the same reason it is easier for us to reach them." He smiles at her. "That is a very good idea, though. It would hopefully have occurred to me eventually but it is not where my mind went right away, so - thank you." 

They reach the school. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can ask some questions about how the school trains illusionists and what share of them can get the hang of it and how many they've trained so far and how the business model works, and promise to come back the next day with a proposal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lunch now?" Leareth says outside, taking her hand. "The restaurant I had planned is a longish walk so I might just do a short-range Gate. It is very nice not having to worry how many times I Gate in a day because I have four each of Lesser Restoration and Recharge Innate Magic." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth pauses and does an unscaffolded Gate in midair. His short-range Gates are really fast. Maybe ten seconds later they're arriving at the restaurant he had picked out for lunch, this one close to all the good magic shops that Parmida recommended. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's really neat. 


She enjoys lunch and spends it gawking at additional people and magic things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is glad she seems to be having a good time, and is feeling a bit less like he's trying and not quite succeeding at following the script she expects of him.

He tells her the plan is to visit some magic shops that were recommended to him, and he'll buy her inks and materials for working on spells with Aroden, and maybe replace some of her magic items if she's desperately missing them. 

"- This is the main shop where Aroden used to sell magic items, a long time ago," he says when they arrive at the first one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow!" The things she had before were a +2 headband and a ring of sustenance but she is going to stare in fascination at everything in the shop if they look rich enough to not get kicked out for doing that. She wants to see how similar amulets of nondetection look to the hatpin of it she made.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure if they look rich enough, but he brought a very substantial budget for this and if the staff start looking annoyed with them, he'll buy her whatever she's decided she wants and see if that helps. She should definitely have a Ring of Sustenance again, if only to save on the awkwardness of different bedtimes.

He looks at things with mage-sight and can try to tell her what the amulets of Nondetection look like to him, though he can only study the hatpin to compare if it's not currently Nondetection-ing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't have an effect up concealing it right now and they can compare. 

 

Eventually she gets self-conscious about how much money they're spending even though it's mostly on magic supplies which are a perfectly reasonable thing to spend money on. Her thoughts are all quite loud and defensive about how lots of the paladins had fancy enhanced armor.

"Thank you," she says. "I think probably that is more than enough to keep me busy for the next year."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is a reasonable start, anyway." Leareth isn't sure how to help her feel less defensive about extremely reasonable expenditures, which are so far just replacing all the things she gave up to come here - gods, he would be so frustrated if he had to sell his headband at this point, he's gotten so used to it. 

Maybe he should just say it rather than hinting around it, that's always what he ends up wanting her to do. "Aroden will probably want you to have twenty more magic items as soon as he thinks of it. The entire week before the war he kept just handing me powerful magic items I had barely heard of and saying they would be essential to getting things done effectively, and he was absolutely right about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. "I - understand the logic. I just - haven't thought it through at all, how much money to spend on improving myself compared to on Cheliax - I guess if he has then that's probably good enough." She does look very very tempted, in there with the looking conflicted.

Permalink Mark Unread

"He has thought about it a great deal. You could talk to him about his thoughts, there, if it would help?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's Aroden. He's very scary. I can brave it for the magic but I don't know if I have it in me if it's just for important strategic informat- I guess I will try."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth squeezes her hand. "I think being able to have normal conversations with Aroden is going to be important for your role, here. I know it is hard." He frowns. "...I am not sure I actually understand it, since people being very scary generally means I want to talk to them more rather than less, but I do know most people are not like that. Maybe you can give him advice on how to be less scary? He does not mean to be, and it seems inconvenient if it means people do not want to talk to him for important strategic information." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's mostly the thing where he is a legend from our history books who came back from the dead and fought Asmodeus and conquered the country in two days. Also both of you just have something about you that is very - if you notice a threat and you're always looking you'll destroy it without blinking - and with you I can sublimate that into sexual attraction but Aroden's old. Looking.

The illusion shows will help. We can show him and Parmida bantering."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense." 

Aaaaaand now for the part that should probably not be nearly this terrifying AND YET. "I - had one more stop planned for today. In Sothis. I can Gate us there - and then back to Cheliax afterward, obviously." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Sure." She looks curious but unconcerned. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes a deep breath, reminds himself that being nervous about this isn't going to help achieve any of his goals and that Carissa likes him and wants to marry him, and - Gates them to right outside Trilliant, Ismat's jewellery shop. 

"I want to marry you," he says to her, seriously. "Apparently Cheliax under Asmodeus did not take marriage nearly as seriously as Osirion, so possibly all of the advice I got from Parmida and Zahra is going to be confusing to you, but they said I should propose to you with a ring. I am separately going to get you a very magic ring because I am very paranoid and also people in fact keep trying to murder me and it would be unfair of me to drag you into that without protecting you to the same absurd extent I protect myself. But - anyway, I do not have it yet, and Ismat said I could not buy a normal ring without bringing you in to see if you liked it, so - here we are...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! No, we still do rings, we just also do divorce. Not that I'm going to - I'm sorry." She looks flustered. 

"I would love to marry you. Thank you. We can - pick out a nice ring.

- uh - 

- this year or next -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...To actually get married? I - had not exactly picked a date. What are the considerations for it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most Chelish weddings happen on Signing Day. It's - considered auspicious, and it's a big national festival, all your friends who are getting married hold wedding parties and you kind of just - float around, maybe with a date, go to four or five of them and congratulate people. People do get married on other days but - the most Chelish thing to do is to get married on Signing Day, it'd be a bit of a foreigner thing not to. Imperial marriages always were on Signing Day.

The problem is, it's in two weeks. Or, uh, a year and two weeks."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, thinks for a minute. 

"...Honestly my first thought is that getting married in two weeks will put a hard cap on how much time we have to spend wedding planning. Parmida thinks I will dislike it. I like planning things in general but - I suppose not when I am mostly interacting with elements I do not understand and am not sure which ones are critical versus discretionary. I do worry that an important part of the purpose of state weddings is everyone knowing it is happening, which would be hard to accomplish in two weeks. Also I would feel a little bad about overshadowing everyone else's weddings. But - you are the one who will better understand the various pieces and justifications here, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"People should know it's happening but it might be all right if they find out from the fireworks display, at least if we're talking about common people, I am pretty out of my depth guessing what the nobles would expect to know except they'll be annoyed you didn't pick one of their own. Probably we've got to make sure they all know in advance which maybe can't be done in two weeks - that's easier with Gates everywhere, I guess. It's stupidly little time to plan anything in, the staff'll be stressed. .

..I don't know how long we have before Aroden"  -she glances around, decides not to get into it - "but it'd be much better to be married by then, I think...

If it were a month I'd say we should just go ahead, it's just that two weeks is so tight. I don't suppose Aroden has a time dilation demiplane he can loan his staff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden absolutely has a time dilation demiplane, he took a number of us there immediately after he did the turning-people-to-stone at the Worldwound, since he needed a day to rest and prepare his spells again. I think it can do longer than a day if one is using it for fewer people. In terms of making announcements, we do still have Taver helping coordinate - he seemed not especially attached to returning to Valdemar, I suppose they are likely already in line to receive a new reincarnated Groveborn and also the situation with his former Chosen is awkward. He has the ability to broadsend Mindspeech to everyone within fifty miles, and we can transport him around by Gate." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it'd be a little silly but we could probably pull it off. I would rather be married well before you have to be King."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I suppose we should go back and run it by Aroden tonight - after you pick a ring, that is what we came here for - but I think we could manage it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Okay. I will pick a ring." And they can head on in to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome!" chirps a middle-aged lady behind the till, looking up from an account-book. "How can I help you?"

"That might be her appointment with, uh," says a teenage girl. "Uh, do we bow to foreign royalty -"

"Foreign royalty? That's exciting and I have no idea," says the older one.

The younger girl bows just to be safe. The older one ducks into the back room calling for Ismat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically not royalty for two more weeks!

She waits for Ismat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ismat emerges, accompanied by obligatory security! "Hello there! Ismat Alnahhat at your service. I hear you're in the market for a wedding ring, possibly magical, fit for a queen-to-be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I'm told. Probably not magical unless you can do it slotless so it doesn't interfere with wearing a couple of other magical ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm, I don't think I can do it slotless and also in fact shaped like a ring. Not yet anyway. D'you already have your magical ones -" She checks over her hands. "Because if you're full up on things you want to stuff into your ring slots I can do combinations."

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a ring of sustenance now, "and apparently I'm waiting on a very fancy ring that delays death effects so I can teleport to somewhere from where my corpse is more easily retrieved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Exciting. Non-magical ring is plenty doable if that's what you have space for. Have a look at some of these, tell me what you like -"

Permalink Mark Unread

She does not have a lot of jewelry opinions. Goes, eventually, for something symmetrical and geometric because that's Iomedae's banner, and flashy because probably it's supposed to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, spiky and symmetrical and big sparkly rocks, you're easy to please - how's the budget on this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they're definitely going for a non-magical ring now that she already has two magical ones lined up, then his very tentative reasonable-budget estimate with Parmida is probably too high. "Up to five thousand gold, I think, but if we are going for non-magical and pretty, I am not sure at what price point one hits diminishing returns on prettiness." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably before five thousand! I don't know, though, I don't own a lot of jewelry?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I own zero jewelry that is not magical, and the magical ones are expensive for different reasons, so I am not very calibrated here either. I would guess Ismat knows more on this than either of us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you like big rocks it takes a while to hit diminishing returns on prettiness. Price of diamonds has been cratering, though, so I can load it up with lots of those for that much, sprinkle it with littler rubies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet Van could do a big rock that's not a diamond but I can't think of any other big rock I'd particularly prefer so that's fine. - can you do one Raise Dead grade so if I ever get that far with Iomedae I can use my wedding ring to raise the dead in an emergency, that seems like a good thing to be able to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure thing! Though if you have a source on arbitrary artificial rocks, there's a fancy kind of diamond, extra fiery, so rare I haven't gotten my hands on any yet but I saw some at a convention in Absalom last year, doesn't have the advantage of being usable for spells in a pinch but the big centerpiece could be a normal diamond either way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you know what raw elements make it up, I am sure Vanyel could have a go. - If you think a mental image of it very clearly I can pick it up with Thoughtsensing and maybe I will recognize it from Velgarth and be able to tell Vanyel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will think it at you, it was terribly striking." They displayed it under strong light right next to a diamond.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth breathes out a slight 'ooh' of awe, tries to share the visual memory along to Carissa although it'll come less clearly through two steps of Mindspeech transfer with un-Gifted people. "I think I recognize it and can look up what our world's alchemists know about it, and see if Vanyel would like a diversion from making the same kind of diamond every day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I should have said right away, we need the ring in two weeks, that's much more important than how it looks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will get underway on the design and put my lapidary to work on the big diamond and the rubies and expect to hear back about little extra-fieries in a couple days. I can go ahead with diamonds elsewise. I take half up front -" She has a standard contract blank written up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth reads through it, mostly checking if there's anything unusual relative to other contracts he's seen here that Aroden signed off on, he hasn't had time to thoroughly familiarize himself with Golarion's contract law situation.

How much is half up front, in this case? 

Permalink Mark Unread

She estimates it at just shy of 5k with the discount she offered, if she has to use little diamonds; if he provides gems then he can pay less of the second half. She scribbles in these details in neat angular writing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems reasonable to him. :Carissa, does it also seem reasonable to you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Looks good, yeah. And the place was recommended, I assume -

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, it was: He doesn't specifically say by the pharaoh of Osirion but probably Carissa can guess that anyway. 

He signs the contract and digs out 2500 gold from his Bag of Holding (one of the many magic items Aroden just shoved at him during the hectic pre-war week.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ismat's security counts that out for her but she looks pleased as punch about it. "If you want to review the design come back tomorrow afternoon, I won't be in but I'll send a sketch copy over. I will need your ring size -" The teenage girl has a measuring tape for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can get her ring size measured.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can stop by tomorrow, I think - do you still want to work out a proposal for the illusion people in Absalom, we are going to be very busy but it might be even more useful to have some of them by the time the wedding happens, they could show it in other cities and maybe you will make me seem less scary." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I do want to, yeah. It'll be the first wedding you can watch all over the country! - on months' delay, probably, but that's fine -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. All right, tomorrow we will head to Absalom as soon as the proposal is ready and then swing by here. And tonight I need to inform Aroden we are getting married, and ask about using his time-dilated demiplane, and work on making a spell Vanyel can use for extra-pretty diamonds - that part will be fun, at least..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I will look up old imperial wedding contracts and probably we'll need specialists for that but we can at least figure out which things they're meant to cover."

Permalink Mark Unread

He slips an arm around her and squeezes her slightly. "I am glad to have your help on this. - I would like it if we can spend a little time together tonight as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah. That sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

And he Gates them back to the palace in Egorian. Gods that was a long day. "I hope you enjoyed the date." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was lovely. And productive enough that I won't even feel bad about wanting more of them. - once we're less busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is going to be an incredibly busy fortnight and afterward I may decide I do not wish to leave my library for a week. But after that, yes, I would very much enjoy more dates." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course there won't be a honeymoon. They're doing the public-facing parts of this, not the - whatever other parts, or at least not at the same pace - at least he didn't announce his intent not to leave the pharaoh of Osirion's for a week - 

"I'll keep that in mind and not worry you have been murdered if you do not emerge from the library," she says, cheerfully enough she thinks. "Did you want us to spend time together now, or go make appointments and retain solicitors and order a dress and so on and then meet up again later?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Want to have dinner together and then split up and maybe have some time together afterward if we are efficient?" He squeezes her hand. "- I did not actually mean I will want to avoid seeing you for a week! I think I will probably want to see you a great deal, just - not constantly visit new places where I need to orient and be on alert for threats and handle tasks I am unfamiliar with." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I'm sorry, I didn't think about how - stressful that must be -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am used to dealing with more stressful things and I can cope. I - would just like it if eventually I can have time to relax and actually appreciate being married to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is traditional to take some time off after a marriage for that purpose!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That at least seems like a very sensible tradition. In Velgarth I think some places have a tradition of traveling somewhere for it, but - honestly I think I will be least distracted if I am somewhere familiar and comfortable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that makes sense. I want you to feel safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we could rent a place in Aktun for a week? That might get the benefit of both sides, it would feel like traveling but also I am very at ease in Abadar's divine realm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...you can just rent places in Aktun?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so! I should probably try to arrange that as early as possible, if you think it is a good idea. I probably cannot get the building Abadar owes me that quickly, especially since I would like to take my time deciding on a layout and such." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense if He can't just shift it around later, yeah...." She shakes her head. "I never imagined the gods so, uh, involved in things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are more directly involved here than in Velgarth. And - moreso since prophecy was lost, I think, one of the reasons the goddess who betrayed Aroden thought it was worthwhile is that it - nudges the gods to communicate and cooperate, rather than defaulting to manipulation." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which one was that, I only looked at the list of which were banned to make sure Iomedae was okay -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Milani. He did not ban Her, though, She apologized and explained - and also was backing the underground resistance, which he did not wish to remain underground or resisting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. 

Should I plan to meet you back here in two hours?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." 

He kisses her and then goes off to inform Aroden and Parmida of his successful marriage proposal and the apparent deadline on their wedding, and also Carissa's idea about the illusion-performances.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes some of her money and goes to a tailor and gets measured for a dress and gets told it's too late for it to be ready for Signing Day and spends more money until it is no longer too late for that and goes to a stationery shop and learns, again, they're booked through after the holidays, which is fine because she can do all the copying herself with magic if she can just get someone to do the first announcement card the others will be copied from.

In Corentyn she knows lots of people but here she really doesn't. She hits up some more stationery shops until she finds one who will agree to do a card on the spot for a generous sum of money. - then he refuses once she tells him what to put on it, thinking it's some kind of prank which will probably get him in trouble. 

 

She gives up on that for the night - the shops would mostly be closed by now if it wasn't the leadup to Signing Day - and swings by the library to read imperial wedding contracts. 

She's back at his place at the agreed-upon time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden clearly has a lot on his mind, but he agrees, a bit absently, that while two weeks is definitely rushed they can probably pull it off, albeit at higher monetary cost but it does seem worth getting it in on the traditional day and not being committed to wait an entire year. And that the illusion-performers are a good idea and he can spend a bit of time in the morning working with them on a proposal if Carissa is available.

He's unsure what other logistics are required for a Chelish wedding, aside from making announcements so people know it's happening at all, since he and Parmida were married in Osirion and also on a very low budget. What does Parmida think?  

Permalink Mark Unread

She does not know much about local wedding traditions! She could find out but there's only so much time for finding out. Presumably there is a large category of people who'd be affronted not to receive an invitation and a large category of people who it'd be a good idea to invite and you've got to feed them all but beyond that they should probably track down someone actually in the Chelish nobility.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth promises to ask Carissa if she has any leads on this. Alternately, Taver probably knows who they could ask, at least; Taver knows who just about everyone in Cheliax is, due to his helpful coordination work. 

Also they should maybe invite some of the Heralds, given their close relationship with Valdemar during the war? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that makes sense, and probably the leadership of other allied countries too, Lastwall will probably send people and Cheliax's neighbors might too, she's not sure if the pharaoh can do public events what with all of the protocols but presumably Leareth would want him there.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. They should invite people from the countries that stepped in to help Aroden during the war, for sure, Andoran offered a lot of aid. 

...He does of course want the pharaoh there but it seems like it might be more headache than it's worth given all the protocols. (And he's vaguely aware that it'll probably make Carissa sad if he's spending the whole time Mindspeaking with Khemet for reassurance.)

He calls for a late dinner, since he didn't manage to eat during the two hours. Sits down on the sofa, wearily, and holds out his arm, wordlessly offering for Carissa to join him. "And how was your evening of tasks?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Paid a tailor a lot of money to put fitting my dress ahead of fitting everyone else's Signing Day dresses. Found someone who could do up a fancy announcement card with beautiful writing, but then I told him what I wanted written on it and he decided it was some kind of prank that he might get executed about and refused to do it. I wrote down what I think the announcement cards should say, and I can copy them myself with magic, but you might have to be the one to go to the shop about it. Went and looked up imperial wedding contracts. I think it's way more complicated if I'm bringing my own titles or property into the marriage and relatively uncomplicated given that I am not. Also there's so much in there that's just really specific, I keep wondering, did they add this after someone had this specific marital disagreement or were they just trying to be comprehensive and why be comprehensive in this direction -

- for example, it seems historically common for a woman to agree to testify to the children's paternity under a truth spell once they're born, which seems sensible enough, it beats the Osirian solution of constantly surveilling me, but one contract specified that if she was uncertain, then her husband could divorce her about that but not disinherit the child, unless he found out before he was born and divorced her then, unless she was uncertain due to violence or magic against her person, in which case he could still divorce her but this did not disinherit the child even if unborn. None of which is exactly unreasonable but it's so specific to have bothered - negotiating at some length in advance -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I can go to the stationery shop with you before we Gate out on our many errands. I want you there so I can pointedly have you on my arm and stare at him - no, hmm, that might be scary... The marriage contract sounds like the legacy of an extremely low-trust society, where people did not expect softer social mores to prevent them from being treated badly. Although legislating good treatment of wives and children is - not an especially effective solution to to that problem, in my experience." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You will definitely scare that particular poor man if you do that but we could go to some other shop, I doubt we'll have trouble convincing any of them to take it on with you there. I would rather a fairly minimal contract for the sake of my Law but probably if we're notably excluding a bunch of traditional clauses that's weird. ...it would be useful to have anyone to talk to who is actually Chelish nobility but I expect they're all nervously keeping their distance and also awfully selected for terribleness?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am worried about the selected for terribleness aspect. I was going to ask Taver for referrals to nobility who are unusually non-terrible and willing to speak with us, he knows a large number of people since he was making the Mindspeech announcements for us before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good idea. And it's not as if it'll be the end of the world if it's nontraditional, since all the recent tradition is poisoned... oh, you know what else we could do, since apparently you can just rent a place in Aktun - the old King before the death of Aroden will be there. Gaspodar, I think his name was. I don't trust much of my political education but he was famously preparing to abdicate in Aroden's favor once he returned. And then assassinated in the civil war not too long after that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Poor man. I wonder if Aroden ever visited him there after he publicly revealed his existence." His lips twitch. "The thought that just occurred to me was 'I could ask Abadar for advice' - He is much lower-cost to speak with after I conveyed the human-communication interface to him from my god-research, I had so many headaches from doing it but it will save me more headaches in the long run." And Khemet too. "That being said, possibly I ought get out of the habit of asking gods for advice about my personal life. Myself two months ago would have been so shocked and appalled about it too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see why it's tempting if they usually just answer you! And don't have better things to be doing - I'm not clear how much gods talking to us trades off against gods doing other important things..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It definitely costs something, and this question does not seem especially like Abadar's comparative advantage, so probably I should not. It would be interesting to learn what the marriage customs were like before Aroden died, and make a deliberate move to bring those back? And there are probably many people in Axis who remember that. Aroden's adopted son Saba's parents by blood are there, though they were farmers and not nobles." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be nice. I have - no idea, really. I guess maybe it's close to whatever they do in Andoran."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If that seems to be the case based on a quick assessment, we could crib further details from Andoran, I am not sure if people who have been in Axis for a century will remember their exact wedding ceremony."

Leareth leans against Carissa, running his hand through her hair. "I find it tiring, navigating politics in a country I barely know. It is - fine, if I feel oriented to a place's culture and relevant considerations, though I suppose never my favourite activity." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I find it stressful but that's almost entirely the feeling that if I trip up at it I die, if actually the worst thing that happens is that some people are judgmental then it's not very stressful. And it helps a lot that Iomedae chose me, normally I think I'd be worrying a bunch right now that we're missing some information that would make this seem like a bad idea. It'll also make it - more legible to people, if we're willing to admit to it. They know Iomedae is Chelish, it'll - make sense that she wanted to choose you a Chelish queen..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel fine about admitting it? I suppose I can run it by Aroden in case there are considerations against, but - I feel it helps my case as well, that a Lawful Good goddess is willing to endorse me in that way." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"People aren't going to be at all clear on what that means - I was really unsure when She chose me - but it does seem like it'll count for something. 

The thing is that it's hard to tell if Good is actually - anything other than what the enemy calls themselves for all the general reasons armies have to call themselves that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I think even I was - somewhat dubious of it as a term, when I first arrived here." 

He puts his head down on her shoulder. "Maybe we can take a break from talking about this now? I am not sure I can last through two entire weeks of only ever talking about wedding logistics and politics. - Oh, by the way, Aroden wants to meet tomorrow morning to ask you about the illusion-theatre proposal and help plan that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. And sure, we can talk about something else - I guess I don't know lots of things people are supposed to know before marriage - do you have a family -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Not relevantly, no. I barely had a family in my first life. Probably the closest I have to a vaguely familial relationship is...Urtho? He was my teacher and mentor. The pharaoh resurrected him and to my surprise he wanted to apologize about starting a war on me, so...I suppose we are on good terms now and I could invite him to the wedding. Anyway, what about you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a half-brother who's ten years older and runs a shipping business with my father in Corentyn. I have a sister who's four years younger, she's a wizard too, she teaches classes and does surveillance at the school we both went to. My mother works for the county on university enrollment arrangements. I have one living grandmother, she practiced law but I can't ask her about the marriage contract because she only did criminal and she's been retired for twenty years. I have four cousins. One of them is the one I borrowed my fake test scores from, she has a little cart where she sells drinks during the day and she uses Prestidigitation to keep them cold. One worked on the docks until he threw out his back and now he "borrows" money from the rest of us. The other two were clerics of Asmodeus and are in Hell now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wonder if a Velgarth Healer would be able to fix your cousin's back; skilled ones are quite good with chronic injuries like that, even years later." Leareth shakes his head a little. "What do you figure they are going to think about your marriage to me?"  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably scared? People are - always scared. I think they'll come. Maybe try to figure out how tariffs are going to be handled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How are tariffs usually handled?" Leareth is slightly unsure what that is

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, so, everyone's setting them to maximize revenue, right, but if you make them really high then other countries retaliate by doing the same thing, so sometimes you have agreements to let each other's goods through, or else you really want something of theirs so you don't tax it much - probably Abadar has all kinds of opinions about this, it seems like the sort of thing where He definitely would -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar dislikes tariffs, I think, but also has more nuanced opinions about how to handle them, and Osirion also has a number of researchers in economics who have opinions. I have quite a lot of notes on it which are in the backlog for 'decisions to discuss with Aroden.'" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. It's just - the only thing they'd even think to ask the national government about. I guess maybe you'll be reforming the wizarding schools too but that's riskier to have an opinion about, right."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "That makes sense. ...What else do people normally know about each other before they get married?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh.... sexual history I guess we have kind of covered? You spent thousands of years in a lonely war and then...met the pharaoh of Osirion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“That is probably all that really counts. I did sleep with more people a very very long time ago - after my, well, children-murdering immortality backup was the only one that survived, and the attempts I made to redo others met with extremely bad luck, I arranged to father large numbers of children, to guarantee I would always have surviving descendants. Mostly it was exactly the method you mentioned, before, many women were interested in having Gifted children, especially once the early Eastern Empire had enough resources that I could sponsor them for it. I do not remember any of it, though."  

He looks down. "- Also I...did some questionable things with mind-control and illusions in order to father some children who could not be traced down as mine. I was - being my usual ruthless self, not taking any chances, and it would be reasonable if you were disturbed by my - willingness to use people that way. I have no intention of ever doing it again, and I do not expect it to correlate with how I will treat you, now, but - it is part of my history." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like a kind of vague way of saying whatever it is you're saying by it and I am not sure if we're thinking of the same things or not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not actually remember this at all, it was a very long time ago," Leareth says, as neutrally as possible. "According to my records," he thinks back, "there were about half a dozen instances where I used an illusion, similar to Alter Self here, to visit taverns and other places where women are sometimes interested in sleeping with men, while not appearing as myself, and I assume I would have read their minds to see who was interested. In another five cases I nudged it along with a compulsion-spell, roughly equivalent to Suggestion here, and in a subset of those also suggested that they not tell their husbands about the tryst. On two instances, for some reason, I impersonated a woman's husband - I did not record enough of the circumstances to know why that made sense, it seems like it would be much more risk and effort, but perhaps I knew the couples in question and thought it would not be suspicious. In all of the cases where a child resulted, about half - I had Healing in that life and could make it more likely - I arranged a non-suspicious way for them to receive unexpected extra money." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "Does your immortality still require - you mentioned something having happened to it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Star-Eyed destroyed my access to that method and I am not going to set it up again. Aroden has ideas, and - in the worst case scenario, there are other Velgarth spells which would not be ideal, but which I would at least be able to set up here without being constantly plagued by suspicious coincidences, or fearing that the Velgarth gods were watching my every move and scheming to destroy them at the moment I needed them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. 

"If you did that to me it would make it very hard to ever know what I was actually thinking and deciding. I think I would not be very good at this job under those conditions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That makes sense. I - am capable of doing that, if it achieves my goals, but it would not achieve my goals at all here. Also Iomedae would be furious and that would actively impede my goals. I - am in fact trying not to be Evil, now, since I have better options, but I understand if that is not very reassuring, so - all I can say is that I am not stupid." 

Also the idea is really upsetting. Usually contemplating the various awful things he's done doesn't bother him that much, what would be the point now. His records didn't include whether he found it upsetting way back then at the beginning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know you're not stupid. 

Um. 

My history is less interesting than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Hopefully it is more relevant to - trying to be a normal happy married couple, which I feel extremely unprepared for." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dunno about that. I had a boyfriend in school. We didn't have penetrative sex because I knew a girl who got an abortion and then something went wrong and she couldn't have kids anymore, and it seemed like a stupid thing to be risking.  - had no idea how stupid, I guess. I had a - regular hookup, at the Worldwound. A girl because guys make it weird, afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds as though you were very careful and sensible. - Do girls make it less weird afterward?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, they're less desperate, usually."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

(This conversation is feeling painfully awkward.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to explain how normal peoples' sex lives work? It seems probably not important but I could try?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, most people don't trust anyone but they still want to have sex, because it beats being alone, except there's an asymmetry because most people are straight and men want sex more and also it's much safer for a boy to go home with a random girl than for a girl to go home with a random boy, if neither of them have magic. So mostly if you're a pretty girl there are lots of men who want to have sex with you but, like, all of them would sell you out to protect themselves and half of them are assholes and ten percent of them will straight-up try to rape you and it's hard to tell which so a lot of girls don't bother, or stick with a moderately shitty person who at least has proved himself not to be in the bottom decile. I'm not actually sure that this teaches one much of anything about how to have a happy marriage, if I were looking for models for happy marriages I'd think of - functional business partnerships, or something, or stories but it's stupid to reason from stories."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. And is also very sad. It - really does not make it sound bothering worth. At least I understand how functional business partnerships work." Leareth sighs a little. "This conversation seems very important to have but it is not exactly a cheerful one, sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doesn't sound like we've had very cheerful lives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not so much, no." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure what else people talk about. Money. I'm not in any debt because I couldn't get loans that were remotely worthwhile on a laundry wizard's income and family'd ask too many questions, maybe report it. I have expensive spending habits because I am a wizard, but not really other than that. Normally I would say it's important to me to send the kids to the best school they test into but I am not imagining this will be an issue. - kids, I guess people talk about kids. I already said that if I hate being pregnant I will only do it twice. Realistically I will be flexible about that if it's somehow leaving Cheliax in the hands of a maniac but if you're immortal it really shouldn't. if I don't hate it or if I hate it for reasons we can throw a lot of magic at, then I dunno? I read once that larger noble families means more political instability so maybe we'd want to stop at two anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "Also I hear children are time-consuming, and - Aroden predicts I will like having children and wish to spend time with them even though if I wanted I could have them mostly raised by nursery staff. He said he was surprised by how much he appreciated his children and missed them when he had to be away." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does he have more than Zahra?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just Zahra and his adopted son Saba; he was three when the disaster hit Cheliax, and Aroden rescued him after his parents' death and brought him across the sea to Osirion. Intending to find another adoptive family for him, but he never did, nobody was in a position to feed extra mouths that year and - I suppose both of them became quite attached to one another. Aroden says that he desperately needed someone to hold onto - that it was awful not being able to save all of Cheliax but at least he could save one child." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- nod. 

 

She leans her head on his shoulder. "Two, then, as a baseline, we can always revisit it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not sure what else. If there's more horrible stuff we should know about each other I guess maybe we should -

 

- I reported people for disloyalty. In the military. It was my job to do Detect Thoughts on everybody and ask a standard buncha questions and report anyone who was - planning to escape, or convert, or fake their death, or whatever."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. Hugs her a little. "If you want an itemized list of all the horrible things I have ever done, we are going to be here for a while. Most of it is comes with having engaged in wars. Assassinated people. I accidentally nearly assassinated Vanyel, which was embarrassing - contingency-plan that was not supposed to be active but there was a miscommunication or something, even in the post-mortem I never figured out exactly what happened there. I - had various plans to weaken Valdemar's defences when my main plan involved taking them over. Employed various very dubious people as bounty hunters. Kidnapped mage-gifted children. I - created a nasty artifact that would summon demons on a person's entire family when triggered, for an unscrupulous man who wanted to take over a neighbouring kingdom, in exchange for his agreement to help with the invasion. Ended up being a rather stupid idea, for reasons I suspect a god specifically wanted me not to know. Makes my recent murder somewhat fitting, though it would have needed to happen to me a hundred times to really balance it out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Things don't really balance. They just get better, or they get worse.  

- that was my uh, vision, when Iomedae chose me, was saying that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - really wish - I had found out about Golarion before this. Ideally two thousand years ago, but - at any point between then and when would have been better, and - I could have not had to weigh my options and decide to pay so many costs." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If one of our good gods pulled you here - when they did - 

- probably it'd be because the right time was when you were friends with Vanyel and had an army. I'm sure it was a terrible time for - you having the chance to be okay personally - 

- but I find it easier to live with, when I see it like that, even though I'm not sure if the plan is that clear -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...It doesn't feel like the point is really whether he personally is okay, but Leareth doesn't feel like getting into it more right now. It - does help a little, not so much the specific words Carissa is saying as the fact that she's trying to think of something at all. 

He closes his eyes and rests his head on her shoulder and decides against apologizing, again, that her goddess sent her to marry someone with such a disturbing past. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Want to head to bed and cuddle?" he says eventually. "I am not sure how much I will be in the mood for anything else, tonight, but - I would very much like it if you stayed again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he takes her hand and walks to the bedroom with her. Sits down heavily on the side of the bed. He already feels kind of tired of thinking about wedding planning, and also keeps remembering things that aren't dealt with yet... "Maybe we should fit in going clothes shopping tomorrow as well so you have other non-wedding dresses to wear." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everybody's going to be really busy right now, it'll probably be cheaper to just wait until after Signing Day. I paid lots extra to rush the wedding dress but I can get by with just one normal one for a couple of weeks. I could get fitted for lingerie before then, probably, if you specifically object to this horrible itchy shift." She has stripped down to it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not the one who has to wear it! It looks so uncomfortable. I suppose you can clean it with magic so it is less inconvenient to get by with one set of clothes, and I have definitely done it before - though honestly, I am capable of sewing and magic makes it quite fast, I could ask Parmida to get a spare dress and we could modify it to fit you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you and she have a free moment that'd be kind of nice! I don't mind the dress itching very much though I'll take it off now if it's all the same to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"By all means. I am not excited about itchy snuggles either." He undresses as well and lies down on his back, staring vaguely at the ceiling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. "Didn't mean to dredge up bad memories, I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually I am better at not being bothered by things in the past that I cannot change, it rarely helps. I - suppose I am worried what you must think of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did awful things that didn't even make anything better and weren't part of any plan that ever might, just because I didn't want to die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I am very glad you are not dead." Leareth isn't sure what else to say. Or why it seems vaguely like he might feel better if she were more - offended, angry, something, about all of it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...The past is in the past," Leareth says finally. "I think going forward, we can both - try to do better, Cheliax should have better, that is what Aroden was trying to do here. And - I am not sure, but it is almost harder to adjust to that, having done awful things in the name of fixing other things, it...makes it harder to tell. I want you–" He stops. "I am not sure how to say this, I do not want to - just give you another duty - but I want you to know you can say if you think a choice I made was horrible. I am generally not defensive about it, Vanyel has shouted at me plenty. And - I think it would be good for both of us, but maybe especially for you, to - practice expecting better. At least of ourselves, it is not fair to hold everyone in Cheliax to that standard, yet, but... Does that make sense?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All of the things you described sounded horrible? I'd need to know - what other ways of doing things you considered and why you picked this one and what you considered the most likely and most harmful ways it could fail, and whether you tended to be good at predicting those things, and - I think - I believe that the answers would usually be that you thought about it about as much as people can, right, and -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I am not perfect at making such predictions, and usually it is a prediction-in-expectation anyway, the fact that I will be wrong sometimes is taken into account. I think most people are far more willing to be wrong about choosing not to act than choosing actions that cause harm as well as benefit. I do hold a somewhat higher barrier to action than inaction, but inaction is also a choice with the consequences that it has, often unpleasant ones. I have very detailed records of nearly all my decisions and I review them afterward. I did make some stupid and probably unjustified calls in the war with Urtho, but in my defence I was not even forty and he attacked first." 

Permalink Mark Unread

- giggle. "I don't know how I'd figure out when you were wrong, then. I can try if it's important to you, especially for stuff where there's also other peoples' records."

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes her. "It would be a good idea at some point to go through the past records, but I am more worried about the present, and things that might seem ordinary to me but that Iomedae would be appalled by." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you have been using Suggestion on me we can talk about it and figure out something that's okay and lets us both feel safe and trust each other though it will involve you promising to stop that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have absolutely not been doing that! It would defeat the point of what I am hoping for here, I want us to be allies - also Iomedae could probably tell and She would be so furious and - I really do not wish to upset or disappoint Her–" Leareth is kind of surprised how emphatic that feeling is. "Look, I will take down my shields and you can read my thoughts and see." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks a little startled by his vehemence but she casts Detect Thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is also kind of startled by it. He's trying to unpack why it feels like such an obviously different category in his mind - it's not just the specific details that make it unnecessary and pointless, here, it's... It feels tangled up in why Abadar looked at him and saw a pattern shaped like an ally, a process that could make and keep agreements, that could participate in trades. Which was so startling to Leareth, because most people don't consider him the kind of person one can cooperate with in good faith - because Iomedae was right, he sacrificed that when it seemed like it would be more effective, on net, to have Evil options open to him. 

It's - related to why he never tried to mind-control Vanyel, right, and hadn't planned on it, he wouldn't have hesitated if Vanyel had actually ridden north to try to kill him (though in that case he also wouldn't have made it subtle or hard to notice at ALL.) But for ten years they've been talking, and he was trying to communicate. Which is a back-and-forth, it's not really communication anymore if the thing you're doing is slipping alien thoughts into someone's mind, and the latter it's fundamentally not the kind of motion you do toward someone you hope will be your ally. If you're using involuntary, unremarked compulsions then you've already decided someone is an object in the world to be manipulated, not an agent to make trades with.

Leareth is willing to do that, but he doesn't prefer it; he dislikes it, overall, that just isn't very relevant in comparison to what will or won't help him succeed. And the difference between before in Velgarth and now in Golarion is that he can try to have real allies, even make that his default stance, and expect it to work better, because there are enough people in this world who are actually trying to win. Iomedae is also Good, and Lawful, but those aren't even the point, the point is that She is the goddess of defeating and destroying evil. As She said, not of fighting evil, that's different.

...Also he thinks it's very possible Iomedae would set him on fire or something if he mistreated her cleric, and given that, Carissa should maybe feel like she has a little more security to push back on things that bother her, instead of...it seems like she thinks he holds all the cards, here, and that bothers him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans against him, and nods, and -

"Oh -"


And she stops shielding herself, it seems only fair, and tries to explain.

She trusts him, and she is planning to work with him, on Cheliax and then whatever comes next, to be immortal and learn magic from Aroden and take on all of this, even though there's so much and so much of it is things she's not had very long at all to think about, and it seems really likely, right, that he and she are on basically the same page about what being good to each other is and they'll do that and it'll just get easier with time and be kind of uncomplicated eventually and be the thing in real life that gets called true love in stories, and Iomedae will be backing her if she needs it which she won't because she's going to learn magic from Aroden -

- but it would be silly and a mistake, to try to - in reaching for that, make that the only kind of situation she could operate in, make this something that would break if actually he and she have different ideas of what being good to each other is, if actually she has less resources than expected, if actually there's a lot they disagree on - and there are a lot of parts to building something that still works in that case, she hasn't put them all together yet, but one part of it is -

- there's a world where there's a Leareth who isn't very different, right, but who doesn't happen to see Suggestion as a thing-you-don't-do-towards-an-ally, or is undecided about whether she's an ally, and who was surprised, when she said that earlier tonight, and the thing she said - closed a door, right, it told him 'that's a thing you don't do towards an ally' but not what to do instead, and she still wants to marry that Leareth, she still wants to be his ally, and she has to give him a way to get there, and she was thinking of it as kind of a - free thing to offer, right, to say that they could talk about it, it helps in the world where it's needed and it doesn't matter in the world where everything's good and she wins no matter what because, well, that's the world where everything's good and she wins no matter what. And she wasn't thinking about how even in that world it might hurt him, hurt them, for her to be - holding everything in suspension like that -

- and she's not totally sure yet what to do about it but she does want to be his ally, and she mostly is not afraid of him and she thinks she might have lots and lots of security but she doesn't want to count on it, right - she doesn't only want to be able to work if it's true - 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

:That makes sense: He holds her, quietly, for a moment. :I want...: It would really, really help if he knew what. :Does it help, when I just show you my thoughts?: It's oddly - comforting is entirely the wrong word, it's uncomfortable, but it still seems to ease something in him, doing that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it caused me to notice something I wasn't noticing before? About it being bad to hold everything in suspension, I mean.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:If it is doing something important I think you should not worry about whether it hurts my feelings. But - if it is hurting you then I want to help you find a way to not need to keep doing it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it's mostly that she would feel so stupid, right, if she decided Iomedae had her back and her husband loved her and everything was going to be okay, and then a predictable bad thing happened and she wasn't prepared for it because she'd been so busy enjoying a fairy tale where it was safe not to, because she - let herself live in a world that was nice to think about -

- if things are nice to think about they're probably a malicious lie, it was a pretty good rule her entire life -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth understands it a bit, he thinks, it's not the exact same mental pattern - his is the kind of paranoia you develop when you're powerful and have a lot of equally powerful adversaries, hers the kind that you develop when powerless in a hostile world - but he also finds it very hard to just trust and feel that things are good.

And things aren't a nice fairy tale, the world is still dangerous, she shouldn't let down her guard, but - the thing Aroden has with Parmida, that they wanted him to have, is that at the very least the two of them can shield each other, and then it's that much easier to handle all the rest, but that is a lot of trust and it's a big thing for him to ask for, from her, especially when he struggles so much with his side of it as well. 

That being said, he doesn't think 'feel stupid' is quite the right framing, here - if he brought his entire army to point A because it was the best plan based on what he knew, and then the enemy went to point B, he wouldn't feel stupid unless he had made a mistake, and - sometimes the highest-value gamble to make does have a downside, a very bad one, but if the likelihood of it is low and the upside is high then it can still be worth it. 

Also he really, really doesn't want to hurt her, he's surprisingly distressed about doing it by accident - maybe this is why it was easier with Khemet, who's powerful enough and in control enough that Leareth doesn't worry about that - he should stop thinking about Khemet, this won't help...

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's important to you. I don't expect you to - partition that away from me all the time so I'm not reminded."


Shiver.

"I have been - telling you when I need things. Even though it's scary. Haven't been - letting you fail tests you didn't know about, that wouldn't be fair. I - 

- Iomedae did a thing, when she manifested, I wanted to collapse on the ground or cry or - hide - and instead I was full of sureness that - that saying everything I was too scared to say would actually go fine, that I was safe - and this was a reasonable enough thing to do in that specific context and probably she could've made it - stick - and didn't - because it wouldn't be good for me. But she did also tell me to my face that you were worthy of me and it'd go better than all right, which isn't exactly being subtle -

 

-

-

- I'm scared that if I fall in love with you then you'll think I'm pathetic and want to be around someone who - isn't -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“...That sounds like a very scary thing to imagine. But why would falling in love with me be pathetic?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because it is stupid and the kind of thing people do when they have stopped trying to track reality and have decided to pretend they live in a story instead."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can't figure out how to say the answer in words, so he just holds his thoughts bare for her. It's - just - he's been under the impression here that the entire point of this is that they'll fall in love with each other, and he's definitely in the process of trying; that's part of what's hard, just having a straightforward unemotional business relationship with someone would be treading familiar ground. But instead he's doing his best to be open with her and work toward trusting her, and he's at least partway to being in love with her, he is pretty sure he doesn't go around with nearly so many urges to hold hands and cuddle with people he isn't in love with, and he can sort of see where the rest of that path goes, now...

...and there's a kind of trying to live in a story that involves not-looking at reality, though he doesn't think it's pathetic because why would that help, he thinks it's - beautiful and tragic and very human, and it makes him want to change reality so that all the people who need things desperately, and don't have the strength or cleverness or courage to stare at the ugliness of the broken world and spend years shaping it themselves, will be able to find their stories anyway. But there's a different kind of living the story you want to live that isn't pretending, it's just planning, and Carissa is clever and brave and - wonderful - and she is entirely capable of writing the story she wants to live into the fabric of reality around her, and that, to Leareth, is the opposite of pathetic, it's triumphant and precious and close to the core of why thinking, feeling beings matter. Carissa successfully snuck a cactus familiar past Leareth and Aroden and learned their secrets (fondness, warmth, he's still so impressed),and he absolutely believes she can join him in writing the story where they're in love. Partly because he's pretty sure he wants that and that Iomedae would have known. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae did not say he would love her (she would not have believed Iomedae if She had). Iomedae said he was worthy of her, and she'd be safer with him than anywhere else, and that it'd be good for the world. It seems very much like a foolish little girl's mistake, to decide that this means he will love her. She doesn't need it, to take on this thing ahead of them.

Is she capable of it? She has no idea. She is pretty sure she is capable of loving him. Might fall into it by accident, even. She is pretty sure she can get the illusion-theatres sorted and plan the wedding and - hold him and confess her fears and do stupid-in-the-dangerous-worlds things like that. Maybe it'll work. Reaching for it still feels ridiculous. 

She trusts him to be - trying. She trusts herself to be trying. She trusts that sometimes it'll be enough and sometimes it won't, and that they won't stop trying. That seems like - probably not what love is, but -

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe that's what falling in love is like, for people like them, competently working together and confessing their fears to each other and trying, knowing that trying, in itself, sometimes will and sometimes won't be enough. 

Also Leareth is forming an opinion that being in love with someone is what makes him want sexual relations with them, which is maybe backward from the order a lot of people have, but when (and it feels like a when, not an if) he does straightforwardly and spontaneously want that with her, that's probably what it means. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's such an odd way for a person to be! Kind of a nice thought, though, that when he's ready to have that it won't just be that he understands her thoroughly enough to let down his guard around her but that he will - 'love' still feels like a bit of a fake concept - he'll be building a story with her, where they can rely on each other forever. 

She feels abruptly exhausted. Snuggles him again, rather than come up with more things to say or think.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe a good time for you to sleep, then." He's very pleased that by next week they'll have the same bedtime again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods sleepily. She sleeps. She has vague sex dreams, some of them nice and some of them awful ("nice" and "awful" are background facts about them, not apparently connected to the things happening), and a dream of Iomedae watching her and saying that She thought she could handle this, and a dream about waking up in Hell and Asmodeus laughing at her, for thinking any of this was real...

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, having looked up the kind of crystal in question, designs a spell plus raw materials that he thinks should replicate the 'extra-fiery' stones for the ring. It still needs more power than he can manage alone, but he doesn't need to sleep for another hour or two and Vanyel also has a Ring of Sustenance, so Leareth leaves Carissa sleeping in his bed (with some reluctance) and slips out to find Vanyel and explain it to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is in fact still up, and thinks this plan is adorable, but doesn't have the energy to try it tonight, he usually tires himself out by the end of the normal day and spends his extra six hours a night once everyone else is asleep reading books. He has an entire world's worth of scholarship to catch up on, after all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth talks to him a little, but isn't sure how to bring up any of what still feels hanging-unresolved with Carissa, or whether Carissa would mind that, so he heads back and lies down in the bed with her before he's actually very sleepy. Enjoys being close to her until he eventually falls asleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She wakes up next to him and this time does not decide to lie perfectly still until he wakes, she has to spend longer on spell preparation in the morning than he does and there's a lot to do. She rolls quietly out of bed to start preparing her wizard spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wakes up at dawn. Sees her busy preparing spells, and doesn't disturb her, just gets up and prays for his and then checks their list of tasks for today.

"Maybe a stationery store first?" he says once they're both finished with spells. "And then talk to Taver about nobles to contact for the wedding invite list - meet with Aroden about the illusion-performers - go back to Absalom - go back to Sothis... Am I missing things, I am probably missing things." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we're bouncing around the world anyway we should book flowers and buy fireworks in Absalom, probably, since everyone here's already booked - have we told the staff -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think Aroden said he would tell his staff - or have Parmida do it, maybe, he seemed not to really need another project on his plate. Maybe we should go see him first to coordinate on that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

So they do that. 

Leareth is a bit worried that Carissa will be terrified around Aroden because he's intimidating, but maybe wedding logistics will override that? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden did manage to inform his staff, some of whom are Chelish, even, and worked in the palace before, but this morning they were asking him about various decisions regarding food and flowers, and worries that everywhere is booked out for Signing Day, and he honestly has very little idea on any of it, except that if they're using his demiplane anyway they don't need 200 days in it and so can maybe draw up a list of various service-providers who could provide their services by then if they had access to time dilation? If that's reasonable? 

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems reasonable and she was also thinking they could book in Absalom, where they're headed anyway for the illusion-theatres proposal, and Gate everything over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's clever. And they should talk about the illusion-performers and what decisions she needs from him in order to get a proposal to them, he talked to Parmida last night and has some notes... 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa seems only minimally intimidated so that's something. 

After that meeting they can finish writing up a proposal and then go talk to Taver (who's also intimidating for many people but less so than Aroden) and go to a stationery shop either here or in Absalom, and then fireworks and flowers and grab lunch in there somewhere... 

It's pretty relentless. That in itself is fine, Leareth is used to it, it's not nearly as hectic as the one-week deadline Aroden gave him for getting his entire army and all his mages to Golarion. He's less a fan of the part where he can't lean on past contingency-planning almost at all, due to having made zero plans for 'and this is what I will do if I need to have a huge state wedding in a fortnight', and juggling unfamiliar customs... 

And when they're in Sothis anyway he should talk to the pharaoh about how one actually books a cute little apartment in Aktun, presumably it's a bit easier to do thirteen days in advance, and he doesn't think they need the top floor or anything, just being in Abadar's divine realm is enough for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a currency exchange; exchange rates are very very steep, because the material world doesn't make a lot of things Axis wants, and he's going to have sticker shock. But Khemet can recommend him the person he uses himself for booking requests in Aktun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Axis maybe want rare books from Velgarth that Leareth has in various records caches and hasn't bothered trying to bring across yet but can, because if they do he could sell them those. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Axis would probably be delighted about that though Abadar's probably copied them into the vault already.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another thing to add to the list. 

Leareth warns Khemet that it's going to be an extremely busy week and he hopes to visit at least once during it, if only so he doesn't explode from too many flower-related decisions, but in general he won't have a lot of free time.

- oh, and does Khemet think he could pull off attending the wedding, or is it too complicated with security to be worth it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not usually attend foreign state events for security reasons but he could probably make this one work, if it's important to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure this is where he wants to assign his limited ability to ask Khemet for costly things that are important to him - he doesn't know how important it should be to him, the state wedding part that is, obviously Carissa herself is going to be very important to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Leareth is probably going to be too busy to actually talk to him for more than ten seconds at the wedding, though he could in principle feed him advice through the telepathic bond and maybe that's worth it. 

"I'm - glad she's important to you. I think marriages work a lot better that way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so too." Sigh. "It is - probably going to be rather important that I be charming and non-scary in public for the wedding, that is half of the point of doing it, and it is true that I could badly use your advice for that part. It is not that I lack leadership experience, obviously I have plenty, just - not the same kind." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think people in Cheliax are expecting you to not be scary. Of course, maybe that's the problem. I can be there." Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think that is part of the problem." Hug. "Thank you. I love you." 

And then back to wedding logistics. A proposal is negotiated with the illusion-performers' school. Gorgeous precious stones are obtained from a very proud and delighted Vanyel and delivered to Sothis. Leareth negotiates with food vendors in Egorian, that part is going to be a lot more obnoxious to get in Absalom and Gate over, and also Aroden thinks it'll be actively helpful to public opinion if they can work with as many merchants as possible locally. He meets with nobles who Taver informed him seem less terrible and more inclined to be helpful to the new administration. Invite lists are drafted. Leareth visits Aktun and tries to figure out if selling the rare books from his caches will cover a few days' stay in Axis, the exchange rate really is ridiculous and he wants his operations building very badly but he can't spare any time to think about it right now. 

A couple of days later, when he and Carissa are once again split up on separate errands, he remembers to ask Parmida if she can spare any dresses, and Carissa will come back to his rooms to find him taking in the waist on it, using a temporary dress-dummy shaped from mage-energies and pretty much exactly matching her shape, Leareth has a good eye for that. Leareth is, in fact, very fast at sewing using magic; he designed the technique at some point in the past when he was spending a lot of time alone on missions and needed to be able to repair his clothes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa's very busy - she copied a thousand invitations with magic while approving or disapproving of decorations and schedules and invitation lists, all of which contain people she never heard of anyway, and got a Gate down to Corentyn to talk to her family who are suspicious and scared and confused but will be attending, and got another one up to Vigil to invite representatives of the church there, and then she retained her own solicitor for the contracts just because you're supposed to do that if you're not stupid, and made sure that they stipulated that she gets to keep her spellbook if divorced, which was approximately her only priority there...

She stops at the door to his rooms and takes a second to figure it out and then beams at him. "That's very sweet of you. I like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad. I do not know that much about your fashion preferences yet. I just need a few more minutes and I will be done." He gestures at the sofa. "I made you better shifts too. Cannibalized a bedsheet for it. A non-scratchy one. They are not as complicated as actual dresses." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She picks them up. Beams at him. "You know I don't - expect you to do things for me, right -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a slightly baffled look. "Of course I am going to do things for you, if I notice they need doing? We are getting married, married people do things for each other, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have lots of things to do!" She holds the shifts against her chest, happily. "I don't expect you to do things that are for me instead of things that are more important but for people you are not marrying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do have other important things left to do today, but if I had to spend one more minute talking to nobles I was going to snap at someone. Perhaps giving you non-scratchy clothes to wear is not that important, but it is restful and pleasing and - you are important to me, right..." Also it's more than worth it to see her smile like that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I think probably I am your wedding present from Iomedae and you should not expect another one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should I have expected one otherwise? I have no idea what the traditions are here for wedding presents, are we going to receive them from other people...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! In my social circles they'd mostly be a nice vacation, some expensive household thing. I don't know what sort of gifts there are for royalty but I bet there will be more of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am going to think about that later," Leareth decides. "We have enough to deal with right now."

And the week continues. 

Leareth is, as time passes, starting to be more relaxed and uninhibited with Carissa in private. He almost can't help it, when he's spending nearly all his waking hours doing his best to be in control of dozens of other interactions - and when he's seeing her being competent and reliable organized and on top of things. He still can't summon any interest in sex, but that's as much because he struggles to clear everything else from his head as because the intrinsic desire isn't there. He does enjoy kissing her, when he has any energy for it at bedtime, and giving and receiving massages, and having her fall asleep in his arms. Once the first week is past and Carissa's Ring of Sustenance is in effect, they can fall asleep together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Osirion communicates arrangements to send a delegation to the wedding, including the pharaoh and one of his wives. (The pharaoh's wives are not allowed to speak to men they're unrelated to, even in public, which would add complications but there's a language barrier anyway.) 

He consults Urtho for present ideas.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, something very magic would make either of them happy, I think. Leareth likes books," Urtho is finally used to calling him by his present name instead of Ma'ar, "but I doubt they have any shortage now. He would appreciate something practical, that would save them time or effort, or help keep her safe maybe, but I am sure he has made all sorts of arrangements for that already. Hmm - she is a wizard, if you have rare spells that she would not have heard of, you could let her copy them maybe..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be pretty surprised if I have anything Aroden doesn't except maybe magic items that require divine spells. I am sure Leareth will be throwing everything he can think of at keeping them safe, but you'd thought of some things he was never able to recreate, I think - is there any way for him to shield her remotely, he was annoyed that the Golarion ring of Shield Other doesn't actually allow him to use his mage abilities through it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Yes, I do have ideas for how one might do that, it would need paired artifacts and an energy-conduit routed through the Void so that the 'distance' between them is always zero according to the artifacts, and then some specialized scaffolding so he can cast through it - I think it could allow more than one kind of shield, but it would be specific to shielding and not offensive magic or weather-barriers or what have you..." 

And Urtho is immediately lost in thought, and starts scrambling for paper. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He knows and loves many people of the type. 

 

 

 

He gets a book of known magic items that use divine spells, reads through it. A greater strand of prayer beads would be a great present though he isn't sure there are any for sale anywhere in the world - he could probably cast Gate and Wind Walk for it, with someone else doing the rest of the artifact creation work...it'd take too long even if he has all the beads made in parallel, though he hears there is time dilation on offer specifically for wedding arrangements that require it...he sends an inquiry about access to that for himself and a magic item creator and Urtho, to Parmida who he trusts more than Aroden to know that presents are supposed to be a surprise.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are we letting people use your rod of security to make wedding presents that'll take more than two weeks to finish, dear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm? Yes, that is fine, as long as they are vetted to be reasonable people who will not start fights or something, they are all going to be in there at once." 

Permalink Mark Unread

So she writes back to this effect and with instructions about where to show up when to get the time dilation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Carissa goes in to get her dress fitted and altered. It's lovely. Probably if they'd gone through conventional channels she'd be getting a much fancier one but this is nice and elegant and definitely Chelish. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't sure he would even prefer a fancier dress, to the extent he has opinions about what she wears, which is a limited one. 

Two nights before the wedding day, he gets back to their rooms (well, his, but it feels like theirs at this point) and flops onto the sofa.

"...Carissa, I am sorry, but I think I very badly need a break, and - an evening to go see Khemet. I do not wish to make you feel more jealous, I promise you will have my undivided attention when we go to Aktun after the wedding." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't need to apologize." Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her back. "I will be back late, or perhaps in the morning." 

Rather than bother with asking someone to do a Sending, Leareth Gates to outside the Dome and heads in. If the pharaoh is busy until later he can always go to the library or something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The pharaoh is not busy until very much later; he comes and finds him in the library and instead of saying 'sit comfortably' says 'stand and come here', and then hugs him. "How are you holding up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think everything is going reasonably well but I am so tired of making decisions and - manifesting opinions on flower arrangements... It will be all right, but I suppose I am a little stressed, and seeing you helps." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Patpat. "I always think of it as a game the purpose of which is impressing the vendor not really picking flowers I like. It's much easier to have opinions on people than on flowers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For you, perhaps." He lets his cheek rest on Khemet's shoulder. "I keep having to go places in public with Carissa, or she has to go alone, sometimes, and it is nervewracking, now that half of Cheliax knows we are getting married. I never thought I would be this tired of - orienting to possible threats and tracking contingency-plans and being in control of situations, I do that so natively..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's harder when you're scared for other people, I think. At least for me it is. Because you're not fully in control of them and you'll annoy them if you demand to be and yet you still have to do just as much to keep them safe..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that is it exactly." Sigh. "I care about her. We had a conversation about whether we were in love with one another, and - I am moreso than before, it turns out that executing a major, complicated project with someone under time pressure makes me feel closer to them... But it is not as - restful - with her as with you, yet, I - think maybe it matters that you hardly need my protection." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I don't. Maybe someday you'll have a setup that feels as safe in Cheliax, without being too constraining."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe someday." 

Leareth leans on him. He was desperately craving Khemet's arms around him all day, and now that he has that, he still finds himself wanting - something - the thing this is except more, somehow. He could suggest they do some more of the magic-fighting, that was fun and good stress relief, but it doesn't feel like quite the thing he's hungry for, it's close but it sounds tiring right now... 

"I think," Leareth says slowly, "that - I want to be yours tonight - I want to watch you be powerful and scary, and win...

Permalink Mark Unread

He raises an eyebrow, and nods. Stops hugging him. "Come with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth goes with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes the hallway that leads out of the Dome, waves the guards there away, takes Leareth's arm, Plane Shifts them to his demiplane. 


"Technically," he says, "I guess you still have a little bit of magic here, but knowing you I bet it is all ways to recharge your other magic. Right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Almost all. I also have Fly prepared and did not cast it yet today." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you try to fly away I will just dispel it."

 

And he kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does not try to fly away, why would he want to do that.

It's - scary, a little, having basically no magical recourse here, it goes against a lot of long-trained instincts, but - it's all right, it's safe, this is Khemet's place and he, right now, belongs to Khemet, and for just a little while he can stop tracking everything and holding onto the looming future in his mind, and just be here

Permalink Mark Unread

He leads him to the bed and takes off his shirt and starts giving him a massage with one hand and casting a spell with the other; without mage-sight it's harder to tell but he's not being subtle. 

"You're very tense," he says, conversationally, while he casts it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is true. Leareth nods. He's trying not to be, usually he can get through very busy hectic periods without being physically tense about it, holding the tension in his shoulders won't actually help and just gives him headaches - but the last week has been hard along axes he isn't used to. 

...Probably some of it is that he doesn't meaningfully have magic right now and this leaves him feeling vaguely like a turtle stripped of its shell. Not in a bad way, necessarily, but it does on some level make him nervous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He massages him with his free hand. He finishes the spell, which, without Othersense, doesn't feel like anything.

"This is a geas," he says, now with both hands free to hold Leareth, which he does. "For the rest of tonight, I bind you not to resist any spell that I cast on you, and to obey all of my instructions." Petpetpet.

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow, Leareth had not been expecting that at all and it's terrifying, in a way that speeds his heart rate and makes his breath catch, especially the part where he can't even feel it on him - he feels trapped and helpless, acutely aware of the demiplane's limits around him and Khemet's hands holding him, neither of which he can do anything about. He's scared, but - not in a bad way, it leaves him dizzy and feeling weirdly lightNo point having plans if he's pinned down to a single course of action, which is 'whatever Khemet wants of him', so he can just...stop.

Leareth goes limp in Khemet's arms; the only thing he's trying to control now is his breathing, it feels like he can't get enough air, but once he remembers to properly exhale then it's all right, everything is all right...

Permalink Mark Unread

He's just going to hold him for a while, hold him and pet him gently and maybe resume the massage, which is easier with Leareth so relaxed. 

 

"I love you," he says quietly. "I do need you lucid enough that I can tell if you're enjoying yourself, before I will want to do anything else. I am sure I will learn to read you like this but it will take me some practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm...?" Oh is he supposed to say words now. It's weirdly hard to do, he has to pull his attention in and string a thought together; his mind has some of the same scattered quality from when he was injured after the Heartstone attack, just without any of the bad parts.

"Love you," he says, vaguely. "...I think I am enjoying myself. Feel weird, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I noticed." He kisses him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth kisses him back. The feeling-scared recedes, nudged aside by the distraction, and - well, it's not accomplishing anything, there's no way to act on it, so why bother. He still feels helpless and trapped, but in a calm, level way, just a neutral observation of the world and his current position in it.

This isn't actually a time-dilating demiplane, but still, Leareth feels oddly unmoored from the past and future. There's only right now, this moment, and it's a very good moment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is more like a Leareth state that leaves him in a mood to do lots more things with him!

Permalink Mark Unread

Good!

So far Leareth hasn't even noticed the geas, subjectively, Khemet hasn't given him any instructions or prompted him to do anything that he wasn't already going to do anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It will be noticeable the first time he tells him to hold still, and when he tells him to kiss him, and noticeable in a different way when he casts Waves of Ecstasy on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a little scary in an exhilarating way each time he notices it catching onto his mind, and has no choice but to follow that tug. Though he doesn't have very long to dwell on that when Khemet casts Waves of Ecstasy, since he is shortly afterward very distracted and not having any thoughts at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is in some ways very difficult and stressful but in many other ways the most rewarding and entertaining activity ever. It turns out it is way more fun to own people if you do not own them all the time. (Also it might be more fun if they are in charge of countries themselves? What an inconveniently difficult kink to explore.)

He can think of lots to do with him. And he can have Leareth cast Lesser Restoration on both of them so they can do more.

Eventually he decides that he does not want to go right up until it's time for them to fall asleep, like this, he would rather get normal Leareth back so they can talk, so he tells Leareth to dress them both and then he makes himself stronger and scoops Leareth up and Plane Shifts them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth obediently dresses Khemet and himself, and goes along with being scooped. Even with Lesser Restoration he's (very pleasantly) exhausted, though not sleepy yet. He thinks vaguely that he wouldn't have minded Khemet going on with this longer, but also doesn't mind stopping now, he probably would have been a bit sad if they had stopped hours ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He will take him back to his room in the Dome. Kiss him. "Geas was specified until 'morning', I don't know when it'll wear off exactly, but I am done. How are you doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth blinks at him, still kind of dazed, and then makes an effort to reassemble his attention toward something closer to his usual state. "...Really good. That was wonderful. Somehow tiring and restful at the same time, which is confusing. How are you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy." He looks it. "I think next time I will be able to read you better and will not have to keep occasionally prodding you to make words at me, sorry about that. I thought about reading your mind but I decided that if I accidentally learned something about Cheliax while I had stolen you away to my demiplane and made you incapable of resisting my spells and read your mind Aroden would have such justified disgruntlement and that would be so awkward."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A good call. He would be so upset and also confused; I am trying to picture his face if I had to confess that to him. Somehow I suspect he is not into Parmida kidnapping him to demiplanes where he cannot do magic. Or the other way round."

Leareth flops onto Khemet, contentedly. "I wonder why it was so hard to make words. I do not normally have any difficulty with that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Petpet. "I have had other people report this experience though I have not had it myself. Maybe the words center is near the decisions center and so they stop functioning together."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I probably have to be in a rather specific mood, to enjoy being unable to make any decisions, but - wow, when that is what I want, it is very enjoyable and relaxing." Snuggle. "I love you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is quiet for a while, just being right where he is. He feels a lot readier to go back to the final day of hectic wedding planning, like he's managed to relax enough to sink into some kind of ground state that he can stay anchored on, but he's also not impatient about it. The plans that need him steering them can wait another few hours.

"You would like it if there were a next time?" he says eventually. "When we had talked about doing this before, you had not been sure you would want to do it more than once." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, this I'll do as often as you want it. - within reason. I'm a married man. The other way around, we can try once, because I do not know if I will like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. It seems - like you were doing a difficult thing, making sure that I was having a good time, and I think you are better at reading me than I am at reading you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I can do something about the state secrets in advance so you can read my mind and not have to worry about that part. But it's not just that part, it's -" Shrug. "Maybe I am just too accustomed to absolute power and will find it's actually delightful not to have it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I often have the impression that you find it tiresome having absolute power all of the time, even if it is very useful for a wide range of purposes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like it if I were closer to the thing advertised, either because the advertising was more accurate or because I could hold enough of Abadar in my head to pull it off. I would like it if there were fewer protocols in the contexts where they're awkward, mostly internationally. I liked the fighting, a lot, that kind of not having absolute power is fun..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was delightful," Leareth agrees. "I expect I will nearly always be up for doing that when you are interested, even if I only sometimes want the thing we did tonight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, soon you will have a wife to keep happy. But when you do not, you are welcome here."

Permalink Mark Unread

At least he only has one wife to keep happy, and also is capable of sexual attraction to her. Leareth doesn't say that out loud, it seems unhelpful.

"I am looking forward to showing her around Aktun," he says instead. "And - being able to walk around near other people and not fear much for either of our safety. Arguably staying there is a ridiculous thing to spend money on, but - it will make me very happy, and hopefully her as well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like a really good reason, to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." Snuggle. 

If Khemet doesn't say anything else then Leareth will start drifting sleep-ward after a few minutes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggling to sleep is good.

 

In the morning he will have to go let Leareth get back to his last-minute wedding preparations.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will see you there in a day." Leareth kisses Khemet goodbye, and checks with mage-sight that he's no longer under a geas. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not.

Permalink Mark Unread

He Gates back to the palace in Egorian, hopefully in time to have breakfast with Carissa before they dive into today's task-list. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is up and finishing her spell prep and there are speeches to be reviewed and approved and seating assignments to juggle and weather-mages to coordinate to make sure it's nice out and samples from the caterers to be approved-of and security measures to try to think of loopholes in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is noticeably more relaxed and cheerful about the work; he's actually able to somewhat enjoy the interesting-problem-solving aspects. He glances at Carissa often with fondness and appreciation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is glad he had a lovely date night. Really. Mostly.

 

It's a very very long day made possible only by their rings of sustenance but nothing is on fire by the end of it and the party seems to have all of the requisite elements and no one's been left out of it who is likely to hold a grudge for a decade and they are in possession of clothes, food, and wedding rings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems pretty reasonable. 

Leareth checks the planning list one final time, two hours before dawn. Satisfies himself that all the necessary pieces and many of the bonus ones have been dealt with. 

When they head to bed, he holds Carissa tightly. By the end of tomorrow they'll be married and the thought is, at this point, only a teensy bit overwhelming. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She has stupid terrible dreams about being executed and about being tortured into someone better, unclear whether by Hell or Heaven, and about Leareth but actually he is, by stipulation, evil and going to hurt her, he doesn't do anything but still. 

 

She still wakes up rested, because rings of sustenance are great.

Doesn't really know what spells to pray for. Just kind of prays, generally, for longer than usual, and when she stands up she has a bunch of Remove Fear and Grace and Eagle's Splendour and Blessings of Courage and Life and Blessings of Luck and Resolve.

 

...she's never not asked for specific spells before and didn't know you get them anyway. It feels significantly more intimate, somehow, if Iomedae chose them. She sits there blushing and wondering if that always works or just this once.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has formless dreams of unspecified Bad Things happening to Carissa, sometimes while he's not looking because he's distracted looking at food or flowers, sometimes because he's in the middle of a conversation with Khemet, sometimes right in front of him but he's paralyzed and can't do anything. In one of them, Starwind and Moondance turn up with some sort of elaborate wedding-blessing spell, and with the doomy certainty of dream logic, he has to let them get up and give a speech even though he knows that Starwind is going to reach into his robes and draw out the weapon - and they get both of them, this time, but the demons eat Carissa first. 

He wakes up a little before dawn and, unusually for him, stays in bed with his eyes half-lidded, focusing on uncovering all the spots of tension trying to sneak up in his body and nudging them loose again. 

He prays for his spells and asks for the usual ones that boost his Velgarth magic, and Fly, because even five minutes of flight is in fact useful if something awful happens to Carissa during the wedding. Which it hopefully won't because they've been very thoughtful and careful. 

Then he keeps leaning into the sense of Abadar's presence, longer than he strictly needs to, just drawing reassurance from that feeling of being seen by something much bigger than himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts on her dress. Warns him that she's going to let the people in to do her hair and her face. They did this yesterday as practice and it looked very pretty. A little bit unreal but maybe it's the situation that's a little bit unclear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks she looks wonderful in the dress, and says so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is almost contractually obligated to say that, she points out, and sits still for people to do things to her hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has escaped the need to have things done to his hair, so he spends the time Mindspeaking with Taver and Nayoki and going through his list one more time; he's arranged so he shouldn't have to personally do anything or talk to anyone about the various logistics today, but he still feels like he should check in. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually Nayoki tells him to stop being annoying and focus on the part where he's getting married. (Nayoki thinks this is kind of hilarious, which shows.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have they caught all the assassins? I hired three, just to keep security on their toes." Her tone is joking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is, at this point, reasonably accurate at telling when she's joking. "Oh, was that you?" he teases back. "We had all assumed it was Aroden's mortal enemies in Rahadoum." (Aroden does not in fact have mortal enemies in Rahadoum; some people were disgruntled but voting on his official status as kind of an asshole was the worst of it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that is where I hired them. It was very easy. Just stood in the street yelling "who wants to assassinate Aroden?" and got quite a crowd. It was hard to pick just three."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clearly you had an even more productive week than I had realized." It's mildly frustrating that he can't kiss her right now because she has people doing her face. Soon, he tells himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon they can go on over to the church for the contract signing! The contract is ten pages long, most of them just stipulating in various ways that she cannot run off with half of, or for that matter any of, the country in a divorce. The part that has to be spoken aloud is shorter and doesn't mention divorce at all because that's not very romantic. She affirms that she has read the contract and had independent advice on it and is marrying him of her own free will and means to stay with him and have his children and seek glory together in this life and the next (should that come up, which it hopefully won't).

Permalink Mark Unread

It's weird how real and meaningful all of that feels to hear said out loud to him. None of it's a surprise, he's read through the contract multiple times. (And, somewhat to his surprise, Vanyel spontaneously offered to help him review it, and was helpful.) 

He speaks his own part, looking at her, trying to be relaxed and non-scary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not scared but that's maybe because she's abusing the spell Iomedae gave her at least until they're through all the parts where everyone is watching them. Most of what will happen is the party, she's not scared about the party. It will just involve lots of tedious stressful talking to people who she is not even marrying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't scared. He feels very alert, focused, vigilant; it's not quite the same sharp-edged crystalline feeling he gets from battle-nerves but it's in that direction.

He's going to be so tired by the end of the day, if it's all like this. And he can't wait for when he's allowed to kiss his wife and scoop her up and Gate her to Aktun, where he can relax because it's not in Abadar's interest to let anything bad happen to them. But, first, formalities in front of everyone and then party. 

He almost Mindspeaks Nayoki to check that the illusion-theatre people are getting all of this for later showing elsewhere, and then remembers that she'll probably just tell him off again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He Mindspeaks him during the party to tell him to check out his present from Urtho, which was handed over to the staff along with all the other presents but which is, Khemet suspects, the one likeliest to actually improve Leareth's wedding day instead of just being nice in the abstract.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thanks him for the head's-up and goes to do that.

He's so impressed! :How did he even make this in two weeks– Oh, did you get access to Aroden's time dilation for him?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. For mine, too, it took a lot of doing to find a magic item Aroden probably hadn't already given you both.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am sorry for giving you such a difficult job of present-choosing. I think I will save yours for when I am undistracted enough to appreciate it properly: 

He finds Carissa, who's talking to different important people neither of them had heard of before last week, and shows her the shield-at-a-distance paired bracelets, which in addition to being an incredibly impressive magic working, are also pretty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does it do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It lets me cast the same kind of personal shields I do for myself, on you, with the same efficiency. Any kind of shield. And I can sense damage to them as though it were my own shields, and reinforce them if we are under attack. This is an incredibly impressive invention. Urtho made it, apparently, in Aroden's time-dilation demiplane." 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - wow." She's squinting at them with Detect Magic. "That's incredible."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urtho is an incredible man. Researching new magic is his favourite thing in the entire world. ...He did invent sixteen different potentially-world-destroying superweapons just to see if it was possible, which is perhaps too much enthusiasm for groundbreaking inventions. Hopefully at some point we will spot him here." There are enough people here that searching for him with Thoughtsensing would be frustrating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts her bracelet on. "Can we test them or will that terrify everyone -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am already shielding myself, it should look exactly the same as that and not be very alarming. It does not let me do any other kind of spell, since it contains copious extra scaffolding to make shielding in particular easy. I will warn the security people, though." 

Leareth Mindspeaks Nayoki, and also Taver, who should have a memorized list of everyone he's supposed to be coordinating with. (Taver is shockingly useful.) He slips on his bracelet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His wife puts on hers.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, in fact, no more effortful to shield her than it is to shield himself. He gives her his standard shield against magical attacks, and additional protection against Detect Thoughts, which conveniently won't get in his way or block Mindspeech because it counts as his own shield, and he gives her a passive shield which he can instantly put more power into if she's attacked physically, but that in the meantime won't be irritating. To Detect Magic they'll look like three different layers, form-fitting to her body and of varying 'textures', not very obtrusive once in place and identical to his own. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Can she kiss him through them.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be very silly if not! If someone attacks them with a sword or something he won't be able to kiss her during that, but at baseline it won't even be noticeable once she's used to it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's going to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. Leareth is delighted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can return to circling and greeting people and dancing and accepting congratulations and getting asked a lot of times how they met - "Iomedae sent me a vision to tell me to go to them" is the version she feels like explaining to strangers -

 

 

When the sun goes down there are fireworks and she is so incredibly incredibly exhausted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is too, though a lot less frazzled than he'd expected; being able to put his own shields on Carissa hardly makes her invulnerable, but the fact that he can feel them as directly as his own does wonders for his peace of mind, which isn't strictly rational but oh well. 

He puts his arm around her while they watch the fireworks together. 

"I feel very married," he says in a murmur, half to himself. "I suppose that is the point. Spend a day entirely about that, in front of everyone, and it feels so real." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's the idea, yeah." Lean. "At least make it awkward to back out.

Glad we decided to rush it. I think it went off fine, and this way we're ready whatever comes up next..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How much longer are we expected to stay?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we could head out now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you like to head out now? I suppose we have not looked at most of the presents yet, but I think I will appreciate them more once I am rested." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I super do not want to go through presents today, it can definitely wait. How'd you know to grab just this one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Khemet informed me I ought to." Along with quite a lot of other advice, every time he asked for help guessing what someone was thinking and what he ought to say - sometimes he didn't even need the advice as much as the reminder that Khemet was nearby. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." She can't even feel annoyed, Leareth's been considerably more at ease ever since they got the bracelets and she now has her husband's powerful shielding and spell resistance and apparently he can just make them stronger if anything happens. "I'm ready to go, if you are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just a moment." Still with his arm around her, Leareth Mindspeaks Nayoki and Taver again to say that they're headed out. There are a lot of other people he should thank for their help properly, but he's so tired right now, especially of saying words to people. 

Instead he just checks if Khemet is still in Mindspeech range or has already left. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is still in Mindspeech range!

Permalink Mark Unread

:We are headed to Aktun: Leareth tells him. :Thank you so much for being here today. I know it was inconvenient, but - it made such a difference for me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm very glad. Congratulations. Have a nice honeymoon.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I love you. See you in a few weeks, probably: 

He gets started on an interplanar Gate to Axis, aimed for the same concourse where Abadar redirects all the Plane Shifts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches, suddenly nervous for no reason. Maybe because this is the last moment anything can go wrong, maybe because soon they'll be alone together. 

 

The Gate snaps up.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes her hand and leads her across into Axis. Some of the tension is already leaving his shoulders. It feels like coming home. 

"- Sorry, it is probably a less overwhelming introduction when one is not very tired." Still holding her hand tightly, Leareth quickly dismantles the Gate and then leans on her a bit until he's finished casting his last remaining Recharge Innate Magic for the day; he hasn't been doing that much heavy-lifting magic, technically, but constantly using mage-sight and shielding both of them is tiring by itself, if maintained for sixteen hours straight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's nice," she says. "Not everyone who makes Axis gets here, though, right - how does He pick them -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadar does not exactly select people directly." Leareth starts walking, leading her toward the trolleys. "Anyone can travel through who follows the rules. It is a popular city to live in so property is very expensive and most people cannot afford it immediately. The market balances itself out. I needed to sell them a lot of my very old rare books to afford a stay here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I guess maybe that'd turn out more efficient than Hell because people are more motivated to allocate themselves wherever they can make the most money, even if you're claiming a smaller share of it. Or - maybe it gets less out of most people but more out of the most productive ones, and you could place a bet that that matters more?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My understanding is that the wealth of Aktun is also less - accessible to the material plane, or directable toward a specific end such as a war. It is a prosperous place, especially if one has skills with high earning potential, but Abadar could not use that wealth to fund a country directly, the way Asmodeus used the output of Hell. It is not for that, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." They board the trolley. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth keeps his arm protectively around her and watches the crowds of people, human and not, and seems content not to talk. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Holding him is good. She's still nervous but probably it will take a while to stop feeling like something awful is going to happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth notices that she's tense. He isn't sure if reaching the little apartment he rented for the week will help or do the opposite of help. 

They get off the trolley and he points out the building and walks her over to it, and in a very efficient number of steps he's collected their key and brought her up the elevator to it. It's small, and not as fancy a building as the one Khemet rented a room in for their date, but it has walls and a spacious bed and it's in Abadar's divine realm where he's safe

He stands just inside the door for a moment, holding both of her hands. "- Carissa, is everything all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes herself a little. "Yeah. Of course. It's just been a long day. And I kept expecting something bad to happen but it didn't and probably won't, it's just - a lot to take in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has been such a long day." He leads her over to the sofa by the window and sits. "You are - afraid of being hurt?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lean. "I'm not afraid of you. I guess it just seems like - something bad should happen, this many things don't happen in a row without something bad happening. It's silly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It makes a lot of sense to have priors about the world, to make predictions, and - I am sure that gave adequate predictions in the past." Yet again he's dully angry with Asmodeus, though he doesn't have much energy to put into it. "I cannot promise no bad things; it has caught me by surprise before." Starwind, slipping an artifact from under his robes, shoving him to the ground– "But we are well protected and I do not foresee any specific risks, and danger does not catch me off guard all that often." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I'm - really lucky to have you. And everything today was wonderful and this is wonderful." Nervous smile. "It'll just take a little while for all of me to catch up. I don't have to wait for it, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would have said I was the one lucky to have you." He looks her in the eye, then reaches in to cup her face between his hands, and kisses her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eeeeeeeeeee her husband is kissing her in a way that is very romantic and - calm down, he explained his whole thing, he's going to need a lot of time to get to the point where he wants you and that's fine -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is very tired, but this is the first time they've had un-pressured time alone in weeks, now, and being exhausted is a bit like being mildly drunk, and in short he has no desire at all to stop kissing her and go to sleep. It's not even that late, for people with a Ring of Sustenance. 

Eventually he scoops her up and carries her over to the bedroom. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so romantic and perfect and calm down, they will do some kissing and snuggling and then he will start thinking about the layout of his operations base probably, you still live in the real world even if it's gotten awfully surreal lately -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth remembers the way he felt in Khemet's demiplane, the sense that neither past nor future were his problem right now and he could just be here-and-now; he can't recapture all of it, here, but he is definitely not thinking about his operations base layout at all

He undresses his wife - feels slightly giddy about the 'wife' part - and kisses her some more, and–

Leareth thinks she's enjoying herself? Probably? But he's not Khemet, he doesn't have apparently-not-magic mindreading, and also all of Carissa's default expectations about sex are horrible, so... 

He pauses. Takes a breath. :We ought probably - do some communicating here. I want you. I - have not actually done this with a woman before, though, so - I could probably use some guidance here: 

(Before, Leareth considered asking Khemet for advice on this and then decided he was absolutely not going to do that.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

- blink. :Do you - want to have sex tonight -:

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you feel ready for it then - yes, I think so: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I want to.: There are a lot of emotions there but none of them are hesitation. :Uh, but I don't really know exactly what I'm doing either. I know that ideally you touch me first and then I'm more relaxed. - I guess I could. Show you how to do that.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would appreciate that. And - then we can figure something out. We are both clever people who also have intelligence headbands, after all: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're very good. I'm glad - I don't even know what I'm glad of.: She's glad that somehow despite having spent her life as a completely reasonable person who wasn't optimizing towards this goal at all she is on a honeymoon on a different plane with a prince who is going to take her virginity and then make her immortal and also she can learn magic with Aroden and it feels - pretend, it still feels pretend, but she wants it more than anything and she can trust it as far as this, right, she can trust the ground not to twist under her right this second -

- she can teach him how to touch her, and then conclude that if she's impatient that probably means that's enough of that, right -

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably! She should tell him if they need to slow down, of course, but he is a little impatient too - 

- it turns out that when Leareth is very relaxed and happy and in a place where he's not watching his surroundings (and probably the tiredness has something to do with it too), and also is around someone who doesn't have powerful shields against everything but formal Mindspeech, he shields less and starts accidentally projecting overtones of whatever he's feeling. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is very good because those emotions are positive! It's so implausible of him to on top of all his other good qualities like her and want her and be able to let her know it. She cannot quite fathom it and she wants it so badly and probably it'd be distracting and totally throw off the mood if she said 'I love you' and she doesn't even know what those words mean so she doesn't but she kisses him and tries sending impatience right back in his direction though she's not sure if that works.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she's not just failing to hedge him out but actively shoving thoughts and feelings out for him then he can definitely pick them up. 

Leareth is thinking, deep enough that he's not projecting the thought itself, that he probably loves her. He's also confused about all the shades of meaning in that word, but - in the end the part that matters is the reality of it, which is that they're married and they just pulled off a fairly impressive state wedding in two weeks together, and he's so, so grateful to suddenly be in a world where this is even a possibility he can reach for. 

Leareth, of course, has no discomfort at all about reaching for something he wants and can see is possible.

He's so happy.  

Permalink Mark Unread

...there turns out to have been some good reason for the advice to take it slowly your first time or it'll hurt, but she doesn't actually care because she is very happy and married and Iomedae was right and everything is wonderful and she is too distracted to doubt all these very implausible opinions of hers, right now, and maybe for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a lot of hours left in the night, too, for people who have Rings of Sustenance. Though it was a really long day and Leareth has been out of Lesser Restorations for a while, and well before the time they usually go to sleep he's out of energy to do anything more than flop and cuddle. 

:It is a word with complicated meanings: he sends, :but - I think it is accurate enough, now, to say I love you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

- it probably can't ruin everything if you're just saying it back -

:I think I probably love you too.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing seems to be ruined at all! Leareth keeps holding her and quietly projecting contentment. There are still problems to be solved, and endless work ahead, they're not done, but all of that can wait until next week.